(hy AM i; " PM EA
eae ARATE NO ad iy Hi ae
ici ee AYR KT aed pr) Be ;
Rea a Ky y LN ai Cus ai Ni a

, ; , i
SOR Ca Ret (Noma AMA lee

Pie vic a ih) cote AN aie My ,

‘i REE \

KA
‘aH ata hi
Y eh NN
CR itis
nt yi ea

Ar Seely
WAU tt i
ie eK Neu

edi i

( ea i
Any

J

Ss
ra Spee: wy -

i ta h

EH
Base

bet aH
PR a

si ‘
cy

fh
i
1
i
Ue

Wi i iH ’ i if l an y. fy
iss aa Ay ‘
a un : My id
ti uh
ak ie aha Maer
Bae ne tH :

Ks

ur
By Hh}
a

ca)

f ty

Ba at
Pn ee os i
Re

RAR ache

RAY tone

aM A

A HS
SOO
i i

FECA RAS fa Ha Le
Wat ‘i y Hi

we HEP

Me
Bath irae

ineny
TAC

sy NNER , + 9) ,
Ree Wh . 1 i a eta
CA nev

ir cy ‘ ile i
ART

Y 1 a
res Pan ical BA) i did
on 7 | aa

a

rae y
a

b
i
[

i
:
ey

ave

M t .
pt =
ay Gig
f
é , ;
~
4 :
it
i tr |
f :
vy 1 Ny
; ; C DS
; ; ioe
i
)
gd x
; fi i eine

Department of the Buferior;

U. S. NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Vole irk.

PUBLISHED UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,

WASHINGTON:
GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE.

1880.

Yo g , ‘say es; io) eee
ao oe 7% i rae a ae Viens ge

oe * te
| i" " oh a ~ ne e Me Oe ote , em i 1
q ‘a i a pe , % E n a ee ws Ly 7 o " iV . : ih
- p=! Sl a
a ae a a Ge - mn 7 t
. 2 a Wt : r ate tt s&s

an ‘hie say pe i on Mad
ay Me ids _: —e _ ~ Xe ae

a
ee ‘a Fe aes 7

v : -— .
; ie ¥ " » Pt jl “a ry an ; : a aiviee u : - nae
. 7 is nT at arr i) h oa
Tr oe a f ee "? a /

- ‘ine cay “a A) ah . - i y _ ;
" ot) ey ; 7 a ws ‘ - a ls
— 7 va 7 re Pi : fe S

nee Ay! wt - aot _, on T
—— i : a A 4 ;
a! a: we : a * ; - a : sg

Te « 7) 7 T Da : 7 di <1 A

: ae od : }
. ee rw . 2 <n ee

.
7 :
: ee . 7 i - =. eka oof,
a fa a ] : if / . hase ‘i Pdi i
Pe

’ i ee 7 a tug ; rs ee 1 ak ie
ar fr 7 a : les ; ran - P, 4 ra. ' as ¥
oh Py 7 ¥ ipo! 1S 4 ‘em ae
oe a. eg - e @ s? _ o 7 ee o> bs es i
Re i KS. > iii
Me 7 ran) ae ae
Th - 7 : ; im.

a + 7 ph)
PF Cs Rohe o ‘a
re ae p ae ha “en a -

a ri 2 ny :
on aa if me : i,

i. ee,
a a 7 7 oo

- a. Yi plat ns aan
Re EY

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Bean, Tarleton WI. A list of European Fishes in the Collection of the United States
IN ation all Mars cue ee aoe eee ieie son \- == sala ele om ae a a clnlslninl © amie wile ln inlalml ete lminloa’=miniaimlaie
On the Species of Astroscopus of the Eastern United States.....--.------------++------

On the Occurrence of Hippoglossus vulgaris, Flem., at Unalashka and Saint Michael’s,
CAS et 1S ae ew le a ate SSE aden amino ots i nyclwlate alee latal= =)m;— =e (a =ichel amet at acetate tals
Description of an apparently New Species of eiaiepiatens (G. Athkinsit) from the Schoodie

STE ea leree See can 1 eee acta iam ale cha tn end eala nicl ian nie winleinla mnie go 2 ea
Description of a New Tish oo Alaska (Anarrhichas lepturus), with Notes upon other

Species of the Genus Anarrhichas ...-..-.----------+-- +++ sre eere tere cette crete
Notes on 2 Collection of Fishes from Eastern Georgia ...-..----------------+------+----
Description of a New Species of Amiurus (A. ponderosus) from the Mississippi River. .
——— Descriptions of Two Species of Fishes, collected by Prof. A. Dugés in Central Mexice.-
Descriptions of some Genera and Species of Alas camMbashes: sees steele emiseim ata tala een
(See also under Goode and Bean.)
Brewer, T. If. Notes on the Nests and Eggs of the Eight North American Species of
FAI O11 COR meee seer ee ree lee eter alain a oe SS Geee
Cooper, Vi. D., J.G. On the Migrations and Nesting Habits of West-Coast Birds - ------

Coues, U.S, A., Dr. Blliote. Fourth Instalment of Ornithological Bibliography, being

a List of Faunal Publications Relating to British Birds. ......--.-----------+----+-+--+------
Garke, Hi. On the Birds of Heligoland ..--..-.--------------- +--+ 222-222 2-2 r err ree creer
Goode, G. Brown. <A Study of the Trunk-Fishes (Ostraciontide) with Notes upon the
American Species of the Fémily....--.----.------------++s01+t ee treeeet rt
—— A Preliminary Catalogue of the Fishes of the Saint John’s River.and the East Coast of
Florida, with Descriptions of a New Genus and Three New Species......-..+-------------
Description of a New Species of Amber Fish (Seriola stearnsii) Obtained Near Pens-
acola, Bla., by Mr, Silas Sterns. -.-. 2 - 2-25-22 ne ae oe anni a oe rien aoc anne
Goode, G. Brown, and Taricton IX. Bean. Description of Alepocephalus bairdii,
a New Species of Fish from the Deep-Sea Fauna of the Western Atlantic......-----------
Deseriptions of a Species of Lycodes (L. Paxillus), obt ained by the United States Fish
BOTTI SS LOT este eco eee wre a otc emia a wy cm = ermal bm a loin pcg ogo
Description of a New Species of Liparis (L. ranula), obtained by NG United States

Fish Commission off Halifax, Nova Scotia...-.. +----------------++-------+---- 2502 terre

Catalocue of a Collection of Fishes sent from Pensacola, Fla., and Vicinity, by Mr.
Silas Stearns, with Descriptions of Six New Species .-...--------------+--s+--5+552c0077--

Description of a New Genus and Species of Fish, Lopholatilus chameleonticeps, from
theisouth ofiNew, Bneland! 2 -22-2-220-<. 2 - = ewes om meee meee eee a aca oe
On the Occurrence of Lycodes vahlii, Reinhardt, on La Have and Grand Banks. ..-..---

Catalogue of a pe cuecnion of Fishes epsined in the Gulf of Mexico, by Dr. J. W.

econ Oscar. Notes on New me T80pOdG. «= 5) = accent mee iat eime = ae iil =m lm
Jordan, M. D., David S. Notes on Certain Typical Specimens of American Fishes in
the British Museum and in the Museum D’ Histoire Naturelle at Paris..---------- Pee see aes
Description of New Species of North American Fishes. -----. Meteor eee ae sam seee aaeei =
Notes on a Collection of Fishes obtained in the Streams of Guanajuato and in Chapala.
Lake, Mexico, by Prof. A. Dugés .....----------------- +--+ 222 cre re rte eee eters cee
Widder, U.S. N., J. HR. Report of Experiments upon the Animal Heat of Fishes, made
at Provincetown, Mass., during the Summer of 1879, in Connection with Operations of the
United States Fish Commission......----------------- 0 eee e ene reer re eee teeter errr ee

HLochkington, W.N. Review of the Plewronectide Of San ranciscOles- see eee. - <= se =
Descriptions of New Genera and Species of Fishes from the Coast of California.--..---

Merrill, U.S. A., Dr. James ©. On the Habits of the Rocky Mountain Goat. -..-------
Ill

Page.

10

63

67

212
254
256
302

393

306

69
326
283

TV TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Pratt, U.S. A., Lieut. BR. EH. List of Names, Ages, Tribe, &c., of Indian Boys and
Girls at Hampton Normal and Agricultural Institute, Virginia, Plaster Casts of whose
Heads were taken’ by Clark Mills, Esq., March, 1879. ..--/.2.-- sso e --coae ee epee aaceee-- =

Smith, Sidmey 7. Occurrence of Chelura tercbrans, a Crustacean Destructive to the Tim-
ber of Submarine Structures, on the Coast of the United States .........--........----.---

Notice of a New Species of the Willemoesia Group of Crustacea (recent Lryontide) - -

Werrill, A. E. No‘ice of Recent Additions to the Marine Invertebrata of the Northeastern
Coast of America, with Descriptions of New Genera and Species and Critical Remarks on
WER BTSte cece te a eaee senses n{a'oie Sim Syaviatwniblaa/aio Sty c}a.alohble tiers pele tetate [sete eae elias ete atte

Verrili, A. E., and Richard Rathbun. List of Marine Invertebrata from the New

England Coast, Distributed by the United States Commission of Fish and Fisheries. -.--..
White, ©. A. Descriptions of New Species of Carboniferous Invertebrate Fossils. .......-
Descriptions of New Cretaceous Invertebrate Fossils from Kansas and Texes .......--
ns NOLGION LNAOY 7A OTNACH <...28 <2 2c: Bis so8 sb sane eee eee meee soc e oeeetice sc eee
Note on Criocardium and Ethmocardium ...,...--+-.-- swale amine nels ca carlo waswicacis as\iseate e
a
*

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Is79.

NOTES ON THE NESTS AND EGGS OF THE EIGHT NORTH AMERICAN
SPECIES OF EMPIDONACES,

By T. M. BREWER.

In the following paper are given the measurements of all the eggs of
the eight species of Hmpidonax that are in the collections of the Smith-
sonian Institution, and also those in my own, and also a few others.
Three of these species, H. minimus, obscurus, and hammondi, so far as
is known, have eggs that are cfonnl of an unspotted white. If ever
spotted, they are so very rarely and so very slightly as hardly to con-
stitute really an exception. In another species, flaviventris, of w hich,
so far as I am aware, only five or six well-identified sets have been se-
cured, at least two well-identified sets have been taken that are entirely
of an unspotted white color, the others being all more or less spotted
and marked. All the remaining four species, traitlii, acadicus, pusillus,
and difficilis, have eggs strongly marked, though, among them all, eges
are occasionally found that are of an Hq white, or marked with
very minute spottings. In the following brief mention I chiefly con-
fine myself to the size of each egg, its locality, and the authority for its
identification, if the record has been preserved. :

Empidonax hammondi, Baird.

Pour eggs in Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Cambridge (No. 1681),
from Blue River, Colo., Edwin Carter, measure .62 x 52; .60 x 54; .62
X 02; .64 x .53, averaging about .62 x .53.*

T. M. B.'s cabinet No, 1921. Anderson River. MacFarlane. .67 x .52;
tooVx .D1.), :

The first set is smaller and more rounded than average eges of E.
minimus, but they are otherwise indistinguishable. None are spotted.
Empidonax obscurus, Baird.

Smithsonian No. 15875. Utah. Ridgway. .71 x .55. Ground-color
an immaculate dead white.

Smithsonian No. 13592. Austin, Nev. Ridgway. .72x.55; .7

Smithsonian No. 2335. Dodge Valley, Utah. McCarty. .70 x .55;
2x .54,

*T am indebted for these measurements to Mr. J. A. Allen.

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 1 April 29,1879.

2 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

T. M. B. Ne. 999. ‘Arizona. Dr. Palmer. .76 x .585°274 x54.

T. M. B. No. 1760. Utah. Ridgway. .75 x .58; .70 x .64.

Greatest length .77, least .70; greatest breadth .58, least .54. Gen-
eral average of all the examples .73 x .55.

Empidonax difficilis, Baird.

Smithsonian No. 17593. San Francisco, Cal, Samuel Hubbard. .70
x .52; .65x.50; .68 x .50; average .68 x .51. The ground-color of these
three examples is a creamy white, almost a dead white, and they are
chiefly spotted around the larger end with markings of a brownish red
and a few faint spots of lavender. The color of the markings of this set
has no resemblance whatever to those of 13440 (£. flaviventris) when
carefully compared.

T. M. B. No. 665. Monterey, Cal.. Dr. Canfield. .76 x .59; .74 x .59.
Spotted with light-brown markings, on a creamy ground, the markings
being exclusively around the larger end.

T. M. B. No. 2960. SantaCruz, Cal. William A-Cooper. The female
parent was shot by Mr. Cooper, and was sent to Washington for identi-
fication. The nest was in a hollow in a bank, covered with roots and
bushes. Incubation just begun, May 4, 1878. .69 x .50; .69 x .51; .70
x .52; .69x.52. These four eggs, as indeed nearly all of the eggs of this
species that I have ever seen, are conspicuously marked with vivid light
reddish-brown spots. In three of this set they are chiefly on the larger
end; in one the markings are distributed over the whole egg. Ground-
color a creamy white.

T. M. B. No. 2959. Nicasio, Marin County, Cal. C. A. Allen. The
female parent was shot by Mr. Allen and identified by Mr. Ridgway.
70 x 53; .70 x 54; 65 x.54; .70 x .55. Marked with large bright red-
brown spots, chiefly about the larger end. ‘This nest was also built in
a cavity.

T. M. B. No. 2728. Santa Cruz,Cal. Geo. H. Ready. Sent me as
BE. pusillus, but evidently a wrong identification. The nest was on a
horizontal sycamore limb, ten feet from the ground. .68 x .55; .70 x .57;
o10 & 201 5) 00 X Dd.

T. M. B. No. 2890. Haywood, Cal. Dr. J.G.Cooper. May 25, 1877.
10x 55; .70 x 55; 66x .55; .68 x .52. The last-mentioned egg is of a
very nearly unspotted white.

T. M. B. No. 3053. Santa Cruz, Cal. Geo. H. Ready. April 22,1877.
Nest on the lower limb, at the extremity, of a sycamore, ten feet above
the ground. .66x .52; .65x .53; .67x.53. These eggs are, with hardly.
a doubt, those of HL. difficilis, though mistaken by Mr. R. for pusillus.
Their ground-color is pure creamy white. The spots are few, small, and
of a more than usually faint brown, disposed in rings around the larger
end, the residue of the egg being unspotted.

In 24 examples, the greatest length is .76, least .65, average .69; great-
est breadth .59, least .50, average .54.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 3

Empidonax pusillus, Cabanis.

Smithsonian No. 16305. Snake River. Merriam. .76 x .52; .75 x .50.

Smithsonian No. 15210. Parley’s Park, Utah. Robt. Ridgway. .77
KO) 310 X DD se 13% .O8~

Smithsonian No. 15207. From the same. .64x.49; .70x.51; .64x.52.

Smithsonian No. 12982. Sacramento, Cal. Ridgway. .70 x 52; .74
x09 5) 10 x D4: 10 x .O2.

Smithsonian No. 8543. Vancouver Island. Hepburn. .74 x .50.

T. M. B. No. 960. Northern California. Hepburn. .72 x .58; .73 x
DOs ho K oe

T. M. B. No. 2119. Lake Koskonong, Wis. Thure Kumlien. Both
parents secured. .68 x .52; .71 x .54.

By the kindness of Mr. H. W. Henshaw I am enabled to give a
measurements of two sets of eggs taken by him near Honey Lake, Cal., iz
the summer of 1878, June 25. The first set of three eggs has an un-
usually pinkish tinge to the cream-colored ground, and around the larger
end is a beautiful wreath of markings of a light lilac-brown blending
with others of reddish brown. These eggs measure .75 X .00; .74 X 083
OX wo.

The other set of four eggs have a nearly pure white ground, and are
marked around the wider portion of the egg with small red-brown and
a few lilae-brown spottings of a rounded shape. The rest of each egg,
including the larger end, has an unspotted surface. One egg has only a
very few very fine dottings, and is very nearly pure white. Their meas-
urements are 69 x .55; .68 x .54; .70 x .05;-.71 x .58.

All the eggs of this species have a certain family resemblance, which
it is easy to recognize at sight, but very difficult to describe distinguish-
ingly. They are all more or less marked with small, rounded spots,
rarely blotched, and the markings ave, some of them, much more minute
than is usual in any other species. The spots are also scattered more
about the entire egg, or, if confined, are chiefly on the larger portion of
the circumference, and never, or certainly rarely, confluent.

Mr. Henshaw informs me that he has examined at least twenty-five
nests of this species (pusillus), and that with only one exception they
have all been built in willows. The nest before me, taken by Mr. H.
near Honey Lake, June 25, 1877, is a well-woven structure, made of thin
strips of the inner bark of deciduous trees, broken bits of dry grasses,
lichens, &c., and is lined with fine grasses and hair. It is pyramidal in
shape, tapering to a point at the base, and is 44-in external height and
d+ in external breadth. The cavity is two inches deep. It contained
the set of four eggs referred to above.

The exception referred to by Mr. Henshaw was a nearly completed
nest of this species, found June 17, that was placed in a crotch of a
swinging grape:vine. Its structure is said to have been unusually neat
and firm for a Flyeatcher’s. (Wheeler’s Report, 1876, p. 255.)

4 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Empidonax traillii, Baird.

Smithsonian No. 4036. East Bethel, Vt. C. Paine. .74x 02; 74x

Oe 0 X,005 od X 02

Smithsonian No. 7330. Fort Resolution. Lockhart. .80 x .575 .75
KOO sislo R003 12 K-00,

Smithsonian No. 8859. The same. .80 x .55; .80 x .55.

Smithsonian No. 4052. Three Rivers, Canada. Reikoff. .79 x .57.

Smithsonian No. 4395. Great Slave Lake. Lockhart. .79 x .57;

14 x .55.

Smithsonian No. 1229. Williamstown, Mass. Hopkins. .70 x .53;
70x 555 .72 x 04.

Smithsonian No. 1819. Winnebago, UL .70x.55; .68x.55. Thi
is an almost unspotted white.

T, M. B. No. 412." Gorham, N. H. -T. M. B.. .73 x 49:

T. M. B. No. 413. E. Bethel, Vt. Paine. .76 x .50; .72 x .49.

T. M. B. No. 438. Coventry, Vt. Knight. .70 x .52.

T. M. B. No. 1978. Catskill Mountains, N. Y. Dr. James C. Merrill.
2 x 53; .70 x .52. One of these is very nearly an unspotted white.

T. M. B. No. 1006. Coventry, Vt. .75 x .57.

TT. M. B. No. 2632. Milan, N. H. Welch. © .79.x/.60; .79 x .60.

T..M. B. No. 3054. Randolph, Vt. Prince. .73 x .58; .72 x .00;

~~

X wi.

set

R

Empidonax flaviventris, Baird.

Smithsonian No. 13219. Halifax, N. S.. Downes. Received with
parent. .74 x .53. Of a uniform dead chalky white. The other eggs
of this set measured .73 x .55 and .75 x .54.,

Smithsonian No. 13440. St. Stephen, N. B. Geo. A. Boardman.
Parent secured and identification perfect. The nest is small; had been
built in a low bush; its breadth internally is 1.90 inches, depth 1.25;
external diameter 3 inches, depth 1.75. It is conaimasted ot flaxdike
fibres, fine shreds of the inner bark of deciduous trees, a few fine
grasses mingled with feathers, and lined with horse-hair, downy feathers,
and fine grasses. The eggs measure .75 x .04; .75 x .03; .76 x .55.
Their original number was four. They have a ground-color of a pure
white, with blotch-like spots on the larger end, of purplish drab and
umber-brown, mixed with scattered black markings, but without a tinge
of red, and are unlike any other eggs of this genus that I have ever
seen. :

y. M..B.-No. 416. Centre Harbor; Neo. WM. Bo 10: 256-274 x.
08; 67 x .55. One of these unspotted; two of them marked with small
spots of purple drab.

T. M. B. No. 418. Halifax, N.S. Downes. .69 x .55. This egg and
the two others in this set were of a nearly pure chalky white, with a
few faint spots, so slight as, at first, to be overlooked. The parent se-
cured and sent with the eggs. I exclude from this list the set secured
by me in Grand Menan, referred to below, as, although the identifica-

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 5

tion was apparently satisfactory, it was not placed beyond doubt by
securing the parent. The eggs averaged .68 x .53. Neither in size,
shape, nor in the shade of ground-color, did they at all resemble any
fresh eggs of H. minimus that I have ever seen.

- In these ten specimens, the greatest length is .76, the least .67, aver-
age .73; the greatest breadth is .58, the least .53, average .50.

Since the above was written, my friend Mr. Wm. A. Jeftries has pro-
cured for me, through the courtesy of Mr. Deane, the measurements of
the four eggs procured by the latter in Maine, and described by Mr.
Purdie. These measure .70 x 55; .70 x .55; .65 x .52; .70 x .55, and re-
duce the average to .72 x .55. The eggs are described by Mr. Jeffries as
of pure white ground, with markings in two eggs of fine dots; in the
others, small irregular blotches, of a light red-brown, not so deep or so
bright as in difficilis; mingled with these are a few markings of lilac,
The ground-color appears to have lost the rosy tint mentioned by Mr.
P. in the first description, in which, too, no mention is made of the lilac-
colored spots.

Through the kindness of Mr. Osborne I have also been enabled to
examine one of the eggs contained in the nest of this species found by
him in Grand Menan. It measures .70 x .56, and agrees exactly with
the description given by him, except that there is a slight roseate tinge
in the white ground. The spots are a light reddish brown, and the egg
is undistinguishable from several eggs in my collection of H. difficilis.
it is very different from the eggs identified by Mr. Boardman.

Mr. Osborne writes me that none of this set differ more than 54,5 in
their measurements, and that in their color the only points in which any
differ from the one described are the lighter shade of the ground-color
and the larger size of the blotches.

Empidonax acadicus, Baird.

Smithsonian No. 10039. Maryland. Slack. .77 x .57.

Smithsonian No. 3430. Marion County, W. Va. Morgan. .67 x .57;
O5ix.025, 08° X 005. .10 X 03; .74.x 06; (0x .06; .67-x O75 63 x 52;
63. x.003:..7D:& 035.74 x 06; .70 x .06.

Smithsonian No. 2018. Philadelphia. McIlvaine. .76 x .58; .71 x .56.

Smithsonian No. 1959. Locality not given. .75 x .55; .72 x .57.

Smithsonian No. 2128. Northern Georgia. Dr.Gerhardt. .77 x .57;
Ml x 09,

Smithsonian No. 13470. Loeality not given. .76 x .55.

Smithsonian No. 17607. Washington, D.C.. H. W. Henshaw. .74x
04; 70 x 5D; .72 x .55.

Smithsonian No. 1681. Halifax, Va. .82 x .55.

T. M. B. No. 2735. Staten Island, N. Y. 8S. D. Osborne. June 5,
1575. .81 x .60; (nearly unspotted) .S0 x .59; .79 x .59.

1 M:5..No: 10105). Indiana. . Geo. Welch: 78 x..58;.78 x 60; .77 x
09; 7D x .58.

In these 31 examples the greatest length is .82, the least .67, the mean

é

6 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

.74; the greatest breadth .60, least .52, average .56. The eggs of this
species uniformly have a ground-color of a creamy white, or a deep
cream-color, and when fresh have a slight roseate tinge. In a few in-
stances the markings are almost, though never wholly, wanting. The
eges of this species so closely resemble those of traillit as to be indis-
tinguishable; but they may be readily told from those of pusillus.

Empidonax minimus, Baird.

’The ground-color of the eggs of this species, as a general rule, is a
uniform unspotted white, a creamy white when fresh, fading into a dead
white when long exposed to the light and air. In one set of two eggs,
both examples are faintly marked with dark or blackish-brown spots.
In all the other instances I have seen where eggs of this species seemed
to be spotted, the markings have had rather the appearance of stains
than genuine natural characters. ;

Smithsonian No. 3771. Lynn, Mass. Welch. .65 x 48; .66 x .50.

Smithsonian No. 12770. E. Windsor Hill, Conn. Dr. Wood. .64 x
48; 65x .50; .64 x .50; .65 x .50.

Smithsonian No, 8715. The same. .66 x .51; .65 x .50; .67 x .50;
65 x 50; .66 x .53.

Smithsonian No. 16677. Pembina. D. Gunn. .67 x .49; .65 x .50;
.66 x .48.

Smithsonian No. 10485, Fort Resolution. Lockhart. .63 x .47; .65
00; .65 x .48.

Smithsonian No. 8861.. The same. .69 x .50; .69 x .49; .68 x .48.

Smithsonian No. 2193. Randolph, Vt. Paine. .67 x .52.

Smithsonian No. 15030. Racine, Wis. Dr. Hoy. .60 x .50; .61 x .51.
Both of these examples are slightly spotted with a very dark or black-
ish brown.

Smithsonian No. 6212. Fort Resolution. Lockhart. .70 x .52; .65 x
OL; .63 x 0250.01 023 67 seed,

Smithsonian No. ——. Pembina. D. Gunn. .60 x .52; .65 x .51;
63 x 52; .64 x .50.

Smithsonian No. 14562. Lynn. Welch. .62 x .50; 64x .51; 65x
49; .65 x .49.

Smithsonian No. 1854. The same. .62 x .52; .65 x 52; .60 x .52.

Smithsonian No. 2985. -Sing Sing, N. Y. .64 x .52.

Smithsonian No. 153447. Calais, Me. Boardman. .64x.52; 65x .49;
64x 51; .65 x .48.

Smithsonian No. 1973. Connecticut. Dr. Wood. .62 x .49; .70x
50; .O7 x .48.

Smithsonian No. 4097. Great Slave Lake. Lockhart. .63 x .51;
Ganau; .65 x 150s 62 x 51.

a

T. M. B. No. 240. New Britain, Conn. Moore. .60 x .49; .62 x .52.
T. M. B. No. 1262. -Lynn. Welch. .64 x .50; .66 x .50.
T. M. B. No. 226. The same. .66x.52; .65x .50; 64.50; .64 x .50.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. it

T. M. B. No. 3055. E. Bethel, Vt. Prince. .63 x .49; .60 x .50; 59x
OO OL x (50)s2 6.50565: x 50.

In these 61 examples the extreme length, in two instances, is .70, the
least .57, and the mean .64; extreme breadth O2, least .47, mean 50.

RECAPITULATION.

‘Reet | 3 :

a ~ n

t= = 4 a 4

Fale |e ce | eect goa Nhe Se ae

2 a a 2 H = a

A =) = = a a 2

o +42 Zz 5 tH

aye Mt eee lentes Beate | mate

“A o o A 2 g 2

3 4H A ea] A A 4
AEE : i
HEM WaRNID ONO ee seamen ere) manasa ace nisl e eines - 68) G0) .64:| 2.54) 51 | 252 6
EPPOUSC UNIS eee eens on Sania ona. eo aecsen caeeeneee Werte 270M RTS ale Sh mmetade [emer 5 9
Pit CUS eee ese ere eine se ace ae oie seseaer oa eee: le oiGh G5) 369)! 59) lee SO lpr 24
IE SDS UNOS ts tae eee eee acca) se'n= ee cae a niellele ata a -78 | .64) .72) .59| .40) .55 25
Rea np N pe eyes se esse as epee eisoixta e's) ato ~ nate ernrgeimiside’e delays | .80 . 68 lh = 74.) .60 49 . 54 31
EHH ivi he MURS Weert eae cia oe cea tain rao Meera eee ceo | -76| .65| .72| .58) .521 .55 15
Ass MAC CUSt eee <= seem aieieisc = <n Soh(sjn eerie owes ce eisjetsicisio| Oo Om) teal = OO) |) 52056 31
PERDUE S te se eee eee Se aera ac Soa e oct ela emanates ance -70 | .57 | . 64 | OLm|h TAM ee tO) 61
Mr. 8. D. Osborne (B. N. O. C. iii, 187) describes the nest and eges

found in a hummock of moss on ae island of Grand Menan, the parent
of which was procured, and was by him identified as 2. flaviventris.
“The cavity extended in about two inches, was about four inches in
depth, and was lined with a very few fine grasses, black hair-like roots,
and skins of berries. The eggs, four in number, are white, with a very
delicate creamy tint, which differs in its intensity in the different speci-
mens, and are spotted, mostly at the larger end, with a few dots and
blotches of a light reddish shade.”

Hight days later than Mr. Osborne’s discovery, and in a ee
locality, Messrs. Deane and Purdie secured another nest and set of eggs,
ended as of the same species, in Houlton, Me. This, ae was “in a
ball of green moss.” “The lining was mainly of fine black rootlets,
with a few pine needles and grass stems.” “The eggs, four in number,
were perfectly fresh, rounded oval in shape, and of a beautiful rosy-
white tint, well spotted with a light reddish shade of brown.” (B. N.
O. C. iii, 166.)

Mr. Osborne remarks that ‘there are several nests of this bird in
different collections, the identities of most, if not all, of which are dis-
puted”; and he adds, “the descriptions given by Baird, Brewer and
Ridgway, agree very well with the nests of the Traill’s Flycatcher,” Wc.
The first clause is so vague as to make it doubtful to what nests he may
refer. So far as I am aware, prior to 1878 only four or five nests of this
bird had been procured, and of these three at least are as well and as
completely identified as are those of either Mr. Osborne’s or Mr. Pur-
die’s. Their authenticity is as indisputable.

Mr. Purdie also assumes, ‘so great is the variation,” “that there was
some error of identification”; and finally refers the eggs to the Least
Flycatcher, and cites Mr. Ridgway as authority. But Mr. Ridgway, on

8 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

the contrary, accepts them as genuine eggs of flaviventris in his recent
report (p. 544), whatever may be their resemblance to those of £.
minina ; and he so accepts them still* In fact, there is no more reason
why we should reject the identification of these nests and eggs, than for
our refusing to credit the statements of Messrs. Osborne, Purdie, and
Deane. In either case the identification was complete, and the differ-
ences in the nest, if of any real moment, tell as much against the one as
the other. Mz. Boardman’s and Mr. Downes’s birds were submitted to
Prof. Baird, and have had his verification in addition.

In June, 1850, I met with a nest which I then had no doubt belonged
to this species. It was in a low bush on Grand Menan, near the water.
My nephew H. Rk. Storer, then a lad of sixteen, was with me. Both
parents were seen, and the male was carefully observed through a good
glass; the female, when first seen, was on the nest; a male, apparently
its mate, was near by. Unfortunately, in the attempt to secure one of
the parents, it was missed, and the birds became so wild that neither
could be secured. We were obliged to leave the island and to take the
nest without further identification, but we had no doubt as to the iden-
tity. The eggs were white, not cream-color, more oblong and larger
than the average eges of H. minima.

A few weeks later, the same year, I received, among other nests and
eggs, collected near Halifax by Mr. Andrew Downes, two nests and two
sets of eggs, with the parent of each, of flaviventris. The parents were
sent to Prof. Baird, and by him identified as LZ. flaviventris. There
were no notes as to the position of these nests; they were mere collee-
tions of broken grasses, and it is not improbable they had been built in
hollow places. There was, at least, nothing to show to the contrary.
Their authenticity there is no reason to question. The following sum-
mer a nest with three eggs and its parent were taken in Centre Harbor,
two of the eggs being spotted. The same summer Mr. Boardman pro-
cured the nest, four eggs, and the parent bird referred to above as now
in the Smithsonian collection. These eggs do not at all correspond, in
the color of their markings, to the descriptions given of the sets found
in 1878.

Entire reliance cannot be placed upon mere differences in the con-
struction of nests to prove difference of species. However remarkable
this may be, it is anything but conclusive. It will be seen that just
the same differences are noted in the descriptions of the nesting of
HL. dificilis. While two are noted as built in holes in banks, correspond-
ing with those of the recent examples of flaviventris, others were built
near the extremities of sycamore limbs ten feet from the ground. Mr.
J. A. Allen (B. N. O. C. iii, p. 25) speaks of the Z. acadicus building a
much ruder nest than /. minimus, and most probably the specimens
before him justified his conclusions; but my experience would lead me
to reverse their relative positions. In fact, both of these species vary
greatly in their architecture, the Acadian most of all, and no one, but

* But see these Proceedings for 1878, p. 425, footnote.—R. R.
oD ) ?

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. g

for his positive knowledge of their specific identity, could suppose that
a certain flat platform-nest of one pair; the deeply-hollowed nest, with
its remarkable border of chevaus de fris, of another; and, again, the
beautiful pensile nest, like a Vireo’s, of a third, were all nests of this
same species acadicus.

The differences in the color of the eggs identified as those of flavi-
ventris are, perhaps, more unusual and remarkable, certainly to their
extent. Here are two well-identified sets, those from Halifax, of an
unspotted white; another set, but slightly spotted; then Mr. Board-
man’s set, strongly marked, but very differently from the eggs belong-
ing to the two most recently identified nests. The eges of hammondt
and obscurus are plain white, and no record exists of any spotted ex-
ample of either. The same is almost equally true of minimus. In sixty-
one eggs, only two are found with even faint spots; but this exception
may show the possibility of there being more variations than we are
now aware of. Among the eggs of diffcilis a single specimen occurs of
very nearly unspotted white. The same is true of one egg of £. pusillus.
Among the eggs of EL. traillii unspotted eggs are comparatively more
common. Among my eges of BL. acadicus there is also oue very nearly
an-unspotted white. So that these variations in nests and im color
of eges cannot be received as necessarily conclusive as against such
positive identifications as those of Mr. Boardman’s and Mr. Downes’s
examples.

If we take the product of the average length multiplied by its aver-
age breadth at the point of the largest diameter as a proximate test
of the relative size of the eggs of each species, we find the following
result:

PN CACC ISR See a oops Nes a ior a as Sve vee 414s
COU SCUT US aca ts oe are ee eee 4015
Elraibieey eee tee a ee Sloe gee OP Ta 3996
Wilaevinve mihi Ge st oie oi discs po ee a eee . 3960
UST ee cae =, os SE eee 3930
Cultist a. atl, sc. Ae ees 3426
Team TIT Cs soe sya wo ee eee 3028
WHTIGISS 28. 2. c= Ss ce 2 Seer 3200

Since the above was in type, Mr. Charles A. ‘Allen of Nicasio, Cali-
fornia, has furnished me with some very interesting and apposite notes
on the nidification of Empidonax diffcilis, demonstrating the remarkable
variations that may exist in regard to the position and structure of the
nests of one and the same species of birds. After mentioning that he
has taken and identified some forty or fifty nests of this species, he adds:

“T find EB. diffcilis breeding in all situations. Sometimes I find them
on the curled root of a tree on the banks of a stream or brook, not over
six inches above the water; again I find them in the jagged end of some
half-submerged log in mid-stream; again within the loose bark of a
tree, no matter what kind, nine or more feet up; again I find them ina

10 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

cavity in some decayed tree or limb, or in any kind of depression that
gives a base to begin to work on. I also find them in out-houses, or
buildings removed from dwellings, on the rafters, or on any spot where
they can stick their nest. They are also very common under bridges,
and I have found four built in the forks of small trees, some four or tive
feet up. These were all the same veritable L. difficilis.”

A LEST OF EUROPEAN FISHES IN THE COLLECTION OF THE
UNETED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

By TARLETON Hi. BEAN.

About 350 nominal species are mentioned. Since the list is intended
shnply to facilitate the exchanges between the United States National
Museum and museums in Europe, no attempt has been made to distrib-
ute the names in accordance with the latest knowledge concerning the
classification and specific identity of the species in question. The names
given to them by those who presented them are, with few exceptions,
retained.

One species (Gasterosteus Blanchardi, Sauvage), which was described
from specimens sent to Paris from Boston, United States, is referred to
Gasterosteus pungitius, Linn. (= Pygosteus occidentalis, (C. & V.) Breevort),
with which it is identical.

The numbers at the left are those of the National Museum Catalogue ;
those at the right were attached to the fishes when they were received.

Class, PISCES.
Order, PLECTOGNATHI.
Family, TETRODONTID &.

Tetrodon marmoratus, Ranzani.
10208. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (14.)

Family, BALISTID 2.

Monacanthus filamentosus, Val.
10217. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (34.)

Order, LOPHOBRANCHII.
Family, HIPPOCAMPID &.

Hippocampus brevirostris, Cuy.

21122. La Rochelle. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (22.)

Hippocampus comes, Cantor.

21163. Madagascar. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (63.)

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Tt

Hippocampus abdominalis, Lesson.

21169. Australia. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (69.)
Hippocampus guttulatus, Cuv.

21121. Naples. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (21.)

21164. Sicily. Mus. d@’Hist. Nat. Paris. (64.)

Family, SYNGNATHID 4.

Syngnathus phlegon, Risso.

21124. Nice. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (24.)
Synenathus acus, Linn.

17490. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (152.)

22022. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.

22023. Christiania, Norway. KR. Collett.
Syngnathus rubescens, [isso.

21123. Nice. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (23.)
Syngnathus abaster, Risso.

21113. La Rochelle. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (13.)
Syngnathus Agassizii, Michahelles.

21112. Nice, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (12.)
Syngnathus pelagicus, Linn.

12566. Dr. J. E. Gray. British Museum. (80.)
Siphonostoma typhle, Linn.

12620. Europe.

12520. Europe. (256.)

17489. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (131.)

21119. France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (19.)

12519. Constantinople.
Siphonostoma Rondeletii, De la Roche.

21118. Marseilles. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (18.)
Siphonostoma pyrois, Itisso.

6056. Europe.

Nerophis equoreus, Linn.

17491. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (133.)

22019. $. 2. Stavanger, Norway. R. Collett.
Nerophis ophidion, Linn.

21114. Algeria. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (14.)

22020. Christiania, Norway. KR. Collett.

Nerophis papacinus, Risso.

2969,

Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (258.)

12 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Nerophis teres, Rathke.
21116. Crimea. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris.” (16.)

Nerophis lumbriciformis, (Willughby) Kroyer.
21115. La Rochelle. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (15.)
22024. (“ Seyphius lumbriciformis, (Willughby) Nilss.”) Stavan-
ger, Norway. RK. Collett.

Nerophis annulatus, (Risso) Giinth.

21117. Nice. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (17.)

Order, PEDICULATI.
Family, LopHip 2.

Lophius budegassa, Spinola.
12683. Europe. Bonaparte Collection.

Order, TELEOCEPHALL.

Family, SOLEIDZ.
Solea vulgaris, Quensel.

12514. Cast. London, England.

21177. France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (77.)

17324. Helsingburg, Sweden. Swedish-Centennial Commission.
(38.)

22033. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.

17354, Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (87.)

0913. Locality unknown.

Solea ocellata, Linn.

10204. Canaries. (44.)

Solea lascaris, Risso. 7
10091. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (172)

j
Solea lutea, Risso.

10067. Europe. L. Agassiz.
Ammopleurops lacteus, (Bon.) Giinth.

10092. Europe. Bonaparte Collection.
Microchirus linguatula, (Thompson).

10070. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (36.)

Family, PLEURONECTID&.

Pleuronectes platessa, Linn.
21175. France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. ('
10061. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.

=!
ou
—

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 13

22028. Nordland, Norway. Rk. Collett.

17360. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government.

17316. Helsingburg, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission.
(31.)

10029. Kiel Bay. Dr. Mobius.

Pleuronectes limanda, Linn. e

17357. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (S4.)

22030. Christiania, Norway. Rk. Collett.

22031. Young. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.

17337. Helsingburg, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission.
(34.)

22087. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.

10036. Norway. R. Collett.

21174. (“Pleuronectes flesus.”) France. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris.
(74.)

Hippoglossoides limandoides, (Bloch) Giinth.

10032. (“Pleuronectes limandoides, Bloch.”) Norway. R. Collett.
22034. Lofoten, Norway. R. Collett.

Pleuronectes Besc*i, Risso.

10085. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (9.)

Pleuronectes micrccephalus, Donoy.
17290. Helsingburg,. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission.
(30.)
17359. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (82.)
17358. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government.

Pleuronectes cynoglossus, Linn.

17320. Helsingburg, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission.
(33.)

17355. Christiania, Norway. Norwegian Government. (86.)

10068. Europe. L. Agassiz.

Pleuronectes flesus, Linn.

17323. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission, (32.)

22029. Young. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.

10031. Norway. R. Collett.

17356. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (89.)
10028. (‘Platessa flesus.”) IJKiel Bay. Dr. Mobius.

Platessa passer, Bon.

10069. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (12.)

14 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Hippoglossus vulgaris, Flem.
17308. Helsingburg, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission.
(35.)
17563. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (76.)
Rhombus maximus, Linn.
16771. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum.
17332. Helsingburg, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission.
(36.)
22032. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.
Rhombus levis, Rondel.
22182. France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (82.)
16772. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum.
10054. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (11.)
12512. London, Eng. (174.)

Phrynorhombus unimaculatus, (Risso) Giinth.

10066. Europe ?
Zeugopterus punctatus, (Bloch) Gottsche.

17561. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (80.)
Zeugopterus megastomus, (Donov.) Gottsche.

17562. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (78.)
Zeugopterus norvegicus, Giinth.

22035. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.
Rhomboidichthys podas, (De la Roche) Bleek.

10086. (““Bothus rhomboides.”) Bonaparte Collection, (15.)
Rhomboidichthys mancus, (Risso) Giinth.

6514. Madeira. Wm. Stimpson.

Family, MACRURIDZ.
Macrurus rupestris, Bloch.
S071. Europe. Bonaparte Collection.

Macrurus norvegicus, Nilss.

17564. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (

-~1
ot
—

Family, FIERASFERID A.
Fierasfer imberbis, Cuv.
10165. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (358.)
Family, OPHIDILD.2.

Ophidium barbatum, Linn. pars.
3062, Europe ?

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 15

phidium Vasalli, Risso.
2920. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (484.)

Family, RANICEPITID &.

Raniceps niger, Nilss.
17367. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (72.)
10056. Christiania, Norway. k. Collett.
10238. Bergen, Norway. (138.)

Family, GADID A.

Gadus poutassou, Risso.

17:

7379. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (61.)
17378. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (67.)

Gadus morrhua, Linn.

17388. Ova. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (52.)

9561. Ova in various stages of development. G. O. Sars.

9562. Young recently hatched. G. O. Sars.

9564. Two weeks old. G. O. Sars.

9563. One month old, collected on surface of sea.
17390. About 14 months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (50.)
17391. About two months old. Lofoten, Norway. G.O.Sars. (49.)
17392. Two months old. Lofoten, Norway. G.O. Sars. (48.)
17393. Two and one-half months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars.

(47.)

17395. Three months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (45.)
17394. Three months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (46.)
17396. Four months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (44-)

9568. Four or five months. Norway. G. O. Sars.
17397. Four or five months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (45.)
17398. About five months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (4
17400. Five to six months. Lofoten, Norway. G.O. Sars. (40.
17399. Five to six months. Lofoten, Norway. G.O. Sars. (41.

9569. Nearly six months, near shore. Lofoten, Norway. Gii¢

Sars.

17401. About six months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (39.)
17402. Six months. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (38.)
17403. Eight to nine months. Lofoten, Norway. G.O. Sars. (
17404. Ten to eleven months. Lofoten, Norway. G.O.Sars. (
17405. One year. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (59.)
17389. Young. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars. (91.)
22052. Lofoten, Norway. R. Collett.
22053. Christiania, Noway. IR. Collett.

16770. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum.
10105. Kiel Bay.

10036. Norway. R. Collett.

bo

SS a a
°

Qo Oo
> =]

—_
—

. .
— —

16 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

17406. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (34.)

17407. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (33.)

17503. (Stuffed.) Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government.

17352. (“Gadus cailarias, L.”) Bohusliin, Sweden. Swedish Cen-
tennial Commission. (23.)

17305. (** Gadus callarias, L.”) Baltic, Sweden. Swedish Centen-
nial Commission. (24.)

Gadus eglefinus, Linn.
17387. Young. Bergen, Norway. G.O. Sars. (5:
17385. Young. Lofoten, Norway. G.O.Sars. (8:
17386. Young. Lofoten, Norway. G.O. Sars. (5
22055. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.
17384. Young. Lofoten, Norway. G.O. Sars. (56.)
J 1383. Young. Lofoten, Norway. G.O. Sars. (57.)
17528. Helsingburg, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission.

(25.)

10057. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.

ct o9

-)
:)
-)

a

Gadus merlangus, Linn.
7382. Young. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government.
10035. Norway. R. Collett.
10106. KGel Bay. Dr. Karl Mébius.
17329. Helsingburg, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission.
(26.)
21134. Calais, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (34.)

Gadus minutus, Linn.
10038. Norway. MR. Collett.
22054. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.
17381. Young. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government.

Gadus esmarkii, Nilss. ;
10034. Norway. R. Collett.
22056. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.
7380, Christiania, Norway. Norwegian Government. (60.)

Gadus melanostomus, Nilss.

10054, Christiania, Norway. Kk. Collett.

Gadus pollachius, Linn.
17335. Helsinburg, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (37.)
17377. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (62.)
22057, Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.

Gadus virens, Linn.
17374. Young. Lofoten, Norway. Norwegian Government. (65.)
17573. Young. Lofoten, Norway. Norwegian Government. (66.)

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

17

9565. Young. Lofoten, Norway. G. O. Sars.

17375. Young. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government.
17502. (Stuffed.) Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (6.)
Phycis mediterraneus, De la Roche.
10209. Spain. Vienna Museum. (82.)
Phycis furcatus, Flem.
17371. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (68.)
Molva vulgaris, Flem.
10050. Christiania, Norway. RK. Collett.
17370. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (69.)
17504. (Stufted.) Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government.
17330. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (66.)
17350. Helsingburg, Sweden. (28.)
16775. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum.
Molva abyssorum, Nilss.
17369. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government.
Motella mustela, (Linn.) Nilss.
5747. Near Liverpool, Eng. Wm. Stimpson.
Motella tricirrata, (Bloch) Nilss.
17368. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (71.)
5937. Milford Haven. South Wales. Wm. Stimpson.
700. (“ Motella vulgaris, Cuv.”) Europe. Bonaparte Collection.
— 10095. (“‘ Motella vulgaris, Cuv.”) Europe. Bonaparte Collection.
10378. Europe. Bonaparte Collection.
Motella maculata, (Risso) Giinth.
12618. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (447.)
Motella cimbria, Linn.
10058. Christiania, Norway. KR. Collett.
22058. Christiania, Norway. RK. Collett.

Motella glauca, Jenyns.

22046.

Stavanger, Norway. RK. Collett.

Brosmius vulgaris, Flem.

17566.

Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (73.)

Lota vulgaris, Jenyns.

10096.

10095.
10098.

17333.

2°00.
21166.
Proce. Nat. Mus. 79:

Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (149.)

Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (152.)

Sweden.

Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (29.)
Leeds, Eng. Henry Denny.

France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (66.)

2 April 30, 1879.

18 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Merluccius vulgaris, (Linn.) Flem.
17372. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (67.)
7883. Madeira. Wm. Stimpson.
10081. (“* Merluccius esculentus, Risso.”) Europe. Bonaparte Col-
lection. (146.)
10151. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (143.)

Family, Lycop1pz&.

Zoarces viviparus, (Linn.) Cuy.
10065. Kiel Bay. Dr. Karl Mobius.
17294. Baltic,Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (48.)
17417. Bergen, Norway. 3B. Hansen.
22027. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.
3533. Denmark. Sternberg.

Family, AMMODYTID 5.

Ammodytes tobianus, Linn.
10166. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (357.)
17365. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government.
10044. Norway. R. Collett.

Ammodytes tau,
10041. Norway. R. Collett.

Ammodytes teretissima,

10094. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (340.) '
Family, STICH AIDA.

Stichzus punctatus, (Fabr.) Kroyer.
4588. Greeniand. Danish Academy.

Leptoclinus aculeatus, (Reinh.) Gill.
22084. (“Lumpenus lampetreformis, (Walb.).”) Lofoten, Norway.
R. Collett.
By some mistake, a specimen of Leptoclinus aculeatus was sent with
the number calling for Lwmpenus lampetreeformis.

Family, X1PHIDIONTID 4.

Centronotus gunellus, Bl. Schn.

10033. Norway. R. Collett.

22051. Nordland, Norway. R. Collett.

17418. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (24.)
2193. Leeds, England. Henry Denny.

21125. (“Gunellus vulgaris, Flem.”) Calais, France. Mus. d’Hist.

Nat. Paris. (25.)

4580. (““Gunellus vulgaris, Flem.”) Kattegat. Danish Academy.
3534. (“Gunellus vulgaris, Flem.”) Denmark. Sternberg.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 19

Family, ANARRHICHADID&.

Anarrhichas lupus, Linn.
17419. Bergen, Norway. B.Hansen. (23.)
17506. Stuffed. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (4.)

Family, BLENNIID A.
Blennius varus, Pall.

2292, Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (107.)

Blennius anticolus, Bon.

2293. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (109.)

Blennius palmicornis, Cuv. & Val.
2287. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (132.)

Blennius ocellaris, Linn.

2288. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (133.)

Blennius galerita, Linn.

2291. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (161.)

Blennius pholis, Risso.

21149. St. Malo, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (49.)

Blennius trigloides, Cuv. & Val.
2289. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (127.)

Blennius basiliscus, Cuv. & Val.
10173. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (126.)

Carelophus Ascanii, (Walb.) Kr.
22074. Floré, Norway. RK. Collett.

Clinus argentatus, Risso.
2294. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (122.)

Family, URANOSCOPID A.

Uranoscopus scaber, Linn.
2214. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (475.)
21157. Nice. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (57.)

Family, TRACHINID&.
Trachinus draco, Linn.

22012. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (473.)
21179. France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (79.),
10063. Kiel Bay. Dr. Karl Mobius.
17428. Bergen, Norway. B.Hansen. (13.)

3535. Denmark. Sternberg.

6036. Madeira. Wm. Stimpson.

20 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Family, GOBIESOCID&.

Lepadogaster ciliatus, Risso.
10104. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (134.)

Lepadogaster biciliatus, Risso.
10172. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (135.)

Family, LIPARIDID A.
Liparis vulgaris, Fiem.
22044. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.
22045. Finmarken, Norway. Robert Collett.

Liparis barbatus, Ekstr.

' °
38. Liverpool. Wm. Stimpson.
39. Liverpool. Wm. Stimpson.

or

3
53
Liparis Montagui, (Donov.) Cuv.
10239. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (168.)
22036. Stavanger, Norway. R. Collett.

Family, CYCLOPTERID &.

Cyclopterus lumpus, Linn.
10043. Norway. R. Collett.
10047. Norway. R. Collett.
22049. Nordland, Norway. R. Collett.
17420. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (22.)
17508. Stuffed. Bergen, Norway. Norwegian Government. (3.)
17310. “The Sound,” Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission.
(49.)

Family, CALLIONYMID 2.

Callionymus lyra, Linn.
10047. Norway. R. Collett.
22047. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.
17421. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (21.)

Callionymus maculatus, (Raf.) Bon.

2295. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (106 )

Callionymus festivus, Pallas.

21161. 9 (7 spec.). Nice, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (61.)
21162. g (3 spec.). Nice, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (62.)

Callionymus Morrisonii, Risso.
2297. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (119.)

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 21

Family, GOBIID2:.
Gobius niger, Linn.
12572. Europe. Brit. Mus. (449.)
21148. St. Malo, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (48.)
22043. Christiania, Norway. RK. Collett.

Gobius paganellus, Linn.

5385. Europe.

Gobius cruentatus, Gmel.
2282. Europe. Bonaparte Collection.

Gobius minutus, Gmel.
17426. Bergen, Norway. 3B. Hansen. (16.)
22040. Christiania, Norway. Rk. Collett.

Gobius quadrimaculatus, Cuy. & Val.
2284. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (10.)

Gobius ruthensparri, Kuphr.
17423. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (19.)
22038. Christiania, Norway. -R. Collett.

Gobius microps, Kroyer.
17424. Christiania, Norway. B. Hansen. (18.)
22039. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.

Gobius pictus, Malm.
17425. Christiania, Norway. 3B. Hansen. (17.)
22037. Norway. R. Collett.

Latrunculus stuvitzii, (Diib. & Kor.).
17422., Christiania, Norway. B. Hansen. (20.)
Family, TRIGLID2A.

Dactylopterus volitans, (Linn.) Lac.
2226. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (93.)

Trigla aspera, Cuv. & Val.
2219. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (95.)

Trigla lineata, Gmelin.
2993. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (102.)
10218. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (42.)

Trigla hirundo, Bloch.
21158. Nice, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (58.)

22 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Trigla gurnardus, Linn.
17430. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (11.)
10055. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.
22063. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.
21176. France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (76.)

Trigla milvus, Lac.
2221. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (91.)

Trigla lyra, Linn.
2224, Europe. Bonaparte Collection.
21297. Madeira. Wm. Stimpson.

Trigla obscura, Linn.

\

2220. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (96.)
Family, AGONID &.

Agonus cataphractus, Linn.
3288. (3 spec.) Sweden. H. Denny.
17429. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (12.)
21101. France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (1.)
21159. Nice, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (59.)
22065. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.

Peristedion cataphractum, (L. Gm.) Cuv. & Val.
2225. Europe. Bonaparte Collection.
2224. Europe. Bonaparte Collection.

~~
Oo 6
re NO
YS we

Family, CoTrmz.
Cottus gobio, Linn.

2229. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (104.)
3286. Niirnberg.
21106. Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (6.)
21128. Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (28.)

Cottus peecilopus, Heckel.
3287. Sweden.
22059. Mjosen, Norway. R. Collett.

Cottus scorpius, Linn.
3285. Sweden. H. Denny.
17433. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (8.)
22060. Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.
Cottus bubalis, Euphr.
2192. Leeds, Eng. H. Denny.

3289. Sweden.
17432. Bergen, Norway. 3B. Hansen.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 2a

Cottus colneus,

8129.

Rudolph B. Hitz.

Cottus quadricornis, Linn.

3290. Baltic Sea.
17295. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (44.)

Phobetor ventralis, Cuv. & Val.
17431. Christiania, Norway. B. Hansen. (10.)

Icelus hamatus, Kroyer.
22085. Hammerfest, Norway. R. Collett.

Centridermichthys uncinatus, (Reinh.) Giinth.
22064. Finmarken, Norway. R. Collett.

Family, SCORP NIDA.

Sebastes norvegicus, (Linn.) Cuv.
10046. Norway. R. Collett.
17435. Bergen, Norway. B.Hansen. (
17436. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen.

ae
Se

Sebastes imperialis, Cuy.
17434. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen.

Sebastes Kuhlii, (Bowd.) Lowe.
- 8018. Madeira.
10194. Portugal. Vienna Museum. (30.)

Scorpena porcus, Linn.
10130. Constantinople.
12584. British Museum. (861.)
21110. Marseilles. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (10.)

Scorpeena scrofa, Linn.
2231. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (89.)
10181. Gibraltar. (46.) |

Family, LABRID A.

Labrus maculatus, Bloch.
10060. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.
17414. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (27.)
17415. Bergen, Norway. B.Hansen. (26.)

Labrus turdus, Linn.

21126. France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (26.)

24 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Labrus mixtus, Linn.
10062. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.
10236. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (8+.)
17412. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (29.)
17413. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (28.)
Labrus melops, Linn.
10059. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.
22061. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.
12630. (“Crenilabrus melops.”) Europe. British Museum.
17411. (“ Crenilabrus melops.”) Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum.
(30.)

Ctenolabrus rupestris, (Linn.) Cuy. & Val.
17410. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (381.)
22072. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.
22073. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.

Ctenolabrus iris, Cuv. & Val.
10164. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (308.)

Acantholabrus exoletus, Cuv. & Val.
17408. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum.
17409. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (82.)
22062. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.

Crenilabrus quinquemaculatus, (Bloch) Giinth.

10281. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (321.)

Crenilabrus griseus, (L. Gm.) Giinth.
12595. Europe. British Museum.

Crenilabrus ocellatus, (Forsk.) Cuv. & Val.

10152. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (317.)

Crenilabrus roissali, Risso.
10286. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (3522.)

Crenilabrus sicculus,

10156. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (410.)

Crenilabrus lapina, Risso.
10285. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (320.)

Coricus virescens, Risso.
10087. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (307.)

Julis pavo, Cuv. & Val.
10210. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (4.)

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 25

Julis mediterranea, Risso.

10283. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (310.)

Julis Geoffroyii, Quoy & Gaim.
10282. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (385.)

Julis turcica, Risso. :
10284. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (326.)

Family, POMACENTRID &.

Glyphidodon sparoides, Cuv. & Val.
21150. Madagascar. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (50.)

Heliastes chromis, (Linn.) Giinth.

21160. Nice. Mus. d’Hist. Nat..Paris. (60.)

Family, OSPHROMENID 2%.

Trichopus trichopterus, (Pallas) Lacép.
21167. Cochin China. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (67.)

Trichopus parvipinnis, Sauvage.

21168. (Type.) Laos. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (68.)
Family, CHATODONTID2.

Cheetodon vittatus, (Bl.) Schn.
21170. Sandwich. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (70.)

4

Family, SCOMBRID&.
Scomber scombrus, Linn.

5379. Europe.
5380. Europe.
10037. Norway. Robert Collett.
16773. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum.
16774. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum.
17312. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (46.)
17427. Bergen, Norway. 5B. Hansen.

Scomber pneumatophorus, De la Roche.
10182. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (29.)

Pelamys sarda, (Bl.) Cuy. & Val.

5378. Europe.
Family, CARANGIDAs.

Trachurus trachurus, (Linn.) Giinth.
3024, Malaga, Mediterranean.
3063. Europe. ,
2270. (“‘ Caranex trachurus.”) Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (377.)
22067. (“Caranx trachurus.”) Christiania, Norway. R. Collett.

26 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Decapterus Jacobzeus, (Cuv. & Val.).
21260. Madeira. Wm. Stimpson.

Caranx dentex, Cuv. & Val.
10207. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (47.)

Argyreiosus setipinnis, (Mitch. ) Giinth.
12583. Atlantic. British Museum. (98.)

Naucrates ductor, (Bl.) Cuv. & Val.
2976. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (366.)

Psettus sebe, Cuv. & Val.
4105. Cape Palmas, Africa. R. H. Steele.

Family, SrROMATEID Z.

Stromateus microchirus (Bonelli) Bon. :
2973. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (382.)

Family, ZENID&.
Zeus faber, Linn.

2271. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (494.)
21191. France. Mus. WHist. Nat. Paris. (91.)

Family, CAPRID 2.

Capros aper, (Linn.) Laeép.
2279, Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (33.)

Family, MULLID&.
Mullus surmuletus, Linn. ;
2917. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (101.)

Family, BERYCID&.
Beryx splendens, Lowe.
10213. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (10.)

Family, SPARID Ai.

Cantharus lineatus, (Montagu) White.
10214. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (116.)
21183. France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (83.)

Cantharus ranuda, Risso.

10377. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (56.)

Box vulgaris, Cuv. & Val.
10180. Canaries. Vienna Muséum. (43.)
21120. Morea, Turkey. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (20.)

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 2¢

Box salpa, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val.
2254. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (20.)
10203. Spain. Vienna Museum. (37.)
21111. Algeria. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (11.)

Oblata melanura, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val.
2255. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (19.)
21104. Naples. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (4.)

Sargus vulgaris, Geofir.
12581. Europe. British Museum. (362.)

Sargus Salviani, Cuv. & Val.
21109. Algeria. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (9.)

Sargus Rondeletii, Cuv. & Val.
2241. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (46.)

Sargus annularis, (L. Gm.) Geoffr.
2240. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (44.)
10219. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (19.)

Sargus fasciatus, Cuv. & Val.
21107. Algeria. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (7.)
21108. Algeria. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (8.)

Sargus Juliani,
2242, Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (45.)

Pagellus erythrinus, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val.
2245, Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (48.)
10200. Spain. Vienna Museum. (51.)

Pagellus centrodontus, (De la Roche) C. & V.
2247. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (50.)
10216. Spain. Vienna Museum. (36.)
17437. (“Sparus centrodontus.”) Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (4.)

Pagellus acarne, (Cuv.) Cuv. & Val.
10185. Spain. Vienna Museum. (39.)
21102. Algeria. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (2.)

Pagellus mormyrus, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val.

21103. Algeria. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (3.)

Sparus auratus, Linn.
2244, Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (43.)

Family, Maz:NIDID é.

Meena vomerina, Cuy. & Val.
2260. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (23.)

28 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Mena Osbeckii, (Lacép.) Cuv. & Val.
2259. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (22.)

Family, PRISTIPOMATID A.
e

Pristipoma Bennettii, Lowe.
10211. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (22.)

Dentex vulgaris, Cuv. & Val.
5900. Europe. Bonaparte Collection.

Datnioides polota, Bleek.
21173. Siam. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (73.)

Smaris vulgaris, Cuy. & Val.
2261. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (26.)
5384. Mediterranean.

Smaris alcedo, (Risso) Cuv. & Val.

2263. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (29.)
Smaris Maurii, Bon.

6053. Europe.
Smaris gracilis, Bon.

2267. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (25.)

Smaris insidiator, Cuv. & Val.
2262. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (31.)

Family, SERRANIDA.

Serranus scriba, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val.
10222. Spain. Vienna Museum. (3.)

Serranus cabrilla, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val.
2204. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (70.)

Serranus hepetus, Cuv. & Val.

21105. Algeria. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (5.)

Polyprion cernium, Val.
5749. Europe. Bonaparte Collection.

Anthias sacer, Bloch.
2206. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (77.)
Family, PERCIDA.
Perca fluviatilis, Linn.
2191. Leeds, Eng. Henry Denny.
10229. Danube. Vienna Museum. (19.)

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 29

12691. Sweden.
17322. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (43.)
21143. Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (43.)

Perca Schrenki, Kessl. ‘
21592. Sassyk ala Kul, Siberia. Dr. O. Finsch. (103.)
21593. Sassyk ala Kul, Siberia. Dr. O. Finsch. (133.)
21594. Sassyk ala Kul, Siberia. Dr. O. Finsch. (342.)

Acerina Schreetzeri, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val.
2209. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (60.)
10188. Danube. Vienna Museum. (13.)
10247. (‘Aspro schretzer.”) Europe. Rk. Hessel. ;

Acerina cernua, (Linn.) Giinth.
12694. Switzerland.
21131. Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (31.)

Acerina vulgaris, Cuv. & Val.
10197. Danube. Vienna Museum. (9.)

Lucioperca sandra, Cuv.
10243. Danube. Rudolph Hessel.
, 17326. Sweden. Swedish Government. (47.)

Lucioperca volgensis, Cuv. & Val.

10184. Danube. Vienna Museum. (12.)

Aspro Zingel, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val.
10720. Europe. R. Hessel.

Aspro vulgaris, Cuv.

10248. Europe. R. Hessel.

Family, LABRACID 2.

Labrax lupus, (Lacép.) Cuv.
5712. Europe. Bonaparte Collection.
17501. (Stuffed.) Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (2.)
21171. France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (71.)

Lates colonorum, Giinth.

12680. British Museum. (14.)

Family, CHTLODIPTERID a.

Apogon rex-mullorum, Cuv. & Val.
2216. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (19.)
21916. Europe. Bonaparte Collection.
10225. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (5.)

30 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Family, SPHYRANID A.

Sphyreena vulgaris, Cuv. & Val.
10190. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (19.)
12591. British Museum. (379.)

Sphyrena spet, Lacép.
21251. Europe. Bonaparte Collection.

Family, ECHENEIDID.
Echeneis remora, Linn. /
5822. (477 B.)
21127. France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (27.)

Family, CEPOLID A.
Cepola rubescens, Linn.

10138. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (479.)
21156. Nice. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (56.)

Family, ATHERINID.A.
Atherina presbyter, Cuv.

21130. France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (30.)

Atherina hepsetus, Linn.
10157. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. | (470.)

Atherina Boyeri, Risso.
10160. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (469.)

Atherina Rissoi, Cuv. & Val.
2943. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (343.)

Family, MUGILID A.
Mugil cephalus, Cuy.

2299. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (86.)

Mugil capito, Cuy.
5383. Europe.
21172. Mediterranean. Maus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (72.)
Mugil saliens, Risso, ,
2936. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (82.)
Mugil labeo, Cuv.
2938. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (141.)

Mugil septentrionalis, Giinth.
17416. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. e
Mugil chelo, Cuv.

2937. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (84.)
10186. Canaries. Vienna Museum. (1.)

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 31

Family, CENTRISCID.

Centriscus scolopax, Linn.

7547. Europe. Bonaparte Collection.

Family, GASTEROSTEID &.

Gasterosteus aculeatus, Linn.
17439. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (2.)
22042. Romsdal, Norway. Robert Collett.

Gasterosteus gymnurus, Cuv.
22041. (“G. aculeatus var. gymnurus.”) Tromsé, Norway. Robert
Collett. :
17303. (Part.) Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (49.)
21138. (“G. leiurus.”) Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (38.)

Gasterosteus semiarmatus, Cuv. & Val.

17303. (Part.) Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (45.)

Gasterosteus trachurus, Cuv. & Val.
21137. Caen, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (37.)
Gasterosteus pungitius, Linn.

22015. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.

Gasterosteus spinachia, Linn.
17438. (“Spinachia vulgaris, Flem.”) Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen.

(3.)

21129. (“Gastron spinachia.”) La Rochelle. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris.
(29.)

22021. (“Spinachia vulgaris, Flem.”) Christiania, Norway. Robert
Collett.

Gasterosteus argentatissimus, Blanchard.

21140. (Type.) Avignon, Krance. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (40.)

Gasterosteus Blanchardi, Sauvage.

21139. (Type.) Boston, U.S. Mus. @Hist. Nat. Paris. (39.)

This species is identical with the common many-spined Stickleback of
the East Coast of North America (Pygosteus occidentalis, [C. & V.| Bre-
voort), and the latter is identical with the Gasterosteus pungitius of
Linné.— BEAN.

Family, BELONID Al.
Belone vulgaris, Flem.
10045. Norway. Robert Collett.
17464. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (106.)
22086. Stavanger, Norway. Robert Collett.

Belone longirostris,

10107. Kiel Bay. Dr. Mobius.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Family, ESociD 2.
Esox lucius, Linn.

2199. Teeds, Eng. Henry Denny.
10205. Danube. Vienna Museum. (31.)
17345. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (60.)
17463. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (105.)
21153. Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (53.)
21606. Obi River, Siberia. Dr. Otto Fisch. (18.)

Family, CyYPRINODONTID&.

Cyprinodon calaritanus, Cuv. & Val.
5002. Europe. Bonaparte Collection.

Lebias ibericus, Steind.
10226. Valencia, Spain. Vienna Museum. (20.)
Family, StERNOPTYCHID 4.

Sternoptyx mediterranea, Cocco.
10143. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (455.)

Maurolicus borealis, Nilss.
29048, Finmarken, Norway. Robert Collett.
Family, SCOPELID &.

Chlorophthalmus Agassizii, Bon.
10161. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (51.)

Scopelus Benoiti, Cocco.

10163. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (461.)

Scopelus Humboldtii, Risso.
10170. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (463.

Scopelus dellachiaji,
10168. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (4958.)

Family, SYNODONTID 4.
Saurus griseus, Lowe.
12627. . British Museum. (89.)

Family, MICROSTOMID 4.

Mallotus villosus, (Miill.) Cuv. & Val.
17457. Finmarken, Norway. Bergen Museum. (99.)
10237. (“4 Osmerus arcticus,” Nilss.) Finmarken, Norway. Bergen
Museum.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 33

Osmerus eperlanus, (Linn.) Lacép.
16715. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum.
20932. Sweden. (90 and 91.)
21136. France. Mus. @Hist. Nat. Paris. (36.)
22077. Mijosen, Norway. Robert Collett.

Argentina silus, (Ascan.) Nilss.
17462. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum.

Argentina sphyrzena, Linn.
10082. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (332.)
17461. Christiania, Norway. Bergen Museum.
22076. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.
10083. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (331.)

Argentina hebridica, Yar. & Nilss.
10052. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.

Family, COREGONID A.

Thymallus vulgaris, Nilss.
2198. Leeds, Eng. Henry Denny.
10244, Europe. Rudolph Hessel.
17341. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (62.)
17460. Christiania, Norway. Bergen Museum.

Coregonus oxyrhynchus, (Linn.) Kroyer.
17291. Lake Vettern, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission.
(10.) |
17301. Lake Venern, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission.
(12.)
17458. Christiania, Norway. Bergen Museum.
21192. Holland. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (92.)

Coregonus lavaretus, Linn.
17300. Lake Venern, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission.
(14.)
17353. Augermanelfren River, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Com-
mission. (15.)
22078. Jzederen, Norway. Robert Collett.

Coregonus fera, Cuv. & Val.

10245. Europe. Rudolph Hessel.

Coregonus fera, Widegren.
17314. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (11.)
17327. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (13.)

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79——3 May 23, i879.

34 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Coregonus mareena, Nilss.
10240. Pomerania. Rudolph Hessel.
12676. Pomerania. Rudolph Hessel.

Coregonus Nilssoni, Cuv. & Val.

17844. Lake Ringsjén, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission.
(16.)

Coregonus albula, Linn.
10572. Lake Malaren, Sweden.
17297. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (64.)
17459. Christiania, Norway. Bergen Museum. (101.)

Coregonus Merkii, Giinth.
21604. Obi River, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch. (59.)

Coregonus syrok, Cuv.
21602. Obi River, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch. (86.)
21603. Obi River, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch. (87.)

Family, SALMONID A.
Salmo salar, Linn.

3576. Sweden.
10242. Rhine River. Rudolph Hessel.
10675. Rhine River. Rudolph Hessel.
17342, Nisswan River. Swedish Government. (4.)
17440. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (88.)

Salmo trutta, Nilss.

10108. Kiel Bay. Dr. Mobius.

17296. (Sterile.) Augermanelfren River, Sweden. Swedish Cen-
tennial Commission. (6.)

17347. Augermanelfren River, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Com-
mission. (3.) .

17349. Augermanelfren River, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Com-
mission. (2.)

17343. dgand?. Sweden. Swedish Government. (5.)

17441. One year old. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (89.)

17442. Ten months old. Bergen, Norway. 1b. Hansen.

17346. (Var. “lacustris.”) Lake Vettern, Sweden. Swedish Cen-
tennial Commission.

Salmo eriox, Kroyer.
22079. Christiania, Norway. Robert Coliett.
10053. Norway. Robert Collett.
22080. (Formerly “fario.”) Dramen, Norway. Robert Collett.
22081. (Formerly “fario.”) Dramen, Norway. Robert Collett.
22082. (Formerly “fario.”) Dramen, Norway. Robert Collett.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 35

Salmo fario, Linn.

1735, Neufchatel. Prof. L. Agassiz.
16721. Adult. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum.
16722. Young. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum.
16723. Young. England. Liverpool Free Public Museum.
21165. (“Trutta fario.”) France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (65.)
10228. (“Trutta fario.”) Spain. Vienna Museum. (35.)

Salmo punctatus, Nilss,

17443. Bergen, Norway. B. Hansen. (91.)

Salmo lacustris, Linn.
10557. Lake Constance, Switzerland. Rudolph Hessel.

Salmo salvelinus, Linn.
10249. Europe. Rudolph Hessel.
17351. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (8.)

Salmo alpinus, Linn.

3571. Sweden. Swedish Academy. (107.)
572. Sweden. Swedish Academy.

17299. Sweden. Swedish Academy. (9.)
17456. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum.

Salmo hucho, Linn.
10725. Danube River. Rudolph Hessel.

Salmo ocla, Nilss.
3573. 3. Sweden. Swedish Academy.

Salmo pallidus, Nilss.
7575. Lake Vettern, Sweden. Swedish Academy. (109,)

Bastards.

17453. (One year.) Salmo fario, pater. Salmo alpinus, mater. Sta-
vanger, Norway. C.B. Hansen. (974.)

17454. (One year.) Salmo fario, mater. Salmo alpinus, pater. Sta-
vanger, Norway. C.B. Hansen. (970.)

17452. (Twoyears.) Salmo fario, mater. Salmo alpinus, pater. Sta-
vanger, Norway. ©. b. Hansen. (96.)

17450. (Three years.) Salmo fario, pater. Salmo alpinus, mater.
Stavanger. Norway. C.B. Hansen. (95a.)

17451. (Three years.) Salmo fario, mater. Salmo alpinus, pater.
Stavanger, Norway. C.B. Hansen. (950.)

17448. (Four years.) Salmo fario, pater. Salmo alpinus, mater.
Stavanger, Norway. C.B. Hansen. (94¢.)

17449. (Four years.) Salmo fario, mater. Salmo alpinus, pater.
Stavanger, Norway. OC. B. Hansen. (940.)

36
17447.
17446.
17444.

17445.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

(Five years.) Salmo fario, mater. Salmo alpinus, pater.
Stavanger, Norway. C. B. Hansen. (930.)

(Five years.) Salmo fario, mater. Salmo alpinus, pater.
Stavanger, Norway. C. B. Hansen.

(Six years.) Salmo fario, pater. Salmo alpinus, mater. Sta-
vanger, Norway. C.B. Hansen. (924.)

(Six years.) Salmo fario, mater. Salmo alpinus, pater. Sta-

Alosa finta, Yarrell.

10146.

vanger, Norway. C.B. Hansen. (920.)
Family, CLUPEIDA.
Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (350.)

Clupea pilchardus, Walb.

10192.

(“‘ Alausa pilchardus,C.&V.”) Gibraltar. Vienna Museum.
(45.)

Clupea harengus, Linn.

10039.
10040.
10049.
10280.
17336.
17339.
17340.
17469.
17470.
17471.
17472.
17473.
17474.
17475.
17476.
17477.
17478.
17485.
22068.
22069.
22070.
17484.
17483.
17482.
17481.
17480.
17479.

Norway. Robert Collett.
Norway. Robert Collett.
Norway. Robert Collett.
Christiania, Norway. Axel Boeck.

Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (17.)
Kivik, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (19.)
Malmé, Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (18.)

Bédé, Norway. Bergen Museum.

Bergen, Norway.
Bergen, Norway.
Rero N opw 9).
Bergen, Norway.
Bergen, Norway.
Bergen, Norway.
Bergen, Norway.
Bergen, Norway.
Bergen, Norway.
Berge ray.
Bergen, Norway

Bergen Museum.
Bergen Museum.
Bergen Museum.
Bergen Museum.
Bergen Museum.
Bergen Museum.
Bergen Museum.
Bergen Museum.
Bergen Museum.

(118.)
(119.)
(120.)

(“Prius May.”) Christiania, Norway. Bergen Museum. (127.)
Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.

Nordland, Norway. Robert Collett.

Nordland, Norway. Robert Collett.

(About 1 month old.) Norway. Bergen Museum. (126.)
(About 24 monthsold.) Norway. Bergen Museum. (125.)
(About 3 months old.) Norway. Bergen Museum. (124.)
(About 4 months old.) Norway. Bergen Museum. (123.)
(About 5 months old.) Norway. Bergen Museum. (122.)
(About 7 months old.) Norway. Bergen Museum. (121.)

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ou

17311, (“Var. membras.”) — Off Stockholm, Sweden. Swedish Cen-
tennial Commission. (20.)

17315. (* Var. membras.”) Gulf of Bothnia, Sweden. Swedish Cen-
tennial Commission. (21.)

Ciupea sprattus, Linn.
10048. Norway. Robert Collett.
10064. Kiel Bay. Dr. Karl Mobius.
17298. West coast of Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission.
(22.)
17486. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (128.)
22071. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.

Clupea sardina, Cuv.
10041. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (450.)

Family, ENGRAULIDID A,
_ Engraulis encrasicholus, (Linn.) Cuv.

10153. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. . (454.)
22075. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.

Family, CyPRINIDé.

Cyprinus carpio, Linn.
2194, Leeds, Eng. Henry Denny.

14861. Europe.

21152. Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (52.)

21188. “Carpeamirori.” Troyes, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris.
(88.)

21190. “Carpe amirori.” Troyes, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris.
(90.)

10565. “Cyprinus cyprinorum.” Europe. Rudolph Hessel.

Cyprinus regina, Bon.

10144, Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (425.)

Carassius vulgaris, (Linn.) Nilss.
10150. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (430.)
10196. Danube. Vienna Museum. (28.)

Carassius gibelio, (Bloch) Nilss.
3487. Sweden.
17465. Norway. Bergen Museum. (107.)
21189. (‘Oyprinopsis gibelio.”) Troyes, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat.
Paris. (89.)

Carassius linnai, Bon.

3486. Sweden.

388 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Barbus plebejus, Val.
10079. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (284.)
10149. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (726.)

Barbus eques, (Heckel) Kner.
10103. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (283.)

Barbus fluviatilis, Ag.
3523. Niirnberg.
10189. Danube. Vienna Museum. (2.)
20542. France. Goldsmith.
21154. Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (54.)

Barbus Bocagii, Steind.
10187, Spain. Vienna Museum. (15.)

Barbus comiza, Steind.

10198. Madrid. Vienna Museum. (6.)

Schizothorax orientalis, Kessl.

21597. Sassyk ali Kul, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch. (246.)

Diptychus Dybowski, Kessl.
21598. @. Dschelonasch River, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch. (195.)
21599. @. Dschelonasch River, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch. (158.)
21600. Juv. Bulenka River, near Sepra, Siberia. Dr.Otto Finsch.
(280.)

Gobio fluviatilis, Flem. 7
3490. WNiirnberg.
3489, Leeds, Eng. Henry Denny.
1737. Neufchatel. Agassiz.
10127. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (115.)
10224. Danube. Vienna Museum. (38.)
21135. Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (35.)
21607. Alpine lake, 5,000 feet high, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch.
10167. (‘ Gobio lutescens,” De Filippi.) Europe. Bonaparte Col-
lection. (280.)

Gobio uranoscopus, (Ag.) Cuv. & Val.
10142. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (277.)

Leuciscus rutilus, (Linn.) Flem.
2195. Leeds, Eng. Henry Denny.
17317. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (54.)
17466. Norway. Bergen Museum. (108.)
21146. Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (46.)
21605. Obi River, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch. - (638.)
3096. (“ Gardonus rutilus.”) Europe.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 39

Leuciscus grislagine, (Linn.) Nilss.
17309. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (51.)
21596. (““Squalius grislagine.”) Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch.
3497. [Gardonus (Cephalus) grislagine.”| Sweden.

Leuciscus rodens, (Heckel) Ag.
1728. Neufchatel. Agassiz.

Leuciscus idus, Linn.
17319. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (52.)
10250. (“Idus melanotus.”) Danube. Rudolph Hessel.
21595. (“Idus melanotus.”) Obi River, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch.
(41.)

Leuciscus erythrophthalmus, (Linn.) Flem.
1726. Europe. Agassiz.
17325. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (53.)
3499. (“Scardinius erythrophthalmus.”) Sweden.
21185. Troyes, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (85.)

Leuciscus phoxinus, (Linn.) Flem.
17304. Sweden. Swedish Academy. (55.)
3494. (“Phoxinus levis.”) Niirnberg.
3495. (“Phoxinus levis.”) Leeds, Eng.
10140. (“‘Phoxinus levis.”) Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (303.)
21180. (“Phowinus levis.”) Perm, Russia. Mus. dHist. Nat.
Paris. (80.)

Phoxinus aphya, (Linn.) Kroyer.
17455. Christiania, Norway. Bergen Museum. (114.)
22050. Girdbransdal, Norway. Robert Collett.

Phoxinellus croaticus, Steind.

10193. Croatia. Vienna Museum. (56.)

Leuciscus cephalus, (Linn.) Flem.
17467. Southeastern Norway. Bergen Museum. (109.)
3498. (“Squalius dobula.”) Niirnberg.
21145. (“Squalius cephalus.”) Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (45.)
10139. (“Leuciscus pareti,” Bon.) Europe. Bonaparte Collection.
(307.)

Squalius leuciscus, Heckel.

21187. Troyes, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (87.)

Telestes Savignyi, (Bon.).
2887. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (300.)

40 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Tinca vulgaris, Cuv.
3492. Sweden.
10246. Europe. Rudolph Hessel.
17292. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (50.)
21151. Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (51.)

Tinca chrysitis, Ag.
10159. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (275.)

Chondrostoma nasus, (Linn.) Ag.
3522. Niirnberg.
21144, Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (44.)

Chondrostoma polylepis, Steind.
10183. Spain. Vienna Museum. (33.)

Rhodeus amarus, (Bloch) Ag.
3488. Niirnberg.
21132. Paris. Mus.d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (82.)

Abramis brama, (Linn.) Flem.
3516. Niirnberg.
17306. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (57.)
17468. Southeastern Norway. Bergen Museum.
20553. France. Goldsmith.
21147. Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (47.)
21186. Troyes, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris., (86.)

Abramis vimba, (Linn.) Cuy. & Val.
10206. Danube. Vienna Museum. (16.)
10408. Vienna Museum.
17289. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (56.)

Abramis blicca, (Bloch) Cuv.
1734. Neufchatel. Agassiz.

Abramis bjorkna, (L.) Nilss.
3518. (“Blicca bjérkna.”) Sweden.
10199. (“<Blicea argyroleuca.”) Danube. Vienna Museum. (41.)
17338. (“Blicea bjirkna.”) Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commis-
sion. (8.)

Abramis ballerus, (L.) Cuy. & Val.
3519. Sweden.

Aspius alburnus, Agassiz.
17302. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (59.)

~ ——

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Al

Alburnus lucidus, Heck. & Kner.
3521, Niirnberg.
21155. Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (55.)
21184. Troyes, France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (84.)

Alburnus alborella, (De Fillipi).
10155. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (289.)

Pelecus cultratus, (Linn.) Ag.
10215. Danube. Vienna Museum. (7.)
10149. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (726.)

Family, CoBITID.A:.
Diplophysa labiata, Kessl.
21601. Bulenka River, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch. (320.)
21608. Bulenka River, Siberia. Dr. Otto Finsch. (136.)

Misgurnus fossilis, (Linn.) Lacép.
3482. Niirnberg. Thomas Rainey.
10089. Europe. Bonaparte Collection. (157.)
21142. Germany. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (42.)

Cobitis barbatula, Linn.
3483. Niirnberg. Thomas Rainey.
10201. Danube. Vienna Museum. (49.)
21141. Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (41.)

Cobitis tenia, Linn.
3484, Niirnberg. Thomas Rainey.
3485. Niirnberg. Thomas Rainey.
10162. (“Acanthopsis tenia.”) Europe. Bonaparte Collection.
(158.)

Order, NEMATOGNATHI.

Family, SILURID&.

Silurus glanis, Linn.

10191. Danube. Vienna Museum. (53.)
17293. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (61.)

Order, APODES.

Family, CONGRIDA.
Conger vulgaris, Cuy.
17488. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (130.)
17507. (Stuffed.) Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (8.)

42 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Family, ANGUILLID A.

Anguilla vulgaris, Turton.
17321. Sweden. Swedish Academy. (39.)
17331. Sweden. Swedish Academy. (67.)
17487. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (129.)
21181. Paris. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (81.)
22025. Stavanger, Norway. Robert Collett.

10042. (“ Murena anguilla,” Linn.) Norway. Robert Collett.

Order, GLANIOSTOMI.

Family, ACIPENSERID &.
Acipenser sturio, Linn.

2174, (22003.) Europe. Bonaparte Collection.
17505. (Stuffed.) Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (9.)

Acipenser ruthenus, Linn.
10195. Danube. Vienna Museum. (17.)

Acipenser naccarii, Bon.
2175. (22004.) Europe. Bonaparte Collection.

Class, ELASMOBRANCHIL
Order, HOLOCEPHALL
Family, CHDLARIDA.

Chimzera monstrosa, Linn.
10233. 4%. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (37.)
10234. 9. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (74.)
17492. 3. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum.
17493. @. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (135.)

Order, RALA.
Family, TORPEDINID 2.
Torpedo Galvanii, Risso.
10221. Spain. Vienna Museum.
Family, RAIID Zz.

Raia radiata, Donoy.
17318. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (40.)
17497. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (139.)

i -

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 43
Order, SQUALI.
Family, LAMNID A.

Lamna cornubica, (Gm.) Flem.

17509. (Stuffed.) Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (10.)

Family, SCYLLUD A.

Scyllium catulus, (Linn.).
10220. Cadiz, Spain. Vienna Museum. (52.)

Pristiurus melanostomus, (Raf.) Bon.

17494. ¢. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (136.)

Family, SPINACID A.
Acanthias vulgaris, Risso.
17495. ° jw. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (137.)
21178. France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (78.)

Spinax niger, Bon.
10051. Christiania, Norway. Robert Collett.
10235. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (28.)
17496. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (138.)

Class, MARSIPOBRANCHILI.
Order, HYPEROARTIA.

Family, PETROMYZONTID 2.

Petromyzon marinus, Linn.

17498. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (140.)

Petromyzon fluviatilis, Linn.
21133. France. Mus. d’Hist. Nat. Paris. (33.)
22010. Sweden. (86.)

Petromyzon Planeri, Bloch.
22005. Sweden. (88.)
22006. Sweden. (89.)
22011. Niirnberg.
22026. (“ Petromyzon branchialis.”) Ostendalen, Norway. Robert
Collett.

Petromyzon sp.
17334. Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (41.)

Ammocetes sp.
17307. (Juv.) Sweden. Swedish Centennial Commission. (42.)

44 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Order, HY PEROTRETI.

Family, MyXINID&.
Myxine glutinosa, Linn.
4584, Kattegat. Danish Academy.
17499. Bergen, Norway. Bergen Museum. (141.)

Class, LEPTOCARDII.
Order, CIRROSTOMI.
Family, BRANCHIOSTOMID As.

Branchiostoma lanceolatum, (Pallas) Gray.

22083. Stavanger, Norway. Robert Collett.

DESCRIPTION OF A SPECIES OF LYCODES (L. PAXILLUS) OBTAINED
BY THE UNITED STATES FISH COVIMISSION.

By G. BROWN GOODE and TARLETON H. BEAN.

A single specimen of an apparently undescribed species of Lycodes
was obtained by Capt. Joseph W. Collins and the crew of the schooner
Marion of Gloucester, from the gully between Le Have and Sable Island
Banks, in latitude 42° 48’ N., longitude 63° 07’ W., and presented to the
United States Fish Commission for the National Museum. The speci-
men, which is 142 inches in length, is in a dilapidated condition, and was
apparently taken from the stomach of a fish, probably a halibut. Fish-
ing in this locality is carried on exclusively with trawls or long-lines at
a depth of 1,200 to 2,400 feet.

The form of Lycodes paxillus is rounder and more terete than that of
any other described species. It is also easily distinguished by its very
short head, by the peculiar curvature of the strong jaw, and by the
enormous development of the muscles of the cheek. In the small num-
ber of pectoral rays it resembles LZ. polaris Sabine, L. murena Collett,
and I. Verrillii Goode & Bean.

DESCRIPTION.—Body elongate, rounded throughout its entire length;
its greatest height (.06) equaling its greatest width (.06); the height
behind the pectorals (.054) very slightly greater than the width behind
the pectorals (.054); the width at the anus (.043) exceeding two-thirds
of the height (.052) at the same place; midway from the anus to the tail
the width (.03) equals three-fourths of the height (.044). The greatest
height is contained over sixteen times in the total length, and equals
slightly more than one-fifth of the distance from the snout to the origin
of the anal fin. The width of the body at the anus is about one-third
of the Jength of the head. ;

The head much resembles in general form that of the common rattle-

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 45

snake (Crotalus horridus), having a broad flat top and an abrupt, almost
overhanging, profile at the snout; the upper jaw extending far beyond
the lower (1§ hundredths of length), the intermaxillary teeth being
visible from below when the jaws are closed. This character, common
to all species of Lycodes, is extraordinarily prominent in L. pavillus. The
end of the maxilla extends behind the perpendicular from the posterior
margin of the orbit, and the tip of the upper jaw curves strongly down-
ward. The length of the upper jaw (.083) is contained twelve times in
the length of the body, and is greater than the postorbital length of the
head. The tip of the under jaw curves strongly upward, and is received
entirely within the upper jaw. The distance from the tip of the snout to
the articulation of the mandible (.10) equals one-third of the distance from
the snout to the anal, and one-tenth of total length. The muscles of the
- cheeks are enormously developed and protuberant, the width of the
head in this region (.08) equaling the length of its postorbital portion.
The width of the interorbital area (.015) is less than half the diameter of
the orbit (.035), which is equal to half the length of the pectoral fin (.07).

The eyes are placed high, their upper margins approaching closely to the
line of its upper profile, their diameter included about four times in the
length of the head. The nostrils are situated nearly midway between the
orbit and the tip of the snout.

Intermaxillary teeth in a single series; a few teeth in a second line
behind the others, near the symphysis. Mandibular teeth in a single
series, except at the symphysis, where there are a few (about 9) teeth in
front of the main series. A few teeth clustered at the head of the vomer.
On the palatines a single series, about six on each side. The teeth
throughout are stouter than is usual in this genus, recurved and sharply
pointed.

Dorsal fin inserted at a point less than one-fourth of the distance from
the snout to the end of the tail, and very slightly behind the perpen-
dicular from the tip of the extended pectoral.

Anal fin inserted in the perpendicular from the twelfth dorsal ray, at
a point three-tenths of the distance from the snout to the end of the tail.
The vent is in the vertical from the tenth dorsal ray, its distance from
the snout equaling about four times the length of the pectoral.

The pectoral is inserted at a distance from the snout about equal to
twice its own length.

The ventral is inserted at a distance from the snout ana to six times
its own length, its tip extending back to the line of insertion of the
pectoral.

Scales covering the whole body and extending far out on the bases of
the dorsai and anal fins; head and pectoral fins scaleless,

The color was probably light brown in life.

Radial formula :—D. (including half of caudal), 116-117. A. (inelud-
ing half of caudal), 100. P., 16. V.,3

46 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Table of Measurements,

QGurrenipamber of specimen. «—--- .\<4q- > <-eh == sara an ae pa Meriepo eee NTT.
: Lat. 42° 48’ N.
TEQGRNNDY: Soe am — anes: ona m2 - nin kn oGiorin einta aie =e Pr ahr Ss Bae et 5 Lon. 63° 07 W.

Millime- |} 100ths of

tres. length.
BUSY x Re aS 8 OAS el Oeil elaine we aint ==
encth to end of middle candal Tays\-~ 22 acces cc sniseea cies cette = selene sue a are en BGGR|o oopee kes
Body:

Greatesh Weight: - <<. . Samet ate cle eine wile a5 olla laiele a Sima ela oleate fate payne eae re ae ren 53

Greatest widith 25 - <span ee rte ge are ree ere ore 5s

Greatest circumferene =a saeeeetameie ne cen] a aae aa een sle = = alee eater ale eee eee 174

Heightiati-ventrals <2 6 «<< 2 acinta min ne cocema see eget oka ioe is epee Ie nn as sea he ee 5s
Head:

Greatest lenotih.s2 20-262 tetdeetm ee eer ends sewer See a Gece eels ee eee ee ete Beer 143

(Gere satin sy bis eB ate ree te tee a te a= oe | ete 8}

Width of interor bitalfares, sine) 25 Bo ea bo see ee eae -eisaieean tates - | pees 14

Seng Gia ON SR wa at aww ee mw ol ee 32

Length of postorbital portion of head , 8

When thot Wp ae MAN eee ae eee eins = eee nae ene ee eee eae eee 8h

henoth? OhaaROU eT ks - doe ates eer eck o's Mas teade weeeraaene 9

Diam eterjomonbitt maces seman nwan seine enn '+ a eet toa aee ota tnandemeeaee eee meals aa 33

Bixtentiof oill-opertini < his coe seek tne bNcane od ame aaae taneeme se ace Cee mar emminn ieee 43
Dorsal:

DIRGAICE LOM SNOUP, = 6) > = on defwleailones aati n bm cine ain elm spp einitcin= hee alee aeseeet eee er 22
(Anvasifromysnonbteter a2 tao eage exc ames ecm cence faeces sehcen est qemee eee Cemeeereneiaine se See 83
Anal:

Distance: fromy Sn OW sae ansen's Senden ce ements cece ote ce es omen Oe ein aemeteme Ciena 30
Pectoral:

astanGebirom: SNOUb) cemdae teem ee hea ee ma cslsidieie sic 2 sates sisiisiesin og s eetabnlal ae Cece aeeterais 144

MONSON Sac eces S56: osc ce a tae meicawiccus SeAeEe Coch ea.e ot 2a els aldeeretne ne oelte ss aes] eee 7
Ventral:

Distance from SUQUb~.\7-- 152 eam ce os maee ss ciate sa] wine Since leis Peale ae ee ee ae eel eee let 12

Length ..- Se ae eae ea ot ale wae ate ln ell Pa a ila oe teen 2
Dorsal - -.- PUGH eae cmon we
Anal ...-. 100) |=ea soon
Pectoral . GR Racine eto
Ventral... Dial ean

WASHINGTON, March 21, 1879.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF LIPARIS (L. RANULA) OB-
TAINED BY THE UNETED STATES FISH COMMISSION OFF HALI-
FAX, NOVA SCOTIA.

By G. BROWN GOODE and TARLETON KE. BEAN.

An apparently undescribed species of Liparis was taken in the large
trawl-net by the collecting party on the United States steamer Speed-
well, September 24, 1877, off the mouth of Halifax Harbor (Station 117,
83 miles southeast from Chebucto Head). The depth at which it was
found was 52 fathoms, the temperature at the bottom 35° F. The bot-
tom was of fine sand and mud, and in the same haul of the net were
taken the following species: Glyptocephalus cynoglossus, Hippoglossoides
platessoides, Sebastes marinus (young), Phycis chuss, Aspidophoroides
monopterygius, Triglops Pingelii, Centridermichthys uncinatus, and Raia
radiata.

The species resembles, in the shape of its head, the Liparis Fabricit
of Kroyer, but is easily distinguished by its less elongate body and the
ereater number of rays in the dorsal and anal fins. When first taken

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. AT

it was colorless, almost translucent, and was covered with a thick tough
integument. The following description is less complete than would
seem desirable, owing to the fact that the unique specimen (No. 22,310,
U.S. Nat. Mus. Cat.) was too soft and tender to admit of the requisite
manipulation. The specimen, which is 56 millimetres in total length
(caudal included), is a mature female, having in the abdominal cavity
many large eggs.

DESCRIPTION.—The body is thick, subeylindrical anteriorly, rapidly
tapering to the tail, covered with a thick lax integument; its greatest
height (.25) equals the length oi the head and is one-fourth of the total
length of the body without caudal.

The head is somewhat tumescent at the nape; its height (over the
ventral disc and eyes) contained something over six times in the length
of the body; its greatest width (.18) very slightly greater and equaling
twice the width of the ventral dise. The snout is broad, with promi-
nent vertical profile; its length about one-fourth that of the head. The
cleft of the mouth is horizontal, and does not extend to the perpendicu-
lar from the anterior margin of the orbit. The lips are covered with
thick lax skin, the upper jaw extending beyond the lower.

The length of the upper jaw is about one-third of the length of the
head; that of the mandible slightly greater than the length of the ven-
tral disc. Each jaw armed with a band of villiform teeth. The tongue
is thick, obtuse. The eye is lateral, not interfering with the upper pro-
file of the head; its diameter (.07) more than one-fourth of the length of
the head, and contained about fourteen times in the length of the body.
The width of the interorbital area is contained two and one-half times
in the length of the head. The nostril is close to the eye. The gill-
opening is a vertical slit, extending upon the upper part of the root of
the pectoral.

The dorsal fin is inserted at a distance from the snout equal to one-
third of the length of the body. It contains about 48 rays, though to
count them is almost impossible. The anal fin originates at a distance
from the snout equal to two-fifths of the length of the body, and in the
perpendicular from the eighth dorsal ray. It contains at least 45 rays.
The pectoral fin is moderately broad, with 15 long rays and 12 or 13
shorter ones. The long rays are twice as long as the ventral dise and
extend nearly or quite to the perpendicular from the vent.

The ventral dise is slightly longer (.10) than its distance from the
snout (.09), which precisely equals its width. Jt has fourteen papill.

The color is uniform whitish, almost colorless, and translucent in life.

48 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
Table of Measurements.
Current number of speciinen.. 2.2 .2ssmeeeaeeeae ria eeeseneee a eeeeaa-= ees 22,310.
MVOGH ity Se eee incns soem eins <1s! -1-1m 2,5! fete 8 ee eRe oe emia eee ee tea Station 117, off Halifax.
Millime- | 100ths of
tres. length.
Length to origin of middle caudal rays... .....0<c.c6<---2---0-00e enon --ee---e Dog) peeriamicasta ==
Body: =
Greatest height../2<./12aee ees = Sein i= 2 cine oe maaitigenice Weiaielatan ee Siete eel ae ai ee 25
Height at ventral dis¢= possess ene «ele a amet ae aerate a etme lee ela ae aera 17
Head:
Greatest length - csc oe ccltese vee n ascends cate cap eneneee teens San oe aes [eee ate 25
Greatest width): . 262 Saeees oc s Seis cee maa leita pole es oe aie ene rats oe ee ere 18
iWidth'of interorbitallareaesce. = 2c. - 2 cee see oe eee ese a eteeie ete| leer a eee 10
Length of snout’) 52 Ae. aS eee eee ocean acne nee beee aries s seem ee aae aap aiaeteae lee 6
Length of uppersaw ascsnectese es ses oe coos. once See ce eee seers ae ae eeae meee amiae 8
Length of mandibleteccnkecce eves = 82 = chinese eee see pence cme ecistomtels ate a tsiahel] ore Sete ialenetemete 11
Diameter OtOrpite son aees- ce ec oe cocci oe eee ere oe ee eee clase nteetem | seainae eee ae 7
Dorsal:
Distancestromyseout sec.) ck enantio leas wieeie peace een een sa seteine cis 32
Anal:
Distance fromisnout,. 2-22 52s sacks an \acisa sae tae -aeens seen ee ai gsee elaee cere ese 40
Caudal:
Meng thot Mid Gle PAV Sia. soma mnlel= sia ama seein nies eal aie nels = elec ee a ete (8)
Pectoral:
Distance from SnOas ae ser ooo crs sse ers ssa awe onisle Saale sooeia sewn See eae Meneses 23
PON GC swiss seis ne haclas wcaon caeienis otis sbieme ween Ss shen Cnet eee eee ne Ee eee Re eeae 20
Ventral:
Histance of dise from 'snoute.=,s2c.cces es | dee - ce atiee sain e Seren eee eee eee es eerie 9
Len rth ofdise 50 52. Sele ids ek tebe Shue te eeenscsa Les etee ee ead | Meee ee eer 10
Width of ise 52.5225: sat scc Jono tene cae setie peclsee pace comes seca ocala | neratreceeee 9
Dorsal . . AS a ce ae os emaion
Anal... 3 (AB) irate cio (ectcsers
Pectoral S15 EAD OG1S, lancet Ss anos
Ventral (number of papillz in disc) da eeeeeiem ete
WASHINGTON, March 22, 1879.
DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF AMBER FISH (SERIOLA
STEARNSIT) OBTAINED NEAR PENSACOLA, FLORIDA, BY MR,

SEILAS STEARNS.

By G BROWN GOODE and TARLETON Hi. BEAN.

The National Museum has recently received, from Mr. Silas Stearns,

of Pensacola, several species of fishes hitherto unrecorded from the Gulf
of Mexico. Among them we recognize Seriola bonariensis, Cuv. & Val.,
previously observed only on the coast of Brazil, which is represented
by an individual of 890 millimetres, catalogue-number 22258; also a
second species of the same genus, which, though closely related to two
Cuban species, has characters which distinguish it from them, or, at
least, which do not harmonize with the published descriptions. This
form may in the future prove to be identical with Seriola gigas or Seriola
dubia ; it appears to be as distinct from either of these species as they
from each other. It is therefore fully described as a new species under
the name Seriola Stearnsii, We prefer thus to place the Pensacola speci-
men on record as a provisional new species rather than to identify it
on insufficient grounds with an already-named species, of which the pub-
lished descriptions are incomplete. A study of a large series of speci-
mens will doubtless largely reduce the number of species in this genus.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 49

Seriola Stearnsii, sp. nov.

A Seriola with slightly compressed body, the height of which (.248)
is equal to one-fourth of its total length to the end of the middle caudal
rays, its width (.14) about one-seventh of the same. (The height of the
body is contained about 42 times in the length to the end of the middle
caudal rays.) Its shape sub-fusiform, with greatest height at the origin
of the second dorsal fin, whence its dorsal and ventral profiles slope
gently and gracefully, with about the same curve, to the snout and the
base of the caudal, which are nearly equidistant from the point referred
to; the circumference of the body (.64) nearly two-thirds of its total
length; its height at the ventrals (.22) about five times the length of the
third dorsal spine; its least height at the tail (.04) equal to one-sixth its
greatest height; the distance from the end of the base of the second
dorsal to the base of the superior caudal lobe (.07) one-half of the great-
est width of the body. The caudal peduncle is somewhat depressed and
has prominent transverse grooves above and below and moderate lat-
eral carine, the length of the prominent part of which is somewhat less
than the length of the pectoral.

The length of the head (.28) is contained slightly more than 35 times
in the length of the body and equals twice its own width (.14). The
length of the snout (.10) is slightly greater than width of interorbital
area (.095). Length of operculum (.07) slightly greater than half that
of the upper jaw (.13) and slightly less than that of mandible (.15). The
maxillary extends to the vertical through the middle of the eye, the man-
dible to that from its posterior margin. Diameter of eye (.043)contained
about three times in the length of the upper jaw and about 65 times in
the length of the head (diameter of iris 7 times in length of head). The
distance of the eye below the dorsal profile equals about two-thirds of
its own vertical diameter, which is the same as the greatest width of the
posterior flange of the maxillary bone. (The centre of the eye is situated
~ at adistance below the dorsal profile (.04) contained less than four times
in the height of the head (.143) at that point. Compare with S. gigas.)

Intermaxillary teeth in a villiform band, broadest at the symphysis
and decreasing in width to the end of the intermaxillary, which extends
back nearly as far as the maxillary. Palatine teeth in a elub-shaped
pateh, villiform. Vomerine teeth villiform, in an arrow-shaped pateh,
the length of which equals the short diameter of the eye, and its shape
resembles that of the vomerine patch in Rhomboplites. Mandibulary
teeth similar to those on the intermaxillaries in form and arrangement.
On the tongue a median and two lateral patches of villiform teeth.

The distance of the first dorsal from the snout (.35) is slightly more
than one-third of the length of the body; the length of its base about
twice the length of its third spine. Its insertion is over the middle of
the base of the ventral. The origin of the second dorsal is slightly in
advance of the middle of the body, or about equidistant from the snout

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79-——4 July 1, 1879.

50 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

and the grooves on the top of the caudal peduncle; its length of base
(.42) exceeds twice that of the anal (.20). The first and last dorsal spines
are extremely inconspicuous, hidden beneath the skin, so that the fish
at first appears to have only five spines. The length of the largest
(third) spine is about equal to the diameter of the eye, and does not ex-
ceed one-fifth of the height of the body. The height of the second
dorsal at its longest ray (.10) equals the length of the snout.

The insertion of the anal is under the middle of the second dorsal,
and is distant from the snout somewhat more than four times the length
of the mandible; its greatest height (.09) is slightly less than the width
of the interorbital area; the length of its base (.20) twice that of the
snout; the length of the last rays (.063) is one-tenth of the distance of
the snout from the insertion of the fin.

The caudal is broad, the lobes slender, falcate, equal; their length (.21)
about twice the distance from the termination of the median rays to the
notches on the caudal peduncle (.11).

The insertion of the pectoral is posterior to-the vertical from the origin
of the first dorsal; its extremity reaches to the vertical from the poste-
rior termination of the first dorsal ; its length (.15) is contained Jess than
eight times in that of the body and nearly nine times in the distance
from the snout to the end of the caudal.

The ventrals are inserted under the origin of the first dorsal, at a
distance from the snout (.295) equal to twice the length of the mandible ;
the length of the fin (.13) equal to that of the pectoral, its extremity
reaching to the vertical from the insertion of the second dorsal, and to
a distance in front of the anal equal to the diameter of the eye.

Radial formula :,B. VIL; D. Vij 365 A LE yg 195 ey 89s Wine

Scales small, as in other members of the genus, present upon the
cheeks, but not upon the limb of the preoperculum or the remainder of
the head. Lateral line with many curves, straight upon the tail.

Color bluish above, whitish beneath, a band of greenish yellow as
wide as the eye extending from the preopercle to the extremity of the
tail. Fins greenish; traces of bands on the operculum.

The specimen sent by Mr. Stearns (No. 22325) measures 568 millime-
tres (203 inches) to the end of the middle caudal rays, and weighs 63
pounds. Concerning the species, Mr. Stearns writes: ‘No. 116 is
called here by the fishermen ‘Amber fish,’ and is quite common along this
coast in the deeper waters, but as they do not bite freely, not many are
taken. Those that are caught are taken near the surface, as the hook
is descending. Throughout the year they are found near the coast,
where they probably breed. The specimen sent is rather below the
average size. By most people it is considered a fine food fish.”

The name ‘‘Amber fish” is applied to the fishes of this genus by Eng-
lish-speaking colonies the world over. It alludes to the amber-colored
stripe upon the side.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 51

Table of Measurements.

Garrentimumberiof specimen 2-25-27 4seses9 282 sae seecc et aces en eacise tere ack

TIO CAR ye sore ote <3 = cis Sac aeloe Seaweed Soc eie Beles Sate de eee nits dais oo umes one

ieneothsto. end af, middie caudal rays) ses. 2: 2s pet oe Seraet es tcbset vaste tee
Body :
Greatest; height: es S552 Shoe... Ses ase Se eo cate ipsa 2\- Ga e oeeee
Ree AGES bh Wa GC bltre 2 eee a te eee fe Meee Eee OAC oe meio einlote «2 ae seein

Greatest circumference) S34-. ee cco soe oe ine nae ales DEERME aon cas Ss oshoakabee |

ULC SHG ateVen UNAS eras ceneras Lit = at tarctan wide ac sialefeietn seeeie ee Mee Eee cise Sec e ae

enstiherhtrottail ere sso suas ssi so as aR ee as ee

Wengibiorcandaly peduncles. csc a cein aac asi eee eee ce a Ree es sais
Head: ;

Greatest lencth ..<<... 2. 5-.2.- Ne eile alee ofa ete ae eee ee aol er

Greatestiwidthiss:-2 <<a sass S- oi Se ge. Se Se ee ee eT |

TenOUM Oh SNOUT oes sce ss sant oan See wee oi ek ees eae amen saad pe cemintoea toss
Menetnrotopercrl ummnigs oa eh fo aa al 5 Ani So oo ae ee eae ee oe eet ae
MeN SUnKOL Mp pel UW ssh. 0 sews eke we sls toes ceed Semmes ee ie Cnet ce

enpthione Manda les = as oso oe ete tg acn = [nr myelom s alae ise ae eee ei ieee eae ae |

Height of head through eye

DiameteriOf, CVO ee er oto gee cscs sat Scenic Sans eee ace a eae ea note eS |

Dorsal (spinous) :
Distance tromisnout 2. ecce oils yses Feces Sos Seige So. pee ae eee nes bcs as <
MUON UOT AS Ore ee see cals sacle s seis find oe se ote - nee Nee oe eee Ce eer ei oe eee
HEE SENLOU TSS PINOy a= o's av sie soaps s Jom Seatan es Sete eee eee ene ce tee =
NGS GINOL SCCONU SPIO os seicies enisinc cats Je 2 ae Sate cian eee Sena e eee ee
engin OL bhiTrd Spilie \a- sasoF s aac Jon oo anne ee ems a eee eae Soe
Hen PAIN OTetONCun PING: see sn. ae Sasa oe soe cehle ae een en ee Done ae ee ee ee
enethordifth- spines = a. 2 <)a52 <2 hose $-SSsveeae yates |e eae ee eee =
Dorsal (soft) :
Hen mtihiot) PAsp sates ae co seee leks x wR usd eisai SRE ae se eee: 2
BRON AKO eS UREN Se ete Sane eis ae Sa sees ate a ee ee ene eee eee eee
CCH MU OMONEESH LAYS: sehiee Fete ese oo saa a. Ca Re Anson s Seeds kee
Menethvot last Vaya s x5 o-scaclso st 32s sea se fa ike cee eeeene = tem bmenine cas see
Anal:
Distance fromesnonbis =. 55226358 so haee se eee Ren ceaem sean cetan eae
eneuneor base: ssiestass tosses 5 eS eos sa. eee nee « Saeco oe cbelnstewea ae
Benethiotlong estrayps =. a6, sb esa Bos ow ewe mlaeace Sen aes oy ae a ne
en ethno hast rays see Soe 28 o es was 1 2 See An ens Se eee cea oe one
Caudal:
Length from notch on peduncle to end of middle rays
ken pthiof.externalnayse < so ss.n 2 cle t ses Scat «one Soe eo ant alee ene
Pectoral:
Distance: from snobs Asse ban et Neto fe eae tacts Ban Sc Eee eee ee
SCHED PIA Sate Me ee me ac es Cet on De ae Soe ae nen en en co ee eee eae ee
Ventral:
MISA CHLOMMSNOUb a= a. eee eee ee Saco es once oc Snes someone ce oe <emeeioeeees as
HBT pier Seats Sct tsi ora d Sis inal aid Sales aslo abuse ae woe ache ete ace pee eee
IBTANGMOS TOP AB eases see oe ote cee ese hore e oe eae csbeccs con cueuen oe neem enous
Dorsal
Anal

WASHINGTON, April 1, 1879.

ON THE BIRDS OF HELIGOLAND.

By H. GATKE.

Professor 8. F. BARD,
Secretary Smithsonian Institution :

Millime-

22,3

25.

Pensacola, Fla.

tres.

100ths of
length.

-
i
oon

womwnwon
onwod

hc
S

HELIGOLAND, JJarch 8, 1879.

DEAR Str: I have delayed answering your very kind communication
till I might be able to inform you of the receipt of the box despatched

52 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

forme. It arrived two days ago, and many, many thanks for the con-
tents thereof, which to me are very valuable indeed.

By this mail f shall send off a small box with skins, all I had, and, as
I fear, of very little value to you. Perhaps the suite of Sylvia suecica,
Linn., may interest you, as the females and male in winter dress are
perfectly reliable. The other form, S. lewcocyanea, Brehm, comes very
rarely so far north as Heligoland, and the few instances it has turned
up from four to six weeks earlier than the suwecica in spring. I have sent
for your examination a skin of Lanius major, Pall., with the alar white:
mark extending over the bases of primaries only, and which I suppose,
from what I see in Richardson and Swainson’s “ Faun. Bor. Amer.,” is
coincident with their Lan. borealis.* Perhaps we have here to deal
with a case similar to that of Alauda alpestris, viz, a gradual extension
westward from an originally American home. Up to October, 1847, A.
alpestris was here an excessively rare appearance, known only to a very
few sportsmen; but at the fall of that year there was a very great influx
of birds from the east (Yema sabinii may be counted among the rest),
and with+these A. alpestris appeared in such numbers that one young
man succeeded in shooting above a score during one afternoon. Ever
since, this species has been a numerous and regular bird of passage dur-
ing October and November of each successive year. I have packed for
you a male and female, which, as coming from the westernmost point
almost of their now regular line of migration, may be of some interest
for the shke of comparing with the original stock.t I saw once a skin
trom America, an old male bird, which was of a rather intense brick-red
color round the shoulders and wing-coverts, whereas these parts with
our birds are always of a pinkish, vinaceous tinge. If the above colora-
tion with your birds be the prevalent one I should like much the pos-
session of such an old male specimen.t Amongst the Pipit suite there
is one Anthus richardi, a regular autumnal visitant here, from the far
east of Asia (Daouria),§ and if of interest to you I will next fall try to
procure some more skins for you.

Tam greatly gratified at finding that many points of 5 your observa-
tions || form already a part of my manuscript. Your remark that “if

* This specimen is not ZL. borealis, but seems referable to the L. excubitor of Europe.—
R. Rpeway.

+The examples sent by Mr. Giitke resemble very closely in their robust build and
dark colors the specimens usually obtained in eastern’ North America in winter, but
have the yellow of the head more extended, this color in fact invading even the whole
pileum. They can easily be matched, however, even in this respect from a large
series.—R. RIDGWAY.

tThe specimen here alluded to was very likely the var. chrysolema of California
and Mexico, which has, at all seasons, the vinaceous tints of the northern forms re-
placed by a rusty cinnamon color. (Conf. Hist. N. Am. B., II, pp. 1411-44.)—R.
RipGway.

§ Do not these east Asiatic species cross over the Pacific from Kamtchatka via the
Aleutian Islands ?

| Conf. The Distribution and Migrations of North American Birds.” Am. Jour.
Science & Arts, XLI, 1866, 78-90, 184-192, 337-347.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ig

a region be deprived of its.spring birds” proves very strikingly the fact
that over a wide range of latitude each individual resorts for propaga-
tion to the latitude where it was hatched ; that birds quit their winter-
quarters in succession as their individually more northerly home becomes
habitable,—naturally the most northerly latest; and that, consequently,
Middendorf’s calculation of the rate of migration-flight must be falla-
cious, because the individuals he observed earlier in spring at a lower
latitude were not the same he saw later not thirty degrees higher north,
but were such as passed over the former, whilst they perhaps were be-
ginning to construct their nests; therefore, the period that lay between
observing the two could not be made use of as a measure whereby to
determine their pace of flight or advance during a day.

That the direction of the course of wandering birds should be influ-
enced by river courses or mountain chains, is a point which I do not
agree to, at least so far as Europe comes under contemplation. Here
during the fall, the route of miscellaneous species is so varied that the
two principal hosts cross each other at right angles; one great mass
progressing due west from the farthest east of Asia (e. g., Anthus rich-
ardi, Sylvia superciliosa), and continue their course to Heligoland, Eng-
land, France, and Spain. Besides these, all the rare autumnal visitors
come here from the far east of Asia, which proves that there must be
with birds of these regions a strong inherent tendency to a western mi-
gration, even in species whose real winter-quarters are in the south of
India down to the Sunda Isles, as, for instance, the two named above.
This line of flight diverges abruptly to the north when approaching
the Atlantic in England, Western France, and Spain; vide the immense
numbers crossing the Straits of Gibraltar.

This westerly current is cut at right angles by another host coming
simultaneously down from the extreme north of Europe and Asia, and
steering due south for their winter-quarters, viz: The Willow Warblers,
Phylloscopus trochilus and rufus, which go from the North Cape of Scan-
dinavia to the Cape of Good Hope; P. tristis and borealis, from Northern
European and Asiatic Russia down to the south of India and China.
The latter, together with Falco rujipes, Motacilla citreola, Anthus cervinus,
Emberiza aureola, and Limosa cinerea, all plentifully breeding so close to
Heligoland as the Onega Dvina, Megin, and Petchora districts, but stil
never, or very rarely, turning up here during their autumnal flights,
proves in itself their southern course—without the least western incli-
nation—eyen if they were not observed down the Ural, the Black Sea,
Turkestan, &c. The most striking instance of such a move is seen in
Sylvia philomela, which breeds in the south of Sweden, and, neverthe-
less, has been observed here but once during the last forty years!

A few can be pointed out as going from northeast to southwest,

namely, Sylvia suecica and the Alauda alpestris. These, and all the oth-
ers enumerated, joined by hosts of the more common “ million” which
are spread far and wide over the entire northern Paleartic Region.

54 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

What, under such circumstances, becomes of the routes of birds by
river courses or mountains? How many great rivers has Anthus rich-
ardi to cross, almost all at right angles, during his autumnal flight from
Daouria to France and Spain? ,

I maintain that the migratorial movement, particularly the vernal one,
when in normal progress, is performed by the great majority of birds
far beyond the perception of man, and that what we see of the same
are but the irregularities and interruptions thereof—brought about by
atmospheric agencies.

Your opinion that the spring line of flight is widely different from
that of the fall, I most completely participate in. All the different
routes enumerated in the foregoing are dropped, and a more or less
direct course toward the polar regions adopted. The wide front of the
winter-quarters, extending from the west of Africa to the east of China,
the Philippines, Borneo, &c., concentrating during this northerly pass-
age to less than half its original stretch.

A proof of this latter assertion is rendered by the fact that of all
the eastern birds which visit Heligoland during their autumnal migra-
tion, none appear during their return journey, the track to the south
which terminated their western flight having brought them to far lower
latitudes; while in spring, as they pursue a direct course to their north-
ern breeding-grounds, they leave all these western countries to their
left.

While the “rare birds” here during autumn are, without exception,
eastern species, those of the spring are as uniformly from the southeast—
Greece, Asia Minor, Turkestan, &c. Singular it is, that almost no ex-
ceptional bird has come here from the south or west, 7. e., so far as the
Old World is concerned. In what eminent manner the “far west” is
represented, I have told you at an earlier period.

And this leads me to the route which American birds follow to Eu-
rope. Ido not much lean to the supposition that storms have in any
considerable degree to do with such extra tours, and why Newton and
others advance so strongly the Greenland, Iceland, &c., route, I cannot
comprehend. I faney they never contemplated the possibility of a bird
coming in a direct line from Newfoundland to Ireland; in other words,
that a bird might be able to sustain an uninterrupted flight sufficient
to carry it across the Atlantic. My researches have led me to the be-
lief that such is not alone far from being impossible, but that the proba-
bility of such a fact, wonderful as it may appear, is borne out by good
evidence. :

For instance, these old spring birds of these Sylvia suecica which I
send you, have wintered in the middle or north of Africa, During their
vernal migration, the first point north thereof where they are regularly
found in considerable numbers is Heligoland, whilst during this time
they are of the utmost rarity in all countries intervening between the

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 55

Mediterranean and the North Sea, upper Germany not excepted. This
fact incontestably proves that these birds cross this distance in one un-
interrupted flight, and during one short spring night, viz, in 9 to 10
hours, which gives a rate of locomotion of 40 geographical miles per
hour. Wonderful, incomprehensible, I admit, but still remaining a fact.
The slow clumsy Royston Crow (Corvus cornix) crosses from here due
west * over to England, at a rate of 27 geographical miles an hour, and
results of 25 miles have been furnished by the semi-domesticated Carrier-
pigeon. The distance from the north of Africa to Heligoland is equiva-
lent to that from Newfoundland to Iceland, and therefore no objection
whatever can be raised against your birds crossing over to us direct.

All this with plenty of evidence, and a great many points besides, is
ready in manuscript sufficient to cover from fifty to sixty pages octavo
print, and by the end of May I shall be ready for the press altogether.

I greatly count on your lenience, my dear sir, whilst allowing my pen
to run on at such an unpardonable length, but perceiving from your
contribution that you, like myself, have studied the grand theme of the
migration in nature, which is quite a different matter from all learned
treatises thereon worked out by the lamp of the studio, my hobby felt
so comfortable in your genial company that it bolted off with this un-
resisting tide.

Begging once more to pardon my having ventured on your time and
patience at such unpardonable length, in more or less objectionable
English thereto,

I remain, dear sir, yours, very truly, <
H. GATKE.

DESCRIPTION OF ALEPOCEPMNALUS BAIRDIE, A NEW SPECIES OF FISH
FROM THE DEEP-SEA FAUNA OF THE WESTERN ATLANTIC.

By G BROWN GOODE and TARLETON H. BEAN.

The National Museum has recently received from Mr. Christian John-
son, of the schooner William Thompson of Gloucester, a single speci-
men of an undescribed species of Alepocephalus taken on the Grand
Banks, at a depth of 209 fathoms. The only other known represent-
ative of this genus is the Alepocephalus rostratus Risso, a member of the

* During the fall this line of migration, so far as it comes under observation here,
day or night, is from due east to west, sometimes perhaps with the declination of a
point to the south.

56 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STRATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Mediterranean fauna. The species is dedicated to the distinguished See-
retary of the Smithsonian Institution.

DrIAGNnosis.—Body comparatively elongate, somewhat compressed, its
greatest height, at a point midway between pectorals and ventral inser-
tions, contained 54 times in its length to the origin of the middle caudal
rays, its greatest width equal to one-tenth of total length, the least
height of tail contained 11 times in length of body.

Seales large, thin, oblong, triangular at the free end, those at the
base of the anal fin having the free end more produced than the others.
Sixty-five scales in the lateral line, seven rows between it and the origin
of the dorsal, eleven between that of the anal and the lateral line. Scales
extend for a short distance upon the bases of the dorsal and anal fins.

Head moderately compressed, snout subconical, the lower jaw in-
cluded within the yypper when the mouth is closed. The length of the
head is contained 41 times in length of body, slightly exceeding twice
the length of the lower jaw. Width of the head equal to the length of
the operculum and very slightly less than that of the upper jaw. Width
of interorbital area half of the least height of tail. Length of snout
half that of the mandible, which is one-ninth of the total length. Diam-
eter of orbit equal to length of snout.

Dorsal inserted directly above the vent, slightly in advance of the
anal and at a distance from the snout nearly equal to two-thirds of the
total length of the body.

Length of longest ray of dorsal one-half that of the postorbital por-
tion of the head. The distance of the anal from the snout is almost three
times the length of the head, its first ray being about under the fourth
ray of the dorsal. Its length of base is greater than that of the dorsal
by one-fifth of the length of the latter; its longest ray slightly exceeds
the longest of the dorsal.

Middle caudal rays equal in length to longest ray of anal, the ex-
ternal rays somewhat more than twice as long.

Distance of pectoral from snout three times as great as the least height
of the tail; its length one-tenth of total length and equal to width of
body, reaching to ninth row of scales.

Distance of ventral from snout equal to twice the length of the head,
its length slightly greater than that of middle caudal rays.

Radial formula: B. VI. D. 22. As25. C19) P.12. V.1,9. Cee.
Pyle,

Teeth on the intermaxillaries, mandible, and palatines.

Color.—Uniform indigo-blue, this color extending to the inside of the
mouth and the gill-membranes.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 57

Table of Measurements.

eee ee

Current number of specimen. --..-----------+2-++- +22 esr er rece reer cn crc t tsetse: 22,468.
mein. | tues
0
metres. length.
re corti Ace IE oS Se
Length to origin of middle caudal rays --------.----+++-----+-+--eeee reeset eect GLOW esas 2:
Body:
Greatest height ..---.-ce-cee-ceee cele ce=-nne + - nicjn cena en eeeene mega esa n= acne a anne 19
Greatest width. ..-- 10
Height at ventrals | 184
Least hei; COL taal pete eee aa celnete este = aa alolele\= mem ese em mcimin min = mini = a iminine seme oo 9
Head: .
Greatest length -..-.-..----- ee eS ers oe Sys atniee mnieta afoera siniela ale wielsy a sialciateiainists 23%
Gheatestguid thea went autete oacs Se aoace ue at sone Bt
Width of interorbital area 44
Length of snout ...-.-.--.---------+-+-+--++-+-- ee eames) es) =(al- theses 53
Length of operculum --...------s2-2---- + eee nee conn een ener terete sees be 8h
Leneth off upper jay=--<-<< 5: --+=20- s29i- 2 25-2 eee ease min- tenes ana - ree 8}
Leneth ey ERTL EET CL TD eee rare ate ee inlet alee sori oreaValeie inte alae i= elim i=! nlaln=)= (nin in|simtnoinisjeiasere Wis@b5 oe 11
Distance from snout to orbit ...-------------- +--+ +2 eee eee eee eee ene eee elie e eee: 54
Diameter Of 6ye-.------ +--+ --- 2-2-2 2 e222 nee enn rhe ean nnn ete teeter nets secre lees 53
Dorsal (spinous):
WishanCe LCM SUOUb. xe» oc cles eclmnecicis ccc ape lalo melejelt ow ele/alk <im'sjere wlaininle nya /niwinitiow = ejsieisia - \taeuee rior 65
MUM OLN ASC ee te Nee saris <a Stee ies = ale lsicinin in'eieiaiwinim = aaininsnlaie wie iale eine iminiaim nn ols sles = \ eta se aceon 154
Length of longest ray Bae Paes eee een eee cero ieiel a electra =t= miss) ino’ ia = (oft sala atate
Anal: .
Wistance FLOMUSNOU Joon 26 sce eee Se oho teen ben mes nae e enero newnemescsaceeesne==|-ceer == 684
Wength of base... . 2. - =. 22 == een e oe ee eens eee ee one en cee cen e nee nee: lenis et 2 18h
Length of longest ray..--------------------- 2 ee eee ne teen e se nese eet ee nee een e scene trees: 64
Caudal: |
Length of. middle rays ....------------+222 2-222 erence eee eee c eee serene cee {eaisare 64
Le neth of external TayS: ... 2-2 -----<--=--=--=----- re eee ects ane casei a aaiaia l= 14
Pectoral:
MASAO SO HCOMIISNOWG eoee cae came ao = ae = Sese aie ctenloin sininteleirier io mia! ~wiw =ini~ ofa =15)= ainimiminisinl= ee ee ee 27
GG Hae see ete ane een en teackls eteeiiscacinriset lsaicieanmcin emcee dine min tinis 9 aein = inicio mon <I oman 10
Ventral:
IDS PAIECORELOUU SMOM bao ote tee rein 3 seco ee aise = cree ein cnisami cinta ielefam ie = tale ln in ale) (s/eisimieleim n= ae eee 48
Mera rahe eae als cee seein ain ieee ola a mlnlolnle @ sia imyaiat wine a ainininiciw =iniale winie ole minim mininiam BSS 63
Ep anmO Afr rales Orson) iclen senate ake teoc apie Shue tc so mig op ecb ents ewe ekes "| VEL eee
DGS eee eee eee cee ates atest eceise sese = ee aeons lo a as sein eieyaricler D2 hesedeaes
CAGryssl epee ea eee ey oe Pea epgee cle sin as haa eife Smewin tse eie spe cieinia ata we 2b? See he
Geared er Neate ee ete ee a ey ae ec ene are ante chayaistaye lela /inatn/=))w.e(oeimysi='a isis a\aia’= LON ey tetos
TR CHO TAG ere ee Ne aS oe seeps meals ena MEE ease aeintate lc. = aie cities Aaveiniei-ldmiinfwiniey=/ans TOT ks aa ke
SNS OoTNEiT UI eee te ene ee cre ne ee mac Soret Mes cs cmte bins ane Yal Ne mean in/mlojnteis)ar= me ieiaiaiate De Ojala nee
WimberLotsenlesim lateral Line) faa nacitertene -aicieclels cts wlnyorel ete slelnie == cial= =e lee": wainiqat jaimjninin i= Ode hae eee
Numbe 4 Of transverse rows above lateral line ....-..---------------+--++--+2+----+---- ta eves ane
Number of transverse rows below lateral line from origin of ventral ....-...--.------- Ie as ee ae
Number of cacal appendages ..--.-.---------- +--+ 2 eee eee eee ee ere eee eee reser ee | POGRH ee aes ae
Veut:
DistimGe LOM SNOWSE - shack Succ See ae ce cance aio wis aoc cclewaldineie sien enisieip Cine etnias = =) 5 sims maar 65

WASHINGTON, April 25, 1879.

ON THE SPECIES OF ASTROSCOPUS OF THE EASTERN UNITED
STATES.

By TARLETON H. BEAN.

The family Uranoscopide of Gill has two representatives on the east
coast of the United States, Astroscopus y-grecum (C. & V.) Gill, and A.
anoplus (C. & V.) Brevoort. The former was described from the Carib-
bean Sea, and is now for the first time recorded in our waters. A. aio-
plus was founded upon young individuals sent by Professor LeConte,
and the immaturity of the specimens has led to considerable confusion
in the diagnoses of genera. Cuvier and Valenciennes supposed the spe-
cies to be sealeless. Drs. Gill and Giinther both employed this as one
of the characters separating it from Uranoscopus, the latter in 1560 *
assigning the U. anoplos of Cuvier and Valenciennes to his new genus,
eae * Cat, Fish. Brit. Mus. ii, 1860, p. 220. i Re!

58 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Agnus, with the distinguishing characters of a naked body and the ab-
sence of a filament in the mouth. Dr. Gill, in 1861,* used the same
characters in transferring the same species from Uranoscopus to Astro-
scopus of Brevoort, adding some particulars as to the mailing of the head
and the armature of the preoperculum. The species, in fact, is covered
with scales, which in the young are inconspicuous, but in the adult
may be readily counted. The genus Astroscopus, however, is well sep-
arated from Uranoscopus, and may be thus defined :

ASTROSCOPUS Brevoert.
Uranoscopus sp. Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., viii, 1831, p. 493.
Astroscopus BREVOORT, Proc. Phila, Acad. Nat. Sci., Jan. 1860, p. 20.—GILL, op. cit.,
1861, p. 113. ,
Agnus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., ii, 1860, p. 229.
Upsclonphorus GILL, op. et loc. cit.

Head above with its crown covered with a bony plate, from the middle
of the anterior margin of which arises a y-shaped apophysis, the limbs
of which extend to the orbits. Postocular region covered only with skin.

Preoperculum with two blunt processes t generally radiating from the
angle of its anterior limb, one of which is directed downwards and for-
wards. Humeral spineinconspicuous. Lower jaw entire beneath. Lips
furnished with numerous filaments. No spines before the ventrals.t
No intralabial filament. Head and belly without scales; the rest of the
body covered with small seales. Two dorsal fins; the first composed
of four short spines, the second about equal to the anal.

1. Astroscopus y-greecum (Cuv. & Val.) Gill.
Uranoscopus y-grecum Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., iii, 1829, p. 3038.—GUN-
THER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., ii, 1860, p. 229.
Astrocopus y-grecum GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xii, 1860, p. 21.
Upselonphorus y-gracum GILL, op. cit., xiii, 1861, p. 113.

There are now two specimens of this species in the National Museum,
one (No. 18044) taken in the Saint John’s River, Florida, by Prot, 5.
Baird, April 2, 1877; the other (No. 18029) collected in the Matanzas

River Inlet, Florida, by Mr. Joseph C. Willetts, in February, 1877. In
a collection of color-sketches of fishes made for Prof. Louis Agassiz, and
now lent by the Museum of Comparative Zodlogy to the National
Museum, are illustrations of A. y-grecum from Hampton Roads, Va.,
Charleston, S. C., and Pensacola, Fla.

Drscrrerion.—The greatest height of the body (.26) equals twice the
length of the operculum (.13). Its greatest width (.24) equals the height
at the ventrals (.24), and the distance of the ventrals from the snout
(.24). The least height of the tail (.10) is contained 10 times in the total
length, and equals the distance between the eyes (.10). The length of
the caudal peduncle (.08) equals that of the last anal ray (.08), and is
contained 124 times in the total length.

* Proc. Phila. Acad, Nat. Sci., 1861, p. 113.

t More marked in 4. anoplus than in A. y-grecun.

| These are present in Uranoscopus scaber and U. asper, and probably i in all species of
Uranoscopus. Iam not aware that this has been previously mentioned.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. |

The greatest length of the head (.37) slightly exceeds the distance of
the spinous dorsal from the snout (.36). The length of the postocular
depression (.11) equals more than 3 times the length of the snout (.053),
and is contained about 9 times in the total length. The width of this
depression (.074) equals about 3 of its length. The greatest width of
the head (.28) equals 4 times the length of the second dorsal spine (.07).
The jaws are shorter than in A. anoplus. The length of the upper (.153)
equals half the length of the anal base (.31), and is contained 6} times
in the total length (less than 6 times in A. anoplus). The length of the
mandible (.21) is contained 44 times in the total length. The maxilla
extends to a perpendicular, drawn at a distance behind the eye equal to
the short diameter of the eye, and the mandible ends in the same ver-
tical. The long diameter of the eye (.03) equals half the length of the
last ray of the second dorsal (.06). 5

The distance of the spinous dorsal from the snout (.36) is a little less
than the greatest length of the head (.37). The length of its base (.11)
is contained 9 times in the total length, and equals the length of the
postocular depression. The spines are all longer than in A. anoplus.
The length of the first (.074) is nearly $ the length of the upper jaw, and
slightly exceeds that of the second (.07), which equals § of the length of
themandible. The last spine (.023) is 4 as long as the first. The length
of the base of the second dorsal (.30) is contained 34 times in the total
length, and equals 3 times the distance between the eyes. Its longest
ray (.194) equals somewhat more than half the length of the head (much
less than half in A. anoplus). The length of the last ray (.06) equals the
distance from the snout to the orbit (.06).

The distance of the anal from the snout (.57) equals nearly 3 times the
length of the longest dorsal ray. Its length of base (.31) is almost equal
to that of the second dorsal. The first ray (.04) is half as long as the
last (.08); the longest (.145) is contained nearly 4 times in the distance
from the snout to the origin of the anal, and nearly 7 times in the total
length.

The length of the middle caudal rays (.25) equals 4 of the total length.
The length of the external rays (.23) equals that of the ventral (.23).

The distance of the pectoral from the snout (.354) equals 5 times the
length of the second dorsal spine. Its length (.303) equals 5 times that
of the last dorsal ray. It extends to the fourth anal ray.

The distance of the ventral from the snout (.24) does not greatly ex-
ceed its length (.23), and is equal to the height of the body at the ven-
trals (.24). The ventral extends to about the origin of the spinous dor-
sal. The vent is under the anterior rays of the second dorsal.

Radial formula: B. VI; D. IV, 14; A. 13; P. 19-20; V. 6. L. lat.
ca. 80.

CoLor.—Astroscopus y-grecum has, on the upper parts, numerous
white spots, some of which are as long as the short diameter of the eye.

NorE —In the tables of measurements the unit of length is the length
of body to the origin of the middle caudal rays.

60 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Table of Measurements.

Species, Astroscopus y-greeum.

Current number of specimen ...-..-.----------- -------------- | 18,029. 15,044.
Mt t Ri Saint Jol Gade,
; atanzas River| Saint John’s | ages.
TAMCAM DY pras2n|— not oIvnjn's 2 Bana aman e omie gaia sees Senecio ; Inlet, Florida. | River, Florida. S
| ini. | 20°ths | yrani- ee er
eee length. aRSLTEe: length. | length.
Patremelenotlis «22 5 incase ne ean a eae eee ee eee BiB eee GD Al eee eerie cee ict
Length to origin of middle caudal rays ...-.-------- -------- Oe laa natee LB Ee a scacltes sateen
Body:
Greatest WEioi hls oace esiawloe ace vise aie clbn’e haw mint ete omelets l= wm mista BEE eae 28 26
Gireatest wid Ghites see eee eee ee eet age oe ae opera (eee erate | oe nora 244 a
Height at ventless ama niece ane sacle = = lel ee alee tees liste Ae leet le 243 2
Teast Peto tobe aioe meee. oe oitedttete ais sclcice cola = aoe a weet alae alate LOG eaereals 105 10
Length of caudal peduncle. .....-...--.--.------0-.es0e-|-------- Wa |Secbwe 2 2 8 8
Head:
Greatest length 22-02. 2 o- sacencleiccc asics o3oseciemwe sme si|smn===in- ite ower. ei 37k 37
Length of occipital depression.....-.-.-.-----2- --20----|--- an. LD | SS eee 1s 11
Width of occipital depression -.-.:-...2---5--2--s-csees|:------- Gia socal 85 7
Greatestividtheins pane osoceceedeckoes tt oteccae bifa Seuss S| eas. = atorets.2 QRS ee oke we 28 28
Wadthiotwinberorbital aPesiec sccm eee mi isieemn a= ob alee elec eer LO) |p eae cite 93 10
TG Gra O Tea OW Gist i= eile ee eeteial ee Fe lem et etoras @ seein arela re all rete ste ORS Sar eta 34 3h
en ohh Orso Mere UNUM ence ae tet cmeta = aie eee ee se et | eee 2a Po eeee se 13 13
TGQERO EH Oty TORO AN yee) = alm ete rale eile alee imeipie = ae ie lie tl el HOTT een see 16 153
ren cub of: unten Otol e serrata c « clotemsins aes eee alate oie ae 2a eae acer 214 21
Distaneortrom Snot OOTIG <a. 026+. =e = aoe eam iene a Bel Ree Gases Bees
ADiaIN OtETOLsON DLs em aaa lam ee eo lata aah ie eal me ate leteeae Dae eee Ros 3
Dorsal (spinous) :
DIST CG AOUG SO MUG ase eee aie ail nn ole emilee ace ata BoE Seer 37 36
REO OE Het Das een aes «sete ae oe eee sae eee a eee a NOR, |'s afte ee 11 11
Lenethob fittest Spine 22.2 see <- gs oeecints fascia ain cecete mina a [nfo emeyefors Roose 7 7k
Menothiot Second Spine. ace ee saat aa oe tetele|| oelelaiee TO WOsee eae. 7 7
en GEMOiASt Sp UNIO ene santero ane neal = eee ste aeons 2D WleFaccese 3 24
Dorsal (soft):
Men othiet base. <-eube-eacaecesose secre eee setae anes el oer BOE cee 304 30
Dene HNO t MOSt Tay, ete se eee oe nie eae ae et etee rere Sete otal |e ls ater ies dens oe Stareie ache Penetene oye
Menoth Of lon ce sti ay; cece on cies ee alan aes =e see eae | emer 28 Gos eens 21 193
ENF faye 2 Lap ay aero eee oo ee fol tee tet teeta el Git soeeeaee 6 6
Anal:
Distancefromisnouh jo260 6 seaasa<cne= see =e see coeeeee~nleoaee sce SER seeees 55 57
Wen ruh) OF DaSOs same <a tetem cae nancies ne steea ieee a ein ote neta een rete SURG) raat 380 31
eno vPOL ATS TAY Gas Soe tee ces aa Syseae sar = See coal eters sera My | acpen cee 4 +
encth oflonpest ray 2-ees.cctacae he} Soha neeee ee esas aaeceee WM Sa Se alt= 15 144
THEN PURO L LAStrayee = ame = Semtew cs emiaic oom p ce semi ere einet | sie meters 8h. | sen veess 7 8
Caudal:
beneth of middle ways’ <2 222 spas cto nace ese bee ae <= se ao aeelemei ee es ee 26 25
Length of externnl PRy ss -\54.-- secs coe cls enone tac allt ates 2oRul. socetee 22 23
Pectoral:
Distance from snout
DIOR Ceo Se tee see iiniele a aoa cisinie cine wee eteat oeeea Sete cnetee
Ventral:
Distance from snout
TLenmethys 322 ec, sane het ae cee eee ne meee
Branchiostegals \..s..<22e scioed omsjee teas ch omeyaleweis sweetest
Dorsal 2.02.2 bale rele fe cb senc: Mascara csc ce cea eee ane
PANIED | oe win Fes See eee eke cee ee aya 2 See ee
Catidal 35052522952 see OS eee baa ee ea ee eee
Pectoral’. =... 00. Jscet tet: oensn oeeen tenes eee ere enoese see
Menttrall)aj.2 2). : 50 -s8 Boat dooce terse cee see ste opine cee emerer eee
Number of scales in lateral line

2. Astroscopus anoplus (C. & V.) Brevoort.

Uranoscopus anoplos Cuv. & VAL., Hist. Nat. Poiss., viii, 1851, p. 493, (described
from young specimens sent by Prof. LeConte): DEKay, Nat. Hist. N.
Y., Fishes, 1842, p. 37, pl. xxii, fig. 65: StorER, Syn. Fishes N. A.,
1846, p. 46 (‘‘South Carolina, LeConte”); Mem. Amer. Acad., li, p.
298. ao

Astroscopus anoplus GILL ex BREVooRT MSS., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xii,
Jan. 1860, p. 20; xiii, May, 1861, p. 114; Cat. Fishes E. Coast N. A.,
1861, p. 43; Rep. U. S. Com. Fish., 1873, p. 798: YaRRow, Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1877, p. 207: JORDAN & GILBERT, Proc. U. 8. Nat.
Mus. 1, 1879, p. 372.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 61

Agnus anoplus GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., ii, 1860, p..229.
Astroscopus guttatus ABBOTT, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phila., xii, 1860, p. 365, pl.
vii: GILL, Cat. Fish. E. Coast N. A., Jan. 1861, p. 43.
Upselonphorus guttatus GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., xiii, 1861, p. 113.
The U. S. National Museum has specimens of A. anoplus from Tomp-
kinsville, N. Y., Norfolk, Va., and from an unknown locality. The list
is as follows:

10761 Young..-.| Tompkinsville, N. Y ..| Charles Copley. ~
4622 @ |! Adult..-.- INOrtolksp Vat eee eesee
4829 bale dO ln. eda nad GO ce cts ee ae

7304 | (7 spees.)..| United States ?.-. i ee

DESCRIPTION.—The shape of the body is similar to that of Urano-
scopus scaber. Its greatest height (.29), which is at the origin of im
spinous dorsal, is contained 4 times in its length in the young and 3
times in the adult. The greatest width of body (.244) is nearly 4 of tie
length, and equals the length of the ventral (.243). The Retohe at the
ventrals (.27) equals three times the distance from the snout to the cen-
tre of the eye (.09). The least height of the tail (.11) equals the width
of the interorbital area (.11), and is contained 9 times in the total length.

The length of the head (.39) equals 3 times the length of the opercu-
lum (.13). There are two postocular depressions, whose length (.073)
equals their width (.074), or slightly less than twice the length of the
snout (.04). The greatest width of the head (.31) equals nearly 3 times
the least height of the tail. The length of the upper jaw (.17) is con-
tained nearly 6 times, and of the mandible (.23) 44 times in the total
length. The long eee of the eye (.0334) equals 4 the length of the
longest anal ray (.14), and -4; of the length of the head.

The distance of the stots dorsal from the snout is about 2 of the
total length. The length of its base (.12) equals twice the length of its
first spine (.06). The spines are all shorter than in A. y-grecum. The
second spine equals the first, and 3 times the last (.02). The length of
the base of the second dorsal (.30) equals 6 times the length of its last
ray (.05). The first ray equals the first spine in length. The longest
ray (.163) is contained 6 times in the total length.

The distance of the anal from the snout (.60) equals twice the length
of the second dorsal base (.30), and nearly twice the length of the anal
base (.31). The first anal ray (.04) equals the snout in length. The
longest (.14) slightly exceeds in length the operculum, while the last
(.07%) about equals the length of the postocular depression.

The length of the middle caudal rays (.233) is usually a little less than
that of the ventral (.244).

The distance of the pectoral from the snout (.36) equals 3 times the
length of the base of the spinous dorsal. The length of the pectoral
(.29) exceeds the length of the ventral (.241) by about 4 of the length of
the latter, and is contained nearly 34 times in the total length. It ex-
tends to the 5th anal ray.

62 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

The distance of the ventral from the snout (.252) slightly exceeds its
length. The ventral extends to a vertical through the anterior part of
the first dorsal.

Radial formula: B. VI; D. IV-V, 13-14; A. 12-13; C. 16-18; V. 6.
L. lat. ca. 1138.

The lateral line begins about the middle of the operculum, ascends
backward te near the upper outline of the body, under the anterior half
of the first dorsal, follows the upper outline close to the bases of the
‘ays as far as the end of the second dorsal, from which point it curves
downward to the origin of the middle caudal rays, and thence follows
the origin of the bases of the lower caudal rays.

CoLor.—Astroscopus anoplus is minutely spotted with white on the
upper parts.

Norr.—In the measurement tables the unit of comparison is the length
to the origin of the middle caudal rays.

e

Table of Measurements.

Species, Astroscopus anoplus.

Current number of specimen....-..--...--- 10,761. “Guttatus,” | “Guttatus,” in
Tompkinsvill 4,622 a. 4,622 b. ee
TOCA Gye pee oc Senhis wae sclasicsecienes a See ; eae YY ®| Norfolk, Va. Norfolk, Va. | 28°
metres. length. | metres. | 7 ength. metres. length. era
Extreme lengths. 2.5 ees osste nies jucine sae eee Be cee Did, il ceteaear A158 ein beset ee oleae
Leneth to origin of middle caudal rays. .... Ble) see oe 22 Was iad 220) Neeuse co sbaewane oe
oly
iHeicht abdinst dorsal set s-sesence- oes. slpeeeosee OF baeseat 53 ed eee se 31 29
Greatest witthi-28) = os) scones see shan eo meio Dae | aeeiel tees 250 | sane 25% 244
Heicht at ventralsS>...2hssc22 40... ce|eiseolte B6el aati. 28 A252. ose 27 a
Least height of tail. - €or septs te. dain(aled| wise oe AL ere etee TT Be soe. 1 ail
Length of caudal peduncle .............|-------- Teele A |osesnes. ieee. eee
Head :
Greatest length: 2.1200 22 2 Soescccsess}esodeses 5 1 Ta Seas arses 39 39
Length of occipital depression. ....----.|.------- Soa demise | sas eee ce 74
Width of occipital depression. .....-.--.|---.---- ST eee mies ieee it
Greatestiwidth:. 222 S02 oe 2 8es dmeisise| eebemte BAG i teeeleiahe a 32 31
Width of interorbital area. -.+.2.050. 2525/5 2ch ee Dol stecicteaa 114 11
Length: of snowtse. 24 si0 20 Sace'< Sepheas| Ya aene ee Ale) Fos, anak 4 4
- Length of operculum. Gitte araierera 13 13
Length of mavillary. - 17 163 17
Length of mandible . 22 23 23
Distance from snout to centre of orbit. .|. ; 9 9 9
IMiaméter/Glorbits-necsene tees eee eee eee eee 3 3h 33
Dorsal (spinous):
Distance from/SnOWt=- = «22 cen es cee leeeere es SGnuleeeee see 38 37
iLength.o£€ base’. 5325s letace Geass ae semen Tyre ss ses 12 12
Then pth) oft first Spine) seems s-aa sonoma aee eae Geleeemacee 6 6
Length of second spines... ofsceee7- cae eee Ci eeeen as *5h 6
Length of last SPIO! s Ses cne che oases eee Adsl eeeea 13 2
Dorsal (soft):
Length of base -....¢-seeseenee ee Bilel| ewes ces 2005) -eneeene 30 30
Ween athof first ray: : 322. Pnoee eemaocte lech seca Drbiadcasss Gene sass: 64 6
mengunor longést ray )-cec oe 0258) eee nee Tae =ieloine D6 Won soeees 163 16%
Length of last. Tay Jo. cote econo sence mee eeeee Dalton dcmes Bets ee 5 45
Anal:
Wistiace trom! snouts... .s-<isdeosee se ecbicees ew BS) |sesee es 60" 4Jazec%-".. 62 60
Length of base - a boe aig Wee Ree pad DO eee oan SB eee se 5 30 al
Length of first ray . wBes wc beasts see declen| Saas BONDS sere or le secldatas 5 4
Leneth of longest TAY oda cack sc ockaaaeslinoemene TAYE eaer Jom Serie amass 14 14
Length of last POY sw na'sSneles s scoh ee eee ees Oo res. OMe onatitee= 8 1%
Caudal:
Length of middle rays...........22..54.|. 062.20: TS |e sates we Walawee state 244 232

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 63

Table of Measurements—Continued.

Current number of specimen..-...---------- 10,761. “Guttatus,” | “Guttatus,”

4, 622 a. 4,622 b. Aver-
. Tompkinsville, ages.
Locality. -------++-+--+2+---2-+seeeeeereee- ; Ke Y. Norfolk, Va. |

Norfolk, Va.

!

|
|

|
Milli- 100ths Milli. | ete Milli- roots ane
eee length. metres-! tength. es length. | length.

Pectoral:
AMistance tromisnOwusseacesescsets sans ons) sas cma Sas eriscls STg lle hs oes aT 36
Liferay He ee be are OSC COOUT OHO RSCEOR| | ecince DOD | eaatateteter= 28

Ventral:

Distance from snout
Hen Othe 2. a2 ato seas niciewacas«

Branchiostegals .--..

Dorsall.2s. 2. S.\5-%

PAN alisece wae 5 s.ctae es

Capel 4 - e eoea s h S e Re Sects ce o es

PEC hora ee see ee See eee oe wae aticisle

Mentral eee ete ae a aig aeaee is ceed

Number of scales in lateral ine ...-.-..----|.-------|------- 113+

WASHINGTON, May 6, 1879.

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF HIPPOGLOSSUS VULGARIS, FLEM., AT
UWNALASHEHA AND ST. WICHAEL’S, ALASKA.

By TARLETON H. BEAN.

No one has yet positively identified the halibut of the Pacific coast of
North America with the Hippoglossus vulgaris of Fleming, so far as I
can learn. Ayres, in 1854,* writing of the species observed in the
market of San Francisco, says: “The great Hippoglossus vulgaris, uni-
versally known as the ‘halibut,’ the fishermen have assured me is some-
times caught near the Farallon Islands. Most of those sold in our
market, however, if not all, are brought from the coast further north.”
In volume 2 of the same Proceedings (1859, p. 30), he writes: ‘Another
species, in which the eyes are on the right side, is occasionally taken
near the Farallon Islands, opposite the mouth of the Bay, which I do not
feel warranted in separating from H. vulgaris, without a direct compari-
son of the two. Its fin-rays are D. 102, A. 73, P. 16, V.6, C. 4, 1, 7, 3,
ee

“Tt appears to be seldom quite as large as H. californicus.”

The number of anal rays in this enumeration is smaller than usual, but
not improbable.

Lordt+ gives a graphic account of the Indian mode of fishing for
halibut, and remarks as to the species: “TI believe the species to be
the Pleuronectes hippoglossus of Linnzeus, but of this lam by no means
perfectly clear, as I had only an opportunity of examining this single
specimen, that I estimated as weighing over 300 Ibs.; and it was quite
impossible to investigate its specific character,” &e.

* Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., i, 1854, Ist ed., p. 41, and 2d ed., p. 40.
t Naturalist in Vancouver Island and British Columbia, i, 1860, p. 149.

64 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Dr. Cooper, in mentioning the Pleuronectoids of California, says:*
‘The two first are species of Halibut, one closely resembling the Atlan-
tic fish, and grow over 4 feet long, the latter (No. 105, H. vulgaris ?)
sometimes weighing five hundred or six hundred pounds. Both are
caught near San Francisco.”

Mr. William H. Dall, in his work on “ Alaska and its Resources,” 1870,
p. 484, states, that “‘The halibut are smaller than those of the eastern
fisheries, but near Sitka and along the coast they have been taken from
three to five hundred pounds in weight. They are not found north of
the ice line in Bering sea, except, perhaps, in summer.” In the report
for 1870 of the Commissioner of Agriculture, p. 381, the same author
employs the name “ Hippoglossus vulgaris ?” in connection with the para-
graph on the halibut, and states that “Their range is from the Aleutian
Islands southwest to Cape Flattery. ... They extend westward into
the Ochotsk sea with the cod and already form an article of commerce
among the west-coast fishermen. They are said to surpass the eastern
halibut in flavor when properly cured.”

Mr. Henry W. Elliott, special agent of the Treasury Department,
speaks thus of the halibut in a Report upon the Condition of Affairs in
the Territory of Alaska, Washington, 1875, p. 167:

“Found throughout the territory on soundings south of the 60th
parallel of north latitude. Halibut are quite abundant and of excellent
quality, but the climate is such that the fishermen cannot properly dry
or cure them for exportation even in small cargoes. They are, however,
not abundant enough for exportation, and must therefore be regarded
as only of local importance.”

In a report upon the Customs District, Public Service, and Resources
of Alaska Territory by William Gouverneur Morris, special agent of the
Treasury Department, 1879, p. 115, is found the following information:

““ While I was at Klawack, they were testing the boiler, new machinery,
and other apparatus, and were trying the experiment of canning clams
and halibut, both of which are so plenteous in that neighborhood as to
be a perfect drug. Ihave since seen the result of this, and can pronounce
the clams the very best so treated on the whole Pacific coast, and the
halibut is of superior quality, preserving its flavor better than any yet
produced from any other locality. The supply of these two articles of
commerce alone, from this particular place, is only to be regulated by
the demand.”

The only examples of the Pacific halibut in the United States Na-
tional Museum are those collected by Mr. W. H. Dall and Mr. Lucien
M. Turner. Mr. Dall’s is the single available one for comparison, and
that lacks the caudal fin, which is fortunately present in the other. <Al-
though both specimens are in very poor condition, there is no difficulty
in perceiving their identity with the Atlantic halibut. The individual
forwarded by Mr. Dall (collector’s number 1098, museum number 22466)
ca * Cronise’s Nat. Wealth Cal., 1868, p. 493.

¢ PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 65

was taken at Unalashka, September 13, 1873, in 50 or 60 fathoms. Mr.
Dall informed me that Dr. Steindachner saw it in San Francisco, and
considered it identical with the Hippoglossus vulgaris. I have compared
it carefully with Atlantic halibut from Eastport, Me., and fail to see
any means of separating the two. The Alaska individuals are a little
thicker; but that may be accounted for by the differences in the food
supply. It is very desirable to have perfect specimens of the Pacific
fish for examination; but, in the absence of such material, I have en-
deavored to make ine oe of what the museum has, and it is believed
that the table of measurements will serve to confirm the views of those
who regard the halibut of the Pacific identical with that of the Atlantic.

DESCRIPTION OF THE UNALASHKA SPECIMEN.

The museum catalogue number is 22466, and the collector’s number
1098. The length of the fish to the origin of the middle caudal rays is
463 millimetres. The different proportions of the body are given in
hundredths of this length.

The greatest height of the body (.32) is 4 times the Path of the oper-
eulum (.08); its height at the ventrals (.25) is contained 4 times in the
total length, and equals the distance of the pectoral from the snout
(.25). The least height of the tail (.073) is nearly equal to the length of
the operculum (.08), and to the distance of the dorsal from the snout
(.08). The length of the caudal peduncle (.12) equals that of the longest
anal ray (.12). The lateral line follows the same course as in Kastern
specimens. ,;

The greatest length of the head (.254) is contained nearly 4 times in
the total length. The distance between the eyes (.03) equals $ the dis-
tance from the snout to the orbit (.06). The length of the snout (.042)
equals almost $ the length of the upper jaw (.093). The length of the
upper jaw is not quite equal to that of the pectoral of the blind side
(.10). The maxilla extends to the vertical through the middle of the
lower eye. ‘

The length of the mandible (.114) is contained 2} times in the length
of the head. It extends to the vertical through the posterior margin
ot the lower eye.

The long diameter of the upper eye ¢ 05) is contained 5 times in the
length of the head, and twice in that of the pectoral of the blind side.
The teeth agree perfectly in all respects with those of the Eastport in-
dividuals, that is, they are arranged in two series in the upper jaw, the
outer being the stronger, and in a single series in the lower jaw.

The distance of the dorsal from the snout (.08) equals the length of
the operculum. Its longest ray (.114) does not quite equal the longest
of the anal (.12). The 37th and 38th dorsal rays are the longest.

The distance of the anal from the snout (.34) equals 4 of the head’s
length. Its longest ray, the 17th, (.12) is contained 8} times in the total
length.

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79-——5 July 1, 1879.

66 PROCEEDINGS OF

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. -

The tail is wanting in this individual, but present in that forwarded

by Mr. Turner.

The distance of the pectoral from the snout(.2

It is of the usual vulgaris type.
5) equals twice the length

of the pectoral of the eyed side (.124) and 24 times that of the blind side

(.10).

The distance of the ventral from the snout (.
The length of the ventral (.0

in the total length.
in that of the head.

The fin-rays are: D. 96. A. 77. -P. IL, 15.

25) is
54) is

YV. 6.

contained 4 times
contained 45 times

The radial formule of all the specimens are here summarized:

22466. Unalashka. De “955 ANE IPS Lose Vs Gee ace .
22467. St. Michael's. D.100+; A. 78; PiU des vase, Ws-e tar
10439. Eastport, Me. D> LOS AS Be P. IT, 14; V.6; C.+,16-+4.
14622. Eastport, Me. D. 103; A. broken; P.II,14; V.6; C.+16+.
Table of Measurements.
Current number of specimen. .-..-- 22,466. 10,439. 14,622. 22,467.
JO HbR ie gEoeose aeeensaencenanec \ Unalashka, Sept. Eastport, Eastport, Pa
13, 1873. Maine. Maine. 4 UAT aatesy
Milli- |100ths of | Milli. |100ths of | Milli 100ths | viani-
otres. ota. eLtres. ons . C Ss. PLres.
Fava ength. |metres.| lengt metres length. metres
PE xXaNOM GM OH GL: 22pm aco eee pees) ae ene] eae eae alte Baas es cca. ADB Ae cts |ide ae seit ys
Length to origin of middle caudal
TV Beast eviche (seein iste sae mine seen O63) |ceemneeeice BEOW ceptamres star DUO lacatemea is ate rete tate
Body:
(Creates hele ices. ccesaaeascri|sseeeh ee 82) a Ramones C4 eee eer OG) Necoswense
Greatestowidtine so. ee sanese es Sea = Bh i|ic cece Bae fp lect temete Ti ccm ochre a=
Heicht ait) ventrals). 22.2. sr. -jec-|e ante o> DON A eetsor sie 28 esecit ote. 29 168
Least height of tail ......-..25.|.. 25... Ua Iieeine 5 Wkyloconece ee 8. tid 2tae3
Length of caudal peduncle ..---|....---. LZ cewerens TINS | Foctewtees AS Reece oe cet
Head:
Grbatest lenoth: s: ccm ines Ama ellen ees Ook Wessex 27 Meh sccenate 263 167
Garbabeat WEUbb oy acces oc acto] once ehele ee aa ee ao] poe cis te nee eee 45
Width of interorbital area .....|....--- De eee ewer SUC ee cee eae ca. 3 15
Lenothiot snoutitesc 2 sinc -smases| acct cer AM cease! A ee eee 43 26
Length Of Operculum <.see ces. -\a- cee ee 8% | eet ST Soo tone 8 48
hength of upper jaw-<2--..0<--|5.-.cet-" OFS amet LO | Setergers ate = 93 59
Length of mandible .-..-..... phi Lae BT ia a arsiacer IOs, oss asssee 114 74
Distance from snout to orbit....)..-..... Gy is2o See Sealceeeaesees BSr |, aeoneete
Diameter of upper eye ...-.-.-.}.--.---- Di eaenn ome Boy tscecosasce 53 23
Dorsal:
Distanceiirom snout: .. 26 s...22]-cene on BP sew woes Nes coteet enc 7% 46
Length of longest ray ......-.--|.--...- Da oat bE ss Bh eeeieciaca-'s 103 68
Anal:
Distance from snout..... neice =| aaeesteee BEN eee ne BAe eee toehe BGn escsees cet
Length of longest ray .....-.---|-------- on eneomsee SE etter ll 70
Caudal:
Leneth.of middlemayas’: .<23.-<.||sonce cat soe ene eee eee eens Pager cael 124 68
Length of externalliraysiis.ses.|-.cscce |eeeodeennulteewcee: VOW epi telotae es 184 115
Pectoral:
Distance-from snouti..sose2i.22)2 42.0 -- D5 Aa cabo DOR |eidsie scenes Don Se ae cee
hen thi @yed'sides sens kaa ees | ee Teva ees ea 134 aces 114 q7
Length, bind: sideid53- 25.5 uses et Ae dOR eesee oss OFA Se cette TO ba: ttoc kee
Ventral:
Distance from: snout:...2 3:5. 2)5...2- Ope isas eek DOME Se eee ! BB! hones ae
GR OOD ss cc ccs. oa hee eee Be eee Bayleo een 6, Ne seo ee Bk i seeaeetese
Mansa sok.) ee oe eae 06 2c oes oee ROST bascws ace HOSR Eee a= 100+.
PNT Ae ete a no's) c5~ saein colon eaeee mene re 77.\no eee TBtleoen sees (Broken.)|.-.-..-. 78
COREE gc iine sos cme des coe ceh eh ealee scene |e eee Glo ea eee +16+).......- Te 16 bk
POC DOTe ee eseon ons ccinne cele ace eee TIS 15h ees RE DA: oehes occ. TIA i eksans I, 16
ViGTGRH ie eons NE LAE ee AES IGA ad eee ate asim Gee cc sista oa mtetee ae
Length of pectoral of blind side. ...|.......-|:..--0----|---- Cie rs eal Re a Ie see 62

WASHINGTON, May 10, 1879.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 67

DESCRIPTION OF AN APPARENTLY NEW SPECIES OF GASTER-
OSTEUS (G. ATKINS!) FROM THE SCHOODIC LAKES, WAINE,

By TARLETON Hi. BEAN.

In a large collection of fishes sent to the United States National Mu-
seum, in 1878, by Mr. C. G. Atkins, an assistant of the United States
Fish Commission, were six specimens of a stickleback which appears to
be undescribed, and for which I propose the name given above, as a
slight recognition of Mr. Atkins’s services as a collector and as an orig-
inal investigator into the reproductive habits of important fishes.

Gasterosteus Atkinsti resembles in form and coloration G. pungitius
rather than the perhaps more closely related G. aculeatus. It may be at
once distinguished from all the other eastern American species by (1)
the presence of about fifteen lateral plates, which rapidly diminish in
size after the fourth, and (2) its long ventral spines, which nearly or
quite reach the vent. 'The plates are quite unlike those of G. semiarma-
tus, being so thin and posteriorly so small that they are inconspicuous.

For the purpose of description I have selected the individual whose
catalogue-number is 22492 a (collector’s number, 3013). The extreme
length of this specimen is 35 millimetres, and its length to the origin of
the middle caudal rays is 30 millimetres, which is the basis of compari-
son for all the other measurements.

The height of the body at the ventrals (.21) equals 3 times the length
of the upper jaw (.07), and 3 times the distance between the eyes (.07).
Its greatest width (.11) equals the long diameter of the orbit (.11). The
least height of the tail (.04) equals the length of the antecedent anal
spine (.04) and one-half the length of the snout (.08). The length of the
caudal peduncle (.13) somewhat exceeds the width of the head (.12).

The length of the head (.31) equals 3 times the length of the mandi-
ble (.10). The length of the snout equals that of the operculum (.08).
The length of the upper jaw (.07) equals the distance between the eyes
and one-half the length of the post-pectoral plate (.14). The length of
the mandible (.10) is contained 10 times in the total length and equals
twice the length of the antecedent spine of the second dorsal (.05), The
long diameter of the orbit is contained 2? times in the length of the
head and 9 times in the total length.

The teeth are as in the other members of the family.

The spinous dorsal has two spines of equal length. Its distance from
the snout (.37) equals slightly more than twice the length of the pecto-
ral (.18). The length of the two spines (.12) equals that of the first and
longest ray of the second dorsal (.12) and of the anal (.12). The spines
are ina straight line, and with each is connected a delicate membrane.

The distance of the anal from the snout (.66) equals 6 times the long
diameter of the orbit. Its length of base (.18) equals 24 times the length
of the operculum. The length of the anecedent anal spine (.04) is con-
tained 5 times in that of the first and longest ray (.12).

68 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

The length of the middle caudal rays (.163) is contained 6 times in
the total length.

The caudal is slightly forked, almost truncate when expanded.

The pectoral is composed of ten rays. Its distance from the snout
(.34) is a little less than twice its length (.18). It extends to the mid-
dle of the interval between the two dorsals. The length of the post-pec-
toral plate (.14) equals twice that of the upper jaw, and its width (.04)
equals the length of the antecedent anal spine.

The ventral consists of one spine and one ray. Its distance from
the snout (.45) equals 4$ times the length of the lower jaw. The
spine extends beyond the end of the pubic bones, reaching almost or
quite to the vent. Its length (.19) exceeds that of the pectoral (.18).
It is very strongly serrated on its outer and finely on its inner margin.
The origin of the ventral is slightly in advance of the perpendicular let
fall from the second dorsal spine.

Radial formula: B. HI; D. I, I, 10-12; A. I, 89; C, + 12 +; P.
109 Vib a

Color.—Dark bands cross the body just asin G. pungitius, which it
strongly resembles. The ground-color of the body in the alcoholic speci-
mens is almost flesh-color; the major part of the head is silvery, as are
the breast and the belly.

Table of Measurements.

Current Nun Deriof BPECINGN .<. 28a «oncerme = <aweenae see aan aie eee 22,492 a.

Tagen iby oe sche oro een a wears be ae eelgs eae ee ee Schoodic Lakes, Me.

Millime- | 100ths of

tres. length.
BRET Ses PTH ME LN Y OP GE ee ee BOM fooacce see
Length to origin of middle caudal Taye. de Peed Pe peo aaats aoe oe eee eee eee SOs '5-£-% sates
Body :
Greatest heishir esos -jessnpw-iasb os ado ee Sao ner ammo we ote 5 a eee ee eee eee eee 21
Grestest Widtlt 6c. ccd icdcicenco cee ee eS ee hee 2 ee eae li
diel abrtaaib Vigor als |< Sse heige Sone sees SER eh eae oe eraaeetsic eee o egetaes aaa eral le eee eiacs 21)
Teast heieht Ol bail, oc 254 am kaw aise sic ome eae ee oe ate ade eae te eee ye 4
Length of caudal pedunclest Sissoss fase oreo eee ere sana eee aaeeeea pages sae 13
Head:
Greatestlen gut: (sc. 6. ccntestecns 31
Greatest width is... ceccce ceces : any
Width of interorbital area 7
Geneth of snout ---2..4.<..c006 8
Length of operculum ........---- 8
Length. of. ap per JaW ccosas ant tones aa co ence eee Rea eee asters ela anneal gte oe 7
Length Of Mandible ss ceed. tae ws ole tote tee aa ee meee eierecaale dala sates |e eee eee lu
Distance from-snous to ORIG, « <s.4- <p, 502. = sen oes medineins See apeie ns Sb -raseaeelbachanase eee 8
Diameter -ofsorbib:.. sc24.coecl5 2. qoetcés~c case cde em enee ccbaas oo ean Sees Ae ke a eee ee 11
Dorsal (spinous) : :
Distance from’ snouts lackac dots ccces se owe se peee eee eens Maen aceccasadee case fe aeee a ees 87
Length) of first(Spine eae. s.5 epee Se oe gels eae a eee een 12
Wength of second'spine 7.2 brs. -k cokes cae ee oe eens eee See eee eC ee ea 12
Dorsal (soft) :
Bength of antecedent spine. .2..-ssse a. ose tes eee ee eae ee ena ds aneewesaeee es] =n aom eee 5
meng th. of first tay acoso: debe xcs ose ese lo eee eee eee oe eee ae ee ee 2
Anal:
Piatgnie frome anout «.<inwsceae fines Beep ae eee cope et Bee eeee ols 66
Men Pt OL DAG . ..2-csecaeccncessecnecoames Cae ems Gene a <ciieecicie i dduicisjsiaie ai. sececnee ces 13
Length pefrat spine .. <2 .co-c9- peck ueepeaeee eee PP reeks eee lewes Sedbeed| sasededeaeee 4
Length OLMTAG TAY nso s0cce ccc sch one hoe ae ee ee Beale cioe cleo en bem cil obtener ater | sone cae 12
Length QilongeakTayy. <<, ecp-rendaanhaees pee eeene seats soba Sp seers ssoeritee eaten 12
Caudal: f

Lengthof middle rays... .</aitl abe eesases sae tes seb ta cee nba taseaepaet ofa. seaeeeeeee 163

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 69

Table of Measurements—Continued.

Current number of specimen .....-..-----------eeee--- een eee concen ene eens eee: 22,492 a.

MEO CAI bye eee enc nen en aaoeemine Semmes eae mse ee opm nn aoe em Schoodic Lakes, Me.

Millime- | 100ths of

tres. length.
Pectoral:
iPisharice from iSnORh) ck = oe as cee Se ewies Sa eee eee obec ocete ch cance — meee seer 34
GG OU) oes cae cee cocina wale ane oe oa ecinleres aalmele wine wie ein tn> Oma a aim ae lain = mimo hain alee 18
enetinof postipectoral plate cane eee cene tee ecd-seeeeses sank cee 6 oceania] =-lsccmen esate 14
Width of Post: pectoral plates. coset see oe ce an ena mp ew mmm ce wield tena 4
Ventral:
iShance trOmMusn Ou Geese saiteeeaseEeere Ga aeee eater sae eee mace saacices =| Se Seaeeeeets 45
Perec ta) ae Coe ee wae seater she cee ose aan iseb wes cbeica cele ontece nine sect e| ssisntenoaeinls 19
TRH IOS bem Saree ne ee ee eee a eee masse er Z DEE cekecses

Additional Radial Formula.

Current number of specimen ......--.---..--.----- 22,492 b. | 22,492c. | 22,492 d. | 22,492e. | 22,492 f.
TEPCAliy ic oeeaseeint kee pcan. cab tockoew ntact ocoee Schoodic Lakes, Maine.

Millime- | Millime- |’ Millime- | Millime- | Millime-

tres. tres. tres. tres. tres.

Extreme length -......--.----------.+---2--22-2--- 36 33 31 30 30
Length to origin of middle caudal rays -..---..---- 314 28 27 26 26
Db rpalnepes Wee) Hae e can, ba RNIN EE hes ERS) Se 2 ae a oe |) ena ae tO PISS
Arr alises eta ets G AISt etic sielsiajeisiange wale vie wae esilgccee Te Op sae wee 1,8 ,8 L8
WAUdast toes seed ne sae cet ates cbede veces ceocaAnte be 12 Ay sree cats 2 ap eI Oe Nee eter otere
Pec toralsetie ss cen soe wes aces sem webecccisane sn ce crus 10 WO Vio see cht a|onaeerieec| soe ecar se
Wentiraly. (joe Stig thn eee obo tbe cklmcee sh teeee de I,1 1G] et Te ae aL

WASHINGTON, May 14, 1879.

REVIEW OF THE PLEURONECTIDZ OF SAN FRANCESCO.
By W. N. LOCKING TON.

The Pleuronectide of the Pacific Coast have been described by Girard
(Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. VII, 1854; VIII, 1856 ; and Pace. Rail. Rep.
Vol. X, 145-156), by Ayres (Proc. Cal. Acad. Sei. 1855, Vol. I, 40, and
Vol. II, 1859, 29-30), by Giinther (Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. Vol. IV, 1862,
pp. 399-457), and by Gill (Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1862, 280-281; 1864,
194-199; and 1865, 177). The greater number of the species was charac-
terized by the first of these authors; but as the materials at hand were
insufficient for thorough description, consisting usually of single or im-
mature examples, the descriptions were necessarily incomplete. Dr. W.
O. Ayres, among the many valuable additions to our ichthyological
knowledge made by him during his residence on this coast, added two
valid species to the list of our flounders. Dr. A. Giinther enumerates
the species described by Girard and Ayres, but collocates some of them

70 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

in different genera from those in which they were placed by their original
describers, and, misled apparently by Girard’s insufficient descriptions,
characterizes two additional species from specimens which really be-
longed to forms described by that author. Finally, Prof. T. Gill reviews
the labors of his predecessors, reclassifies the entire group, arranging
them on a more definite system, and mentions: in all seventeen species,
including the Pleuronectes quadrituberculatus and Pleuronectes cicatricosus
of Pallas, the Pleuronectes glacialis of Richardson (= franklinii Giinther),
and two supposed new species, both of which, however, are apparently
synonymous with two of Girard’s species ; Parophrys hubbardi with Paro-
phrys vetulus Gir., and Metoponops cooperi with the Psettichthys sordidus
of the same author. It will thus be perceived that considerable confu-
sion existed among our flat-fishes ; and in the endeavor to identify the
various species described by these authors among the examples in the
Mus. Cal. Acad. Sci., and to pick them out among the fresh fishes, as
they lay, exposed for sale, in the markets of San Francisco, I soon found
that the descriptions of external characters already published needed
revision and amplification, and that the task of identification was ren-
dered difficult by the great variation in the number of the dorsal and
anal fin-rays, in the width of the inte®ocular space, and in the length of
the pectorals, in fishes which evidently belonged to the same species.

A new and abundant species, with constant characters by which it
could readily be distinguished from the one with which it had probably
been hitherto confounded, was also discovered. It was at.that time my
intention only to take a few additional notes upon the known species,
and publish them together with a description of the new form; but, at
the suggestion of Prof. D. S. Jordan, of Indiana University, Bloomington,
Ind., who is at this time preparing an ichthyology of the United States,
which will include all the Pacific Coast species, I undertook the task of
redescribing and more thoroughly characterizing all the known forms
belonging to the family that occur in the markets of San Francisco.

By repeated visits to the markets, extending over a period of six
months, I have verified the occurrence here of all the species hitherto
described from this coast, with the exception of the more northern
Pleuronectes franklinii, and the possible exception of the Pallasian spe-
cies quadrituberculatus and cicatricosus. Two new species of rare occur-
rence, and belonging to a group not hitherto known to be found in our
waters, have also been added to the fauna; but as five nominal species
are eliminated, the total number of valid forms occurring here is only
thirteen.

My method of procedure has been to write a full description from
the specimens in the possession of the California Academy of Sciences,
and«then to incorporate with it the results of notes taken from fresh
individuals, altering and adding so as to include the range of variation.
The descriptions are not, therefore, from types, but from an examination
of several specimens, and a comparison of these with several others. To
the descriptions measurements of several specimens (except in the case of

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. Gr

one rare species) are appended; those taken from the preserved specimens
and from the fresh individuals in my possession being supplemented by
others taken from individuals as they lay on the stalls. The measurements
are followed by remarks upon the variation of individuals, by the enum-
eration of two or three obvious distinguishing characters, and by such:
notes upon the localities, comparative abundance, &e., of the various
forms as I have been ablé to collect. I greatly regret my inability to do
much at present toward the elucidation of the habits, food, and distribu-
tion of the several species. The classification ‘adopted is, with one or
two exceptions, that which will be followed by Professors Jordan and
Gilbert in their forthcoming work ;* and I take this occasion to thank
them for the valuable aid they have rendered me by sending me a copy
of that portion of their manuscript, and on various occasions tendering
me valuable information.

To conclude, I have taken every care to guard against error, but I am
aware that it is possible that some of my conclusions may be open to
criticism.

I have avoided burdening: my descriptions with full synonymy and
references, contenting myself with the already given enumeration of the
works in which earlier descriptions will be found, and with the mention
of ihe original name of each species.

SYNOPSIS OF THE GENERA AND SPECIES.

* Mouth large, the broad flat maxillary extending to below the eye; teeth nearly
equal on both sides of the jaws.
a. Ventral fins both lateral, neither of them on the ridge of the abdomen.
(HIPPOGLOSSIN 4. )
b.- Body dextral, eyes and color on the right side.
c. Lateral line with a semicircular arch in front; dentition strong; lower pha-
ryngeal teeth in two\rows. ..<-<. .=--+.----------~-- HipProgLaseie.
TR ee weet NS anh ys pot al eg 2 aa ie eats arene tog aie paces vulgaris ?
ce. Lateral line nearly peaches teeth rather small; scales moderate, ciliated.
x. No accessory lateral anes ; dorsal commencing over eye.

5 HIPPOGLOSSOIDES.
2. Eyes large; lower jaw scarcely projecting ....-...---------- jordani.
xx. An accessory lateral line; dorsal commencing before the eye.
° PSETTICHTHYS.
3. Anterior rays of dorsal produced; eyes small .......--.. melanostictus.
bb. Body sometimes sinistral, sometimes dextral; dentition strong; lateral line with
a semicircular arch in front...-....----- dees MENZEL PARALICHTHYS.
4, Accessory scales numerous; scales ciliate. ......--...----- maculosus.
aa. Ventral fin of the colored side inserted on the ridge of the abdomen; body
SNM SIUM Shorey Sie erate) aa ateias foe S)aicls Grate oie sree peter eee (RHOMBIN AS. )
Lateral line nearly straight; no vomerine teeth; dorsal rays all sim-
ILC pee ae ena cere nae seine = eee hae eee CITHARICHTHYS.
5. Scales almost membranous; interocular space concave... --.sordidus.

** Mouth small, the short narrow maxillary rarely reaching before the front of the
eye; teeth mostly on the blind side; body dextral.
(PLEURONECTING:. )

*A Synopsis of the Fishes of the United States. = Bulletin XVI of the United
States National Museum.

\

72 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

d. Lateral line simple, nearly straight.
f. Dorsal fin very long, of more than ninety rays; body elongate; scales

BMNOOUD 6 coe ieee sania eee ee ian tee eee GLYPTOCEPHALUS.
6. Teeth forming a sharp cutting edge, not developed at all on colored
side; pectoral of colored side not produced..........-..---. pacificus.

7. Teeth forming a blunt edge, continued more than half-way along
colored side; pectoral of colored side produced . ....--..----zachirus.
ff. Dorsal fin moderate; scales developed as scattered stellate tubercles.
PLATICHTHYS.
8, Eyes and color sometimes on right, sometimes on left side.
stellatus.
dd. Lateral line with an accessory dorsal branch.
e. Teeth slender, acute, in several series; lateral line nearly straight; body
deep, shorts Vipsxihi Gk qscere cela. sere eee ce acne PLEURONICHTHYS.
9. Interocular space rather narrow, smooth, without ridges. .guttulatus.
10. Lips plicate; dorsal continued downwards on blind side of head;
interocular space very narrow, forming a raised tubercular ridge.
conosus.
ee. Teeth straight, blunt, in a close row, chiefly developed on blind side.
g. Scales cycloid, those on cheeks similar; lateral line nearly straight.

PAROPHRYS.

11. Snout narrow; upper eye diverted obliquely upwards - ----- vetulus.
gg. Scales rough; lateral line arched; form oval -...---- LEPIDOPSETTA.
12: Scales on cheeks cheno 0. oo. oem erseee cere erin Saas umbrosa.
ISiaScales on cheeks tuberculate=s--—eos= aes ae eee eee bilineata.

All the species that I have examined have seven branchiostegals on
each side, and the lateral line continued to the end of the caudal on both
blind and colored sides. As I am not familiar with the Atlantic species,
I cannot be certain whether these are to be considered as family char-
acters; they are not mentioned in Giinther’s diagnosis of the Pleuro-
nectide.

HIPPOGLOSSUS Cuvier.

Mouth large, the large broad maxillary one-third, or not much more
than one-third, of the length of the head. Teeth of upper jaw in a double
series. Eyes and color on the right side. Gill-rakers short, compressed,
widely set. Lower pharyngeal teeth in two rows; branchiostegals seven.
Ventrals lateral; caudal emarginate, the outer rays produced. Scales
very sinall, not ciliated. Lateral line with a semicircular arch in front.

°

HIPPOGLOSSUS VULGARIS Cuvier (?).
(Hippoglossus vulgaris ? Ayres. )

9; 102. “A. FS. BA eee:

The fin-formula given above is that of Ayres. The species is of rare
occurrence on this part of the coast, but is occasionally brought to mar-
ket. As I have as yet only seen one specimen, or rather a part of one,
as the greater part of the body had heen cut away and sold when I saw
it, I cannot pronounce as to its specifie identity with H. vulgaris. The
only notes I could make were as follows: Teeth in a double row in both

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 173

jaws, with a few irregular teeth between the rows, about equally devel-
oped on both sides, strong. numerous. Branchiostegals seven. Inter-
ocular space wider than the length of the eye. Caudal with about 20
rays, the principal rays each several times bifurcate, the posterior mar-
gin nearly straight. Weight between 40 and 50 pounds. I am told
that this fish will probably be of more common occurrence as the season
advances. Toward the northern parts of our Pacific seaboard, at Van-
couver’s Island and along the shores of British Columbia, the halibut is
said to be quite common, and to attain a weight of 70 to 100 pounds, or
even more. Specimens from Alaska, I am told, have been identified by
Dr. Bean with the Atlantic H. vulgaris.

HIPPOGLOSSOIDES Gottsche.

Mouth large; maxillary broad, flat, extending nearly to the centre of
the eye; teeth nearly equal on both sides of the jaws, rather small, coni-
cal. No teeth on vomer or palatines. Eyes and color on the right side.
Anterior nostrils on colored side with a short tube, on blind side with a
raised margin; lower pharyngeal teeth in a single row. Dorsal com-
mencing over the upper eye; ventrals both lateral; caudal entire, its
middle rays produced. Scales of moderate size, more or less strongly
ciliated ; lateral line nearly straight, simple. Branchiostegals seven.

HIPPOGLOSSOIDES JORDANI Sp. nov.

D. 90-94. <A. 71-75. C.2-15-2. P.13. A. 6.

Dorsal and abdominal outlines equally and regularly curved from the
line of the centre of the eyes to the caudal peduncle; upper outline of
snout strongly curved, almost a quadrant, the junction of this curve
with the dorsal outline forming a coneavity over the anterior half of
the upper eye. Peduncle of tail widening posteriorly, in its narrowest
part from about 2 to 2 of the greatest depth of the body, which is a little
over 4 to 2 of the total length; length of the head from ;*; to less than
1 of the total length; eye contained about 43 times; snout (measured
from a line joining the anterior margins of the orbits to the tip of the
upper jaw) 54 to 6 times in the length of the head. Posterior nos-
trils of both sides situated on a line joining the front margins of the
orbits; anterior nostrils on both sides with a raised margin, prolonged
posteriorly into a linguiform flap; the posterior sub-elliptical, simple.
Lower jaw not, or scarcely, projecting in the closed mouth; its lower
straight border forming an obtuse angle with the abdominal outline, and
its prominent posterior extremity below the centre of the eye; a knob
at the symphysis. Cleft of mouth oblique, the tip of the premaxillaries
on a horizontal line with the upper margin of the lower eye, and the
posterior broad end of the maxillaries extending to nearly the centre of
the lower border of the same. Dentition consisting of numerous sharp,
slender, conical recurved teeth, in an irregular single row in the man-

.

74 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAS MUSEUM.

dible, but forming a double row in the intermaxillaries. Front teeth
largest in both jaws. The outer row in the intermaxillaries much larger
than the inner, which is formed of very small teeth; but most of the
outer row smaller than those of the mandible. The teeth on the colored
side of the upper jaw are most numerous and smallest. Upper pharyn-
geals each with two irregular rows of teeth, the hinder largest, conical,
sharp, recurved. Lower pharyngeals each with a single row of similar
teeth. Eyes rather large, lateral, equal in front. Interorbital space
rather narrow, equal in adults to about one-third of the longitudinal
diameter of the eye. Gill-rakers long and slender, those of the first
branchial arch about equal in length to the width of the interorbital
space. Pectoral of the colored side scarcely + of the total length, or
slightly more than half the length of the head, inserted level with the
lower eye, and consisting of 13 rays, the first two simple, the others once
or twice bifurcate; the third ray longest, lower rays diminishing reg-
ularly. Pectoral of the blind side equal in width to that of colored side,
but only about 3 as long. Dorsal commencing on the dorsal ridge
immediately over the anterior margin of the pupil, all the rays simple,
except the two or three last, which (at least in most examples) are once
bifurcate; the rays from the 37th to the 50th highest. Anal preceded
by a horizontal spine, the first ray immediately behind a vertical from the
posterior axil of the pectoral; all its rays simple, the three last excepted,
coterminous with the dorsal, rays from 30th to 40th highest. Posterior
margin of caudal entire, slightly convex, rays twice or thrice bifurcate.
In large individuals, both the central and the outer rays are slightly
produced, the central most. Ventrals small, inserted in advance of the
pectorals, the distance between the posterior axil of the former and the
anterior axil of the latter less than half the width of the pectoral base ;
their tips extending backwards beyond the anus nearly to the anal
spine; the first two rays simple, the others once or twice bifurcate.
Lateral line without abrupt arch, curving gently downwards from its
origin to the median line of the side of the body, which it reaches at a
vertical from the tip of the pectoral; thence straight to the end of the
caudal. Number of scales in lateral line about 96 in a specimen 93 in.
long. No accessory lateral line, but a row of pores across cheek and
round the lower eye. Seales of colored side longer than wide, rather
small, distinctly ciliate on their posterior margins, somewhat deciduous;
uniform over the whole of the body opercles and cheeks, and continued
forwards on the interorbital space to the anterior margin of the eye.
Jaws and snout scaleless; scales of blind side not ciliated. A row of
small ciliated scales along each ray of the dorsal and anal on the colored
side, extending almost or quite to the tips of the rays; none on the first
four dorsal rays; caudal with small seales on colored side; color almost
uniform gray. Each scale has two transverse bands of black points,
divided by a spotless light-colored band; the ciliated tip is also light,
with afew black points. Fins nearly the same tint as the body, the
2

«

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 175

membrane between the rays of dorsal and anal becoming slightly darker
towards the tips of the rays.

Dimensions. No. 1. | No. 2. | No. 3. | No. 4.
TotalenPth, 1m anchesese — eee eae ena ee ss Soke secaseceer cera twee 93 10} 17s 14%
Men ob kwith owbi@aad tieae see ancient. ental e sn cine alas seine ejaiaecicmele a al: 8 Ree gals acine 123
Greatest leptlyolsDOd yee aspen eee ee ee eea: semen Sacer eer mace st 3x 3r6 6f og
pen MihyOranedG sepa eeeeer eae ae Sere a eneee cise s aoa mianseeciat ei '=i== 2h 23 44 313
Width from tip of dorsal to tip of amal! ..-.---....2--2-2.------ 260-22 |-= 222 50-/2------ 103 8%
Honcitudinal diameter of eyersse-ss2---2- esses ceo aeeeee a pes #5 33 3 3
Length of snout, from a line joining the front margins of orbits ..... 33 33 2 g
Nin GerOCulars pa Cyssas ae see aaa cca eae sina 3 oan wearin alate ea t= = wielaln all anette as 4
Length of pectoral, colored side (probably maimed)..-.-.-....--.---. 13; 14 22 13
Length of pectoral) blindside .2---<-- 2... 22-6. - 202s -smmean mmc % 1 1§ 18
(Beno tinOteveninal was eneeicte nee ere sees = ede aaiiemmnlalniemaiat-/|-toyeieiwinl- met iamsece 1z 1
Origin of; anal! to Iateral line: -.. 5. -.--.. 3-35 eso eee te --scecee- Zieh lacaeee es 43 312
Greatest distance from anal to straight part of lateral ............-- 220° NE Se nese 4 313
Width of peduncle of tail, narrowest part .-..........-...-.--------- ah 220 Re cee eeeee
Heisht of centre aysior dorsal! 2.22). ca 522 = we nee teres ee Ue rcate aaa smecmons | slab oars
Meno uno telomere awe eesac es -seese = clan nese eer coh esenge- mec or Tat |aat soS2|ncewe pats 1

Althongh this species is of quite common occurrence in the markets
of San Francisco, it appears to have hitherto escaped description, prob-

ably on account of its external resemblance to Girard’s Psettichthys
melanostictus, from which it is not distinguished by the dealers, who are
able to discriminate between most of the other species. With several
other kinds, it is sold under the name of “Sole.” From melanostictus it
may be known by the more backward origin of the dorsal fin, the first
rays of which are lower than those next following; by the larger eyes and
rather narrower interocular space; the absence of an accessory dorsal
branch to the lateral line, and the want of conspicuous black dots on the
colored side. The surface is decidedly less rough than that of melano-
stictus, although the scales are ciliated. The number of scales in the
lateral line is rather difficult to count, but there are about fourteen to
an inch in an example 148 long (caudal included).

No. 1 had 90 dorsal and 71 anal rays; No. 2, D. 94, A. 72; and No. 4,
D293, As T5:

In the stomach of No. 2 were three half-digested anchovies (Hngraulis
ringens) and a shrimp-like crustacean (Hippolyte).

No. 2 had about 42 teeth in the mandible, and at least 62 in the inter-
maxillaries, those on the colored side most numerous and smallest;
while in No. 4 the mandible had 14 teeth on the blind, and 11 on the
colored side, the intermaxillaries about 14 on the blind, and numerous
(ca. 50) small teeth on the colored side, without counting the inner row
of still smaller teeth.

From H. limandoides = dentatus, of the Atlantic, the present species
differs in having more dorsal and anal rays, and in the presence of an
anal spine.

76 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

I have taken the liberty to name this species after my friend Prof. D.
S. Jordan, in acknowledgment of the agsistance and advice I have re-
ceived from him.

PSETTICHTHYS Girard.

Mouth large; maxillary broad, flat, extending to the front of the
pupil; teeth well developed on both sides of the jaws, irregular. No
teeth on vomer or palatines. Eyes and color on the right side; ante-
rior nostril on colored side tubular, that on blind side with a flap.
Lower pharyngeal teeth in a single row. Dorsal commencing in advance
of the upper eye; ventrals lateral; caudal entire. An accessory lateral
line on both sides of the body; lateral line nearly straight. Scales
ciliated. Branchiostegals seven.

The only one of Girard’s original characters which remains to distin-
guish this genus from Hippoglossoides is the more anterior commence-
ment of the dorsal; as a thorough examination of specimens larger than
those described by that author (43 in. long) proves that ciliated scales
are common to both genera. The presence of an accessory lateral line is,
however, a character which appears sufficient to warrant the separation
of this form as a genus or sub-genus, since it is used as a generic char-.
acter in the Plewronectine.

PSETTICHTHYS MELANOSTICTUS Girard.

D. 78-88. <A. 58-62. C. 3-6-6-3. P.11. V. 6.

Body elongated, narrow; dorsal and abdominal outlines regularly
curved and nearly equal from nape and ventrals to caudal peduncle;
curve of snout joining that of nape over the anterior half of the upper
eye; abdominal outline from posterior end of mandible to ventrals
nearly straight. Greatest depth contained in the total length from
about three to a little more than two and a half times; head four to five
times in the same. Eyes small, contained seven to eight times; snout
(measured from orbit of upper eye to tip of intermaxillaries) about five
times in the length of the head; peduncle of tail from three and a half
to four times in the greatest depth. Anterior nostril on colored side with
a Short tube, the opening wide and anterior; that on blind side with a
raised margin or short tube, prolonged posteriorly ; posterior nostril on
both sides without flap, its posterior border in advance of the anterior
border of the orbit. Eyes equal in front, lateral; interocular space
smooth, not elevated, of variable width. Mouth large, oblique; lower
jaw considerably the longer, its tip, in the closed mouth, level with the
lower margin of the upper eye; a prominent symphysial knob; mandible
joining the abdominal outline at an obtuse angle. Posterior extremity
of the maxillary extending to a vertical drawn from the front of the
pupil. Teeth rather small, in a single row on both sides of both jaws,
conical, sharp, recurved, those in front much the largest in both jaws,
and those in the mandible larger than those in the intermaxillaries (ex-

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 77

cept three or four large eanines in front of the latter). Teeth on colored
side of upper jaw very small, numerous. In adults about 33 teeth im
the mandible, 43-50 in the intermaxillaries. A single row of six or
seven sharp, conical, recurved teeth on each upper pharyngeal; lower
pharyngeals very slender, each armed with a row of about twelve
slender, sharp, recurved teeth. Gill-rakers of first branchial arch about
half the length of the eyes, flexible, those of the other arches similar,
but shorter. Origin of dorsal a little in advance of the anterior margin
of the upper eye, and immediately above the posterior nostril of the
blind side; its anterior rays over the eyes and on the occiput higher
than those immediately behind them, but not quite equal to the longest
rays of the central portion of the fin, which are from about the thirtieth
to the fortieth rays. The first ray is twisted to the left, toward the nos-
tril. From the central rays the fin declines regularly to its termination
opposite to that of the anal, and distant from the caudal about half the
depth of its peduncle. Anal with an acute horizontal spine, its origin
opposite the centre of the length of the pectoral, and its longest rays
opposite to those of the dorsal. Peduncle of caudal very slightly dilated.
at the base of that fin, the posterior margin of which is convex, and the
principal rays once or twice bifurcate, the first bifurcation at about one-
third of their length from the base. Pectoral of colored side with eleven
rays, the rays, except the first two, once bifurcate; that of the blind
side nearly equal in size and similarly bifurcate. Ventrals inserted with
their posterior axil about half the width of the pectoral base in advance
of the anterior axil of that fin; their rays once or twice bifurcate, and
their extremity falling short of the vent. Lateral line very slightly
raised above the ‘pectorals, about 107-118 scales between its origin and
that of the caudal in a specimen eleven inches long. An accessory
lateral line along the base of the dorsal, ending about under the 24th
dorsal ray on the colored side, and under the 17th-20th on the blind
side. A branch from this accessory line to the main lateral line at back
of head; a line of pores, indistinct in small specimens, more distinct in
larger, can be traced from the lateral line across the cheek to the lower
margin of the upper eye; and a little behind the end of this a row of
pores branches downwards around the lower eye, ending opposite the
posterior margin of the pupil. Scales very small, imbricate, ciliate, ex-
tending over head and gill-covers; snout and lower jaw scaleless. Free
end of each scale truncate. A single row of small scales along each ray
of the dorsal and anal on the colored side, except on about the first
third of the dorsal and the first two or three rays of the anal. Caudal
covered with small ciliated scales on the colored side almost to the tip
of the rays, and with smooth scales on the colored side, Scales of blind
side smooth, a few scales on the bases of the central rays of the dorsal
and anal on this side. Color of right side ash-gray, interspersed with
crowded black dots just large enough to be perceptible with the naked
eye; numerous black points on the exposed part of each scale. When

78

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

fresh the ground-tint is lighter, and the black points much less distinet
Left side uniform white.

than after exposure to the air.

Dimensions. No. 1. No. 2. | No. 3. | No. 4. | No. 5. | No.6. | No. 7. | No. 8.

‘Potal length; in inches! : +. .2../2.224 2.22. 63 104 11 144 15 1548 | 17 173
Greatest depth of body ........-.......-.-- 23 4 3H 5g 45 53 6 63
Distance from tip of lower jaw to origin of

anal In a straight line .---...2s-2-ssse-5|ocesee- 33 Oi oll sensei -ncmnccl je cere ste cane lemons ate
engeth of head .225..2.ctteacesaesessecas 14 23 23 333 34 33 3g 313
Width of interocular space /1:...-tu....-2.)-.2eu $s ys BP UHLLEELS. ¥e |2<26e-2 3
Longitudinal diameter of lower eye.-..-----|------. Bie aac aoe es Bas aoa Boo apace a
Length of snout, from orbit of upper eye -.-|-------].------]...---- an Note a Tall eecoeee g
Length of pectoral, colored side -.-........|------- 13 1;; 1 a ees ec eee | etoere ete
Length of pectoral; blind side’. -2.32 2.55.24. 25. ek. 1 Tay ee Dee SSR ae
Length of: mentrals) ..22¢ce525: Soe ag. cen teaeeneoseee oe Fate cme sass pis Qucg Na | agen See Sad ie
Height of longest dorsal rays...........-..|------. 14} 14 ee eel ES eee ae 133
Heivhtiorm longesy anual rays sn. ~.s-esesbes: | eaceee | eae He ilacieecelese acter Teese ce 133
Herre of fresh dOrsalray - =. s+ eee ecer e+ |sesecenl aero cl eee eee Lee eoerees 1M Roane - 15;
enethjof lowerljawi. cede scaccstes tece.|tas- te dS ee a 1g Seek We io 1g
Wadthiofipeduncloiwf tailt.s jac eccecn tb-e-| ecm cue z Dts ho= ate De lan owsiee 13
Greatest distance from anal to straight part

Or aterduhne Sonn scrs. cee ae eaeac ee Leeneati pec anee ire De lesennes 33 Sf, lsscoeue
Number of rays'in dorsal .-........-.2....- 82 88 82 WR ee tse! BY Mo stet 84
Number of rays in-anall.:.2..0.65-6:-4, 50 | 62 60 60 re SeSoel el || peers 60

| =

As will be seen by the foregoing figures, the width of the interocular
space, the length of the pectorals, that of the caudal peduncle, and the
number of rays in the dorsal, are very variable.

In the stomach of an example 74 inches in length.were the half-
digested remains of two anchovies (Lngraulis ringens) each about three
inches long.

This is the most common of the species sold as “Sole” in the markets
of this city. Most of the individuals brought to market are from ten to
twelve inches in length; but many reach sixteen or even eighteen inches.
The black dots over the upper side, the long anterior dorsal rays, in-
serted more in advance than is usual, and the small eyes, render this fish
easy to recognize.
PARALICHTHYS Girard.

Mouth large, the broad, flat maxillary reaching to the posterior margin
of the lower eye; teeth in a single row on both sides of both jaws; eyes
and color usually sinistral. Lower pharyngeals covered with villiform
teeth; villiform teeth on the first pair of upper pharyngeals; also a row
of larger teeth. Remainder of upper pharyngeal teeth like the larger
of the first pair. Gill-rakers long. Anterior nostrils on both sides with
a flap. Dorsal commencing above eye; anal without a spine; caudal
sinuous on its posterior border; ventrals both lateral. Lateral line with
a semicircular arch in front; no accessory lateral line. Scales ciliate;
numerous accessory scales on their posterior margins.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, te

PARALICHTHYS MACULOSUS Girard.
Uropsetta californica Gill, 1864.
Hippoglossus californicus Ayres.

D. 69-76. A. 53-60. C.3-12-3. P. 10-12. V. 6.

Body elongated, dorsal outline forming a low regular curve from the
junction of the snout to the caudal peduncle; snout rather long, a sight
depression over the anterior part of the upper eye, where it joins the
dorsal outline. Abdominal outline from the extremity of the mandible
to the caudal peduncle forming a curve corresponding to that of the
dorsal outline. Greatest depth a little less than 3; length of head about
<, of the entire length; eye 1_1, snout ;2, of the length of the
head; interocular space ;-+ of the same; width of caudal peduncle
about 4 of the greatest depth; greatest distance from anal to straight
portion of lateral line less than the length of the head. Anterior nos-
trils of both sides with a tongue-like flap on their posterior border; pos-
terior nostrils patulous, small, slightly in advance of the orbit. Eyes
equal in front, small, the upper well below the dorsal ridge, yet some-
what directed upwards. Interocular space smooth, flat, not elevated, a
scarcely perceptible ridge from origin of lateral line to upper eye, where
it divides, forming a raised margin to the posterior portion of that eye;
a short ridge over the anterior part of the upper margin of the lower
eye; in large individuals the width of the interocular space exceeds the
length of the eye. Mouth large; maxillary reaching to a vertical from
the posterior margin of the inwer eye, and to a distance below that eye
exceeding its longitudinal diameter. Mandible about =*; of the length
of the head, its tip level with the upper margin of the lower eye; its
straight lower border forming a very obtuse angle with the abdominal
outline; a slight symphysial prominence. Teeth in both jaws slender,
acute, slightly recurved, about 15 in the upper and 8 in the lower jaw
in individuals under 12” long, besides numerous rasp-like teeth in the
hinder part of the intermaxillary. The front teeth in the mandible are
longer and more recurved than those farther back. First pair of upper
pharyngeals a cushion of villiform teeth, with a row of about 12 larger
recurved ones; second and third harnpygeals united, with three or four
irregular rows of teeth like the larger of the first pair; lower pharyn-
geals covered with villiform teeth. Gill-rakers of first pair of branchial
arches slender, flexible, nearly as long as the eye. Dorsal commencing
over the front margin of the upper eye; the first ray slightly twisted to
the left; the length of the rays increasing but slightly to its greatest
height in the centre of its length, and thence diminishing very slowly,
forming a low arch; the distance between its termination and the origin
of the caudal eae equal to the depth of the caudal peduncle ; dorsal
and anal coterminal. A few of the posterior rays of the dorsal and anai
are bifureate. Anal without spine, its origin very slightly behind the
vertical from the anterior axil of the pectorals, and forming a low arch
similar to that fin, the longest rays equal in length to those of the dor-

80 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

sal. Caudal with an undulating posterior margin, the central rays and
outer rays somewhat produced; all the principal rays three or more
times bifurcate. The longest dorsal ‘rays are about the 30th-38th; the
longest anal rays about the 15th-25d. Pectoral of the colored side
about half the length of the head, and contained in the total length be-
tween uine and ten times; its rays once or twice bifurcate, the first two
excepted; the third ray longest, the twelfth about half its length; pec-
toral of the blind side considerably shorter than that of colored side; its
rays simple or some of them once bifurecate. Ventrals inserted more
than the width of the base of the pectoral in front of that fin, their tips
reaching nearly to the fourth anal ray; their length about half, or a little
more than half, that of the pectoral of the colored side; the four poste-
rior rays once bifureate. Scales of body small, very finely ciliate on
their free margin, covering the whole of the body and the head to the
middle of the length of the interorbital space, and extending up the
dorsal and anal rays nearly to their tips. Some on the broad end of the
maxillary. Along the free margin of each of the principal scales is
ranged a variable number of much elongated, narrow, accessory scales,
easily rubbed off. Numerous similar supernumerary scales on the dor-
sal and anal rays. Scales of blind side smaller than those of colored
side, smooth, with accessory scales as on colored side. Caudal covered
with scales on both blind and colored sides; some in front of the central
rays of dorsal and anal on blind side. Lateral line, in small individuals,
containing about 100 seales between its origin and that of the caudal,
and raised above the pectoral into a bold arch of a diameter exceeding
the length of the pectoral, and a height about equal to the length of the
ventral. Color dark reddish brown to slaty gray above, whitish below;
usually five small light bluish spots along the dorsal region, and four
along the abdominal. In large individuals, the spots are obsolescent or
ranting.

Dimensions. INO: Te INGOs 2.) |PeNOsoe eons. NIN Ose
Total length, iidniches ..<: 6.22 cb cece ee taeae es eeeere 10 93 123 113 213%
Length, withoutiqawdals = 2. om ere wich a yewtge eerie aie id= 8§ 835 103 94 183
Greatestidepth of Ody} o- .< se eee = sae sane eee ee eee 33 335 4y°5 4 74
Weneth of head -... Sos... 2c dsos sc deseaerseccwesseeeee oeeneas 23; 2 24 24 475
Greatest distance of anal to straight part of lateral line. -..-- 1z 143 24 2s bemeeaeae
Tip of lower jaw: to-origin of anal. .. 2. << <.<0 soewwes -sere-te 24 24 218 243 54
Longitudinal.diameter of ey6..-=.=<-0-=2-s<---sccessecenn === ts as ee 33 Ys
interocular width.:: << «cc. scseeecceseceeecsenes eee eee eee 4 ts 3 is 3
Length of snout from upper eye...-.....------ 2-22 see eens 18 as 3s 25 £
Kentyth of lower jaw: «2 ccwidodels 65 tre bb ass IE hia deea st enses liz 1s 133 15 24
Length.of pectoral of colored side... 2... --.-- +002 s0sceee=<- 1 1 13 13; 24
Length of pectoral of blind side. ...- igrecrece teed ee eceecteee 13 35 18 g lis
TlGIE UMOPRVSIIUTANS - 22.05, <1. ccm as 2 omens eae ae eee ee 3 3 3 rt 4
Length of arch of lateral line... 655.62. Jodeew sth ow no. 13 13 13; 1}; 3
Rise of amchvof lateral line’. .....4. .crineseura-<pdde - veeeeoes <3 re 2h 4 g as 1
Width of caudalipedunele. .:..- 0. < 7s<ccoseec ceeds eee se 45 g 1} 1, |---2--25
Longest dorsalivays cen. o-s-- <<... 206 ence ccineaere See eee ee al a eeeseer | paeaanl ees +a) omnes 1§

Longest anal ray’ s. 2 e- <i. see's - stew cans oben knoe de cece ete - Fs) semetees| ou Seite nalente seers pees 13

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 81

This is not of very frequent occurrence in our markets, although it
can scarcely be called rare. It attains a larger size than any other of
our species except the true Hippoglossus, and it is probably this circum-
stance, together with its elongated form, that has led the fishermen to
name it the “ Bastard Halibut.” Large specimens are sold under this
name, but immature individuals are retailed as “Turbot.” The largest
I have yet seen weighed, respectively, 43 and 58 pounds, and the latter
measured about 4 feet 10 inches in length when entire. It is very sel-
dom taken in the bay, and is said to be of more frequent occurrence
southwards than northwards, but I cannot at present ascertain its south-
ern range. Irom its occurrence at Monterey it is often called the Mon-
terey halibut. It is said to be a tough, coarse fish. It is taken as far
north as Tomales Bay. Nos. 1, 2,3, and 4 (of which the dimensions
are given) are young alcoholic specimens in the Museum of the Cal.
Acad. Sci., and their dorsal and anal fin-rays were, respectively, D. 76,
A. 60; D. 70, A. 55; D. 70, A.55; and D. 71, A. 53. No. 5 had 69 dor-
sal and 53 anal rays. Some specimens have a few pores on the occiput
behind and above the horizon of the upper eye, running downwards and
backwards towards the lateral line. The number of scales in the lateral
line is very difficult to count. From all the other Californian species
with large jaws, it may be known by its elongate form and boldly arched
lateral line.

I have for some time suspected that Uropsetta californica (Ayres) Gill,
and Paralichthys maculosus Girard, were identical, and I think that I can
now demonstrate their identity beyond reasonable doubt. My suspicion
arose as follows: The large specimens of the Monterey halibut, weighing
40-50 pounds, are considered by all the dealers to be of the same species as
the small specimens, and, from their general similarity, no doubt as to
their identity with each other and with Uropsetta californica arose in my
mind until, on critically comparing a small individual with Girard’s de-
scription of P. maculosus, I found that it agreed with the latter in every
particular except in its sinistral eyes and color. Now arose two ques-
tions: Ist. Were the large individuals really specifically identical with
the small ones? 2d. Was there a dextral form, and, if so, was the dex-
tral form a distinet species ?

I have not yet had the opportunity to take full measurements of a full-
grown individual, as all the large ones I have seen were cut up before I
examined them, but I have the following reasons to give for including
all under one species:

Ist. The form of the caudal fin and the outline of the posterior part of
the body are alike in large and small sinistral individuals; the former
having the sinuous posterior margin, with the central and external rays
produced, described by Girard as characteristic of P. maculosus.

2d. The smaller sinistral individuals agree with Ayres’s description
of Hippoglossus (Uropsetta) californicus, except in the form of the tail,
which is shown as slightly concave in Ayres’s figure (Proc. Cal. Acad.

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 6 July 2, 1879.

82 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ii, 1860, fig. 10). The figure is but a sketch, and is inaccurate in many
respects.

3d. The larger individuals are always sold as “halibut,” attain the

dimensions of the true halibut, and are evidently identical with Ayres’s
species.

4th. The small sinistral individuals have all the characters of Para-
lichthys maculosus Gir., except the position of the eyes and color, and
some difference in the color of the spots.

These reasons, although they point strongly towards identity, do not
prove it; but I have lately procured an individual (No. 5) which has the
characteristics of Ayres’s species, yet is dextral, thus agreeing exactly
with that of Girard; so that I can now add to my reasons—

5th. A specimen of dimensions intermediate between that of Girard
(7 long) and the large individuals before mentioned has the characters
of U. californica, but is dextral, as stated by Girard in his description of
P. maculosus. In this specimen, the interorbital area is proportionally
much wider than in the smaller examples, exceeding the longitudinal
diameter of the eye; and the row of spots along the dorsal and abdomi-
nal outlines, so evident in the small individuals, is almost obsolete,
traces of one or two of the posterior ones being all that is left of them.
The principal caudal rays are many times dichotomized, the base of the
fin is fleshy, and its scaly covering is very conspicuous; some of the
rays of the right pectoral are twice bifureate; about eight of the poste-
rior rays of the dorsal and anal are bifurcate; each ray of the dorsal and
anal (except the most anterior and posterior) is seen to have, upon its
anterior face, a row of principal scales, and numerous accessory scales,
all resembling those of the body, but smaller; each scale of the body is
seen to be followed by several supernumerary scales arranged around
its posterior margin; and the pectoral of the colored side has only ten
rays; that of the blind side eleven. As this is the only dextral exam-
ple out of about ten individuals that have come under my observation,
I am inclined to believe that dextral specimens are comparatively rare,
at least on this part of the coast. As the generic name Paralichthys
has precedence over that of Uropsetta, it must be retained for the spe-
cies, which must henceforth be known as Paralichthy maculosus.

CITHARICHTHYS Bleeker.

Mouth large, the broad, flat maxillary more than one-third the length
of the head, and extending to below the pupil. Eyes and color on the left
side. Teeth in both jaws in a single series, unequal in size, nearly
equally developed en both sides of the jaws; no vomerine or palatine
teeth. Lower pharyngeal bones with a single row of teeth. Gill-rakers
lanceolate. Branchiostegals seven. Dorsal fin commencing on the
snout; dorsal and anal rays simple; ventral fin of colored side inserted
on the ridge of the abdomen. Lateral line nearly straight. Scales
moderate.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 83

Metoponops Gill is evidently identical with Citharichthys. All the
characters usually considered generic agree; and the specific characters
given (Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. 1864, 198) are those which properly
belong to Citharichthys sordidus Girard. Girard’s description, taken
from an immature individual 55 in. long, is in many respects defective ;
that of Gill approaches much nearer to completeness, but, as it was
taken from a single sun-dried specimen, it Shows characters which arise
from the drying.

CITHARICHTHYS SORDIDUS (Girard) Giinther.

Psettichthys sordidus Girard.

D. 92-99. <A. 72-81. ©. 3-11-3. P.13. V. 6.

Outline of body sub-ellipsoid, but the dorsal and abdominal outlines
not correspondent, the highest point of the former situated over the tip
of the pectoral, while the lowest point of the latter is below the base of
the same fin. Snout almost continuous with the dorsal outline, which
rises rapidly to the highest point in a bold curve, and thence falls with
a gently sigmoid curvature to the caudal peduncle. Abdominal outline
almost straight to the ventrals, thence with a slight sigmoid curve around
the lowest point to the caudal peduncle. Thus the hinder part of the body
tapers gradually in a line which becomes slightly concave, both above and
below, as it approaches the caudal peduncle. Greatest depth of body
contained 2% times; length of the head 44 times in the greatest length ;
longitudinal diameter of eye about 4, snout (measured from the lower
eye) about ¢ of the length of the side of the head. Distance from origin
of anal to lateral line slightly in excess of the length of the head;
peduncle of tail short, about + of the greatest width, slightly widening
toward caudal. Eyes elliptical, large, the upper turned somewhat upward,
the lower lateral, and about + of its longitudinal diameter in advance of
the upper; interocular spac2 equal to about half the transverse diameter
of the eye, and made to appear narrower by an elevated ridge, which,
commencing on the cheeks, passes along the posterior lower margin of
the upper eye, descends obliquely to the upper margin of the lower
orbit, and continues to the intermaxillary. A less prominent ridge along
the lower margin of the upper eye, merging in the principal ridge where it
commences to descend. Thus the anterior and larger portion of the in-
terocular area is concave. Nostrils of colored side in a line with the
upper margin of the lower eye; anterior nostrils of both sides with a
long narrow flap in front; posterior simple. The anterior nostril of the
colored side has also a raised margin, prolonged somewhat posteriorly.
Mouth large, oblique ; extremity of the mandible slightly projecting, and
on a level with the upper margin of the pupil of the lower eye when the
mouth is closed. The lower border of the mandible almost in a straight
line with the anterior part of the abdominal outline. Posterior extrethity
of the maxillary extending to a vertical drawn midway between the

84 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

centre and the front of the pupil of the lower eye. Teeth slender, acute,
incurved, closely set at regular distances from each other, gradually in-
creasing in size forwards; about equal in size on both sides of both jaws,
and extending the full length of the gape on both sides. Upper pharyn-
geals each with a single row of 6-8 slender, rather long, sharp, recurved
teeth; lower pharyngeals each with a single functional row of similar
teeth, all but some of the most anterior buried in the gum almost to their
points; lower pharyngeal bones separate. Gill-rakers of Ist pair of
branchial arches about equal in length to the width of the interocular
space, rather stiff; those of the other arches gradually diminishing to the
fourth; spinulose on their upper edge. Dorsal arising a little before the
anterior rim of the upper orbit, close behind the posterior nostril of the
blind side; gradually inereasing in height to about the 38th—48th rays,
which are behind the highest point of the dorsal outline, and thence
rapidly decreasing ; the last rays small and closely set. Anal arising ver-
tical with the posterior axil of the base of the pectorals; its longest rays
(23d-27th) somewhat deeper than those of the dorsal are high. From
these rays the depth of the fin diminishes rapidly to its termination
opposite that of the dorsal; the posterior rays, like those of that fin, very
small and closely set. No anal spine visible externally. Posterior mar-
gin of caudal almost straight when closed, but slightly wedge-shaped ;
the centre rays longest, when opened out; principal rays bifureate three
times. Pectoral of left or colored side about 4 of the total length, and
consisting of thirteen rays, all, except the first three, once bifurcate ;
fourth ray longest. Pectoral of right side 3-3 of the length of that of
the colored side; rays simple. Ventrals short, but broad at base and
broadly rounded when opened, their tips extending beyond the third
anal ray, and the posterior margin of their base situated a little anterior
to the anterior axil of the pectoral. Ventral of the colored side on the
abdominal ridge ; rays simple. Lateral line almost straight, yet rising
somewhat anteriorly ; very distinct; tubes simple. Number of scales
between base of caudal and head 65-70. No lines of pores on head.
Seales rather large, very thin and flexible, deciduous, almost mem-
branous, smooth ; the free end truncate, each pocket of the dermis bor-
dered by a delicate membrane of darker color than the scale, and often
broken up into tags; engaged portion of scale with slight radiating
strie. Those of the anterior portion are as deep as long, or even
deeper; those of the posterior part of the body and of the caudal peduncle
are more or less elongated. The scales vary much in size and shape;
the largest are on the abdominal region behind and below the pectoral;
the smallest around the eyes and on the interorbital space, snout, and
lower jaw; the two latter only partially covered with scales. Dorsal
and anal with a row of small scales along each ray on the colored side.
Caudal sealy at the base, and with the membrane between the rays
covered with scales on both sides. Scales of blind side similar to those
of colored. Color dull reddish yellow; the outline of each scale ren-
dered distinet by the margin of darker membrane behind each scale ;

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 85

vertical fins of a uniform dark slaty tint. Color of blind side uniform
creamy.

1

Dimensions. No. 1. | No. 2. | No. 3. | No. 4. | No. 5.
Total length, in inches ......-...--.----------- 022+ -------- 93 12 11 104 918
Length without caudal ....2. 020.002. 2--- cece eee eee ene eee nee [enone eee | see ee eee |e eee ee: 813 83
Greatest distance from origin of anal to lateral line........-. 23; 3 25 23 22
Greatest dep bh of DOdYs ese erem ericsson iel= ns sea 38 48 4 312 3%
EN TuMOn I NGACs eran se emeerm sce saascis cles clelalecnal\leoneert 23 23 238; 23 2y5
Mentbhior pectorals colored: sidoj- << .=cemoea-\sceaecioa~ececiee 13h. ( 133 1Z 133 iz
encth of pectoral; blind'side: <2. <c.cese--cocesisss-<=--sices||-=------ 13; 48 3} 42
Neen coors vena Smesseemes senene secenes nineties mlsle/ein = seeeeis= 35 z % ih 83
oncitudinell diameter Of eye! -<- <<. sancec.ccecec cases ceseicn is 3 t tt 43
Wencthiof snouts fronmlOwer ye socece 2. <2 sacccecs os snaceae|cnelenee>|mcce- =. va 33 ve
Wiadth:-of!interocular space, about: --.--....-...-s.es----- eae ts i 3 vs qs
Thon cestid onsallmaygeasemels iste s sews sia iasiseiee ee sisies sso sicmemte Bet nicl ae ote we 1S ieceeeees ae
MON THROM OW CLR a prcestaaeisesonisensasiis acle sce. Be eee ee oawae LS, 13; 1A;
Width of peduncle'of tail; narrowest part...-..-...-......-.|--------|----2.-- eT Beets 53
Nimiberoimaorsalendystesaste cde secede ocac sins Sect istes cscs ciclinets cies |= antl ce 92 92 99
Numberiofianaliray sie sccsjse =e emiececebs «eb iisewlacts noc ncemicionltee cme Shioce eek 76 75 81

Three other specimens, the fin-rays of which were counted, had respect-
ively D. 95, A. 72; D. 93, A. 76, and D. 98.

Girard gives the number of dorsal rays as 82, while none of the
specimens which I have examined have less than 92. As the range in
number of dorsal and anal fin-rays is considerable in the individuals I
have examined, it is quite possible that some may have as few as 52
dorsal rays; but the close agreement in the number of anal rays found
by Girard and by myself leads me to suppose that the number 82 is a
typographical error.

This is a tolerably common species in our markets, but is usually
taken outside of the bay. I have not yet seen any exceeding 12-14
inches in length.

From No. 5 was taken a specimen of Engraulis ringens, which it had
only partially swallowed when caught; the tail hanging out of the mouth.

The Engraulis thus appears to be a favorite article of food with at
least three of our large-mouthed flat-fishes. This species may be readily
recognized by its sinistral coloration and eyes, its smooth scales, dirty
yellow color, and the gradual tapering of the body into the caudal peduncle,
with a concave curve on both dorsal and abdominal outlines. Unlike
Platichthys stellatus and Paralichthys maculosus, this species appears to
be invariably sinistral.

GLYPTOCEPHALUS Gottsche.

Form extremely elongated; mouth small, the short, narrow maxillary
scarcely reaching the front margin of the eye; teeth most developed on
the blind side, incisor-like, broad, equal, forming a continuous cutting
edge. No vomerine or palatine teeth. Upper pharyngeal bones each
with an obliquely transverse row of about nine bluntly conical teeth;
lower pharyngeals with a single row of similar teeth. Branchiostegals
seven. Eyes and color on the right side. - Anterior nostrils with a short

86 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

tube, prolonged posteriorly. No accessory lateral line; lateral line very
nearly straight. Dorsal fin very long, of more than ninety rays; scales
smooth. Anal with or without a spine; caudal convex on posterior
margin. .

The following two species are separated by well-marked characters from
each other; but I have not considered it necessary to use a different
generic name for G@. zachirus, in which the anal is preceded by a spine,
and the teeth are continued farther on the blind side.

GLYPTOCEPHALUS PACIFICUS Sp. DOV.

D. 99-104. <A. 80-87. P. 10-12. V.6. OC. 3-8-8-3.

Form elongate ellipsoid, dorsal and abdominal outlines curving regu-
larly and similarly from head to caudal peduncle, which slightly in-
creases in width posteriorly. Snout continuous with dorsal outline, but
slightly more curved; lower margin of head straight. Greatest width
contained about 33, head more than 5 times in the total length, or the
former about 34 and the latter about 43 times in the length without the
caudal. Eyes about }-7; snout (measured from the lower eye) +—+ of
the length of the head. Anterior nostril on both sides tubular, the tube
short, its posterior margin produced into a flap; posterior without flap.
Nostrils small; hinder margin of posterior nostril about vertical with the
anterior margin of the upper orbit. Lower eye somewhat in advance ot
the upper, which reaches the dorsal profile at its anterior extremity. In-
terorbital space a very narrow, smooth, somewhat elevated ridge of bone.
Cleft of mouth nearly equal on both sides, very small, oblique; the max-
illary reaching but little beyond a vertical from the anterior margin of
the lower eye, and scarce so far as a vertical from that of the upper.
Tip of mandible level with the centre of the lower eye, and scarcely pro-
jecting in the closed mouth. Lips tolerably well developed. Teeth
broad, thin, incisor-like, forming a continuous sharp cutting edge along
the blind side of both jaws, but in both ending rather abruptly before
reaching the colored side. Twelve teeth in the lower and nine or ten in
the upper jaw; those at the anterior commencement of the row slightly
smaller than the others. Upper pharyngeal bones with 5-9 sharp coni-
cal teeth on each, the anterior with the greatest number; lower pharyn-
geal teeth in two rows, sharp, conical, those of the inner row larger than
those of the outer, except in front, where there are a few larger teeth;
equal in size in both rows. Gill-rakers short, slender, flexible, lanceo-
late. Dorsal and anal long and low, similar, coterminous, fleshy at base ;
the rays simple, their tips free. Dorsal commencing opposite the centre
of the pupil of the upper eye, the longest rays a little behind the centre
of the length of the fin, and about 4 of the width of the body in length.
No spine before anal, the first ray of which is only a little posterior to
the hinder pectoral axil, and its longest rays opposite and equal to those
of the dorsal. Distance from the end of the dorsal and anal fins to the
caudal equal to about half the depth of the caudal peduncle. Caudal
with three or four accessory rays on each side, not very wide; posterior

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 87

margin slightly convex when opened, the principal rays twice bifareate.
Pectorals small; that of colored side contained about 55 times in the
total length; rays twelve in number, once bifurcate. Pectoral of blind
side scarcely three-fourths as long as that of the colored side; rays nine
or ten, some of them bifureate. Ventrals very small, inserted about the
width of the pectoral base in advance of the anterior axil of that fin ;
their length contained more than five times in that of the head. Late-
ral line straight, passing along the median line of the side of the body
and of the caudal, about 140 scales from its origin to the base of that
fin. Scales very small, smooth, becoming smaller along the dorsal and.
abdominal margins; smaller seales continuing for some distance upwards
and downwards on the bases of both the dorsal and anal, upon both blind
and colored sides, especially upon the latter, where scales cover the
whole surface between as well as upon the rays. The bases of the pec-
torals and caudal are also covered with scales on both sides. On the
fore part of the anal, the scales reach to the tips of the rays. The scales
upon the fins are much smaller than those upon the body. Scales on
blind side smooth; snout sealeless. Color nearly uniform dark blackish
gray; the scales covered on their exposed portion with black points,
which cannot be distinguished by the naked eye. Blind side opaque
white, with numerous small black dots evenly distributed. Tins on col-
ored side with the membrane light slate-color, sprinkled with small black
dots; the rays and scales of the same color as the bedy. Distal margins
of all the fins considerably darker. The black dots extend to the inte-
rior of the mouth, covering the hyoid surfaces, and the pharyngeal teeth
are tipped with reddish orange.

Dimensions. No.1. | No.2. | No.3. | No. 4. | No.5

Total length to tip of caudal, in inches .----.---------------- 8345 83 103; 875 83
Length without caudal, about ..-------------------------+---- 1% Ts 8% Tis 6%
Greatest depth, about ....-..--..------------------ +--+ - Freee 24 233 33 23 23
Ten othyot head eases sess asec) ses leno -mecisiasecenacens 133 1% 138 13; 1%
Length of pectoral, blind side......---------------+++-++++-- ut iB 1% § 2
Length of pectoral, colored side..-.-...---------------+----- 1 gh 13; 18 1
GSU Ol VEU S ose eeeloc maa a mew alate on = wininin= eww ee een ee vs (*) £ 14
Diameter (longitudinal) of eye -..--.-----------------+--2--- [orto 38 4 is is
Width of interorbital space -...--.-------------+--------+2++|2-2202°° |. ote al ds | ds
Length of snout, horizontal, from lower eye. ----------------|+-7+777+ a wadalnsnae acelin aeneess
Distance from tip of mandible to origin of anal..-.-----.---- 2 DES ie hse a 13 1%
Width from tip of highest rays of dorsal to tips of ditto of

ST eee amen y Seta CEE WEN ST Oye cisenoee leas 3y5 ARTE a ceo Hehe eS:
Width of caudal peduncle in narrowest part ----------------|/+--++--- lear eter | 43 33 gs
Length of snout from lower eye .--.-----------------+----++++|-2-0007° 4 eee eee (ERE a store
Distance from tip of mandible to origin of anal .------.----- 2 deem eeeeere 1% | 1}
Length without caudal, about.......---.-.-------------++--- 74 Tg, | 8% Tes 63
Width from tip of dorsal to tip of anal rays .--- ------------ 38; | 8G 1 le Seraaeerers
Width of caudal peduncle.....-..---------------- 2-22 eee eee fetes reflec eee 43 24 | 2h
eT HHO til Omme TER | typename mee eee see ia tae ae sic) n > <imin s elelei cere recta icteric 5 + | 4
Oricin offanallfomiterali lines = 2.22 .22-+--2---s<----+-- 2-22 - +o e mer |a enn ee n= 133 1 ele
NumberOordorsaluraystesees- s--2se\ass-ossece+- 2-252 so eae 104 102 Ouse | PVs cttere | 101
Niumiber ofeanallinayseyies . 2 ees. .s6 aoe = saree Sala = han sine win =-mn 87 84 80 . |.------- | 86

= L t

* Damaged. tScarcely.

88 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

The scales upon the body and fins are highly deciduous, and the lat-
eral line is much less distinctly pronounced than in the succeeding spe-
cies. Although the lowest pair of branchiostegals is not easy to make
out, I have no doubt that seven is the correct number. The individual
10,3, in length, No.3, is the largest I have yet seen, and is probably
adult. In flavor this fish is inferior to G. zachirus. 'This species was cer-
tainly not brought to market during the winter months. I first saw it
March 15, and from that date to the end of April a few have usually
been exposed for sale, but it cannot be said to be abundant. It is not
taken within the bay.

The dark color, elongated form, and correspondingly long dorsal and
anal fins render this species easy to distinguish from every other except
G. zachirus, from which it can be known by its short pectoral, entire
want of teeth on colored side, and more pointed form of the front part
of the head, as well as by the absence of an anal spine. G. pacificus
differs from G. cynoglossus of the Atlantic in the greater relative length
of the head, the smaller number of teeth in the upper jaw, and the
smaller number of dorsal and anal rays.

GLYPTOCEPHALUS ZACHIRUS sp. nov.

D. 94-106. A. 79-89. C. 5-6-7-4. P. 11-13. V. 6.

Body elongate-ovate, the anterior portion of the oval shorter than the
posterior ; snout declivous, almost vertical, its tip level with the upper
margin of the lower eye, and its curve uniting without sensible depres-
sion with that of the nape; dorsal outline rising with a regular gentle
curve from the snout to about the twenty-second dorsal ray, thence de-
clining very gradually and regularly with but slight curvature to the
caudal peduncle. The abdominal outline is almost straight from the
knob of the mandible to the ventral; from thence to the end of the anal
curved in the same manner as the dorsal outline. Pedunele of tail
slightly expanded towards the caudal, its least width about one-fourth
of the greatest depth of the body. The greatest width of the body is
contained from 34 to 3$ times, and the length of the head from about 54
to 54 times in the total length; the eye about 3% times, and the snout
about 8 times in the length of the head. The greatest distance from
the anal to the lateral line is less than the length of the head. Eyes
large, elliptical, lateral, the lower in advance of the upper about half
the length of the pupil, and scarcely reaching the dorsal profile ante-
riorly. Interocular space very narrow, about 4 of the longitudinal
diameter of the eye, smooth, not raised above the eye in a fresh fish.
A slight ridge rises at its posterior part, forms the lower posterior
margin of the upper eye, and dies out on the cheek. Nostrils of right
side level with the upper margin of the lower eye; the anterior with
a short tube, the posterior with a raised margin, and vertical with
the front margin of the lower orbit. Posterior nostril of blind side
in advance of the eye; anterior nostril nearly as on colored side.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 89

The nostrils are small and inconspicuous. Gape of mouth very small
on colored side, considerably larger on the blind side. On the colored
side the cleft is nearer vertical than horizontal; the posterior end of the
maxillary reaches very little behind the anterior margin of the orbit of
the lower eye, and the symphysis of the intermaxillaries is about level
with the upper edge of the orbit. Mandible projecting in the closed
mouth, short, not passing a vertical from the front margin of the pupil,
with a prominent knob below the symphysis, and a smaller one at its
posterior extremity. Teeth on both sides of the jaws throughout the
full length of the gape, in a single row, broad, but thick, forming a blunt
continuous edge, about thirty-four in the lower jaw and rather fewer in
the upper in an individual 11,%;/ long. In an example 143/ long there
were 14 teeth on the colored and 26 on the blind side of the mandible,
the latter the larger; in the intermaxillaries, 13 on the colored and 23
on the blind side. Each lower pharyngeal with a double row of teeth,
the inner larger than the outer; the four anterior teeth of the outer row
conspicuously larger than those following. About 12 teeth in each inner
row. Upper pharyngeals each with a close-set row of 6-7 blunt conical’
teeth. Branchiostegals seven; gill-rakers few, flexible, very short.
Dorsal commencing between the front of the orbit and the pupil, con-
siderably behind the nostrils, long and low, forming a continuous arch
of slightly greater curvature than the dorsal outline, the longest rays in
the central portion, and ending opposite to the anal at about two-thirds
of the width of the caudal peduncle from the origin of the caudal. Anal
with a horizontal spine, the first ray rather distant from the visible por-
tion of the spine, and nearly the length of the ventral behind the pec-
toral base; similar to the dorsal. Almost all the rays of dorsal and anal
directed backwards. Caudal convex on posterior margin, rather narrow,
the rays once bifurcate, sometimes bifurcate again near the tips. Pectoral
of colored side exceedingly long and lanceolate, about one-fourth of the
total length of the fish; the first five rays simple, the others once bifur-
eate. Fourth ray longest, fifth nearly equal, sixth a little longer than
the third, thence diminishing rapidly. Usual proportion of the first four
rays 3-8-10-12. Pectoral of blind side lanceolate, rather more than one-
third of the length of that of the colored side, and formed of the same num-
ber of rays, the first four simple, the others once forked; fourth and fifth
rays longest. Ventrals inserted so that their hinder axil is vertical with,
or a little posterior to, the anterior axil of the pectoral; their tips reaching
to the first anal ray; the four posterior rays once bifureate. Lateral line
almost straight, rising very slightly anteriorly, formed of a double row
of tubes, about 138 in number, excluding those upon the caudal. A
row of similar pores commencing at the ridge under the upper eye, and
continuing around the lower eye almost to its front margin. Scales
small, smooth, uniform over the body, and extending over the head to
the snout, on which they are smaller. Intermaxillaries and mandibles
scaleless. Scales of blind side similar. Caudal scaly on both sides;

90 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

no scales on the other fins. Color uniform brownish or cinereous; fins
darker. The color formed by minute dark spots on‘the scales. Mem-
brane between fin-rays closely set with dark points. Blind side whitish,
the ground tint clouded with numerous black points.

Dimensions. No. 1. | No. 2. | No. 3. | No. 4.
Greatest length, in inches ....--.....--. 2-22 ---cssess-sn's weescencona- Tis; | 12% 123 148
Length without caudal .......-...-- 02 .25---- eee e nee ne nee e eee neee- OF sees 103 123
Greatest depth of body..:----....---.-.....---- se ee ae. 3y 3§ 33 43
Greatest depth over dorsal and anal fins ....-...-.--.-.--------0-----|--2----- Bo Ol pes esealleeeeeens
Ween othOl Mend 922s se soa eeemerseen sel ees tee < 6 -eeea sat eee eee eeeee 275 2355 23 25
Longitudinal diameter of lower orbit .....-.-----.------------+------ 3 12 ik 23
NVadthiofinteroGular SpACe jee saat oe inl o oiniele ae ieee alee alee | alla al 3s or ar
Mencthiof snout, tron OwerCyes<-- -ae<- n-ne e eee eee iene Foes esryee = or 3
hencth of pectoral, colored! sid@ c= <<... 6 <se=-meeera= eee 33 215 33 sik
Length of pectoral, blindside -............--------.---------- Sasoa se il 1 15; 12
Then ct hyOfe yen ergisy eee ease nics m0 +o nn sos = mle eioieteleste sis eine sielaiel eae he eee 43 43
VOC DROr Cand Ml peOtO ClO. <5 25 toes afore ieee eemeeinen enna e seteeata Ei Seo ietere= 23 1
Distance from tip of lower jaw to first ray of anal. .......---.--..-. EE me ccias = eel sees
Greatest distance from anal to lateral line ...........--..------------ LT We ete seni 23 23
ene thyot lower yj awi 2---ce.--c--dscbeeenlsmiaaesee = © esis dale wntvertel=-tl a aee mite | See 33
Benoth of loncestidorsalvay. - = cece -- omnes en nee eel a= ee 135 13 13;
Length of snout, from upper cye ------.--------------------++.------ ae eee ts g
NTE T OL OLS Bor ay S) assets sme ee sae cise le ean os leas ayo 97 | 94 106 98
NUD erOL/AN a ota YAW se seer mee sees ae mae anideese scee ease eee 80 79 89 81

Two other specimens had respectively D. 94, A. 80, and D, 94, A.82.
The length of the pectoral, as might be expected in so long and narrow
a fin, varies somewhat; and the proportional length of the first five
rays is not constant. No. 4 was measured while perfectly fresh; the
others after a few days’ immersion in alcohol. In the fresh fish, the in-
terocular space is not raised above the eyes, and the upper boundary of
the orbit is hard to define; but, in alcoholic specimens, the interocular
space stands out as a narrow ridge of bone. Like the preceding species,
G. zachirus is of rare occurrence in the markets, and is not taken in the
Bay of San Francisco.

During the six months previous to March none were taken; but the
dealers assure me that it usually makes its appearance, in limited quan-
tities, in the spring months. Most of the dealers, however, do not dis-
tinguish between this fish and the preceding one, and sell both as “Sole.”

One dealer, who evidently knew the fish, describing it by its long pec-
toral, assur el me that its flavor was superior to that of any other of our
species; I mention this because I had myself previously come to the
same conclusion. Its flesh is very firm and white, and its flavor ap-
proaches that of the true sole. No. 4 is the largest I have seen, and
from the answers I obtain to enquiries, I believe it is beyond the average
size. The long pectoral, bluff snout, and presence of teeth on the colored
side of the mouth at once distinguish this species from the preceding,
as well as from every other species. The nostrils in this and the pre-

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 91

ceding species are similar, the anterior having a short tube or funnel,
produced posteriorly into a flap; but the flap is shorter in this species
than in the other.

PLATICHTHYS Girard.

Form broad; mouth small; maxillary short, not reaching to the pupil
of the lower eye; teeth blunt, in a single row, most developed on the
blind side of both jaws. Eyes sometimes on the right, sometimes on
the lett side. Anterior nostril of colored side tubular; that of blind side
with a posterior flap. Dorsal not in advance of the eye; anal with a
horizontal spine; caudal with the central rays most produced poste-
viorly. Lateral line slightly arched anteriorly; no accessory dorsal
branch. Scales developed as scattered stellate tubercles, forming a reg-
ular series along the dorsal and abdominal outlines, and on each side of
the lateral line. Branchiostegals seven; gill-rakers short; pharyngeal
teeth tubercular.

PLATICHTHYS STELLATUS (Pallas) Girard.
(Platichthys rugosus Girard. )

D. 54-61. A. 42-44. C. 3-6-6-3. P. 11-12. V. 6.

Form broad and short; outline, including dorsal and anal, broadly
rhombic; dorsal and abdominal outlines of the body boldly and regu-
larly curved; snout less declivous than the dorsal outline, which it joins
over the centre of the eye; caudal peduncle long, the sides straight for
some distance behind the end of the dorsal and anal fins. Greatest
height of the body contained 23-2! times, head rather more than 4 times
in the greatest length; eye about 6 times, snout (measured horizontally
from the lower eye) about 6 times in the length of the head; caudal
peduncle about 5 times in the greatest depth of the body. Nostrils of
colored side in a depression in a line with the centre of the interocular
space, the anterior tubular; anterior nostril of blind side with a poste-
rior flap and a raised margin, posterior without flap. Eyes equal in
front, or nearly so, the lower sometimes very slightly in advance, the
upper eye looking obliquely upwards. Interocular space less than halt
the longitudinal diameter of the eye; a low prominence running upwards
and backwards from the anterior upper margin of the lower eye to the
posterior lower border of the upper eye, and thence backwards to the
origin of the lateral line; above the operculum this rises into a prominent
tubercle. Mouth small; mandible projecting somewhat in the closed
mouth, its tip level with the upper margin of the lower eye, and its
lower margin forming a very slight angle with that of the head; pos-
terior end of the maxillary reaching a vertical slightly in advance of the
lower eye. Teeth short, broad, forming an irregular cutting edge, in a
single row in both jaws, most developed on the blind side, but extending
more than half-way along the colored side. Upper pharyngeal bones
each with an irregular series of tubercular teeth, sometimes more or

92 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

less broken into smaller rows; lower pharyngeal bones broad, covered
with tubercular teeth. Gill-rakers short, broadly conical at base, about
as long as the interocular is wide, flexible, widely separated. Dorsal com-
mencing above the middle of the eye, highest in the centre, about the
31st-32d ray, thence diminishing regularly and in nearly a straight line
to its termination at a distance from the caudal equal to the depth of the
caudal peduncle. The longest rays are about $ of the length of the
head, and placed a little behind the broadest part of the body. Anal
with a more or less conspicuous spine, similar in shape to the dorsal, and
coterminous with it. Sixteenth ray longest, the rays behind this dimin-
ishing in nearly a straight line to the end of the fin; the longest anal
rays shorter than those of the dorsal. Caudal rather large, its rays once
bifurcate ; posterior margin with the central rays more or less produced.
Pectoral of colored side contained about twice in the length of the head;
the rays from the third to the ninth once bifurcate. Pectoral of blind
side rather shorter than that of colored; its first five rays simple. Ven-
trals of six simple rays, a vertical from the posterior margin of their base
touching the anterior axil of the pectoral base, their tips reaching the
anal spine, but falling short of the first ray of that fin. Seales of body
formed of scattered, stellate, tuberculate bodies, irregularly disposed on
both blind and colored sides, but smaller upon the former, and closer to-
gether on the cheeks and interocular space than on the body. <A few
on the snout; front part of snout and greater part of lower jaw sealeless.
A regular row of rather larger scales accompanies the lateral line on both
sides, above and below. Scales on caudal peduncle elongate, subimbri-
cate, rough on their posterior edges only. A bare space on the opercu-
lum, and another on the cheek, of the blind side. <A regular row of
large, stellate, irregularly shaped, rough scales between the bases of the
dorsal and anal fin-rays, one between each pair of rays; these scales larger
than those of the rest of the body. No scales on dorsal or anal; caudal
rough, with very small scales on the base and outer rays of the colored
side, and to a less extent on those of the blind side. Lateral line with
a slight curve above the pectoral; the rise much less than the width of
the base of that fin; the anterior extremity nearly horizontal. A row
of pores from a little above the lower margin of the upper eye around
the lower to front of pupil. No scales on lateral line; pores tubu-
lar; about 83 between base of caudal and head in an individual 93/
in length. Color olivaceous, with areas of citrine when fresh; the blind
side white. Dorsal and anal fins with four, caudal with three, black
bands running in the direction of the rays, the lighter portions of these
fins reddish brown or olivaceous. Individuals colored on both sides, ex-
cept on a small portion of the blind side, and others having nearly the
whole of the eyed side white are occasionally brought to market.

Localities —Kamtschatka, Behring’s Straits, Vancouver Island, Fra-
ser River, (fide Giinther); Humboldt Bay, San Francisco.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 93

In 1862, Prof. Gill and Dr. A. Giinther identified this species with the
Pleuronectes stellatus of Pallas.

Dimensions. No.1. | No.2. | No.3. | No.4. | No.5.
Total lencth, in inches: .......-..-----------2 222-222 2eees eee 835 93 143 223 1318
Length without caudal ........-------------+-- +2 eee reece ee: GRP EIE Easter TH | lee eae 114
Greatest height of body ...---.----------------------+---+---- 31k 313 64 103 635
Height from tip of dorsal to tip of anal .---.------------ oP Raa eee Sie let, cmon eretersta tee rete ateecya 9
Distance from tip of lower jaw to origin of anal...-.-------- 234 Sie a) ewe ce eee eeiy- 4y5
Length of head......-..-...+--+- +--+ ++ -ee eee eee e rece e eee: 135 oe 34 53 33
* Longitudinal diameter of eye. -..-.-+-+-+-------------+--+++++-- is | peeeces|saeese is
Width of interocular space..-.-.-.----------+------+----+----- Bs as ape lle seiccias Be
Length of snout, from lower eye..-------------+++++--+---+-- es 3 as) locoesece ts
Length of longest ray of dorsal ....-.-----+-------+++++-+++-- 5 een) eee eer 3 13
Length of longest ray of anal ...-..--------------+-+-++---+++-- z 1A (Poet eee 3 13
Length of pectoral of colored side.-..-----------++++-- ~)5 Baste 13 13; A eee eee 1g
Length of pectoral of blind side......--.----------+--------- 3 175 Lei ||tve tee state 1g
Length of ventral ....-....--+-----+-eeeee- +2222 eee eee eee a7 Raimi ererete eee ara le teteetote 1}
Width of caudal peduncle where narrowest . .--------------- 23 ger |eeaeese 2 1Zs
Distance from end of dorsal to caudal fin .-....--------+----- $ Fie uleaete=es 2 13
Greatest distance from anal to straight portion of lateral line-| 143 245 Be Ul Beeceeis 3%
Length of caudal.....-------------+---++ +--+ 22-222 ee etree: a eas cael 4 2%

The formul of the fin-rays of dorsal and anal in these specimens were
as follows: No. 1, D. 61, A. 42; No. 2, D. 60, A. 43; No.3, D. 59, A. 42;
No. 4, D. 58, A. 43; No. 5, D. 59, A. 44. Nos. 1 and 2 are alcoholic spe-
cimens, and have both eyes and color upon the right side.

This is the most abundant of all the flat-fishes brought to our markets,
and attains a larger size than any other except the Bastard Halibut
(Paralichthys maculosus) and the Hippoglossus. Those taken in San Fran-
cisco Bay attain a weight of eight, ten, or even twelve pounds, while
still larger individuals are brought from Humboldt Bay. Those brought
from the latter locality are, however, very coarse and comparatively poor
in flesh, so that they do not fetch by far so high a price as those taken
near San Francisco. It is sold under the name of “ Flounder,” which
here appears tc be limited strictly to this species. Its broad rhombic
form, elevated dorsal, deep anal, long caudal peduncle, stellate scales,
and the bands of color which adorn the vertical fins, give this fish an
unmistakable facies. The eyes and color are sometimes upon the right
and sometimes upon the left side. Out of sixty-five individuals, which
I counted as they lay upon the stall, thirty-two were colored upon the
right and thirty-three upon the left side. On another occasion I counted
seventy-five sinistral and fifty-eight dextral individuals, and on a third
thirty-eight dextral and forty-eight sinistral. Is it not possible that the
difference of color may be a sexual one? This is the idea of the more
intelligent dealers, but it has not been verified by dissection. Individuals
occasionally oceur with both sides olivaceous, some white blotches alone
marking the usually uncolored side; on the other hand, I have seen one
example which had both sides white, except along the dorsal and abdom-
inal outlines and head of the eyed side.

94 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAI, MUSEUM.

PLEURONICHTHYS Girard.

Form broad; eyes and color on the right side. Mouth small; maxil-
lary narrow, short; teeth in several series, slender, acute, most devel-
oped on the blind side. No teeth on vomer or palate. Lips more or less
thick. Lower pharyngeals with a double row of teeth. Gill-rakers
short, flexible. Anterior nostrils on both sides with a flap; posterior
patulous. Dorsal of less than eighty rays. Anal preceded by a spine;
dorsal and anal rays simple. Branchiostegals seven; no free preoper-
cular margin. ;

PLEURONICHTHYS GUTTULATUS Girard.

Hypsopseita guttulata Gill.
Parophrys ayresii Giinther.

D. 66-72. A. 47-54. P. 11-13. C. 3-12-3. V.6.

Form broadly oval; the dorsal outline regularly curved from the snout
to the peduncle of the tail. Curve of snout meeting that of dorsal out-
line over the centre of the eye, forming a slight concavity. Abdominal
outline running downwards and backwards in a straight line to the origin
of the anal, thence to the caudal peduncle curved like the dorsal. Form,
including dorsal and anal fins, broadly rhombic. Height of body
nearly to quite half of the total length from the tip of the snout to that
of the caudal; length of head nearly to rather more than 4 of the same;
caudal peduncle 4-1 of greatest depth. Snout short, about % of the
diameter of the orbit. Nostrils on a line with the upper margin of the
lower eye; anterior nostril on both eyed and blind side with a flap behind;
posterior patulous. HEyes about + of the length of the head, the lower
slightly in advance of the upper, which is slightly directed upwards.
Interocular space narrow, smooth, elevated, about 4+ of the longitudinal
diameter of the eye. Mouth small, very oblique, lower jaw scarcely pro-
jecting, the tip of the mandible about level with the top of the pupil of
the lower eye; maxillary reaching a little beyond the front margin of
the lower orbit. Lips rather thick. A broad band of villiform teeth in
front in both jaws; continued also along the blind side in the inter-
maxillary and the mandible, but along the colored side in the mandible
only. Pharyngeal teeth cardiform, in two or three irregular rows on
each upper pharyngeal bone, and in a double row on each of the lower.
Gill-rakers very short, blunt, flexible, distant. No free margin to pre-
operculum, the skin covering and uniting that bone to the other oper-
cular bones. Dorsal commencing a little in front of the centre of the
eye, highest about the 37th ray, which is about half the length of the
head. Dorsal and anal forming an obtuse rounded angle, giving the fish
a rhombic form. Anal usually with a spine, its longest rays opposite
and equal in length to those of dorsal; its origin very slightly behind a
vertical from the posterior axil of the pectoral. Anal and dorsal coter-

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 995

minal at about 4 of the depth of the caudal peduncle from the caudal
fin. Caudal slightly and regularly convex on its posterior margin, its
rays thrice bifureate. Pectoral of colored side narrow; the rays, ex-
cept the first two, bifureate; its length equal to the distance of the lower
eye from the tip of the operculum, or about %; of the total length; the
fifth ray longest. Pectoral of blind side about ? of the length of that
of colored side, its rays once bifurcate, the first four excepted. Ventrals
about half the length of the pectoral of the colored side; their posterior
axil vertical with the anterior angle of the pectorals, and their four pos-
‘terior rays bifureate. Lateral line very gently curved above the pec-
toral, and contained 83 pores in specimens 10 inches long. Accessory
lateral line variable in length, ending from the 50th to the 59th dorsal
ray in different individuals, usually about equally developed on the
blind side. Seales rather small, cycloid, subcireular; those of the ante-
rior portion of the body not imbricated, but entirely surrounded by skin;
those of the posterior part imbricated. Scales of the abdominal region
smaller than those on the rest of the body; those upon the head narrow,
much elongate, separate. Scales of the blind side similar in character
to those on the colored side; those on the head like those on colored
side of head. Snout, interocular space, and lower jaw scaleless. Dor-
sal and anal with three rows of small, narrow, elongate scales along
each ray of their central portion, a few upon the blind side of those fins.
Caudal covered with scales similar to those of the other vertical fins,
but covering both rays and membrane on both sides of the body. Color
of the eyed side dark olive-green, deepening alinest to black on expo-
sure to the air, and often blotched with whitish. Each of the body-
seales tipped with black. Blind side opaque-white; a margin of yellow
around the head from origin of dorsal to anus.

Dimensions. No.1. | No.2. | No.3. | No.4. | No. 5. | No. 6. No. 2

Total length, in inches....-....----.-----.---«----+ 93 | 124 103; 1% | 134 11% | 10
Total length without caudal .....-.-.....--.------- Seale arstererne (eee sree ratetetayel | tetetetarete | ecsrereiarct™ 83
Greatest depth of body ...--~.-.-.-.....----------- 433 Ste Sis 33 63 53 425
Men ehhrotehea dye se as amessie lect cls eselelesa\neeisnin ns 2y'5 23 2h 1% 2} 2g Qay
Longitudinal diameter of eye .....-..----.--------.|------- as Prellheser ise 4 4 is
IWadthofteinterocnlar space) ----.-+-s=-- coe ces <----||--- =5<17| 21 =~- oe 3 is as $ as
Anen eth Of SUOWb ras -< scecisan a civiea nese nis - icine o- 20 ae 35 s Semel peseeoe 3
Length of pectoral, colored side ..-..--.----------- 13 13 1} 13 14 12 13;
Length of pectoral, blind side .......------------+- 1 iis AP i teemices 13 1g Zz
men et hio tay ential seesee sce ee ciy~ sam inisl=nnis ae oe i +5 § $2 i|sssslscie|emeds=|cowses 2
Length of longest ray of dorsal .........-.--------- 1} gee eens onset earise se 1z 1
Distance in a straight line from tip of lower jaw to

origin) Ofanalis 5. J sekelewrtec Seman triefatas Neeicisis abe = Qe ie) ilerceietals 25 He leek cietein | seaccentl 2e
Distance from tip to tip of longest rays of dorsal

TOON Oe ee eect ie aco eia S| sic staj= a's cisieo min, <1 62 Qe esters bees oro ajas<idl'snn'sio.c,< |cmestete
Aen rbhroLMoweLeldwineseee ecko ssc cis csccenes 14 aS Pea eee cas wie sce ilMeeey
Width of peduncle of tail, narrowest part ----.---- 13 14 Aare lacie nsiei< AY Willie whee 13
Greatest distance from anal to straight part of

Jateralulinemseseeceaceenccacon sc cise ciclo cle wjnle cic cer |secinisias Sean eee eerie a-\|!- i= 2 - 33 2x5

96 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

The interocular space in this species is narrow, perfectly smooth, and
without ridge or concavity. No. 7 is an anomalous individual, colored
similarly on both sides, except upon the cheeks and opercular apparatus
of the blind side, which were yellow when fresh, but have faded to white
in alcohol. In this fish, the upper eye is less lateral than usual, and, as
if to give it more scope of upward vision, the dorsal outline and fin do
not curve downwards to meet the curve of the snout, but end in a point
about 4 above the eye; the outline from the back of the eye to the
point taking the form of a hollow or ‘“ scotia.”

Girard first described this form in Proce. Ac. Nat. Sei. Phil. 1856, p.
137, and afterwards in the U.S. Pae. R. R. Rep. x, 152. His specimens
came from Tomales Bay, an inland harbor similar to that of San Fran-
cisco, but smaller, and situated within the range of the fishing-vessels
which supply the markets of San Francisco. Dr. Giinther, writing in
1862, places guttulatus in the genus Plewronectes, and quotes Girard’s
description, at the same time describing, under the name of Parophrys
ayresii, a form that is evidently the one common in this market. Ina
note he states that “it appears to us specifically distinct from P. eenosa,”
but makes no comparison between it and P. guttulatus.

A careful comparison of Girard’s description of guttulatus with Giin-
ther’s of ayresii reveals no differences except in the proportions, which
are variable in most of our flat-fishes, and in the color, which is described
by the latter as “uniform brownish lead-colored,” by the former as
‘¢ oreyish or lead, sprinkled all over with black dots and whitish spots.”
In the only form which I have seen, the whitish spots are of frequent
occurrence. The greatest discrepancy between the two descriptions is
in the size of the eyes, which Girard states are “contained three times
in the length of the side of the head,” but which Giinther gives as one-
fifth of the length of the head. All the specimens I have seen agree in
this respect, as also in other proportions, more closely with Giinther’s
ayresit.

Gill (P. A. N.S. Phil. 1864, p. 196) queries the distinctness of P. ayresii,
and his query tends to confirm the impression of the identity of the
two species that I had formed before perusing his paper.

Most of the smaller specimens that I have examined have the number
of rays of the dorsal and anal fins as given by Giinther for P. ayresit
(D. 66, A. 47), which differs from that given by Girard for guttulatus
only in the absence of one dorsal ray; but larger examples have a much
larger number of rays: No. 2 (124” long) had 72 dorsal, 54 anal, and 135
pectoral rays; another specimen, 123 long, had D. 70, A. 48; and No.
5 had D. 71, A. 49. This species is very abundant, and is occasionally
taken inside, but usually outside, the bay; it is called by the dealers
“Turbot,” and attains occasionally a length of 18”, and a weight of
about 5 pounds. It can be readily recognized by its broad form, convex
caudal, the dark dull color of the eyed side, and the yellow margin
round the head on the blind side. Iam informed that the greater portion
of the turbots brought here are taken in the vicinity of Tomales Bay.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 97

PLEURONICHTHYS CasNOSUS Girard.

D. 72-76. A. 46-54. C. 3-143. P. 10-13. V. 6.

Body broad, comparatively thick; nape almost continuous with snout,
and much 1688 curved than the et of the dorsal outline immediately
behind it. At the seventeenth dorsal ray the dorsal outline commences
to rise rapidly, forming a bold and regular sweep from thence to the end
of the dorsal. Abdominal outline nearly a straight line to the ventrals,
thence curved like the dorsal. Greatest depth of body ¢, length of
head about 3, of the total length; longitudinal diameter of orbit nearly
+ of the length of the head; width from tip to tip of expanded dorsal
and anal fins nearly 2 of the total length. Caudal peduncle usaally
about + as wide as the greatest depth of the body, widening considera
bly toward the caudal base. Snout extremely short and bluff, its length
less than + of the diameter of the orbit, and its profile cut off from that
of the nape by the projection of the upper orbital margin. Nostrils of
right side in a depression on the horizon of the upper margin of the lower
eye, those of the blind side on the dorsal ridge slightly behind the front
margin of the orbit; both ante1ior nostrils with a flap; posterior patulous.
Eyes elliptical, very large, even in front, the upper directed obliquely
upwards, the upper bony ridge of its orbit raised above the dorsal ridge.
HaroGuTaN space a very narrow bony ridge, its extremities raised into
prominences, and scarcely 35 wide in a specimen 92” long. This ridge
continues forward round the anterior margin of the upper eye to its raised
upper margin; on the posterior margin of the upper eye there are also
two almost spinous prominences. Mouth small, extremely oblique,
nearer vertical than horizontal; the end of the maxillary, in consequence
of this obliquity, scarcely reaching the front margin of the orbit; man-
dible not projecting in the closed mouth. Lips thick, fleshy, and plicate.
Teeth very small, acute, in a broad band in the mandible on the blind
side and for about two-thirds of the length of the colored side. On the
intermaxillaries a much narrower band on the blind side, scarcely reach-
ing to the symphysis; none on the colored side of these bones. Teeth
of the blind side of the mandible very slender, much recurved. Each
upper pharyngeal with a row of about eight conical, sharp, recurved
teeth; lower pharyngeals with a double row of very small teeth. All
the teeth buried deeply in the gum, only their points visible. The lower
pharyngeal bones are very small and slender. A prominent short ridge
between the origin of the lateral line and the tubercles of the hinder
margin of the upper eye; from the anterior end of this a long low prom-
inence runs downwards across the opercular bones, slightly inclining
forwards, and ending level with the row of pores under the eye. Mar-
gin of the preoperculum united by the skin to the other cpercular bones.
Gill-rakers very short, flexible, wide apart. Dorsal fin twisted over to
the left side at a point over the centre of the eye (about ten rays from
its origin) and continued downwards in a curved line to a little below
the posterior extremity of the maxillary on that side, the first rays

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79——7 Sept. 19, 1879.

98 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

higher than those immediately following. The rays again increase to
about the forty-fifth, where the fin forms almost an angle, the rays rap-
idly diminishing to its termination opposite that of the anal, at about
half the depth of the peduncle from the caudal. Anal commencing a
little behind the base of the pectoral, similar to the dorsal, its longest
rays about the 25d—-25th, where the fin forms a rounded angle similar to
that of the dorsal, the rays diminishing thence regularly and rapidly.
Longest vays of dorsal and anal about 2 of the length of the head. Anal
usually with a small spine; all the rays of dorsal and analsimple; those
behind the longest, rays inclined forwards. Caudal rather broad, its
rays twice bifurcate; the first bifurcation at about the middle, the sec-
ond at three-fourths of their length from the base; posterior margin
regularly convex. Pectoral rather short; that of colored side contained
73-85 times in the total length, about 12 times in that of head; that of
blind side much shorter, about 5%, of the length of the head. Rays of
pectoral of colored side .once bifurcate, the two uppermost excepted ;
those of the blind side undivided. Ventrals 4 of the length of the head,
their rays undivided, and the tips of the fins extending beyond the ori-
gin of the anal; their base very broad, its posterior portion below the
anterior portion of the pectoral base. Lateral line median on the caudal
peduncle, and thence forwards to nearly the tip of the pectorals, where
it commences to rise slightly, with very small curvature, to its origin.
Accessory lateral line ending below the 45th-53d ray of the dorsal; that of
the blind side rather shorter. <A line of pores commences at the tuber-
cles on the posterior margin of the upper eye, is continued behind the
lower eye at some distance from it, and thence along the suborbitals to
a line with the front of the pupil—about sixteen tubular pores. Scales
rather small, smooth, not imbricated, except on the caudal peduncle, but
imbedded in the skin; those on cheeks and opercles smaller, and those
of the left side considerably smaller than those of the right. Snout,
interocular space, and lower jaw scaleless. Several rows of extremely
small seales on dorsal and anal rays; caudal rays with very small scales
on both sides. Color of a fresh individual dark chocolate-brown, becom-
ing reddish on the lower part of the head; after exposure to alcohol the
color becomes duller, and the seales show distinctly lighter than the sur-
rounding skin. Others are olivaceous. All are much lighter when cov-
ered with mucus. Blind side creamy white, in some spotless, in others
with three or four large, and several smaller, dark-brown blotches on the
anterior portion of the body. Dorsal and anal fins clouded with dark
and light olivaceous; pectoral of colored side dark.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED

STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

99

Dimensions. No.1. | No.2. | No.3. | No.4 | No. 5.
motallensth,tin inches *...0. oe ee ee 123 | 15, | 103 9 | Ob
engthywithout caudalee sees sss seme ees ae see cea ee onac. 103 Oe asec ae eee 443
Neen pthiofv head se saci Ss see sleet eee swe be Wass ieaesck 23 23 23 133 14
Greatestidepth of bodys eee ee eee ees ees ee an ae een iaee 5g 5k 4g 4b 242
Depth from tip of dorsal to that of anal...........---------- Shan Beccemeelensec css teecaae elosneera
Mencunvol lowers awiese cece caer ses ee cote anemic sm ceon.|Saswence Earls mice oc (Seaseaes ¥5
Distance from tip of lower jaw to origin of anal......-..--.-]......-. OF eeeeea| se oasace iit
wwaidthyvoficaudalspedunclessscas-socse sees. setae eee 13 Dates necee os 23 4
Longitudinal diameter of lower eye-ball ........----.-------- 43 33 25 4 13
eng throf pectoral; coloredside:--25----------------+---/s2- Lewes |e eke 13 14; | $3
Hien sthiof pectoral blind sidesssc4-.s-es-eesceeccscccena ses Lee |taeaceee 1 | x5
hen cilvohventialsmess-eseeter eo cees cease aad: cescecictseeees | eeae 56 12) |bsteaoae iia cere a
Length of snout, from a line joining the orbits........-..--. eel lense cee $ aa 4
Distance from origin of anal to lateral line ......--..--......]----- 2 275 275 12
INUIMberiO tec OrsalaraySrsemecatsce ass snieseces sot wes meee 76 72 72 72 76
INmbenofanalnay sine ssee ees eee ae e-cinta ces Sen ces ecase 52 50 49 5L sy 46

Another specimen had 73 dorsal and 53 anal rays. In consequence of
the height and size of the prominences round the upper eye, the upper
orbit is larger than the lower. The species appears to be rare; Girard
saw only one specimen, and as yet I have only seen about twelve. It is
taken outside the bay in deep water, probably near the Farallone Islands.
The large eyeballs, protruding through the diminution of the pressure
consequent on the removal of the fish to the surface, and overhanging,
as it were, the short, snub snout, together with the bright brown tint,
give this fish an unmistakable physiognomy even when viewed from
above; and the curious prolongation of the dorsal on the left side, to-
gether with the brown markings, render it still more easy to identify
when the blind side is exposed to view.

Is Pleuronectes quadrituberculatus Pall. (Zoog. Ross.-As. iii, p. 423,

‘teste Giinther) identical with the foregoing? The two “approximate,
anteriorly situated” tubercles may very well be the prominent extremi-
ties of the interocular ridge; there is another “at the hinder margin of
the upper orbit” (with, however, a second above it), and that above the
opercle is large and prominent. The fin-rays, lateral line, and scales
agree perfectly well with this species; but the proportion of depth to
length is smaller, and “ anal spine hidden” does not apply to the speci-
mens of cenosus brought to this market. Yet the proportion of the body
is within the range of variation of some of our other flat-fishes, and the
anal spine is not prominent. It is also a suspicious circumstance that
no one has ever identified Pallas’s species.

If my surmise should prove correct, cenosus must of course sink into
a synonym, and the name of the species will be Pleuronichthys quadri-
tuberculatus.

In No. 4, the dorsal fin was not continued downwards nearly so far as
in the others, agreeing thus more closely with Girard’s description; the
first ray was about level with the top of the upper lip, and only four

100 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

rays arose upon the blind side. In the same individual, no anal spine
was discoverable outside of the skin; and the rays of the pectoral on the
blind side were only ten, and on the colored side twelve.

In No. 5, no seales were discoverable on the vertical fins. One indi-
vidual examined had three tubercles in a vertical line along the poste-
rior margin of the upper eye.

PAROPHRYS Girard.

Eyes and color on the right side. Form elongate-rhombic; anterior
part of head narrow; snout conic. Eyes contiguous, nearly even, the
upper looking obliquely upwards. Nostrils on horizon of superior mar-
gin of each orbit, anterior subtubular, posterior with anterior flap.
Mouth unequal, little oblique ; maxillary bones of colored side extending
little beyond anterior margin of orbit, much shorter than that of blind
side. Lips rather thin and simple. Teeth most developed on the blind
side, in a single series, contiguous. An accessory lateral line. Lateral
line with a very slight arch, almost straight, but somewhat raised in
front. Scales cycloid, those on the cheeks similar. A recumbent spine
before the anal. Caudal almost straight on posterior margin. LBran-
chiostegals seven. Lower pharyngeals with a double row of teeth.

PAROPHRYS VETULUS Girard.

Parophrys hubbardi Gill.
Pleuronectes digrammys Giinther.
Parophrys vetulus Gill.

Parophrys vetulus Giinther.

D. 74-86. <A. 54-68, C. 3-6-1-5-3=18. P.1-11. V.6.

Body elongated, tapering posteriorly, less so anteriorly; the greatest
width about a third of the total length; head one-fourth of the same, or
rather less. Peduncle of tail rather slender, rather more than one-fifth
of the greatest width. Outlines of posterior portion of body only very
slightly curved; snout about % of length of eye, narrow, its convexity
meeting that of the anterior part of the dorsal outline above the centre
of the pupil of the uppereye. yes from rather less to rather more than
4 of the length of the head, elliptical, the lower in advance of the upper
by a distance equal to about 2 of the depth of the pupil; upper eye
almost on a plane with the dorsal outline. Interocular space narrow,
ridge-like, elevated, the ridge continued backwards and obliquely up-

yards round the posterior border of the upper eye, and then to the
lateral line above the opercle. A short raised ridge along the anterior
margin of the lower orbit. Nostrils of both sides in a slight depression ;
anterior of right side tubular, that of left side with a posterior lin-
guiform flap. Mouth small, its cleft much longer on the blind side than
on the colored; maxillary of the colored side scarcely passing the front
margin of the orbit; mandible projecting in the closed mouth, its tip

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 101

level with the upper margin of the lower eye. Both intermaxillaries and
mandibles are distorted, their symphyses bent round toward the colored
side. Teeth small, short, broad, nearly equal, closely set, forming a
nearly continuous cutting edge on the blind side in both jaws; about 40
teeth in the intermaxillary and 45 in the mandible on the blind side, and
2-3 on the colored side of each jaw, in a specimen 127” long. Pharyn-
geal teeth blunt, broad, similar to those of jaws; each upper pharyngeal
bone with about 12 teeth; each lower pharyngeal bone with a double
row of teeth. Lower pharyngeals stout, separate. Gill-rakers of first
arch rather slender, about one-fourth as long as the eye, the others de-
creasing regularly to the fourth arch, on which they are almost tuber-
cular. Dorsal commencing over the centre of the pupil of the upper
eye, considerably behind the posterior nostril of blind side; the number
of rays very variable, the longest (59th—40th about) more than 4 of the
length of the head. Anal with a horizontal spine, its first ray arising
at a vertical about the width of the pectoral base behind the posterior
pectoral axil; the number of rays very variable; the longest (C. 18-20)
opposite to those of the dorsal. Dorsal and anal coterminal at a dis-
tance from the caudal exceeding the depth of the caudal peduncle.
Caudal truncated posteriorly, the outermost principal rays only very
slightly longer than the central ones when closed, so that the fin when
opened is slightly convex, the rays once bifureate only. Pectoral of
colored side usually about + of the total length; the rays mostly once
bifureate, the two first excepted. Pectoral of blind side usually con-
siderably shorter than that of the colored side; rays bifureate, except the
first three. Ventrals inserted with their posterior axil nearly in a line
with the anterior axil of the base of the pectorals, their posterior ex-
tremity extending about to the anal spine; the posterior four rays bifur-
cate once or twice. Scales very small, smooth, extending over the head
to the nostrils and over the base of the caudal, but not on the dorsal or
anal. Snout and lower jaw secaleless. Seales of blind side similar.
Each seale is sub-elliptical, longer than deep. Lateral line raised ante-
riorly, and with a very slight arch over the pectoral, thence straight
to the end of the caudal; about 103-108 scales (in specimens 114-133
long) from base of caudal to head. Accessory lateral line ending at
from the 26th to the 28th ray of the dorsal; an accessory line on the
blind side also of about the same length. Color of body uniform
reddish brown, sometimes spotted darker when fresh, especially in
small specimens. Left side uniform whitish. Smaller specimens
lighter in tint than larger.

102 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Dimensions of several specimens. No.1. | No. 2. | No.3. | No. 4. | No.5. | No. 6. | No. 7.

Total length, to tip of caudal, in inches -.---.------- 855 98; |; 103 113 123 133 148
Greatest width of body--.--.------------------------ 28 35 3h 3ié 4} Bae Peete
Length of head.....-------------++---++ ++ +eee2ee ++ 138 | 28, | Qy5 | 238 | 33 33 318
Distance from tip of lower jaw to anal, in astraight

ERG Mee sae oielesia ee onic e are ele enol eee tla) eel 23 Dn a inltete 312 4f5 AS Bec ase0
Length of pectoral, colored side ..----------------- dis 13 | eects lis 14 13 Ws
Length of pectoral, blind side ....-..--------------| 16 Ph Se cice % 13; ii 1
Length of ventrals ......------.--2---------------- +s § ee 2 18 13 i!
Length of orbit ....... eo eee CU 3 series st iy ge ie ar
Approximate width of interocular space -.-....---- ss ae eee az as $ an
Width of peduncle of tail ..---------- nace celsidee ces eaeeeen seen ee | Fae | oe fon ae eee 18 48
Length of lower jaw ......-----2--.---- 022+ +--+ 2-2 e |---| nen ne | nen ee fenntne-|enneee- LE elem
Meno thio te SNOMb ee. cee cee ee ae se elem lac se ae 33 Sige Sotto 3 3 aa oehees :
Origin of anal to lateral line........-----.----2----|.e--00-|senene -|------- | ene ene-|-----5-]-2- eee 3
ENT DemOl ays in COLSal eer eject aetsmaia clelatelnr l= =i 78 81 79 81 85 86 80
Numberof raysiini anal =e) oe. oeenpm enn =lo 60 61 60 68 | 65 68 61

In other specimens, the formule of these fins were as follows: D. 77,
A. 60; D. 74, A. 57; D. 75; A.c¢. 54, Thus the number of rays in the
dorsal and anal fins is very variable, and is usually largest in the largest
individuals, but not invariably so; the head also becomes slightly longer
in proportion to the body as ite size increases; and the largest speci-
mens are the most slender. After close examination of several indi-
viduals, and comparison of many fresh specimens as they lay upon the
stalls, exposed for sale, I have been forced to the conclusion that there
is only one species of Parophrys, and that the P. hubbardi of Gill and
the P. digrammus of Giinther must sink to the rank of synonyms.
Parophrys vetulus is of common occurrence in the markets, where it is
present daily in greater or less abundance. Large specimens are equal
in length to those of Psettichthys melanostictus. This species can be
readily recognized by its narrow form, combined with the straight taper-
ing lines of the posterior portion of the body, by the narrow anterior
portion of the head, and by the smooth scales.

LEPIDOPSETTA Gill.

Form oval; eyes and color on the right side. Mouth small, the nar-
row maxillary reaching but little behind the anterior margin of the orbit
of the lower eye; teeth in a single row, straight, forming a blunt con-
tinuous edge, most developed on the blind side. Anterior nostril of
colored side tubular; that of blind side with a linguiform flap. Bran-
chiostegals seven. Dorsal not extending in advance of the orbit; anal
with a spine. Scales rough, usually ctenoid, sometimes sub-spinosely
tuberculate on the cheeks. Lateral line arched anteriorly ; an accessory
dorsal branch.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 103
LEPIDOPSETTA BILINEATA (Ayres) Gill.
Platessa bilineata Ayres.

Wy alas4, ALbd=63. 9, 3-123. Rally Vo Olas 382-86;

Form oval; dorsal profile regularly curved from the front margin of
the upper eye to the caudal peduncle. Abdominal outline also a regu-
lar curve from the lower jaw, but less arched than the dorsal. Curve of
snout uniting with that of nape over the anterior margin of the upper
eye, forming aconeavity. Height of body about 5; length of head rather
more than 4 of the total length; greatest Aence from anal to straight
part of ical line nearly Ay to the length of the head. Snout pro-
jecting slightly, and considerably shorter than the eye. Eyes rather
large, elliptical, their longitudinal diameter about ¢ of the length of the
head, nearly even in front; the upper eye looking obliquely upw ards.
Tarenerbital space a very Tor elevated, bony ridge, dividing ante-
riorly, and forming a raised ridge round the anterior margin of each eye.
Nostrils of colored side in a depression about equidistant from the front
margins of the two orbits; anterior tubular; posterior patulous ; ante-
rior nostril of blind side with a posterior tongue-like flap. Mouth very
oblique; tip of mandible level with the upper margin of the lower eye,
projecting when the mouth is closed, with a prominent symphysial knob.
Length of mandible contained about 23 times in that of head. Maxil-
lary reaching but little behind the eh margin of the orbit of the
lower eye, and about 4 of its transverse diameter below its lower margin.
A single, rather Pecan tolerably closely set row of strong, blunt, con-
ical teeth in each jaw, s aoe and less developed on the colonel side
than on the blind. Teeth of intermaxillary not reaching above half-way
along that bone on the colored side; those of mandible extending along
2 of the exposed portion of that bone on the same side. About 54 teeth
in the intermavxillaries, and about 32 in the mandible. Inferior pharyn-
geal teeth like those of jaws, but stouter, in a double row on each pharyn-
geal bone, the outer row rather the smaller; about 12 teeth in the inner
row; superior similar, in a single row of about 7 on each pharyngeal
bone. Inferior pharyngeal bones entirely separate, stout, broadest in
the centre of their length, where the rows of teeth are farthest apart.
Dorsal commencing immediately behind the anterior margin of the orbit;
its first ray twisted toward the left, increasing regularly to about the
38th-40th rays, which are about 4 of the length of the head, thence
diminishing Pea to its termination opposite to that of the anal and
distant from the caudal about half the width of its peduncle. Anal with
a spine, its origin a little behind the base of the pecto al, its longest
rays opposite to and equal in length to those of the dorsal; ipenintl the
longest rays the depth of the fin diminishes regularly. eerowect part
of caudal pedunele rather more than 4 of the greatest depth, thence
widening to the caudal without the intervention of a straight portion.
Principal rays of caudal once bifurcate; its posterior margin slightly

104 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

convex. Pectorals pointed; that of colored side with 11-12 rays, the
longest about -3; of the length of the head; all the rays, except the first
two, once bifurcate. Pectoral of blind side with 10-11 rays, the longest
about 3 as long as those of the colored side; the three or four lowest
rays once bifureate. Ventrals more than half their length in advance
of the pectorals (reckoning from the front margins of both fins), con-
tained about 34 times in the length of the head; the three posterior rays
bifureate. Gill-rakers short, very flexible, few, and widely separated.
Seales of the anterior part of the body separate and almost circular, but
towards the central portion they slightly overlap, and on the posterior
portion are strongly imbricated. By far the larger portion of the scales
on the anterior portion of the body and along the dorsal and abdominal
regions, almost all those on the sub- and inter-opercula, a large propor-
tion of those on operculum, and some of those on the suborbital region
smooth, subcircular. On the central portion of the length, especially
near the lateral line, scales with two or three spinules appear, and these
become more numerous and more decidedly ectenoid farther backwards,
extending quite across the body on its posterior third. Scales of cheeks
not imbricated, similar in shape to those of body; the posterior portion
of their surface covered with numerous spinules (number variable) di-
rected upwards. Near the interorbital space these spinules cover the
greater portion of each scale. These spinulose scales extend upwards
level with the upper margin of the upper eye; and there are numerous
scales of a similar character on the operculum, and sometimes a few upon
the sub- and inter-opercula. A few isolated seales below the pectoral
resemble those on the cheeks. Each of the scales on the cheeks with a
distinet pit, producing a punctate appearance. In some specimens spin-
ulose scales are scattered over the anterior parts. Scales of blind side
smooth; preoperculum scaleless. Accessory lateral line of variable
length, connected with the main lateral line by a branch and sometimes
with a short separate row of pores above; accessory lateral line of blind
side shorter. Lateral line with a bold curve, six scales high (in an ob-
lique row) above pectoral, anteriorly decurrent to nearly its former direc-
tion. A row of pores round the lower eye. Rays of the caudal covered
with scales on both blind and colored sides. A row of scales along the
greater portion of the length of the central rays of the dorsal on the col-
ored side and on a portion of the anal, but no scales upon the anterior or
posterior rays of either fin on that side, nor on either dorsal or anal on the
blind side. The seales of the body are largest on the posterior portion
and on the caudal peduncle, where they are elongated, and measure
about .3, in length. Color light grayish, yellowish, or reddish brown,
with irregularly placed blotches of whitish on the body; often with five
large light blotches along the dorsal and five along the abdominal mar-
gin. Blind side white. Dorsal fin sometimes with blotches on colored
side.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 105

a —

|

Dimensions. No.1. | No.2. | No.3. | No.4. | No.5.

Total length, in inches. .-..-.------------------+2+e--2+------ 133; 144 143 ABUS 1431,
Greatest depth of body.-.-.-.----..-------------++--+e0er-e- 53 52 52 58 52
Heenotb of; head). — c= <2 icemen 2 ae ele orien ini = eres iio 3x5 Bie 38 33 32
Length of snout, from a line joining the front margins of

ECROLR DIES ee cee ole see le esis ie alterna = ete winnie eleleicleielsleisini=ie 3s is § § g
Longitudinal diameter of lower orbit .----------------------- Tey ||seeteicteces 13 23 23
mterocular: wid thesese sees ise esis cess a a la eae is ae tileeceer: ty es
Length of: mandible .........--- .---00----------2 2222002 eee eo nee eee [ sees eee: 12 14 12
Length of pectoral, colored side ...---.---------------+---+++- 13; 12 12 1; 1343
Length of pectoral, blind side .--..----+.-------------------- 13 13 135 1 1
Length of ventrals ...------=.2+:-------+----+--++--------s-= 1is 13 it 1a: 14;
Tip of snout to origin of anal......-.-----------------+------ 43 43 5 43 4¥5
Leneth of longest rays of dorsal. -.....----------- Jans eens 13 13; 135 lis 175
Width of caudal peduncle......-......--..------------------ 14 14; 1g 6} «414 13
Greatest distance from anal to straight part of lateral line ..|.--.----|-------- 33 34 3

The accessory lateral line varies considerably. In No. 1, it can be
traced to below the fortieth dorsal ray; the portion Synie to the
branch connecting it with the main istereil line runs obliquely upwards
to immediately below the sixth dorsal ray; and there is a short line of
about eleven pores above the principal accessory lateral line, commenc-
ing at the tenth dorsal ray and continuing to the fifteenth. In No. 2,
there is no second accessory row of pores, and the accessory lateral line
terminates between the fifteenth and sixteenth dorsal rays. Anteriorly
this line divides and again unites, surrounding a small space, and then
again divides into two branches, the lower of which receives the con-
necting branch from the main inher: ulline. In No. 3, the accessory lat-
eral line ends just behind the sixteenth dorsal ray, ‘ and has two branches
inclined upward, the anterior surrounding a space. On the blind side of
No. 4, I could only find ten pectoral rays. On the blind side of Nos. 4
and 5, the accessory lateral line, which ends under the 14th dorsal ray,
curves boldly downwards and fie n backwards to meet the main lateral
line, and sends a short branch obliquely forwards. On the colored side
the arrangement is similar in No.5; but in No, 4 a space is surrounded
by the pores at the junction of the dorsal accessory with the branch
leading to the lateral line.

This large mottled “Sole” (as it is called) is taken outside of the bay,
a if I am rightly informed, in the vicinity of the Farallones, and

rather rare. Those brought in are usually of tolerably large size, the
Sona. measured being of about average dimensions. It is eed
of delicate flavor. It may be readily recognized by its light yellow tint,
with white markings, its regularly oval form, and its extremely narrow
interocular space.

The formule of the dorsal and anal in the individuals measured were
as follows: No. 1, D. ak A. 57; No. 2, D. 76, A. 61; No. 3, D. 71, A.59;
INO. 4, 5D 716, -Ac G1; 0. 5, D. 84, A. 63.

In No. 4, fhe te a or three rays of the dorsal and anal were once
bifurcate ; ea in both No. 4 and No. 5, those rays of the dorsal and anal

106 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

which inclined forwards (about 25 in No. 4 and about 30 in No. 5) were
without seales. In Nos. 4-5, the length of the arch of the lateral line
was two inches, its rise half an inch, and the number of pores between
caudal and head 82 and 86 respectively.
LEPIDOPSETTA UMBROSA (Grd.) Gill.
Platichthys umbrosus Girard.

D. 85-90. A. 66-68. C.3-12-3. P.11-12. V.6. L. lat. 82-86.

Body ellipsoid, regularly and about equally curved on dorsal and ab-
- dominal profiles; snout strongly curved, its curve meeting that ‘of the
dcevsal outline at a considerable angle Poste the front margin of the
upper orbit; lower margin of head and eae of mandible almost in the same
line. Gr eatest depth of body contained 24-25 times, that of head 43-43,
in the total length; eye about 6 times, aa Gaeoned from a line join-
ing the anterior margins of the orbits) about 54 times, in the length of the
head; caudal peduncle 44 times in the greatest depth of the body. Nos-
trils of colored side in a horizontal line with the centre of the interocular
space, anterior tubular, posterior patulous; anterior nostril of blind
side with a posterior linguiform flap. Eyes small, lateral, even in front,
the upper anterior part of the orbit of the upper eye nearly reaching
the dorsal outline at the point of its junction with the snout. Inter-
ocular space equal in width to about 4 the longitudinal diameter of the
eye; the surface flat, not elevated, w cheat ridges or tubercles. Mouth
small, its cleft oblique; lower jaw projecting in the closed mouth, and
level with the upper margin of the lower eye; maxillary ending about
half-way between the front margin of the orbit and that of the pupil.
Teeth in a single row on both sides of both jaws; about 14 on the
colored and 23 on the blind side of the mandible, and 20 on the colored
and 23 on the blind side of the intermaxillaries in a specimen a little
over 9” long. Teeth conical, rather short and stout; the largest in front
of both jaws, the smallest on the colored side of the intermaxillary.
Upper pharyngeal teeth in a single row of 6-8 teeth similar to those in
jaws; lower pharyngeals separate, each with a double row of similar
teeth. Gill-rakers short, flexible; branchiostegals seven. Dorsal com-
mencing above anterior margin of eye; the first ray slightly turned
to the left at its origin; the longest rays (about the 38th-4Sth) about
egual in length to the pectoral of the right side, thence decreasing
regularly to its termination, opposite to that of anal, at a distance
from the caudal equal to about half the depth of the peduncle. Anal
with a more or less conspicuous spine, very slowly increasing in height
to the 30th-38th rays, which are equal in length and opposite to the
longest dorsal rays. By far the larger portion of the rays of the dorsal
and anal are directed backwards. Origin of anal considerably behind
the pectoral base. Greatest depth between anal and straight portion of
lateral line somewhat less than the length of the head. Caudal pedun-
cle slightly wedge-shaped; caudal convex posteriorly, the central rays
considerably longest; outer ray about 4, second ray about 3, the length

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 107

of the third ray on each side; rays usually only once bifureate. Ven-
trals small; their posterior axil about half the width of the pectoral base
in advance of the anterior axil of that fin, their tips extending beyond
the anus; four lower rays bifurcate. Pectoral of colored side lanceolate,
about half the length of the head; third ray longest, second slightly
shorter; all the rays but the three uppermost once bifurcate. Pectoral
of blind side shorter, the central rays longest; most of the rays once
bifureate. Scales of body and cheeks ctenoid, the spines well developed,
those on the cheeks similar; no stellate or rugose scales on any part.
Small ctenoid scales on interorbital area; snout and lower jaw scaleless.
A row of etenoid scales along each ray of dorsal and anal fins on the
colored side, except upon a few of the anterior rays and those posterior
ones which incline forwards. The scales extend to the tips of the rays.
Similar scales upon the colored side of the caudal for the greater portion
of the length, and some on the outside of the pectoral. Scales of blind
side smooth; preopercular bone scaleless; the other opercular bones
partially so. A row of smooth scales along the front edge of each ray
of the central portion of dorsal and anal on the blind side, not extend-
ing above 4 of the length. Lateral line with about 82-86 scales ; a more
or less conspicuous arch above the pectoral, in most cases rising about
two scales high. Accessory lateral line ending below the 23d—27th dor-
sal ray on the colored side, and below the 16th-24th ray on the blind
side. A branch from the main lateral line joins the accessory line a
little posterior to its origin, the accessory line forming an obtuse angle,
or sometimes branching, at the junction. Color nearly uniform grayish
brown on the colored side; blind side white. Each scale of colored side
with a dark band behind the spines, then a light area. Fins on colored
side nearly the same color as the body.

Dimensions. No.1. | No.2. | No.3. | No.4. | No.5.
| | |

Motalilenethy am inches ee -wi-celes sesame se ee ei st een 98 103 95; 98 8y5
Length without caudal ...-.---..--------------+-+------+------ 95 9 7a 715 i
Greatest depth of body.-..----------------------- erereeteriae aie 34 4h 335 33 3
Greatest distance between anal and straight portion of late- | |

Talulinepenseeeaer seins 1s ses = aces == <i- === =n sees annie i LABS leet 275 235 133
Tip of lower jaw to origin of amal ...-.---.-----------+------ 23 34 213 22 22
Length of head.......----------------- ee eee ee ee eee e er eeee ee 2 2355 2 b 133
Length of snout, from upper eye ---------------------------- a3 BoE eenere rl betaeeiest ay
Longitudinal diameter of eye. -.---------------++++++-------- 3 zs 3 3 Ps
Width of interocular space..-..--....---------------- 2-02-22 - [eee eee eee reese 3 + $
Length of lower jaw ..-.-.------------- 2-2-2 see nce cece tee [eee ee cece eer eee Su 3 §
Length of pectoral, colored side ...----------------++---+---- 1 14; oe 13; 1
Length of pectoral, blind side ...---..----+------++-+-+------ 3 13 33 2 ik
Length of ventrals ........----.20--------- eee cece eee eee e [eee rene [ee eee eee 4 5 4
Width of caudal peduncle...--...------------------se22---- 23 % 25 3 os
Length of longest dorsal rays .---.-------------------+2e+20+|----+---[e- 22222 29 EE | aerate
Length of longest anal rays ..-..-----------/--------2-20--2-|-2------]- 22-2 2-- 27 2B) ao eerete
Numberjofidorsalyraysh- sae -ie- se «sins s c= -2ees een ae 88 85 90 90 85
Numberof analrays'sccaae sin sc\sos<cl20~ coe = ewer sen nin cenr==- 68 66 68 67 66
Aeatoral lines peer eee eee see ceeccicise co ciccise sian sols a'e\cisine miei minis!| amit ca.86 |ca.84 |ca.82 |.-----..

108 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

This species is not brought to market in large numbers, and is sold
under the name of “Sole.” Those [have seen on the stalls average about
the same size as those of which the measurements are given. In No.5,
the lateral line is almost straight. It is easily distinguished by its
highly ctenoid scales of uniform character, its small eyes, and dull gray
color.

It is evident from the dimensions of the various species given in the
preceding pages, that the number of dorsal and anal fin-rays and the
proportional width of the interocular space are subject to great varia-
tion in all the species. I am inclined to believe that, as a rule, the inter-
ocular space increases in proportional width with the age of the fish,
since, although two fishes of the same size may differ in this respect, or
the smaller of two not greatly differing in size may have the wider inter-
orbital area, yet very large specimens invariably have this space rela-
tively wider than very small ones. The number of pectoral rays is also
inconstant.

I much regret that, as I have only seen one specimen of the Hippo-
glossus of this coast, I am at present unable to settle the question of its
identity with the European species; but I expect to be able to do this
before many months have passed.

In conclusion, [ have to thank Mr. W. G. W. Harford, the Director of
the Museum of the California Academy of Sciences, for his courtesy and
his assistance in many ways.

May 14,1879. .

A PRELIMINARY CATALOGUE OF THE FISHES OF THE ST. JOHIN’S
RBIVER AND THE EAST COAST OF FLORIDA, WITH DESCRIP-
THONS OF A NEW GENUS AND THREE NEW SPECIES.

By G BROWN GOODE.

In the following list are enumerated the species of fishes known, or
supposed to occur, in the waters of East Florida. Those which have
not been observed by the writer, or by other recent explorers, are marked
by asterisks. The occurrence of all these species is almost absolutely
certain, for, with one or two exceptions, they have been taken on the
Atlantic coast north of Florida, and to the south and west in the Gulf
of Mexico or the Antilles. Any information regarding the occurrence
of these or other species in East Florida is solicited.

In a more extended paper, now almost ready for the press, the habits,
geographical distribution, and economical history of these species will
be discussed. Of the 223 species here catalogued, 33 only have been
taken north of Cape Cod.

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, May 25, 1879.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. -109

MALTHEID.

1. Malthe cubifrons, Richardson.
St. Augustine.

2. Halieutichthys aculeatus, (Mitchill) Goode.*
Described by Mitchill from the Bahama Straits in 1815.

ANTENNARIID4.

3. Pterophryne histrio, (Linn.) Gill.
St. Augustine; mouth of St. John’s.

' 4, Antennarius pleurophthalmus, Gill.*
Described from Key West.

5. Antennarius annulatus, Gill.*
Described from Garden Key.

ORTHAGORISCID.

6. Mola rotunda, Cuvier.—Sun-jish.

Mouth of St. John’s.
DIODONTIDZ.

7. Chilomycterus geometricus, (Schneider) Kaup.—Toad-jish ; Porgy.
Mouth of St. John’s, Indian River.

8. Diodon hystrix, Linn.”

TETRODONTID.

9, Lagocephalus levigatus, (Linn.) Gill.—Mabbit-fish.
Mouth of St. John’s.

10. Cirrisomus turgidus, (Mitchill) Jordan & Gilbert.’
Mouth of St. John’s.

11. Cirrisomus testudineus, (Linn.) Jordan & Gilbert.*—Globe-fish.
12. Cirrisomus Spengleri, (Bloch) Jordan & Gilbert.*

OSTRACIONTID&.

13. Ostracion trigonus, Linn.
St. Augustine; Matanzas; Cumberland Island, Ga.

14. Ostracion quadricornis, Linn.*

BALISTID &.

15. Alutera Scheepfii, (Walbaum) Goode & Bean
16. Alutera scripta, (Osbeck) Bleeker.*

17. Monacanthus occidentalis, Giinther.

18. Balistes capriscus, Linn.*

19. Balistes vetula, Linn.”

11G PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

SYNGNATHID/.

20. Syngnathus fuscus, Storer.
St. John’s River.

HIPPOCAMPID:.

21. Hippocampus antiquorum, Linn.
St. John’s River.

SOLEIDA.

22. Achirus lineatus, (Linn.) Cuvier.—Choke-fish.
St. John’s River.
23. Aphoristia plagiusa, (Linn.) Jordan & Gilbert.”

PLEURONECTIDZ.

24. Pseudorhombus dentatus, (Linn. ) Giinther.—lounder.
St. John’s River; St. Augustine.

25. Pseudorhombus quadrocellatus, (Gill) Jordan & Gilbert.*
Pensacola; Charleston.

26. Citharichthys spilopterus, Giinther.
Mouth of St. John’s.

OPHIDIID.
27. Leptophidum profundorum, Gill.
Described from Gulf Stream off coast of Florida.
BLENNIID.

28. Labrosomus nuchipinnis, (Quoy & Gaimard) Poey.*
The Museum has specimens from South Carolina.

BATRACHIDE.

29. Batrachus tau, (Linn.) Cuy.
Mouth of St. John’s.

URANOSCOPID&.

30. Uranoscopus y-grecum, Cuv. & Val.
New Berlin; St. Augustine.

31. Astroscopus anoplus, (Cuy. & Val.) Brevoort.*

GOBIUD Zk.

32. ? Gobius carolinensis, Gill.

Arlington.
33. Gobiosoma alepidotum, (Schneider) Girard.*
34. Dormitator lineatus, Gill.*

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 111

TRIGLID.

35. Dactylopterus volitans, (Linn.) Cuy.
St. Augustine; mouth of St. John’s.

36. Prionotus punctatus, (Bloch) Cuy.*
37. Prionotus tribulus, Cuy. & Val.

St. Augustine.
LABRIDZ.

38. Chcerojulis grandisquamis, Gill.*
Described from Cape Hatteras, and known from no other locality.
39. Xyrichthys lineatus, (Gmelin) Cuv. & Val,

POMACENTRID.

40. Glyphidodon saxatilis, (Linn.) Cuvier.*

CHATODONTIDA.

41. Holocanthus ciliaris, (Linn. ).*

XIPHIIDA.

42. Xiphias gladius, Linn.—Sword-jish
Off mouth of. St. John’s.

43. Tetrapturus albidus, Poey.*
44. Tetrapturus amplus, Poey.*
45. Histiophorus gladius, (Brouss.).
Between Savannah and Iidian River, April, 1879.

TRICHIURIDE

46. Trichiurus lepturus, Linn.
Jacksonville and elsewhere.

SCOMBRID ZL.

47. Orcynus alliteratus, (Rafinesque) Gill.*

48. Sarda pelamys, (Linn.) Cuv.* _

49. Cybium maculatum, (Mitchill) Agassiz.—Spanish Mackerel.
50. Cybium regale, (Bloch) Cuvier.—ing-fish.

51. Cybium caballa, Cuy. & Val.—Wing-fish.

CARANGIDE.

52. Vomer setipinnis, (Mitchill) Ayres.*
53. Selene geometrica, (Mitchill) Goode.*
54. Argyreiosus vomer, (Linn.) Cuy. & Val.
St. John’s River, at Jacksonville.
55. Decapterus punctatus, (Agassiz) Gill.*

56. Decapterus macarellus, (Cuv. & Val.) Poey.*
57. Trachurops crumenophthalmus, (Bloch) Gill.*

112 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

58. Paratractus pisquetus, (Cuv. & Val.) Gill.*
59. Carangus hippos, (Linn.) Gill.—Crevallé.
Mouth of St. John’s River.
60. Carangus fallax, (Cuv. & Val.) Girard.*
61. Carangus chrysos, (Mitchill) Girard.
St. John’s River, near its mouth.
62. Carangops falcatus, (Holbrook) Gill.*
63. Carangoides cibi, Poey.*
64. Blepharis crinitus, (Akerly) DeKay.*
65. Chloroscombrus chrysurus, (Linn.) Gill.
St. John’s River, at Arlington.
66. Trachynotus carolinus, (Linn.) Gill.— Pompano; Jack (St. Augustine).
Frequently taken at the mouth of the St. John’s.
67. Trachynotus ovatus, (Linn.) Giinther.*
68. Trachynotus glaucus, (Bloch) Cuy. & Val.*
69. Trachynotus goreensis, Cuv. & Val.*
70. Naucrates ductor, (Linn.) Ratinesque.—Pilot-fish.
71. Seriola fasciatus, (Bloch) Cuy. & Val.*
72. Seriola zonata, (Mitchill) Cuv. '& Val.*
73. Seriola Boscii, Cuy. & Val.*
Originally described from South Carolina. It should be looked for.

STROMATEIDZ.

74. Peprilus alepidotus, (Linn.) Cuvier.
Fernandina.

BRAMID Zs.

75. Pteraclis carolinus, Cuv. & Val.*

Originally described from the Carolinas. To be looked for.

BERYCID A.

76. Holocentrum rufum, (Walbaum) Goode.*

SCLENIDA.

77. Cynoscion carolinensis, (Cuy. & Val.) Gill.—Sea Trout.
Very common.
78. Cynoscion regalis, (Schneider) Gill.*
The occurrence of this species needs confirmation.
79. Cynoscion nothus, (Holbrook) Gill.—Shad Trout.
Mouth of the St. John’s and St. Augustine.
89. Cynoscion thalassinus, (Holbrook) Gill.
A species of doubtful permanence.
81. Pogonias chromis, (Linn.) Cuvier.—Drum.
Very common.
82. Liostomus xanthurus, Lacépéde.*
Doubifully distinct from L. philadelphicus.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 113

83. Liostomus philadelphicus, (Linn.) Goode.—Bezuga or Masooka; Oldwife or Spot.
Very common.
84. Stelliferus lanceolatus, (Holbrook) Gill.
Matanzas River Inlet.
85. Bairdiella argyroleuca, (Mitchill) Gill.— Yellow-tail.
Very common.
86. Scizenops ocellatus, (Linn.) Gill.—Channel Bass; Red-fish; Red Horse.
Very common.
87. Menticirrus alburnus, (Linn.) Gill.— Vhiting
Very common.
88. Menticirrus nebulosus, (Mitchill) Gill.
The southern range of this species needs determination.
89. Menticirmus littoralis, (Holbrook) Gill.*
No specimens observed.
90. Micropogon undulatus, (Linn.) Cuv. & Val.—Croaker.
Very common.
91. Larimus fasciatus, Holbrook.*
The southern range of this species needs determination.

GERRID.

92. Eucinostomus argenteus, B. & G.*

PIMELEPTERID.

93. Pimelepterus Boscii, Cuv. & Val.*

SPARID A.

94. Lagodon rhomboides, (Linn.) Holbrook.—Sailor’s Choice.
Very common.

95. Archosargus probatocephalus, (Walbaum) Gill.—Sheephead.
Very common.

96. Stenotomus argyrops, (Linn.) Gill.*
The southern limit of this species needs determination.
97. Sparus chrysops, Linn.,* (= Sparus aculeatus).
98. Sargus Holbrookii, Bean.*
Charleston.
99. Pagrus argenteus, Schneider.*
Charleston.

PRESTIPOMATID.

100. Hemulon arcuatum, Cuv. & Val.—Squirrel-fish?
St. Augustine.

101. Hemulon formosum, (Linn.) Cuvier.*—Probably the Pig-fish or Grunt of Indian
River, ;

102. Hemulon chrysopterum, (Linn.) Cuvier.—Probably the Flannel-mouth Porgy
of the Mayport fishermen.

103. Pristipoma fulvomaculatum, (Mitchill) Giinther.*
Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 8 Sept. 19, 1879.

114 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

104. Anisotremus virginicus, (Linn.) Gill.*
105. Rhomboplites aurorubens, (Cuv. & Val.) Gill.*
106. Lutjanus Blackfordii, Goode & Bean.—Ited Snapper.

St. John’s Bar.
107. Lutjanus caxis, (Schneider) Poey.*—Gray Snapper.

The occurrence of this species on east coast of Florida is probable,
yet not demonstrable.
108. Ocyurus melanurus, (Linn.) Goode.*

Occurs at the Bahamas.

APHODODERID.
109. Aphododerus Sayanus, (Gilliams) DeKay.*
CENTRARCHID.
110. Chenobryttus viridis, (Cuv. & Val.) J ordan.— War-mouth Perch.
St. John’s and tributaries. f

111. Ambloplites rupestris, (Raf.) Gill.*
112. Lepiopomus mystacalis, (Cope) Jordan.
Attributed to Florida by Jordan.
113. Lepiopomus apiatus, Cope.—Chinquapin Perch.
Arlington and Jacksonville.
114. Lepiopomus elongatus, (Holbrook) Gill & Jordan.
Not seen. Described from St. John’s by Holbrook.
115. Lepiopomus auritus, (Linn.) Raf.—Med-bellied Perch.
St. John’s and tributaries.
116. Lepiopomus incisor, (Cuyv. & Val.) Goode & Bean.—Copperhead Bream,
St. John’s and all fresh and brackish waters in Florida.
117. Xystroplites gillii, Jordan.*
Described from Key West.
118. Xystroplites longimanus, Cope.
Described from ‘“ Florida.”
119. Xenotis marginatus, (Holbr.) Jordan.
Not seen; described from St. John’s.
120. Bupomotis aureus, (Walbaum) Gill & Jordan.—Bream.
Common in all fresh waters of Florida.
121. Bupomotis speciosus, (Holbrook) Gill & Jordan.—Bream.
Common in St. John’s.
122. Bnneacanthus obesus, (Girard) Gill.
Not seen; identified by Jordan with Bryttus fasciatus Holbrook,
deseribed from the St. John’s.
123. Enneacanthus gloriosus, (Holbr.) Jordan.
Florida, jidé Jordan.

124. Enneacanthus milnerianus, Cope.
Florida, fide Cope. z
125. Pomoxys nigromaculatus, (Les.) Girard.—Speckled Perch.

St. John’s and tributaries.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 115

126. Micropterus pallidus, (Raf.) Gill & Jordan.—Trout.
Common in all fresh and brackish water.

SERRANID:.

127. Promicropterus maculatus, (Holbrook) Gill.*
128. Epinephelus morio, (Cuv. & Val.) Gill.—Brown Snapper.
St. John’s Bar, ete.; Indian River,
129. Epinephelus nigritus, (Holbrook) Gill.—Black Grouper ; Warsaw (West Florida).
Indian River.
130. Epinephelus niveatus, Val.*
131. Epinephelus Diummond-Hayi, Goode & Bean.
132. Trisotropis brunneus, Poey.*
133. Centropristis atrarius, (Linn.) Barney.—Black-fish.
Entire eastern coast.
134. Promicrops guasa, (Poey) Gill.
New Berlin, ete.
135. Triloburus trifurcus, (Linn. ) Gill.*
Has this species been observed since the days of Linnaeus and Garden?

136. Diplectrum fasciculare, (Cuv. & Val.) Holbrook.*
137. Dules auriga, Cuv. & Val.*

CENTROPOMID i.

138. ? Centropomus undecimalis, Cuv. & Val.
Jupiter Inlet.

LABRACIDZ:.

139. Roccus lineatus, (Bloch) Gill.—Lock-fish.
St. John’s River.

EPHIPRUD AL

140. Parephippus quadratus, (Gmel.) Gill.*
141. Parephippus faber, (Cuy.) Gill.*

LOBOTIDZ..

142. Lobotes surinamensis, (Bloch) Cuvier.—Grouper.
St. John’s River, at Arlington.

POMATOMID i.

143. Pomatomus saltatrix, (Linn. ) Gill.—Ship-jack ; Saltwater-jack.

ELACATID.
144. EBlacate canadus, (Linn.) Gill.—Sergeant-fish (Indian River); Cobio (Brunswick,

Gai. ).
Indian River (S. C. Clarke). Brunswick, Ga.

CHILODIPTERID i.

145. Apogonichthys americanus, Castelnau.”

116 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

PRIACANTHID.

146. Priacanthus macrophthalmus, Cuy.*

,

ECHENEIDID 2.

147. Echeneis naucrateoides, Zuiew.*
148. Echeneis naucrates, Linn.
Mouth of St. Johw’s.
149. Rhombochirus cstecchir, (Cuy.) Gill.*
150. Remora brachyptera, (Lewe).*
151. Remora jacobea, (Lowe) Gill.*

SPHYRANIDZE.

152. Sphyreena picuda, Schn.*
South Florida (Blackford).

MUGILID.

153. Mugil albula, Linn.—Striped Mullet.
St. John’s River and coast.
154. Mugil brasiliensis, Agassiz.— White Mullet.

ATHERINIDA.

155. Chirostoma peninsule, Goode & Bean.*
Lake Monroe.

156. Chirostoma vagrans, Goode & Bean.*

BELONIDA.

157. Belone longirostris, (Mitchill) Gill.
St. John’s River.

158. Belone hians, Cuy. & Val.*

159. Belone latimanus, Poey.*

160. Belone notata, Pocy.*

SCOMBERESOCID.

161. HExoccetus, sp.
162. Hemorhamphus unifasciatus, Ranzani.*
163. Euleptorhamphus longirostris, (Cuv. & Val.) Gill.*
164. Scombresox saurus, (Walb.) Giinther.*
The southern limit of this species should be made out.

: = en

“For descriptions of these two species see paper following this, ‘“‘Catalogue of a
Collection of Fishes sent from Pensacola, Florida, and Vicinity, by Mr. Silas Stearns,
with Descriptions of Six New Species.”

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 117

ESOCID.

165. Hsox phaleratus, Say. (Doubtful species.)

Described from a locality between Tokoi and St. Augustine.
166. Esox reticulatus, Le Sueur?—Jack.
167. Esox Ravenelii, Holbrook.*

CYPRINODONTID4.

168. Cyprinodon variegatus, Lacépede.
St. Augustine; Lake Monroe.

169. Jordanella floride, gen. et sp. nov., Goode & Bean.

Three specimens, of a remarkable type, allied to Cyprinodon, were
collected in Lake Monroe, Florida, by Professor Baird (No. 18062),
associated with C. variegatus. The species appears to be generically
distinct from Cyprinodon, and the genus, for which the name Jordanella
is proposed, in honor of Prof. D. 8S. Jordan, is characterized by its long
dorsal and anal fins, the dorsal having 16 rays, preceded by a stout,
thick spine, the anal I, 12 or 15, and by the position of the ventrals,
which are situated in advance of the dorsal, and also by the advanced
position of the anal, the posterior end of which is in advance of that
of the dorsal. In other respects it agrees with Cyprinodon.

The species may be characterized as follows:

Diagnosis.—Height of body contained 24 to 24 times in total length
without caudal (24 to 2? times with caudal). Humeral seale behind gill-
opening equal to or little larger than the others. Snout as in Cyprinodon
variegatus. Diameter of eyes contained 34 times in length of head, and
equal to 2 of the width of the interorbital space. Origin of dorsal mid-
way between end of snout and base of caudal, and above the ninth or
tenth scale of the lateral line, and is behind the vertical from the root
of the ventrals. Pectoral as long as the caudal, and 3 as long as the
head. The ventral reaches to the vent, its length equal to half that of
the head. The origin of the anal is under the fifth dorsal ray, and its
posterior ray is in advance of the last dorsal ray. Mandible about as
long as the eye. The sexual characters cannot be made out from the
series of specimens studied by us. Color olivaceous above, yellowish
brown below, with traces of vertical bands of blackish brown, and with
longitudinal lines upon each series of scales, resembling those in Mol-
lienesia, but less conspicuous. A blackish blotch upon the side, under
the origin of the dorsal, and about as large as the eye; a smaller one on
the posterior limb of the dorsal.

D. 1, 16; A. I, 12-13. L. lat. 25-26; L. transv. 12,

170. Zygonectes chrysotus, (Giinther) Jordan.
St. Augustine; Arlington.

171. Fundulus seminolis, Girard.
Lake Monroe. (Described from Palatka.)

118 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 5

172. Fundulus floridensis, Le Sueur.

Described from ‘“‘ Charlotte Bay” (sic), Florida.
173. Fundulus confluentus, sp. noy., Goode & Bean.

A single specimen (No. 18065) obtained by Professor Baird in Lake
Monroe.

Height of body a little less than four times in total length (without
caudal); length of head two-sevenths. Head low, flat. Snout not pro-
duced, its length equal to that of the eye. Mandible equal to the eye.
Width of interorbital space half that of the head. Diameter of eye con-
tained four times in length of head, and twice in width of interorbital
space. Origin of the dorsal midway between the tip of the caudal and
the middle of the eye. First anal ray under second dorsal ray. Anal
higher than long. Yellowish gray, with longitudinal lines down the
center of each dorsal and lateral row of scales, and with fourteen or more
distinct, irregular, vertical bands. In general appearance it resembles
Hydrargyra majalis. The seales are much crowded, there being at least
45 transverse rows of scales. There appear to be only five branchioste-
gals, though this point is not certainly ascertained, the specimen being
imperfect.

ORG AAO): V6,

174. Fundulus heteroclitus, (Linn.) Gill.

And other species?
175. Hydrargyra swampina, Lac.*

Described from Florida.
176. Hydrargyra majalis, (Walb.) Val.

Mouth of St. John’s.
177. Gambusia arlingtonia, sp. nov., Goode & Bean.

Numerous specimens (No. 21308) obtained in the Arlington River.

Height of body contained four times in total length, without caudal ;
the length of the head three and one-third. Snout broad, lower jaw
projecting. Diameter of eye much greater than length of snout
(double in young), one-third to two-fifths (in young) of that of the head,
and two-thirds the width of the interorbital space. My specimens
appear to be both females. In them the origin of the dorsal is midway
between the tip of the tail and the posterior margin of the eye and
opposite the sixth anal ray. The pectoral fins extend to the vertical
from the insertion of the ventrals, which terminate at the vent and in
front of the anal; length of base of anal equal to half its distance from
the insertion of the caudal. Color uniform brownish olive. In the
smaller specimens two or three series of blackish dots on the dorsal and
anal fins.

Dre A. 11; V.6. Gi. lat. 335 Gatransy. 11,

178. Gambusia Holbrooki, (Agassiz) Girard.

Deseribed from Palatka.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 119

179. Mollinesia latipinna, Le Sueur.
St. Augustine.

180. Girardinus formosus, Agassiz.
Specimens obtained in Florida by Mr. T. Glover.

SYNODONTID i.

181. Trachinocephalus myops, (Schneider) Gill.*
182. Synodus fcetens, (Linn.) Gill.*

ALBULID:.

183. Albula vulpes, (Linn.) Goode.*

ELOPIDAi

184. Megalops cyprinoides, (Bloch).—Zarpum; Jew-fish.
185. Elops saurus, Linn.*

CLUPEID.

186. Brevoortia tyrannus, (Latrobe) Goode.—Fat-back, .
St. John’s and coast.

187. Alosa sapidissima, (Wilson) Linsley.— White Shad.
St. John’s and coast.

188. Opisthonema thrissa, (Linn.) Gill.*

189. Pomolobus estivalis, (Mitch.) Goode & Bean.—Herring.
St. John’s.

190. Pomolobus mediocris, (Mitchill) Gill.—Hichory Shad.
St. John’s.

191. Dorosoma Cepedianum, (Lacépede) Gill.—Stink Shad.

St. John’s.
CYP RUNMD Ag:

192. Notemigonus americanus, (Linn.) Jordan.—Silver-jish. -
193. Erimyzon Goodei, Jordan, sp. noy.—‘‘ Goode’s Sucker.”
194. Unknown species.

Arlington. .
195. Unknown species.

Arlington.

SILURID Zi.

196. Ichthzlurus punctatus, (Raf.) Jordan.—Channel Cat; Small-mouth Cat.
St. John’s.

197. Amiurus erebennus, Jordan.—‘“‘ Goode’s Cat-fish.”
St. John’s and Arlington River.

198. Amiurus nigricans, (Les.) Gill. —Mud Cat.
St. John’s.

199. @lurichthys marinus, (Mitchill) B. & G.—Sea Cat-fish; Gaff-top-sail.
St. John’s.

200. Ariopsis felis, (Linn.) Gill & Jordan.
Coast.

120 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ANGUILLID.

201. Anguilla vulgaris, Turton.

CONGRID.

202. Conger oceanica, (Mitch.) Gill.
ACIPENSERIDA.
203. Acipenser, sp.
Common in St. John’s.

LEPIDOSTEIDA.

204. Lepidosteus osseus, (Linn.) Ag.—Gar Pike.
St. John’s.

205. Lepidosteus platystomus, Raf.—Alligator Gar.
St. John’s.

AMIIDA.

206. Amia calva, Linn.—Wud-jish.

CEPHALOPTERID#.

207. Ceratoptera birostris, (Walbaum) Goode.—Devil-fish.
Coasts.

MYLIOBATID.

208. Mylicbatis Fremenvillei, (Les.) Stover.

209. Rhinoptera quadriloba, (Le Sueur) Cuvier.—Clam-cracker,
St. John’s.

210. Aitobatis narinari, M. & H.*

TRYGONIDZ.

211. Pteroplatea maclura, Miill. & Henle.—Sun-jish.
Indian River.

212. Trygon sabina, Le Sueur.—Stingaree.
St. John’s River.

RAIIDA.

213. Raia Desmarestia, Le Sueur, (—R. eglanteria?).
Described from Florida.

PRISTID AZ

214, Pristis antiquorum, (Linn.) Lath.

ALOPECIID/.

215. Alopias vulpes, (Linn.) Bon.*

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 121

SPHYRNIDA.

216. Sphyrna zygzna, (Linn.) Mill. & Henle.
Indian River.
217. Reniceps tiburo, (Linn.) Gill.

GALEORHINID A.

218. Isogomphodon maculipinnis, Poey.*

219. Galeocerdo tigrinus, Miill. & Henle.*

220. Eulamia Milberti, (Miill. & Henle) Gill.
Indian River.

GINGLYMOSTOMATID:.

221. Ginglymostoma cirratum, (Gmel.) M. & H.

PETROMYZONTID.

222. Petromyzon marinus, Linn.—Lamper-eel.

BRANCHIOSTOMID.

223. Branchiostoma lubricum, Costa.

CATALOGUE OF A COLLECTION OF FISHES SENT FROM PENSACO.
LA, FLORIDA, AND VICINITY, BY WR. SILAS STEARNS, WHITH
DESCRIPTIONS OF SIX NEW SPECIES,

By G. BROWN GOODE and TARLETON H. BEAN.

The publication of the following list of fishes, collected by Mr. Stearns
in the vicinity of Pensacola, Florida, is a preliminary step to the work of
identifying and describing the large collections from the Gulf of Mexico
now in the possession of the National Museum.

The fishes enumerated below were obtained in the winters of 1877-8
and 1878-9 by Mr. Stearns in the leisure hours of an active business life.
Many of the larger species were forwarded to Washington in ice, and
casts of them have been made in plaster. Mr. Stearns has usually sent
interesting notes with each specimen, relating to the life-history of the
species. We have refrained from publishing these, hoping that he will
himself give them to science in a more complete form.

The common names published are those in use at Pensacola. The
numbers in parentheses following the Museum catalogue numbers refer
to Mr. Stearns’s collecting record.

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, Nashington, May 27, 1879.

1. MALTHEID.

1. Malthe cubifrons Richardson.

A single specimen, No. 22,833, was sent by Mr. Stearns. The Museum
has other specimens from West Florida—Nos. 21,467, 5,768, and 20,485.
The radial formula in all is D. 4; A. 4; V. J, 5; P.13. No. 21,467 is

24 inches long, an enormous size for this fish.

122 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES’ NATLONAL MUSEUM.

2. DIODONTIDZL.

2. Chilomycterus geometricus (Linn. ) Kaup.—Pufffish.

Two specimens, No. 21,492 (61), in alcohol, each about 6 inches in
length, were sent; also a beach-dried specimen, No, 21,334 (19), some-
what longer. The coloration of the alcoholic specimen is peculiar, and
it might at first sight be thought to belong to variety 7 as defined by
Giinther. The ground-color is very dark, but a close examination reveals
the irregularly parallel longitudinal lines characteristic of the species in
its typical form.

3. TETRODONTID.

3. Cirrisomus turgidus (Mitch.) Jordan & Gilbert.—Toad-fish.

A single specimen, No. 21,495 (51), 53 inches in length.
4. Lagocephalus levigatus (Linn.)’Gill.

A single specimen, 19 inches in length, No. 22,807. 1D, 145A. 13
P. 16. Caudal deeply forked. Spines 4-rooted. Length of head less
than its distance from dorsal, and contained 33 times in length without
caudal.

4. OSTRACIONTID.

5. Ostracion quadricornis Linn.—Cow-/ish.

A single specimen, No. 21,310.

5. BALISTIDE.

_6. Alutera Schepfii (Walb.) Goode & Bean.

A speciinen, No. 6,068, 16 inches in length, was sent from Cedar Keys,
Fla., by Judge Steele, about 1864. D. 32; A. 35; P. 12; C. 12.

7. Monacanthus occidentalis Giinther.

A bottle, No. 9,686, containing numerous specimens of this species, 1s
labelled “Cedar Key, West Florida,” and another, No. 5,368, contains
two specimens from Charlotte Harbor, collected by C. B. Baker. This
species doubtless occurs at Pensacola.

No. 5,868 (a). D. 31; A. 29.
No. 5,868 (b). D. 35; A. 32.

Monacanthus spilonotus, described by Cope* from the Gulf of Mexico,
should also be looked for in this region.
8. Balistes capriscus Linn.—Leather Jacket.

A fine specimen, No. 21,220 (4), 21 inches in length.

*Trans, Amer. Philos. Soc. 1870, p. 476.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 123

6. HIPPOCAMPID.

9. Hippocampus antiquorum Linn.—Sea Horse.

A single specimen was received from Mr. Stearns, No. 21,335 (15).
The Museum possesses another, No. 6,933, from Pensacola, received
from an unknown contributor.

In No. 6,933, a female, the head is contained 53 times in total length.
There are 12 body rings and 34 caudal rings.

No, 21,335, a female, is a dried specimen in bad order, which appears
to agree essentially with No. 6,933. It has 12 body rings and 33 caudal
rings, and 19 rays in the dorsal.

t SYNGNATHID.

10. Syngnathus sp.

A. single individual, too young for identification, was sent by Mr.
Stearns.

. 8. SOLEIDZ.

11. Achirus lineatus (Linn.) Cuvier.—‘“‘Ilounder.”

Two specimens were received. These are remarkable in the fact that
the ventral surfaces are immaculate, while all specimens of this species
from the Eastern and Middle States are strongly maculated with black
or brown, except a few from the Potomac River. Others from the Poto-
mac are maculated. How is it with the species on the South Atlantic
coast ?

No. 21,496 (a). D. 54; A. 43; P.0; V.4; €.16. L. lat. 78.
No. 21,496:(6). D..58; A. 43; P.0; V.4. L. lat. 76.

9. PLEURONECTIDAL,

12. Citharichthys spilopterus Giinther.
?? Citharichthys microstomus GILL, Proc, Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1864, p.2

cw

3s

An individual, No. 21,500, from Pensacola, Fla., Silas Stearns, 5 inches
in length. D. 78; A. 54; P. 1,10; C.17; V.6. L. Jat. 47; L. trans. +4.

No. 18,054, an individual 3% inches long, was received from mouth
of St. John’s River, Fla., through Prof. 8. I. Baird. D.$1; A. 64; P.I,
Se Orbis OV. 6.9 du. lat. 47 5 L. trams. +2.

Giinther’s types, from Bahia, Santo Domingo, New Orleans, Jamaica,
and West Africa, had the following radial formule: D. 76-75; A. 60-63 ;
L. lat. 47-50. Gill’s type, from Beesley’s Point, had the following: D.
81; A. 58; C.18; P.10; V.6. L. lat. 42; L. trans. +2 2.

Our specimens agree very satisfactorily with both diagnoses, except
in the number of transverse rows of scales, as given by Gill.

13. Pseudorhombus dentatus (Linn.) Giinther.—/lounder.
Two specimens, No. 21,340 (21), were received. That the Flounder of
the South cannot be distinguished from the supposed different species

124 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

of the North (Chenopsetta ocellaris and C. melanogaster of authors) is
very evident to us after examining specimens from Massachusetts, Vir-
ginia, South Carolina, East Florida, West Florida, Texas, and Paraguay.
In addition to the tables of measurements given below, we note the
following radial formule :
No. 21,3404. Pensacola. D288 > 25 68.
No. 21,340). Pensacola. D. 89; A. 68.
No. 19,050. Florida. D A. 69.
No. 18,347. Florida. D. 85; A. 63.
No. 18,349. Florida. OZ eames
No. 18,348. = Florida. 1D. 87 sen. 66.

~

FOOD

. 87
No. 5,885. Hog Island, Va. D. 89; A. 69.
The detailed measurements of eighteen specimens are here inserted.

Nee Swe Nee Nee Noe

.

Table of Measurements.

ee ee
1 '
Current number of specimen ...--- 16,315. 16,597. 14,632. 151s
Loealit Wood’s Holl, Wood’s Holl, Wood's Holl, Norfolk,
Dee Dasgrcn semen es 2 Massachusetts. | Massachusetts. | Massachusetts. Virginia.
mani. | 200ths) yeni. | 200GHS | ayeani- | a OES Nag |e ae
metres. length. metres. length. metres. length. metres. length.
| |
Extreme length (without caudal) -- B80) | sseccect SSO we peel APTS [ome sien BAD enacisas
Length to end of middle caudal rays.|..-.----|-------- A0SS eee eet OGM pemecerce | eaters
Body:
Greatest height..........-.....].-.---.- AA ee eee | ees one olloereeeiatans le\erereletatsts | elerttete 42
Height at ventrals......-.-----|-------- Ay Weecosese Sl neeseeies pater lessee 31
Meeaspherehtiot tall secectcmecer! |= cineicice 1S | oe SE | See noe | se oem ae sete | errata 10
Length of caudal peduncle (end
of dorsal to origin of middie
Candalsrays) pases) seer waa! lee marl iY Wereaonae Be eels ree | Sees isin aa etere| eater 10
Head:
Greatest lenothie a. -ccecewisicccie =| oeincanice D6) | Sees Sal aerate eat | terme reel iain terefateterel|stelm ofattee 27
Width of interorbital area.....].......- Ora leaeeee ee 3. Nicaea se Gu Bopcermee, S
TOONS) Ne Sen ncesooose ss hescse se 5 ib eae ciel Bd lteenieee Sualleeoeeiee 6
Length of operculum ----------]-------- Td Wis Save Saal oo co wee | er ere tra etre tte tole [eterno iat al ereieteetetet
Leneth of upper jaw ..----.-..|.-.--.--- 24 eee 13. See ae 13) gilitese seek 13
Length of mandible....-....---|.......- Sea Seaeecine 6. seer eee oes Secret 16
DinmMeten OLOL bless ss = seem |seee sae Ai | SASS a | PS. SOS eee eine ees teceretate 4
Dorsal:
Mistance trom snout ---5- cc. - =-|\secniec- CWE ces Al\s saeeccn seeae = lesen etae||ls= emt = 6
Length of longest ray ..-..-----]-------- LO} | oSeciee ce lee coe ae erro | ete merstetets | totetariato = 10
Anal:
Mishance LLOMISNOUUis. seco = secs BO eo ee od eta eee eee eeeleeteter |staeersrerets 32
Length of longest ray...---.---|.------- LOS) sees cao c sc ncoceil| semeeteek laterite wim sie eer =el= 104
Caudal:
Length of middle rays .........|...--.-- 20. NW Fao 2 Jen neos5||eeeeeee 20) zicseees 19
Length of externalrays..--..---|-------- hy Gal eee ecard cosoccqlocodameeliqoecouse 17
Pectoral:
DiStance trom ANOUt sceaaess sel saee =e QB ae sess sal Rio omic | poeta mesecelsc| sesteties 27
MRO U oe oa see ale or simrniclet iar siete 12) 2a ee oe oc cecee pesee eee anerime el [ema ert 123
Ventral:
WMishance rom SNOUt accesses a+) caes=i= Beals ee poke cll euore cetera emotes tere | eies= eeie=r| Cisinleislnters
Length 8
MNOUSalesecccs~- =a.
PATO Bemaccc case sccce
Pectoral
Number of scales in lateral line. ---

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

125

Table of Measurements—Continued.

Current number of specimen ..---- 9,388 b. 19,052. 19,049, 21,279 b.
: Indianola, St. John’s River, St. John’s River :
Locality ...-..-...---..2+++--+-+- 5 Texas. : Florida. ; Florida. é Florida.
MATE gee | Mt et wea) 100TRS | rinnte | A00EhS
metres. length. metres. length, metres. length. metres. length.
pareme length (without caudal) -. 230M Pam aestas 568 Posects TO eae PETG Bappeced
ody:
Greatestiheil ghteeeassesesesceee|esecoae. 4A Werle aio nitro raias'sis| Saale seas | Soe eee | ae eee | eee
Heastiheightiof- tails. 2scsssees- |e e=--5- LO 5 cis atotetmrere|| afaie 12) =.cio| o.etere.ateseel latet telat | ene eee | eee
Head: ;
Greatesilengthtes-esseaseeasaales sacs — = 26E oe ceere (exeretetorarars|| sisteecretaye 2m | Eee 28
Width of interorbital area.....).......- AD Roe a ccise |jntaim ziatwie:o|(=/e!s see) =(21s ceye see scl] ee |
Meng thvOiesnoutmmen ee cseemece ee sees ie eaaacesjallose se swic|c sa eoech | Soeseee ter ass beasts
en Sthvol Uppersjavy sess sce els 22.025. a lesiet-eeee AS) lS teenies 14}; Smee 14
Lensthtotimandiblessecss-e se. ecessce- hg eeintsore UGizA|soaeaeoe ie tee 17
Diameteroorbite-.- -s-5 ss. cee| 22-2 e5 2: BIT roar ate sells sete |acisce os |se ose ee all eee | eee eee
Dorsal:
Mistancemrom| snouts = 522.52. |\cecce-- De | Eatateais cial staleeisrsiee| Satclceels cil set el eee wajloe
i Length of longest ray -.-.--..-|-------- TRA Seas rs | TOR Ae as 12) Sacre Dante
nal:
ength of longestiray ...-.--2--|.s0.-.-: DL 2]y) | atersietaate 2 eeretarela = = DS ears ca erates 5
Caudal:
Wen othoremid dle Mays tentseser|(elcetoee ee eee ise cles aaiae 23 Nsiasiei)2iis||(ealacreia)s'< | zisratsieiseed eet
ND OTS alles eyes ee ane ee ch Silies| Merayereray le SO a aousocn Bis eeaeee 860 Cece eee
JT ee isa qGbena SHOE PROBE Epiaeaaecd GGs ees ee: OT nae aaa G8isaceecee 68. | eee
Current number of specimen ...--- 9,388. 4,887. 19,476 a. 19,476 b.
D'
; Indianola, “albigutta,” |Eastern Shore of | Eastern Shore of
Locality --.-.-+.00+02+----2+-+-0- ; Texas. * type. ; Virginia. Virginia.
= 2 ; 2
mini. | 200ths | arin. | HOOEES | Mite | $OOEREN oer fie me
metres. | length. | metres. length. metres, | length. metres. length.
——__—_. on —. ; |
|
Extreme length (without caudal) -- nl ¢: Eg ees 123h | eeeen se: U3 6n (Seas 110s See
Length to end of middle caudal rays. 209t eee sae LATO eerste: DGG 3 ceric peroreceercel| See
Body:
Greatesthelohtssssecweacecocss|+occenis s AI sete ae ASW seme eer AA Sie ee ae 43
Metalhtativentrals|ssss-ce<s 2-25: seer SOP hes cuctece Boon leis at 32 i seoaee leaner
Least: héightiof tail -2- - 5225-2]. 20502! LOM seeetesiee LIS) | Seeeae TS DeSales | see
Head: :
Greatest lenothe. j-2sesin sess oacnq se Dee lerseto mr 208 deseees 287 ne acamner | 27
Width of interorbital area...-.|.......- Se ee ee 2 Seen ais Sipe cee [aeseeee
Men STO SNOUb eee cease ese oes e ce Omleeaeeers OP ineaeeece OF [ee casa leanne
Wenethiof Upper jaw «case. sces|s--2-52- VAs de eee NDA |sesoeaten AOS Re are eee 13
Menethot mandiblet.-2---2 -42c|" <2... - Gets ce UT | Seeecene 15 [es seee 15
Diameter of orbit.-----.--.- Seale ae sees enemies Oe Sonar | aciecisies|| tee enone | SeeEeeee
Dorsal:
Distancedrom snout) 22s. --ic-|2o-5--5¢ eg@bepcaate im Seis steer| Setcte ere, [letra yo )= 26 Ree ee
Bengthvotlon gest ray =... cess 5. LOR earners Die fereteretaaye Ama) |seevetratetas 123
Anal:
Mistance:trom snout ...2------..|<------ SO e | eee Sob eee eeoweres |S nt eee | eae
engthoflon gest ray. a. -45-4-\sc+s+-ee QMS issteietcie.= UBS io eeree ae P2ORS | evecare 13
Caudal: |
eneth of middlerays.....2--.|.cs.se.- OMNI |ewete eet Di | eerie rater 22] wo oe ie einelleeonayeee
Length:of external rays ..-...-.|....--.. DSN emer Li Meee aes|sanscces| eee ee torent
Pectoral:
WMistancertromisnout sss--62-4--) ses 2h am sere 3 |------ lo Ser 2 [they tel ee
IGEN PN esses cose cise ee ass[o.2.2c75 <i [(ewteieretatare|| atatwioteretae 15) eee oeecl seissenen!| sesso lemeeme ce
Ventral:
Distance/from snout .:......<..)......-- OPA seeeece 28 |e emctace aceon Meena mae See epee
Ong ihigeeapee ss eerie aes 2 csoa|otsceseis See seca LOM | pews sae eats Seer ere aiistere's|staiciysieters
Dorsal ween ce aes sauce ce ve cens By a Meescpane GR} (Sereteioerate 885 Passe ce 849 Ste oeere
PATI al ee eee eee ea et 64 |.--..--- GO Gaara 685) Soesc cee 655 So cseces

126 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAI MUSEUM.

Table of Measurements—Continued.

Current nomber of specimen --.....-.--.--....----.- 17,121. 17,122. 17,115.
Taaali Charleston, Charleston, Charleston,
CALEY, «man. - -- 22 =e ons ewer nn enone ane Ba nec sene | South Carolina. | South Carolina. | South Carolina.
Milli- ees Milli- 100ths Milli- 100ths
metres. length. metres. | ength. metres. length.
Extreme length (without caudal) ...........-.------ TD esses FL s||\Semeetears VSS |e coe
Head:

Greatestlen th .)5. 55.45 -haccee dee actesctecesaaecesaaceee = | QBN || Saisie coral Grice toe |eteebaeits 294

LENSthiOf UPPCE JAW wecccesosacienien looser eceleaies .o ee 114 Vesicle 122) 2 heesers 14

enethvoraman Gil Geeccteet comme a= sees eeae == —— 1 ae eee ONS | Seeeeeee 174
Dorsal:

None thtoil ons es trai yien saree mister = oiiel~) ale cereal aeciclo <a 1 papeocod sordc oedema sae norce mec
Anal:

Tenethror lon cest Vays <5 oe coeisiesicieeicieeiee eel eee ae 1319) | eiae eet = ae peeaa eo) ee ieee
MONS e acer iccan sch lelsieiclajoc cick acctemerie Daneieeomeeee 88) -oscee sal lanececiers aes 90% |teoccese
Anal... -.- te ena ne eS eine eta oe ae aie arslele one einer 67 |. coco can) -e eta pew anne 70) |e eee
(urrent numberof specimen'.....-... <<.-<--sss..- 21,279. 18,048. 8,436.

OCA Yas cajre ses sen atecpaas cases ivekacsacslseseos 5 Bid ohm stay er, Florida. Paraguay.
agin) POORNS | rai | TOERS | enii ny aes
metres. length. metres. length. | metres. length.
Extreme length (without caudal) -.-.....-----.....- 405.) sas 5 a5 NS peter ZOOM | sem aleate
Length to end of middle caudal rays.-...--.-.------- 486) | Yio cncisae PRS neecaeens SLOn Ne. ose
Body :

Gureatestheight so < ec occ since cessncectscaae|sce seca 46 Vi) sooo A sees 46

Heo tabG menGralel se cao a tactse aa sec eis)eh coal eraeyas aie oie elem 38) |eeeeeer 31

Meastihere bt iotwails +. js5 es aece kee ee encase lemeeeeae it seen eae 2 eeeeeeac 12,

Length of caudal peduncle (end of dorsal to origin

ofpmiddleicandal rays). 2 s2sseniecce snes sae] cmeemae TOGt|beoaceee LO}: |sececes 11
Head:

Greatest eno theese. = eacnaianc setawer/ocas eaecierae | eemeeiee 28). | cme ses Wis lS sce es 28

NWwadthrofinterorbitaliareay-s32 sossecssesee ene |oee ee eoe AF | cee 28S ee 24

Wsenetbt Ol SNOWtE seat = «saws alee se clos ce Gace a eae lemenee ae GS) eeceee OFS eeccenee 6

menethrotroperculum}. os--cs- cece eae a ae | aoe ae 8 vee ie nme seeigose

GH ACHCOR UPPOL AW: = soe boc ewactsceeceee ce caa| eeresaae 133s Seceseee eS ete 13

Wencuhwotemandiples -cec cece cine see sete eee cemice lees meee AGE | see? Mb eal. Sea se 16

UTA OLETEOLSOR DIC eee een co eee eee eee ee Sul acer OL e eatonce ne 44
Dorsal:

DIS tanceiromysnoutir.s-s ose sacs sceaisseneee es Seee eee GE | wise cee Dieleeisete ire 7

Mengthiomlonvest ray s=.sccssnsca- eee ea cee | seme ees WLS sneer GS pc tacin ae 11
Anal:

Distanceriromisnoubtes-s.o4-clsesee cas aele cease ae eee 83) |Csccsece 30! a|eecces 29

en othol concert ayia op eseneewcose cos cot coees nee eee J 4| sees ile eet 103
Caudal:

ihenethvofomiddle rashes. <a feasts seeeee eo leeece ee 20. eae Sa eames rae 23

enoth ot extemal rays ¢2lossicscese sees es eeee pecee ae igs |e 1S eae ceie 19
Pectoral:

Distancertrommsnoutincs-cecacseeese ses nae cee eee epee se QT sessesee QBN Sent ainc 274

WGN TODS Senet cate see Roe eee ee pratt aetna mee Naeem IBE |e TBs | eemcieniee 13
Ventral:

Distance front snout s-..ceciectesses cose ee aas ce eeeoece 26} | eee ece 2A ee ewe 25

MEN OG Se eee =a ceca ayn ee eon Meee ae ae | Creer 832.) sconce a BP |caccpnee 8
MOUS AES .2 oie sah eee eae see seer Soulbo. sae TON fae sins aie TA. | eiskeoteeyae
PANE aaa icis,cinesindaesiomemecanee coume ho uee omen eee eens 68) |c.cceee GO| See te Oj) || eeeerers
IRR tOVAl ss 5s. ee ee a San ee ee ee Ti 108] Aes ee eae eese| no Shismea| cscs east tee eae
RfeTTO A oss. nc hae eee enone nee ee ee en G5 So coterie | peers aeercorsee opgae Beet
Number of scales'in lateral line: .-222.....2.-.-.05-5 1018) SRS eee eee | notieeee L000) 2S-e eer

14. Pseudorhombus quadrocellatus (Gill) Jordan.
Ancylopsetta quadrocellata GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1864, p, 224.

This species was originally described from specimens obtained at

Pensacola.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 127

10. BATRACHID A.

15. Batrachus tau Linn.—“ Sarpo”; Sea Robin.

A specimen of this species, No. 21,477 (27), corresponds closely in
coloration with the southern specimens referred to by Giinther.

Other individuals were obtained, which had grown to the size of 12
or 15 inches, and which, if coloration were accepted as a mark of specific
rank, would surely be entitled to description as new species. The ground-
color is gray or yellowish white, covered with large irregular blotches and
small roundish spots of brown. ‘The type of coloration is very different
from that described by Giinther from southern specimens in the British
Museum. A fuller description of these specimens with measurements
will be given hereafter.

11, GOBLID:A.

16. Gobius soporator Cuv. & Val.

A single specimen, No. 22,852, 24 inches in length, of a species of
Gobius, was sent by Mr. Stearns. It is so shrivelled up from immersion
in too strong alcohol that its characters are not very clearly to be made
out. It agrees very well with the descriptions of Gobius soporator, and
is very like specimens of that species from the Bermudas, except that
the fins are blackish, and, unlike the Bermuda specimens, show no spots.

17. Bleotris gyrinus Cuy. & Val.

A single specimen, No. 22,853, of an Hleotris, agrees essentially with
the descriptions of FH. gyrinus and with specimens sent under this name
from Cuba by Professor Poey.

12. TRIGLIDA.

18. Dactylopterus volitans (Linn.) Lac.

A single specimen, 64 inches in length, and measuring between the
tips of the extended fins 84 inches. D.1I,IV,1,8; A. 6; P. 6, 22; V.7;
C. 5, 4.

In the young, the proportional length of the preopercular spines is
greater than in the adult, equalling the greatest width of the head.
The scales upon the flanks are conspicuously carinate, in the first and
fourth rows from the abdominal flat surface showing a tendency to fori
strong ridges upon the sides of the body. The first and second rays of
the first dorsal are separated from the other rays of this fin, and when
the fin is closed and resting in the dorsal groove the first ray falls back
upon the dorsal surface upon the right-hand side, the second upon the
left embracing the fin. These rays resemble filaments, and it seems
probable that they have independent motion, like the filaments of
Lophius. They are never received into the dorsal groove. The fins are

128 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

dark, and show no traces of the circular blue spots often seen in individ-
uals of this species. The colors are dull and little conspicuous.

19. Prionotus tribulus Cuv. & Val. 2
A single individual, No. 22,820, 52 inches in length. D.X,12; A. 10;
P.1384 3; V.1,5; CG. 441143.

13. POLYNEMID.

20. Polynemus octonemus Girard.

Several specimens of this inter esting species were obtained, notes upon
which are given below.

No. 22,821 (70).. Length 44 inches. D.. II, VI, I, 12; A. II, 12; P.
filaments 8; V. I, 5.

No. 22,822 (71). Two specimens, 32 inches and 3,°; inches in length.
D. i, VI, 1, 12; P. filaments 8; A. II, 12; V.1,5. L. lat. 62.

No222:822," D. 11, VI, 1, 11;\A. 1, 135: P. filaments7s; "Viel ae:
lat. 58.

No. 22,823. Length 4,4 inches. D. II, VI, 12; A. II, 13; P. fila-
ments 8; V.1,5. LL. lat. 60.

14. TRICHIURID:.

21. Trichiurus lepturus Linn.
Two specimens, No. 22,802 (102), 224 inches long, and No. 22,817 (112),
20 inches long.
22,802." 1350 3ob sek:
pipette Wy ae BAG Lio hie carer al

15. SCOMBRID 24,

22. Orcynus alliteratus (Raf.) Gill.

A single specimen, No. 22,815 (92), 13 inches long, weighing 3? of a
pound, was sent by Mr. Stearns.

This specimen is interesting as being the only young individual taken
on this side of the Atlantic.

A few irregularly distributed dark spots about the size of the pupil
of the eye occur on the sides of the body below the pectoral.

23. Cybium maculatum (Mitchill) Cuvier.—Spanish Mackerel.

A single specimen, No. 21,333 (35), 14$ inches in length, was sent
by Mr. Stearns. There are about fifteen large spots between the
branchial opening and the base of the caudal. D.18+417, VII; A. 16,
IX; P.18; V.6. Teeth, =*.

yr
A young specimen, No. 7.310, 94 inches long, was sent from West

Florida by C. B. Baker.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 129

16. CARANGIDZ.

24. Decapterus punctatus (Mitch.) Gill.

A single specimen, No, 22,819, was sent by Mr. Stearns. D. VII, I,
274-1, 254-1; P. II, 18; V.1, 5. LL. lat. 85.

25. Paratractus pisquetus (Cuv. & Val.) Gill.—Hard Tail.

An individual of 11 inches, No. 21,257, was sent. D. VIII, 25; A.
22; P. 21; V. I, 5. Lateral scales: to curve, 50; in front of curve
about 47.

26. Carangus hippos (Linn.) Gill.—Crevallé.

A magnificent specimen, 30 inches in length.
27. Trachynotus carolinus (Linn.) Gill.—Pompano.

A large individual, No. 21,309, 15 inches long. D. VI, I, 25; A. I,
Zo eis 6Vids 5:

Also an individual, No, 22,824 (69), 22 inches in length. D. Vi, 1.23%
cA ee 21 Vis Pike,

Also several very minute individuals (Coll. No. 72), not three-quarters
of an inch in length.

28. Trachynotus goreensis Cuv. & Val.

A skin of this species, obtained in West Florida by Dr. J. W. Velie,
has been sent for identification. Mr. Blackford sent another large
specimen, No. 22,089, of this species, from Jupiter Inlet, Florida, in
January, 1879; weight, 16 pounds; length, 34 inches.

29. Seriola Stearnsii Goode & Bean.—Amber-jish.

The description of this beautiful new species obtained at Pensacola
by Ma. Stearns is given on page 48 of the present volume of the Proceed-
ings of the National Museum. :

A single specimen, No. 21,325 (116), has been received.

30. Seriola bonariensis Cuy. & Val.—fRock Salmon.

A magnificent specimen, No. 22,258, 890 millimetres long, of this
Species, hitherto known only from the coast of Brazil, was sent by Mr.
Stearns. Detailed measurements are given below.

Table of Measurements.
a

Current mum bergO fas pOCINCNN see -cc- seers S- sess 2 eset sec se eee eee eee ee 22,258.

AOC aie fete ee eee neice ea Ss nivel sonic = 2 as 5.2 sc Seine ssa oa ae ee eee Ree Pensacola, Fla.

Millime- | 100ths of

tres. length.
FEXUPE MOR EN COL eEe eee me Rae cps io ace Se eisiok ae siiosdas esse cncen sack 890))|sssseceeer
Length to end of middle caudal rays...........-....- 800). Soceacie
Body :
Greatestiherohitpemseesea secs. so caceacce caciscess 216 27
Greatest width ......-- 99 122
Height at ventrals 197 24%
Gas tihe rods Oimcallepers eee conse e case see nee ce aes o seen cee ee 35 43
een ethtoicandalspedunGlosn<-chceenestscacec savceccces cosseese ee eee eee. 57 7

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79-——9 Sept. 19, 1879.

130 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Table of Measwrements—Continued.

GCuErentmumDerjOf SPECLUNEN, <1 sass eeieiner eee ese tenes eee ee eee eee

VOGHINUG Year ante aie Seine oie wre avian oo secant ae ene n eee ree ee eee n eee eee eee eeee

Head:
Greatest lene th. -o- accecemsaesiaceeences sees Joo Ws sie mitiajeiaiic/eleisicinre.oi-ig aise i
Height ab posterior margin of preoperculum:.-2---22-.-52-----eeee soon n eee.
Height abt posterior marcin of operculum 2-2-2220 ee 22s eeo eee eee nese eee
Grentest width<sose shu ces gee nore See eee eo eee ee ee ne eee

Men Sth OL SNOW sea nse cose ne cen see cere ee neers eee eee eee eee
ienethiofroperculumy ss cis ste bse eee eee ere ese Mee cee eae ee ee ee
Bengthiol ap Pernjawessasssecaccaye sees sank ee oamee nto aoe ren ee meee eee
NBT SLL O fern cin Uap) ete cton te par elects Pisces ecard
MDistancenrom snoutLOOrDlueeoeseetnasaeoaes tee Ce eL EEE CEE oe eee fee neeeee
INIAMELOL Of OLDIGs © aan = Soe ae Sone saat eee a ene e eee eee ee eee aoe eee
Dorsal (spinous) :
DIS tan Celfrom SNOUb 5 dose sete olaeas SATE oles abe s Geet ees see eee
Gee bso LM PAS Ope ee cisco ae Seo f=) inl aise ial s aiainnne alate ot teens Colom eomee meres coe eee
hens thiofeinsthispinewseecscecnes ceeacee a eetOoiet eas s ERR cae me eee
Men cthyOnSseCOnud SpINO en socince sce ose aware atseien ewe slaiee tae ccetseee eee eens
en othtotbbird spine so.e = ese ce cen acdsee cee ae eioedee hee Serene eae mee
NAST UNLO Te OULCHIS DING Mess cet se Seem joes (ee see eee ere cine emer wae ee cece
Ben othvoffitth spin Gs ssiteace ss = sone bene see ete oie ctes see welinn a Ree ee eae
METIS TOOL GLX GHVS DING! Set cic Sots tos cersianad see oot ae eee ne Ree RO en eres
Wen cthvof seventh spimevet2.> th bse. sec toes cco acces enncne incest ta -eeeeeee
Dorsal (soft) :
PEN PNtOtMDAS OY. =. Jee wesc ace eras woke aeaeee ke Oo ee ea eae et ere tee eee
Gene oho hanteced enbis pinOlas xe oe eeeemeet ec ae ce cee e anes ne sees aeee nee eere
Mens EhvOpnirst Pay to ohs cc ses asecae tase See ene cs ae eee Rene ea one eae eee
Gene thyotslone Gs tiwary eae aeee eee eestor acts eee ee eee meee ee eee eae See eemaee
Men ethiOmlastirayocs=s= coat scce ences nce acl cence ems aageenes seer nee seme
Anal:
WMistance fromlsnoub. ccecsoe be foes a-ak a cee eeiee ee ete eae eco ee ses Skee
Men thyorsbase 85 son sco oe eee eee acne eee eee eee ee noe
Men ctMorehrst Spin Ohink ans cesce ceiececemasewaneece seeee eee eee acsceeeee
hen ohh OLSECONd SPINS 2 caccc cas eecwe vee sere ee era hee ne eee etc cae
beneth ofthird spine J 242s anasto. seen ames cas oe cee ee a ercee ne meee en eee
ene Ghote tiray,-o-« <ciatccee ae cece seme iee te meen s Meee ee ete 2
engthotlongestmay ass 528 see ese es saelisacece e nnee ener cee ss ee oe 5
Men SthCORASH TAY scence seins coewse sama cece cea tere eee ee eee cscs
Caudal:
ene thvotemid demas = a cenocs Sates taae ein eee eee en Mee eeeE ceemeeajaee scans
ene thyot external riySico- «csiccaesmece ee ooeeee cence ee eee ere ree scare
Pectoral:
Distin cefromysnouts aaa. ccjeswace acto ce-asceec eenice see eames ee octaccoseces
Wien othe sececc cee coer Sea oee eee Csiro erarclomaaieie ain ictal caetee
Ventral:
Distance dromssnoutest == scccsceteeess sco cas ese aCe eee eect nasser ie eeee
Menge theeese eee Bee asia oeiaiejatnienc eee stele cele se sie ee eRe ee caer eee
IBTANCHIOSTOPAIS = ccesaces saiccace se cce oboe ccm Soleo eee enon ae oc ee ee
Dorsal
Anal

Number of transverse rows above lateral line..-- ss seeemeeeee senses soe sce e lemme
‘Number of transverse rows below lateralline: -.2-sseeeeeeee ce noes sol seeclenoeee

Pensacola, Fla.

Millime- | 100ths of

tres.

128

450
229

27
105
45

35
150

209
106

235
120

VII
Vil, I, 29
IL ¥ 21
11,20

ca, 131
ca. 22

ca. 36

length.

ROR

ero Re DOR
CORA cot

_
os)

31. Hlagatis pinnulatus Poey.
Seriola pinnulata Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, II, p. 233.
Decapterus pinnulatus POEY, op. cit. p. 374.

Llagatis pinnulatus POLY, Rep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, II, 1868, p. 378.
Several specimens of this species were obtained by Mr. Wiirdemann

in West Florida.
17. STROMATEID.

32. Peprilus alepidotus (Linn.) Cuvier.—oon-fish.

A single specimen, No. 21,475 (9), 74 inches in length. D.IV, 42; A.

IV, 42; P.19,

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 131

18. LATILID.

33. Caulolatilus microps Goode & Bean.

The Smithsonian Institution received, March 22, 1878, this fish from
Mr. Stearns. It was taken March 18, 1878, on the Snapper Bank, off
Pensacola, in 35 fathoms of water. It is now a fine aleoholic specimen,
No. 20,971 of the Fish Catalogue.

Caulolatilus microps is related to the Brazilian form Caulolatilus chry-
sops (Cuvier and Valenciennes) Gill, and the Cuban form Caulolatilus
cyanops Poey, described in 1867.* Of the former, two specimens only
are recorded: one, the type of the original description, one foot long,
collected on the coast of Brazil by M. Gay, and probably now in the
museum in Paris; a second, in the British Museum, a stuffed specimen,
purporting to have been collected in the West Indies. Of Poey’s
C. cyanops, the National Museum possesses a fine specimen (Cat. No.
4,750), 15 inches long, collected and presented by Professor Poey.

The Pensacola specimen is 2 feet and 3 inches long, weighing 94
pounds. Its color has faded, but a yellow blotch is still visible under
the eye, similar to that mentioned in C. chrysops. A dark blotch is
visible in and above the axilla of the pectoral.

For diagnosis see Proceedings U.S. National Museum, I, 1879, p. 45.

IGS CLAUNID Ag.

34. Cynoscion carolinensis (Cuv. & Val.) Gill.—Spotied Trout.

A single specimen, No. 22,811 (100), 124 inches in length. D. IX, 24;
A Os Pl16:) V1, 53 ©..9-4-8. Li lat; ca. 88.
35. Cynoscion nothus (Holbrook) Gill.— White Trout.

A single individual, No. 21,480 (60), 94 inches long. D. X
Ii, 11; P.16; V.1,5; C.1+9+8+42. L. lat. 57.
36. Pogonias cromis (Linn.) Cuvier.—Drum.

An individual, No. 22,806, 204 inches long, weighing 44 pounds. D.
Nee bl Os P18: Vo1, 53.0. 190” We late4s <a. trans. elo:

37. Liostomus philadelphicus (Linn.) Goode.—Spot; Chopa Blanca.

O7.
265

XG

?

Perca philadelphica LINNAUS, Syst. Nat. ed. x, 1758, i, p. 291; ed. xii, 1765, i,
p. 484.
Liostomus philadelphicus GoopE, Fishes of East Florida (vide supra).
Liostomus obliquus DEKAY, and subsequent authors.
A single specimen, No. 21,478 (38), 64 inches. D. X, J, 29; A. II,
12; P.19; V. I, 5; C. 948. Transverse rows of scales about 54.
38. Bairdiella argyroleuca (Mitchill) Gill.— Wademoiselle.
A specimen, No. 21,499 (25), 74 inches long. D. XI, 191; A. II, 8};
ip. 15) Vv. bo 2 9-4-8. 1. lat. 50;. L. trans. 5,
A young individual, No. 22,849, 44 inches in length. D. XI, I, 213,
A. II, 9. L. lat. 49; L. trans. 4.

* Repertorio Fisico-Natural de la Isla de Cuba, i, p. 312.

132 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

39. Scizenops ocellatus (Linn.) Gill.—Med Horse; Channel Bass.

A single specimen, No. 21,774, 154 inches long. D. X, I, 24; A. HU,
7; P. 10,14; V.1,5; 0.17. L. lat. 46; L. trans. 5. Four black spots
on the right side; two on the left.

40. Menticirrus alburnus (Linn.) Gill.— Whiting.

A single specimen, No. 21,332 (34), 15 inches long, in color silvery
white immaculate, with bluish reflections upon back and body, white
upon the belly.

In coloration, this specimen agrees with the Menticirrus littoralis of
Holbrook, but seems to have no definite characters by which it may be
distinguished.

D. X, I, 24; A. I, 64; P. 205, ¥,,6;..C.17,.. Ledat, about Cop
trans. +3.

Another specimen, No. 22,832, 9$ inches long, agrees in proportions
with the above. Its coloris, however, very dusky, and the cloudings are
blackish.

DX, 1, 24; A. 1,73. P. 19; ¥. i, 5. L lat. 705. bb. trans. 43
41. Micropogon undulatus (Linn.) Cuv. & Val.—Croaker.

A single specimen, No. 21,479 (37), about 5 inches long. D. IX,
J, 28; A. TI, 74; P. 18; V.1,5;C.9+4 8. L. lat. 72 or 73; L. trans. $5.

20. GERRID.

42. Eucinostomus harengulus sp. nov. Goode & Bean.

There are in the collection two specimens of an undescribed HLucino-
stomus collected in West Florida by Kaiser and Martin. The catalogue
number of the specimens is 5145. The largest is 120 millimetres in length
to the origin of the middle caudal rays; the smaller, 87 millime-
tres. The species may be briefly characterized as follows: D. IX, 10;
A. III, 7; P.15; V.1,5; C.+17+. L. lat. 44; L. trans. *.

The height of the body is contained 3 to 3} times in the total length
without caudal; the length of the head, 34 to 35 times; the diameter
of the eye exceeds the length of the snout, and is contained 3 times in
the length of the head, and equals the width of the interorbital space.
The groove for the processes of the intermaxillaries is naked, and ex-
tends to the vertical through the anterior third of the eye. The free
portion of the tail is longer than high. The least height of tail equals
the length of the 6th dorsal spine. The 3d dorsal spine is the longest,
its length being contained twice in the height of the body, and equals
the length of the head without the postorbital portion ; the last dorsal
spine equals in length the 2d anal, and about equals the length of the

°

snout, and is about 2 as long as the 3d. The 1st dorsal ray is fully
14 times as long as the Ist dorsal spine. The 2d anal spine is
stronger aud shorter than the 3d, its length being contained 3; times
in the length of the head. The 3d anal spine is contained 34 times in

the length of the head. The caudal is forked, its length slightly less

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 133

than the length of the head, and very little greater than the length of
the pectoral. The pectoral reaches to the perpendicular through the
origin of the soft dorsal. The ventral is half as long as the head.
The vent is under the 2d ray of the soft dorsal.

21. SPARID.

43. Lagodon rhomboides (Linn.) Holbrook.
This species evidently breeds in the vicinity of Pensacola, as well as
many other points on the Southern coast. Young specimens, No, 21,488,
ranging from 2 to 4 inches in length, were received from Mr. Stearns.
The Museum has also specimens, No. 3,112, collected at Charlotte
Harbor, West Florida, by C. B. Baker.
NOs ino se Oe NP erik: aan TER AOS Pet6s Nios) Cu,

L. lat. 602;
L. trans. 3%.

44. Archosargus probatocephalus (Walbaum) Gill.—Shkeep’s-head.
A single specimen, No. 22,803, 132 inches long. D. XI, 114; A. III,
$i; P.16; V.1,5; C.9+4-8. L. lat. 43; L. trans. 5%.

45. Pagrus argenteus Schneider.—Porgy.
Pagrus vulgaris CUVIER & VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss. vi, p. 142, pl.
cexlvii.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. i, p. 466.

We have examined several specimens of a species of Pagrus obtained
at Charleston, 8. C., in April, 1878, by Mr. Goode, and also a specimen,
No. 21,339, sent from Pensacola by Mr. Stearns. We are unable to dis-
cover any differences between this species and P. argenteus of Europe,
and provisionally identify them with it. The discovery of this European

form in the Western Atlantic is particularly interesting.

Table of Measurements.

Current number of specimen.......---.--. 21,339. 20,981 a, 2. 20,981 b.
=a : DRT sayy Charleston, S.C., | Charleston, S. C.
Locality -.---++-++++++20-0-20e ee eeee estes Pensacola, Fla. ; G. Brown Goode.| G. Brown Goode.
sete. | RLOOtHS sy | 100ths | »_21): 100ths
ene of ree lee Ss of
Sie length. Tes: “| Jength. cee length
Hxtremeuleng hiss ses act ectieac ones gets a's 48 Dal raseaes 398; [ese eacoe 403 Piece ese
Length to origin of middle caudal rays. - -- S4Guleeceees B14, |zeeses=: BSIn oscemee
Body :
GREAbESHHeIOMb esc cs ce ee ic sce sie see (<-s- 00 os ao as SURO ete clelaterete OMe eee mee eases 36
Greahestiy dtheesseae te tos sone Sete Ei sciowas eainciee h yes Ue eee na ay | ees ee ee 13
Meio htiumwenural seers ascetics se scees sees eawcce a. Sse || e=eeeree SOME eree neces ase 36
eastiheightiotitails 2595: Str 4.52 22) 5-22. esos OR Nemec enna ee OFusetsceoues 94
Length oficaudal pedunele..-..-..--:-|------.--.-- G2 eect OME eeree ays teteree 193
Head:
Grentesthlenrtherecsecescas ess ceca-- eon 33 33
Distancé from snout tomape---...----|---2-2.2-.-: iy 16
Greabeshawld tiene eee 2. . arcens on Ssicwis 163 14
Wadthyotinterorbitalarea).--...-22.2|-----2see..- oe 8s
Men cunOMsnoutpeeenee sc ees cases ee ceceescceee: 114 12
Penohhiokoperculumecs: sscedtosesssecclsecces Socecs 9 9
en athiotenppewaiwgecceee sce os- = 2c.26-\sencces.< scce 133 13
Length of-mandible:-) 0-2... 22:22 =. Jae aSeciet oe Ste 14 134
Distance from snout to orbit. 154 15
Longrdiameteriotieyer sage so s022 soa lseecee oes 7% 7k

134 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Table of Measurements—Continued.

Current number of specimen. ------------- 21,339. 20,981 a, Q. 20,981 b.
: y § | Charleston, S.C., | Charleston, 8. C.,
Beecality, 2 - = -- - --~ ne on oni nen nel Pensacola, Fla. q| G. Brown Goode. | G. Brown Goode.
Millime- | 200tBS | rittime- | 1008S | Miillime- | 100ths
unas length. ues: length. tres. length.
Dorsal (spinous):
Distance from snouti......-.......-.-- 424
Weencth OL bDas@s. 22) ease ese eeee eee 314
Length of longest spine 124
Leneth of first spine. --........--...-- 53
Length of second spine Tat
Eenpthiot third spine. --. 2... -ccn=— Beate e eee 7s
Dorsal (soft):
Men OhNOL DASE. = seas sescle ste acce ce eeie | /tsaaece mete 193
ene hop ucsblay soso sceee seme esos |e - eae = 8}
MEN og Ol LON SES bit Aer seein cinen| a easton e 11
: PTO; UNO ta ORV eet elersteela eieceterera | nie iaie ee eres 11
Anal:
IS tM COMLOM ISN OU bist alate alesis ate eieteine a= isle 663
MEN OD MOMVASO esa cecaseceie cecen cnc Seaerocsaae 19
engthof first/spine------= -------2=-| 2 2en=an- = 3h
Length of second spine ..-.---.-------|---------.-- 7s
Length of third SPiN Nea eee se seme 1%
HEN SUMO LNTS Otte oon. oo le ete aislae eisai Ton weu Shou ™ 83+}.
gene imorloneestilayseocencessetesees| eee ame oeee 10
PAG CGR OMLAS Hit Vee eee sen alam aleioe ms | state oes see 10
Caudal:
Length of middle rays ---......---- dS semmsaodec 12
Mena unOnexbermal Tans! = o-s.c-- cece ssl cece oe 27
Pectoral:
Distance from snout .....- Sone eee aes (ee seeeeeeee SS eee tate R44 eae eee 344
BEN TUDE cosas eee ecece = scr eee nes Sad oeeueeaee Boe OSE cece ee SSRN Le. Se eee 36+-
Ventral:
Dr shancetromnsnoutisssacacceeee cece s ee Vee eee ceeeee| Moke itl ee cer arree 38! 8) acess ais 37
ment Subir eee seem eee. sce enn eee Soleo nce ce |) OSE encore WO eres aees ee 20
Branchiosterals) 2-205 scones lsse se eke cee Wills. 2 eeee | Vil | feces Wal 3s. ae
DOR Sa lpr Sem ee eae eee se ewian so ecjsoce >-G a he elleesae seal D0) | eee ee | > SSXatS OMe Aaeee
2ST EI es ages eee eee en TS Ste aeons |), STS Bs 22 ee DPS ees Meee
srr See et eo eee ec cotee Bae EV Svea DV, 5, Vi} Wil, 15; WE
PREG UOL DIM sso eee er ee acisiewcie nee Sack | ny
IMemUpalie noo toon seme saltacise © Paes
Number of scales in lateral line..-.-..-.-..
apuber of transverse rows above lateral |
LT OB eee ee te ea caceecE ae
airiaber of transverse rows below lateral |
DEEN Gop rag Beene treeless onto fess eee t e fe ess
PATO Ole Senos cert c dears sccemmeseee sie
Number of cecal appendages ....-..--..---.|

46. Pagellus Milneri sp. nov. Goode & Bean.

Two specimens of an undescribed species of Pagellus, No. 6,134, were
sent from Charlotte Harbor, Florida, in 1863, by C. B. Baker. The
length of the smaller specimen to the origin of the middle caudal rays
is 146™™; of the larger, 156™™, The species is dedicated to our friend
Mr. James W. Milner, for eight years Deputy U. 8S. Commissioner of
Fisheries, whose important services to the United States in the depart-
ment of Fish Culture have been supplemented by much thorough natural
history exploration, and who at this time is collecting the fishes of West
Florida.

Diagnosis.—The height of the body is 23 in total length, caudal in-
cluded; 24 in its length without caudal. Length of head 4} times with
caudal, 34 without, and equal to length of pectoral. Diameter of eye equals
length of operculum; width of interorbital space equals least height of

*To the abdominal outline; there are 16 to the median line of the belly.

PROCEEDINGS

tail, which is half the length of the ventral.
of head almost 4 times, and less than 14 times in snout.
nearly as high as it is long, with maxillary edge nearly straight.

OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

135

Diameter of eye in length

Preorbital
There

are five series of scales between the preorbital and the angle of the pre-

operculum.
rior nostril linear.

Three series of molars in upper jaw, two in lower.

Poste-

In life this species is banded vertically with brown.

In form of body it resembles the Scuppaug (Stenotomus argyrops).
Radial formula: B. VI; D. XII, 12; A. HI, 10; C.548+47+45; P.I,

ae Vs TD:

L. lat. 47-48; L. trans. 7

cs
7

Table of Measurements.

Current number of specimen. .--.-.--------.----------- 6,134 a. 6.134 b.
MOC alitye seca cease <eetin es eise ls elaleleinra alei=|aeia)nis'= = <rarn= aa Charlotte Harbor, Fla. | Charlotte Harbor, Fla.
|
We ot, | 100ths of 73, 4... |100ths of
Millimetres. length. Millimetres. | length.
|.
|
Length to origin of middle caudal rays...-...-------- EOF ere ctetniees 156} ee eee
Body:
Greatestwbelontn anyon bras) se etece coms sciee ios)| csc teresa rela = ate | 460) |se scene eee 46
Meas wher niyo taba geen ene aioe siete See lecimie =| te alee aaron LOM esse con acetate 10
Head:
(Gartnueciy dove. Gao psonosonsucs Saeee Paps orspad eaeees speocens Bib |seeeneaecreeee 31
Wadthiotintcrorbital! areas. -cen-2h2sceec- ee ence =< seen 100) Peewee cence 10
een cu MOMS OUt MMM eee ee eee enc cisceecr| eter se seen ss 112) | AS ees eee 113
Mena toi Operculmmee maces si ee erise mene tee (ele aera. Bi ea ares crashes 8
Wen mthvolup per jaw eee -sos= cece ee sone se asseed| 2 sas goss cca | LOS eae ae 12
Genet Claman Gi bl Oye seas See eco cetee is aid nial. lls) cietetqaceets.ai=- | 131 | cc asec oa 13
Mistancertrom: snout) tOOrbit.= = 2s ee se nee] <2 aeein ce =e UTES | oe 252 Seer 17
DIRT SHE OME O LDU pee eae eae ote at ate rate mie ein ia etal etan ie | =e iste ae oto So) bee seeoee se 8
Dorsal (spinous):
NO Stam Como SN OU bite sates ioe actos ee Saale celesarcinn |e ieiseyeaier ss AGY Wo oe cle eel 46
MON OU aO te AS Opa ee oars te ate' le alelsyclmmtnin stot oietetetele ie tele elms persia Baal a oeeere eee 33
Wen sg thrOmics LSP Gms seem cease melettcie sen || isesice sierra: Ae IE Nowe eee erat 43
Gem LMNOI SECON SPiN Gomer tata arias area eae ct ote [inte oes eretnaram = Broken: |esssteseeeemes | Broken.
IGEN Shhno ith TGS piers sae sees aoe etisiawle ee | Use =e == LR, ee eee eee 10+
GEN Ap MNO h TOUTbN IS PIN 6 see aaa sees ste = eee are Ne ale [Se me elercaiorenle DIGI eeeeoe ce eeter | 12
Men eho fatth bits yo Ome retarepe ence al cttoiele mamaria iatal |e areteter= a aterm ieee ees oe crae oer 12
Dorsal (scft) : |
REMC HHO LSD ASC = sea cet eteteteteatars (= saiaa aioe aja ciaiaeleemlelnrs |= meter eeie ae 20s lee ceeeee ee 20
Menthe htirst may sess sane a = wes see eee [ee oe tn siete OQ) seca Brapeae Broken.
ReMCUHROL ONS CSU Mae ace aa eie ee ae cers aos a tel ee rciermett aieie ere Obese essere Broken.
Wen cuMvOmas tetas stoma asa cil-tases ecm cee sees atareceacr Ween ecenenee | Broken.
Anal:
Wistance {roms Snub Seasscec sa seiciaas- ~actas weinet-|loo scence a eee | Gig \ |Raseree- eee 65
ETO NE OTP ASO set = see ciae eo caee elas ees alaie Sis ole wie!stare [oral scieis ele siete Bap saeeae es seeecee | 22
Neen ApntO AMIS HS PINGh esac sees css alesse eer eci cee l-lif pe minrserer eis Ae eee ieee 4
bon nNKOMSe CONUS PIN Osea: ee ees oo a\a asses |namemene ance Tae |eekoee.c Sere | 7
Aen heOLHMNTO ES PIN Oye acer =o se esa ee sia o/s, 401 =f ates aaa TArlesasderjeie 8
Mencthrottirst ray, (lon eest)- oo c62- .sc2---2+555-|-i--= Pesieset Shr ememes sees Broken.
Meno uhotlastmnayeeses 52 se sseee soci. salce wee seis e |= = ace oem Wie |pescinee eer | Broken.
Caudal :
Menethiofmid dleimays)-. -).-.<.s5-.0s12s 2 20 152 -|2- cence ani oe LSY lb eeeeies 124
re 9 29
Length of extermal rays.....1.---.. jintevion 77/7 1e.2 see aii oe meee
Pectoral:
AD ISTAN CER LOM SNOW byes a cease osteeic silt eisel na = ee leeeta= BD |Eceacerse st aeee 31
Meret himeeeeeet eee oan coe sone sac ees dae as \s20| toes see Sep teeters ae ee | 31
Ventral:
Di SComC OR LOMESNOU Ui see eile eciaais sia ore = x wielars = =\|leieisjs\=ya tel ereisis BOP Reese wicca cls 37
CeTir Uh eee on een Neos es ese cline eee amree On| Cee eee Se : 204
Length of axillary appendage. .-.---..---.------- |-------------- NOM |e ctcececia 2 | 10
(BTan CHIOSLE MAIS semester = cla! sic.a lec wise wai © Miers sini Valu eezeemere Nab eesscoacc
BT OTS Ol eee Ne he eo Sas! aresainre ae 9 |e eee Sa GAR sal Soetie
PANT 2) epee ees nn byes Oo ee io Is elas : lis oe IO Ca eeseecee oc
Candal 7 lee eeeee- Was 7 V json seneee
Pectoral [Semen ise VLA 8) 3 fee see
aVientrall seer eee are ie st DO} eee
Nunber of scales in lateral line .--. Ba eererse see AT |.-- sence
Number of transverse leeGseccte's Zale Sete
Number of transverse rows below lateral line Sable see = 14 cere eer

136 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

22. PRISTIPOMATIDZA:

47. Pristipoma fulvomaculatum (Mitch.) Giinther.—Pig-fish.
A single specimen, No. 21,490, 83 inches in length. D. XII, 15}; A.
III, 113; P.18; V.1,5; 0.9+8. L. lat. 55 or 56; L. trans. 35.
Another specimen, No. 3,113, was sent from Charlotte Harbor in 1864
by C. B. Baker. D.XII,16; A. III, 13; P.19; V.1,5; 0.949. LL. lat.
54; L. trans. 3}.

48. Rhomboplites aurorubens (Cuy. & Val.) Gill.—Bastard Snapper.

Several specimens of this beautiful species were obtained in Charles-
ton, 8. C., in the spring of 1878. They are often brought to Charleston
market, where they are called “ Mangrove Snappers.” They are obtained
chiefly from the Savannah Bank.

Another specimen, No. 21,538 (42), 155 inches long, was subsequently
sent from Pensacola by Mr. Stearns. D. XII, 11; A. III,8; P.1,16; V.
I,5;C0.9+8. L. lat. 52; L. trans. ¥%.

Table of Measurements.

|
Current number of specimen .-..-.--.--------- \ 21,224 a. 21,224 b. 21,388.
. Savannah Bank, | Savannah Bank, rane ,
Locality ---------+-++--++ee22eeeeee eee eee eee ; | Charleston, S.C. | Charleston, 8. C. Pensacola, Fla.
wani.| 200bRS |) ame | A80Ub8 naan ae ee
metres. | length. | metres. length. metres. length.
Dxtreme leneth to origin of middle caudal rays - SAO eae menceer BGO" aise reeers SUGu sees
Length to end of middle caudal rays ......---- BORN Eee oeeesioe 4120 yeaa BUST |REEy eas
Body:
PE TOSteS UNG NU ecm nae seemae seen ieee meats aerate noir al eemteinst=tatai= Bone | eeeeei aes 32
EqLed LOS leh Meets a eiata eee ieeleisieete ase es Verelriers Aen eee DSS Eee soe 3c 12.5
Memo htab ventrals cess sscce cee acs cals ccses| fo silat eye ere arotcrarers 3216) lt ceaaeeee 30
Weash Neloh TOL GAM! Soo coe weeks - som aeons eee ae OND eee cece 1023) | See eee 10.5
Length of caudal peduncle....-......-....|..------ Need eee nelcinee 1 GSOn see ees 17
Head:
Greatest length SLO ese e ener 30.8 |. S505 32
Greatest width LAO! encenceces 14a |eeeseer mac 14
Width of interorbital area ON eecemr ets OD HISEe 2 cee se 8.5
WGA GHOST O Utes emacs eee saree twist ereraiater: 10.7 pee ONS) |e sence sec 8
ent unOmopercnlni. = sacs aeeeeee ss eel teeererne needs Sone |sensdaceac Sree fal ae pitas ie 11
Mens thio haLppenaweeo-sese essere ceeeacs| sacle sce SON msec eee LON Sn|Sesemec aoe a8
Meno thvolmandib le. ajesecessecee sce oecsl Sees ae ABET, A coseatano SS Oe oe etme ets 13
Distance from snout to centre of orbit .--.).....--. ASNT |e cece ar Ta OUISee Ree see 2.5
Wong, diameter-or Cyl 2. -le-cesmscneeecem)s| eee OM soso eee Oia sane 7.5
Dorsal (spinous) :
Wistance LromysnOuUtiecers +e cee seine eee ices BO. Mall sebaeeeaee 35
ben ethiiotabagee ee soce ee concn bode semeate \Ceeaos 34.5 |e cena 33
Wencth:. of first: spins os ce. ese ce ac clmcee lee ee aoe eee nme | Seema 4G iil ae eontae 5
eneth of second spine’ =-c-..2 sesso ceesecllesecceee |) | ROOM eeeemcm cer. 83:55 Seemeecee 9.5
Mensthiof lastispine sese-s. cee aes =e nee ee Weareren fs'5 |e eeeeetsea poe
Length of longest spine .......----.-.--.-- : Sees | sone -sacs|anse eee |peeemee eae 12.5
Dorsal (soft) : |
BROTH WOOL PASO: cmsects oe weno eer ee eee | Eeeee eee PENDS | ecco a ace Ste See aiahe ie 20
Hon euhiO dirs Tay =. 2s+eceee one ce ee ee een eee 840) 7 |5.so-2 omer Tis GaSR ee nee: 9.5
enethofl longest ray ..25<2cesesen--s-ces\oees-=.2 9.8 | Qe ee eae 9.5
Men ctniot last Tay <.s2-sesss Sseene eee s2e|seoeeeee 7.5 lO estore a
Anal:
Wishancetrom SHout-..<ceesceceeeeeceeesente eee eee 68. 0 6920) sa -saaeee 68
Hen unOMmbaAss. 2. .-s.cecusonee ote eeeee nee eeeee 15.3 MOND! ll co ee cows 14.5
fbenophtor firstispine : .s222cesceeee sone ee BaD, BL belo eeecees 2.6
engthyof second spine <-.5.222sss-----<-¢ 712 628 eas see aer 7
Length of third spine............... 7.6 8.0 | soe 8
Length of first ray 10.7 SED il cesar 10.5
Length of longest ray. . 10.7 Cay Sonneee ae 10.5
Length of last ray 8.2 G53 oceee = 7

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 137

Table of Measurements—Continued.

ee — a SssSsSSSSSSsSssssssssssssssssesssesesese

Current number of specimen .....--....-..--. 21,224 a. 21,224 b. 21,338.
‘ Savannah Bank, | Savannah Bank, | p.. ooo. 7;
Locality ..---.---------12-seeeeecoeeeeeeees }| Gharteston, 8-0. | Charleston sc | Pensacola, Fa,
|
| ;
Mees 7 207 tS raring A DeMS | arian | Ode bs
tres tres. | tres
metres. length. metres. length. | metres. length.
Caudal:
ene thtofemiddle rays escsess see se ces cae | aera | Dy, | seseacees DAO eaateteleyarais 16
nes Se ee eee eee GisSupeLiones-|he-.cme | 2040 eS2nccteece ENDS |e atete este 30
Length of external rays... Vinferior |..|........ DBGOr ic orcs |e ee 29.5
Pectoral:
Mistancemromysnou theses ssosce canes eles cil ee aee DONS lec a -totets 2015" Ea ae ae 29
TEN Ota etre eect eee omer ners seca Wate clee 24. 2 B56 DOB a Nsoneereee 26.3
Ventral: |
WMistancertromisnon sossess sas seisecc a:
pee on left side... -
Length ..-...-.------+-.- ; on right side ..
IBrANchiostecalsieer ee ese see ances see ence
Dorsal ce. 2 oe
cAI Ere A tecinse nest
@andall ies c3ccec.
Pectoral
Ventral
Number of scales in lateral line ..... _. Jes
Number of transverse rows above lateral line § ORE aa | 9. sees
Number of transverse rows below lateral line. VOR eens see 20 Zot 20) eee emer

49. Lutjanus caxis (Schneider) Poey.
The Museum has a specimen, No. 5,138, collected in West Florida by
Kaiser and Martin. Length 10 inches. D.X,14; A. III, 8. 1. Jat. 41.

50. Lutjanus Stearnsii Goode & Bean.—Mangrove Snapper.
Lutjanus Stearnsii GOODE & BEAN, Proc, U.S. Nat. Mus. i, 1879, p. 179.
A single specimen, No. 21,337, 193 inches, the type of the description
of the species.

51. Lutjanus Blackfordii Goode & Bean.—Red Snapper.
Lutjanus Blackfordii GOODE & BEAN, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. i, 1879, p. 176.

A fine specimen, No, 21,330, 26 inches long, was sent from Pensacola
by Mr. Stearns in May, 1878, which served as one of the types for the
description of the species.

A young individual, No. 21,463, was also sent, which shows some
interesting variations from the adult, as indicated in the following
table of measurements.

The principal characters of the young as varying from the adult are
(1) the greater length of the head, (2) the lesser length of the snout,
(3) the greater diameter of the eyes, (4) the greater length of the paired
fins, (5) the greater height of the azygos fins, (6) the stouter proportions
of the caudal.

138 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Table of Measurements.

Current number of specimen ..---------- 0-2-2 eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee e ee 21,463.
Locality .--..---- 22-22 eee ee nee e eee n cee nnn e cee nee een e nee e nee e eee een nne- Pensacola, Fla.
Millime- | 100ths of
tres. | length.
|
EhreMme lonetiiesesssscses- eae ncleee ames sane aeasietnninte wna eeinlel@ = amen inal OAT Wee oesscmsle
Length to origin of middle caudal rays .---------+----22+- 2s eee eee ence ee eee eee USS ese ccemcee
Body:
Height at ventrals .......---2- 2-222 cee e ee eee cee eee enn cece eee e ee eee en es | eeeeee cee 414
Least height of tail...... 22-22-22. eee eee ne eee ee cee eee cent eee e eee eee eee 13
Head :
Grea teste tile see seca eee ae ee eee sae eae tee eile eae intl ete etal ieee tee 41
Greatestnwidbhieee oe assaec oe eee eee cele elnle = late tmle oleate lalla mie mel li lr ld 15
Wadihlotinteronbital area cos est eee naseen eset ee eee eee sce eelemeletelte | elem ate aatarer 4
een cin /Ol SNOUb = sees nese a hiee nha weleseimenia sales alelaee mals isis minis emo me eee ile eam inl | 123
Meneth of Operculum .---.- .2-- 2-20 cene cence omen nnemcisecee= ce =n-= ses enn==s|enseme == 133
Length of upper jaw.----.-----~..2neesnen nn neem ee cn enn e ene nn ne cee ans cener=|eneeccnnn= 15
Length of mandible .........----.22eeecenn ne cone ne cone n een enn n een ee ene a == lone wee ene 19
Wistance ALOMNSNOUL bO OLD bee ae ce ements ole aetce lee ele aie eens oa eae ale eet eee eet 144
AM SbErOL OL DIb= saan own ase ce som nemesis ee = ail lam ee loleintemio ein enn nena alele moe a I eeeeecoOne 9
Dorsal (spinous):
TGC CE TOTO USTIOM cee ole ete eee eer a ls ee ete eee et rat relate te ates 444
based Gi? WEN eS aa aoeoncpogceeoDseoaoenoS Bee ee creel eee ee eee neater 29%
MENS OL ALSt SPINE) seo cee oo nicmin sci ceiaieiasaces sceleesiciniseise= aa\e/= in -la ema os
Mength of second spine... -----. 2 cece eee cae w mene e new eenwncwensesac-ss-e== 103
Length of fourth or longest spine 15
Mensthio£ last spine =<. 2-- 222.6 -cccaw cnn cececscacsuccenssss==scam=s=/==—- 104
Dorsal (soft) :
Serre MO tea O le = sete tale maleate saa la eerie mle eam ee ec la ee lee i lll a 22
NEED ETHVON ASH LAY ce Sen ooo ema secinisia soem = seen arises melee ma o's alnlelvinlwie mi miel=(=i=i='s | mimmiwieinl—tais 12
Heeneinonlvoncest Tay coasectos > ss scscmen ele aces sialic siete = anaemia BF Sawer 16
Men eu OL AaSULAY sae esiciee ce aenclsee alae a= nee Boe shsl cc ses cece see oa eeeat| ae aeneeies 9
Anal:
Mgt ancomronusnOub sessccke cecene hove en ae emt ececcsieacine sites seetedeaaeiee aetteleetseetateeet 71
[eer ornO be DS ee eee cece cee nee ae een aa ae meen ene emai ieee elelalele meta eee er lete ea 16
Menchhrotainstis PING: eet sve se acto seer clesecesis samisiele man's ate Sere ope ieie laterals ae etal eater 53
Heo pn OtsSecOnd is pinOrecemre vecacen enema n ee ere eee letemialais alae aletete teil i= ietell atelier 103
enath ot uhicd Spine: .ccews ose noe as mieae~ seine =e elt ee eles a oe all altm mm mila tele sl oomlslatell tral 114
Men Shanon tint tayo ae cise se ae fete otelcioiale oles Ciainio sain alee afeletata steter=(eiml=(otaieelel=(aterser=rmal (ale feeatnim(etalers 15
Moen eth Of Lone eshray, .- <2. .1c-- sce cccwccewins slneaels oases emnin am eiwnese <= =i=--—=||aminisie =miai=i= 19
ene yn Of last ayes mace cae cso caelce sicn cele a ajmialesee ele alele aio a menial mnie em = a ieee oleate aa 8h
Caudal:
ren otnvofmiddleryys ee seca sine melo slain te ne eae oe enema aeltaicle eee | oacfeceras 21
Men eth Of OXpernal TAS) - cone sone deine acc moma mae aniele ee a ene miatm lems mnie to \Seneoeees 32
Pectoral:
Dispance tronwsnoubaecensen-cesceenaser es aose cee ees cee res lemme neitette/ eet) seeieretes 36
hen Ae eles eet eee tc cle ins aee bee Shee eee a ene oe tie cee eeee mae eelsiemte ar |coeie anit 34
Ventral:
Mistancewuromisnoit)..<-s<Sesesteeoe ccc ects cet en se een ee ee eee eee eeceisese acer
NGO Nt n= eae ea cc tices ence seeceS
aretrre HOS UG Mls aeeeetelae lee crstennns cine s ee chao crete me a eel ae meee ete len etter
Morsall geese eee cleo clo me ae ee ame Swat olele nieie alee eo ae ale eee eine elneae eteraaee
PACT oll eereteyorste te taisinve sera cleeic © lara
aa ees nite cceete ees cecicw elon Gaia lsieceemetsamieccieseecinion sen cca ceiaenatemtee te felatetatetatntate
PROT ee ee are eee ee a seis Be cis we ena ele econo ee eee one eee eeeteeeee eee
Ventral

Number of scales in lateral line
Number of transverse rows above lateral line
Number of transverse rows below lateral line

23. CENTRARCHID.

52. Micropterus pallidus (Rafinesque) Gill & Jordan.—Black Lass.

According to Mr. Stearns this species enters the brackish and salt
waters of the Gulf of Mexico, whence he sends a specimen, No. 21,311,
12a or

12 inches in length. D. IX, I, 13; A. Il, 10; P. HU,

C.+17+. L. lat. 65; L. trans. 74

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 139

53. Lepiopomus incisor (Cuy. & Val.).—Brim.
Lepiopomus pallidus (not Mitchill) Girt & Jorpan, Annals N. Y. Lye. Nat. Hist.
ix, 1877, p. 316.
A single individual, No. 21,471 (50), 84 inches in length. D. X,.12;
ee Pe. Les ote CE 9: hat, ae transs
The description of Bodianus pallidus as given i Mitchill does not
appear to us to apply to this species, and we cannot believe that our
friend Prof. Jordan had the book before him when he made his final
decision in the matter. Indeed, this is quite evident from the fact that he
habitually quotes it in synonymy as Labrus pallidus Mitchill. It seems
to us quite evident that Mitchill’s species was Bairdiella argyroleuca
(=. punctata Gill), as was long ago demonstrated by Prof. Gill. It
was a whitish, elongated fish, with “holes under the chin,” yellow fins,
23 rays in the second dorsal fin, and 2 (not 3) spines in the anal. See
Transactions of the Literary and re ene Society of New York, I,
1875, p. 420.

54. Eupomotis speciosus (Holbrook) Jordan ?

A species represented by a single specimen, distinguished from the
Eupomotis speciosus of the St. Johi’s River solely by its slenderer body,
slightly larger eyes, and the presence of only 9 dorsal spines. The
markings are very similar to those of Eupomotis speciosus. The char-
acters separating I. speciosus from H. pallidus appear to us of doubtiul
weight.

SERRANID 4h.

55. Epinephelus morio (Cuv. & Val.) Gill.
A single specimen, No. 22,814 (75), 22 inches in length. D. XI, 17;
eee re eV oe C.06., lrlat.ca,. 106:

56. Epinephelus Drummond-Hayi Goode & Bean.—Hind.
Lpinephelus Drummond-Hayi GOODE & BEAN, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. i, 1879, p.
Be edi73"

A single specimen, No. 21,255, 162 inches in length, was received from
Mr. Stearns, May, 1878, and was taken as one of the types of the deserip-
tion of the species. D. XI, ag A TT, 955 © 2 Wa. WO Vaniep rr tae
VII. L. Jat. 125; L. trans

The species Breas ney 1G) fhe waters of the Bermudas and South
Florida,

57. Epinephelus nigritus (Holbrook) Gill.—Jew-jish.

A specimen, No. 21,529, measuring 29 inches in length, and weighing
16 pounds, was ror from Mr. Stearns in May, 1878. For full descrip-
tion and measurements see Proceedings U. 8S. National Museum, I, 1879,
plo aewion oN. Li 9s -C.. 175. Bo iGavel. 5: B. VEL gee
lat. 115; L. ine Ss. 24.

140 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

58. Trisotropis falcatus Poey.—Scamp.

The United States National Museum received, March 24, 1879, from
Mr. Silas Stearns, of Pensacola, Fla., a fresh individual, No. 22,236, of a
species of Trisotropis, called “Scamp” by the fishermen. The weight of
the fish is 7$ pounds.

Mr. Stearns’s collecting number is117. He states that it was captured
in deep water, and is abundant “in spots.” He has seen individuals
three times as large as the present one.

Diagnosis —A_ Trisotropis with the body moderately compressed, its
greatest depth nearly equal to £ of its length without candal, and exactly
equal to twice the length of the pectoral; the length of the head equal
to 2 of the greatest depth of body, and to 4 times the length of the
snout; the lower jaw projecting beyond the upper for a distance which
equals $ of the long diameter of the eye; the 11th ray of the soft dorsal,
the 5th and 6th rays of the anal, the external and 5 of the internal caudal
rays produced; the vent in the vertical from the 10th dorsal spine; the
pectoral reaching the vertical let fall from the 7th dorsal spine; the
ventrals as long as the pectorals, and reaching to the vertical let fall
from the 8th dorsal spine; the maxilla extending to and the mandible
beyond the vertical through the posterior margin of the orbit; the dis-
tance of the eye from the upper profile of the head equal to 4 of its short
diameter; the long diameter of the eye contained twice in the length of
the snout, and 94 times in the length of the head; the 6th dorsal spine
longest, and equal to the distance from the border of the preoperculum
to the end of the opercular flap; the Ist dorsal spine % as long as the last
and half as long as the 3d and 4th; the longest (11th) ray of the soft dor-
sal equal to the 1st ray of the anal; the longest (5th) anal ray slightly
exceeding the length of the pectoral and ventral; 3 rays in the upper
half, and 2 in the lower half of the caudal produced, the longest of these
extending beyond the general outline of the rays for a distance equal to
the 3d anal spine; the external caudal rays nearly twice as long as the
middle rays; the 1st dorsal consisting of 11 spines, the 2d dorsal of 17
rays; the anal having 3 spines and 11 rays; the caudal, about 20 rays ;
the pectoral, 1 undivided ray; the ventral, 1 spine and 5 rays; the
number of rows of scales between the upper angle of the operculum and
the origin of the middle caudal rays 120; about 25 scales in a trans-
verse series frem the beginning of the spinous dorsal to the lateral line,
and about 43 from thence to the lower profile of the body; the posterior
nostril three times as long and twice as wide as the anterior, and scarcely
its own length from the eye; the 5 opercular spines broad, flat and cleft
at the free ends.

Teeth: Vomerines brush-like, in an angular patch; palatines similar
and in a single series; intermaxillary teeth in a single series, with a
short band at the symphysis; 4 canines; mandibulary teeth in two
series; several canines at the symphysis.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 141

Table of Measurements.

Current mumberiol specimenienesrse sees == csi se alec se maseieemeeetnaaseieictaciee aii!

NCO COIL Yes wc 2m si cowie sas ae cen ac eeeeceas sateen cnistiaemciace see aee ra sereseee seiaisisc

Prem esl en Cubs ens eee Se es eee Se Sis ointe nla ela oinie sine iaiaese sacloawemeaeecteeeene
Heenoth; tovoricin of mid dleicaudalrays:os<cccs-siaccd= -macesceelocaoscicnsoeseenanccs
Body :
Greatest height
Greatest width
HVC cht ateviemtralsy: ss asciess atetcicsia sa/cee ccisiaaeicicieiwe cise cisaee wise see sacs cece sacs
Meashhieiohivo fatale ae see ace ieis ce ccecebclsissecineiscie cei soe cniaisisle sicis cela cacte
Length of caudal peduncle ............ Dale eicinisiessneiaaenrisjansisiaiiesos cislsincles eee
Head:
Greates lene Gere sase lessee aateetsen cise ocinias ts ances som cieiieloaieinieeisiaaisisece= sear
Greate tava tlie rs antares oiaiaecrsinseisisin.s ste's a's Matslate afeleteiniaiefatatatsere)<setetelei-te='=tatarstaiacats
AW cduhfO rein Leon ba Wale sesee ce series oeis/<ris\e emis olsia ssi alone wine isle oie sale cies
Men ebhOLesnOWwter ee tesco -o=ce-oe seceme el
een ochvofvoperCulumiys sae ainse(s/= = =)= = 2a <2 + ele .cs\</ninie =<
CTI RURO Le ere awa malseee es cie eae cine sole sea nice seaminncioeinceicione ccs sae ae
EM HO lenny ia CULO ar aaye cnheieiore at cictercysintele sisivinic siejeie se cjelars= ec alaieic ciereiwietcecs ee lcn.cie's
Distance from snout to orbit
DIANE LEIA MOLD Lbeeme meee ciseie.c arse ereptelsicielsisicrete 1s ct sttecis/cie cioetieaccineieisee ene
Dorsal (spinous) :
MIStOMCEHELOIMESNOULissane eects cael ceecc ciscleiclaciscincisanncisse sec cem erica sso mere sas
TACT CULO UPD AS Oc tee taeioee alee sa ee Scie cree oe oe cle Safe eae bic bem binwieneee
Length of first spine
ManichMrOMSeCONCISpINGnseee ste sce sk aesasacneeoeomacaceinc(asciniteeossnee secee
een sin OnGhindys ple pers ete see eecians <eisiscineljcincisscnsieacicissassjeaaaeceeooe
encth of fourthispine...---.-=-------- eer See nae sec ea een ee seria meee
Ment th Os Atihis pines. a--aces sass sce cee ssiee cise tesiase seins qasecesecisiceescnes.
Hens throtssith Spinel. sc. cccc=.<ccsssecerisesanee sis placisecesciwissaeecescccestes
Hensthohscvienthispineeccce.-o-eter eee nasecece ene ce Hocsscespese ep teeecins
MENS HHKOMeLNthUSpINGs ~~ ee edecscce ce cee o cine seaicessicc deve oerccs = neceehaee
Beno tho nit sn ies aeecccecces seve es snes sce asc tans ase esicc oe Scotian siesee
MEH eEOOMiCN HES PINE! actos cx iekeeictis Sasa oe eaisisiets eisiele wants vjee eines cisaciwe aceon ais

Wenctlhomeleventh Spine. sscccssceciesc ees cise osesine ss sejec ios ceececjsesccece |

Dorsal (seit):
HE CTOUGN OLADAS C= acces wicte wisvere s eiaeoe = amisike ia wlaiee Saleieicie boise ds wk setieseéeeeesces ses
MECN CUMOLMRS UTA Vic wane nee cemisseeac ce csmciccocdec sense cossicieieasasccaacssncese
Went thwotlonges tiraiyg Cloventh) ee a: wactsice so swincl ices ss ciscclaicinte ceieeise eats seetere

SST UO MMOS tala Vea sereraletsieveisicleltanl=\siais)2.ci2,slalelajstelsieiwinie/nisiaie =cleve.s cele sisal cseleistaarsiaiae :

Anal:

MIStAN CostROMMSNOUUise wc ccisccie se tclcisenk ce acloyeeis s sais se aieccecinicsceleevciniceeeses cess

FCM OCHO ASD em temas se eceh ees aicinee Ueins oe cinnise ee come eean tear aince croc seer

SEN GUlWOIMMITS EIS PINE Mes sais oleae is <sints aaa einle elainiele eisisle (cle Jatsio sigais ab osnciccoeecsialaiace a

AS CNOTMOMSCCONUSPIN Ce assoaecc se cmcccscctss deseo coete cals sletecesiccnteiae seen

Hone thnottlnindis pine: saaseen secs a-eaaa calece ee amme boon aae coer inaae sceeeneee

WEEN SUNNOLALSO MAY oo sk aes cic ese Sales wecls’sae ceive esecnesseeseotetescecesseeoser

Meneohioioncest ray, (fifth)Yssscqscsssececsoncnecesesaccanssoseseesaseessmes

NMS TIC EHEO Ia LAS unt divers caeteteae sie atnlewiasleiatcints aia statis aie tee elsieininieincioeriniecisisemisise ee aeels
Candal:

Men Chhrom Middle rays sce sesisee cscs sce clsc ace cca cosicicavwicae soetelcs ccecinesces

MRE NS UNVOTEEX ELM AUT AVS hs ejeailel= aisiae o'eisioininelnia’oie)a sinus s'a se/smisieamiselesleninctae! ees
Pectoral:

MD IstancesirOm=SNO Mbps sacwier neers tes se [sle ale sais isictsc <aeciaie/s ome aemis eesee aicleteieee ener

WENO RC et eee ce soak aoe ces Soot cocci ceaeccaeseocesicwee: Uomeeee ee cneee
Ventral:

DIS LAN COMOMMSN OW byes oo cove eelaicieteaictis ei -ociewoe wcisivies ones ae cioeiose clscineeneremeee

TS erncci alee eee eeetine arcsec taisiers ceases wc cle So ce nici otmwiete sain wichita eetaieia ctnstelaeireeetoe
Vent:

WIS taAniceshnOMESMOMb occasions ce occas ocech oceee eels s calemisisice ce secls cieeeeeeee

Mistanc euirombpanalees sacs cee ceic eo se seem ctac as aacnae cnceeahoecisee semee
IBTANCHLOStE Mal Sewer sate fetejcle celeiee s-cae eo ewe evcis welscs sesiesccieu ncccmoeetecisceartias
ID) Ora) eee ee Ree ee re Nee aan oe ie cindiaine oe bac Reet eae ee tee Neee
PACT ctl ee eer ares mee: he NS Ee jay lh oaecla ce waeiooa contenete oaiaoe cone e eee
Caudal
Pectoral
Mets eeeeee pear eae eae = hil PB a ae cea

22,326

(117).

Pensacola, Fla.

Millime-
tres.

| 100ths of

length.

10
Broken.
Broken.

7k

59. Trisotropis microlepis sp. nov. Goode & Bean.

Two individuals of an apparently undescribed species of Trisotropis
were collected in West Florida in 1864 by Messrs. Kaiser and Martin.

142 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

They are closely related to that group of fishes known in Cuba by the
common name “ Abadejo” (“ Codtish”), and represented by Poey’s species
Trisotropis interstitialis and T. dimidiatus. With the description of the
former,* it corresponds except in the greater length of the head and the
much greater number of the seales.

Diagnosis.—The length of the head is contained 25 to 22 times in the
length to origin of middle caudal rays. Eye contained 6 to 6} times
in the head. The maxilla extends to the perpendicular through poste-
rior margin of orbit; upper jaw equals length of anal base; it is contained
24 times in the length of the head. The mandible extends beyond the
perpendicular through the posterior margin of the orbit, and is slightly
more than one-half the length of the head. Each jaw has two canines.
The intermaxillaries have an inner band of villiform and an outer series
of large, slender, conical teeth curved inward. At the symphysis are
some long slender teeth pointing backwards and movable. The lower
jaw has two series of slender conical teeth, the inner being the larger
and movable. The head of the vomer is supplied with very small villi-
form teeth. A narrow band of similar teeth on the palatines. Preoper-
culum finely denticulated on its posterior margin and with coarser den-
ticulations at the angle. The length of the intermaxillary is contained
3 times in that of the lower jaw. Pectoral extends to the 9th spine of
1st dorsal and the ventral as far. The distance from the ventral to the
vent slightly exceeds that from the vent to the origin of the anal. The
length of the 1st dorsal spine is slightly more than that of the 2d; the
3d and 4th are the longest; the last dorsal spine is slightly longer
than the one preceding it. The 1st anal spine is about 4 as long as the
last, which is more slender and longer than the 2d. The tail seems to
betruneate. Theheight of the body is contained 34 times in the length
to the origin of the middle caudal rays.

Table of Measurements.

Current number of specimen. ...-.--------------------------+----- 5,137 a. | 5,137 b.
Moeality -eeseesesse soso Sections se eeinoce eet eam eactecaeiiees West Florida. West Florida.
| Milli- | 100ths of | Milli- | 100ths of
metres.| length. | metres.) length.
Bixdreme lengths soc ane sc cece eee ae ee eee B55useereece <e |\eeatecehre lseaieee ees
Length to origin of middle caudal rays...-.---...-------es-<----- 204 eee ae > amiss 260) || seaerecte fs
Body: |
Greatest heichti(at ventrals)se esse. nos sone ee ae eeeeen eee bes Sener DOR eae sae : 284
beast height of tail)zs2.. ee ee ass ace eee nee eee en besee asc |oeeneeee OR crete iste r=i=ye 104
Head: |
Greatest len oth)... 25. coenckn noe Ae oe ee ee oe ee | eee | 38
CRBAhESGAWACE Doon ote cee ce eee ee See Cee re Re eee 12
Width of interorbital area 6
Wencethiof snout... 2-6... 8
mensiwot operculum 2.226252 seen oeeeee eee 12}
Meno LMupper JaW ~-2=ccee eee eee ee eee eee eee 17
Mensthiotmandible: —. sce sce cee oe eee Seen ae ee | sere 204
Distance from snout to orbit......--------- ee nee iceoes 93
DI AMCLCHOMOLDIG 2.2 2. 2s Sone Cahn OER ee ce eee eer Meaee eres 65
INOStrIE(POSteLIOL)) rom! Cy. 6 es eeeee Cena oe eee eee eee ee eee 13

*Mem. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1868, p. 127, pl. xiii, fig. 7.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 143

Table of Measurements—Continued.

Current number of specimen

MeO Calib yess ciecsass cemesiece oes eisetiem em tetele clelal-ieinl=loistnlalelsininte iaeinislain

Dorsal (spinous):

Distancet{rom/SWOUGssemecies semis oes ce slesieicic owiclesieciscl aintetai-

GonerthOmbasene meee et eerie cae ec aeiae a cian caialeetse aa eimai

Length of first spine .--.-------

Leneth of second spine

Length of third spine -----------

Leneth of last spine .....---.--.----20------------------------
Dorsal (soft):

VEO LHROL ADs Osman meieensetenis csc slecie cele -leinale Spee miele elel=inin iat

Length of longest ray .--....------------------- +22 eee cerns:

Length of last ray...-.-------+--------eseee eee ee eee cece eee:
Anal:

Distance COMM SNOU Ure se ee cee celsei c= eile cals ama mio = wmmieicie'= in!

Length of base. ..-...------2-000----- een ee nee seen e ee ee ee:

Beneth of: firsispimoe --.-.....----------.---e----- 2-2-2 ==

Leneth of second spine. -.---.-------------+-- +--+ 2-22 - tere:

Menoth of third!spine 2. ---5.----sesewie------0 2-2 ---- sie cewnne

hen GUhtOn mis bla y nissan ses set male ee cle moma celclaleininiwienimee ele

Leneth of longest ray .--...----.2--2------------- 22 -- 2-2 =:

Length of lastTay----.-....0.----2es0---- 2222-2 eae en enses-
Caudal: ;

Menathiofmiddle TayS)---- -22------<acecsecacncnsecmeinc-----

Length of external rays. --..-.-.-----ees20---eeee ---- sone eee
Pectoral:

Mis hanceymeomisnOlbeasercticr em ciacece aaa ee cleeietara ae Gy-lsiaia= =

eM one eee latee re ccisiee cisteic le nicle ss ~ ine x winie ia ininiaiafninls'=ieie = mica ==
Ventral:

WistancenromM snouussassseceeetes sss sas ecrecisesccece asia

Denier eee ae ee eee eee ciemenncebes ssitsecis on cleellal= ae:
RET HROMI Al al momen sate eee coe nae me ceemian eeeipac cls aces
BRAN CHOSE Al S 2 arejsisiniaisieiclai= lenis. ose a nisinieloeim siein i= stn /\-\n<ininwis ssw cones
Worsaless ce PE a Be ee oe eee ae cient seccene
BACT 21] erent ten epee een See ee eer ee teers rele aia sreleliatrs sleiea atelajeseieia
Ceri) ca) eee ee ee ose eens ee eect malaee tees Sele =r
CC GO Tia eta ete ae ee oe see rear aici o sislo sicidoisla(clcla e/a eleloiet=lnjnicwievalels
BVI titel Goer eee ete ae eee ne et me ete sta ciate a leieielate aia(ereesias=
Nmmbenomscalesanlateralelime@ sis. teste c saine ce siseicmainicielci= asinine
Number of transverse rows above lateral line. -.-.......----.-----
Number of transverse rows below lateral line. --.----------------

5,187 a. 5,137 b.
West Florida. West Florida.
Milli- | 100ths of} Milli- | 100ths of

metres.) length. | metres.) length.
be ees STP see 374
eialeoretele 26 meiesiniate 27:3
5a toe 6
TO eee 10
1034 | eee 104
Sir |e 84
Maetoere Se DA es terse 23
eases 13h |e 134
See a Gey eee cae 74
Pere BT eee 664
De eee e VT Wesceetsst 18
i ees D3 | Paneer 3
epee 6 lhenoseee 64
ela Sales 9
Serie ee 14 amet earl 14
Bats Fae S167) | eeeeeee| 15
be aeersiane 8 pecs a 7
Naess nae QOS ccrcwtoer| seretsteetetstats
oe eae D5ets | eee eee meee
ee ees: 36 eattotiere 35
sean 19 wt baa iss 18
erate stars 38 eae 36
eens 163 eee ee 17
Sees 6 Leese 6

Wall |e2eceen Vile | eect
XS USN emcees XS 1G). serene
CTT el O1F |fetsrers clerersie Ti oe Seer
re] Zale | ee aa Se eoboec

eG less ccctse TEVG! ll msiecisretete

Te bh eee esse Lo eee
D4 Dees ersere ate AS. | Socrates
DOH 22% acters ae lee oe sees ete etait
GOP eS icrcsverecet tl) arse atm ete a tara ete ete

60. Trisotropis brunneus Poey.—Bblack Grouper.

A single species of the genus Trisotropis is given in Professor Gill’s
Catalogue of the Fishes of the East Coast of North America (p. 28), the
Trisotropis acutirostris (Cuvier & Valenciennes) Gill. Since there is no
specimen of this species in the National Museum, and no record of the
occurrence of this species on our coast, we challenge its right to a place

among the fishes of our east coast.

It was described from the coast of

Brazil, and has not been satisfactorily identified since its first description,

which was very inadequately written.

In Mr. Goode’s “Catalogue of the Fishes of the Bermudas,” the Ber-

muda Rocik-fish is identified* as Trisotropis undulosus (Cuy.) Gill.

A

more extended study with comparisons shows that this name cannot

fairly be retained for any Bermuda species.

T. undulosus was originally

described by Cuvier and Vaienciennes from Brazil} The only distinct-
ive character recorded by those authors is the coloration; all others
mentioned apply with equal force to any other member of the genus.

* Bulletin of the U. S. National Museum, No. 5, p. 59.
+Histoire Naturelle des Poissons, ii, 1829, p. 295.

144 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Dr. Giinther’s characters for 7. undulosus and Professor Poey’s for TZ.
brunneus are little better, since no diagnostie points are evident.

Since the Floridan and Cuban faunas are so similar, desiring to avoid
a multiplication of specific names, we provisionally refer the Florida
Specimens before us to Poey’s 7. brunneus until we have an opportunity

to compare them with specimens identified by that
been hitherto identified with 7. acutirostris.

author.

These had

We have studied three specimens, No. 15,462, sent by Mr. Blackford,
from New York market, No. 16,902, obtained by Mr. J. H. Richard in
Washington market, and No. 21,336 (52), sent by Mr. Stearns from Pen-
sacola in 1878, Full measurements of these specimens are given below.

Table of Measurements.

Current number of specimen.............----- 21,336. 15,462. 16,902.
OCA DY eee teas ecisociss ch aceeaneesaee=rcaeee Pensacola, Fla. Florida? Florida.
ai. | TO0eES | aa ||, FOPB ES vce jee
metres. length. metres. length. | metres. length.
GTO tere ae coe sa ceca Saas eeeoe sce sens 7% lbs. 10 lbs. in aleohol.
PiMsiremelenaihpe css: toch 6. ce eee San anes BOO" ea ee ae Gb>e|eeaeee pias 495 yi eacee ne eae
qeoneth to end of middle caudal rays ......---. 679 | (262 in.) 754 | (293 in.) DIGI fe eeecee
Body : =
Greatest height (behind ventrals) .......--.|.....--. QTE) locate al miieiiae 274
Heichtiat ventrals .-2.2---.--- Relaml aie Sw o| sapa's oper 208 Seema 200 eee 26
Measti height ot tail... j-a' 0s -ecmereoes faleamoas con OW lease eee Qe eset one 10
Head:
Greauestileneth 223552 o2--cis.seiseris osacioe lace ose 30g) |Sosweaes Bet ane 38
Wad thioimnterorbitaltares) =. -eenenecne sec|eae eens 6%) |sesee en O23) eee eeae 63
Men eEnvOle snouts... 2s.- te aoe poe teense lene eeee LORS 2-2 se. AOS Ea ae 10
Teen SiHeOlenep pels.) VWistees sect cee melceesaeaee Sac eeeree LT ree ee VW Nace raee 17%
Menechiots mandi blevscss. scooter aeons en bale eee as ee Sac ers 21
Distance from snout to centre of orbit ....).....--. [Seabee De leeeceee 124
MDM CLETOMAVG snes sors ese cce sce ep socese ol Cees eee ae | ee aseme ih Besbecce 45
Dorsal (spinous) :
DIST an CesLLOMESNO Mts ec cco cicsscieser oe laceetoets B6hel 2s cene.2- 36. |baceeeee 36
Meneshvof tinstispine 2s.s2csenseeceeocc se ecleeeuneme BEC eccmseel sincere creel ine eisemate ds
Length of longest spine (third) ............|......-. Olgas Been eee. ee See 104
Length of last spine........ senececercsemee|s selacaee 63" |S. ca cece Pose see eo nete sae 73
Dorsal (soft):
enr thot first way. - sos. cco ocecces cee ces |e secseene Silene SPalbee aes 94
eno UMO pon cestiT ay. sessee sees eee er le eee ee (Sth) e0® |s2eseeee (9th) 10 ae (7th) 12
hengthvomastirayc.°--.2ssscc. 22s ecisonees|caeae cee 6. sees ceee Bi saoas see z
Anal:
Sian CeaLONNSNOU b= secs an sees oe ete s | Seee Cee 68). | boeeteae BUM iseSssce 67
EEN SCHOLLS GIS PIN: o= oaaos « serasere > sect poem 22 | sosendite Reccacesee|eogecess 34
en Gihvonsecoud sping... cacaceeee se seo eel eee | a | Sonee wen |e eee esce ee] ene eee $
GGUS GN Ols uh S pin Ger + cela seine ween coe hoe \ TC coe Gale szccn=e 7k
ene thvotehinshtayie 2 cces wee eane aoe eee eee 10). ||. see ORO eee saciee 2
Length of longest ray ........ =hcanpe tna ase| Seaeeees 12> Wie deecene 1 aoa 13
IBenothioflastivay: -<\.sc<ce cas cooeenescecn| Sone neee al eessaeeet Gan | eecoeere= 74
Caudal:
en athiof middlemans):cse-sesoe- se aoe oe eee 15 Wissen: 1493/22 -o 25. 164
Heencohof external raves. oe cee en eeee eel ee eee LTS" eaeeene AF 2ull Sees 204
Pectoral:
WDistance LromssnOutaasaeacsee ase sene eae eee Pee e eee S314 Peeeee 52a Sener 33
TRIN OUNS 2): = sass ee Bee eee ee ee eee VG :2 1 See Deen. ee 2 164
Ventral:
Dmtance trom Ssuoutics..oscechece cso e eee 35> |eeeecees 86) eedemce 35
HABTMEND lat. 5c = Lun -t eo nee See nae Ree eee 23 ‘
Branchiostegals
SUSE Roan s\s os ce Soot
pAMVA eae esis | 2 Scie e wie owiespore
Caudal: ...
Pectoral. a
Vien tira ee ooo os ots seed eee open ee 13S oo IES Seon aieetcc RO sco cnstaes
Number of seales in lateral line .............-. TBO Ramee aces TAOS Eee ecae ea. 130 Faon
Number of transverse rows above lateral line. (28) "|igeaasecse: (2E)E |e ao sare's Pile) (tome
Number of transverse rows below lateral line. (GO)e) 22 =255.25: (GE) a) 5552-2 5228 Gi ase ee cme

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 145

61. Centropristis atrarius (Linn.) Barn.—Sea Bass.

A young specimen, about 5 inches Jong, No. 21,483 (47). D. X,
10}; A. IIT, 6}; P.16; V.1,5;C.9+48. L.lat.51; L, trans. 3,

This specimen and others from Florida show certain characters which,
when studied more closely, may serve to separate the southern Centro-
pristis from that of New England.

62. Haliperca subligaria (Cope) Goode & Bean.
Centropristis subligarius COPE, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 186-, p. —.
Professor Cope has described, under the name Centropristis subligarius,
a fish from Pensacola, which we refer provisionally to the genus Hali-
perca. “D. X,14; A. III, 8. 1. lat. 48; L. trans. a”

is
25. LABRACID 2.

63. Roccus lineatus (Bl.) Gill.—Striped Bass.
A single specimen, No. 21,312, 17 inches in length. D. IX, 12; A.
Ii, 10; V. 1,5; P. TI, 15. L. lat. 66; L. trans. 4.

26. EPHIPPIIDZ.

64. Parephippus faber (Cuv.) Gill.
A single specimen, No. 21,474, 5,3, inches long. D. VII, I, 22; A. II,
TI Vil Os Pn bs COVE 15, V2 Th. lat. 66: lu. trans, +2.

27. POMATOMID.

65. Pomatomus saltatrix (Linn.) Gill.—Blue-fish.

A specimen, No. 21,777, 19 inches long. D. VII, I, 26; A.I, 27; P.
J, 163-V. I, 5; C. 10 49. “Te lat. 105.

A smaller specimen, No. 21,256, 94 inches long, was also received.

28. ECHENEIDIDA.

66. Echeneis naucrateoides Zuiew.—Sucker.

A young individual, No, 21,482 (13), 6 mches in length, remarkable
from the fact that the tip of the caudal fin is cuneate in outline. The
coloration is much the same as in adult individuals of the species, except
that the white on the dorsal, anal, and caudal fins is more conspicuous
and occupies a wider area. The dorsal and anal fins are essentially
white, with the spaces at the base of the fins and between each pair of
rays of the same color with the darkest portion of the body. The white
areas upon the high anterior portions of the dorsal and anal occupy
more than half of the height of these fins. Upon the posterior portion
of these fins, the white area is reduced to a marginal line. The white
patches on the outer angles of the candal fin are so arranged that the
dark portion of this fin is outlined upon the white in a lanceolate form.
The pectoral fins are lightly margined with white posteriorly. D..XCXI,
30; A, 33.

Proc. Nat. Mus. 797——10 Nov. 5. 1879.

146 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

29. SPHYRAINIDE.

67. Sphyrena picuda.

We have made a preliminary study of the specimens of Sphyrana in
the National Museum, which has convinced us that the number of scales
in the lateral line is very variable, and must be used with caution as a
specific character.

We recognize three species on our coast:

1. Sphyrena picuda, with comparatively large scales, 81 or more in the
lateral line, and the dorsal inserted far in advance of the middle of the
body, and in front of the vertical from the tip of the pectoral. We have
seen this species from Cuba, the Bermudas, from West Florida (collected
by Dr. J. W. Velie), and-from South Florida (sent by Mr. E. G. Black-
ford), a large individual, 374 inches long.

2. Sphyrena borealis. We have examined numerous specimens of
young Sphyrenas from Woods Holl, the largest of which do not ex-
ceed 9 inches in length. We refer them provisionally to S. borealis.
These specimens agree quite closely with specimens of Sphyrena, from
the Mediterranean and the Bermudas, in shape of body, in pesition of
fins, and in coloration. Others from the Canaries and from Europe be-
long to a totally different species. There are two European species
which have been confused by recent writers, and united under the name
8. vulgaris... Weare not at present able to untangle the synonymy.

3. A species which we provisionally refer to S. guaguancho, which in
the position of the fins resembles S. picuda, though the scales are much
smaller, 107 to 115 in the lateral line. Besides the Pensacola specimen
already mentioned, we have seen this species from Cuba and from
Wood’s Holl, where a specimen (No. 21,226) nearly 22 inches long was
obtained by Vinal N. Edwards, in July, 1876.

68. Sphyreena guaguancho Poey.

A single specimen, No. 21,468, 18 inches long.

The height of the body is 7 times in the total length without cau-
dal; length of head 31 to 34 times, greatest in young. Diameter of
eye contained 6 times in adult, 54 in young; operculum with two points.
Length of pectoral equal to the postorbital portion of the head, 85 times
in total in young, 9 times in adult; its length greater than that of the
ventrals, which are contained 34 in head. Spines of the ventrals almost
as long as the rays and 4 as long as the head. Origin of dorsal is far in
front of the middle of the body, and in adults slightly, and in the young
considerably, in advance of the perpendicular from the tip of the
pectoral. The 5th dorsal spine is inserted exactly midway between
the tip of the snout and the base of the middle caudal rays. The ven-
trals inserted in advance of the dorsal. The interspace between the
dorsals is contained 54 to 53 times in the total without caudal. L. lat. 107
to. 112; L. transv. 14417. D.V,1,9; A. IL, 8; P.16; C.9+4+8.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

147

The identification of this species was made from one of the types
of Prof. Poey’s original descriptions now preserved’in the National

Museum.
Table of Measurements.
Current number of specimen..... 21,226. 21,468. 4,725 a. 4,725 b.
MboCality es s-cce as coeees eee ; A ake ada | Pensacola, Fla. Cuba. Cuba.
Milli- S00 | Minli- 100ths Milli- pty Milli- | 1o0ths
metres. length. eee | length, |metres. length. | metres. length.
Extreme length....--.-.-.-.----- ANT | re rereye reat ete tetelata tate sreteletel ale 200g eae 220 E essen
Length to origin of middle caudal |
TALS tee eee eee lesieieteieletel= = 4000 Reece BOOM Senses QTD 35 Sade Sale caee ss Pe see 3
Body:
Greatest height :.-.--- 5.22.) s2-s--2-- ak) Wipadoc. cae Ti. a 5s- teres 1D) |h 4 aeR A 14.5
Greatest wiGthics2-- ones 552 s|oscenetcics UM) ||b25Sc505 TOR | Saece cas |e ee cee eos eee eee
Height at ventrals .--.-2=--:-|--=------- Ways eee oi DSPs. S spe tee el eemeteeteraeete fue
Least erento ts taller] see ane Paleeeeeete ace ereearears|io=ie)= cites siete eee eeeereeioe
Length of caudal peduncle. ..|.......... i eeteretat a DY Fae esas |lete ti <icin'e sills, aveislepaie | teeta
Head:
Greatestilencth).:=.0- 2. ¢-2:esa.--6 4-¢ OFS scse one ie |eeeene sis Sosy dine | lseeteeioee 33.5
Greatestywi@ thn - en es= re |e nee 10 |...----- Re Enea loerete cies rosie sae ce ae teiete
Width of interorbital area. ...|.--..--.-- Ge eeoacoee 5kale mace wi By ies acters ae 5.5
Men echlOhSNOUl senate =|. = 1/4" ie aa aece ene Silos cases TORO ales seca olor
Length of operculum .....-.-!.--------- 4 |-------- Bea sacar «| saps n(n eee o) ley Sersoa0
Length of upper jaw.....---.|---.....-- Sg eae etinioe oe Ros ee TATOP! \eitece ts 14.0
Length Ofmandiblets. -c-|eqeemeeeie 1 She | eeiwoeeter Ie \|Seesec- PAW SSeeceae 21.0
Distance from snout to orbit.|.-------- De tars safer ie |e ers atte ecco oseoe nae eeteceietets
Diameter Of Orbit’. «ose. o2a- =| ee - cee Dia eese = OX oeisasai bss} MW aosisoor- 5.6
Dorsal (spinous):
Distance from snout SS erect 45:00) ||\aenas oi 45.0
Length of base..-..-.-- ta Rze OF5 S52 OD) estes wee 9.2
Length of first spine -.-..---- OF (Eta acc 52 ONO Paes sales 10. 6
Length of second spine ..---.|---------- OF) consesee SO me eee 11.2
MWenethotiast spine -s-- 2222 4-|2-25= ===. Seileacceniee G55) Pies soc 6.0
Dorsal (soft) :
Distance from snout ....:.-..].---..---. TOlale = s\eemar COlemeccs a Pi tano where 71.0
ACen PG! Of DASG.4. == asin ee oc] =e’ anes a Ue lbaeosoes LOS ieseseee OF 2? Hl lcsinc clea 9. 2
Length of antecedent spine -.-|..-.-.-.-- ANE eet em Dg aers aotyel Ce teers, ad leee yas 5.0
Lene thr Otirs UTA yee sees hoes eb caso See see ea| seco nes al RF eae = ORO Me eee cee 12.0
Length Ofloneeshiray. seb ai|cosectbes [oaoeberaleate nae NOS Sonso- 22 MOSEL |e opera Ti
Ne Length of last: PUY es esate <icellewein ine iafaieis A eta =e Glaleeseetes Goon eeeeere 7.0
al:
Distance from snout .........|.-----:--. ilaeeamneert We \etas assis (os OM | eerieteatae 74. 2
Mength of bases; <0. 2-4 553) scb a. ast BEl lesacen se Seizes sees WaSet esses 7.8
Length of first spine .....---.|---------- 1p S| aesaeis se Hg ese eee fe sae oe | eee 2.4
Length of second spine. ....--|---------- AMS | Sa aecetor Aas We eles Rall Fo See tee: 6.0
Length of first ray...........|. Be eae 72th Ou lesen ace. 10,0" | ase 5 ec 11.0
Length Oflonvestmayse sass scalnscee ten 2. loseaseee lho ceeoss ORBEA eres oats Re oe Fae Se eee
Length of last ray Bee eee eee [eee cee 444+) ..-..- Gre les-enone (HO edaese 6.0
Caudal:
Length of middle rays -.-.-..- Tey \lesoocése Wat sseeeoee 9.8
Length of extet- f upper. .-.-. c DT ts 525: e\eececeeel-eeeeere 22.0
nal TY Ss se= == lowet==- 19) Wes ccretgrnis| anreeeeee|| cers sess 20. 0-+
Pectoral:
Distance trom) snout) --os<-\-|/s<2----- =~ Be ESeeee oe Bi a oases S3H ee ase 33. 3
a res ete eaten sot teint ana teins ORS poeta | pesalaeine aa eaiancieras 12.2
entra
Distance from snout ....-..--.|--------:- S8e ice an SRY ily aoe oie 4b oecs 41
NEON OU ceeeecmeseecaasmetetas s|ecr tr wie OF ee cerert De eterestela OU reece cise 10
Branchiostegals - - Bess obese ome Bens ok ae J oepeea Beha gee alae eb sn itaey
US a eee eerie i aici aeteisiale seinen AOE Ree resale se Oe | aeteteeet= ae OH eee ere Viel On| sesmcatee
VAN Ale ee esc ts scec haces ace ossi Baise D8) ee aera TT SHE eke ITA Se Peters
Wand alte cecaccinsasi oasis - DS Vay TURAN sejeerorcte |=natar= megs meet tel eerste = eee |asecteee leseseel= =
Pee toraet* auc ose ce tas eee MT ee ek T5d2)) eee Pe Dale a aes. TD ee Ss. 2
Wietitralee sce ee amet toriners ors WF icra crsiore 5h lceemoee ye Sal eeee sce NOM | vase ats
‘Number of seales in lateral line - . HID" | Fh. LOG; 23-52 Ee UNS 1208 cek . 5-2 120H| eases
Number of transverse rows above
es Jaberalline . isos - 32 -) ciate Lo lesesceet 1O¢|joseasiee TSR cae Ay: HOTS) 2 << atrate
Number of transverse rows below
Jaterallinesr 2 35-25 = -tsta= ahd AA a Mel seearer TSG asta. 18)| 222 eeaine

148 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

30. MUGILID.

69. Mugil albula Linn.— Mullett.

A single specimen, No. 21,331 (36). D.IV,8; A. II, 8; P.16; V.1I, 5;
C.7+7. UL. lat. 42; L. trans. 13.

Several small individuals of this species, No. 21,491, were also received.
The largest measured 6 inches in length; those of intermediate size, 4
inches; many others from an inch to an inch and a half.

Bottle No. 5,151 contains several specimens of this species collected
in West Florida by Kaiser and Martin.

70. Mwgil brasiliensis Agassiz.—Silver Mullet.
A single specimen, No. 21,498 (28), 114 inches in length. D. IV,
9; A. UT, 8; P17; V. 4,5; ©. 04. oh. lat. 385". trans. 42,

31. ATHERINID.

71. Chirostoma peninsule sp. nov. Goode & Bean.

Two specimens (Nos. 21,481 a and 21,481 b) were sent from Pensacola
by Mr. Stearns. We also have numerous specimens, No. 21,870, collected
in Lake Monroe, Fla., by Prof. Baird.

Diagnosis.—The origin of the anterior dorsal fin is far in advance of
the anal fin and slightly in advance of the vent. The height of the body
is contained 5 times in total length without caudal (6 times in total
length); it is slightly less than the length of the head, and precisely equal
to the length of the pectoral. The diameter of the eye is contained 3 to 33
times in the length of the head; is about equal to the length of the snout
and to the width of the interorbital space. Mouth very protractile.
Lower jaw long, contained 11 times in length of body without caudal,
more than one-third of the length of the head, which is contained
in total length of body 4 to 44 times. Silvery streak occupying the
fourth and upper half of the fifth series of scales. Caudal deeply
forked; lobes equal. D. V-VI, 1, 8-9; A. I, 15-16; C.417+4; P.1,
12; V.1,5. L. lat. 38-39; L. trans. 94.

72. Chirostoma vagrans sp.nov. Goode & Bean.

One specimen of this undescribed species (No. 22,848) was sent from
Pensacola by Mr. Stearns, and two (Nos. 22,864a and 22,864b) were
sent from Virginia.

Diagnosis.—The origin of the anterior dorsal fin is situated behind a
point midway between the origins of the ventral and anal fin and oppo-
site the middle of the interspace between the anal fin and the vent.
Height of the body contained 54 to 6 times in length without caudal,
and 62 in total length, considerably less than length of head and length
of pectoral. Diameter of the eye contained 3 times in length of head,
greater than length of snout, and less than width of interorbital space.
Mouth slightly protractile. Lower jaw contained 154 times in length

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

149

of body without caudal, and equal to diameter of eye, which is one-
third the length of the head, which is contained in total length 43 times.
Silvery streak occupying the lower two-thirds of the third and the upper

third of the fourth series of scales.
Vertical fins excessively scaly. Scales of body large.

18s €o- 17 + 3 Pa Y,.133 Vi I-65.

The measurements of both species are here given.

L. lat. 48; L. trans. 7.

Table of Measurements.

Species: Chirostoma vagrans.

Caudal slightly forked; lobes equal.
Bis, Et AGT,

22, 864 a.

Virginia.

22,864 b.

Virginia.

Current number of specimen. .--.------------- 22,848.
Leeality 2225255) sete etesecasctsee~k tte Pensacola, Fla.
Milli- | 100ths of }
metres.| length.
I XUhCMepeneh Meese deme cseceebaeie saan ncncisienis|emiei-= sara
Length to origin of middle caudal rays. --..--. SOR aera plese
Body:
Greatest herent ss sscccecce ces tenccen also Boe 17
GYESUEN LIWAG Ls, = 258 cctseeteciet ate tees sare cil leeiciesieee 10
Herehtiativenmttals: (22522 j.sc ccc Secrsa- at|osn< sine 17
Meastinersht om tall ssecnee cecacts sai sels aes 8
Head:
Greatestilen oth sae <9 -acacccccacs- cece cence 21
Grentestuwidthessess = ase heen s cee as eee |lenseets 104
Widthiofinterorbital area ----2stss.s<5 e|e sacle 7
HEN HH OL SNOUT seein etc one ieee ce se cose are 5
Length of postorbital portion of head..-.-..|.------- 9
Men eth Ofsuppersjaw ssasteccescsoe o> seca eee ccnle a 53
Hencunor mandiies case cisece ace eae aes | seis ee 63
Diameter OLOrDite nna ee ces sabes = seen (Coes ale 63
Dorsal (spinous) :
Distance trom SOUP = <2 4-2) a sence eee | elo stern = 60
Length of longest spine: -......-g@-----.--|.-...--- 7
Dorsal (soft) :
Distance TromMisnOwt, see se seas oS assis isl iseis ites 764
Men othOr: DASE) ema c nee some bes eee oooh <lmetcisie cic 8
Length of anteeedent spine ---.--:.--..-..|---.... 4
EN SLOVO RGHES Ua yee sare oes oa ee eee le cieie arate 93
Wengthioh longestraye coe csc se cos eels cea 93
Men ctor lastieayee- cee saeco sstces ses] cescice 6
Anal:
Wistaneenttom SHOUvies seeds see oan es| Scie ne 64
OTIS UN OLAD ASO neo laieie mcisistocte ater =lelote's sielein/= alal||7e==imieiele 22
Henoth of Arst Spine. +. sewais nsec seo sc|(oce- =~ 5
Men Cumofshirs titan. osc se. seis nes o.cie|isime cies 10+
Length of longest ray....... C aatleiSictes oe ste Ssin'eeeina|sleicisincla a
MEN MLIMenNAS TED Y ese amiar se oe se Osa on bone cela s| omens
Caudal:
Length of middle-rays: 20 csscee5sse15.2.| veoese ss 13
menethrorexternall rayse Jess -<s6 ss sssee|sone-sesls eee ee
Pectoral:
Mistancetromisnoubiee sac o> 45- gers cgee| wanes a 22
Merb e there pet ele lee reicsicir ca UE see eked saldewcoein 214
Ventral :
Mistancestromrsnowbies see ens sas Sie see ost ee 8 = 44
I Den Yue Ban ecaeeree
Branchiostegals
Dorsabt 2 2s sp Bo 2 da -< [49 eeseeck Sek eee
cAM ares sic eoeiae eran cise os) oe DeLee came aie
Carian yen te BE ESS a S535 es Sh
RE CUO Tale sete mee eee eee tectn sc sodas qos a's 1
Merrtrali eens pererep cetecactst . ods a-=- fe. ok 1,5
Number of scales in lateral line-......--...-.. 48) ee emo eae
Number of transverse rows of scales.--.---.--- Th ec cwcrorares

Milli-
metres.

100ths of
length.

Milli- | 100ths of
metres. | length.

eww ee ne | weer cone

seaescosee

150 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Table of Measurements—Continued.

Species: Chirostoma peninsule.

Current number of specimen. «22. .2.225- 222. ecee slew eewecase =~ 21,481 a.
WGOGALIGY: +o. ole oe nn wc clos ~ oo weciaie ana ctiem wale alee aie iseein inate Pensacola, Fla.
Milli- | 100ths of
metres.| length.
Hxtreme length. . 2-22 asec ccasies omeate steyseee besa ailae eae eee etal ie eee
Length to origin of middle caudal rays. .....-...----------------- M6 \ccceeeeaes
Body:
Gmeatest Mere setts meee wees le ate eral aera eet tere | eel 19
Gréatést Width? ic cic. camicinis so emiseemic a leiatelomiete caters oe late ln oa tcfotetetenel| eats atelier 10
Heicht eh Ventral s eases ceee eecin ise amen oe sete sete ereeaed eee rer 18
east heigh tot tall. 32 tae eseteete ow alec on eee ner eleisstee imipenem 9
Head:
Greatestilenothi-oes gases ce. ode semetsalelaccemeeepicice eee etal mamas 24
Greatestiwidth 2-2. sescecacases esses aecacetene sc aeeeeenl peer msias 114
Wadthiot anterorbital area. ..cee eases eines cite = ane eee meme sees Wk
Wena th Ohisnout a. casas - eee eer sate eefe eet sertoe ele lala ete teie = rial] eile einer 6
Length of postorbital portion of head ...........5.....--.-2.-|-------- 10
Length of upper jaw 6
Length of mandible 9
Diameter Of Orpits- se o= ess asses ome Sea ees eaaarre re cien| oSe aes 7
Dorsal (spinous) :
Distance from snout 51
ene thvor lon vest SpinGe sees seelsesek eee ene te selina sie ete ell See aieia— 9
Dorsal (soft) :
Distance trom: SNOW qos elesiascjoe > sees eee eee eee all eel sate 70
Men rahoL ase esse ose aces coescisies eb asichslset eaaieiniaee ee tenn | eer 11
Mengthiof antecedent spine senisien ss - =~ leo 22 losis sem aeiale eels ei eens 5
Mens throtnirst Maye sess cesses see ree see aecenneeccpeeae| | peaeaans 13
engihioklonrestiayces teoesse2ceeet re oee sees ee pe ee aaa 13
Men sth Of last LAY) sce oa ce esse otee caste sin sec nac esi sneer etasilaiate 6
Anal:
DIStANCOALOMSNOUG aes -- cleo asia sloae ela eames sem seme leet slot 64
EON OCHO DD AS 0 mea tee ele atelate ates ei eletet lets alet is ee ee ie eee 20
TENS TH OLAS tS PING yee eee ene eae ele aia foete ate Tate ete el Rieter ate 54
Menothiok first wave - =n. see leone eine el sae gee sae Peale 13
ensth of lon Fest TAY sees oases seine leen ise seiieeasea teeter | ete 13
Tsen THO LM aS tA ype ese ae elas) =ae eae ene eee etter 7
Caudal:
Length of middle rays .......-...-.-. 2 Ses scees eee meas 11
eneth of extermalsrays- . <oscss cbt poe saemeaaaaage eee =p aa) eae 21
Pectoral:
Distancerrom SNOUt ceceecite seeieaas =~ eee cceenen ace eee eee ee cea 24
BUG TN OGL ge epee ncte tater ste tareio eicleieiera areinote ni eyein = aie ete eee laters aaimetee eal latent 19
Ventral:
Distancerom snout =... 6. csesne ose sete ioe eosin ees erento eee 43
GON SEN oe eigen etin neon ch seals ecam ahisismacism mnie ete ae == sina | net rere 12
Dorsaleees coAtcecee seem aoa ce cet ou eeeierice ewiseae sae ae ene eens Vi oie eet ee
AMAT se Eas. ic crate oe eieioisine o.c'w cab ewe s'sccideemeemiowsk camiensecerineias ce PIG weet eee acess
Cad alee s Beato ee ac ooo orc ecco eee See noe ere ae aa oe 11 eta isemateninas
Pectoral. loc jisawodebees oes ects Seeds see ee eee eee Seeeaseenee anes ee 2 eee eines
Wemtray a socce a tine oc ce cht cm tale Coe Boe bee oes EGulseecssin-ee
Number of scales inlateral linesso.n5ccees ice ces c sates shee ae SOuleE aca =m
Number of transverse rows of scales.....--.--£-|) .osec0c-------- Os feaeee ==

21,481 b.

Pensacola, Fla.

“Milli-
metres.

100ths of
length.

eee ey

eee ewes |e ee eee eens

see eee eel eee eee eee
awe wee | come w eee ne
eee ee ee)
eee c eee -|- +s ceccce

32. BELONID.

73. Belone longirostris (Mitchill) Gill.—Needle-fish.

A single specimen, No. 21,469, 202 inches in length. D.15; A. 18.
A specimen, No. 21,288, from the St. John’s River, G. Brown Goode,
has the following radial formula: D. 14; A. 18. Others from the same

source have, No. 19,076: D. 16; A. 19; and No. 18,441: D.16; A. 19.
_ Dr. Giinther’s statement that the number of dorsal and anal rays in
southern specimens is less than in those from the north seems scarcely

tenable.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 151

74. Belone notata Poey.
Belone notata POEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1860, p. 293.

A single specimen of this species, not hitherto recorded from the coast
of the United States, collected by Kaiser and Martinin West Florida, in
1864 or earlier.

This specimen, No. 5,147, is 153 inches in length. D.13; A. 14; P.
mien Os 1@. 1a:

33. CYPRINODONTID.

75. Cyprinodon variegatus Lacépede.—Minnow. iH
Several very large specimens, No. 21,494 (49), were sent from Pensa-
cola by Mr. Stearns.

76. Mollinesia latipinna Le Sueur.

The Museum has a bottle, No. 22,845, containing several large speci-
mens of this species from Pensacola, Fla. Donor unknown. The
largest specimens measure 34 inches in length, and one male has a
dorsal fin one inch in length.

77. Fundulus grandis Baird & Girard.
Fundulus grandis B. & G., Proce. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila, vi, 1853, p. 389.

An individual, No. 22,847, 5,7; inches in length, was sent from Pensa-
cola by Mr. Stearns.,, D. 13;,A. I, 10; V. I, .55: B. TL,-163..C. V,.38,
V. L. lat. 36; L. trans. 15.

This Cyprinodont corresponds completely with the Fundulus grandis of
Baird and Girard. Concerning the identity of this species with the Fun-
dulus heteroclitus of Linnzus or the Fundulus pisculentus of authors we
are not prepared to express an opinion.

78. Hydrargyra similis Baird & Girard.—Minnow.
Hydrargyra similis B. & G., Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1853, p. 389.

A female, No. 21,484, sent by Mr. Stearns from Pensacola, 55 inches
long, agrees sufficiently well with Baird and Girard’s Hydrargyra similis.
D.13; A. 11. LL. lat 33; L. trans. 13.

A specimen, No. 22 850, Di 123 AsShs Bt Sieve) be.

34. CLUPEID.

79. Brevoortia patronus Goode.—Alewife.

Numerous specimens of this species were obtained, the largest of
which did not exceed 7 inches in length. Four specimens are included
under catalogue No. 21,341; eleven under original No. 93, No. 22,808;
six under No. 22,809, original No. 103; seven under No. 29 810, original
No. 86. Specimens of this species Mere e sent to the National Museum
as early as 1864 by Kaiser and Martin, who collected in West Florida.

80. Opisthonema thrissa (Linn.) Gill. =
' A single specimen, No. 21,462 (63), 53 inches long. D.12; A. 28.

152 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

81. Pomolobus chrysochloris Rafinesque.—“ Shad.”

One of the most interesting facts brought to notice by this collection
is the occurrence in the Gulf of Mexico of this species, hitherto thought
to live only in fresh waters.

Three individuals, Nos. 21,778, 21,779, 21,780, were received, Decem-
ber 9, 1878, from the Pensacola Ice Company, the largest 155 inches in
length.

82. Harengula pensacole sp. nov. Goode & Bean.—Alewife.

The species is by its form most closely associated with Harengula
macrophthalma, while in other respects it resembles Harengula clupeola
and Harengula humeralis.

The head is very short, its length contained 4 times in the length
of the fish without face and nearly 5 times in its extreme length,
to line drawn between the tips of the caudal lobes. In H. sardina Eee,
(=H. macrophthalma Ranz., fide Giiuther), the head is contained 34 times
in body-length; in H. clupeola Cuv. & Val. (as identified by Poey), a much
more elongate species, 34 to 33; in H. callolepis sp. noy., Goode, MS.,
from the Bermudas, 34 to 33 times.

The body is high, with projecting belly, the contour reseruine that
of the Common Shad. Alosa sapidissima, its height at the posterior ex-
tremity of the operculum being greater than the distance from the tip
of the lower jaw to the posterior extremity of the operculum: in the
other species it isless, notably so in H. callolepis, in which the height at
this point barely equals the distance from the tip of the lower jaw to
the posterior edge of the preoperculum.

The height of the body is contained in its length (without caudal) 23
to 3 times (in H. sardina 3 times; in H. clupeola 3$ times; in H. callole-
pis 33 to 4 times, being equal to the length of the head).

Seales of the back in front of dorsal with radiating strive and sharply
serrated edges, these features being less prominent in the one or two
rows on each side next to the dorsal. Other scales smooth, with irregu-
lar, but unarmed frec margins. When detached they show from three
to seven parallel vertical lines, these lines being most numerous posteri-
orly; upon the nuchal scales these are scarcely present, and they are
not visible when attached to the skin, as they are in H. sardina (in H.
clupeola the striations of the nuchal scales are very evident, though
the edges are not armed, and the lateral scales exhibit vertical ridges,
but in smaller number, ranging from one or more anteriorly to three
posteriorly ; in H. callolepis the nuchal scales are smooth, unstriated,
unarmed; the lateral scales from the anterior part of the body are
marked with lines not even approximately parallel, and neither straight
nor extending over the whole scale, as in the other: on the scales of
the posterior part of the body, the markings are very irregular, some-
times showing 2s many as nine or ten irregular waving, approximately
parallel, undulating lines, at others with the vertical lines coalescing

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 153

with irregularly undulating horizontal lines, to form a graceful, irregular
network).

Seales arranged in 40 transverse and 114 longitudinal rows. In H.
sardina 40 (38-42 according to Giinther); in H. callolepis 38, as nearly
as can be ascertained from specimens partly denuded of scales, and 104
longitudinal rows.

Lower jaw moderately long, its length included nearly 3 times in
distance from snout to. origin of dorsal, and equal to half the distance
from tip of snout to the posterior margin of the operculum (in H. clu-
peola and in H. sardina equalling half length of head as measured above,
in H. callolepis less than half; in H. callolepis contained about 22 times
in distance from tip of snout to posterior margin of operculum, in H.
sardina 2% times, in H. pensacole nearly 3 times).

The maxillary extends behind the front margin of the orbit, as in all
species of the genus which have been examined.

Teeth very small, inconspicuous in the jaws. A large patch of asper-
ities on the tongue nearly covering its upper surface (in H. callolepis
this patch is much smaller, lanceolate in form); cheeks and opercula
veined prominently. Gill-rakers fine, closely set, shorter than the eye,
about 56 on one side of the first arch (in H. callolepis they are thick,
stiff, wiry, not closely set, about 40 in number; in H. sardina they are
much the same as in H. callolepis in shape and arrangement, and the
number does not exceed 42; in H. clupeola they are somewhat shorter,
and number at least 50).

Eye large, its diameter longer than snout, contained about 3 times
im the length of the head (in H. sardina the length of the snout nearly
equals the eye, and in H. callolepis this is also the case, the diameter of
the eye, however, being still about 4 of the length of the head).

Dorsal fin inserted midway between snout and base of caudal, the
ventral also originating at a point equidistant from snout and origin of
upper caudal lobe (in H. clupeola the ventral is placed midway, while
the dorsal is very slightly nearer to the snout than to the base of the
upper caudal lobe; in H. callolepis the ventral is midway, while the
dorsal is nearer to the base of the upper caudal lobe by a distance
nearly equal to the diameter of the pupil of the eye; in H. sardina the
ventral is nearer to the snout, the dorsal nearer to the base of the
Superior caudal ray by a distance nearly equal to the diameter of the
orbit).

There are 12 abdominal scutes behind the base of the ventral fin, as
is the case also with H. callolepis and H. sardina, H. clupeola having 14.

A high shield of scales enclosing the base of the dorsal and anal
fins.

D. 16; A.17; V. 8; P.15; C. 16 (H. callolepis was D.17; A. 17; P.16;
©. 15).

Two specimens, No, 22,831 (29), were obtained by Mr. Stearns.

154 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

35. CYPRINID AL.

83. Notemigonus americanus (Linn.) Jordan.—Moach ; Sucker.
A single specimen, No. 21,465 (55). D. I, 7; A. II, 1,18; P.1,15; V.
I, 7. L. lat. 47; L. trans. 15.

36. SLLURID.

84. Ariopsis felis (Linn.) Gill & Jordan.—Salt-water Catfish.
A single specimen, No. 21,487 (58), 112 inches in length. DI, 7 +1;
Tees Bo Bae ere he Un 0

37. ANGUILLIDE.

85. Anguilla vulgaris Turton.—Jel.

A single specimen, No. 22,813 (101), 22 inches in length. A stout and _
short-headed form, agreeing essentially with A. bostoniensis as defined
by Giinther, except that the distance between the origin of the dorsal
and anal fins is considerably greater than the length of the head. The
thick lips and shape of the body suggest Girard’s Anguilla tyrannus
from the Gulf of Mexico.

38. MURAENIDZE.

86. Crotalopsis mordax (Poey).
Conger mordax Pory, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1860, p. 319.
Macrodonophis mordax PoEyY, Rept. Fis.-Nat. Cuba, ii, 1868, p. 252, plate ii, fig.
9 (head).

This species is probably the Crotalopsis punctifer of Kaup,* and called
by Giinther Ophichthys punctifer. We have had no opportunity of exam-
ining the original description by Kaup, and Dr. Giinther does not claim
to have seen specimens of this species. We therefore provisionally
adopt the name of Poey, being fully convinced that the specimen
described by him is specifically identical with a specimen, No. 17,176,
33 inches in length, sent to the National Museum from Pensacola, Fla.,
by F. B. Stevenson, U.S. N.

A specimen, No. 22,844, was sent from West Florida by Kaiser and
Martin in 1864.

87. Gymnothorax ocellatus Agassiz.

Gymnothorax ocellatus AGASSIZ, in Spix Pise. Bras. 1829, p. 91, pl. L. b.

Murena ocellata GUNTH., Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. viii, 1870, p. 102.

Neomurena nigromarginata GIRARD, Ichthyology, U.S. Geol. Survey, 1859, p. 76,

pl. xli.
The Museum has a bottle, No. 5,160, containing many specimens of

this species, old and young, collected in West Florida by Kaiser and
Martin. - The largest measure 16 inches; the smallest about 5.

* Abhandl, naturwiss. Verein Hamburg, iv, 2, 1860, (1859), p. xii, 7 Taf. i, Fig. 3.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 155

The coloration of these specimens is various and in general corre-
sponds with the description given by Giinther. Agassiz’s figure repre.
sents a fish ornamented with fewer and larger spots than in these
Florida specimens, which show the spots very closely contiguous, espe-
cially on the head. Some of these specimens show narrow longitudinal
brown lines upon the throat and posterior part of the head below the
branchial opening. The markings on the dorsal fin are also somewhat
different from any heretofore described. We observe a regularly undu-
lating line of white about as wide as the pupil of the eye, the upper
undulations extending to the edges of the fin; between these undula-
tions are sub-triangular spots of blackish brown, which together form an
interrupted black margin to the fin. These markings, and indeed the
general appearance of the fish, are perhaps best represented by Girard’s
figure, which, however, fails to indicate the white undulating line
already mentioned.

The Museum has also a bottle, No. 5,997, containing old and young
specimens of this species from Cedar Keys, Florida.

We have examined a specimen, apparently of this species, catalogued
“No. 7,004, St. Joseph’s Island, Texas, Geo. Wiirdemann,” which we
believe to be the original type of Girard’s Neomurena nigromarginata.
88. Herpetoichthys ocellatus (Les. ).

Murenophis ocellatus Le SuruR, Journ. Acad, Nat. Sci. Phila. vol. v, p. 108, pl.
iv, fig. 3.

A fine specimen, No. 22,289, measuring 575 millimetres.

89. Neoconger mucronatus Girard.

An eel-like fish, No. 5,161, 15 inches in length, sent from West Florida
in 1863 or 1864 by Messrs. Kaiser and Martin, appears to have been
described by Girard under the name Neoconger mucronatus.

39. LEPIDOSTEIDZ.

90. Lepidosteus platystomus Rafinesque,—Alligator Gar; Gar Pike.
A single specimen, 15 inches in length, No. 21,485. D.8; A. 8; P.
10; V.6; C.12. L. lat. 57; L. trans. @.
40. CEPHALOPTERID 4.

91. Ceratoptera birostris (Walbaum) Goode & Bean.
Said to be of frequent occurrence in the Gulf of Mexico.

41. MYLIOBATIDA.

92. Rhinoptera quadriloba (Les.) Cuv.—Skate; Whipperee; Corn-cracker.
A large female specimen, No. 21,221.

156 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

42. TRYGONIDE.

93. Trygon sabina Lr SurUR.—Stingaree.

A single specimen, No. 21,470 (40), length of body 6,% inches ; width
of body 61 inches; length of tail 72+ inches.

A specimen, Ne 22,804, length of body 11 inches; width 10 inches;
length of tail 11,3; inches. with tail of young protruding.

A young aie No. 22,818, 3,8; inches in length; width of body 33
inches; length of tail 7 inches.

43. GALEORHINID A.

94. Hypoprion brevirostris Poey.
This Cuban species was collected in West Florida by Dr. J. W. Velie.

44, GINGLYMOSTOMATID 4.

95. Ginglymostoma cirratum (Gmelin) M. & H.
A large individual was obtained in West Florida by Dr. J. W. Velie.

Norr.—The following new species from the Gulf of Mexico are enu-
merated in this paper. Those marked by asterisks have been described
on previous pages of these Proceedings; those in italics were first sent
by Mr. Stearns.

29. Seriola Stearnsii, Goode & Bean.*

33. Caulolatilus microps, Goode & Bean.*

42. Eucinostomus harengulus, Goode & Bean.

46. Pagellus Milneri, Goode & Bean.

. Lutjanus Stearnsii, Goode & Bean.*

. Lutjanus Blackfordii, Goode & Bean.*

. Epinephelus Drummond-Hayi, Goode & Bean.*
. Trisotropis microlepis, Goode & Bean.

. Chirostoma peninsule, Goode & Bean.

. Chirostoma vagrans, Goode & Bean.

. Brevoortia patronus, Goode.*

. Harengula pensacole, Goode & Bean.

82a. Harengula callolepis, Goode, from Bermuda.)

ou Orv Or St
te &

jJan)

=] =]
bo oe

Me
bo ©

an

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 157

NOTES ON NEW ENGLAND ISOPODA,.
By OSCAR HARGER.

The marine Isopoda collected by the United States Commission of
Fish and Fisheries having been placed in my hands by Professor Ver-
rill, a report has been prepared including full descriptions, with figures
of most of the species, except the Bopyride. Besides the collections
of the Fish Commission, I have, through the kindness of Professor Ver-
rill, had access to other extensive collections made principally by him-
self and Prof. 8S. I. Smith, at various points along the coast from Great
Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to the Bay of Fundy, as is more fully detailed
i the report now ready for publication. On account of unexpected
delay in the publication of the report, it has been thought best to pre-
pare the following brief summary of its contents, with especial reference
to facts not hitherto published. Only such references are here given as
are necessary to the understanding of the names adopted, and, in gen-
eral, the distribution on the New England coast only is indicated.

The Bopyride have been identified by Professor S. I. Smith, who has
also rendered other important assistance in the preparation of the re-
port, of which the present paper may be regarded as an abstract.

The Oniscida, not being properly marine, are in general not included
in the report; but three species, two of them as yet found only on the
coast, are included as being commonly found by marine collectors.
They are the first three of the following list, which embraces also all the
marine Isopoda known to inhabit the waters of New England:

Philoscia vittata Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 429, 1818.
A southern species found as far north as Barnstable, Mass.

Scyphacella arenicola Smith, Rep. U.S. Fish Com., part i, p. 568 (274), 1874.
Sandy beaches, from Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, to Nantucket,
Mass. Not yet found north of Cape Cod.

Actoniscus ellipticus Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 373, 1878.

Shores of Long Island Sound at Savin Rock, and Stony Creek, near
New Haven. Collected by Professor Verrill.

Cepon distortus Leidy, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., II, vol. iii, p. 150, pl. xi, figs.
26-32, 1855.

“ Branchial cavity of Gelasimus pugilator, Atlantic City, New Jersey.”

Gyge Hippolytes Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess. Crust., vol. ii, p. 280, 1868.—Bo-
pyrus Hippolytes Kroyer, Grénlands Amfipoder, p. 306, pl. iv, fig. 22, “1838.”
Parasitic on Hippolyte, etc., and found as far south as Massachusetts
Bay.

‘458 © PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Phryxus abdominalis Lilljeborg, Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps Akademiens
Férh. Stockholm, 1852, p. 11.—Bopyrus abdominalis Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidssk.,
Bind iii, p. 102, 289, “ 1, 2, (1840) ; Gaimard’s Voyage en Scandinavie, on.
Atlas, pl. xxix, ee 1 a-u, “1849.”

Parasitic on Pandalus, Hippolyte, ete., and found as far south as
Massachusetts Bay.

Dajus mysidis Kriyer, Gaimard’s Voyage en Seandinavie, etc., Atlas, pl. xxviii,
fig. 1, ‘1849.”—Bopyrus mysidum Packard, Mem. Soc. Nat. Hist. Boston,
vol. 1, p. 295, pl. viii, fig. 5, 1867.

Parasitic on Mysis, but not hitherto found south of Labrador.

Jeera albifrons Leach, Edinburgh Encyclopedia, vol. vii, p. 434, ‘¢ 1813-14”; Trans.
Linn. Soe. London, vol. xi, p. 373, 1815.—Je@ra copiosa Stimpson, Mar
Invert. Grand Manan, p. 40, pl. ili, fig. 29, 1853.

Common throughout the New England coast under sea-weed, in tide
pools, ete. A comparison of specimens received from Oban, Scotland,
through the kindness of Rev. A. M. Norman, indicates that our species
must be regarded as identical with the well-known British species, and
is therefore common to the two coasts.

Janira alta— Asellodes alta Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 41, pl. iii, fig.
30, 1853.

A northern species not as yet found south of Massachusetts Bay, oc-
casionally collected in tide-pools, but usually dredged, and extending to
a depth of 190 fathoms.

This species is easily distinguished specifically from J. maculosa Leach,
the type of the genus, but does not appear to differ by characters of
generic importance, and I have therefore referred it to the older genus.

Janira spinosa, Nn. sp.

A second species of this genus was obtained in the summer of 1878,
and on examination it appears to be as yet undescribed, although some-
what resembling J. laciniata G. O. Sars, but distinguished by the double
instead of single row of spines along the dorsal region of the thorax.

The head is strongly rostrate, and has the antero-lateral angles acutely.
produced, but shorter than the median rostrum. The eyes are small
and black, and placed a little behind the middle of the head, at about
an equal distance from the median line and the lateral margin. The
antennule are slender, and slightly surpass the first four segments of the.
antenne. The antenne are about as long as the head and thorax
together, and the scale attached to the second peduncular segment is
slender and pointed, surpassing the third segment. The flagellum forms
about half the length of the antenna, and is slender, tapering, and multi-
articulate.

The thoracic segments are all acutely produced at the sides into one
or two salient angles, forming a row of acute serrations along the sides
of the body. The first segment has a single angle produced somewhat

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 159

forward around the sides of the head;.the second, third, and fourth
segments usually present two serrations, both the anterior and posterior
angles being produced and acute, and the last three segments are pro-
duced and directed more and more backward. In the dorsal region,
each segment bears a pair of sharp tubercles or spines. Anteriorly these
spines are near the front margins of the segments and directed forward,
but become posteriorly more erect and nearer the middle of the segment,
and the last three pairs are direeted backward, the last pair being near the
hinder margin of the seventh segment. The legs are slightly spiny, the
first pair but little thickened in the females. The pleon tapers at the
sides, where it is minutely serrulate. Its posterior angles are salient and
acute, like the anterior angles of the head. The uropods are of moderate
length, about as long as the pleon, and composed of a cylindrical basal
segment, bearing two rami, of which the inner is somewhat the larger,
and nearly as long as the basal segment. Both, together with the basal
segment, are sparingly bristly.

The color in aleohol is nearly white. Length 8™™.

Two specimens of this species were collected at Banquereau by Cap-
tain Collins, of the schooner Marion, August 25, 1878. They were found
adhering to the cable of the schooner.

Munna Fabricii Kriyer, Naturhist. Tidssk., II, Bind ii, p. 380, 1847 ; Gaimard’s Voyage
en Scandinavie, ete., Atlas, pl. 31, figs. 1 a—q, 1849.
Casco Bay, near Portland, Me., Eastport and Western Bank, from low
water to 150 fathoms.

Munnopsis typica M. Sars, Christiania Vidensk. Selsk., 1860, p. 84, 1861; Bidrag til
Kundskab om Christiania Fjordens Fauna (Nyt Magazin), p. 70, pl. vi, vii,
figs. 101-138, 1868.
This species has been taken in the Bay of Fundy in 60 fathoms; also,
by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves, in the Gulf of Saint Lawrence.

Burycope robusta Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 375, 1878.

Not yet found south of the Gulf of Saint Lawrence, where it was taken
by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves in 220 fathoms, muddy bottom.

Chiridotea cceca Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., II, vol. xv, p. 374, 1878.—Jdotea caca Say,

Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 424, 1818. ;

Common on the southern coast of New England, and taken as far
north as Halifax in the summer of 1877.

Chiridotea Tuftsii Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, -p. 374, 1878.--Idotea Tuftsti
Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 389, 1853.
This species has been taken at various points along the coast from
Long Island Sound to Halifax, but was regarded as rare until the sum-
‘mer of 1878, when it was collected in abundance at Gloucester, Mass.

160 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Idotea irrorata Edwards, Hist. nat. des Crust., tome iii, p. 132, 1540.—Stenosoma irro-
rata Say, Jour, Acad. Nat. Sei. Phil., vol. i, p. 423, 1818.—Idotea tricuspidata
Desmarest, Dict. des Sci. nat., tome xxviii, p. 373, 1823; Consid. Crust., p. 289,
1825.

This species is common throughout the coast of New England, but is
more abundant southward, being to a great extent replaced toward the
north by the next species.

A comparison of English and European specimens with our own
leaves no doubt of the identity of the species on the opposite coasts of
the Atlantic. Being a common European species, it has been mentioned
by many authors under a variety of names, which are more fully quoted
and discussed in the report. Say’s name appears to be the earliest that
can be certainly connected with the species.

Idotea phosphorea Harger, Rep. U. 8S. Fish Com., part i, p. 569 (275), 1874.
Found throughout the coast, has more abundant northward.

Idotea robusta Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidssk., II, Bind ii, p. 108, 1846; Gaimard’s Voyage
en Scandinavie, etc., Atlas, pl. xxvi, fig. 3 a—r, 1849.

A pelagic species.

Synidotea nodulosa Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 374, 1878.—Jdothea nodulosa
Kroyer, Naturhist. Tidssk., II, Bind ii, p. 100, 1846; Gaimard’s Voyage en
Scandinavie, etc., Atlas, pl. xxvi, fig. 2, 1849.

A northern species, found at Halifax, N.S., and 125 miles southward,
in from 16 to 190 fathoms. Also from George’s Bank.

Synidotea bicuspida= Idotea bicuspida Owen, Voyage of the Blossom, Crustacea, p.
92, pl. xxvil, fig. 6, 1839.—Jdotwa marmorata Packard, Mem. Soc. Nat. Hist.
Boston, vol. i, p. 296, pl. viii, fig. 6, 1867.—Jdotea pulchra Lockington, Proc.
Cal. Acad. Sci., vol. vii, p. 45, 1877.

The determination of the synonymy of this species rests principally
upon the work of Messrs. Streets and Kingsley in the Bulletin of the
Essex Institute, vol. ix, p. 108, 1877. It has not yet been found south
of the Grand Bank.

Erichsonia filiformis Harger, Rep. U. 8. Fish Com., part i, p. 570 (276), pl. vi, fig. £6,
1874.—Stenosoma filiformis Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 424, 1818.

A southern species, not yet found north of Cape Cod.
Erichsonia attenuata Harger, Rep. U. S. Fish Com., part i, p. 570 (276), pl. vi, fig. 27,
1874.
Great Egg Harbor, New Jersey, and Noank, Conn. The species will
probably be found at other localities, among hel: -grass, on the southern
shore of New England.

Epelys trilobus Smith, Rep. U. 8. Fish Com., parti, p. 571 (277), pl. vi, fig. 28, 1874.—
Idotea triloba Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 425, 1818.

A southern species, rare north of Cape Cod, but extending, with some
other southern species, to Quahog Bay, on the coast of Maine.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 161

Epelys montosus Harger, Rep. U. S. Fish Com., part i, p. 571 (277), 1874.—Idotea
montosa Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 40, 1853.

Replaces the preceding species for the most part at the north, but
found also as far south as Long Island Sound. It has been obtained
from a depth of 40 fathoms.

Astacilla granulata—Leachia granulata G. O. Sars, Arch. Math, og Naturvid. Chris-
tiania, B. ii, p. 351 (proper paging 251), 1877.—Astacilla Americana Harger,
Am. Jour. Scei., III, vol. xv, p. 374, 1878.

St. George’s Banks, 1877, and Banquereau, 1878. I have seen no
specimens of Sars’s species for comparison, but his description appears
to apply perfectly to the specimens described by myself before seeing
his paper.

Spheroma quadridentatum Say, Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 400, 1818.
A southern species, scarcely passing north of Cape Cod, but occurring
at Provincetown, Mass.

Limnoria lignorum White, Pop. Hist. Brit. Crust., p. 227, 1857.—‘‘ Cymothoa lignorum
Rathke, Skrivt. af Naturh. Selsk. v. 101, t. 3, f. 14, 1799.”—Limnoria terebrans
Leach, Edinburgh Encye., vol. vii, p. ‘£433, 1813-14”; Trans. Linn. Soc. Lon-
don, vol. xi, p. 371, 1815.

This genus was associated with the Asellide by Edwards without an
examination of the specimens, and, so far as I know, he has been followed
by recent authors. An examination of its structure appears to point
unmistakably to affinity with the Sphewromide. I have not, however,
thought best to include it in that family, but have placed it in a
family by itself, the Limnoriide.

The species extends throughout the New England coast.

Cirolana concharum — Conilera concharum Harger, Rep. U. 8. Fish Com., part i,
p. 572 (278), 1874.— dga concharum Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p..
42, 1853.
Not found north of Cape Cod, but abundant at Vineyard Sound.
Cirolana polita—=Conilera polita Harger,in Smith and Harger, Trans. Conn. Acad.,,
vol. iii, p. 3, 1874.—A2ga polita Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 41,,
1853..
St. George’s Banks, Salem, and Eastport (Stimpson), rare.

Z5ga psora Kriyer, Grénlands Amfipoder, p. 318, ‘¢1838.”—Oniscus psora Linné, Syst..
Nat., ed. x, tom. i, p. 636, 1758.—4ga emarginata Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc.
London, vol. xi, p. 370, 1818.

Parasitic on the Cod, Halibut, etc.; also dredged on St. George's:
Banks.
Nerocila munda Harger, Rep. U. S. Fish Com., part i, p. £71 (277), 1874.
On dorsal fin of Ceratacanthus aurantiacus, Vineyard Sound..
igathoa loliginea Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 376, 1878.
Mouth of Squid, New Haven, Conn.
Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 ——11 Nov. 5, 1879.

162 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Livoneca ovalis White, List Crust. Brit. Mus., p. 109, 1847.—Cymothoa ovalis Say,
Jour. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. i, p. 394, 1818.

White and several other British carcinologists use the orthography
Lironeca; but in the Dictionnaire des Sciences naturelles, tome xii,
where the genus is established by Dr. Leach, the name occurs, in French
and Latin, nine times on pages 352 and 353, spelled always with v as the
third letter. I have, therefore, adhered to that orthography, although
there is reason for supposing that Dr. Leach intended to use the form
Lironeca.

Parasitic on Bluefish, ete.; not yet found north of Cape Cod.

Anthura polita Stimpson, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. vii, p. 393, 1855.—Anthura
brunnea Harger, Rep. U. 8. Fish Com., part i, p. 572 (278), 1874.
A southern species, not found north of Cape Cod until the summer of
1878, when it was taken at Gloucester, Mass. Usually found among
Eel-grass or mud in shallow water.

Paranthura brachiata= Anthura brachiata Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p.
43, 1853.
A northern species, but found as far south as Vineyard Sound, from
27 to 115 fathoms.

Ptilanthura tenuis Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 377, 1878.
Rare, but found throughout the New England coast. The remarkably
elongate flagellum of the antennuls belongs to the males only.

Gnathia cerina = Praniza cerina Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 42, pl. iii,
fig. 31, 1853; and, also, Anceus Americanus Stimpson, op. cit., p. 42, 1853; the
former being the female form and the latter that of the adult male.

A northern species, not yet found south of Cape Cod, occurring in
from 10 to 220 fathoms, and, in the young stages, parasitic on fish.

‘Tanais vittatus Lilljeborg, Bidrag til Kiinn. Crust. Tanaid., p. 29, 1865.—Crossurus
vittatus Rathke, Fauna Norwegens, (Nova Acta Acad., vol. xx,) p.39, pl. i, figs.
1-7, 1843.

‘This species has been found at Noank Harbor, Conn., and will proba-
bly be found at other localities on our coast. I have had no European
specimens for comparison, and, unfortunately, have not had access to
some important European literature on the subject, but do not know of
any character by which to distinguish it from Rathke’s species, and have
therefore regarded it as identical.

This genus is well separated from the next by the pleon, which bears
only three pairs of pleopods and uniramous uropods, and by the remark-
able incubatory sacs attached to the fifth thoracic segment of the
females, and unlike anything else found among the Isopoda, They have
been described by Rathke, Willemoes-Sulin, and others.

Leptochelia algicola= Paratanais algicola Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., IIT, vol. xv, p. 377,
1878.—Leptochclia Edwardsii Bate and Westwood, Brit. Sess, Crust., vol. ii, p.
134, 1868, (males).—Tanais filum Harger, Rep. U. 8. Fish Com., part i, p. 573
(279), 1874, not of Stimpson.

A male specimen, received from Guernsey, through the kindness of

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 163

Rev. A. M. Norman, appears to agree perfectly with the males of this
species, though not with Kréyer’s description of Tanais Ediwardsii. I
have not therefore united. my species with his, though I think it possi-
ble they may prove identical.

The species occurs in considerable abundance at Noank Harbor, Conn.,
among alg, and also at Vineyard Sound, and will probably be found
at other localities on the southern shore of New England. It has also
been collected by Professor Verrill, during the present summer, at Pro-
vincetown, Mass., in company with Limnoria and Chelura, in old piles.

The genus Leptochelia has several years’ priority over Paratanais, and,
though founded on the male sex, ought, as I think, to be retained.
Leptochelia limicola—= Paratanais limicola Harger, Am. Jour. Sci., III, vol. xv, p. 378,

1878.

Massachusetts Bay, off Salem, 48 fathoms, mud.
Leptochelia rapax, n.s.

Females of this species considerably resemble those of Z. limicola,
but may be distinguished by the following characters: The eyes are
larger and more conspicuous; the last segment of the antennule is
scarcely longer than the preceding, instead of nearly twice as long, as in
L. limicola; the dactylus of the second pair of legs is somewhat shorter
and the terminal spine less attenuated, and the external ramus of the
uropods consists of a single very short and small segment, shorter than
the basal segment of the inner ramus, which is not elongated. The inner
ramus is five-jointed, instead of six-jointed, as in L. algicola.

The males are remarkable for the long and slender prehensile hand
terminating the first pair of legs. The body of the males is short and
robust, with the segments well marked by constrictions. The head,
with the united first thoracic segment, is short and rounded, bulging
strongly at the sides just behind the eyes, which are conspicuous, some-
what less in diameter than the bases of the antennule, distinctly articu-
lated, and coarsely faceted. The antennul are elongated, especially in
the basal segment, which is more than one-third as long as the body,
slightly swollen on the inner side, near the base, then tapering to the
tip; the second segment is cylindrical, less than half as long as
and more slender than the first; the third is less than half the
length of the second, and is followed by about eight short flagellar seg-
ments, the last one tipped with sete. The antenne, when extended, do
not attain the end of the basal antennular segment; the first three seg-
ments are short, the fourth longest, being longerthan the first three
together, the fifth slender and tipped with setz. The terminal sete
of both antennule and antennze arise in part from minute or rudimen-
tary terminal segments. The first pair of legs forms the most striking
feature of this species. These legs, when extended, are in general
longer than the body of the animal, though they vary considerably
in size, being usually proportionally smaller in the smaller specimens.
In these legs, the segments preceding the carpus are short and robust;
but the carpus is about half as long as the body, and the propodus.

164 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

is even somewhat longer than the carpus, and usually strongly flexed
beneath it. More than half the length of the propodus is made up of
the slender digital process, which bears a low tooth on the inner side,
near the base, and a stouter one near the slender incurved tip. The
dactylus is slender, curved, and pointed, and armed with a few weak
spinules along the inner margin. The forceps thus formed are capable
of seizing and closing around the body of another individual.

The thoracic segments, except the first, are well separated; the second
(first free) segment is shortest; the third, fourth, and fifth segments are
of increasing length; the sixthi : as long as the fifth ; the seventh shorter.
The first five kogineats of the pleon are of about can length; the sixth
shorter and obtusely pointed in the middle. The uropods Conere on.
each side of a robust basal segment, bearing two rami, the outer short,
and composed of a single segment, the inner five soitited and tapering.
Both rami are sparingly bristly. "The males vary in length from 2.6™™
to 3.8™™, and in breadth from 0.6™™ to 0.87™, The females are more
slender. Color in alcohol nearly white or marked in the males by a
brownish transverse band along the posterior margin of each segment.

This species was collected by Professor Hyatt and Messrs. Van Vleck
and Gardner at Annisquam, Mass., in the summer of 1878.

Leptochelia filam = Tanais filum Stimpson, Mar. Invert. Grand Manan, p. 43, 1553.

“‘ Bay of Fundy,” Stimpson.

Leptochelia cceca = Paratanais caca Harger, Am. Jour, Sci., II, vol. xv, p. 378, 1878.

Collected along with Z. limicola in 48 fathoms, mud, Massachusetts
Bay, off Salem, 1877

Of the forty-three species enumerated in the preceding list, the follow-
ing eighteen have as yet been found only north of Cape Cod:

Gyge Hippolytes Bate and West- | Synidotea bicuspida Harger.

wood. Astacilla granulata Harger.
Phrycus abdominalis Lilljeborg. Cirolana polita Harger.
Dajus mysidis Kroyer. Alga psora Kroyer. )
Janira alta Harger. Gnathia cerina Harger.
Janira spinosa Harger. Leptochelia limicola Harger.
Munna Fabricii Kroyer. Leptochelia rapax Harger.
Munnopsis typica M. Sars. Leptochelia filum Harger.
Burycope robusta Harger. Leptochelia eeea Harger.

Synidotea nodulosa Harger.

The following ten have been found only south of Cape Cod:

Scyphacella arenicola Smith. Cirolana concharum Herger.
Actoniscus ellipticus Harger. Nerocila munda Harger.
Cepon distortus Leidy. Aigathoa loliginea Harger.
Erichsonia filiformis Harger. Livoneca ovalis White.

Erichsonia attenuata Harger. Tanais vittatus Lilljeborg.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 165

The following fifteen have been found both north and south of
Cape Cod:

Philoscia vittata Say. Epelys montosus Harger.

Jeera albifrons Leach. Spheroma quadridentatum Say.
Chiridotea ceca Harger. Linnoria lignorum White.
Chiridotea Tuftsii Harger. Anthura polita Stimpson.
Idotea irrorata Edwards. Paranthura brachiata Harger.
Idotea phosphorea Harger. Ptilanthura tenuis Harger.
Idotea robusta Kroyer. Leptochelia algicola Harger.

Epelys trilobus Smith.
The following eleven species occur also on the coast of Europe:

Gyge Hippolytes Bate and Westwood. | Astacilla granulata Harger.

Phryxus abdominalis Lilljeborg. Limnoria lignorum White.
Jeera albifrons Leach. Aga psora Kroyer.

Munna Fabricit Kroyer. Tanais vitiatus Lilljeborg.
Munnopsis typica M. Sars. Leptochelia algicola Harger.

Idotea irrorata Edwards.

NOTICE OF RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE MARINE INVERTEBRATA,
OF THE NORTMEASTERN COAST OF AMERICA, WITH DESCRIP-
TIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES AND CRITICAL REMARKS
ON OTHERS.

PART I—ANNELIDA, GEPHYREA, NEMERTINA, NEMATODA, POLYZOA, TUNICATA,
MOLLUSCA, ANTHOZOA, ECHINODERMATA, PORIFERA.

By A. E. VERRILL.

Among the very extensive collections made during the past eight
years by the U. 8. Commission of Fish and Fisheries, under the direc-
tion of Professor Baird, there are still many species not recorded as
American in any of the reports hitherto published; most of these are
well-known Arctic or Northern European species, but others are still
undescribed. As the final reports on the different groups will require a
long time for their completion, owing to the vast number of specimens
to be examined from more than a thousand localities, it has been thought
desirable to record some of the more important additions to the fauna,
without further delay.* More detailed descriptions and numerous fig-
ures will be published in the final reports, together with the details of
their geographical distribution. All the species included in the follow-
ing list, unless otherwise stated, have been collected by the U.S. Fish
Commission.

“Many species have also been recorded in various articles in the American Journal
of Science and Arts, during several years past. See, also, an important paper on the
Podophthalmous Crustacea, by Professor S. I. Smith, and one on the Pycnogonida, by
E. B. Wilson, in the Trans. Conn. Academy, vol. v, 1879.

166 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ANNELIDA.
Sthenelais gracilis, sp. nov.

A small, slender, delicate species. Scales white, smooth, outer edge
with few (12-16) very small, urfequal, tapering papillae, which are not
crowded, the longest about as long as the intervening spaces. Head
short, broad, the posterior and lateral margins rounded, the front emar-
ginate. Eyes black, conspicuous; the posterior pair on the dorsal sur-
face inadvance of the middle of the head; anterior pair nearer together,
close to the anterior margin; median antenna long, stout at base, tapering
to a slender tip; the palpi have about the same form and length as the
medianantenna. Dorsal set longer than the ventral, extremely slender,
tapering gradually toward the very fine tips, and very minutely serrulate.
Upper ventral setze (2-4) simple, very slender, with the shaft smooth, the
serrate portion broader, with rather long ascending spinules, the tips
tapering to a long fine point; the median sete, above the acicula, have
longer, much stouter, smooth shafts, expanded distally, with the terminal
portion long, curved, divided into eight to twelve imperfect joints, taper-
ing to very slender capillary tips, which are mostly acute, sometimes
faintly hooked. Below the acicula there are others, similar in structure,
but with the shaft not so stout, and with the terminal piece shorter, with
fewer joints; the lower portion of the fascicle consists of numerous,
much more slender, capillary setz, with smooth shafts and very long,
slender, tapering, terminal pieces, composed of ten to twelve or more
imperfect joints.

Harbor of Gloucester, Mass., 7 to 10 fathoms, sand, 1879 (U.S. Fish
Commission). Described from alcoholic specimens.

Sthenelais Emertoni, sp. nov.

A small, slender species, with white, translucent scales, their outer
edge with very small, nearly equal, slender papille, often slightly
clavate at tip, and rather near together, their interspaces being mostly
less than their length; surface partially covered with minute rounded
Verruce.

Dorsal sete very slender, capillary, very minutely transversely serru-
late. Few (about 4) upper ventral set, simple, long, slender, with the
terminal portion sharply serrulate, the tips fine and sharp; next to
these are some slender compound sets, the terminal piece slender,
straight, of moderate length, acute, with six to eight imperfect joints ;
the median sete have much stouter, smooth shafts, expanded distally,
and anearly straight, short, rapidly tapering, sharply pointed, terminal
piece, of four to six joints; below these are some with similar though
smaller shafts, and a short, stout, terminal piece, hooked at the tip, and
with a sharp ascending spine at about the distal third ; others of the
same size have the terminal piece very acute, with six to eight or
more joints; the lowest are very slender, with a longer, very fine, taper-
ing, terminal piece, imperfectly divided into about four to six joints, at
each of which there is a projecting acute angle like a tooth; the last of

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 167

these is not far from the minute curved tip, so that the tip often appears
as if bifid. In this character it approaches the genus Lusthenelais of
M’Intosh, the validity of which may be doubtful.

Salem Harbor, Mass., on muddy bottoms (J. H. Emerton, 1879).
Described from alecholic specimens.

Sthenelais picta Verrill.

In this species, the scales are partially covered with very small, round,
slightly prominent, obtuse verruce, and the free margin bears a row of
small, simple, rather slender, tapering or fusiform, mostly acute papille,
which are of unequal lengths, and placed at irregular distances, but
sometimes in small clusters. The sets of the dorsal ramus are numer-
ous, long and slender, but varying in size and length, the median and
lower ones being much the stoutest and rather strongly serrulate. In
the superior group of the lower ramus are several very acute sete,
strongly spirally spinulate toward the end; next to these are two or
three, or more, slightly longer, compound set, with slender shafts, serru-
late near the joint, and bearing a long, slender, terminal piece, imper-
fectly jointed in the middle and slightly bifid at tip; below these are
numerous, stout, compound sete, mostly shorter, with stouter, smooth
shafts, enlarged distally, and bearing a short, thick, terminal piece,
which is decidedly hooked and bifid at the tip; some of the upper ones
in this group have the terminal piece more than twice longer than
broad, but most of them have it triamgular and little longer than
broad; the next series of sete are slender, some with smooth shafts and
a slender, tapering, terminal portion, composed of two or three indistinet
joints, and bifid at tip; others, among the most inferior sets, have a
slender shaft, serrulate distally, with a simple, slender, terminal piece,
bifid at tip, or more properly with a slender spine-like process arising
near to, and nearly as long as the sharp, incurved tip, which is opposed
to it. Grows to the length of 6 to 8 inches or more.

Barnstable and Provincetown, Mass., to Virginia, in sand, at low-
water.

Sigalion arenicola, sp. noy.

An elongated, moderately stout, depressed species, narrowed and
tapered posteriorly, and bearing very numerous, large, thin, white, trans-
lucent, smooth scales, which have large pinnate processes on their pos-
terior edge.

Head small, shield-shaped, widest anteriorly, with a broad, slightly
rounded lobe in front, and with the anterior angles rounded; ocelli small,
but distinct, forming a quadrangle on the top of the head, the two pairs
near together. A pair of minute, obtuse antenne at the front edge; no
trace of a median antenna. Scales, except the smaller, rounded, anterior
ones, large and somewhat quadrangular, with three of the angles:
rounded; on the posterior border there are about eight to ten well-
separated, large, deeply pinnate processes, borne on simple, slender

168 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

stems; the pinnate portion is broad-ovate, longer than the stems, with
about four to six long, slender pinnz on each side. The set are very
numerous and complicated. Those of the dorsal fascicle are long, slen-
der, capillary, mostly curved inward over the back. In the lower fas-
cicles there are several kinds: the upper (a) are two to four simple
ones, with long, tapering, strongly spinulated, very acute tips; the next
(b) are several compound sete, with the shaft stouter and strongly ser-
rulated- near the end, while the terminal piece, of variable length, is
composed of many joints, and is minutely bifid at the tip; the next (¢)
are about six to eight stout, compound setie, arising both above and
below the supporting acicule, and having their shafts minutely and
closely circularly serrulate toward the end, and with a short, stout,
tapering, undivided, terminal piece, which has a hooked, claw-like tip,
with a sharp secondary process opposed to it; below these are (d)
numerous long, slender, compound sete, with shafts scarcely or not at
all serrulate, and with the subdivided terminal piece minutely bifid at the
tip, varying in length and number of joints, the middle ones being com-
paratively stout, with the terminal piece tapering and not very slender,
while the lower ones are very slender and capillary, with a very long,
tapering, terminal piece, of many joints. Color nearly white or pale
flesh-color. Length of largest, 80™™ to 100™™.

Vineyard Sound and off Nantucket Island, Mass., 10 to 20 fathoms,
clean silicious sand, 1875. Shores of Cape Cod Bay, in sand, at low-
water, at Barnstable (A. E. V.), and Provincetown (H. E. Webster).

This elegant species is allied to S. Buskii M’Intosh, and has similar
appendages to the scales. In our species, however, the pinnate pro-
cesses are less crowded and have longer stems and fewer and longer
pinne.

Letmatonice armata, sp. nov.
Letmatonice filicornis Verrill, formerly, in Amer. Jour. Science (non Kinberg).
Body stout, depressed, broadest in the middle, tapered slightly toward
both ends, the posterior most obtuse. Back covered with large, thin,
white, smooth scales, usually more or less concealed by a felt-like coat-
ing, to which mud and dirt adhere. Lower surface granulous. Head
small, but prominent, with two minute, rounded, tuberele-lke antennz in
front and a median antenna arising between them, which has a stout,
tapering base, but becomes very slender for most of its length; it is
much shorter than in L. filicornis, its tip not reaching to the basal third
of the palpi. The latter are large and long, regularly tapered to the
end, three to four times as long as the median antenna and four or five
times as thick. The first parapodia bear two slender cirri on the upper
ramus, which are about as large as the median antenna. The scales are
large, smooth, and translucent, without appendages, mostly broadly
rounded on the inner and posterior edges, and deeply emarginate on
‘the outer attached border. The upper rami of the parapodia bear, besides

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 169

several divergent clusters of capillary sete, a group, Sometimes of six to
eight, long, stout, spine-like, dark brown, acute and barbed sete, having
several short recurved hooks on each edge of the flattened tips, near the
end. The ventral rami of the parapodia are prominent and bear three, or
more, stout, elongated, brown sete, with sharp, somewhat recurved tips,
which are covered along the convex side with slender, sharp spinules;
at the end of the straight shaft, and separated by a naked space from
the spinulated portion, there is a strong, sharp, divergent spine. Length
of a medium-sized specimen, 32™; breadth, exclusive of sete, 135™™,;
length of. palpi, 7™™.

Common on muddy bottoms in the Bay of Fundy and Gulf of Maine,
in 50 to 150 fathoms. Collected first in 1864, 1865, and 1868, by the
writer and Professor S. I. Smith, and subsequently by the U.S. Fish
Commission, in many localities.

It differs from L. filicornis, with which it was formerly identified by
me, not only in having a much smaller median antenna, but also in the
character of the sete, especially those of the ventral fascicle. Whether
the Gulf of St. Lawrence specimens, recorded by M’Intosh as L. Jili-
cornis, belong to this species, is uncertain.

Bunoa spinulosa, sp. nov.

Body large, oblong, rather narrow, of nearly equal breadth through
the greater part of its length. Head dark, deeply bilobed in front, the
sides rounded; each lobe terminates in an anterior, acute, white point.
Byes large, lateral, the anterior farther apart than the posterior. Median
antenna rather small, about twice as long as the head, tapering to a
slender point; lateral antennze smaller and about half as long as median;
palpi moderate, smooth, much stouter and longer than the antenne;
tentacular and dorsal cirri long, slender, covered with numerous slender
papilla. Seales large, broad, rounded-oblong, the posterior part being
produced and broadly rounded, the surface covered with minute, rounded
grains and toward the border with very small, elongated, tapering, acute
spinules; outer edge fringed with numerous small, slender papille.
Sete yellow, very abundant, forming large, dense tufts. Those of the
upper parapodia are in part as long as those of the lower, and much
stouter; the upper ones are shortest, unequal, stout, curved, spine-like,
acute, finely and closely transversely serrulate throughout most of their
length, only a very small tip being smooth; below these there is a group
of longer and smoother spine-like sete, the serrulation less distinct and
not extending so far toward the base nor so near to the tip. The ventral
parapodia have very numerous set, less than half as thick as the upper
ones, but the longest about equal to or somewhat exceeding those of the
upper fascicle; they are all of one general form, decreasing much in
length toward the lower side; the shaft is long and smooth, the distal
portion enlarged, somewhat curved, closely spinulated, ending in a short,
smooth, slightly incurved, acute tip. Length (a few posterior segments

170 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

lacking), 25™"; breadth, including sete, 16™"; breadth of body alone,
6==; length of largest scales, 8°"; breadth, 5.5™™.

One specimen, in alcohol. Sable Island Bank, off Nova Scotia, Cap-
tain McPhee, schooner “Carl Schurz,” November, 1878 (U.S. Fish
Commission).

Autclytus ornatus, sp. nov.

A small, slender species. The female form is easily distinguished by
the bright red color of the ova and embrycs, showing conspicuously
through the pale yellowish integuments of the body, or incubatory sac.
The head is short, broad, slightly emarginate in front; eyes conspicuous,
lateral, rounded; antennz nearly equal, the median one a little the lon-
gest; lateral ones about twice the length of the head. Dorsal cirri long,
slender, about equal to the diameter of the body. The three anterior
segments bear only short sete, but fascicles of long setae commence on
the fourth ; these are nearly as Jong as the breadth of the bedy. Length,
about 5™™. 5

Vineyard Sound, at surface, July 13 and August 28, 1875.

Another form, possibly the male of this species, was taken July 21,
This was bright green in color. The lateral antennz were of moderate
length, tapered, swollen at base; odd median antenna and upper tenta-
cular cirri slender, very long, about equal to half the body. Dorsal cirri
long, more than half the diameter of the body. Fascicles of long set
commence on the fourth segment.

Odontosyllis lucifera Verrill.
Eusyllis lucifera Verrill, Amer. Jour. Science, vol. x, p. 39, 1875.

An examination of the armature of the @sophagus of this species
shows that it belongs to the genus Qdontosyllis. The chitinous rim is
somewhat horseshoe-shaped, the extremities often angular or tooth-
like, turning inward and downward, while the opposite side bears a row
of about six small, sharp, incurved denticles. Anal cirri two, rather
long and slender, transversely lined.

Pedophylax longiceps, sp. nov.

A very slender species, allied to P. dispar Webster, but with much
longer head and palpi, and longer and stouter caudal cirri. The head
is nearly as long as broad, both the front and posterior edge a little
produced in the middle; median antenna arising in advance of the cen-
ter of the head, swollen toward the.end, but with the tip acute, some-
what longer than the head, but scarcely reaching beyond the middle
of the palpi; lateral antenne very small, papilliform, nearly in line
with the odd one. Ocelli four, the two pairs close together on the
head, the anterior just outside of the lateral antenne, the others just
behind them. Palpi very long, more than twice as long as the head, at
the base as broad as the head, slightly swollen, tapering gradually to
the narrow end, the sides nearly straight or slightly incurved, slightly

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 171

emarginate at the tip, with a distinct sutural line along the middle above.
Tentacular cirri small, papilliform. Parapodia small, each with a small
dorsal and ventral cirrus and a large, obtuse, setigerous lobe. Sete of
several kinds, the usual arrangement being as follows: one or two aci-
cula shorter than the other seta, tapering, straight, spine-like, one usu-
ally acute and the other blunt at tip; one longer, slender, simple seta,
curved and slightly enlarged toward the end, which suddenly narrows
to a small acute tip; one, or sometimes two, of similar size and length,
straight and abruptly expanded or spatulate near the end of the shaft,
and bearing a long, very slender, acute, terminal piece; twoor three
unequal compound set, with the shaft spatulate at the end and bearing a
short, acute-triangular, terminal piece. Posteriorly the lowest is a sim-
ple, curved seta, with a short, sharp tip, similar to the upper one, but
shorter, more tapered, and less curved. The pharynx occupies about four
segments; the median tooth is rather large. Stomach large, occupying
two segments, oblong, with many circles of granules. Caudal cirri re-
latively large, elongated, enlarged in the middle, tapering to acute tips,
their length greater than the diameter of the body, much longer than the
median antenna. Color, pale salmon. Length, 5"" to 7™™.

Thimble Islands and Savin Rock, near New Haven, Conn., 2 fathoms,
among alge, and at low-water, among the débris attached to tubes of
Diopatra, October, 1873, and October 15, 1875 (A. E. Verrill).

A specimen, probably a sexual form of this species or P. dispar, was
taken in Vineyard Sound, at surface, July 10, 1875. It was similar an-
teriorly, but on the segments behind the 11th there were fascicles of
long, slender sete, twice as long as the diameter of the body. Color, yel-
lowish green.

Nereis alacris, sp. nov.

Body rather slender, slightly enlarged behind the buccal segment.
Antenne slender and pointed. First pair of superior tentacular cirri
very long and slender, about equal to the first six segments ; those of the
second pair more than one-third longer, reaching about to the tenth seg-
ment; ventral cirri also long and slender, about one-third as long as the
corresponding superior ones. Caudal cirri remarkably long and slender,
longer and more slender than the longest tentacular cirri. General color
of head and anterior segments bright olive-green; posterior segments
and appendages tinged with orange-red; bases of antenne and cirri
tinged with purplish red; anterior eyes dark green with a red center,
posterior pale red with a dark red center; middle of head pale green; <
row of more or less connected and sometimes confluent light spots
extends along the back, one to each segment; these spots are usually
greenish white anteriorly, yellowish posteriorly. Smaller specimens are
plainer colored, mostly greenish or brownish, often without dorsal spots.

Parapodia, in the middle region, of moderate size ; upper rami longest,
having an inferior and superior branchial lobe, or lingula, of about equal

172 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

length, the superior one somewhat gibbous and bearing the long, slen-
der, dorsal cirrus beyond its middle; beyond the origin of the latter the
lingula is lanceolate, subacute at the end; three conspicuous dark spots
on the superior lingula, one terminal, one at the origin of the cirrus, the
other midway between that and the body; another spot on the body, at
base of the appendage. The inferior lingula is also lanceolate, a little
shorter than the superior. More than half the length of the dorsal cir-
rus projects beyond the end of the lingula. The ventral lingula of the
lower ramus is oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, considerably smaller than
the dorsal one. Ventral cirrus small, slender, acute, not reaching to
the end of the ventral lingula. Setz in both the upper and lower rami
of two kinds: in the superior fascicle of each they have slender,
acute, terminal pieces; in the inferior fascicle the terminal piece is short
and hooked at the tip. It is very active in all its motions, and swims
rapidly. It constructs a tenacious tube, attached to alga, and sup-
ported by divergent silken threads. Length, 2 to 3 inches.
Vineyard Sound, 8-10 fathoms, 1875. Described from life.

Nereis megalops Verrill.
Nectonereis megalops Verrill, Report on Invert. of Vineyard Sd., ete., p. 298,
[592], pl. xii, figs. 62, 63, 1873.

The female of this form was taken in Vineyard Sound, at surface, in
1875. Although agreeing in general with the male, it departs less widely
from the ordinary Heteronereis form, both in respect to its head, palpi,
and the dorsal parapodial appendages. The male has a simple, median,
tapering, caudal cirrus. There are two minute, dark spots on each seg-
ment, along the middle of the ventral surface, posteriorly.

It is so nearly related to the Heteronereis stage of Nereis Dumerili, and
to the Heteronereis Malmgreni described by Claparéde, and to other
related forms discovered on our coast by Professor Webster, that it
seems probable that its Nereis stage, when known, will be closely allied
to N. Dumerili, and consequently should be referred to Nereis, or to
Leontis, if the latter be regarded as a distinct genus.

Ceratocephale Websteri, sp. nov.

Head small, with the cephalic lobe emarginate in front, and with a
median groove running back; sides slightly incurved; posterior margin
slightly convex. No eyes. Antenne small, slender, tapering, coales-
cent at base with the palpi. Palpi small, slender, bent somewhat down-
ward, not much larger than the antenne, the terminal joint small, sub-
acute, about one-third the whole length. The four cephalic organs are
similar in form, and all are directed forward. Tentacular cirri slender,
acute; the dorsal ones of the two anterior pairs are longer than the
others, being nearly twice as long as the diameter of the body; the ven-
tral ones are bent downward and forward in life, and are less than half
as long; of the two posterior pairs, the dorsal are somewhat longer than
the ventral.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 173

Buccal segment large, somewhat swollen. Jaws small, light brown,
strongly curved, with slender, sharp tips, the edge moderately serrulate.
Denticles (or paragnaths) not observed, the proboscis being retracted.
Parapodia of anterior segments small, the two rami of nearly equal
length, and with similar fascicles of seta, the lower ones most numerous,
the upper lingula small, subtriangular, terminated by the slender, taper-
ing, dorsal cirrus, which, at about the fifth segment, is more than twice
as long as the lingula and reaches about to the end of the sete. Ventral
cirrus short, tapering. Farther back, atthe eleventh segment and beyond,
the rami become more unequal, the upper lingula develops into a long,
flat, narrow, tapering branchia, bearing the filiform dorsal cirrus at its tip.
At the fifteenth segment and beyond the branchia is decidedly longer
than the parapodia, curved directly upward, and about eight times as
long as its width in the middle, and more than half the diameter of the
body, rather abuptly narrowed at the tip, and terminated by the long,
slender cirrus, which equals or exceeds the branchia. In the enlarged
base of the branchie there is a circular, thickened, white, round spot,
due to an internal organ. On the setigerous lobe of the upper ramus
is a narrow-lanceolate, lingula-like process, extending from the setiger-
ous lobe as far as the tips of the sete. Onthe lower ramus there are two
similar lingule, one of which is terminal, and the other is situated at
about the distal third, on the lower side. Ventral cirrus small, slender,
tapered, single on the first sixteen segments; on the seventeenth and
subsequent segments there are two equal ventral cirri, arising close to-
gether. Sete in thisregion form alarge fascicle in each ramus, witha single
aciculum dividing each fascicle into two groups. The set in the upper
ramus havea very long, slender, smooth, nearly straight, terminal joint,
flexible at tip, and not distinctly flattened, even toward the base. In
the lower ramus, the terminal joint is not quite so long, slender, and nar-
row, but distinctly flattened, and with the edge very finely serrulate ;
these are very slightly curved, but not abruptly bent, near the base.
Diameter of the anterior part of the body, 6™" to 7°". Color of body pale
brownish or pinkish; branchiz and bases of parapodia bright red; seti-
gerous lobes greenish, the sete dark at base. Described from life.

Dedicated to Professor H. E. Webster, who has largely contributed to
the knowledge of American Annelids.

Twenty-four miles east of Cape Cod, 122 fathoms, soft mud (U. 8.
Fish Commission). Only one specimen, which lacks the posterior por-
tion of the body. Closely related to C. Loveni Malmgren, but the
latter has the branchial organs cirriform and slender, and the double
ventral cirri are figured upon the tenth segment; the seta of the
lower ramus are also represented with the terminal joint abruptly bent
at base, wider, and much more strongly serrulate than in our specimen.
It is possible, however, that the two may be only sexual forms of one
species.

174 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Lumbrinereis hebes Verrill.
Lumbriconereis obtusa Verrill, Proc. Amer, Assoc. for 1873, p. 383, 1874.
The name obtusa having been preoccupied in this genus, the above
name is proposed as a substitute.

Goniada gracilis Verrill.
Lone gracilis Verrill, Report on Invert. of Vineyard Sound, ete., p. 302,
1873, (vol. i, Rep. of U. 8. Com. of Fish and Fisheries, p. 596).
This species has upon its proboscis the two rows of V-shaped denti-
tles (in chevron) and also the jaws as in Goniada, to which genus it should,
therefore, be referred. |

Polydora gracilis, sp. nov.

Small, 3™" to 4™™ long, very slender. Antenne stout, blunt, very
long, six times as long as breadth of body, or even more, transversely
wrinkled.

Head with a long, narrow, oblong, central portion, acute behind,
notched or bilobed in front, with the two anterior corners rounded and
a little prominent; side lobes of the head not broad, gradually narrowed
toward the front; eyes four, the front pair conspicuous, decidedly larger
and but little wider apart than the others, which are small and but lit-
tle farther back.

The four anterior segments have small, rounded, dorsal papille, with
eapillary setz; on the fifth there are fascicles of about six large special
sete, of which the posterior are shorter. On the sixth and following
segments, there are, with the capillary seta, three or four uncini in the
dorsal. fascicles. Branchiz elongated, commencing on the seventh seg-
ment, absent on the twelve posterior segments. Caudal appendage
sucker-like, with a smooth margin, surrounded by a marginal circle of
dark specks. Color pale salmon or light flesh-color; antenne and head
with dark specks.

Off Block Island, 1873, gregarious in galleries in Pecten tenuicostatus,
and having slender sand-tubes projecting from the orifices in the shell.

Polydora concharum, sp. nov.

A very long, slender species, having more than 200 segments, and
often becoming four or five inches long.

Head, or cephalic lobe, narrow in front, projecting considerably be-
yond the wide lateral lobes (formed by the buccal segment), and deeply
divided at the end into two lanceolate, acute, divergent lobes. Eyes
four, small, but conspicuous, black, the anterior ones much wider apart
than the posterior, and but little farther forward. In some specimens,
the eyes are absent. Antenne very long and slender, fifteen to twenty
times as long as the diameter of the body, or more, whitish or pale flesh-
color, with a central red vessel, and usually with a fine dark line on each
side. Buccal segment large and swollen below, with longitudinal sulci
extending back from the mouth. On the four anterior segments, the

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 175

parapodia, above and below, bear slender, very acute, bent sete, and a
prominent, flat process, somewhat expanded and rounded at the end;
on the first segment, these are smaller and less spatulate, and the sete
are fewer and shorter. The fifth segment is about as long as the three
preceding ones, not much swollen, and it bears three distinct groups of
sete, differing in form; the upper and most anterior are fine, bent, capil-
lary sete, with acute tips, similar to, but much smaller than, those of the
preceding segments; below these there is a group of small, slender seta,
abruptly bent backward and with blunt tips; then there is a row of
five or six large, strong, dark-colored, nearly straight, blunt spines,
which are nearly equal in diameter, the anterior and upper ones longer,
and, when projected at right angles to the body, forming an oblique,
somewhat curved, transverse row; finally, in a row below the last of
these, are two or three lighter-colored and more slender, straight spines,
with abruptly tapered, acute tips. On the succeeding segments, the
lower fascicles consist of strong, elongated uncini, in rows of six or
seven, with the tip bidentate, strongly curved, beak-like, and with a thin,
spatulate border; near the posterior end, they are replaced by acute
sete and fine capillary ones. The upper fascicles, on the segments be-
hind the fifth, consist of numerous, long, bent, very acute sete, like
those of the anterior segments, the upper one in each fascicle with longer
and more slender tips than the lower; toward the posterior end they
become longer and fewer, with straighter tips, equalling or exceeding
the diameter of the segments. Branchiz appear in a rudimentary form
as small papille on the sixth segment; on the seventh they are short
conical papille; on the eighth they become longer and more distinctly
ligulate, and increase in length on the following segments, soon becom-
ing long and slender, recurved, and meeting across the back. They
exist on one hundred or more of the succeeding segments. After the
branchie cease the succeeding segments are very numerous, smaller,
and rounder, so that the body is more slender and attenuated poste-
riorly, and somewhat broader and a little flattened on the branchiferous
portion. Anal segment small, terminating in four small, roundish,
equal, flattened lobes.

Color somewhat variable, usually pale flesh-color, or grayish or yel-
lowish white anteriorly, and more or less tinged with dull greenish or
brownish posteriorly, the red dorsal vessel showing plainly, and the
branchie red. Length, 100™™ to 140"; breadth, 1" to 1.5""; length of
antenne, 20"" to 30". Described from life.

Very common all along the coast, from Cape Cod to Nova Scotia, in
10 to 100 fathoms, in tortuous, narrow galleries excavated in shells,
especially of Cyprina Islandica; also in decayed wood dredged in 32
fathoms off Cape Cod. Collected by the writer in the Bay of Fundy in
1863, 1864, 1868, 1870, and subsequently at various localities while dredg-
ing for the U.S. Fish Commission in 1872, 1873, 1877, 1878, and 1879.

176 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

A new genus, related to Spio, but with a pair of branchial append-
ages behind the long antenne, and with a distinct collar on the front
edge of the second setigerous segment, was discovered near New Haven,
Conn., at low-water, in 1877, and had been briefly described in this arti-
cle. But learning that Professor H. E. Webster had also discovered the
sane genus, and had described it in a forthcoming paper on the Anne-
lids of New Jersey, with an abundance of good specimens, my descrip-
tion has been withdrawn.

Spio limicola, sp. nov.

A small, slender species, with branchiz on all the segments, and usu-
ally characterized by blackish, transverse lines and spots on the head
and anterior segments. Body thickest anteriorly, tapering gradually
to the end, somewhat depressed. Head flattened, obtusely rounded in
front. Eyes four, small, nearly in a square. The anterior a little wider
apart. Antenne rather stout at base, tapered, blunt, about four or five
times as long as breadth of body, whitish, with red vessels, and some-
times with thin, dark lines along the edges. Branchie flat, shorter,
broader, and blunt anteriorly; narrower, longer, and more tapering far-
ther back, where they meet across the back; posteriorly they become
small and papilliform. The parapodia have anteriorly, in the upper
ramus, two broad lingule, of which the posterior is the longer and more
acute; the capillary sete, arising between them, form large fascicles
anteriorly; posteriorly they become longer, exceeding the diameter of
the body, and form small fascicles. In the posterior region, the upper
lingule become more unequal, the posterior one becoming elongated and
the anterior one reduced to a mere papilla. The lower ramus is nearly
the same on all the segments, consisting of a broadly rounded, flat, thick
lobe, bearing a group of numerous uncini. Anal segment small, bear-
ing four moderately long, blunt cirri, their length about twice the diam-
eter of the anal segment.

Color, pale reddish white or light flesh-color, with bright red vesseis
and branchiwe, and showing the greenish intestine posteriorly; head
with two blackish spots in front and others on the sides and beneath;
anterior segments with blackish, transverse spots or interrupted lines
of blackish between the segments on the ventral side and laterally; bran-
chi and both upper and lower lingule usually with flake-white specks
or a white line along their margins; anal segment and cirri greenish
yellow.

Length, 25™™ to 35™™; breadth, 1™™ to 1.5™™. Described ‘from life.
Cape Cod Bay, 16 to 25 fathoms, soft, foetid, sandy mud (U. 8. Fish
Commission, 1879). Some ef the specimens were filled with pink eggs,
August 29.

Spiophanes tenuis, sp. nov.
A very deiicate and slender species, thickest anteriorly at the bran-
chial segments, gradually attenuated posteriorly. Head changeable,

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 177

depressed, narrow in middle, expanding laterally at the front, with prom-
inent, blunt, lateral angles, and with a broadly rounded or sometimes
slightly emarginate front margin; posteriorly the narrow head-lobe ex:
tends back to the second setigerous segment. Eyes four, minute, in a
quadrangle, the anterior pair wider apart. Antenne slender, not very
long, about three times as long as diameter of body. Buccal segment
swollen, forming short, convex, lateral lobes along the posterior half of
the head ; below the mouth is a prominent, strongly ciliated lobe. Bran-
chie in four pairs, on the 2d, 3d, 4th, and Sth setigerous segments ; the
anterior pair branched, the others apparently foliaceous and shorter.*
The first setigerous segment has a small, prominent, rounded, upper
ramus, with few short sete. The 2d to 5th have a broad linguliform, or
leaf-like, upper ramus, with the inner distal edge prolonged into an an gle
over the back, and a very broad, fan-shaped fascicle of long acute sete
set transversely and protecting the gills; a smaller lobe also exists in
front of the sete; lower ramus composed of a small, rounded lobe with
a fascicle of slender sete, and with uncini in the fascicles beyond the
15th segment, and a cluster of acute sete. The parapodia increase rap-
idly in size from the 1st to the 6th, and then gradually decrease to the
17th segment, beyond which they are rudimentary ; on the 5th to 5th the
upper lingula is about half as long as the breadth of the body; beyond the
5th they are more or Jess expanded distally, or wide, spatulate, bluntly
terminated ; beyond the 10th small, not very prominent, rounded; on 5th
to 10th segments the upper setz are slender, acute, longer than the lin-
gula, and in large fascicles, though in much smaller ones than those of
the branchiferous segments; on the posterior segments the uncini become
longer, and the capillary setee mostly disappear in the lower fascicles.
Color yellowish or greenish white, often decidedly greenish posteriorly,
and with a dark greenish-yellow intestine. Some were filled with pale
pink eggs, August 29.

Cape Cod Bay, 16 to 21 fathoms, soft, foetid mud (U.S. Fish Commis-
sion, 1879).

Heterocirrus fimbriatus, sp. nov.

A delicate species, remarkable for the great length and slenderness of
its sete, which form a wide fringe along the sides of the body. Head
small, about twice as long as broad, not half as broad as the body, ob-
tusely rounded in front, with a pair of sublateral ocelli at about the
anterior third. Tentacular cirri short, usually absent in preserved speci-
mens. The three to six anterior segments bear each a pair of slightly

* A larger specimen was taken in 31 fathoms, off Cape Cod, which may be a distinet
species. In this the branchiew are long, lanceolate, acute, and all are pectinately di-
vided along the posterior margin, with slender papilla. The eyes are red. Proboscis
urceolate, with the extended margin scolloped. The first eleven segments bear capil-
lary sete, above and below, in large fascicles; on the 12th to 16th there are also
stouter acute spinules in the lower fascicles ; beyond the 16th segment there: are un-
cini mingled with the capillary set.

Proe. Nat. Mus. 79 12 Nov. 5. §879..

178 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

clavate, unequal, branchial cirri, mostly less than four times as long as
the diameter of the body. The two anterior segments have slender ¢a-
pillary set in the upper fascicles, less long than the diameter of the body ;
they increase in length and numbers farther back, and on the seventh
and forty to fifty succeeding segments they become very numerous and
remarkably long, being from two to three times as long as the breadth of
the body; toward the posterior end of the body they again diminish in
length, becoming comparatively short on the last twenty segments. The
ventral sete are all capillary and fine-pointed on the anterior and median
segments; they somewhat exceed the diameter of the body in the middle
segments, but are shorter toward both ends. On the last twenty seg-
ments there are, in each ventral fascicle, one or two short unciniform
setze with somewhat hooked but scarcely bidentate tips. Similar uncini-
form sete exist in some of the posterior dorsal fascicles. The sete are
silvery white. Body dark olive-green, with lighter dorsal line; branchie
with dark tips. Length, about 25™; diameter, without appendages, 1™™
to.1.75™™.

Off Campo Bello Island, Bay of Fundy, 60 fathoms, burrowing in dead
shells of Pecten tenuicostatus, 1872.

Dodecaceria concharum (Ersted.

This species is nearly allied to the last, and occurred with it. Itis
very common, on our coast, in various shells. The genus Dodecaceria
(irsted has not been distinctly distinguished from Heterocirrus Grube,
to which it is closely related. The number of branchial cirri is variable
in both, but their arrangement is the same. The set, however, are
different in their arrangement. In D. concharwn the 1st segment bears
no sete; on the 2d to 7th there are short capillary set, above and
below ; on the 8th there is a solitary, long, unciniform seta in the dorsal
fascicle of capillary sete, and four or five stouter ones, with bidentate
tips in the ventral fascicles, and no capillary ones; on the 9th and sue-
ceedimg segments, the ventral sets continue as on the 8th, and the
dorsal fascicles usually contain four or five elongated, simple, hooked
uncini, together with more or less numerous fine, acute, capillary sete,
which are often absent, but they occur on some of the segments even to
the posterior end, where they are often about one-third as long as the
diameter of the body. Behind the middle of the body the uncini become
smaller, shorter, and fewer, only two or three to a fascicle, but near the
posterior end, on four or five segments, they become stouter, more hooked,
and distinetly bidentate, especially on the ventral side.

The color is usually dark green or greenish black, and no distinet.
ocelli were detected, but some obscure dark specks may represent them.

Praxillura, gen. nov.

Body very long and composed of a larger number of segments than is
usual in the Maldanide. Posterior segments very numerous, short, be-
coming indistinct posteriorly. Caudal segment subacute, destitute of

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 179

a funnel, and, in our specimens, of any other appendage. Anterior seg-
ments numerous and short, eight or more (in the type), bearing, in the
lower rami, one or two simple, acute spines; in the middle and posterior
regions bearing a row of uncini. Head gibbous posteriorly, without
any well-marked lateral fold.

Praxillura ornata, sp. nov.

Body very long, slender, of nearly uniform diameter, composed of about
forty setigerous segments; the eight anterior bear only one or two spines
in the ventral rami, uncini appearing on the 9th. Head swollen and
gibbous above, posteriorly, abruptly flattened in front, with the anterior
edge bluntly rounded; two rounded, lateral lobes beneath; front con-
cave beneath; no distinct lateral lobes above; numerous small, red ocelli
in several rows around the front margin. Buccal segment thick, coales-
cent with the head, long, biannulate, the head and buccal segment together
about equal in length to the first two setigerous ones. The eight ante-
rior, setigerous segments are short, scarcely longer than broad, with a
well-marked suture between, and biannulate, the posterior half smaller,
the anterior swollen in the middle, where the sets arise, and with a red
band behind the setz. In the middle region, the segments are long and
narrow. The seven or eight anterior segments have a small upper fas-
cicle of slender acute sete, and one stout acute spine below (sometimes
two). On the ninth segment * there are two uncini and a spine below
them; and on the tenth to the twelfth and several following there are
four to eight uncini, and the number increases farther back. The last
seventeen setigerous segments are very short. These are followed by
several searcely distinct segments at the posterior end, which is tapered
and simple. Color pinkish white, with a bright red band on each seg-
ment anteriorly, a dark red spot on each side of the head, and two bands
of red on the buecal segment. Ocelli red. On the middle region, the
bands are less distinct, and the surface is covered with dark brown
specks. Length, 125™™ to 150™™, Diameter, 1™™ to 1.5. Described
from life.

Off Race Point, Cape Cod, 25 fathoms, sandy mud, in long, round,
rigid tubes, made of fine sand (U.S. Fish Coihthiesions 1879). Cho
Bay (U.S. Fish Commission, 1873).

Maldane filifera, sp. nov.

Very slender, elongated, with twenty-one setigerous segments, of
which fifteen elongated ones are included in the middle region, three
short ones are anterior, and three short ones posterior. The head is
swollen, convex, and gibbous at the posterior part, abruptly flattened in
front, with the front edge bluntly rounded; a low lateral feld ; buccal
segment ccalescent with the head. The three anterior setigerous seg-
ments are short, about as long as broad, with a fascicle of long, acute

- *In one specimen there are four, somewhat unciniform, ventral spinules, in a row,
on the eighth segment, and more on the ninth, without the acute spinule below.

180 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAI, MUSEUM.

setee above, and a row of about three spines below; on the fourth and
fifth segments there are six to nine uncini in the row, and more far-
ther back, where they become prominent, strongly hooked, or claw-like
uncini. The fourth and several succeeding segments are usually more
than twice as long as broad, with an annulation in front of the middle;
farther back, in the middle region, the segments are six to eight times
as long as broad, very slender, swollen near the posterior end, where
the sete arise. The last three setigerous segments are about as long as
broad, swollen in the middle, and bear slender sete about one-half as
long as the breadth of the body, and a row of uneini. Anal segment
consolidated with the preceding, apparently single, non-setigerous one,
very obliquely truncated at the end, and surrounded by a well-developed,
smooth border, interrupted dorsally, so that when expanded it has a
spatulate form. The anal opening appears to be nearly central, within
the border. The caudal membrane is filled with blood-vessels. In the
middle region of the body, on the ninth to eighteenth segments, in the
upper fascicles of acute setie, are two very long, slender, flexible, thread-
like sete, usually unequal, the longer six to eight times as long as the
diameter of the segments; they are covered with sharp spinules, alter-
nating on the two sides. Color of middle segments salmon, thickly
specked with orange-brown and reticulated with red blood-vessels ;
anterior and posterior segments greenish or yellowish white.

Off Cape Cod, 20 to 50 fathoms, in hard sand; tubes attached to
valves of dead bivalves (U. 8S. Fish Commission, 1879).

Notomastus gracilis, sp. nov.

Very small and slender. Head moderately acute in extension. Six
anterior segments bear fascicles of capillary sete above and below; the
seventh and succeeding segments bear uncini above and below, but in
the lower fascicles of the seventh segment there are often some capillary
sete also. The fascicles are all small. The uncini are elongated, dis-
tinetly constricted toward the end, and expanded in a blade-like form
beyond, with the tip only slightly hooked. Color red. Length, 40" or
more; diameter, 0.05".

Noank, Conn., 4 to 5 fathoms, mud (U. 8S. Fish Commission, 1574).

This species resembles N. filiformis Verrill, but differs in the form and
arrangement of the sete. In the latter, the five anterior segments bear
large groups of long, capillary, acute sete; but on the fifth there are
sometimes a few uncini mingled with the capillary ones in the lower fas-
cicles. The unecini are numerous on the following segments, and are
long and somewhat bent, but show no constriction, the distal portion
being regularly narrow, spatulate, or paddle-shaped, with the central
shaft curved, blunt, and slightly hooked at the tip. In some specimens
there are two well marked black eyes. The tip of the head is elongated
and acute.

The genus Ancistria Quatrefages would include both the above spe-
cies, but it seems to be impossible to distinguish that genus by any defi-

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 181

nite structural characters from Notomastus Sars. Therefore, the two
species formerly described by me from Casco Bay as Ancistria capillaris
and A. acuta should be named Notomastus capillaris and N. acutus.

Polycirrus phosphoreus, sp. nov.

A large, handsome, bright red species, remarkable for its brilliant
violet-blue phosphorescence when disturbed.

Body very changeable in form, soft and flaccid, usually swoilen ante-
riorly, narrowing somewhat near the head, and more attenuated poste-
riorly. Tentacles very numerous, originating from an elongated and
somewhat spatuliform cephalic process. Fascicles of acute, capillary
sete exist on twenty-four segments. The uncini commence on the tenth
setigerous segment. They are minute, strongly hooked, and form a
linear row, consisting of about twenty on the tenth segment, and of thirty
to forty on the succeeding ones. The posterior region not having
capillary sete consists of thirty or more segments, toward the end
becoming very short and indistinet. Anal segment small, simple, with
aminute papilla. Ventral glandular shields conspicuous on the nine
anterior segments, covering the whole ventral surface, becoming nar-
rower backward, and bilobed; beyond the ninth segment the ventral
shields are smaller and more distant, squarish, bilobed, and separated
by a median furrow. On the nine anterior segments there is also a
thickened, annular, light-colored, glandular area, just below the fasci-
cles of setw; farther back these become rudimentary. Color bright red
or blood-red. In August, females were filled with large quantities of
light red ova. Length, up to 75" to 80""; greatest diameter, 4" to 5™",
Described from living examples.

From off Stonington, Conn., to the Bay of Fundy, in 10 to 50 fath-
oms. Common in the Bay of Fundy, where it was collected by the
writer in 1863, 1864, 1868, 1870, 1872. Casco Bay and Massachusetts
Bay (U.S. Fish Commission).

Trichobranchus glacialis Malmgren.

Tn life, the anterior part of the body is swollen, bright red, brightest
near ie head on the dorsal side. Posterior portion of ae slender,
yellowish or greenish. Lip and cephalic lobe bright blood-red anter lorly.
Below the mouth is a turgid fold, which is li ght red, crossed by longitu-
dinal lines of bright red. Tentacles whitish, thos in front clavate or
spatulate, the posterior ones very numerous, slender, filiform. Bran-
chi slender, cirriform, in length about equalling the diameter of the
body.

Off Cape Cod, 122 fathoms, soft mud (U.S. Fish Comunission, 1879).

Spirorbis Stimpsoni, sp. nov.
Spirorbis nautiloides? Verrill, in former papers. See Trans. Conn. Acad., vol.
ili, p. 45, pl. iv, fig. 4 (non Lamarck).
Tubes dull white, opaque, terete, rather closely coiled, the aperture
not raised; surface somewhat rough with the lines of pcowtnl often

182 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

smoothish. Branchic nine, rather long, lanceolate, with slender, naked
tips and numerous lateral processes. Operculum elongated obconie,
hollow, containing the eggs; pedicel slender at base, enlarging gradu-
ally to the operculum.

Massachusetts Bay to Nova Scotia, common, in 10 to 80 fathoms, on
shells and stones.

Tomopteris Smithii, sp. nov.

A large and very elegant species, remarkably transparent and exceed-
ingly active in its motions. Outline, including lateral appendages, elon-
gated oval or lanceolate, the length being about three and cne-half
times the breadth. Head with two small eyes, near together; two short,
tapering, acute antenne, and two very long and slender cirriform pro-
cesses, nearly half as long as the body; these originate from broad
subconical bases. The lateral appendages of the body commence close
to the head; the first are about equal to the diameter of the body,
but those at about the anterior third are twice as long, while the poste-
rior ones become very small and more distant; the tail ends in a nar-
row, naked portion, of considerable length. The lateral appendages
taper from the base to the fork, where they divide into two lobes, each
consisting of a broad, elliptical, and very thin membrane, supported by
an acute central branch of the main stem. The naked caudal portion
in one specimen had about six faint bands of reddish, not seen in the
other ; all other parts are so limpid as to be nearly invisible in clear water.
The interior of the body and appendages contained numerous eges.
Length, 63™™ and 70™"; breadth across appendages, 18™™; length of
middle appendages, 7™™; of long cephalic appendages, 29"™,

Eastport, Me., August, 1872, two specimens, at surface. Named in
honor of Professor 8. I. Smith, who first discovered it.

GEPHYRZA.
Priapulus pygmeeus, sp. nov.

A small yellowish white or flesh-colored species. In extension the pro-
boscis is usually slightly clavate, nearly as long as the body, and often
somewhat greater in diameter. The proboscis is distinctly longitudinally
marked with about twenty-five white, muscular lines, between whic
there are as many rows of small, prominent, conical papillae, largest
toward the mouth and disappearing on the posterior third. Body usu-
ally cylindrical, changeable, abruptly tapered or subtruncate at the pos-
terior end, distinctly annulated, with fine circular and longitudinal lines
on the annulations; at the posterior end having very small conical pa-
pillz on the annulations. Caudal appendage in length about equal to
diameter of body, with a rather stout stem, bearing about twelve short,
fusiform papill: or branches, which are changeable in form, and covered
with small conical papille. The integument is so translucent that the
corpusculated circulating fluid can be easily seen circulating in the
hollow stem.and tubercles. The corpuscles are minute and round.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 183

Pharynx provided with numerous teeth in longitudinal rows, each with
a whitish, slightly curved, acute, central denticle. Intestine brown,
seareely longer than the body. Proboscis whitish or pale flesh-color;
body and caudal appendage yellowish. Largest seen were about 15™™
long and 2™™ in diameter. Described from life. The form of the body
and proboscis continually changes.

Massachusetts Bay, off Plymouth, 27 fathoms, soft mud; Harbor de
Luth, Campo Bello Island, Bay of Fundy, 4 to 5 fathoms, soft mud
(U.S. Fish Commission, July 30, 1872).

Thalassema viridis, sp. noy.

A small bright green species with swollen body and long slender
proboscis, somewhat spoon-shaped at the end. Body round, thick,
about twice as long as broad, largest and obtusely rounded posie@iorly ;
the surface is minutely granulous in appearance, the granules in cireu-
lar lines ; anteriorly the body rapidly narrows to the base of the probos-
cis, where there are two small spines at the mouth. The proboscis is so
infolded at the edge as to form a groove, like a spout, which expands
near the end; itis longer than the body. Color bright grass-green.
Length of body, about 6™™. Described from life.

Off Head Harbor, Campo Bello Island, 77 fathoms, mud, 1872. Found
in holes in hard nodules of blue clay.

NEMERTINA.

Amphiporus virescens, sp. nov.

Body long, slender, tapering gradually to the tail, widest anteriorly
in extension. Active in its movements. Head ordinarily obtusely
rounded in front. Ocelli numerous, forming a very long lateral cluster
on each side of the head; anteriorly each cluster consists of several
rows, but it narrows backward to a single row, which extends back
beyond the head and neck. Color clear pale green, varying in tint.
Length of largest specimens seen, about 40™™,

New Haven and Noank, Conn.; Wood’s Holl, Mass., ete. Common
among hydroids on the piles of wharves.

Amphiporus agilis Verrill (=Cphionemertes agilis Verrill, Am. Jour. Science, vii, p. 45,
Di te. 1).
This species belongs to Amphiporus, as characterized by M’Intosh.
It has only been taken in 20 to $0 fathoms, off the coast of Maine.

Amphiporus roseus Verrill (=Planaria rosea Miiller).

The species which I thus identify is common in Massachusetts Bay
and the Gulf of Maine, on muddy bottoms, in 20 to 100 fathoms. It
agrees well with the original figures and descriptions, but does not agree
with A. puleher, to which M’Intosh refers Miiller’s species, erroneously it
seems tome. The color above is usually deep cherry-red to reddish
brown, varying toward orange and chocolate-brown; beneath, flesh-color.

184 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Ocelli in two large clusters on each side of the head, the anterior groups
largest, somewhat triangular, covering the antero-lateral margins and
extending upward and backward on the head, where they terminate on
each side in a small subdorsal group of ocelli, more distinct than the
rest; just back of these are two distinct clusters of ocelli. Transverse
fossze run up on each side, in line with the posterior groups of ocelli.
Proboscis large, finely papillose, reddish. Length, 50 or more.

I have also met with another species, which agrees nearly with A.
pulcher, as described by M’Intosh, and with which it is probably
identical.

Amphiporus Stimpsoni Verrill (=Ommatoplea Stimpsoni Girard, in Stimpson).

This is very common in Massachusetts Bay and northward to the
Bay gf Fundy and Labrador, from low-water mark, under stones, to
100 fathoms. It is easily recognized by its clear, dark purplish or cho-
colate-brown color above, with pale margins and a squarish or triangu-
lar white spot on each side of the head, and usually with a narrow
white band across the neck; beneath, pinkish or flesh-color. Ocelli in
two or more rows in an elongated group on each antero-lateral margin
of the head, and a pair of small subdorsal clusters on the transverse
white nuchal band. Often 150™™ long and 8™™ to 10™™ broad.

The Planaria angulata of Otho Fabricius was probably based on this
species; but his description- is insufficient to determine this with cer-
tainty.

Amphiporus lactifloreus M’Intosh.

Common at Eastport, Me., under stones, at low-water mark. Its color
there is usually pale flesh-color, or dull whitish or grayish. Length, 50
to 100™4,

Amphiporus cruentatus, sp. nov.

A species peculiarly characterized by having red blood, so that the
vessels appear distinctly red through the translucent integument. Body
flaccid, versatile, slender, tapering to both ends; head not very distinct ;
snout strongly ciliated. Ocelli about 12 on each side of the head, in
an interrupted longitudinal row, the most anterior one considerably
larger. Two slight transverse grooves on each side of the head, appar-
ently not extending across the dorsal side, but the anterior ones curve
forward in front of the ganglia, and the posterior ones behind the
ganglia. Proboscis long, densely covered with elongated, conical papil-
le. A simple central stylet and two small lateral ones on each side.
Color light reddish salmon, with conspicuous bright red median and
lateral blood-vessels, containing a corpusculated red fluid.

Vineyard Sound, 4 to 5 fathoms, July 21, 1875.

Tetrastemma vermiculus Ehr. (?); M’Intosh.

This species, as determined by M’Intosh, was common on the piles of

wharves at Gloucester, Mass., in 1878. Color pale grayish or yellowish,

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 185

usually with more or less distinct brownish mottlings along the sides,
due to internal organs. The two pairs of ocelli are rather distant, and
usually there is a dusky line extending between the two eyes of the
saine side. On the head, in front of the eyes, there are often flake-white
specks; and frequently others occur along the middle of the back. Not
before recorded from the American coast.

Tetrastemma vittata Verrill.
American Journal of Science, vol. vii, p. 45, pl. 7, figs. 3, a, b, 1874; Proc. Amer.
Assoc. for Adv. of Science for 1873, p. 389, pl. 2, figs. 7, 8, 1874.
Cosmocephala (?) cordiceps (Sars, MSS.), Jensen, Turbellaria ad Litora Norvegive,
p. 82, tab. vill, figs. 13-16, 1879.

The species described by Jensen from the coast of Norway agrees so
well, in form and color, with our 7. vittata, as to render its identity
highly probable. The eyes were not observed by Sars in the Norwegian
specimens, but they are often so obscured by the very dark color of the
head, in our darkest examples, as to be almost invisible.

This species was dredged in considerable numbers this season in Cape
Cod Bay, 16 to 22 fathoms, mud, by the U. S. Fish Commission. Some
of the specimens were 3 inches long.

Lineus viridis Verrill (= Planaria viridis Fabr. ).
Lineus Gesserensis M’Intosh.—Nemertes viridis Verrill, Report on Invert. of
Vineyard Sd., ete., p. 334 [628].

This species is exceedingly abundant on our coast, from the Arctic
Ocean to Long Island Sound. It occurs gregariously under stones, be-
tween tides, and also at the depth of several fathoms. The most abund-
ant variety is green, varying from dull olive-green to greenish black,
the anterior end usually darkest, and the ventral surface paler than the
back. The transverse light lines are usually indistinct. Length, often
150°" or more.

Var. fusca (= Planaria fusca Fabr.).
This variety occurs like the last, and is usually associated with it. The
color varies from pale reddish brown to dark brown and greenish brown.

Lineus communis Van Beneden.

This species, accurately described and figured by Van Beneden, is very
common, often occurring in large groups under stones and among
muscles, on muddy shores, between tides (Eastport, Me., to Long Island
Sound). It much resembles the preceding species in form and color,
but is more slender, with a more elongated head, the mouth being
farther back. The color is usually dark olive-green to greenish black,
but varies to brownish and dull reddish. Ocelli black, often rather in-
distinct in dark specimens, forming a single lateral row on each side of
the head. It is probable that Z. socialis (Leidy sp.) is not distinct from
this.

186 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Lineus dubius, sp. nov.

Similar to the last in form and habits. Body very slender in exten-
sion, and attenuated posteriorly. Head elongated, narrow. Ocelli white,
inconspicuous, forming a simple lateral row of about twelve, extending
back on each side of the head, beyond the lateral (nasal) fosse. Color
light green to dark olive-green. Length of largest observed, 50™™ to
fomm,

Gloucester, Mass., under stones, between tides, 1878.

Lineus pallidus, sp. nov.

Long and very slender in extension, subterete, attenuated posteriorly.
Lateral (nasal) fosse long and deep. Mouth situated far back. Head
elongated, usually obtuse and wider than the body, but very changeable.
Ocelli absent. Color usually whitish or pale ocher-yellow, becoming
reddish toward the head, and with a rather indistinct paler dorsal line ;
anteriorly there are usually two pale dorsal spots, in front of which the
head is yellowish. Length, in extension, 100"; breadth, 0.0"™ to 0.7oR™.

Off Cape Ann, Mass., 45 fathoms, mud, 1878.

Micrura affinis V. (= Polia afinis Girard, in Stimpson).

This species is very common from Massachusetts Bay to the Bay of
Fundy, in 10 to 100 fathoms, on hard bottom. It is usually bright clear red
or reddish brown above, rarely varying toward dark olive-green ; beneath,
pinkish white; front of head with a white margin running back in a short
median point. Ocelli black, several in a single row on each margin of
the head, the front one largest, variable in number. Caudal filament
slender, acute, white. Length, often 125" to 160™; breadth, 2™™ to
Ania:

Micrura inornata, sp. nov.

Body subterete, moderately elongated, thickest anteriorly, gradually
tapered to the somewhat flattened tail; caudal filament white, very
slender and acute, sometimes as long as the diameter of the body, but
usually less. Head obtuse, often as wide as the body or wider, Lateral
fossie deep, extending to opposite the mouth, the latter not being very
far back. No ocelli. Color bright cherry-red, varying to dark red, the
middle of the head brightest; tail pale. Length of largest specimens
observed, about 75™™; breadth, 0.10™™ to 0.12™™.

Massachusetts Bay and Gulf of Maine, 45 to 110 fathoms, mud. Re-
sembles the young of Cerebratulus luridus V., which occur with it.

Micrura albida, sp. nov.

Body thickest and nearly round anteriorly, tapered and somewhat flat-
tened posteriorly, with a small, slender, caudal filament. Eead obtuse,
narrower than the body. No ocelli. Lateral fosse short, not conspicu-
ous. Color whitish or pale yellowish, often becoming light red toward
the head; posteriorly often with grayish or clay-colored internal mottlings
along the sides. Very sluggish in its motions. Two specimens from

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 187

140 fathoms, apparently of the same species, had a narrow ving of blue
around the body, behind the head. Length,50™™ to 100"; diameter,
Zot to) oe,

Common in the Gulf of Maine and Massachusetts Bay, on muddy bot-
toms, in from 30 to 140 fathoms.

NEMATODA ?
Wectonema, gen. nov.

Body long, slender, nearly round, smooth. Head without appendages,
obtusely rounded or blunt-conical, apparently with the mouth on the
under side. Along each side of a considerable part of the length of the
body, posteriorly, there is a delicate fin, composed of very numerous,
slender, hair-like processes, apparently in two close alternating rows
(perhaps in life connected together by a delicate web). In the supposed
male, the tail is more or less incurved, tapered to a small papiiliform tip.
No external sexual organ visible. In the larger form, regarded as
female, the posterior end is subtruncate, with a small terminal papilla.

Nectonema agilis, sp. nov.

A long, slender, and exceedingly active, round worm, resembling a
Gordius, found swimming at the surface with a rapid, eel-like, undula-
tory motion. Integument firm, opaque, generally smooth, but with
minute, oblong, brown verruce posteriorly. Body, in life, nearly round,
slightly flattened on two sides, of nearly uniform size throughout, but
slightly tapered close to the somewhat smaller, depressed, obtusely coni-
eal head, and somewhat more gradually tapered to the posterior end in
the male. The peculiar fins are generally more or less injured, even in
life, so that their real length is difficult to determine; but they appear
to occupy half the length of the body, and perhaps more. In life they
appear to have a continuous web, binding the hair-like rays together, but
whether it was anything more than mucus is uncertain. The fin-rays, in
length, are more than half the diameter of the body. Owing tothe opacity
of the integument, little could be seen of the internal structure without
dissection or the preparation of transverse sections, for which no suit-
able opportunity occurred. In the head, which is more translucent, there
appeared to be four roundish bodies, visible by transmitted light, while
a transverse whitish band behind these seemed to indicate the position
of the mouth. At the posterior end there seemed to be an anal opening,
and a straight intestine leading to it. In some female specimens, a cen-
tral whitish line, due to an internal organ (intestine?), could be traced
from the head to the extreme posterior end, and a yellowish white organ
(ovaries ?), with numerous transverse divisions, extending from near the
head to the tail, could be indistinctly seen. Color, in life, grayish or
yellowish white, with four narrow, double, longitudinal lines of dark
slate-color. Length, 80™™ to 200™™; diameter, 0.5™™ to 1™™.

Vineyard Sound, Mass., swimming actively at the surface in the

188 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

evening. June and July, 1871, and July, 1875. First observed by Pro- |
fessor S. I. Smith.

This species was referred to as an “ Undetermined Genus” in my
Report on the Invertebrata of Vineyard Sound, ete., p. 632, 1873.

POLYZOA.
Alcyonidium rubrum, sp. nov.

Anencrusting species, forming broad, smooth colonies, covering stones
and large shells. Zocecia rather large, mostly hexagonal, but often pent-
agonal, with their boundaries well-marked in alcoholic specimens by a
distinct line. The retracted zooids in preserved specimens usually form
a small papilla in the middle of the zowcia. Color, in life, bright brick-
red, or sometimes orange-red.

Common all along the coast, from Long Island Sound to Nova Scotia,
mostly in 10 to 50 fathoms, and especially on Pecten tenuicostatus.

Bugula cucullata Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., xviii, p. 52, July, 1°79.

Zoarium much branched, branches slender, dichotomously divided, the
branchlets diverging but little. Zocecia in two alternating rows, rather
‘large, elongated, narrow, with the long, narrow, frontal area occupying
most of thelength. Atthe distal angles there are usually two rather long
slender spines on each side, but often three on the outer angle. The
spines are unequal, divergent, more or less curved and directed upward ;
the one farthest in front is usually longest, curved forward and upward
at base. Avicularia large, elongated, the length greater than the width
of the zocwcia, situated rather in advance of the middle of the outer
margin of the frontal area, the beak reaching beyond the distal end of
the zowcia; the head is compressed, broad-oval, and tapers below at the
posterior end into the pedicel, which is thick at first, but narrows to a
slender base; the beak is long, concave above, but strongly incurved or
hooked at the tip. Occia short, but wide, nearly hemispherical, the
front edge turned upward, showing a large opening in a front view, and
giving them a hood-like appearance; surface more or less areolated,
glistening.

Jetirey’s Ledge, off Maine, 51 fathoms, taken by Dr. A. 8S. Packard
and Mr. ©. Cooke, while dredging on the “ Bache,” in 1874, for the Fish
Commission. A second specimen of this fine species was dredged this
season, off Cape Cod, in 75 fathoms, mud. When placed in alcohol, it
quickly became bright rose-red; but the alcohol soon dissolved the color,
becoming light pink, while the specimen became white.

Bugula decorata Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., xviii, p. 52.

Zoarium rather large, with thick, much branched stems, producing
densely branched, somewhat plumose tufts, two inches or more high.
Branches unequally dichotomous, often somewhat spirally arranged.
Zowcia in two alternating rows, large, broad, prolonged proximally.
Frontal area large, elongated, sunken and wrinkled in the dry state.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 189

The distal angles are prolonged into a single, stout, often short spine on
each side, frequently absent on the inner angle. Avicularia on the
middle of the front side of the zocecia, toward the base; they have a
short, broad, swollen head, with a short, strongly curved beak; the pedi-
cels are short and thick, rapidly enlarged from the base upward. Occia
large, globose, brilliantly iridescent, elegantly sculptured, with a series
of raised curved lines passing up over each side and converging to the
middle of the front side, while their concave interspaces are covered with
microscopic transverse lines. Dredged at Eastport, Me., by the writer,
and also in the Gulf of Maine, 110 fathoms, near George’s Bank, by Dr.
A. 8. Packard and Mr, C. Cooke, in 1872 (U.S. Fish Commission).

The other species of Bugula found on the New England coast are as
follows:

Bugula turrita (Desor) Verrill. Florida to Casco Bay.

Bugula avicularia (.) Oken.. Long Island Sound to Spitzbergen;
Europe.

Bugula flustroides (Lamx.) (= B. flabellata Gray). Long Island Sound
to Maine; Europe.

Bugula fastigiata (L.) Alder (= B. plumosa Busk). Massachusetts
Bay to Labrador; Europe.

Bugula Murrayana Busk. Long Island Sound to Spitzbergen; Europe.

B. Murrayana, var. fruticosa (Packard). Massachusetts Bay to Spitz-
bergen.

Bugula flexilis Verrill* and Bugula wnbella Smitt belong to the genus
Iinetoskias Dub. and Koren. Both occur in deep water otf Maine and
Nova Scotia.

Bugulella fragilis Verrill (Amer. Jour. Sci., xvii, p. 472, June, 1879).

A peculiar genus, in which the branches are composed of a single
series of cells, connected together by small and short joints. Zocecia
with an oval frontal area, surrounded by spines.

Oft George’s Bank, 220 fathoms, on Acanella.

CELLULARIDZ.

Notwithstanding the very numerous restrictions which the ancient
genus Cellularia has undergone, it is still made to include heterogeneous
species by several recent writers, while others restriet it to groups not
originally included by Pallas. In the excellent memoirs of Smitt on the
Arctice Bryozoa, five species still remain in the genus Cellularia. These
belong, however, to three well-marked groups, some of which have
received several generic names, so that their synonymy is very compli-
cated. Having had occasion to revise this family, I offer the following
summary, so far as it concerns the New England species.

*See American Jour. Science, ix, p. 415, pl. 7, fig. 1, 2, 1875; and vol. xvii, p. 259,
1879.

190 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

I. Cellularia Pallas, 1766, (restricted). Zocecia unilateral, in ¢wo alternating rows,
mostly protected by lateral spines, either simple or dilated. Vibracula and lat-
eral and median avicularia present. Type C. scruposa.*

a. Subgenus Cellularia (= Scrupocellaria, pars, Gray, Busk). Lateral spines all simple.

b. Subgenus Cellarina Van Ben. (inel. Tricellaria Flem., 1828). One of the lateral

spines usually more or less dilated and often expanded in a shield-like form in
front of the zoecia. TwoNew England species: C. scabra Van Ben. and C. ternata
(Sol.), with varieties gracilis and duplex (Smitt).

The name Tricellaria (given to ternata) might have been adopted for this sub-
genus, but it is very inapplicable to the group, and even to the type-species,
as now known.

Il. Scruparia Oken (restricted) (= Serupocellaria, pars, Gray; Canda Busk, non Lamx.).
Lateral avicularia and vibracula absent. <A lateral spine develops into a pro-
tective (often frondose) shield. Type S. reptans (Linné), not yet tound on the
American coast.

Ill. Bugulopsis Verrill (= Cellularia, pars, Busk, non Pallas). Characterized by the
simple, unarmed zoecia, arranged in alternating rows, and destitute of avicu-
laria, vibracula, and shields. Type C. Peachii (Busk), Gulf of Maine and Bay
of Fundy. European seas, north to Spitzbergen.

As no species of the last group was originally included in Cellularia,
it is inadmissible to restrict that name to it. Either reptans or seruposa
should be taken as the type of Cellularia, both having been originally
included by Pallas, as well as by most subsequent authors. Serupariat
Oken (1815) originally included not only the group that had previously
been named Hucratea by Lamouroux (1812), but also 8. reptans. There-
fore there seems to be no good reason why it should not be restricted,
as above, rather than be displaced by the much later and more objec-
tionable name, Scrupocellaria. Menipea, used by Busk and others for

Jellarina, is inadmissible, in that sense, for the original group named

Menipea by Lamouroux is avalid and very distinct genus. Canda(Lamx.,

1816), adopted by some for Cellularia reptans, cannot properly be so used,

for the original type is a distinct genus.

Porellina stellata Verrill, Amer. Jour. Sci., xviil, p. 53.

A large species, forming radiating patches on shells, ete. Zocecia ar-
ranged in quincunx, large, broad, moderately convex, white, shining,
mostly imperforate and smooth, the marginal ones more or less perfo-
rate infront. Apertures nearly semicircular, the proximal edge straight
or nearly so, often with two spines on the distal border; median pore, a
short distance from the aperture, large, nearly circular, provided with
numerous, slender, convergent spinules, which nearly reach the center,
giving the pore a stellate appearance. Avicularia near the lateral mar-
gin, about opposite the median pore, varying in size and form; in the
same colony some are short triangular, others long triangular, while
others with a long and acute erect tip show the transition toward vibra-

*This species has been recorded from the Gulf of St. Lawrence by Packard and
othe>s, but I have myself seen no American examples.

+This name has recently been given to a new genus, in a new sense, by Hincks, in
accordance with a practice that is nearly always unsafe, as well as confusing.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 191

eula. Length of zocecia, 0.60™™ to 9.70™™; breadth, 0.50™™" to 0.60™™ ;
breadth of apertures, 0.12™™ to 0.15""; of median pore, 0.05™™ to 0.06™™,
The zoccia are about twice as large as those of P. ciliata.

Casco Bay, Maine (U.S. Fish Commission, 1873).

In the nearly circular form of the median pore this species approaches
the genus Porina, as restricted by Smitt (Florida Bryozoa); but in all
other respects, except size, it agrees so closely with P. ciliata, made the
type of Porellina by Smitt, as to forbid a generic separation, although
the latter has a crescent-shaped pore.

Tke genus Porellina was, however, originally established by D’Or-
bigny for erect fossil species, having ihe surface foveolated. In his sys-
tem, the present species oad belong to Reptoporina, based on the
encrusting forms with aperture and special pore asin Porina. Perhaps
it may be desirable to separate generically the species having the hemi-
spherical apertures, median ciliated pore, and sublateral avicularium,
as in this species and P. ciliata, whatever be their mode of growth.

Mr. Hincks has recently proposed a genus, Microporella, with P.
ciliata as type, which might also, if adopted, include the present species.
Diporula Hinecks* seems scarcely worthy of generic separation from
the latter.

Smittia Hincks (=L£scharella Smitt, non Gray).

The genus Hscharella, as defined by Smitt, still included somewhat
heterogeneous species. The form of the zoccial aperture, chiefly relied
upon by both Smitt and Hincks, proves to be a rather indefinite charae-
ter, since it varies in the form and breadth of the sinus, in the several
species now known, from an ill-defined,. broad, shallow sinus, nearly as
in Lepralia, toa dbep and narrow one, tiie that of Escharina (Hippothoa
Smitt). It would appear best, therefore, to combine, with the form of
the aperture, the presence of a median avicularium in front of the
sinus, or within its margin. The mere form of growth, presence or ab-
sence of pores in the zoecia and oecia, are of no importance generically,
as Smitt has well shown. This restriction would exclude H. sangui-
nea Sin., HL. Jacotini Sm., and some other species, most of which can be
well referred to Escharina (Schizoporella Hincks), as here limited. The
species first described in 1853, by Stimpson, as Plustra solida (=Eschara
palmata Sars), and referred to Escharella by Smitt, seems, however,
worthy of generic separation, on account of the chitinous fibres
strengthening the zoarium. It appears to belong to the genus Flustri-
morpha Gray, so far as can be determined by his description, in which
the position of the avicularia is not mentioned, nor even the exact form
of the zoccial apertures.

As to the correct name for this natural and iampetant genus, there
is still room for diversity of opinion. Escharella Gray, 1848, es D’Or-
bigny), certainly ought not to have been restricted to this division, for

*Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. iii, p. 156, Feb., 1879.

192 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

it included only three species, neither of which belongs to the present
group. Moreover, his first species (immersa) and third species (variolosa,
in part) belong to the older genus Lscharoides, as restricted and adopted
by him in the same work. The second is a Porina or Poreliina. There-
fore it would be better to regard Hscharella as asynonym of Hseharoides
Edw. (1835), in Gray’s restricted sense. Hscharella D’Orbigny (1852)
was established wholly independently of Gray’s genus, and is a group
entirely distinct from Gray’s, and if the name is to be used at all, it
should be used only in D’Orbigny’s sense. Smittia, recently proposed by
Hincks (Ann. and Mag., Feb., 1879), may well be adopted, therefore, for
the present group. The following species, from our coast, belong to this
genus ;

Smittia porifera (Smitt) Hincks. Massachusetts Bay to Labrador,
common.

Smittia candida (Stimp.) Verrill. Gulf of Maine, Bay of Fundy, ete.

Smittia globifera (Packard) Verrill. Casco Bay to Labrador, common.

Smittia auriculata (Hassal?) Verrill. Gulf of Maine.

Smittia Landsborovii (Johnst.) Hincks. Massachusetts Bay, north-
ward, common.

Smittia bella (Busk) Hincks. Gulf of St. Lawrence (Whiteaves).

The last species I have not seen from our coast; but I have at least
two additional, undetermined species.

Smittia candida V. (= Lepralia candida Stimpson).

This species has been entirely misunderstood by Smitt and others,
owing doubtless to the imperfection of the original description. Stimp-
son’s figure, however, represents very well the form of the aperture and
of the zocecia in young colonies, without ocecia and avicularia. The
zowcia are rather large, and conspicuously perforated over the front;
the aperture has a distinct rounded sinus. The avicularia, which are
usually absent on many or most of the zocecia of a colony, are large,
obtusely rounded at the end, commonly placed transversely just in front
of the sinus, or sometimes partially within it, but on some crowded
colonies varying much in direction, some being direct, others oblique,
others transverse. Ovcecia large, globose, usually perforate, but some-
times, when highly calcified, the pores mostly disappear, or become
small, and the surface becomes rough and granulous. It is very closely
related to S. porifera, but has larger zocwcia and avicularia, while the
usual obliquity of the latter is generally distinctive.

Smittia globifera V. (—=Lepralia globifera Packard, Canadian Naturalist, vol. viii,
p. 408),

This species is very closely related to S. awriculata, with which I have,
in former papers, united it. As compared with an authentic English
specimen of S. auriculata, received from the Rey. A. M. Norman, the
zoecia and avicularia are about one-half larger, but of nearly the same
form. The zoccia are less regularly perforated. In our species, the

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 193

ocecia are prominent, but scarcely globose, the front surface being more
or less flattened, and perforated with rather large pores, which are
mostly confined to the flattened front surface. The median avicularium
is well-rounded, direct, and just in front of the well-defined sinus. This
species occurs in the encrusting (Lepralian) form, and also in the various
foliaceous (Hemescharine) states, sometimes cup-shaped, saucer-shaped,
and hat-shaped, according to place of growth. It is very common in the
Bay of Fundy and on the Grand Banks.

Escharina Edw., 1835, —= Hippothoa (pars) Smitt, = Schizoporella Hincks, 1879.

Edwards, in establishing this generic group, assigned a definite spe-
cies as its type (HL. vulgaris Moll); and although he afterwards united
with it several incongruous species, the name ought to be retained for the
group including his specified type. The earlier name, Hippothoa Lamo-
roux, adopted by Smitt for this group and the true Hippothoa, combined
with it by him, should, of course, be retained for the group typified by H.
divaricata, from which H. hyalina (type of Celleporella Gray) does not
appear to nie to be generically distinct. The name given by Edwards,
being next in order,* and definitely applied, should, therefore, be retained
for the present group. Moreover, Gray, in 1848, when restricting the
genus, retained the name for the typical group. The name Herentia
Gray, as restricted by Smitt, would also be available for this group, if
Escharina could properly be rejected. In any case, the new hame pro-
posed by Hincks seems wholly unnecessary.

Escharina, as understood by me, includes those species which have
the primary zocecial aperture more or less subcircular, with a distinct,
often narrow, median sinus, and with the avicularia lateral, when devel-
oped. Mode of growth various, but more generally encrusting in a sin-
gle layer; sometimes, as in H. [sabelliana, forming thick masses, consist-
ing of numerous layers of cells. Our species, so far as determined, are:
as follows:

Escharina Isabelliana D’Orb. = FE. variabilis Leidy.

Escharina reversa Verrill. Perhaps a variety of the preceding.

Escharina linearis (Hassall).

Escharina biaperta (Mich.).

Escharina secundaria (Smitt).

Escharina ansata (Johnst.) Gray.

Escharina porosa Verrill, sp. nov.

One or two undetermined species are also in our collection.

Escharina porosa Verrill, sp. nov.
Escharella pertusa Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci., vol. x, p. 41, 1875, (non Smitt).
Zoarium encrusting shells and stones. Zocecia large, oblong, perfo-
rated by numerous, rather large, round pores ; apertures large, roundish,

*The name Escharina was used by Ehrenberg in 1834 as the name of the family, but
in that sense-it was a synonym of Escharidw Fleming, 1828, and consequently might be:
used as a generic name in another sense.

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 13 Nov. 5, 1879..

194 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

with a broad, shallow, median sinus, and small, lateral, opercular denticles.
Ocecia large, prominent, globose, the surface rough with sharp gran-
ules, and perforated by small, inconspicuous pores. Avicularia scarce,
often absent, when present lateral, opposite the side of the aperture,
broad, obtusely rounded, the point directed toward the zocecial aper-
ture. Color, when dry, reddish brown.

Vineyard Sound and Long Island Sound, 8 to 12 fathoms, common.

The species here described has a close resemblance to both S. porifera
and WS. candida, and when the avicularia and ocecia are wanting it will
not be easy to distinguish them. The resemblance to S. candida is
particularly close, ana extends even to the ocecia, but these are rougher
and less porous in #. porosa. The situation and form of the avicularium
are, however, the best diagnostic characters.

This species is closely related to H. sanguinea (Norman) of Europe.
It also has a general resemblance to H. pertusa (Esper), as described by
Smitt; but there appears to be great confusion in regard to the identifi-
‘cation of the latter, and doubtless several species have been confounded
under that name. Hincks refers pertusa to Lepralia. American writers
have referred several distinct species to pertusa, and I am not sure that
the genuine pertusa inhabits our coast. The species thus named by
Dawson, on examination of specimens kindly furnished by him, proves
to be Smittia porifera. Probably S. candida has also been identified as
pertusa by some writers.

The generic relations of the species, well described and figured by
Smitt as Hscharella Jacotini (Aud.), has been variously determined.
In Gray’s system, it appears to have been united with one of the forms
of Escharoides coccinea, under the name of variolosa, and referred to
' Hscharella. Smitt placed it under Hscharella in a special subdivision.
It seems to me, however, to have more definite relations to the genus
Discopora, as defined by Smitt, and more particularly to that subdivision
of Discopora which includes D. pavonella, D. appensa, ete., characterized
by having lateral avicularia, and with a median denticle at the proximal
edge of the primary zocecial aperture, and to which the name J/ucronella,
given by Hincks to the group called Discopora by Smitt, may be prop-
erly restricted.

We may subdivide Discopora into three natural groups, easily de-
fined, as follows:

Discopora Lamarck (pars), restricted by Edw. (non Fleming; non Gray).
Discopora (pars) Smitt, Skandinaviens Hafs-Bryozoer, p. 25, 1868. Palmicellaria
(pars) Hincks.

The type of this genus, as restricted by Edwards, was D. verrucosa
Lam. (non Esper). As shown by Edwards, this species is very distinct
from Esper’s species, and is closely allied to the well-known D. Skenei of
the North Atlantic. Gray was, however, misled by the quotation of
Esper’s name in the synonymy, and erroneously took Esper’s species as

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 195

the type of Discopora. Hincks attributed the name to Fleming, who
used it in a different sense, and, apparently overlooking the fact that the
name originated with Lamarck, rejected it for the original group.

Discopora, as I propose to restrict it, is characterized by iiaving both
median and lateral avicularia, with the former (or both) often raised on a
prominence in front of the zoccial aperture. D. Skenei, with its Lepra-
lian form described as L. crassispina by Stimpson, is the only known
New England species.

Escharoides Edw., in Lam., 1835; Gray (restr.), 1848, (non Smitt).
Mucronella (pars) Hincks, 1879.
Type E. coccinea (Abildg.), as defined by Smitt,= FE. Peachii (Johnston).
This group includes those species of Discoporide having a prominent
median denticle, but without avicularia. The zoccial aperture is usually
somewhat raised, and is often armed with marginal spines. As FE.
coccinea was one of the species originally included by Milne Edwards,
Gray’s restriction was correctly made, and should be adopted.
The typical species, with several varieties, abounds on our coast.

Mucronella Hincks (restricted), Ann. & Mag., iii, p. 162, 1879.
Discopora (pars) Smitt, Skandinaviens Hafs-Bryozoer, p. 25, 1868.

Characterized by having lateral avicularia on one or both sides of the
zocecial aperture, but without the median avicularium. Median denti-
cle of various forms, often small. Apertures armed or unarmed with
spines. Growth various, most often encrusting, foliaceous, or lichen-
like, sometimes forming thick crusts composed of many layers. Our
species are as follows:

Mucronella appensa (Hassal) Verrill.

Mucronella pavonella (Alder) Hineks.

Mucronella nitida Verrill = Discopora nitida V., 1875.

Mucronella Jacotini (Aud.) V. = Escharella Jacotini Smitt.

Mucronetla scabra (Fabr.) V. = Discopora scabra Smitt.

M. scabra, var. labiata (Stimp.) = Lepralia labiata Stimp.

Mucronella ovata (Smitt) V. = D. scabra, var. ovata Smitt.

Mucronella nitida Verrill.
Discopora nitida Verrill, Amer. Journ. Sci., ix, p. 415, pl. vii, fig. 3, 1875.

This species is very abundant in Vineyard *Sound and Long Island
Sound. Although it is an encrusting species, when young often forming
small, thin, radiating patches, when old it forms thick, irregular, cellular
crusts, composed of numerous layers of cells. Some of these finally
become large, subglobular masses, with an uneven surface, sometimes
two inches or more in diameter. The color, when recently dried, is
usually bright greenish yellow, sometimes brownish. The younger cells
have the walls of both owcia and zocecia uniformly perforated; when
older, the bounding walls become raised ; a marginal row of conspicuous
pores remains, while those over the front mostly disappear, or are
obscured by granules; the pores of the globose occia also mostly dis-

196 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

appear and their surface becomes roughly granulous. The lateral avicu-
laria are generally abundant, very few cells being without one or both;
they vary somewhat in size, form, and position, but are usually small
and near the aperture. The zoccial aperture is small, always with a
small, squarish mucro in front, and with a slender lateral process on
each side for the articulation of the operculum. In the secondary stages
of calcification, a strong, prominent, flat process often rises up on each
side of the aperture.

Mucronella scabra Verrill.

The relationship of IM. scabra is not always obvious, owing to the fact
that usually only one large lateral avicularium is developed, and this is
crowded so far in front of the zocecial aperture as to appear like a large,
rostriform, median avicularium, facing sidewise. A careful examination
of the young cells will, however, usually show some cells with two lateral
avicularia, with the small median denticle of the aperture between them.

Escharopsis Verrill = Escharoides Smitt (non Edw.).
Bulletin National Museum, No. 15, p. 149, 1879.

I proposed this name for a group, including two of ourlarger, northern,
Eschara-like species. The zowcial aperture has a narrow median sinus,
which in the later stages of growth includes within it a small laterally
placed avicularium, facing sidewise. The genus is otherwise apparently:
closely related to E'scharina, Celleporaria, and Retepora.* Smitt, in his
Florida Bryozoa, even referred one of the species to Retepora (Rk. rosacea).
The growth of both our species is often Lepralian and foliaceous as well
as Escharine.

Escharopsis lobata (Lamx.) Verrill = Escharoides Sarsti Smitt = Lepra-
lia producta Packard.

Escharopsis rosacea (Sars) Verrill = Escharoides rosacea Smitt.

TUNICATA.
Ascidia inornata, sp. nov.

In expansion the body is upright ecylindro-conical, about twice as high
as broad; the base is about the same in diameter as the middle portion,
and but very little expanded. The oral tube is much longer than the
other, subterminal, swollen at base, tapering, the upper part cylindrical,
- the opening surrounded by seven low, rounded, thin lobes or crenula-
tions, between which are seven orange-colored ocelli; corresponding
with the ocelli there are seven thickened, pointed lobes or folds of the
test, which run down from them along the tube as slightly prominent
cost, with transverse wrinkles between them. The anal tube is sub-
terminal, shorter and smaller, situated to one side, and only about half

*In a paper received from Dr. Smitt, since the above was written, he has enlarged
his genus Discopora, so as to include the northern species of Retepora (R. cellulosa and
R. elongata), and also the species here called Escharopsis rosacea. (Ofversigt af Kongl.
Vet.-Akad. Forh., 1875, p, 30.)

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 197

as long as the oral. Its orifice is surrounded by six lobes and ocelli,
like those of the other. Test moderately thick and firm, somewhat
wrinkled, nearly glabrous, translucent, dull yellowish, blotched more or
less with russet-brown. The internal organs show through faintly as
yellow and dark markings. Height, in expansion, 32"; greatest
diameter, 17™™; length of oral tube, 12°™; of anal, 4™™ to 5™™.

Johnson’s Bay, near Eastport, Me., 12 fathoms, stony, August 8, 1872.

Halocynthia Verrill = Cynthia Savigny (non Fabr., 1808).
Bulletin National Museum, No. 15, p. 147, 1879.

This name was proposed for the restricted genus Cynthia of Savigny,
characterized by having both apertures quadrangular, and ovaries de-
veloped on both sides. The species now known from our northeast
coast are as follows:

Halocynthia pyriformis (Rathke) = Cynthia pyriformis authors.

Halocynthia rustica (Linné) = Ascidia monoceros Moller.

Halocynthia tuberculum (Fabr.) = Cynthia carnea (Ag.) Verrill.

Halocynthia pulchella Vervill = Cynthia pulchella Verrill.

Halocynthia echinata (Linné) = Cynthia echinata authors.

Halocynthia partita (Stimp.) = Cynthia partita Stimpson.

MOLLUSCA.
Xylophaga dorsalis (Turton).

Many living specimens of this species have been found in bits of old
wood, dredged in Casco Bay; in 100 to 110 fathoms, about thirty miles
off Cape Ann; and in various parts of Massachusetts Bay and Cape
Cod Bay. It has previously been recorded by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves from
Gaspé Bay. Found on the European coast south to the Adriatic.

Lunatia nana (Méller) G. O. Sars, Moll. Reg. Arct. Norveg., p. 159, pl. 21, fig. 16.
Natica nana Moller, Kroyer’s Tidds., vol. iv, p. 80, 1843.

Three living specimens of this species were dredged on Stellwagen’s
Bank, north of Cape Cod, in 26 to 32 fathoms, sand, by the U.S. Fish
Commission, 1879. It has not previously been recorded from the Amer-
ican coast; but it was dredged in 1872 by Messrs. Smith and Harger, in
45 fathoms, on Le Have Bank. It is easily distinguished from all our
other species of the group by its horny operculum and closed umbilicus.
Except in the last character, it resembles L. ammaculata. Its color is
ivory-white, shining.

Dendronotus robustus Verrill, Amer. Journ. Science, vol. 1, p. 405, fig. 1, 1870.
Dendronotus velifer G. O. Sars, Mollusca Reg. Arcticw Norvegi, p. 315, tab.
28, fig. 2, tab. xv, fig. 4 (dentition), 1878.

The species well-described and figured in the excellent work of Sars
is identical with the American form. Our D. robustus was described
from a specimen not fully grown; but we have since dredged it of larger
size, agreeing with D. velifer, in numerous localities, from off Cape Cod

198 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

to Nova Scotia, in 20 to 100 fathoms. The dentition of our original
specimen is like that figured by Sars for D. velifer.

Idalia pulchella Alder and Hancock.
Idalia pulchella G.O. Sars, op. cit., p. 313, tab. 28, fig. 1, Ce tab. xiv, fig. 8
(dentition), 1878.

This species has been found, for the first time, upon the American
coast, by Mr. J. H. Emerton, who discovered it at Salem, Mass., this
season. He has kindly sent me aspecimen and a colored drawing of the
species, which he had already determined. The specimen agrees very
closely with Sars’s description and figures, both in external characters
and in dentition, but not so well with those of Alder and Hancock.

ANTHOZOA.
Bolocera muiticornis, sp. nov.

A large, handsome species, broad and low, with a multitude of mod-
erate-sized tentacles, crowded in many rows, and covering the greater
part of the disk. Column smooth, very short; in our specimen the disk
was so expanded that the margin was on a level with the base; a smooth
rim below the bases of the tentacles. Tentacles very numerous (several
hundred), crowded in twenty or more indistinct, close, concentric rows,
which entirely cover and conceal the disk, except a narrow, naked zone
around the mouth; they are changeable in form, often cylindrical and
blunt at tip, at other times fusiform, clavate, or swollen in any part,
their length nearly equal in extension, and mostly less than a fifth of
the diameter of the disk, or 14°" to 18"".. The disk, as expanded, is reg-
ularly convex, and the specimen showed no inclination to contract or
withdraw its tentacles. Mouth with a distinct, gonidial groove at each
end, bordered by a large fold or lobe on each side; sides of mouth with
numerous irregular lobes or folds and aI Color of body and
tentacles nearly uniform bright red-lead color or orange-scarlet ; mouth-
folds a deeper tint of the same color.

Diameter of expanded disk, about 3.75 inches, or 194°"; height at
center, 30"" to 33".

One specimen only, dredged off Cape Cod, in 45 fathoms, shelly bot-
tom, 1879 (U. S. Fish Commission).

Edwardsia pallida, sp. nov.

A long, slender, soft, flaccid, whitish species. Column smooth, desti-
tute of any investment, but nOnienumee with grains of sand, slightly
adherent; surface any longitudinally suleated, and sometimes finely
wrinkled transversely. The form is somewhat changeable, usually much
elongated, nearly cylindrical, but often tapered at the posterior end.
Tentacles about twenty-four, slender, the length about twice the diameter
of the body, of nearly aiken diameter to near the tip, translucent
whitish, often with a pale olive-green central line, interrupted by a line
of opaque white spots, often ten to twelve on a tentacle, or sometimes

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 199

by transverse lines of white; the central dark line is sometimes absent;
column translucent, dull gray or grayish white, striped with narrow
flake-white lines, between which the dark internal organs show through ;
a circle of lunate spots of opaque yellowish white is situated just below
the tentacles, corresponding with the broad longitudinal stripes. Disk
often much protruded, yellowish white, radiated with opaque white.

Provincetown, Mass., in sand, at low-water (U.S. Fish Commission,
1879).

Anthothela, gen. nov.

This generic division is proposed for the Briareum grandiflorum (Sars)
and allied species. It is related to Briareum and Paragorgia in having
a soft spiculose axis, but its polyp-cells are prominent and permanently
exsert, and the polyps themselves are not entirely retractile. The ccen-
enchyma is thin, and often spreads out irregularly over foreign bodies
or around the base, as an encrustation.

Anthothela grandiflora (Sars) Verrill.
Briareum grandiflorum Sars, Fauna Litt. Norvegix, p. 63, pl. 10, fig. 10-12.
This species has been obtained in several instances by the Gloucester
halibut fishermen in deep water, off Nova Scotia, and presented to the
U.S. Fish Commission. It was first obtained by Capt. N. McPhee and
crew, of the schooner “Carl Schurz,” off Sable Island.

Halipteris Christii (Koren and Dan.) Kélliker.

A single specimen of a species of Halipteris, which is, perhaps, iden-
tical with the above species, although difiering somewhat from the
descriptions and figures of the Norwegian form, has been presented to the
U. S. Fish Commission by Capt. Thos. F. Hodgdon and crew, of the
schooner ‘Bessie W. Somes,” from the Grand Bank.

Alcyonium digitatum Linné (?).

Two specimens, which I refer very doubtfully to this species, were
taken by Captain Greenwood and crew, of the schooner “Sultana,” in 80
fathoms, on Clark’s Bank, east of Cape Cod.

They form low, thick, lobular masses, with the polyps seattered over
the entire surface, except at the very base, and everywhere showing
the coenenchyma between them. The base is somewhat spreading, and
there is no main trunk, for the division into rounded or flattened Jobes
takes place close to the base, and they again subdivide, so that a group
of short, thick, obtuse lobes, partly rounded and partly flat, results.
The polyps are rather larger than in A. carnewm, and some are retracted
into the cells that are scattered over the coenenchyma, and others more
or less expanded; toward the summits of the lobes they are more
numerous, but not crowded. The surface of the caenenchyma, under a.
lens, shows a granular appearance, due to the small white spicula.

If not identical with A. digitatwm of Europe, it is at least very closely

200 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

related, and belongs to the same section of the genus. A comparative
study of the spicula has not yet been made.

Alcyonium multiflorum, sp. nov.

A large, upright species, with a tall bare trunk, which divides near
the top into numerous divergent cylindrical branches, which are naked,
except near the ends, where they again subdivide in the same way into

secondary branches, which in turn divide again into a cluster of short,
terminal branchlets. The ultimate branchlets bear at their ends an
umbel-like cluster of crowded polyps, which in contraction form rounded
groups. The whole forms a panicle-like structure, not unlike a ecauli-
flower—a resemblance noticed by the fishermen. The minute polyp-
cells are closely crowded at the ends of the branchlets, so as to leave no
naked canenchyma visible between them. They are apparently not
retractile, but the tentacles are often contracted into eight rounded, mi-
nute, rather rigid lobes at the summit of the polyps, which, in contrac-
tion, have small, short bodies. The branches, branchlets, and trunk are
usually sulcated in alcoholic specimens, and have a smooth, scarcely
granular surface. The surface is smoother than in A. carnewm, though
the structure of the coenenchyma and interior is firmer and less flexible.
Height, about 4 to 5 inches; breadth, about 3 inches, in contraction.
Some specimens are considerably larger. Color, in alcohol, yellowish
white; in recently preserved specimens, bright red, stained with purple:

Received from Daniel McKinnon and crew, of the schooner “Mary F.
Chisholm,” N. lat. 44° 06’, W. long. 52° 54’, 220 fathoms. Taken also
by Captain John EK. Wilson and crew, of Hie. schooner ‘ Polar Wave,” in ©
200 fathoms, N. lat. 44° 30’, W. long. 57° 08/, and in various other
localities, in deep water, by the fishermen. Called sea-cauliflower by
the fishermen. Closely related to A. carneum, but differs in having
smaller polyps, which are so crowded as to show no bare ccenenchyma
between their bases. The naked branches are longer and more panicled.
it resembles in general appearance the Gorgonia florida Miiller (Zool.
Danica); but the latter appears not to be known to modern Scandi-
navian writers, and its aflinities are doubtful.

Alcyonium Liutkeni, sp. noy.
Alcyonium glomeratum Liitken, MSS. (non Johnston).

Several specimens of a species agreeing perfectly with Greenland
specimens sent to me several years ago, under the above MSS. name,
by Dr. Chr. Liitken, were dredged in 52 > fathoms, off Halifax, N. S., by
the U.S. Fish Commitee in 1877.

It may be distinguished by having the integument, especially of the
polyp-bodies and bases of the tentacles, filled and covered with spicula,
so as to render them decidedly rigid and incapable of complete con-
‘traction. The main stem is upright, without polyps, giving off cylin-
‘drical branches along the sides ; from these small lateral branchlets arise
all along their sides as well as at their ends, each bearing a cluster of

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 201

three to five, or more, polyp-cells, which are larger than in A. carnewm,
and, when contracted, are obovate, incurved, and show the bases of the
eight tentacles as small terminal lobes. The spicula are larger and
rougher than in A. curneum and the two preceding species. Height, 3
inches, or more.

ECHINODERMATA.
Tremaster, gen. nov.

Body thin, pentagonal, the rays united by a thin interradial web ex-
tending to their tips. Five interradial openings, situated toward the
center of the disk, pass directly through to the lower side, where they
open at the aboral side of the jaw-plates. Ambulacral grooves wide
toward the mouth. Suckers in four rows. Upper surface covered with
imbricated flat plates, which may bear granules and marginal spinules.
Lower surface with small imbedded plates, bearing spines.

Tremaster mirabilis, sp. nov.

Body thick in the central region, very thin at the margin, the ends of
the rays extending but little beyond the interradial margin, while the
interradial web extends in a rounded lobe a little beyond the proper
end of the rays, so that there is at the tip a slight but evident emargina-
tion. In all the specimens, the body is bent upward in a very convex form,
with the rays and margin bent abruptly downward, so that the edges
are in contact with the ground, or nearly so, all around, leaving a large
concavity underneath. The margin is thrown into a broad fold or un-
dulation between the rays. On the dorsal surface, the imbricated plates
of the radial regions are more prominent, thicker, and with a broader
free portion than those of the interradial regions, and they bear a row,
sometimes of eight to ten small, acute, appressed spines (often but one
or two in the young) along the free edge; these plates form, therefore,
a regular rosette or star on the dorsal surface, its rays broad at the base
and rapidly narrowed toward the margin, where the plates become very
small and lack the spinules; all the dorsal plates are covered with small
scattered granules, often with one or several larger central ones. In the
interradial areas, the plates are thin, flat, the inner or free ends are oval
and destitute of spines, and each plate is usually overlapped by only two,
laterally placed, and not by the one directly behind it, asin the radial areas ;
these plates are large and somewhat rhomboidal toward the central area
of the disk, but become very small and rounded toward and at the margin ;
each minute lower marginal plate bears a small ovate spinule, which form
a close row or fringe around the margin. The central area of the disk is
covered by large granulated plates; four or five, somewhat irregular in
form, surround the central opening, which is protected by a circle of
about twelve to eighteen small, obtuse spines. Madreporic plate prom-
inent, close to the central opening, surrounded by small spinules. The
five disk-perforations are large and conspicuous, when distended ellip-
tical in form, and bordered by a row of small spines, which often con-
verge above it. The interradial areas of the lower surface are formed

902 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

by small, more or less oblong plates, which become very small toward
the margin; each bears a spine, which toward the mouth are rather long
and acute, gradually becoming shorter, flatter, and blunter toward the
margin, near which they are spatulate, but close to the margin they be-
come very small and slender. The adambulacral plates are transversely
elongated ; each usually bears four spines, the two inner small, slender,
acute, the innermost the smaller,and two outer much larger and stouter
ones, the outermost usually the largest, flattened and often slit or chan-
neled at the end. The disk-perforations are large, rounded, with a
smooth rim, and not surrounded by special spines. Jaw-plates promi-
nent, each bearing at the oral end two or three long, acute spines, and
others on the upper surface, while on the lateral margin a row of six or
eight smaller, slender spinules, usually with a second row behind them,
of fewer spines. Anibulacral suckers and pores large, arranged in two
alternating rows on each side of the median line ; the grooves are broad
and deep.

Color of specimens recently preserved in alcohol, deep orange-red
above, yellowish-white beneath. The surface is covered with a soft, thin,
mucous layer. Greatest diameter of the largest specimen, 112"; lesser
or interradial diameter, 100°"; breadth of larger dorsal ree STD
ain’; length. of Grae A ernne acral Spies: 8mm to 9=m, A smaller
one has the greater radius 63"; lesser, 55""; breadth of larger dorsal
plates, 6™"; length of largest sGnneueel Sen 4=™ {9 5™™; of inner
ones, 1™”.

This remarkable new starfish has hitherto been obtained only by the
Gloucester halibut fishermen, who have presented three specimens to
the U. S. Fish Commission. The first specimen was taken by Capt.
Charles Anderson and crew, of the schooner “ Alice G. Wunson,” in 250
fathoms, off George’s Bank, N. lat. 42° 08’, W. long. 65° 31’, April 28,
1879. The largest specimen was taken iy Capt. Thomas Olson and
crew, of the shooner “ Epes Tarr,” in 150 fathoms, N. lat. 47° 06’, W.
long. 58° 15.. Another specimen was taken in 220 fathoms, by Capen
Kilpatrick and crew, of the schooner “Polar Wave,” in N, lat. 44° 32’,
W. long. 57° 09’.

Porania spinulosa, sp. nov.

Greater radius, 40"; lesser radius, 23™°. Whole upper surface cov-
ered with fine, sharp eanies . Pores on the dorsal surface very nu-
merous, arranged in irregular groups of 6 to 15 or more, over the whole
upper surface of the disk and rays, and in a marginal series between
the upper and lower marginal plates. Lower marginal plates with a
group of ten to twelve sharp spinules, in two or more rows on each
plate. Lower surface with large, oblong, flat plates, separated by rad-
ial grooves, and bearing at their outer ends a row of two or three small,
appressed spines; their surface bearing scattered, small, sharp gran-
ules. Adambulacral spines sharp, in several rows; two inner ones

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 203

side by side on each plate; one, somewhat stouter, farther out, alternat-
ing with them; outside of these are usually two, obliquely placed, di-
vergent and usually pointing toward the end of the rays; jaw-plates
bearing somewhat larger acute spines.

Color, in life, orange-red, mottled with brighter red on the dorsal
side; beneath, light yellow.

Two characteristic specimens of this species have been dredged by
the U. 8. Fish Commission, off Cape Cod, in 80 fathoms, mud, 15 miles
N. 65° E. from Race Point; the other in 130 fathoms, mud, 26 miles E.
by N. from Race Point Light. Another specimen was taken by Capt.
Thomas Goodwin and crew, of the schooner “ Howard,” in 170 fathoms,
N. lat. 45° 25’, W. long. 57° 10’.

This species differs so much from typical Porania that it might well
form a new generic type. It has not the smooth, naked skin of typical
Porania.

Archaster tenuispinus Duben and Koren.

Several specimens of this species have been recently presented to the
U. S. Fish Commission by the Gloucester halibut fishermen, from deep
water, off the Nova Scotia coast. It is a new addition to the American
fauna. They vary in size from about 35™™ in diameter up to 250"",

The largest specimen was presented by Capt. Daniel McKinnon and
crew, of the schooner “Mary F.Chisholm.” It was from 130 to 160 fath-
oms, N. lat. 45° 02’, W. long. 56° 113’. Two smaller ones, one from 125
fathoms, N. lat. 40° 28/, W. long. 55° 25’, February, 1879, the other from
250 fathoms, N. lat. 42° 40’, W. long. 63° 06’, were presented by Capt.
Daniel McEachern and crew, of the schooner ‘Guy Cunningham.” With
the latter were fine specimens of the rare simple-armed Ophiuran, As-
trochele Lymani V., much larger than the original type.

Astrophyton Lamarckii Miiller and Troschel.

Numerous specimens of this species have been obtained in deep water
off George’s Bank and off the Nova Scotia coast by the Gloucester fisher-
men, and presented to the U. 8S. Fish Commission. They are found
clinging to Paragorgia arborea, Primnoa reseda, Aleyonium carneum, and
other Aleyonaria.

Easily distinguished from A. Agassizti and A. euenemis, both of which
also oceur in the same region, by the granulation of the disk, which is
entirely covered, both over the ribs and interradial spaces, by coarse
granules.

Ophiacantha millespina, sp. nov.

A five-rayed species, allied to 0. bidentata Ljung. (= O. spinulosa M.
& Tr.), but distinguished readily by the very numerous and minute three-
pronged and four-pronged, slender spines which thickly cover the disk.
The mouth-plates are four-lobed or somewhat cross-shaped, the outer
lobe narrow and long, extending into the interbrachial spaces; the inner
lobe is nearly triangular; the side-lobes are nearly as long as the outer

204 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

lobe, but narrower. Mouth-papille large, stout, subacute, usually three
on each side of the jaw, the outermost thicker than the others, which
are compressed. Arm-spines numerous, long, slender, tapered, sub-
acute, translucent, rough with small acute spinules; the upper spines
on the two or three joints just beyond the margin of the disk are longer
than the rest, being considerably longer than the diameter of the arm;
on the second joint beyond the disk the two rows nearly meet on the
dorsal side, there being ten in each row; farther out the number is soon
reduced to seven or eight, the upper ones longest, the lower ones short.
Under arm-plates, near the base of the arms, short and broad, with a
small central angle on the proximal edge; the distal edge curved. Far-
ther out they rapidly become narrower and longer, the proximal angle
becoming more prominent and the lateral edges being incurved, while
the distal edge is convex. The ventral plates are separated by the side
arm-plates. Diameter of disk, 11™™; length of arms, 45™™ to 50™™; of
longest arm-spines, 4"™. Color, in alcohol, yellowish white.

Taken on the eastern slope of George’s Bank, in 220 fathoms, and pre-
sented by Captain Anderson and crew, of the schooner “ Alice G. Wun-

son.”

PORIFERA.
Cladorhiza granqis, sp. nov.

A large and remarkable species, with a strong, branched root, a long,
stout, round, unbranched stem, and a very thick, elongated, club-shaped,
compact body, from which a large number of lateral processes diverge,
on all sides, nearly at right angles, so as to resemble somewhat an In-
dian war-club. The lateral processes are long, round, enlarged at base,
and swollen or clavate toward the end, which terminates in a fascicle of
slender sete; other clusters of sete project from and roughen the sur-
face of the swollen end. These lateral processes are arranged irregu-
larly, but rather uniformly, and often appear to form eight to ten or more
irregular rows, but are more commonly without order, and about half
an inch apart at base, diverging on all sides, more or less curved to one
side or downward, the lowest and the uppermost somewhat shorter ;
their number, on the largest specimens, amounts to a hundred or more,
while in the smallest observed there are about twenty; they are tubular,
the small central tube connecting with larger cavities in the body of the
sponge, at their bases; the internal cavity is lined with long, slender,
longitudinal spicula, and their external surface is roughened with small
projecting spicula, while the surface of the sponge-body is compara-
tively smooth. A large central bundle of long spicula runs through the
whole length of the stem and body, and subdivides so as to go into all
the branches of the root, which subdivides irregularly into numerous
branches, differing in the different specimens. Color, in alcohol, yel-
lowish white or clear white.

Height of largest examples, about 18 inches; diameter of the stem, 0.5
inch; of body, 1.5 inches; length of lateral processes, 1.5 to 2 inches;
their diameter in middle, about 0.15 to 0.20 inch.

A moderate-sized specimen is 220" high; the root (imperfect) is about

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 205

40""; the stem, 70""; the body, 110™"; diameter of the stem, 10"; of
the body, 20""; length of lateral processes, 25°"; their diameter in mid-
dle, 3™" to 4°". The smallest specimen seen has the stem 40™ long; the
body, 30"" long; diameter of the stem, 5°"; of the body, 15°"; length of
lateral processes, up to 20".

Numerous specimens of this very remarkable sponge have been
brought in by the halibut fishermen from the deep-water fishing grounds
off Nova Scotia, during the past year, and presented to the U. S. Fish
Commission. Two of the best were taken by Captain McCormick and
crew, of the schooner “ Wachusett,” in 180 fathoms, N. lat. 43° 17’, W.
long. 60° 58’.. Several specimens have been presented by Capt. J. W.
Collins and crew, of the schooner ‘“ Marion,” from Banquereau.

Nrw Haven, Conn., October, 1879.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF FISH, LOPHO-
-LAPILUS CHAMALEONTICEPS, FROM THE SOUTH COAST OF
NEW ENGLAND.

By G. BROWN GOODE and TARLETON H. BEAN.

A few days ago Captain William H. Kirby, of Gloucester, Massachu-
setts, took 500 pounds of a remarkable new fish on a cod-fish trawl in
lat. 40° N., lon. 70° W., at a depth of 84 fathoms, 80 miles south by
east of Noman’s Land. One of these was forwarded by him to the
United States National Museum, and forms the type of a new genus and
species. The single individual secured (No. 22899, Harll 342) is 33 inches
long. The largest one taken, according to Captain Kirby, weighed 50
pounds.

The species appears to be generically distinct from the already de-
seribed species of the family Latilide Gill. Itis related by its few-rayed
vertical fins and other characters to the genus Latilus as restricted by
Gill, but is distinguished by the presence of a large adipose appendage
upon the nape, resembling the adipose fin of the Salmonide, and by a
fleshy prolongation upon each side of the labial fold extending back-
ward beyond the angle of the mouth. For this genus we propose the
name Lopholatilus.

Lopholatilus chameeleonticeps sp. nov.

DESCRIPTION.—The greatest height of the body (.306), which is at the
ventrals, is contained about 34 times in the length to the origin of the
middle caudal rays, and 4 times in the extreme length. Its greatest
width (.144) equals the length of the caudal peduncle (.144) ; this latter
being measured from the end of the soft dorsal to the origin of the mid-
dle caudal rays. The least height of the tail (.0567) is contained 4 times
in the distance of the spinous dorsal from the snout.

The greatest length of the head (.33) is contained 3 times in the length
to the origin of the middle caudal rays. Its greatest width (.165) is
slightly more than twice the width of the interorbital area (.08). The
length of the snout (.122) is contained twice in the length of the pectoral
of the right side (.244). The length of the operculum to end of flap

906 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

(.11) isi} of total length. The length of the upper: jaw (.15) equals $
the height of the body at the ventrals, and is contained 25 times in the
length of the head. The maxilla extends to the perpendicular through
the anterior margin of the orbit ; the mandible does not quite reach the
perpendicular through the middle of the orbit; the length of the labial
appendage is slightly more than half the long diameter of the orbit and
4 the length of the 1st pectoral ray. The length of the mandible (.156)
slightly exceeds the distance from the snout to the orbit (.15), and equals
3 times the long diameter of the eye (.052). which is contained 63 times
in the length of the head. The operculum and preoperculum are scaly ;
the latter is finely denticulated on its posterior margin. The distance
of the posterior nostril from the eye equals the length of the first anal
spine; the distance between the anterior nostril and the end of the
snout is twice as great. The intermaxillaries are supplied with an outer
series of about 19 canine teeth, and behind these a band of villiform
teeth widest at the symphysis. The mandible has a few large canines
and an inner series of small conical teeth continued from a patch of simi-
lar teeth at the symphysis; vomer and palatines toothless.

The distance of the adipose dorsal from the snout (.206) equals nearly
3 times its height (.07); its length of base (.123) equals the length of
the snout. The height of the adipose dorsal equals the distance from
the tip of the ventral to the vent.

The distance of the spinous dorsal from the snout (.347) equals the
distance of the ventral from the snout (.347); its length of base (.144)
equals the length of the caudal peduncle. The 1st spine is imperfect
what remains of it is $.as long as the 3d spine (.09). The 2d spine
(.082) is about equal to the width of the interorbital area. The 4th
and the 6th spine are equal in length (.097) and equal the distance from
the end of the snout to the posterior nostril. The 5th spine (.095)
is a little shorter than the 6th. The last spine (7th) is contained 10
times in the total length. The length of the first ray of the soft dorsal
(.094) equals the distance between the anterior nostril and the end of
the snout. The 13th, and longest ray (.147), about equals the length of
the base of the spinous dorsal. The last ray (.07) is half as long as the
13th. The 13th ray of the soft dorsal extends to the origin of the ex-
ternal caudal rays.

The distance of the anal from the snout (.60) is about equal to twice
the height of the body at the ventrals. The length of the anal base
(.318) is slightly more than twice the length of the mandible. The 1st
anal spine (.04) is half as long as the second dorsal spine. The 2d
anal spine-(.075) is half as long as the upper jaw. The 1st ray of the
anal (.102) is as long as the last spine of the dorsal. The 11th, and
longest anal ray (.134), is contained 74 times in the total length, and
nearly equals the length of the middle caudal rays. The last anal ray
(.078) is half as long as the mandible. The 11th ray of the anal extends
almost to the perpendicular through the origin of the middle caudal
rays.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 207

The caudal is emarginate, the external rays being only 13 times as long
as the middle rays. The length of the superior external rays (.216),
measured from the origin of the middle rays, equals 14 times the length
of the spinous dorsal base. «

The distance of the pectoral from the snout (.52) very slightly exceeds
the length of the anal base. The length of the pectoral of the right
side (.244) equals twice that of the snout. The pectoral of the left side
is probably imperfect; its length (.216) being equal to that of the supe-
rior external caudal rays. The right pectoral can be made to reach the
vent; in its natural position it extends to the perpendicular let fall from
the 4th ray of the 2d dorsal.

The distance of the ventral from the snout (.547) equals 4 times the
least height of the tail. The length of the ventral (.183) equals twice
that of the 3d dorsal spine, and it extends to a point under the third
dorsal ray. The distance from the tip of the ventral to the vent equals
half the length of the middle caudal rays. The vent is under the inter-
val between the fourth and fifth dorsal rays.

aaa jyormula.—B. Vis D. VII, 15; A. Til, 13; C. 183, P. dT, toy V.
I, 5; L. Lat. 93; L. Trans. 8+39.

Color.—The operculum, preoperculum, upper surface of head, and ma-
jor portion of the body, have numerous greenish-yellow spots, the largest
of which are about 4 as long as the eye. Upon the caudal rays are about
eight stripes of the same color, some of them connected by cross blotches.
The upper part of the body has a violaceous tint, and the lower parts are
whitish, with some areas of yellow. The anal and ventral fins are
whitish. The pectorals have the tint of the upper surface of the body,
with some yellow upon their posterior surfaces. The soft dorsal has an
upper broad band of violaceous, and a narrow basal portion of whitish.
Many of the rays have upon them a yellow stripe; there are some spots
of the same color, especially upon the anterior portion of the fin.

Notrr.—In the table of measurements, the unit of comparison is the
length to the origin of the middle caudal rays.

Table of Measurements.

Current mumpenolespecimely --s2-2e seccccc esses cocnie sos sce -o 2 ase on eee 22,889.
- 80 miles S. by E. of
Locality See ce ne ee ee een ee en en en en cn en er ee 5 Noman’s Land.
Millime- | 100ths of
tres. length.
Length to origin of middle caudal rays..-...-...--.-..02----0-0-seenen-- sn --- 5-5 692) So batee t=
Meurthetorendiohmiddle caudal rays\sssss- +0 loes-2-s--csesccececesectsenesancioe 788 |i cccesicci2
Body:
Greatesisnersht) (ati vienurdis)i= sete cessccec ss << -cae- occ ecee scl sci' sete eanen 212 30. 6
Greatestaywithuleese eee eter sare cheese otwerts ooceace ses eect ccc > se Cees 100 14.4
GAR UMerNtOrtallee meme Meese ee neo ccc sacteoseccedbebcceaemeereae 60 8. 67
sen pphvomcaudalapedunCleses a= seer ee ce cac= <n -c= aoe =lalale nal atnloelelee ieee rete 100 14.4
Head:
Greatestilenothe sa cee cetaceans aki. ccaics voce ce cs ccicsh cet bret nen ereneeer 230 33
Gireates tay bh eee ete ee nade see ko wunice ic neiccie ee mniciecie.c lepeteic ete eee ae 114 16.5
Width ofinterorbitalares con. 2s. sk. <ceen sos be edsencce oe ocniek oe eer eres 56 8
GEM TCO MSO Ue Pea ee een oe Counc vicccecsccocecescss cist ce suulece coemeeennes 85 12. 28
Men sphoLoOperculimlscass oozsecieh daeese «bc ows wee oa see emskiet Soe eee» ths 11
LENT UMoOmApPeLr| aWire oe coe s cker cocoa chu wacecelnwcd sacece Seb cldanestemt ser eicss 105 15
Tenet hrofanan dip less ae meme saan nce sacs wicca cscecoe tos ss dene eee eee nee 108 15.6
Distance tromisnout tOMOLbloee skesca secs ccece cle Unee secede ces ce steeaeeeeemne ce 103 | 15

Mong diameter ofeyersstee tes vice os clask eacivace sulveae Gasaetye co uueeiemmentcae ee 36 | Dies

208 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Table of Measurements—Continued.

Current number of specimen .---.-------------2-2-2 22-22-22 e eee eee eee e eee ee: 22,899.
pee 80 miles S. by E. of
Locality .....--. RT ere edt eae ; Noman’s Land.
Millime- | 100ths of
tres. length.
Dorsal (adipose) :
Distance from smout .-..-------- +2 oe ee eee ne een nn een ne ene ence ec ceenes 143 20. 66
Length of base. -..---------- +--+ +--+ one ee cence nnn ene eee nee een ene eee 85 12. 28
Greatest height. ....------ 2.2022 een nen n en nnn en wenn e cee cee wwe wenn ener enn =- 48 7
Dorsal (spinous) : :
Distance from) snout, -cccn<e<- ae 26 ose ee eens nee == a0 aaa ele 240 34. 68
Length of base...---. 2-2... 22-2 - nn n= nen enn nnn nnn nn een nena n nena scence 100 14.4
Length of first spine (possibly broken) -...----------------+--++--++-+++-20+++- 20 3
Length of second SPiNO. ---.- +--+ +--+ - eee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee 57 8. 24
Length of third SPIN ...-0--------- 22 eee ee ee eee eee eee teen eee 63 Ox
Le neth of fourth spine .-..-.--.---------+222-2 2+ -- 2220 ee eee ee eee crest tenes 67 9. 68
Length of fifth spine (possibly broken), Snopes sae a see aos pae ela ciale ne -brtel riet 66 9. 54
Length of sixth spine -------.----+----. «+--+ 222 eee eee eee e ee eee cere eee eee 67 9. 68
Length of Seventhispinle ~ 2 .2--e-e > scene enemee neo aeeeisins =e rnin seer 70 10
Dorsal (soft ie
Meneth) of base: cee -seere ee = 2s02 = -ameeeet cl cleniaa eo eetain = rinse «me linniany mie 300 43. 35
Le neth OR TSH EA eee | setae ccs cee eae on \aee eel nee ems en's elma -la)—/= icine 65 9. 4
Hens th otlongest raya (bhirteenth) sense eeee ess sasteeeeene sere =e renee ae 102 14. 74
Menethiohlastenay eee eees setters asia seeeine coma ee ele eeianmte eat clan 48 ia
Anal:
Mistance tromisnoube: s--- sees tee -c cee ene ne ree eee meee ane ene eee eet 416 60
Meno th Ob PASOL. --.ssee io sete we oetaitee aa etee seer snes senses ace 220 31.79
Length’ of first spine . -..-- <<< 0cces <0 cece a nee sername ben ssn ee rn sensiecer=== 29 4.2
Mengih/of Second Spe .---~ = so seneces eect ec eesecelsesals cess eenee == ==5== 52 7.5
Meni oreh Oh CHG Rb ke yas c soe a eee alee ericinnte a eee meielelaa pe pated eae iia 71 10. 26
Length of longest ray (eleventh) .......-.......------------------- eee eee ee 93 13. 44
Ween rth OLAS b Tay) -ceciennatas chews cea were nen ecerreccrer eee meets 54 7.8
Caudal:
eneth of middle rays\- oo. --o---c-medwe ccs o 6 cee binciese non mmo ei ea aneas 96 13. 87
ae ce) eee superior. - 150 21. 67
Length of external rays .....----- 2220. .s0ceee---------- == eneane ; eee 145 a1
Pectoral:
Distance trom) SNOUL «ce o- seco =e ase castericesissse ee aeceeeee = aera see eae ix 223 32. 22
right side 169 24. 42
Length ..--.. -.---2-22+220-0-cecene conn on enen ec enon se ncensnncer es Tet side 150 21. 67
Ventral: ‘
Distancetrom SNOUbtive.cuceucses ca es\sem ewles sees sel -cieibe= ailments 240 34. 68
GTO eran eee ate Se wists om ete wine ne wimiahn leet etal em eter cle tale alot 127 18. 35
Branchiostegals .o)-2- seicctse alo = cee weep aie ateta ctnlelnle @ oles ein oleate ale int i= mialeieinta ale alarm clei Wiese hee
DOTS eer ee oS So Scere hoe ete ie leche ice Se saint ete meena teteta el latent etsfol etait Viet Slee cen ets
Agia 82s 29352 os ae A iddan bode celeste ee gcse ee eer so aetn eee waetee eee aera 1s 5)eee aco
Gtr es es one ce coc eoe ee ae noe ees connie ieee Bee eee ae eee ete le ett lett US cetera
PECEOTA LL ee ee ae ee ee asa aa cece ae nae eae ee eee ee eee MUS: | e252 S.8eee
SViGCIMEPO eee oe ee ee eae er oe Scie OP eee ee eee tern eile momen ets
Number of scales in lateral line...--.- aes SESS eee ae sae eee SR see see
Number of transverse rows above lateral line cee Sees cenes ses sce eee 0 epee
Number of transverse rows below lateral line..........---------.-02-------------- BUF) Steere = =i

Capt. William Dempsey, of Gloucester, has since furnished nine —
specimens of this Zopholatilus and the following information:

“The fish were caught with Menhaden bait in July, 1879, while ‘ try-
ing’ for cod 50 miles south by east of Noman’s Land, in lat. 40° 10’ N.,
lon. 70° 55’ W., 75 fathoms, on very hard clay bottom. Two miles inside
of this bottom there is nothing but a green ooze, on which no fish will live.

“Two of the 9 fish were spent females. The few remaining eggs of
these 2 were not so large as those of the herring, and resemble the eggs
of the Norway Haddock. The other 7 had nothing to determine whether
they were male or female.

‘The liver is small, somewhat like that of the mackerel, and contains
no oil. The flesh is oily and will soon rust after splitting and drying.

‘The stomach and intestines are small, the latter resembling those of
an eel.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 209

“The swim-bladder is similar to that of a cod.

‘Some of the fish ‘blister’ like cusk when taken on deck.”

«¢ They were very abundant and bit freely.”

The largest of the individuals brought in by Captain Dempsey has a
bifid nuchal crest.

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION, July 30, 1879.

ON THE OCCURRENCE OF LYCODES VAHLIT, REINHARDT, ON LA
HAVE AND GRAND BANKS.

By G. BROWN GOODE and TARLETON H. BEAN.

The United States Fish Commission has received from Captain Z. Haw-
kins and the crew of the schooner “ Gwendolen,” of Gloucester, Mass.,
a fine specimen of a species of Lycodes, obtained on La Have Bank in
latitude 42° 43/ north and between the meridians of 62° 20/ and 63° 30/
west, at the depth of 300 to 400 fathoms, the schooner having changed
position while fishing. A second specimen, 632 millimetres in length,
was presented by Captain Wm. H. Greenleaf and the crew of the
schooner ‘ Chester R. Lawrence,” who secured it on the Grand Banks.
After a careful comparison of this species with that described by Rein-
hardt under the name /ycodes Vahlii,* and previously recorded only
from Greenland, we are Suclined to believe the two identical.

Reinhardt’s description of Lycodes Vahlii is very full, and is supple-
mented by a long table of measurements, which has been very servite-
able in the study of the specimens before us.

The dentition of the La Have specimen agrees exactly with that of
TL. Verrillii. The lower jaw has the teeth in two series, with an imper-
fect series of smaller ones between. The upper jaw has a single series
of teeth, with a few smaller ones behind the symphysis. There are
about seven teeth on the vomer and a single row of about seven on each
palatine. The teeth are obtuse-conic, not curved as in. JA. Verrillit.
In the specimen of Z. Vahlii from La Have, the colors are:somewhat
less regular in distribution than those described and figured‘!by Rein-
hardt; instead of showing six light bands, the arrangement, of light
color upon the dark ground of the body is as follows: one white spot
on each side, above the posterior end of the opercular flap, the spots
not meeting on the dorsal line. The first saddle-shaped marking begins
on the back, under the 8th ray of the dorsal fin, and extends on either
side nearly to the middle of the body. The second saddle-shaped mark-
ing begins under the 27th dorsal ray and extends nearly to the margin
of the fin, involving the width of about two rays and ¢he connecting
membrane, and extends also downward nearly to the middle line of the
body, increasing in width as it descends. The next begins under the
54th ray, and resembles the last in form and extent. The next begins
under the 79th, and, though smaller, resembles the others. The individ-

* Ichthyologiske Bidrag til den Groenlandske Fauna af J ohannes Reinhardt, Professor.
Vid. Selsk. Naturvidensk. og Mathem. Afh. vii, pp. 86-228. Eight plates (p. 153, pl. v).
Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 14 Dec. 6, 1879.

210 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ual from the Grand Banks is the largest yet recorded. The measure-

ments are as follows:

Table of Measurements.

length metres.

Current number of specimen..... 22,491.
MCA Gyeiccwe wean aaa Grand Banks.
Milli- 100ths
metres.
Extreme length.......--..-..---- O82 | ee as.
Body:
Greatestiheight-42+. ceases | eee 13
Greatestiwadth <4. cccwehasc|22ancene 9
Wadthvat vents. .<0 sas soeue4| Ser eee eters
Height,at Ventrals .-_ 2-220. ..)ccesis. 103
Height BUVeNb ie: 2a hc peccco eon emee 12
Snout to middle of Vents. 22 \ossscehe 5 Bae
Head:
Greatest length - 2 55.;.25: 2 a]ic cet 214
Distance from snout to NAPO!| sas. 144
Width over eyes....../.-.-.. fee eR Fl eS Ree
Greatest width over cheeks..|......-. 93
Greatest height over cheeks LENSE
Width of interorbital area ...|........ 45
Height over'eyes!!.- 2352222. oe
Length okenont).dtsec sek dco oe: a
Length oLopercilum+->. =... |aeseeeee 55

Len ath of postorbital portion

of head
Length of maxillary
Length of mandible
Distance from snout to orbit.
Distance from snout to mid-

dle of pupil
Long diameter of eye

Dorsal (spinous) :

Distance from snout
Length of first ray
Length of eleventh ray

21,991.
La Have Bank.

Milli-

100ths
0
length.

Reinhardt.*

Danish 100ths

inches.

Measurements of |Collett’s meas-
type given by]|urements of a

type-specimen.f

Milli- 200th

of
length. | metres.) jer,, ae

Leneth of twenty-fourth ray.|........)....02..|.222..-- SRA es GE ceeds pee Se cee
Length of fifty-fourtbira yee | eee ee eee BE accu eeee Gp iam Sanloaas= ers
Men eth ofninetiy-third ray £52|05. 251.5) 25:2 Lal 2 BR fs soest SeURe eee een ens
Length Ofray at endioftail 24|)secssra|c eee ees Day leate coe Dy ssteamss loess
Length of longestray .-....--)222222.- Gh bo. xe SH Ss Les eke Gh s2eSe Ra esc cess
Anal:
Distance from snout .--...--.|.....-.. Piers see AD" |rn, <p ate Soe eee Mites aees s| oe seckcs
Mengthortirst Tayi ucsaae lee |aees ese eos Die Ne aepe = nie Piha eects eee ell! ee
Length of twenty-fourth ray-|-: 2.22.0 2-22./2-222-2- re eee Dee case en linc es soe
Length of sixty-fourth ray 6) ee ee ee ae
Length of eighty-tifth ray OP tte ae CU a aeetoe| sae =
Length of longest ray. .....-|...-.--- 6. ie se ceeee epee ic ens ec,
Pectoral:
Distance from, anout:. ....--2 sheen ak 20 4) fase dsocee DANE eins S| = <eeewectc
Distance of tip trom snout oe aeee eee ane eras |e tie eee
Bieri so peak ose p an. eh oe 1D je hacceseeed Doe: «. bai cae
Ventral: |
Distance from snout -........|..-.---- 1G touches se LG syle. oh 1S 9 |e a becd 16
Len gihieccose. sa 2ssnee ees oe] sae Diatean sees BD setae cere Deas cR ee 12
Branchiostegals...............--. By Viurs: dosee| oe Seal eter clack be Seles oat eee eens
Dorsal .- 4 Jak ee sen oan cine nee oe ee Oe LO. Sects = a GSU eet oe eee See saeee eae as
Amal s< 2c' on Seeger ee ees ee ee ee 8 Deere Le 1-93, 952-2222 Aeeee ee [= stake =.
rectoral 22s. 5o scree eee eee DB. 25 eee OMe soeats: 19=20i) 32 22at eee cieses| aoccen a
Ventral ... . 22 sagen. Seed ete ie Silos SSRs Be Per ceere | abet h. S22 See ee |-roeecs-[eeeene =e

* Dansk. Vid. Selsk. naturvid. og math. Afh., Deel vii, 1838, p.153, pl. v.

The synonymy of the species stands as follows:

Lycodes Vahlii Reinhardt.

t Norges Fiske, 1875, p. 99.

Lycodes Vahlii, RErNuARDT, Kongelige Danske Videnskabernes Selskabs na-
turvidenskabelige og mathematiske Afhand]. vii, 1888, 153, tab. v.

GILL, Catalogue of the Fishes of the

1861, p. 46;

alogue Fishes of East Coast of North America, 1873, p. 18.
GUntTurr, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, iv, 1862, p. 319.

WASHINGTON, May 21, 1879.

Eastern Coast of North America,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 1863, p. 260, (Sept.) ; Cat-

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED

STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

211

LIST OF NAMES, AGE, TRIBE, &c., OF INDIAN BOYS AND GIRLS AT

MILLS, ESQ@., MARCH, 1879.

By Lieut. R. H. PRATT, U.S. A.

HAMPTON NORMAL AND AGRICULTURAL INSTITUTE, VIRGINIA,
PLASTER CASTS OF WHOSE HEADS ee TAKEN BY CLARK

No. Names. Age
GIRLS. |
1 | Josephine Malnonrie - ..-.-- 18
22 \sSarahe Wialket: osec cai ccee | TSE
3 | Carrie Anderson ........-.- 12
4) Anna Dawson .......-...... 10
by | Mary Kettless---.9---seee- 16
Gp eZ GW Ole ce enter ee etal ata= 15
7 | Rosa Pleets:<.-.-..5-..----- 15
8 | Lizzie Spider .-..-.- aeee nice 14
BOYS.
126 FOSCar Bro wilere sal =\eoelcera = 13
13.| E-corrupt-ta-ha. .-..--..--. 18
14 | Joseph Winnebago -.. 16
15 | Joseph Cook...----.-.. 19
16 | Charley Stone .....-.--..... 14
Ha Kea NVR ane eee = areolar 12
18 | Louis Aygenoughwea. .--..- 15
19 | George Bushotter.....--.--- 1» 2ab5
20 | Edwin Ashley ---.------.---. 18
2S Karn aeh os eesar arn a9 aipelnicie 16
22 | DanielChantaywahneechay.| 14
|
2S) ROME SRN b= ase as ates 14
245 (CACNUAKS 2 ae 2s saene ce 20
25) Arihotehkishe. 2222s --4-=- 13
26 | Charley Willis --...--.-----| 18
27 | Leroy Shutaschney ..--.-.--- 14
28 | Charley Tah-tahn- kahskah..| 12
29) | John D: Robb .---...------- 17
30 | Francis Rencountre ----.-.-- 17
31 | Mark-pia-monia.-.-.---.------ ti e19
32 | Henry Rencountre-.-...-----. jas
33 | Andrew Fox...---.--------- fieeelG
34 | Edmund Bishop ------------ ; 14
30.1 White Breast --...--.-----.- 18
36 | U-hah-ke-umpa ...---..----. 16
Sal pWOhnePIetSee. Yee esas ea oe 18
38! | sHarny browse = sss ee a- ese | LA Ie
39 ; Henry Fisherman .--...--.--- 17
40 | Frank Yellow-Bird ..-...--- 18
41 | Samuel Wahminnyah Luzah| 14
4) tance hing Hace. 225255255. 18
43 | George Deloria -......-.---- iyo
44 | Samuel Four Star...-.-...-- 19
45) (ebamamieted*.s28 35... 25.042¢ 19
46" soln Cadoctes..-25-.ce-. ss. 18
47 | Lezedo Rencountre. ...--.-- i 16
4B POSED MeN ADT ean sma lsicerals < 4
49 | James Wokasaka..--..-.--- 7
50 | David Simmons..-.....-...- 13

Gros Ventre ..
Arrickaree -.-
Gros Ventre -.

--do

Tribe. Where from.
DAKOTA.
Gres Ventre ..| Fort Berthold Agency -- Haléx white.
BN OO gaa cso icais eee OR: tiem nena laetaare
Srowsg sence) Yankton Agency ...----
Arrickaree . -.-| Fort Berthold Agency .-
Slow se sieciescl Yankton Agency ..----
Hen Oannccccer Crow Creek Agency .-
PunGlemardened Standing Rock Agency - Halt nite
pecan aeecnet Yankton Agency -.....-
SIOUX cristo siaial- Yankton Agency ..-..---
Mandan ...--- Fort Berthold Agency ..|
SIOUes a -eieaaa- Lower Brule Agency .--
BOP nner Yankton Agency .--.----
eC OWe eee == | Crow Creek Agency ---.
Mandan ...... Fort Berthold Agency - -
SHOU ecaeee a Cheyenne River A gency
BO pieceeeni=i= Lower Brule Agency -
Wey dO s2tke .. Crow Creek Agency -
Arrickaree ...| Fort Berthold ‘Agency ..
SLOWX fae

Cheyenne River Agency

Fort Berthold Agency --

Yankton Agency
ee River Agency
sane 0

Lower Brule Agency . -.
| Crow Creek Agency ....|
Lower Brule Agency ---
Crow Creek Agency --.

Yankton Agency
Fort Berthold Agency . -

Standing Rock Agency -
esses do |

Waiikton IA GenCy:-- eos {
| Cheyenne River Agency |
Fort Berthold Agency -.

YG anliton Agency

Crow Cree Agency .
Standing Roe k Ageney .
Lower Brule Agency .
Crow Creek Agency .
Lower Brule Agency .. Pee
Yankton Agency ....--- :

Remarks.

Hot

Full ‘lood.

Sister
to No. 37.
Full blood.

Full blood.
Do.
Do.
Do.
Do.

One-fourth white.
Brother to No. 35.

Full blood.

Do.
Do.

| Half Sioux.

Sonof Chief Little
no-heart. Yuli
blood.

Half white.

Full blood.

| Son of Chief Hard-

horn. Fullblood.
Full blood.
Do.

Son of White Bull.
Brother to No. 29.
Full blood.

Son of White Bull.
Brother to No. 28.
Full blood.

Full blood.

Do.
One-fourth white.
Full blood.

Do.

One-fourth white.
Brother to No. 17.

Full blood.

Half white. Broth-
er to No. 7.

Full blood.

Do.

Do.
| One-fourth white.
| Half white.
Full blood.
Half white.

[¥or report of procuring these ¥ ‘outh. to ¢ come s cast for education, si see page 173, Neport of Indian Com-
missioncr, 1878.]

R.

He PRATT,

First Lieutenant, Tenth Cavalry.

212 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW FISH FROM ALASKA (ANARRHICHAS
LEPTURUS), WITH NOTES UPON OTHER SPECIES OF THE
GENUS ANARBHICHAS,

‘By TARLETON H. BEAN.

The United States National Museum has received from Mr. Lucien M.
Turner a species of Anarrhichas, which I at first hoped would prove to
be the orientalis of Pallas.* It differs, however, widely from the de-
scription of that species, and does not correspond with any other known
to me.

Two specimens of the Alaskan Anarrhichas were secured at St.
Michael’s in 1876. These are the first and only representatives of the
genus from the Pacific in the Museum collection.

One of them, No. 21509, is 600 millimetres long; the other, No. 21510,
is 495 millimetres. The lengths to the origin of the middle caudal rays
are 555 and 455 respectively, and with these all the other measurements
are compared.

DESCRIPTION.—The greatest height of the body (.20) is contained 5
times in the unit of length, and equals the distance of the dorsal from
the end of the snout (.20). Its height at the pectorals (.174) is contained
3 times in the ‘distance of the anal from the snout (.525). The least
height of the tail (.043) is contained twice in the length of the middle
caudal rays (.09).

The greatest length of the head (.24) equals 14 times its greatest height
(.16), and is contained in the unit of length 4 times. The distance from
the nostril to the anterior margin of the orbit (.015) is contained 3 times
in the distance between the eyes (.045). The greatest width of the head
(.11) is a little less than half its length, and is contained 9 times in the
unit of length. The width of the interorbital area (.045) is about equal
to the length of the snout (.04-.045). The length of the upper jaw (.13)
equals 3 times the width of the interorbital area, and a little more than
one-half of the length of the head. The maxillary extends to the per-
pendicular through the middle of the length of the head, the angle of
the mouth being equally distant from the end of the snout and the end
of the opercular flap.

The length of the mandibie (.145) nearly equals that of the pectoral
(.15), and is contained 7 times in the unit of length. The mandible ex-
tends to a point about equally distant from the end of the snout and the
origin of the dorsal. There are four large canines in the upper jaw and
five in the lower, all of them strongly recurved. Behind the canines in
each jaw are a few short, sharp, conical teeth, also recurved. The pala-
tines are in two rows, 4 teeth in the outer and 5 in theinner series. The
teeth of the outer series are much the longer. Vomerine teeth ten, in
two series. The vomerine patch begins in advance of the palatines, and

* Zobg. Rosso-Asiatica, iii, 1831, p. 77.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 213

extends farther back than the latter. The length of the palatine series
is to that of the vomerine as 16 to 27.

The distance from the snout to the orbit (.05-.055) is contained
nearly or quite 4 times in that from the snout to the origin of the dorsal.
The long diameter of the eye (.035) equals one-seventh, or slightly more
than one-seventh, of the length of the head, and not quite one-fourth of
the length of the lower jaw.

The distance between the end of the snout and the origin of the dorsal
(.20) is contained 5 times in the unit of length, and equals twice the
length of the longest dorsal ray (.10).

The distance of the anal from the snout (.52) equals 3 times the
height of the body at the pectorals. The length of the first anal ray
(.035) equals the long diameter of the eye (.035). The longest anal ray
(.05—.055) equals a little less than half of the width of the body, and
less than one-fourth of the length of the head. The vent is about mid-
way between the end of the snout and that of the dorsal, and under the
25th to the 27th dorsal rays.

The length of the middle caudal rays (.085) is contained twice in the
height of the body at the pectorals, and equals twice the least height of
the tail. The caudal is rounded.

-The distance of the pectoral from the snout (.23) is contained 44 times
in the unit of length, and the length of the pectoral (.15) is contained
62 times. The extended pectoral reaches to the perpendicular through
the origin of the 16th dorsal ray.

Radial formula: D. 81; A. 50-53; C. 20-21; P. 21.

Scales: Wead and fins scaleless. The median line of the body and the
whole of the tail are covered with small widely-separated scales, resem-
bling those of Lota, but not depressed.

Color: The prevailing color of the alcoholic specimens is dark brown,
without bands and spots. The belly is light brown or gray, clouded
with very dark brown.

Anarrhichas lepturus needs to be contrasted only with A. orientalis
and A. lupus. It seems to me improbable that any species of Anarrhi-
chas can be safely identified with orientalis. The description of that
species is certainly insufficient, and may be erroneous. The total length,
for example, is stated to be 2 feet 2 inches, English measure; the length
of the head, 11 inches—a proportion which is without a parallel in the
other species of the genus. Assuming that the length of the head is not
correctly given, and that it bears the same proportion to the total length
as that of A. lepturus, it still differs from the latter in (1) the absence ef
scales, (2) the situation of the nostril midway between the eye and the
mouth, (3) its radial formula—D. 84; C. 17—(4) the presence of 6 ca-
nines in the upper jaw. We must, however, accept the description as
it stands, for the measurements are evidently those intended by the
author, in which event the length of the head alone will serve to dis-
tinguish orientalis from all other species.

914 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

A. lepturus is distinguished from A. lupus by (1) its uniform brown
color, (2) its seanty squamation, (3) its slender tail, (4) its greater num-
ber of dorsal and anal rays. It resembles A. lupus in many respects,
but differs from it as widely as lupus does from latifrons.

In the measurement tables which follow the hundredths of length are
calculated from the total length without the caudal.

A key to the species of Anarrhichas is given. In this no reference is
‘made to the denticulatus of Kréyer, because the slight descriptions
which we have of this species do not serve to distinguish it from
latifrons. The species known on the American coast as A. latifrons is
evidently the latifrons of Steenstrup* & Collett,t and I cannot see that
it differs from the denticulatus of Giinthert or of Kréyer.§

Table of Measurements.

Species: Anarrhichas lepturus.

Current number of specimen -......-2..------------------+-++--- 21510. 21509.
eae St. Michael's, St. Michael's,
Moocality i.----9= 25> -wawes pice onj-nnh sath ee semen aps Po deetcin anes ; Alaska. Alaska.
|
metres.) length. metres. length.

Extreme length. -.......29..----- 0 20----- ences eee eee ee ee neon en- S05) aoe sae G00) eerie
Length to origin of middle Cuud aN TaAyalssscoe aero tees eee ee 455i Pree eee OSD Neto elaeee
Body:

Greatest heiehit2 25... 32 fea ee soreness eee eer Meare ae 20. (ee eee 19

Greatest width, 222. sasee omterinieep ee ape islg ania siiatae piensa || ieee ee DR a raeaecteal ties eanerene ss ee

Heicht at baseof PeCuorals! te pamela eee ie <a ere nal te trl AT? Se hte 17

Feast height of tail. ...--...-----.------005-2---- seen es eee ee |--- eee AM 8 ete aie 4
Head

Gre atest leno th 5... saaceap seep cen ee eee ease eea QAR tatoos 23

Distance from nostril to anterior margin of orbit -......-----|..------ SE eee mre 14

Greatest wadtlt .-sosncsnemse = peer nen ea ae aera eletateeereeretate Ale sisa miele 103

Wiacdthiol interorbitaliaeeaice. om. nene eee ces ee rennet eae ell atelier Aaa cere 43

Dbeneshiot Sno wb can5- ne saees anes eea tee sch Sv ee sate Aai| rete: Viy\neaced 44

Greatest height...-..-------+++++--- ++ +--+ 2 sees ee eee ee eee ee lite e ee Gee opera atete= 153

Length of upper. jaw <0. 0 s\--- 022-2 ss ecsees fone ses seen e ee ne s/n eens. Eee ee 184

(enothofsmandible cok lee cecete ace ces deem ceee eee ee aed Gee eee VAN emia a 143

Distancetrom! snout: to OLpiteeess<-ce- css leese conser = eee eee eee ess: Fase 54

Diameter Of Orbit. 2: oc ccssceriaea=@ yo \ee ices cee eee eee eeceae Boal Seseleiaia= i 34
Dorsal:

DIStance rom SUOUt eaensen seem eieen sea see eee seers eit ea reer 20

Gueatestheight 5 22-2 2222252 sect feasts eee hee een sees al ceeiee 6 Si SERCE SR sb seers

Length of longest ray. .--- Be eice ote Ss ate ete ete ees eee | eee TO I ete capeerctael er tetereete
Anal:

Distance from snout ...--- BON Ne tee 52

Length of first ray. ..-.-- Pyar By UNE Oa eae

Length of longest ray OF eae cee 5
Caudal:

Length of middle rays .-...<--------2.0--scenesianeatnimewnns|ena----- ON aaa eis 8

Pectoral:
Distance from snout
Benoth 2 Ssss 5s te he were 5 d Boseuk
WOrsal |, << << deectcewe co obeiescee esc eee teen ee ee ee aes
Aral? 2 SI EE Se Be fosecie See oe ete tesa mites
Ganda) 265 7ceescee oft cb Bodice ee oe oe eeecetee
IPectoral':.. 22.422. Bees eee

*Noget om Shkegten Séulv &e., 1876, p. 43 (Vidensk. ee fra den naturhistoriske
Forening i Kjébenhavn, 1876, p. 201, tab. iii, figs. 3, 3’, & 3’).

tChra. Vidensk.-Selsk. Forhandl. 1879, No.1, p. 46, pl. ii, tig. 2.

$Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. iii, 1861, p. 211.

§Gaimard, Voy. en Scand. etc., Zool., Poiss., pl. xii, fig. 1 (no description»

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 215

Table of Measurements—Continued,

Species: Anarrhichas lupus.

Current number of specimen. .:...-----------------------+-e20-e- 23364 a. 23364 b.
Lat. 42° 50’ N. Lat. 42° 50/ N.
MOO Cab y eee eae ee DPR eo nyatalcininleiminininl nia e\ain’ninlniatgiaialn(m.nin)a jn ; Lon. 65° 50/ W., Lon. 65° 50! W.,
85 fth. 85 fth.
Mas VCD Neca, |e Oe
; o ce 0
anne length. ECS: length.
Extreme length .-.-..------------ 2222 -t eee ee cee eee cence ee ee renee LO TAPa SS a rmsieneatate IQS¥ ects
Length to origin of middle caudal rays Oa parts teeta OOS We csnee seek
Body:
Greatest height .--.-..-----------ee---0 ---- 2-2-2 e seen eee: 19 20 22 20
Greatest width. ~~ ..--...25. 2-22-22 .s55 5255s eenewe--------=- 12 125 13 12
Height at base of pectorals -..--..--------------------------- 19 20 22 20
Least height of tail ....-..-.-.------------+------------+++-+-- 4 43 6 54
Head:
Greatest length. ..........-------------- +222 eee eee e ee eee ee 25 263 284 26
Greatest widthii. » 21-252 22s conse sce ste ees Nae. - ee nciniein'= = 13 14 134 124
Width of interorbital area 5 54 5 4.6
Length of snout ..-...-.--- 2-2-7 --ce ene ee cence econ ene +55 4 44 5 4.6
TREC tHe ee eas fete eis asters aislaleis ste (Gy aea eee sey. (AYP dete hanes
Length of upper jaw .....---- 13 14 14 13
Renethof man@ible:. --2:- 222. Joc. 2. c-ne- peace eee e--<-eseese 14 15 15 14
Distance from snout to orbit. ..-..--.-..-.-----+------------- 63 7 64 6
Long diameter of eye... -. ----.----- eeceee-- 202+ eee eee ee ee: 8 8 8 74
Dorsal:
DIShAnCEMTOM-SNOUL ele aa fa ssicn\a='--cleqecclscinigeleisi-=nio-le= == 24 254 24 22
Greatestheleht 2 osc: c ees eecee = ace ain ces ewe ces - enn sae 64 7 8 Tk
Leneth of first ray - 2-2... ...i05----2-2-0- ee 1 een n ne neennes 6 63 7 62
Length of longest ray -.....-.-.------+--------- 2-2-2222 eee eee 10 103 12 11
Anal:
Distance fron SNOUG vececec ooo ce ccc os caw awe ese cscaneasiss— === 53 563 59 54
ibenothy Of frst Pay 2. es -,- ce eeees oss ann lo==l=i6 a2 = =[= ~~ i= 34 4 4 33
Length of longest ray -.-...-.----.-----+----+---- +--+ 222-2 22+ 63 7 8 7k
Caudal:
Length of middle rays ..--...-..---.--2222 02-025 ceweee eens st 13 14 144 134
Pectoral:
Wigtanece LLOmM SOUL 42 Ss .c.e-a-eren sic cieieieisie = «lsinje wieleiele'eiminisviow elwin 24 25% 27 25
Mem etl sates oo = ararotehalatsicia alam Sie = cls wieneiel lain, = nimi stoin(n </nfatwrosslniele 17 18 19 liz
Branchiostegals.-.....-..------ eee a yare etna sie fomicteiel eels atelalate (efetotelsier='= AVAL \/Reeeys Ssee WALL |e A
DOYS Alte ee neaaloe Sec lels iain cieele elie ratetatar alets) sleie bine emi mot mim lat =m) TOy aie seiseeee TD ER o A ers.
WANA eectenterse ama tcias sen aiasioconeae aces sitomeitiscla\eisielelela(niersiain= =r AGM hese AGP ols see
@andalberteese asses wa oe ase cewon sete -simtes Sees ee emia ciel main a\ale eee ee DF parte aats Qe yee so ec.
Pectoral page wasee sss See eb cle dam alelahataleletatatinielalater im atetatatora loin mtn isim LON, |(Getocte alors ste DOM eerie

* The vomerine series extends farther back than the palatines.

916 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAI. MUSEUM,

Table of Measurements—Continued.

Species: Anarrhichas lupus.

Current number of specimen. ...... 22249, 17419, - 23005. 114900.
: Christiania Coxswain’s
? Ipswich Bay, | Bergen, Nor- | y; ord, Norwa an
Locality -...+---------+--2-----2+ Massachusetts. way. ; IG Collett. y: Ledge, July ek
ma. | 2OCRS) years. | 10CtHS | yeni. | TOES a)
aie length. ane Enee: length. TEETEE: length. ee length.
Extreme length...--..-.-..---- B80% ie epsene BIO) eeewee 639) ea een JIL Pl newte Se
Length to origin of middle caudal
ray BAG kode sce cone aepeoumee 84520 cote ck? Doel omer 585) <5 eee TO20 Ul cease
Body:
Greatest height.........-..--- |-------- 19% |: -2.0s- ND il emiocier De an ieee 244
Greatestiwidth 20... ... -45---[danaana OF oacieaes 9 | sameness Rite Seeos ahaa dos 103
Height at base of pectorals .--.|..-.---- 1S eens 1Seseecensee TOR [cee ts 214
Least height of tail ....---.---- eeaeee De lees Dei aeeeeeee Ae Sere alates 5
Head: r
Greatest length... --.....-.5..-|----.--- 2A Se ealese OBiessaases Qk Nexin annie 244
Distance from nostril to ante-
rior margin of orbit ....-.....| --.---. Dy cacao OR eral DG lbs Aas 2
Greatestiwidth .---ic--.--02b-|Jennseor Sa erat a eee 10) hese ceed 1144
Width of interorbital area .... | ..----- Bee he ete BR a aie ana Ad Nin sc-o ac 6
Length of snont i. ->------22-5-|7.,-..-. aloes DAS ee tistelne Se ics gece 53
Greatest MOEN G te san gonopod aaleleratelet iced see aieiass 8 -| eee weraae ED lan genes 203
Length of upper jEave cc 68-5 ocr! ears. 1 eee aie Vea ee eee LOD ibe hsiose mts 123
Length Of Mana le pec soe alee Mawel ae S| me eta Rarer Ta eatela iat 142
Distance from snout to orbit aoe (eeeeoecse Tae be gcetes Gk lewies cope 64
Long diameter of eye ....------|.-.--.--- Dae eemeeeee Be seem eee Od s|5-hsecce y 38
Dorsal :
Distance from snout ...-.----.]-------- 2a, \ceReprice oe eee ed LOR es adee 21
Greatest height.......----..--.|.---.--- Ghul eeeee ees paar eee TT. Ntesceceal teased
Length of longest ray-...-...-...|.-.----- LO ieenecee Oa eeeteeee si DDB Ra eeeey 12
Anal: é
Distance from snout .....-:-.-.|:-.--.-.- DD tees 50. Aleseeeen4 on ee 52
Henesn or firshiray-- see. ese =| aes iel=- | rater ete hate seme | ermal OU ieeeestoe 43
Length of longest ray...-...-- |..------ aleereeeos Re aeemee ae G8 ilies tis 6
Height at last ray emer ace t peacieniae| Sees | etait ass eee eter TF |aneseic ca lemnenere
Caudal:
Length of middle‘rays .......-.-| .....-- Oe eee Od eaemte it Oh) 35 abe 9
Length of external rays. - EAT aptcese cleanses lbeebentes meena | eects SF acetic 8}
Pectoral:
Distance from snout .....-.----|.------- ees Coaeeisnl Doe emrnrmee 22) teweeeece *22
Length - Senna eRe al eels a eee ror AS heeeei ee 148 oenesen 143
Branchiostegals am tatente soe eel es mcieecel| am rats a See een ee Wi | icccdehdtcosan Seaton
SROVSSl essere ao shone eee eeeeeae Te Nees SS 73) al eect U2 eleeeoetes 22) Beptowee
Eee al leo ee et iM ol isos A eases 4) Sees Wiis e cee
Candaly.52 <..25--.. 25s ieg eee 20) tasdstsh 4 QO. Weber ade 2D wie er -\oeie ae
Pectoralis ce ncca-h -oo-ise enemies 2ORIESe tao c6 20' Migzees see 20) zs seeeer lea aceon

* The pectoral extends to the 14th dorsal ray.
+These measurements are taken from a cast.
{ In No. 17419 the vomerine teeth extend farther back than the palatine.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 217

Table of Measurements—Continued.

Species: Anarrhichas latifrons, Stp.

urements,

Collett’s meas- |
Chra. Vid.- 21845.

Current number of specimen....-.-..- me ota alana al oicsaielamide eis SS Sulaktt ‘Rech.
1879, No. 1,
p. 51.
Faveality = ic os enecci-e eee ene leans meee ees ers ne ; Orion: ESE Banquereau.
Matias | SOO oni teen
metres. length. metres. length.
Hxtremevlen othe ececesemecsc sens soc ein ere geince= cis = nese =< 656 |. 22 2 ATOS" eeceoes
pone to origin of middle caudal rays. .-.--------------------------- GOS eco 164872 oeeee
ody .
Greatest height .-...,---------.+-seee------- neers coronene eens 145 | 23.85 255 | 24.33
Grestesthune tiie. solemn anes ies soaps seme mei-ne 25
Distance of anus from snout 2
Height at anal origin .........---+----02-0--- 222-2 sees eee eee
Least height of tail <-....-....--------+-<0----------00------20---
Head:
Greatest length...---...-...------+-----+---- 2-2 eee ee eee sence 120 | 19.74 192 | 18.32
GEGORLOR tarde Ghte ie cece oe ete etele arta )= eal eictn=iw'a|= an. slaielncainie:e(ee'=is nlotaye 78 | 12.83 116) 11.05
Width o£-interorbital area. 2-22 -- <2. nnnc ese - eeeecle's- -- sheep REN Se 29 4.78 57 5. 44
Length of snout......--...---.--.---- eee eee ee ee ee eee ee eee cree 34 5. 59 68 6. 49
Length of postorbital part of head ..-....-. Seo ae emia stacey TBM le os yom Baste cnar al eta =.
Length of upper jaw* 57 9.37 101 9. 64
Length of mandible.-...-.....---------------++++-+++-- 111 | 10.59
Distance trom snout to centre of orbit h 85 8.11
WiamMeter, OMEYO. co le .-cee cw qseecee s+ ecleccln nicjesnii-cie se == ani mine 20 3. 29 27 2.58
Dorsal:
DintancerLomSnOubieesessaeses eee sess aessseeecaaseacen neal 116 | 19.08 205 | 19.56
Length of base. ..-.------ ----<cecncnc cence a cen nce ence ne cen nee se s|oce sone be ones see 875) |2.a2 eet.
Length of first ray. - be spree ya ee cna aoste « ace Saye oe eretacidltesiee leamye ee 22 2.10
Length of longest ray (63d) ee oe eaters eee ep rare ieee isie ae iaiareraiaie | bvare atoreteae [epee tetel al 68 6. 49
Anal:
Distance from snout -ee ees ees saecieei emis asi a esee ie ere le lala ee pala liclarai eae inten loin dol 590 | 56.30
Length of base. ----~----.- -)--226-.oncenseee enna ns cc ce cet aae nan at| an eaiaoas|eoeeeleiel ADDR Else “2.
Teng i het first rayjses 3010p one 240 = -Pecamer eesneeg se - == see ee sat ome orl ans re lla ee eoO 1. 91
Le neth of longest ray (88th) --<-.- 222202 ose === owen een e meri n = |- nano en [one cen- 52 4. 96
Caudal:
Length of middle rays ...-----<--..00--------0----- een enn e neo 48 7. 89 60 5.73
Length of external rays............---------- ene ee eee nee renee [nee ee ence eee 53 5.06
Pectoral:
Mis tance ATOMMSNOUG cee ae c ses cose ace ecaelecoe seleisseeleemeniecro = 136 | 22.37 220 21
MeN Ct feces nen ea ne pes eles a.cins eon s.o el memmmein—minsremaniancie (= -i-.0me/° 75 12. 34 126 | 12. 02
UOTE eee See te oe ee sie cn ecicwisteere eee mote cls esi ee catsicine = aintamis\= Titi eae ee ct Ca. TT |--------
PAU eer sey c santero cieeiees see cases o jens ee tele watieisiene cme ciccien ec seiee Bee cease AGH ee oes
Gihiretily Sos ar a PURE ek oe si. ee Soe he a See eismeee ri = tar as Crayne oe etaks ES ee ce AZ. ee
SCLC oe eee eee foe ne geese oe a oe herr iata lesa ane meee ean ie metas tererele DOA lererel sare D0 Peeaee ee

a

* The palatine series of teeth in No. 21845 extends much farther back than the vomerine and is nearly
or quite twice as long as the latter.

KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE GENUS Anarrhichas.

A. Banded species.

b. Bluish gray, with 9-12 darker cross-bands. Vomerine teeth extend farther
back than the palatine...-...---.--------- +++ ++ eeeeee rere eee eee LUPUS,
bb. Greenish, with 14 deep green cross-bands; operculum having a green or blue
spot; head, back, and sides above mingled bluish and red, Height of body
contained about 53 times in its length -...-.--- rake tire nnli-bis's- FASCIATUS.

AA. Species without bands.

c. Spotted (in life).
d. Many large, round, black spots. Vomerine teeth extend nearly or quite
as far back as the palatine.....-.-+ 2000 --02 e200 acces02-222-MINOR.

2918 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

dd. Brown, obscurely spotted with darker. Vomerine teeth do not extend
nearly so far back as the palatine....-----.- beeeesewes LATIFRONS:
cc. Unicolored.
e. Brown; D.84; C.17; seales none; rostril midway between eye
and aici head contained 2} @) times in total length; 6
canines in upper jaw....-..----- ----+-- esece ~- -- -ORIENTALIS.
ee. Dark brown; vomerine series longer than palatine, and extends
farther back; D.81; C.20-21; scales few; nostril nearer eye
than mouth; head contained 44-42 times in total length; 4
canines in upper jaw...-- ----- Fuke deewc poems Testes <2 LEPTURUS:

A partial synonymy of the species is appended :

1. Anarrhichas lupus Linné.
Anarrhichas lupus Lixnk, Syst. Nat., I, 1766, p. 430: DEKay, Nat. Hist. N. Ne;
Fishes, 1842, p. 158, pl. xvi, fig. 43.
Anarrhichas vomerinus STORER, Hist. Fish. Mass., 1867, p. 99, pl. xyiii, fig. 1.
2. Anarrhichas minor Olafsen. j
Anarrhichas minor OLAFSEN, Reise i Island, 1772, § 683), p. 592, tab. 42.
Anarrhichas pantherinus Zurew, Noy. Act. Petrop., 1781, p. 271, tab. b.
Anarrhichas leopardus AGASSIZ in Sprx, Pise. Bras., 1829, p. 92, tab. li.
3. Anarrhichas orientalis Pallas.
Anarrhichas orientalis PALLAS, Zoog. Rosso-Asiat., 1831, p. 77, tab. xi.
4. Anarrhichas latifrons Steenstrup & Hallgrimsson.
Anarrhichas latifrons Srp. & HALuGR., Férh. Skand. Naturf, 3die Mote, 1842,
p. 647: Cotiert, Chra. Vid. Selsk. Forh., 1879, No. 1, p. 46, pl. li.
Anarrhichas (Lycichthys) latifrons GILL, Baird’s Ann. Rec. 8. & I. for 1876
(1877), p. clxvii.
? Anarrhichas denticulatus KROyER, Overs. Vidensk. Selsk. Kjébenhayn, 1844,
p. 140: GarmarD, Voy. en Scand., etc., Zool., Poiss., 1845, pl. 12.
5. Anarrhichas fasciatus Bleeker.
Anarrhichas fasciatus BLKR., Nederlandsch Tijdschrift voor de Dierkunde,
Amsterdam, Deel iv, 1874, p. 151.
U. S. NaTionaL MusEuM, October 25, 1879.

NOTES ON CERTAIN TYPICAL SPECIMENS OF AMERICAN FISHES
IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM AND IN THE MUSEUM D'HISTOIRE
NATURELLE AT PARIS.

By DAVID S. JORDAN, M. D.

Tn a recent visit to Europe the writer has had the privilege of exam-
ining the original types of certain species of American fishes, described

* Anarrhichas latifrons and A. denticulatus are made the type of a distinct subgenus by Professor
Gill, who proposes to separate these from the lupus type by the following characters: The greater
convexity and longitudinal arching of the skull at the posterior frontal region, and the much greater
extension backwards of the palatine series of teeth as compared with the vomerine band. Examina-
tion of the large collection of the three Atlantic species of Anarrhichas in the National Museum has
convinced me that these characters have not the taxonomic value claimed for them, owing to their great
variability in individuals. The figures published by Steenstrup (Vid. Medd. naturh. For. Kjob., 1876,
tab. iii) represent extremes of A. minor and A. latifrons, which, without access to many examples of
both species, would be misleading. A. minor, for instance, sometimes has the vyomerine band of teeth
extending little farther back than is observed in A. latifrons. The dentition of A. latifrons, too, is sub-
ject to considerable variation with age, as is the shape of the skull. A. minor seems to show closer
affinity to A. latifrons than to A. lupus.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 219

by Dr. Albert Giinther from specimens in the British Museum, and by
Cuvier, Valenciennes, and others from examples in the Museum at Paris.
Notes on some of these, the proper identification of which may affect
our nomenclature, are here presented.

1. Micropterus dolomieu Lacépéde.
Lacépede, Histoire Naturelle des Poissons iv, 324.

The original type of this species is a large specimen, still in good con-
dition. Its peculiarity, which led to its separation from “ Labrus” by
Lacépéde, is that the last rays of the dorsal are detached from the others,
and somewhat distorted, the result of some accident to the fish while
young. The injury to the specimen is therefore not a museum mutila-
tion, as I had heretofore understood, but a healed wound. This speci-
men belongs to the southern variety of the small-mouthed Black Bass,
recognized by me (Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., xii, 1878, p. 30) as Micropterus
salmoides var. salmoides. Prof. Vaillant recognizes this form provision-
ally (MSS. Mission Scientifique au Mexique) as a distinct species (Mi-
cropterus dolomiew Lac.) from the northern form, but the differences seem
to me to have no more than varietal value.

As shown below, there is little doubt that the specific name dolomieu,
is the first ever distinctly applied to our small-mouthed Black Bass, as
the name Micropterus is its earliest generic appellation. Unless we adopt
the earlier salmoides, its name should, therefore, be Micropterus dolomieu.

On the other hand it is true that the name Micropterus dolomiewu was
applied to a deformed specimen, which was considered as a distinct
genus and species solely on account of its deformity.

It is an established rule of nomenclature (Dall, Rept. Comm. Zodl.
Nomene., 48,) that ‘‘a name should be rejected * * * when it ex-
presses an attribute or character positively false in the majority or the
whole of the group in question, as in cases (among others) when a name
has been founded on a monstrous, abnormal, immature, artificial, or
mutilated specimen.”

The name Micropterus was founded on a monstrous specimen; in the
sense intended by its author it expresses a false character, although the
species really have smaller fins than are found in related genera. In
the opinion of some writers it should be set aside and the next name in
order (Calliurus Raf.) should be adopted in its stead. The species might
then stand as Calliurus dolomieu. The specific name “ dolomieu” is also
open to objection, as it is a French noun having neither a Latin nor a
genitive form, but being an unmodified name of a person. This hardly
seems to me a reason for rejecting the name, although, if retained, it
should receive a genitive form, as dolomii, or dolomiei.

The question of the adoption of the name Micropterus is still an open
one. The weight of authority is, however, at present in favor of its
retention, and the writer sees no sufficient reason for setting it aside.

920. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

2. Grystes salmoides Cuvier & Valenciennes.

Labrus salmoides Lacépede, Hist. Nat. des Poiss. III, 716.
Grystes salmoides Cuy. & Val., Hist. Nat. des Poiss. III, 54, pl. 46.

It seems rather a thankless task to reopen the question of the proper
nomenclature of the Black Bass, but it is evident that we have not yet
reached the bottom. The name Micropterus salmoides is now generally
adopted in America as the proper name of the small-mouthed Black Bass,
not only among naturalists, but among anglers and sportsmen as well.
In the Museum at Paris, however, the same name is fully adopted for
the large-mouthed Black Bass. Let us inquire into the history of the
use of the name salmoides.

In 1800, the name Labrus salmoides was given by Lacépéde to a fish
inhabiting the waters of Carolina, and known to Americans as “Trout.”
This fish was known to Lacépéde only through a drawing and manu-
seript description by Bose. Both species of Black Bass occur in Caro-
lina, the large-mouth most abundantly. Neither drawing nor descrip-
tion is exact enough to enable us to tell with certainty, or even with
reasonable probability, which species was meant by Bose and Laeépéde.
It is unlikely that Bose discriminated between them at all, both being
alike “Trout” to the Carolina fishermen. In the figure the mouth is
drawn large, and if we must choose, the large-mouth is best represented.

The specific name sa/moides next appears in the great work of Cu-
vier & Valenciennes (III, p. 54) as Grystes salmoides. The description
here given is forthe most part applicable to both species ; the small size
of the scales (“il y en a quatre-vingt-dix sur une ligne longitudinale et
trente-six ou quarante sur une verticale” *) and the naked preoperculum
render it evident that at least that part of the description was taken
from a small-mouth, while the accompanying figure more resembles the
large-mouth. .

We are, however, not here left in doubt. The original material of the
French naturalists is still preserved in the museum. It consists of the
following specimens as described by Cuvier and Valenciennes :

1. “ Nousavons recu, par M. Milbert, un individu de huit a neuf pouces
et un de six A sept. C’est ce dernier qui a six rayons 4 la membrane des
ouies et quatorze rayons mous 4 la dorsale.”

From one‘of these specimens the figure in the Histoire Naturelle des
Poissons (pl. 46) was taken.t This specimen is unquestionably a large-
mouthed Black Bass.

2. “ Plus tard, M. Lesueur nous en a envoyé de la riviére Wabash un
individu long de seize pouces, et trois autres qui n’en ont guére que cing.
Les jeunes sont d’un vert plus pale, et ont sur chaque flanc vingt-cing a
trente lignes longitudinales et paralléles brunes, qui paraissent s’effacer
avec Page.”

These specimens are still preserved, bearing the MSS. name of Cichla
variabilis Le Sueur, and belong to the small-mnouthed species. This

*The very small precaudal scales are doubtless here included.
tide Vaillant.

4

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 221

name, which, so faras I know, was never published by Le Sueur, is thus
noticed by Cuvier and Valenciennes:

““M. Lesueur, croyant V’espéce nouvelle, en a publié une description
dans le Journal des sciences & Philadelphie, sous le nom de cichla vari-
abilis ; mais nous avons tout lieu de croire que c’est ce poisson qui est
représenté et décrit par M. de Lacépéde (t. iv, p. 716 et 717, et pl. 5, fig.
2), sous le nom de labre salmoide, Wapres des notes et une figure four-
nies par M. Bose qui le nonimait perca trutte. La figure en est un peu
rude, mais la description s’accorde avec ce que nous avons vu, sauf
quelques détails, qui tiennent peut-étre moins au poisson méme quwa la
manicre dont il a été observé.”

Later (vol. v, p. vj, the type of Micropterus dolomiew was re-examined
and fully identified by Cuvier as a Grystes salmoides.

It is thus evident that Cuvier and Valenciennes completely confounded
the two species under the name Grystes salmoides, and that the uncer-
tain salmoides of Lacépéde became in their hands a complex species.
We may perhaps say that their salmoides must be the fish described by
them, and that the figure is to be taken into consideration only when
other evidence is wanting. M. Vaillant, however, maintains that the
large-mouthed species should be considered as the salmoides of Cuvier
and Valenciennes, inasmuch as one of that species served as the type of
their published figure.

The next writers who use the name salmoides (De Kay, Storer, etc.),
have merely copied or echoed the description of Cuvier and Valen-
ciennes, and have in no way given precision to the name.

Later Agassiz uses the name “ salmoneus” (slip of the pen for “ sal-
moides”?) apparently referring to the large-mouthed species.

The description given by Dr. Giinther of Grystes salmoides in the Cat-
alogue of the Fishes of the British Museum, I, 252, adds nothing to the
precision of our knowledge of the species, the characters given being either
taken from Cuvier and Valenciennes, or else common to both species.

Next a description is given of Grystes salmoides by Holbrook (Ich. 8.
Car., p. 28, pl. 4, f. 2), accompanied by an excellent figure, which leaves no
possible doubt of the species intended. This is the large-mouthed Bass.

Omitting papers of lesser importance, we come finally to the very able
discussion of these questions by Professor Gill (Proc. Am. Ass. Adv.
Sei., 1873, p. 55-72), in which the whole subject is exhaustively treated,
and the name Micropterus salmoides is definitely adopted for the small-
mouthed Black Bass. This arrangement has been followed by most
recent ichthyologists. In an important paper just now passing through
the press (Mission Scientifique au Mexique), however, Messrs. Vaillant
and Bocourt have adopted the name Micropterus salmoides for the large-
mouthed species, for the reasons indicated above.

This question resolves itself into two. Is the specific name salmoides
available for either species? and if so, for which?

Between the publication of the works of Lacépéde and Cuvier both

222 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

species had been more than once described under different names by
Rafinesque and Le Sueur. Of these names, Lepomis pallidus Rat. for
the large-mouthed Black Bass, Mieropterus dolomieu Lac. for the south-
ern, and Bodianus achigan Raf. for the northern variety of the small-
mouth have priority over the others. All these, therefore, antedate any
precise definition of the name salmoides.

The question as to whether a specific name, at first loosely applied
and afterwards precisely fixed, shall claim priority from its first use or
not, has been differently answered by different writers, and has perhaps
never been settled by general usage. I suppose that the amount of
doubt or confusion arising from its use or rejection enters with most
writers as an element. The name salmoides, left unsettled by Lacépeéde,
has been generally received by writers, in consequence of the supposed
precision given to it by Cuvier. We have seen, however, that both
species were included by Cuvier under one name, and that we must look
farther for real restriction of the species. The first distinct use of the |
name salmoides for any particular species is by Holbrook, for the large-
mouthed form. On the basis of the first unquestionable restriction, the
name, if used at all, must be applied to that species. Forty years pre-
vious to this restriction, however, the specific name pallidus was conferred
on the same fish by Rafinesque.

In the writings of nearly all the older naturalists, as well as in many
of the later ones, we find descriptions of species which are really
generic in their value, and which, as our knowledge of species becomes
greater, cannot be disposed of with certainty or even with any high
degree of probability, for absolute certainty rarely accompanies any
identification.

In the absence or impossibility of any general rule regarding such
cases, the following supposed examples will illustrate what seems to the
present writer a fair method of treating them.

Let us suppose that the genus Micropterus contains two well-marked
species; that to one of these the name salmoides was early applied; that
next the names dolomiei and pallidus were applied to the two respect-
ively, and that subsequently the name salmoides was restricted to the one
called pallidus.

Now if (1) the original salmoides were definitely a complex species,
distinctly including both, we may hold its author to be a “conservative”
writer, and that the subsequent restriction, like the restriction of a
genus, is a change of view or the elimination of an error. In this case,
the name salmoides should be retained, dating its priority from its orig-
inal use, and applying to the species pallidus.

If (2) the original salmoides be not complex, but simply uncertain, the
probabilities being undeniably in favor of its identity with pallidus
rather than with dolomiei, itshould be adopted instead of pallidus. Abso-
lute certainty of identification cannot be expected of many names older
than the present generation, and each writer must judge for himself of

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 223

the degrees of probability. If we may express it numerically, a proba-
bility of 75 per cent. should perhaps be sufficient, and this probability
should be unquestionable—that is, not merely subjective and varying
with the mental differences of the different writers.

If (3) the original salmoides be evidently a Micropterus, but hopelessly
uncertain as to the species intended, it should claim priority from its
first use for a definite species of Micropterus. If the name pallidus
intervene between its first use and its final precise use, salmoides should
become a synonym of pallidus, and should not be available for the other
species. This rule is followed more or less consistently by most writers,
and it seems to me a fair one. The revival of hopelessly uncertain
ancient specific names in place of well-defined modern ones is productive
only of confusion, and is open to gross abuse. The revival even of well-
defined but forgotten names is confusing enough, and it has been
strongly objected to by many writers.

If (4) the name salmoides, left hopelessly uncertain by its author,
should have been definitely used for some species to which it might not
improbably have referred before the use of the name pallidus for the
same species, it should be retained, dating its acceptance from its sec-
ond use, and the name pallidus should be considered as a synonym ot
salmoides.

If (5) the name salmoides should have been adopted by the second
author supposed in (4) for some species not a Micropterus, or for some
species which could not reasonably be identical with the original sal-
moides, the identification should be taken as an erroneous one, and should
not be considered in our nomenclature.

The actual state of the name salmoides is that supposed under (3) above.
T do not consider the name salmoides as rightfully entitled to priority over
either pallidus or dolomiei as the specific name of a species of Black
Bass. If it must be used, however, I think it wisest to retain it, with
Professor Gill, for the small-mouthed species. For this purpose, we
must consider the salmoides of Lacépéde as complex, including both
species. The case would then be that supposed by (1) above. We must
hold further that Cuvier and Valenciennes restricted the name to the
small-mouthed form. No possible settlement of the case can be free from
question or objection. I propose to adopt the following view of the case,
proposed by Dr. Gill (in lit.), to whom I have submitted the evidence
above given.

Dr. Gill remarks:

“T think we can retain our old names (i. e. Mieropterus salmoides and
Micropterus pallidus) on the following grounds:

(1) Let us admit that Zabrus salmoides Lac. may be the small-
mouthed.

(2) The name salmoides, it may be considered, was re-established by
Cuvier and Valenciennes for the largest specimen (the small-mouthed,
according to your obseryations). The description was evidently based

224 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM:

on that, as appears from the number of scales, the absence of any on the
preopercular limb (‘le limbe de son préopercule [ete.] en manquent”),
and the form of the dorsal. Even if it is certain that the figure was
taken from a large-mouthed specimen, this would not affect the question,
inasmuch as we must accept the description when that is definitive, and
such is the case here.

(3) It may be held that the name is further specialized by Cuvier
and Valenciennes by its use to supersede the name of Le Sueur (p. 55),
and as a substitute for M. Dolomieu (vol. v, p. 5).

(4) The majority of the C. & V.’s specimens belonged to the small-
mouthed Bass. .

(5) The figure was based on a large-mouth simply through accidence
of size and condition, not selected on account of exhibition of characters.
In the same way, we might maintain that the type of Pomotis vulgaris
C. & V. (although the description plainly points to Hupomotis aureus)
was Lepomis pallidus [rather auritus], for the figure apparently repre-
sents such.”

3. Micropterus variabilis Vaillant & Bocourt.
Cichla variabilis Le Sueur, MSS.
Micropterus variabilis Vaillant & Boeourt, MSS., Mission Scientifique au Mex-
ique.

This is the ordinary northern small-mouthed Black Bass, Micropterus
achigan, or var. achigan of authors, Micropterus salmoides achigan of the
present writer.

4. Bryttus unicolor Cuvier & Valenciennes. =.
Hist. Nat. des Poiss. vii, 464.

A specimen collected by Le Sueur at Philadelphia, and doubtless the
original type, seems to be the young of Lepomis auritus. Some of the
specimens labelled Pomotis vulgaris are likewise Lepomis auritus. From
one of these the figure of the species was apparently taken.

5. Bryttus punctatus Cuvier & Valenciennes.
Hist. Nat. des Poiss. vii, 462.

The types of this species (Charleston, Holbrook Coll.) belong to the
species recently described by Prof. Cope as Lepomis apiatus (Proc. Am.
Philos. Soc., 1877) and by me as Lepiopomus apiatus (Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.
x, 1877, 25). This species should therefore stand as Lepomis punctatus.

6. Bryttus reticulatus Cuvier & Valenciennes.
Hist. Nat. des Poiss. vii, 463.
This species is unquestionably identical with the preceding,

7. Pomotis holbrooki Cuvier & Valenciennes.
Hist. Nat. des Poiss. vii, 466.

This species is the Pomotis speciosus of Holbrook, Pomotis microlophus
Giinther. It should therefore stand as Eupomotis holbrooki. Xystroplites
longimanus Cope, is at least very similar, as also Pomotis pallidus Ag.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 225

8. Pomotis catesbyi Cuvier & Valenciennes.
Hist. Nat. des Poiss. vii, 469.
As commonly supposed, this species is Hupomotis aureus (Pomotis vul-
garis C. & V.).

9. Pomotis ravenelii Cuvier & Valenciennes.
Hist. Nat. des Poiss. vii, 469.

This species is an Hupomotis, probably aureus, as supposed by me (Bull.
U. S. Nat. Mus. x, 38), but the types are too far decayed for certain
identification.

10. Pomotis gibbosus Cuvier & Valenciennes.
His. Nat. des Poiss. vii, 467.

The types of this species, as well as those of Pomotis incisor C. & V.
(l. c. p. 446), belong to the species called by me Lepomis pallidus.

11. Pomotis solis Cuvier & Valenciennes.
Hist. Nat. des Poiss. vii, 468.

Only the Philadelphia specimens seen. These are badly decayed, but

probably belong to Hupomotis aureus.
12. Plesioperca anceps Vaillant.
(Nouvelles Archives du Muséum d’Hist. Naturelle, tome 9, p. 37, 1873.)

As already supposed by the present writer, this species is the Hadrop-
terus nigrofasciatus Agassiz.

13. Esox deprandus Le Sueur.
(Le Sueur MSS., Cuv. & Val. Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xviii, 336.)

The type of this species, a large stuffed skin, is an ordinary Hsor
luctus L. The cheeks, as usual, are scaly; the opercles naked below.
14. Leuciscus gardoneus Cuv. & Val.

(Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, 316; Giinther Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 228.
Chondrostoma gardoneum Cope, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1866, 393.)

The single typical specimen of this species agrees with Notemigonus
chrysoleucus in most respects, differing chiefly in the short anal (9 or 10
developed rays). It must be referred to the genus Notemigonus, of
which it possesses the carinated abdomen, backward dorsal, and the
teeth 5-5, the edges of the grinding surface strongly crenate. If the
specimen is normal, not an accident or hybrid, the species should stand
as Notemigonus gardoneus. Professor Cope’s statement, that the type
of this species (also examined by him in Paris) is “ identical with Chon.
drostoma in dentition and other characters,” is not reconeilable with
my ideas of the genus Chondrostoma.

15. Leuciscus spirlingulus Cuv. & Val.
Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvii, p. 321, pl. 506.

The types are small specimens of Luxilus cornutus (Mitch.).

16. Gobio cataractz Cuv. & Val.
Hist. Nat. des Poiss. xvi, 315, pl. 483.

The type of this species, as already supposed by me (Man. Vert. E. U.

S., ed. 2d, p. 307), is the Rhinichthys nasutus of authors, which should
Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 15 Jam. 20, ISS.

226 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

therefore stand as Rhinichthys cataracte. The teeth of the typical speci-
men have never been examined. The difference in the dentition oi Gobio
and Ihinichthys does not therefore affect the correctness of this identi-
fication.

17. Leuciscus boucardi Giinther.
Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 485.
The teeth of this species have a very narrow grinding surface. It is
therefore probably referable to the genus Myloleucus as understood by
me.

18. Ceratichthys sallei Giinther.
Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 484.

As this species has no barbels, the propriety of its reference to
‘Ceratichthys is not evident. It has the teeth 4-4 with grinding surface,
-and is therefore referable to the genus Hudsonius (Hybopsis Cope) as now
understood by me.

19. Ceratichthys cumingi Giinther.
Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 177
This species is a true Ceratichthys, evidently closely related to C.
‘amblops. It perhaps was not taken in California.

20. Graodus nigrotzeniatus Giinther.
Cat. Fishes Brit. Mus. vii, 485.

There are three typical examples of this species. The teeth of two of
them were examined by Dr. Giinther, and have, as stated by their de-
seriber, ‘‘ pharyngeal teeth quite rudimental replaced by a somewhat
uneven ridge of the bone.” ‘The third specimen, however, proved on
examination to have developed teeth, of the ordinary sort, t2co on each
side. Traces of the roots of similar teeth were visible on the other
specimens, but in none were any evidences of the existence of a greater
number. It is, therefore, possible that the normal number is 2-2. It
is my opinion, however, that the teeth are normally 4-4, and that in
these examples they have been lost, either by natural shedding or
through the softening due to long preservation in spirits. If this view
is correct, the genus Graodus should be suppressed. As the teeth are
without grinding surface, the species should be referred to the genus
Cliola, as understood by me, and should stand as Cliola nigroteniata.
If the teeth are normally 2-2, the genus Graodus should be retained.

The writer wishes to express his obligations to Dr. Giinther for the
permission to examine these and other specimens in the British Museum,
and to Professors Vaillant and Sauvage for similar favors at the Mu-
seum at Paris.

OCTOBER 20,.1879.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 227

LEST OF PEARDINE INVERTEBRATA FROM THE NEW ENGLAND
COAST, DISTRIBUTED BY THE U.S. COMMESSION OF FISH AND
FISHERIES.

SERIES I.

[Distributed in fifty sets, put up by Mr. Richard Rathbun, under the direction of
Professor A. E. Verrill, 1879. ]

EXPLANATION.

.

The specimens included in the following list are preserved in alcohol,
anless otherwise stated. The authority given for the name is usually
the author who first used the combined binomial name herein adopted,
and is not necessarily that of the author who first described the species,
or gave the specific name. (A name in parentheses is authority for the
specific name only.)

The species are not all included in each of the fifty sets, but those
sent in each numbered set are checked on the list bearing the correspond-
ing number. The species now distributed are not to be considered as
the most common, but simply those which happen to be at present most
abundantly represented in the collections of the Fish Commission, or
those which, for other reasons, can be most conveniently distributed at
this time, and have been so selected as to give representatives of most
of the important groups. It will also be understood that the species
included in this list form but a very small proportion (less than one-
twelfth) of the total number of species contained in the collections made
by the Fish Commission on the New England coast.

4a. Cancer borealis Stimpson. Dry
U.S. F. C.—Casco Bay, Maine, shore.
5. Cancer irroratus Say.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sound, Mass.
5a. Cancer irroratus Say. Young.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass., shore.

PYCNOGONIDA.

1. Nymphon hirtum F abr.
U.S. F..C.—Off Halifax, N.S., 52fath., 1877.

2. Phoxichilidium maxillare Stimp.
U.S. F. C.—Casco Bay, shore.

MBEROSTOMATA.
2a. Limulus Polyphemus Latr. Dry.
U. S. F. C.—Cape Cod Bay, shore, 1879.
CRUSTACHA.—DECAPODA.

2b. Gelasimus pugnax Smith.
U. 8. F. C.—Cape Cod Bay, shore, 1879.

2c. Gelasimus pugnax Smith.
U. S. F. C.—New Haven, Conn., shore.

3. Gelasimus pugilator Latr.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sound, Mass., shore.

3a. Callinectes hastatus Ordway.
U.S. F. C.—New Haven, Conn.

3). Platyonichus ocellatus Latr. Young.
Cape Cod Bay, surface, 1879.

Wi Soha:

4. Platyonichus ocellatus Latr.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sound, Mass.

6. Hyas coarctatus Leach.
U.S. F. C.—Gulf of Maine, 22 to 44 fath.

7. Libinia emarginata Leach.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sound, Mass.

8. Bupagurus pollicaris Stimp.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sound, Mass.
9. Eupagurus pollicaris Stimp.
U.S. F. C.—Off Nantucket I.

9a. Bupagurus pollicaris Stimp.
U.S. F. C.—Off Noank, Conn.

10. Bupagurus pubescens Brandt.
U.S. F. C.—Coast of Maine, 20 to 34 fath.
11. Bupagurus bernhardus Brandt.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass.

lla. Homarus Americanus Edwards.
U.S. F. C.—New Haven, Conn.

228 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED
11). Homarus Americanus Edwards.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sound, Mass.

12. Crangon vulgaris Fabr.
U.S. F. C.—Massachusetts coast.

13. Pandalus borealis Kroyer.
U.S. F. C.—Mass. Bay, 40 to 55 fath.

14. Pandalus Montagui Leach.
U. S. F. C.—Mass. Bay, 42 to 50 fath.

15. Hippolyte spina Leach.
U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, 10 to 20 fath.

CRUSTACHA.—SCHIZOPODA.

15a, Thysanopoda inermis Kroyer.

U.S. F. C.—Cape Cod, from whale stomach.

16. Thysanopoda Norvegica M. Sars.
U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, surface.

17. Mysis mixta Lilljeborg.
U.S. F. C.—Mass. Bay, 40 to 50 fath.

CRUSTACEA.—CUMACEA.

18. Diastylis quadrispinosus G. O. Sars.
U.S. F. C.—OffGrand Menan I., §to10fath.

CRUSTACEHA.—AMPHIPODA.

19. Ptilocheirus pinguis Stimp.

U.S. F. C.—Long I. Sd., off Noank, Conn.

19a. Talorchestia longicornis Smith.
U. 8. F. C.—Cape Cod, shore, 1879.

20. Gammarus locusta Fabr.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester Harbor, Mass.

CRUSTACHA.—ISOPODA.

21. Idotea robusta Kroyer.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sound, Mass.

22. Idotea irrorata Edw.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

12a, Ziga psora Kroyer.

(7.8. F. C.—George’s Bank, on cod-fish.
CRUSTACEA —CIRRIPEDIA.

23. Lepas fascicularis Ellis and Sol.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sound, Mass.
23a. Balanus balanoides Stimp. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—New Haven, Conn., shore.
23). Balanus balancides Stimp. Dry.
U. S. F. C.—Cape Cod Bay, shore, 1879.
ANNELIDA.—_CHZ5TOPODA.
24, Lepidonotus squamatus Leach.
U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, 10 to 25 fath.

25. Harmothoe imbricata Malmg.
U.S. F.C.—Bay of Fundy, 10 to 25 fath.

_ STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

26. Nephthys ceca Johnst.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass., shore.

27. Nephthys incisa Malmgren.
U.S. F. C.—Off Vineyard Sd., 10 to 20 fath.

28. Nereis pelagica Linné.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., 6 to 12 fath.

29. Nereis virens Malmgren.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass., shore.

30. Nothria conchylega Malmgren.
U.S. F. C.—Gulf of Maine, 85 fath.

31. Nothria opalina Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Gulf of Maine, 90 to 175 fath.

32. Arabella opalina Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., 8 to 12 fath.

33. Rhynchobolus dibranchiatus Ver.
U.S. F. C.—Barnstable, Mass., shore.

34. Sternaspis fossor Stimp.
U.S. F. C.—Mass. Bay, 25 to 45 fath.

35. Clymenella torquata Verrill.

| U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass., shore.

36. Thelepus cincinnatus Malmgren.
U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, 10 to 30 fath.

37. Potamilla reniformis Malmg.
U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy.

37a. Spirorbis lucidus Morch.
U.S. F. C.—Halifax, N. 8.

38. Spirorbis borealis Daud.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass., shore.

39. Clitellio irrorata Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass., shore.
GRPHYRZA.

40. Phascolosoma cementarium Quati.
U.S. F. C.—Gulf of Maine, 40 to 100 fath.

40a. Phascolosoma Gouldii Dies.
U.S. F. C.—Salem and Barnstable, Mass.
CHAZ TOGNATHA.
41. Sagitta elegans Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., surface.
NEMERTINA.

42. Lineus viridis Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass., shore.

42a. Lineus viridis Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Eastport, Me., shore.

43. Cerebratulus ingens Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass., shore.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 229

44. Cerebratulus roseus Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass., shore.

HOLOTHURIOIDEA.

45. Pentacta frondosa Jeg.
U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, 10 to 40 fath.

45a. Lophothuria Fabricii Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Grand Menan, N. B.

45b. Lophothuria Fabricii Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Mass. Bay, 20 to 30 fath.

46. Thyone Briareus Selenka.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

46a. Leptosynapta Girardii Verrill.
U. 8. F. C.—Cape Cod, shore, 1879.

ECHINOIDEA.

47. Bchinarachnius parma Gray. Dry.
U. 8. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

48. Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis
A. Ag.
U.S. F. C.—Eastport, Maine.

49. Strongylocentrotus Drcbachiensis
A. Ag.
U.S. F. C.—Wood’s Holl, Mass.

49a. Strongylocentrotus Drobachiensis
A. Ag.
U.S. F. C.—Off Cape Cod, 20 to 40 fath., 779.

50. Arbacia punctulata Gray. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Noank, Conn.

50a. Arbacia punctulata Gray. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Wood’s Holl, Mass.

50b. Arbacia punctulata Gray.
Young.

U.S. F. C.—Wood’s Holl, Mass.

50c. Arbacia punctulata Gray.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

ASTLRICIDEA.

Dry.

51. Asterias vulgaris Stimpson.
U.S. F. C.—Halifax, N. S.

Sla. Asterias vulgaris Stimp.

U §. F. C.—Eastport, Maine.

51). Asterias stellionura Perrier.

U.S. F. C.—Off Nova Scotia, 90 to 110 fath.
52. Asterias Forbesii Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass.
53. Asterias Forbesii Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

53a. Asterias Forbesii Verrill.
U. 8. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

Dry.

54. Leptasterias compta Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Off Watch Hill, R. I., 22 fath.

55. Cribrella sanguinolenta Liitken,

U.S. F. C.—Mass. Bay, Gulf of Maine.

55a. Hippasteria phrygiana Agassiz.

U. S. F. C.—Off Mass. Bay, 30 to 80 fath.,
1878-79.

56. Ctenodiscus crispatus D. and Kor.

U.S. F. C.—Mass. Bay, 40 to 50 fath.

56a. Ctenodiscus crispatus D. and Kor.

Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Mass. Bay, 40 to 50 fath.

OPHIUROIDEA.

57. Ophiopholis aculeata Gray.
U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, 10 to 100 fath.

58. Ophiopholis aculeata Gray.
U.S. F. C.—Mass. Bay and Gulf of Maine,
10 to 100 fath.

59. Ophioglypha Sarsii Lyman.
U.S. F. C.—Mass. Bay, 20 to 125 fath.

59a. Ophioglypha Sarsii Lyman. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Mass. Bay, 20 to 125 fath.

60. Ophicglypha robusta Lyman.
U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy.

60a. Astrophyton Agassizii Siimp.
U.S. F. C.—Eastport, Maine.

60). Astrophyton Agassizii Stimp.
U.S. F. C.—Off Cape Cod, 25 to 35 fath., 79.
60c. Astrophyton AgassiziiStimp. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Off Cape Cod, 25 to 35 fath., 779.
ANTHOZOA.

61. Urticina nodosa Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Gulf of Maine, 50 to 175 fath.

61a. Urticina nodosa Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Oft Nova Scotia.

62. Bolocera Tuediz Gosse.
U.S. F. C.—Gulf of Maine, 50 to 175 fath.

63. Metridium marginatum Edw. and H.
U. 8. F. C.—Noank, Conn.

64. Alcyonium carneum Agassiz.
U.S. F. C.—Casco Bay, 10 to 60 fath.

64a. Alcyonium carneum Agassiz.
U.S. F. C.—Off Cape Cod, 25 to 35 fath., 79.

HYDROIDA.

65. Obelia geniculata Hincks.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

230

66. Obelia dichotoma Hincks.
U. S. F. C.—Casco Bay, Maine.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED

67. Campanularia flexuosa Hincks.
U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy.

68. Sertularia cupressina Linné.

U.S. F. C.—Nantucket Shoals.

69. Sertularia argentea Ellis and Sol.
U.S. F. C.—Long Island Sound.

70. Sertularia pumila Linné.

U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass., low water.
71. Hydrallmania falcata Hincks.

U. S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, 10 to 60 fath.
72. Sertularella tricuspidata Hincks.
U. S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, 50 to 55 fath.
73. Diphasia fallax Agassiz.

U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, 20 to 55 fath.
73a, Diphasia fallax Agassiz.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass,

74. CSobiceps tiarella Ayres.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

74a. Thamnocnida spectabilis Agassiz.

U.S. F. C.—Noank, Conn.
75. Halecium halecinum Sweig.

U. S. F. C.—Long I. Sound, 8 to 12 fath.

CEPHALOPODA.

75a. Ommastrephes illecebrosa (Les. )
U.S. F. C.—Cape Cod Bay, 1879.

76. Loligo Pealii Lesueur.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

76a. Loligo Pealii Lesueur. Young.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

GASTROPODA.

77. Fulgur carica Conrad.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.
78. Neptunea decemcostata Ad.
U. 8. F. C.—Eastport, Maine.

79. Buccinum undatum Linné. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy.

80. Tritia trivittata H. and A. Ad.
U. 8. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.
81. Ilyanassa obsoleta Stimpson.
U. S: F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.
81a. Ilyanassa obsoleta Stimpson.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass.

82. Urosalpinx cinerea Stimpson.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

Dry.

Dry.

Dry,

Dry.

STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
83. Purpura lapillus Lamarck.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass.

83a. Purpura lapillus Lamarck.
U.S. F. C.—Casco Bay, Maine.

84. Anachis avara Perkins. Dry.
U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

85. Astyris lunata Dall. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

86. Lunatia heros H.and A. Ad.
U. 8. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.
86a. Lunatia heros H. and A. Ad.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.
87. Lunatia heros H. and A. Ad.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass.

88. Littorina littcorea Menke.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass.

88a. Littorina palliata Gould.
U. 8. F. C.—Casco Bay, Maine.

89. Littorina palliata Gould.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass.

89a. Littorina rudis Gould.
U. 8. F. C.—Casco Bay, Maine.

Dry.

Dry.

Dry.

90. Lacuna vincta Turton.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass.

91. Bittium nigrum Stimpson.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

Dry.

92. Crepidula fornicata Lam.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

Dry.

93. Crepidula plana Say. Dry.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

94. Crucibulum striatum H. and A. Ad.
Dry.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sound.

95. Margarita helicina Moll.
U.S. F. C.—Grand Menan.

96. Acmeea testudinalis Han.
U.S. F. C.—Casco Bay, Maine.

Dry.

96a. Trachydermon ruber Carpenter.
U. S. F. C.—Eastport, Maine.
97. Melampus lineatus Say.
U.S. F. C.—Barnstable, Mass.
SCAPHOPODA.

98. Entalis striolata Stimpson.
U. S. F. C.—Eastport, Maine.

LAMELLIBRANCHIATA.

99. Clidiophora trilineata Carp.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

Dry.

Dry.

Dry.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED

100. Spisula solidissima Gray. Dry.

U. 8S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

100a. Spisula solidissima Gray. Dry.
Young.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

101. Spisula ovalis Gould. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Off Cape Ann, Mass.

101a. Spisula ovalis Gould.
U.S. F. C.—Grand Menan.

Dry.

102. Macoma sabulosa Mérch. Dry.
U. 8S. F. C.—Mass. Bay and Gulf of Maine.

103. Venus mercenaria Linné. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—New Haven, Conn.

103a. Venus mercenaria Linné. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Nantucket, Mass.

104.
U.S.
105.
Wists
106.
U.S.

107.
Weis:

108. Scapharca transversa Ad.
U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

108a. Modiola plicatula Lamk.

U.S. F. C.—New Haven, Conn., shore.
109. Modiola modiolus Turton. Dry.
U.S. IF. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

109a. Modiola modiolus Turton. Dry.
U.S. I". C.—Gloucester, Mass.

109). Mytilus edulis Linné.
U.S. F. C.—New Haven, Conn., shore.

Cyprina Islandica Lam. Dry.

F, C.—Mass. Bay, Gulf of Maine.
Astarte undata Gould. Dry.

TI’. C.—Eastport, Me.

Yoldia limatula Woodw. Dry.
F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.
Yoldia thraciformis Stimp. Dry.
F, C.—Mass. Bay, Gulf of Maine.

Dry.

110. Pecten irradians Lam. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

111. Pecten tenuicostatus Migh. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Off Watch Hill, R. I., 22 fath.

1lla. Pecten tenuicostatus Mighels.
U.S. F. C.—Off Watch Hill, R. I., 22 fath.

112. Anomia aculeata Gmelin. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Casco Bay, Maine.
112a. Ostrea Virginiana Lister. Dry.

U.S. F. C.—New Haven, Conn.

113. Venericardia borealis Carp. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Off Noank, Conn.

114. Nucula proxima Say. Dry.

U.S. F. C.—Buzzard’s Bay and Vineyard
Sd.

STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM,

231

115. Mya arenaria Linné.

U. S. F. C.—Guilford, Conn.

116. Ensatella Americana Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Barnstable, Mass.

117. Saxicava arctica Desh.

U.S. F. C.—Casco Bay, Maine.

118. Callista convexa Ad. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

119.
U.S.

Tottenia gemma Perkins. Dry.
F. C.—Long Island 8d., with Littori-
nella minuta St.

TUNICATA.

120:
Was:

121.
U.S.

122.
U.S.

123. Molgula Manhattensis Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

Ascidia mollis Verrill.

F. C.—Gulf of Maine, 50 to 175 fath.
Ascidiopsis complanata Verrill.
EF. C.—Bay of Fundy, shore to 50 fath.

Molgula retortiformis Verrill.
F, C.—Bay of Fundy, 10 to 25 fath.

123). Molgula Manhattensis Verrill.
U. 8S. F. C.—Cape Cod, outer shore, 1879.
124. Glandula arenicola Verrill.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., 10 to 20 fath.

125. Halocynthia partita Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd.,3 to 12 fath.

126. Halocynthia echinata Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Grand Menan, 1 to 40 fath.

127. Halocynthia pyriformis Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, 1 to 45 fath.

128. Boltenia Bolteni (Linné).
U.S. F. C.—Eastport, Maine, 1 to 20 fath.

129. Perophora viridis Verrill.
U. S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., 1 to 12 fath.

130. Botryllus Gouldii Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass., shore.

131. Amorcecium pellucidum Verrill.
U. 8. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

132. Amorcecium stellatum Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

133. Amoreeciumconstellatum Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Off Nantucket, Mass.

134. Leptoclinum albidum Verrill.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

135. Leptoclinum albidum, var. lute-
olum Verrill.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

232 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED

136. Salpa Caboti Desor.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass., surface.
BRACHIOPODA.

137. Terebratulina septentrionalis Gr.
U. 8. F. C.—Casco Bay, Maine.

137a. Terebratulina septentrionalis Gr.
U. S. F. C.—Eastport, Maine, 1 to 60 fath.

POLYZOA or BRYOZOA.

138.
Wes:

139, Tubulipora serpens Flem.

Crisia eburnea Lamouroux.
F. C.—Gloucester Harbor, Mass.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sound, Mass.
140. Tubulipora Atlantica Smitt.
U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy.

141. Alcyonidium ramosum Verrill.
U. S. F. C.—New Haven, Conn.

142. Flustrella hispida Gray.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass., shore.

143.

Weis:

143a. Gemellaria loricata Busk.

U.S. F. C.—Off Cape Cod, 20 to 40 fath.,
1879.

Gemellaria loricata Busk.
F. C.—Casco Bay, Maine.

144. Cellularia ternata Johnst. (var.)

U.S. F. C.—Gulf of Maine, 10 to 45 fath.

145. Caberea Bilisii Smitt.

U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, 1 to 20 fath.

146. Bugula Murrayana Busk.

U.S. F. C.—Nantucket Shoals, 8 to 12 fath.

147. Bugula turrita Verrill.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd. and off Nan-
tucket Island.

148. Mucronella nitida Verrill. Dry.

U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd.,. Mass.

OCCURRENCE OF CHELURA TEREBRANS,

STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

149. Membranipora pilosa Farre..
U. 8. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass.

149a. Membranipora pilosa Farre.
U.S. F. C.—Gloucester, Mass., on alge.

150.
USS:

Escharina IsabellianaD’Orb. Dry.
IF, C.—Vineyard Sound, Mass.

151.
WG SE

| L52.
LUG SE

Hippothoa hyalina Smitt. Dry.
F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

Lepralia Americana Verrill. Dry.
I’. C.—Gloucester, Mass., shore.
PORIFERA (SPONGES).

| 153.
Wass

154.
WS:

154a. Chalina oculata Bowerb. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Casco Bay, Maine.

Microciona prolifera Verrill. Dry.
I’. C.—Vineyard Sd. and Long I. Sd.
Chalina oculata Bowerb. Dry.
F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

155. Suberites compacta Verrill. Dry. :
U. S. F. C_—Off Nantucket, Mass.

156. Suberites compacta Verrill.
U.S. F. C.—Off Nantucket I., Mass.
156a. Suberites compacta Verrill.

U. 8. F. C.—Cape Cod Bay, 15 fath.
156aa. Suberitescompacta Verrill. Dry.
U. 8S. F. C.—Cape Cod Bay, 15 fath.
157. Clionasulphurea Verrill. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Vineyard Sd., Mass.

158. Tethya gravata Hyatt.

U. 8S. F. C.—Buzzard’s Bay, Mass.

159. Tethya gravata Hyatt. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Buzzard’s Bay, Mass.

160. Raphiodesma lingua Bow. Dry.
U.S. F. C.—Bay of Fundy, 10 to 60 fath.

A CRUSTACEAN DE-

STRUCTIVE TO THE TIMBER OF SUBMARINE STRUCTURES, ON
THE COAST OF THE UNITED STATES.

By SIDNEY I. SMITH.

Upon the coast of Europe an Amphipod belonging to the genus Che-
lura has long been known, associated with the Isopod Limnoria ligno-
rum, or “ gribble” of English writers, in destroying the timber of all
kinds of submarine structures. But, upon the coast of the United States,
the Chelura has apparently escaped detection until very recently, and I

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 233

am not aware of any published notice of its occurrence, although Lim-
noria has been known for many years, and its ravages have often at-
tracted attention. I have repeatedly made careful search for Chelura at
many different points upon our eastern coast from New Jersey to Nova
Scotia, and have examined many pieces of Teredo- and Limnoria-bored
timber from other parts of the coast, but, until 1875, I was not able to
discover an individual of the genus. In the summer of that year, while
connected with the party of the United States Fish Commission at Woods
Holl, Massachusetts, two small specimens of Chelura were discovered,
associated with Limnoria, in a bit of wood scraped from one of the piles
of the government wharf. A careful search was made upon the piles of
several wharves in the neighborhood and among the government store
of spar buoys, but no more specimens could be discovered, although
Timnoria was found in abundance.

K ~ NY iN AS IN SS
I 4 y IX
ih SS NK “AM ZK
IS 4 A,

[= 7

Figure 1.—Chelura terebrans; male; lateral view, enlarged about
twelve diameters.

Without European specimens for comparison, these two individuals
were scarcely sufficient to establish the identity of our species with the
common species of Europe; and I delayed calling attention to the subject
until more material should be discovered. No other specimens came to
hand until August of the present year, when Professor
Verrill discovered the species in abundance in old
submerged piles at Provincetown, Massachusetts.
The specimens found by Professor Verrill were all in
wood submerged from 8 to 12 feet below the surface
at low water, and were associated with Limnoria
lignorum and Teredo navalis. The Limnoria occurred
only sparingly, however, in this case, though it was
found, by Mr. Sanderson Smith, in great abundance,
with Teredo navalis, but without Chelura, in water-
logged wood dredged the past summer in Cape Cod
Bay in 74 fathoms. The specimens obtained by Pro-

fessor Verrill exhibit all the variations due toage and No, d3L
sex, and show plainly that our species is identical youre 2.—Limnoria

with the European Chelura terebrans. __ lignorum; dorsal
The species was first brought to notice by Philippi, —_ view, enlarged ten

who discovered it at Trieste, in company with Teredo —_‘Tiameters.

navalis, in planks just taken from the sea, and who described and figared

234 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

it in 1839. It was more fully described and figured by Allman, in 1847,
from specimens found in the piles of the jetty in the harbor of Kingstown,
near Dublin, Ireland. It has since been noticed at various points on the
coast of Europe from Southern Norway to the Adriatic, and attention
has often been called to its ravages.

There is apparently but one species of the genus known. The C. pon-
tica, described by Czerniavski, in 1868, judging from the figures and the
Latin part of the description, is not distinct. The figure which he gives
of one of the abdominal swimming legs (pleopods) shows only one multi-
articulate ramus, which is an evident inaccuracy in the drawing, and
some other slight differences shown in the figures are apparently due to
a similar cause. It is perhaps well to mention, in connection with this
reference to Czerniavski’s paper, a very remarkable paper published the
same year by Eugene Hesse, in which this well-known European species
is redescribed and extensively figured, from specimens taken on the
coast of France, as a new species of Zimnaria! The genus Chelura un-
questionably belongs to the Amphipoda, and has been placed in that
order and near Corophium by all carcinologists who have written upon
the subject. It has, in fact, no structural features which ally it to the
Isopoda, as distinguished from the Amphipoda, and it has no external
resemblance to Limnoria, with which it need not be confounded by the
most superficial observer.

The Chelwra is readily distinguished from ail the known genera of
crustaceans by the structure of the three pairs of caudal stylets (uro-
pods). The first (antepenultimate) pair of these appendages are slendei
and tipped with two small and nearly equal rami; the second have the
dorsal edge of the basal portion expanded into a thin, broad, oval plate
projecting beyond the two small rami which ave attached in an emargina-
tion of the lower margin; the last pair have very stout but shert bases,
to each of which is articulated a single very long and strong ramus,
which, in fully grown males, is nearly as long as the body of the animal,
but much shorter in females and young. The length of fully grown
male, from the front of the head to the ultimate pair of caudal stylets,
is about a quarter of an inch (6™™); that of the female somewhat less.

According to notes, made upon the specimens taken at Wood’s Holl
in 1875, the color of Chelura is very different from that of Limnoria,
béing semitranslucent, thickly spotted and mottled above with pink,
somewhat as in Unciola irrorata, but wanting the opaque white of that
species.

The following synonymy gives the bibliographical history of the
species:

Chelura terebrans Philippi.
Chelura terebrans Philippi, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, v, 1839, p. 120, pl. ©.
fig. 5; Annals Nat. Hist., iv, p. 94, pl. 3, fig. 5, 1889.—Allman, Annals and
Magazine Nat. Hist., xix, p. 361, pls. 13, 14, 1247 (see further under C.
destructor).—White, Catalogue British Crust., p. 56, 1850; Popular History
British Crust., p. 202, pl. 11, fig. 2, 1857.—Gosse, Marine Zoology, i, p.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 235

Chelura terebrans—(Continued. )
138, fig. 250, 1855.—Bate, Report British Assoc. Adv. Sci., 1855, p. 59, pl.
13, fig. 3 (antenna), pl. 17, fig. 10 (integument), 1856; Annals and Maga-
zine Nat. Hist., II, xix, p. 150 (18), 1857; Catalogue Amphip. Crust. Brit-
ish Museum, p. 285, pl. 48, fig. 1, 1862.—Bate and Westwood, British
sessile-eyed Crust., i, p. 503 (woodcut), 1863.—Heller, Beitriige zur niiheren
Kenntniss der Amphipoden des Adriatischen Meeres(Denkschriften Math.-
Naturwissensch. Classe Kaisecuche Akad. Wissenschaften, Wien, xxvi), pp.
52, 61, 1866.—Boeck, Crust. Amphipoda borealia et arctica (Christiania
Videnskab.-Selskabs Forhandlinger for 1870), p. 173 (253), 1870; Skandi-
naviske og Arktiske Amphipoder, p. 647, 1876.—Metzger, Jahresbericht
der Comm. ziir wissensch. Untersuchung der deutschen Meere fiir 1872-
1873, Nordsee, p. 278, 1875.
Nemertes neswoides Leach, White, List Crust. British Museum, p. 90, 1847
(teste White, Catalogue British Crust., p. 56, 1850).
Chelura destructor Allman, loc. cit., p. 362, 1847 [provisionally proposed in
case the Irish specimens prove distinct from Philippi’s species ].
_Limnoria axylophaga Hesse, Annales des Sci. nat., Zoologie, V, x, p. 101, pl. 9,
1868.
Chelura pontica Czerniayski, Materialia ad zoographiam Ponticam comparatam,
p. 95, pl. 7, figs. 1-18, 1868.
NEw Haven, October 16, 1879

DESCRIPTION OF NEW SPECIES OF NORTH AMERICAN FISHES.
By DAVED S. JORDAN.

1. BOLEOSOMA VEXILLARE, Sp. Nov.

Allied to Boleosoma effulgens. Body rather short and stout; caudal
peduncle not contracted; head moderate, the muzzle somewhat de-
curved ; eye moderate ; gill membranes scarcely connected; cheeks and
breast naked; opercles scaly ; a naked strip in front of the dorsal fin ;
opercular spine moderately developed ; second dorsal very short and high,
higher than long; pectorals and ventrals not reaching to anal.

Coloration olivaceous, the sides with traces of vertical bars, probably
greenish in life; male with the first dorsal, ventral, and anal black ; sec-
ond dorsal and caudal strongly barred with black and white in fine
pattern; head black; femaie not seen, but probably without black.
Lateral line complete. Seales very large, 4-35-6.

Head 4 in length to base of caudal; depth 43.

Fin rays. ‘ Dorsal VITI-10; A. L., 7.

Length of type 24 inches.

This species differs from its relatives in the larger scales and the much
shorter and higher second dorsal. (D. [X-13 in B. effulgens.)

The type was taken in the Rappahannock River at Warrenton. Va.,
by a correspondent of “Forest and Stream,” and forwarded to me for
identification by the editor of that journal, Mr. Charles Hallock.

236 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

2, NANOSTOMA VINCTIPES, sp. nov.

Allied to Nanostoma zonale (Pecilichthys zonalis, Cope). Body fusi-
form, little compressed; head short, the snout strongly decurved; eye
large, longer than snout, nearly 3 in head ; mouth small, horizontal, the
lower jaw included; teeth small, not distinguishable on the vomer and
palatines ; cheeks, opercles, neck, and throat closely scaled; opercular
spine well developed; gill membranes broadly connected across the
breast.

First dorsal rather low, with slender spines; second dorsal shorter
and rather higher; the two well separated. Anal spines high, the first
much the higher. Caudal moderate, subtruncate. Ventrals pointed,
not reaching to the vent. Pectorals moderate, reaching rather beyond
tips of ventrals.

Lateral line complete, with 45 scales in its course.

Color olivaceous, with about 8 obscure darker lateral shades or bars,
with narrow paler interspaces. These bars meet around the body be-
hind the vent, but not anteriorly; back with 6 darker quadrate shades.
A dark streak downward and forward from eye, and some black mark-
ings in front of opercle. Fins all strongly cross-barred with darker,
the pectorals and ventrals especially so; spinous dorsal reddish at base,
with a blackish edging.

Fin rays, D. X-11; A. II, 7. Length of types about 24 inches.

This species differs from N. zonale in its less compressed body and in
coloration. In the latter species the ventrals are plain and the lateral
bars encirele the belly.

ne types of this species, five in number, were taken in a tributary of
Illinois River, at Naperville, ll., by Dr. Ernest R. Copeland. One of
these is in the U. S. National Museum, numbered 23454.

3. PGCILICHTHYS VIRGATUS, sp. nov.

A slender species, resembling an EHtheostoma, not closely related to
any of the species thus far made known.

Body moderately elongate, subfusiform, compressed; the bac k some-
what elevated, the caudal peduncle mnter deep; head long and rather
pointed, little compressed, rather slender; the snout but little decurved;
mouth rather large, somewhat oblique, the maxillary reaching to the
pupil, the lower jaw scarcely shorter than the upper; teeth small, even,
in several rows; eye rather large; gill membranes not connected.
Cheeks, opercles, neck, and breast wholly naked. Humeral region with an
enlarged black seale-like process as in P. punctulatus, Ag., and in the
species of Hitheostoma. Posterior border of preopercle obtusely but
distinctly crenate-dentate. Scales rather large—53 in a longitudinal
series, the lateral line distinct on about 20 of ther

Color greenish, each scale with a small blackish spot, these forming
conspicuous lateral stripes as in Htheostoma lineolatum. Back and sides

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 237

with cross-blotches. Vertical fins faintly barred. Humeral scale large
and black.

Head 53 in length without caudal; depth 5.

Fin rays, D. [X-10; A. II, 8.

Length of types 2 to 2$ inches.

This species differs from its congeners in its form and coloration.
From all except P. lepidus, B. and G., it is separated by its naked head.
From all but P. punctulatus, Ag., by the black humeral process.

The numerous typical examples were taken by me in the Rock Castle
River, at Livingston, Ky. Their resemblance to Etheostoma jflabellare
caused them to be overlooked until lately. One of these is in the U.S.
National Museum (No. 25456). Another has been forwarded to the
British Museum.

4, ZYGONECTES RUBRIFRONS, sp. nov.

Body moderately stout, little compressed, not elevated, the caudal
peduncle deep; head rather long, broad between the eyes, flat above ;
eyes large, 34 in head, their range horizontal; mouth rather large.
Teeth small, nearly even, in a narrow band. Scales moderate. Dorsal
fin very short and small, placed a little behind the anal or about even
with it, its position in the males rather more posterior; anal short, high
in the males; ventrals very small; pectorals small.

Color, males dark olivaceous, with a dark, bronze-orange spot on each
seale posteriorly, much as in Xenisma catenatum. Below these spots are
bright orange. Faint orange, narrow vertical bars along the lower and
posterior part of the body. Vertical fins with orange spots. Jaws and
space in front of eyes bright orange-red; paired fins dusky. Females
almost uniform brassy-olivaceous, without evident spots or red markings.

Head 34 in length to base of caudal; depth 33. D. 7 or 8; A. 8 or 9;
lat. 1. 32; L. transv. 11 or 12; B.5; L. 24 to 3 inches.

St. Sebastian River, Florida, the numerous types collected by Dr. J.
A. Henshall. <A larger species than most in the genus, and with the
dorsal fin less posterior.

Some of these in the U. 8. National Museum are numbered 23450.

5. ZYGONECTES HENSHALLI, sp. nov.

Body rather stout, deep and compressed, the profile nearly straight,
the back little elevated, and the caudal peduncle short and deep; head
moderate; mouth rather small; jaws each with a series of long and rather
slender canine-like teeth, followed by a band of small teeth; the canines
larger in the lower jaw; eye large; scales rather large; dorsal fin short
and high, inserted slightly behind the anal in the males, exactly oppo-
site it in the females; caudal large; anal fin larger and rather lower
than dorsal; ventrals quite small; pectorals moderate.

General color olivaceous; sides covered, especially posteriorly, with
rather large, irregularly placed orange spots, which also extend on the

238 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

vertical fins; dorsal dusky, with a dark bar; head without red; caudal
and anal more or less yellow; females obscurely marked; young with
diffuse greenish vertical bars.

Head 34 in length to base of caudal; depth 34. B.5; D. 7 or 8; A.
10 or 11; lat. 1. 33; L. transv. 10; L. 3 to 3%.

San Sebastian River, Florida, where it is abundant, in company with
Jordanella florida, Zygonectes rubrifrons, and other Cyprinodonts, the nu-
merous types collected by Dr. J. A. Henshall. Some of these in the U.
S. National Museum are numbered 23449. The largest species of the
genus strongly resembling the preceding, from which it may be known
by its dentition, its larger size, and the different coloration.

6. CERATICHTHYS LUCENS, sp. nov.

Allied to Ceratichthys biguttatus (Kirt.).

Body elongate, compressed, the back somewhat elevated from the oc-
ciput to the base of dorsal, thence rapidly declined to the long and
slender caudal pedunele. Head short, compressed, the cheeks nearly
vertical; interorbital space rather broad and flat, somewhat grooved ;
eye very large, circular, high up, placed nearly midway of the length of
the head; its diameter about equal to the length of the snout, and
searcely greater than the width of the interorbital space. Preorbital
bone large, oblong, conspicuous and silvery; suborbital bones rather
narrow.

Mouth rather small, horizontal, the lower jaw included, the edge of
the premaxillary below the level of the eye; the maxillary not reaching
to the vertical from the front of the orbit. Barbel quite small. Snout
boldly and abruptly decurved much as in C. amblops (Raf.), the tip of
the snout thickened, forming a sort of pad.

Seales moderate, thin, and brightly silvery. Lateral line decurved in
front, thence nearly straight; about 16 scales in front of the dorsal, 42
in the course of the lateral line; 5 series above and 4 below. Rows of
scales along the back converging behind the dorsal where the upper
series run out, as in Lavilus cornutus.

Fins rather higher and more faleate than in Ceratichthys biguttatus;
the dorsal fin inserted well forward, directly over or slightly in advance
of base of ventrals. Pectoral fins pointed, not reaching ventrals, the
ventrals not reaching the vent. .

Teeth 4-4, hooked, without grinding surface.

Color translucent greenish above; sides and below brilliantly silvery;
eye white; cheeks and opercles with a bright silvery lustre; upper fins
yellowish; lower unspotted; a slight plumbeous lateral shade, but no
distinct markings anywhere either in large or small specimens.

Length of head contained 44 times in total length to base of caudal ;
greatest depth 4 times.

Dorsal rays, I, 8; anal I, 8.

Length of largest of typical examples 5} inches.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 239

This species is described from three examples taken at the Falls of
the Ohio. Two of these are now in my ewn collection; the third in the
U.S. National Museum is numbered 23462.

This species is larger than the others of the genus except C. biguttatus
and the Californian CO. symmetricus, (Grd.). In coloration it differs
widely from C. biguttatus, which species is wholly destitute of silvery
lustre. Its head is likewise shorter and blunter, and the mouth smaller.
The form of the body very different. From ©. amblops, C. rubrifrons,
ete., it differs in the number of teeth and in the smaller scales.

7. LUXILUS ZONISTIUS, sp. nov.
(Codoma eurystoma JORDAN & BRAYTON, Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. xii, 42, 52; not
Photogenis eurystomus JORDAN, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., 356, 1877.)

Allied to Luxilus coccogenis, Cope. Body rather stout, compressed,
the back elevated at the base of the dorsal fin, thence rapidly declined,
the caudal peduncle rather short and slender. Head short and rather
thick; interorbital space broad and flat; cheeks nearly vertical. Length
of head about equal to greatest depth of body, about 4 times in length
to base of caudal. Eye large, longer than snout, about 3 in head, its
diameter about equal to the interorbital space. Mouth comparatively
large, oblique; in size intermediate between LD. coccogenis and DL. cornu-
tus. Jaws about equal in the closed mouth. Premaxillary on the level
of the pupil; maxillary reaching to opposite the front of the eye. Pre
orbital short and deep; suborbitals narrow.

Seales large, 6-43-3, closely imbricated on the sides of the body where
they are much higher than long. Lateral line strongly decurved.

Fins moderate. Dorsal fin inserted somewhat behind the line of the
ventrals, I, 8, not much elevated. Anal longer than in the related
species, I,10. Pectorals searcely reaching ventrals; the ventrals reach-
ing past the vent.

Teeth 2, 4-4, 2, hooked, with narrow grinding surface.

Color steel-blue above; sides somewhat silvery; dorsal fin with a
conspicuous jet black ecross-bar about half way up; a distinct round
black spot at base of caudal, rather smaller than the eye, behind this
a cream-colored area, a curved black bar at the shoulder behind and
above the opercle; top of head and base of peetorals with dusky pune-
tulations. Females and young specimens have these dark markings ob-
seure. Males in spring have the dorsal cross-bar scarlet and more or
less dull ferruginous; red on the head and caudal fin. The snout is
covered with small tubercles in spring.

The types of this species, about 20 in number, ranging from 2 to 43
inches in length, were taken in Suwannee Creek, a tributary of the
Chattahoochee River in Northern Georgia.

A few young specimens of this species were mixed with the types of
“ Photogenis” eurystomus, Jor., a species which the present one somewhat
resembles. The specimens referred to by Jordan and Brayton (1. ¢.) as
Codoma eurystoma are the types of the present species. Photogenis leu-

240 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

copus Jordan & Brayton, Bull. U. S. Nat Mus, XII, 41, is, I think,
identical with “ Photogenis” eurystomus. The teeth of genuine examples
of the latter species are always 1, 4-4, 1. Those with the teeth 2, 4, all
belong to Luxilus zonistius.

One of the typical examples of this species is numbered 23452 in the
U.S. National Museum.

8. LUCANIA GOODE, sp. nov.

Allied to Lucania parva (Cyprinodon parvus, Baird and Girard). Body
elliptical, rather elongate, the back considerably elevated to a point
just in front of the origin of the dorsal fin; the caudal peduncle rather
deep and compressed; greatest depth contained 4 to 44 times in length
to base of caudal. Head short, comparatively narrow, and bluntly
pointed, its length contained 3? to 44 times in length of body. Mouth
small, terminal, both jaws with rather large conical canine-like teeth,
apparently in a single series. Eye large, near the middle of the side of
the head, its diameter contained 24 to 22 times in the length of the head,
about equal to the width of the interorbital space. Scales large, their
exposed surfaces higher than long, in about 30 (29 to 32) longitudinal
and 7 vertical series. Humeral scale like the others.

Fins large, especially in the males. Dorsal rays 9. Anal 9. Origin
of dorsal about midway between snout and base of caudal, conspicu-
ously in advance of anal. Height of dorsal fin in the males two-thirds
the length of the head, about equal to the length of the base of the fin.
In females a little lower. Anal fin similar and nearly as high and long,
beginning nearly under the middie of the dorsal. Caudal moderate
subtruncate. Ventrals long; in the males reaching the front of the anal;
in the females reaching the vent. Pectorals reaching past front of ven-
trals in both sexes.

Color olivaceous, the scales with dark edgings. A very distinct black
band in both sexes running through eye and snout straight to the base
of the caudal, where it ends in a round black spot. This band is about
as wide as a series of scales, although developed on parts of two series.
A conspicuous black band in both sexes along the lower edge of the
caudai peduncle, from the root of the caudal to the vent, dividing and
passing on each side of the anal fin. Fins in the female plain. In the
male basal half of dorsal and anal jet black, outer half pale with a black
edge. Pectorals and especially ventrals also dark-edged. Caudal fin
faintly mottled. Vertical fins with more or less red in life (fide Goode).

The typical specimens, about 30 in number, ranging from ? to 14 inches
in length, were obtained in Arlington River, Florida, a tributary of the
St. John’s, by Prof. G. Brown Goode, in company with Girardinus for-
mosus, Zygonectes (Gambusia) arlingtonensis. These are numbered 23505
on the register of the U. S. National Museum. The species is well sep-
arated from its congeners venusta and parva by its black lateral band
and colored fins. From the former the fewer dorsal rays also distin-
guish it.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 241

9. XIPHISTER, gen. noy. (Fam. Aiphisteride).
(Xiphidion Girard, U. 8. Pac. R. R. Expl. Fishes, 119; preoccupied in Orthop-
tera; Aiphidium, Serv.)

As the name Xiphidion or Xiphidium is preoccupied for a genus of
Orthoptera, the name Xiphister, of similar etymology, is proposed as a
substitute. The typical species Xiphidion mucosum, Girard, may be
known as Xiphister mucosus.

ON THE MIGRATIONS AND NESTING MABITS OF WEST-COAST
BIRDS.

By 3. G COOPER, MM. D.

Uniformity in the dates of arrival of birds and laying eggs has: usually
been considered among the “constants of nature” in the temperate
zone. Where the distinction of seasons is well marked, these events
are among the most reliable phenomena connected with the climate, and
exceptional dates are noted down with particular interest.

It has, however, been ascertained that there is much less uniformity
in the habits of the same species within the tropics. There being no
changes of temperature, the division into wet and dry seasons, where
existing, can alone influence them. It does so by regulating the flow-
ering and fruiting of trees, etc., on which the food of birds directly or
indirectly depends (except in the case of aquatic species), the rapacious
kinds following the vegetivorous in their search for food.

Even on the border of the temperate zone, in Arizona and Florida
(probably also in Texas), an approacu to the irregularity of tropical
habits has been observed, some species laying eggs in autuinn, at the
end of the rainy season, and many abandoning the migratory habits
seen northward.

In California we might expect to find similar conditions, because of the
mildness of the winters in the less elevated regions, giving us an almost
subtropical climate. But it can only have an effect south of. latitude
349, in the lower part of the Colorado Valley, if anywhere, sufficiently
marked to cause the birds to lay in autumn, though its influence is seen
to some extent in the wintering of several species farther north than on
the east coast.

As far south as frost extends, which is south of San Diego and
perhaps to Fort Yuma, the habits of the temperate zone prevail. At
Tueson, Arizona, however, where Captain Bendire noticed eggs laid in
autumn, the advantage of being about thirty miles south of Fort Yuma
is compensated for by the elevation being 748 feet greater. Tire more
barren, almost desert character of the country near Fort Yuma is proba-
bly the reason why such habits among the birds are not noticed, peruaps
also because no observers have looked for them at the right season.
The only peculiar climatic influence observable in California is therefore

Proce. Nat. Mus. 79 16 Jan. SO, 8svo.

242 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

'
dependent on the alternation of wet and dry seasons, which prevails in
less degree along the whole coast northward.

It is indeed the excess of rain until quite late in spring, which ap-
pears to prevent the earlier laying of eggs by some species that begin
to lay in the east earlier than on this slope. This is noticeable among
Hawks and Owls, and may also be expected with the Crossbills, ‘Wax-
wings, and others breeding farther north, but of which no records exist
for this coast. North of latitude 609, Neer. where Professor Dall found
so many eastern species mixed with the ae the division into wet
and dry seasons is not marked, which may eae for the breeding
there of those eastern birds not found south of that latitude on this
coast.

In California we find the influence of the rains causing considerable
‘difference in dates of laying in various localities, where they end sooner
-or later. Thus at Fort Mojave, Colorado Valley, though the winter is
colder than at San Diego, it is much drier, the climate, like that of Ari-
zona, being wet in summer. I therefore found the same species laying
much earlier at Fort Mojave, though the arrival of migratory birds
was generally later, more so than the difference of latitude (one hun-
dred and forty miles farther north) would account for. Many species
are also found wintering there which do not remain along the rainy coast
at that Season.

At Haywood, on the east side of San Francisco Bay, I also found
many species laying earlier and more abundantly than at Santa Cruz on
the coast, forty-eight miles farther south, but more rainy. This last
place is itself much more favorable to most species than the foggy cool
promontory of Monterey, twenty-five miles southward.

Of the influence of climate in localities still farther inland I cannot
state much from personal observation north of Fort Mojave, but have
quoted some interesting dates for comparison, reported by Mr. Ridg-
way at Sacramento, though of less value in this connection than if he
had been there earlier and later in the season.

On account of the great elevation and very different climate of Ne-

vada and Utah, his observations there are of little value for comparison
with Western California, though in some degree comparable with Fort
Mojave.

The period at which rains cease being quite different in different
years, we also find considerable variation in the arrival of some birds
as well as in dates of laying at any locality selected. In some years the
migrants seem to take a much more inland route northward than in
others, not appearing along the coast until long after their comrades

® have reached even to Alaska. Thus Mr. Dall records the arrival and
laying of some species along the Yukon at about the same times they are
recorded near the California coast.

The moderately dry parts of California, where, south of jadiende
38°, trees are limited chiefly to the northeast slopes of hills and the
banks of streams, we find to be the favorite breeding grounds of most

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 243

western birds (except of course the water-loving species), nests being
both far more numerous and more easily found than in the thickly
wooded regions of the mountains and northern coast. I have myself
found more in one spring in the vicinity of Haywood, than during three
seasons near the Columbia River. A similar abundance of nests has
been noted by me along the sparsely wooded shores of the Upper
Missouri River, and similar streams crossing the “Great Plains” on
both sides of the Rocky Mountains. The scattered tree-growth of those
regions, like that of an old cultivated country, is therefore most favor-
able for the increase of most land-birds, and if moderate protection in-
stead of persecution is granted to them, they may always continue
abundant even when the country is cultivated. The little fertile valleys
scattered through the desert regions west of the Rocky Mountains are
always found to contain most of the birds, and being also attractive to
settlers, the abundance of birds has been wrongly attributed to their
presence. The only way in which settlements aid in the inerease of
birds is by driving off or killing the rapacious kinds, and thus protect-
ing such of the small species as do not injure the crops.

There is no doubt of the increase in numbers of many species about
the settlements of California, from this cause, since 1849, but others,
especially game-birds and birds of prey, have very much diminished
under the effect of persecution by the gun, and poisoning, through the
use of poisoned grain inteyded to kill vermin.

The influence of the more local attachments of the west-coast birds,
which are so generally constant residents instead of migratory, is also
very soon observed in the disappearance of a species from a neighbor-
hood like Haywood, where they have been robbed of their nests and
eggs for several seasons. The same thing seems to keep away migra-
tory species to some extent, though other reasons may be found for their
absence. As instances, the Blue-birds (Sialia) entirely disappeared in
1878, not returning even in winter; though I knew of several of their
nests that were not molested in 1877. The migratory Lawrenee’s Gold-
finch and Blue Linnet (Cyanospiza) also failed to appear in the breeding
season of 1878, perhaps from former persecutions, and perhaps from
taking another route northward,.or from causes yet unknown.

As a rule seareely any of the birds of California, south of latitude
38°, raise two broods ina season. When late broods are found they
seem either to be replacements of lost broods, or are perhaps hatched
by one parent while the other still takes care of a first brood, as ob-
served by me in the case of a pair of House Wrens. This is the effect
of the rapidity with which the breeding season passes, corresponding
to the rapid but short growing season of vegetation after the frosts
cease and before it becomes too dry. Caterpillars and other soft insects
suitable for the young become scarce when the vegetation gets dry.
yen swallows, which feed in the air, are obliged to catch young grass-
hoppers in some localities near the coast in June, so that they can raise

.

244 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

two broods of young. Apparently an effort to raise a third or a very
late brood causes them often to abandon it to starve when they leave us
in August.

In the following table I have included only those land-birds that are
best observed in regard to habits, giving the records I have made at
the chief localities where I have collected in the proper seasons, and
adding such notes as seemed suitable, nade by me in other localities,
and by others where exact dates of the events are given. The object
has been to give exact dates of the usual arrival and departure (with
afew also quite exceptional), and the first laying of eggs noticed, as
well as the latest when long after. A few quotations of observations
in other regions are also given for comparison, but these are much fewer
than desirable from the fact that the older authors neglected usually to
give the exact dates, and where the month only is given a comparison of
times through a range of twenty degrees of latitude is impracticable.
The categories of ‘“ Resident,” ete., refer only to the localities given in
the general table.

The arrangement of localities being by date of collections is not ex-
actly according to their relative positions in latitude.

My opportunities for observing in regard to most aquatic birds have
been too few to be worth noting, the sea-shore and the great interior
marshes or lakes not having been visited at the proper’seasons, except’
in a few localities. Where it is practicable the dates of laying of the
Gulls, Murres, and other birds whose eggs are collected for market, are
found quite uniform, though showing the influence of early or late sea-
sons in a certain degree. This makes them well worthy of record when-
ever opportunities are offered.

245

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

"AF 000'L ‘ATN EE ‘VpRAON BLIOT
‘sano jpop, & 1, dw ‘OT addy “ArT ‘GT ady ‘AT (aotamms ‘AT[woorq) +109.
00 “W'S UL MoxL} ‘Hoos “| pue NE | -LL, GT Ady “AT |--GL, ‘08 949g “TV [-7 "°° TE “900 “AV |°°77 ge “gdeg “ay fo oreyy cary [ooo esters ses] oA “UOgnphD DIDULpUIg “OT

‘OL. ‘FL AVI ON

UPC Th, OT AUT ; ‘OL, ‘Ge adv ‘LW
‘BYSVPV 009 FLL LV, ‘Hays ‘BL, CT oun (07 "CL, ‘GT 0 “AT x
«9G, ‘g Avy ‘punog syjosng ‘BL, ‘ST ACT *N | “GL, ‘@L AVIT (N ‘PG ACT 'N

‘IV,, ‘bl, ‘BT ady ‘Aorojuopy ty |-- 22, ‘2E AVI N |°°S2, 02 My Ly, 2-922 oad year ios oreT Ady; LY Ware eee reeeceale ce G TL vast cal MOULIN DAYSHD HIDIPUGT *G

‘udngdaHT ZS,
‘Bt Av “LT StoanoouvA "N,, ‘91. ‘OT “adv "Nt “oL€ “FRT FO
“Cg, ‘GT Av], ‘OOSloOUBAYT Weg “LW Uh 9G dw oN | "Gh; Sy ABT “NE qQnos VUOpIsay = “awuunwuysnd
FG, (06 “diy “‘punog sjosng IV |" -LL, ‘OT TVW TV |°7Gh, ‘GT “TeDT Ty [ooo oor oee enna |ooc tere eee alee oes egg ay Noort terol apa ‘snaysowop sajgfipopbou7z, *g

‘poomMARTT JB TOIpTRa syoo "BL, ‘ee ACT “N “‘qUOpISNT ‘snungids
omg Sunodk pospoy woos oar |--LL, ‘BT ABIL (N [oo oor fete e ete n es [tote eect nce n cee ecleneeccar ord opp [toceec cess cece sees] Tea “aayounag snsoyjvohvyy, *L

“quapT

‘nN =| “BL. OT AVIT “"N | 9 el NC
€ Av] Be een eee ene ee een emacs ot uaaei tc Saleen Soren GC adv g Nid le icireaieeicinaeianal meres of = 0) YT SNUVUVU SND DAY OSL "9

«98, “CT AOI “WY eIquinjog'N,, |--2L, ‘Tr adv “N |--GL, ‘¢

‘9 adv ynoqez
‘vanqieg vyueg ‘f9, ‘0g ady

“95 000°S “SIAL 2ZMIQ wyuUg “Nl [o-ottto totter Te eerapamme asic cpenceccomocecescsstoosss**7 LOOT WN | JUOPIsoy “wunowaw wywrg, °c

\ “VUOpIsoy
"99, ‘3 Ae “AA QO WRG "NT [oor cinerea lewist ee ence ones Boge ame a OCAC TNT UNG |i eae ya sememme ening stot clcie sc clelpinicloinl= | Scicinn-\cisisis erin nine RNAI DOW AnSTIOUNY LOCO FTE T

CoS9 “FXT 07 LOAN VIQuINT
‘T adv ‘ay -OF Your wo scouring)
‘Bhi 06, 390 “IV | 194; 186 90 “MY |--t=2o ss eec tere sealeeeecsincc nag cayy |-=e-ercieewmecerenellasesenccereso-=2--| TNT AM “eNAQaU SNPANT *

ih g OOS aT
"BL. GG AVI 'N | “G2, ‘0g ‘9dog “aT

"pg, “ydog ur JAT “LL, ‘FZ OUNL OL, “LB 9UNL
‘eT AINE OF CT oun PN “PT AvTT 09 °LL, PE AVIA “N | 0} PL AVL 4SoNT
OAT viqumpoy “ty [up ur "BL, QAVIT ‘IV | ‘OL, ‘eg-ady av "990 ‘A'T
poorq oto ATO sostex ATQvqorg | “LL, ‘96 ‘IdV “aW | ‘ey, ‘0g -Idy “ty |----7--g KUTT "LY? ||taoae F AVI ISON [ooo ea dy ay force eee ee] crommming §«‘sngnynjen snpung, *Z%
“YSUaTT PL, “61 (210 ‘009
"990 1119 ““ziry ‘ormog dur) 4e ‘quy] 0} vYSVpyY Ur s1omMuUMNg)
1ON,, ‘“T98T ‘08 990 *[ vUnTEIeD |--:---- TAB AT |------Z 900 “TV |---g “AON OATATY |----- pe edtria ch pt hte |Mrarar cs eiesc lalate aise “TMM y Oavory | *s10gUr A, -"snwmw snpunyt ‘T
W “06 =| “AF OG “9TR 51% ‘1506 “TB | “AF OS “9Te S08 | “3F00G9TR foGe
“SHIVULOL PUL SOTH[VIOT LOYIO | OOT-0S"' FTP ‘84, olf “FRT ‘9, off “9RT ' 8h, ‘obG ‘FUT * S981 06S ““9RT $29, “4eT 19,-098T "D990 ‘QOMOPTSe.l FO WOSLVOS ‘OUTIL NT
-LL8T ‘POOMARTT | -G1gT ‘poomAvzy | -zLgT ‘ooyeg | ‘znag vyuRg | -TOST ‘osorg uvg | ‘oavfopg durep

946 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Layaug
95, ‘OL AvTy ‘punog sgosud,,
"F9, ‘GL avy “AA 9s0f UBg “LV

{spoorq OMT, “wlngdayT
ee, ‘SUT ‘opWoure1ovg “N,,
"SHINO PS, LOPUTA “W'S 40TS 5,

‘orp 0}
Sunok Auvut oars] ynq ‘spoo..d
OM} osIRAT “Laqojog TIT} Avs
MOT YP ‘Wosvos oo oly
uvos Mos pue ‘AIp AOA p/8T UL

“SpOOId OMY SOSTLY ‘wangdayT
cu ‘S38 F “SNV 0} 0E BI CaN

T9. 08 PO “LT BUTTRIVD
WO9G “[VONOC AW . TL, 0G AVL
‘ar WOHNA 'N,, ‘Po ‘8 “dy
“TAL ‘punog §,Josng 3B ‘Weg

‘hnnbpwp . 19,
OT OF TL oung ‘o}WOUIvLOVg “N,,

“ysvoo ol} Ivout ered AoA “OT
-vqord OLO0L St TOPPA ,,Spatgy
“VON, Ut ‘TE Avpy oF posuryo
st ‘X] “doy WW ‘A UL ‘(spon
-WUVS) 9G, ‘T ‘ad y sv WAT “TBO
‘RBuUNTRI_ Jv sotoods sity} Jo
SUIUIVIGO OT, ‘s$yn}UapI00 "|
"GG, “AON “BD ‘AOTA TIC
"PS, ‘GG 09M, “AL

-JUnOPT “JOUS
VICUIRfO, {WIG ‘“puasumnoy

“LL, ‘08 “UCL “IV

"81, ‘63 “AVIA “LV

‘Lh, ‘Ot AVI “N
LL, ‘pad 5 1V

“OZ aay sly:

“Gh

‘OL,
“Gh

"OL.
"GL,
“oh,

"GL,
“Gk.

‘OL,
"OL.

‘gg ‘uv pe “IV

23 “Te LV
Fo IV LV
‘63 “AVL “LV
‘oz gdog “A'T
‘06 IU “LV

“11 ome NL
Tg “Ie “IV

‘0G AVIT "N

‘g 09q “AT
‘g AVY “1V

ep ydeg Wa0g

wreces 57 AUN

soreee gy IRL “LV

0g ‘ydog “AT

Bese see tC Wiou;

‘$°O AT
"7" °6, IVY “IV

“oreo7g gdag ‘AT

“¢ Ane
0} 02 «wdy "N
‘oop ady 44Vv

GT ydag “a1
"797°" 7g IRL “LV

“703 Ady 4 IV

“qdag ‘AT
nore yg caddy “Ly

rscce"GT IV TV

“e908 T TEAL LV

“gr ady 4IVv

Slee s OTC Ua nL,

“Th Tg qo “AV

"7997763 IRI TV

“61 Av N
sses-g7 Id Ly

“37.006 "ITR So8E
“4UT 519-0981

G8. ‘82 PO “A VIQuIN[oD ueeg,, |" "BL. ‘9 Aegean nia pe ACN eaic Vee | ca siemens Sans Seema Stes aIG Ady “LV;
‘ysuarT ch, “SNV “STA
uoloy,,, “wunulaazT uc PS,
‘goQ ‘sseq uoloay,,, ‘fapyong
9c, ‘f ABT ‘punog 8,405
Nd,, ‘FL, ST idy ‘Koryo ty | LL, ‘93 Ady “TV |--GL. “OT PLONE Ue cece etree y= sooerll imeem to ailment OG ady IV |
: “WW “/0F “FF 0G “978 £122 | ; “95 0G “9TR “95 0G “9TR £106
‘SYAVULIL PUL SOLP[VIOT LOTPFO | OOT-OG" TV “BL, olf “FT 792, off “FUL SL, ‘oL€ “9R[ SSO8T o6& “FRI +9.
-1)8T ‘poomAvyy | -CLgt ‘poomsuyy | -L8T “Aooreg ‘ZudQ VZULG | -[98T ‘Odo Uy

‘oavfoyy diep

“tout

“UNG “DUISSY]/DY) OPUNMFT “ST

“o6E “FET JO
‘Gg S]UOpIsOL Moy YW “wUurwad
-sa@ “AVA ‘40]001Q OpUnMTT “LT

stomTINg «"sUouf
ung “awd “paynf opunwuzT “9T

‘LOTUMUNG — “2UN.LOALLOY
java ‘wagspbowypisa OPUnLUT “ST

(7) 10g
Mop) “aoummmg ‘snynpoand
IVA ‘srpisnd sayorpoviyg “FT

“rommming «= “ypnne
~buo) “ABA ‘sIpLua DWopPT “EL

*(j pooaq) UMNyNe pur Sundg
“puasuno, = powonspusg “BL.

-(; <[ao) Tungne pur suradg
‘suaosaubiu = pawmapuag = “TL

‘Jo ‘DOWOPISOa JO WOSVOS ‘OTUT NT

a

247

MUSEUM.

STATES NATIONAL

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED

‘ydvaSeard yxou sty uro1y posod
-suvi) WoIdiIosap ‘sazsapuoyp
jo osoyy ATquqoad oto 07 MOUL
-VIIVG Woay sv q1odot Ss UURUt
-LOO]T UL paqLiosep S850 4sou oy,
"pL, ‘0B ‘addy ‘Xoao}y
“UOT ge WoaG ‘“eIST ‘wanaug

«TO “WM PMO spor,
“PS,
“Q'AT ‘OUNP NY ‘IVT “IW

VIGUINJO) “AV “19, ‘06 "PO “TL
BUR Wo MONG “wypautsaqua
‘ava AYOIYD OLB SPA, LOJUT AL

RONbPuT 19. “6%
07 8 OUNE “TBO ‘OP METIVIORS "N,,

*(, SULeyUMOUL
TO pur) oe FLT ‘“WSvoo oY wot
posoiqg ATqeqord snuvpnryyp jo

MOT Y *(S.younpung) “ady oy
‘ydog = *(snurpnnym) FG, ‘490

oy avy “YO BIqUIMjOD =IvONT

“QIST UL [Ady 19978 Woes ONO NT

*spoorq OM
aster Avur soto0ds ysvp pue STILT,

LONINT
«dog 07 of Ap ‘pavpoug
MON 'N,, “Aombpur 1%
‘6g 0} 9 oun ‘OPWOTIB.IONS “N,,

‘Soma
qv g sduyrzod ‘spoorq, 0OMg Ssosreryt

‘savod Oulos
UL spoorq OA} Sostet sdvysog

"PL, ‘6¢ ad
‘AQLJUOT “N "69, ‘63 adv
“E'S ‘PRY . GT IV “UW OO,

"LL, 03 “ALY AT
“81, ‘08 ydog “IV

‘gr, (0% oun

01 06 Av N
"2h ‘T SO ON

‘bh.
“Lbs ‘98

oun ‘Nl
“IVT ‘IV

"gh, ‘GT oun
oy 7 Ady ‘N

84.819, 0f 03° N
“Lh. ‘TS AVI “N

"hh. “PL addy ON

BL. ‘OTA NL 04° N
"ph. ‘6T SBI *N

‘oT adv ‘AT
“7°03 “ydog "IV

2222-7 AON IV

oh, ‘L SUN
“OL, ‘28 TV TV

‘OL, ‘6 UNL
07 03 “ady “N
“Gh, ‘QT “Id y *N

‘OL, ‘83 ouNL
0} 7 OUNL ‘NI

"OL.
‘TS 0} G OUNL “NC
“Gh. ‘3 “adV (N

‘OL, ‘G9UNL 04 “NT
"Uh, ‘08 TRIAL (N

0g Ady “AT

Bee OTe Vae Niel ee megs acacia

ee sam Tor ge dad aa Scop aay: NT

(j SIOTSSHV.IYQ)

tt cee ee eee eee ee score TIN LW: noes Oe ady 4°IV

‘ady ‘AT

settee eet eceteeees leone eewenseeeres|seee2-07 109 “IV

--omm 07 AVL “NC

“"9°°°6T TRA “N

“706 0}. GE -ady NN

lo nteecec sere seen s[eccecseesceerseeeels-2- JOTIUMG

"771-63 dog ay [ooreoen Seen [oe GT FO TV [ooo eT Se AT

ee ee eee ee ee er

eee cee ecee re ccco=s

see ce ewwaat ese seen

srg Re “NT

‘py aidy

0) 6T Ie ‘N

*(j ATWO) sa0q
“ULAL "DJDUOLOI DIYIUOUOT “BZ

“pava
-Ygnos ATWO StoJTT AL “olf
“qUI JO"N JUeprsoyy “wyaquinbh

“IVA ‘Shsydoona)] DIYIUOUOT “LS

“o8§ “VT JO “S JUOpT
“SOY “DovWUY. sajsapuoyy *9%

“oL€
‘Wel JO "GS QMOpIsayy = “say?
“UD “IVA = *(j JHOpISoI outos)
TOVUL AA “SNULpNDID =". IBA

‘SISUAYOINPUDS SNINILISSVT ‘CZ

"ORE “IVT FO “G JUOpIser oULOG
‘UIUAMND) =—- SULPLWOSKAYQ “BG

“‘quop
TSOY “VIDS SL.UQVUULOShLYY) “EF

“quapIser
OUIOG §*82781.7 SIUPVUOSHAYQ *BS
‘quopIsayy ‘sndjoovopoys

“IVA ‘synjuolf snappoding “TZ

“QUOPISAT *sap10.L07z2.qnNax—a
IVA ‘sNUDWLOPN) SNLUDT "0%

‘srqns aubolg *6T

248 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

“poor,
euo ynq Ajqvqoig ‘FO, ‘OL
oune “WSN 9. ‘83 AUT

“978 “93 000'E “SUL ZuID vyULg‘N |--LL, ‘6c “dy “N |""9L. ‘€ 9UNE *N

*poorq ouo A[UO
ATqeqolg ‘SL, Ul wees oUONT
"9G, ‘CT Avy ‘panos s,joong "1y
e9, ‘9 Avy ‘vavqaeg vyuRg "Ny

‘hom
Hp .19. 65 0F TL oune,, og
‘cg, ‘PT oung ‘o}UoUIBIORg "NC

*poord OW0 Oster Aymo ATquqorg
cee Avy “A Q8SOP TUG “NT

69, 0290 “A S IW

OL, “23 ATH L ‘o6E “WI UE
“Te WF 000°L ‘N eq. AL
07 Avy ‘BySepy ‘SISON,, ‘“oSk
“qu JO" dojura ATquqord [Ty

“pg, “punog
sqjosng 4e ACT ur = 9709)nd
“IVA JOOSOILT, “GO, Lady ‘ AZUL
ByuRvg 4B Wes AD posoddng

*haqyyons
«9¢, ‘ady ‘pumog sjosng
IV, ‘6 ‘Pady “A ‘§ IW

> ‘OL. 86 AToP
“98 9F 000'9 ‘a’ VALLITS
"N , $9. ‘08 AVI “9TB “IF 000'S
‘T Avy “SI ZN19 vie, 4OOF “NT

‘SYIVULOI PUB SOTIT[RIOT LOTIO

(ysnaq |
ut dn yoog €) |

‘LL, ‘81 OUNL (N

‘LL, ‘9 ady “TV

‘SL, ‘OT oune
1 61 Av ON
"bh. ‘G AVIA CN |
LL, ‘OLady “tv

“OL. 6 AON TV

“LL, “GT WRIT “AT

‘BL, ‘CT ACT (N
“Lh. “OT SB ON

a is

Lh, ‘8 ‘adv ON
martin oe 6 AVL “LV

nate
OOT-0G"*9TR ‘8h, |
-LLST ‘poomAvyy

|" "SL. (08

OL, ‘STOUNL OF

‘OL, ‘FG AVI “N
‘OL, ‘TL Av “IV
‘oh, ‘Gt AvWC “NC
ady ‘1y

"9, ‘T ABIN i IV
‘OL, ‘81 AVN (N
"CL, ‘$T AVI “N

"GL, ‘GL "AON “IV

‘9L,'G% OTN POF

‘gL. ‘9T AUT 'N
| "Sh. “L AVI “N

9L. ‘te ABI ‘N
‘OL, ‘6 “adv ‘av
"Gh, 0G AVIA (N
“GL, ‘6 ady iv

"*7"Gh, 6990 IV

“OP
oL€ “9T *9L;

-—GLST ‘poomAvyy

saison ady ‘Iv seescery: ady ‘IV wees ce ewes ww ewes

‘GT ady ‘A'T
ease TL ‘AON “IV

CZ “ARTY “AT
"79°°CT “AON “IV

soreee oT LUT N

ene AON Guo

Soacer() eke wacany:

“HE 0G “91R +418
ofe “9eL FEL.
“GL8T ‘Aoorges

|
| "90 ‘AT

|

3 ARVIN

ceeeeypady ay |r grad ay [oo gg-ady ay

or Ame

"g AVN

‘50g “9TR
oL§ “48 SCO8T
‘ZniIg BVyuUReg

signe sry, ady ‘IV peas ady ‘IV

list or ld\n.er mle win e1= wa iaie coal} mn mtainia a emi minal diol e inte ale

0} CT ady PNT | chi vaio ar ate ain ae

so Tpadyoay |---9g adv 3 ty

ee ei Se ieremose Tan Onan),

“WF 09 “He £08
=[98T ODoIq Weg

ee eee ev ewen ww enee

“00099 SOT TV

‘61 AVN 'N

cereesXUl[VF BA

“IF 00S "ATR fof
“4vl_ * 19-098
‘oauloypy dug

‘quopisoy “snob
-OLQ “IVA TILA pox ‘whips
-2Ub “AVA ‘sryDPNIDUL ORL “LE

“10
ung ‘nuawn nzidsounlig 9g

“"LOTUIUING + °99)NWMI VIDLINAD “GE

“OTN

“‘pypydos0unjau, §=poDUUNH "FE

“Io
“ULM. “UPUasUno} MIALASSOT “EE

*(SUIRJUNOUL TO Lots) A107
BIST “Vugoouy vzidsopayy

“‘qUOpIsoy “wu UtLaoy
“Iva ‘nypwspf vzdsopy~T “Ts

“pav yqnos
pue ‘o¢e yvy ‘SopTV A opeaopog
UL AOJUTA, “LOT = “s2swaU
-0ZWD “IVA ‘SYDWOS DYAZAY “Og

‘moysuayT .SL80
“Sny “sy woloy,,, “Aor
-OyUOTY 9@ puv suLezUNOLE UL
quOpIsey ‘snuohaso oounr 6%

249

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

‘innbprr . 19. ‘FZ OF OT OTN
‘OJUOUTBLOVG “NT,, —“Syanwogy
oe, “ady: “yeo, teumypeqog.,,
‘pL, ‘TE Avy ‘AotoquopE “ay

‘spoorq OA} Sosteyy

‘osnor
JO OPIS UI OTOL, UL puNo; ysou 9

Annbprmy .. 19,
‘0Z OL TL OUNL ‘OJMOTIR.LOVG “N,,
“p9, ‘oT AvP ‘vavqavg vyaVg ‘)

‘aL0T} PAALs
-qo ATjtoo0r YON — °7)0)27NT
«A BiquinfoD 78 pord FE, UL,,

*poynqraystp ATpRooy A109 A.

‘SL, UL
9DIVIG {SPpoOorTg OMPSOTITPOULOG

‘eg, ‘T Avy_ ‘vavqueg vjyarg “Nv

“hayyongs ,.°69, ‘
Avy ‘woSo19 ‘soTpeq “AV FS,
‘ct Avy ‘punog sgosng “iv ,,

"69, ‘BT Av pT
“KA gsor ureg ‘N ‘Hapyony
«9G, ‘6T OTN “TOT, “YS¥A\ 'N,,

“MMYysUuayT GL;
‘Tg oune 03 Aooeg rvou “N,,
‘STA
min vyueg mo 4F 000s OF
*g9, ‘Gg -ady ‘vaieqieg vyurg “NT

“‘Spooid OMY oSIvaA AVL

BL, ‘LT ONC
oyLL. PL adv *N

"SL. ‘0g UNL

oy ¢ oun “N
“hh. TH Se NC

"LL, 2,000 ¢

0} ot Av ‘N

"8h, ‘OT UNL “N

“ph. ‘pT “ad yw oN

‘SL. 0G, 0unp
07 9g AVI ‘'N
‘gL, ‘Ie IW IV
"LL, ‘ST SBTC “N

“Lh. 6L AVAL “IV

"8h. ‘OT AVIA ‘N
“Lh. ‘8 AB ON

Lh 6 AON

‘LL, $3 OUNL
OV LL. ‘PL ad y ON

-*L.06 AVN V'IV

“gn, ‘Gt Ady “N

‘QL, ‘ct AtIT ‘'N
‘OL. ‘96 IVIL “IV
"cL, ‘o AVIN 'N

| 66
“SLB -ady pry

‘OL, ‘Tg oun
04 06 ALT ‘'N

‘91, ‘ST oun
07 OL. ‘eg ‘Id VN

‘OL, ‘g -ady “tw
‘CL, ‘06 ACT 'N
GL ‘TE “rey oy

"OL. ‘L ABT “Nl

Sk. ‘80 adv on

| ‘9: ‘be une
|. g ady oN
Igt, ‘g adv -N

*-**"99 dog ‘AT eeeceore ccs concere -sresroT 1d vary

222299-67 IVT N

‘T'0 AT
"6z oun

oy 02 “Ady ‘N

trots eg Iv “LV

("Gz ‘AON 1998 T)
"GT ydog “AT
See reercrle Wiel vs

wooo @@ KUTT NN

“srogT dy “IV

se scc ese ‘IV

Seca eel hy ack Ur:

ee ee er

*g AvTT

07 «LT “Ie ON

sees’ "16 “ICN

steers yp ady IV

"7r098-6g IRTL NI

*90 ‘AT
soo 9"°0¢ IVY LY

seloclee OTC var NI
sorroeregady NT

‘oz Av
0} OT ‘ady ‘N

“GT
"Ivyq ‘Iv ysour
fT ‘ieyT wees T

paces Lady aN

“*°°09¢ AOW i ‘TV

(j Tour
“TMs UWE OUON)
sreeeseg rey ‘AT

‘OT “TeV
-*(1OPUIM MOF VW)

srronpg dy IV

‘LT ad y *N
seca ssp ard whys

‘rourTMg

“uospunyns sndoyuop “0G

“quep
"SUDIWHIU SYULORDS “GP

(S]
JOO) LOU, = ‘swaasnawto
IVA ‘snus snyaniiyt “8p

SONY

“oL€ “YLT JO "Gg TOQUIM
OULOG “sUDsaswod SnUUDLAT, “LP

“Toul

TING ‘s277N0N400 SRUUMAAT, “OF

“yUopT

“SOT “MoIULosyna DIWOULD “Ch
“VWOpISNy ‘snuwwnpda

“IVA ‘SNUWNIWIWDY SNALOQ “FP

“‘qUopIsoy °8727
-pydaoounlia snbipydoosajoag “Ep

‘IoMIUING §*224907)NG SN.LA}9T “SP

‘WUOpIseT 799)
Sau "IVa ‘Hubs DYULNAY “TH

“quopIsoy *407000.43 snajaby “OF

‘quopIsayy “4oynusaqne
"IVA ‘snaovuayd snaplby ‘6S

“‘qmopIsoyy
"SYypss11a "IVA ‘snosnf opidrqT ‘8

250 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

“UOspLDy
“YNY =, SSpoorq, og ‘AINE OF
ady ‘vomoury YSsilig ur ‘Ny,,

“po, Cady ‘vanqaug vzUREg "NC

“WOSYODE , QOL
“UUed °N,, “Wosier VL
“SSUAL'N,, ‘2200vuuay , OL

audy ‘vysepy “WZ woyNA ‘N,,

i pny
wf, ‘GT ‘gdog ‘vurporeg YyyNog
UL !suOosves [TV 4v VpLIOL “N,,

‘e9, ‘T Avy ‘vaeqaueg vyurg NN

PAQUDD _ SRT
Avy ‘vavqavg vyueg ‘suno x ,,

pL, ‘OL Avy ‘Aoqoguopy “No

‘pny UNOS oy UL
Spoord OA SLY SUSOT[IA “IBA ,,
79, ‘8 Avy ‘vavqueg vyarg “NC

‘spooaq OM osrea Sep

“faqyangy — .°9¢,
‘or Av “wm eIquinfoy *N,,
9, ‘OL WU “UL viquinjo) ZV

*‘sa9MO} UL 10 ‘sAOTL
“THUD WE PLUG 0} WALOUy, JOA JO NT

Ce

aoe of dag AT

‘gg ‘ady ‘punog sjosnugq “ily

‘SYAIVULIL PUL SOTPPBOOT LOYIO

| ‘LL, ‘eo ‘adv

| ‘2. ‘¢ Sem
"Lh ‘PL ady

‘N
NT |-°92, ‘AL Avy ONT. |amiswnriciemsicimeiner|sicalvem ieee onireivie(||"=nllieielesiacielu seas [occas ene

“hb. ‘$6 “Ady “NC

"2h ‘et -adw

‘N

‘gt AVIV ‘N

, “LL, 08
Av OF6 9 'N

"21, 6 OTN EP
07 21 Idy N
"LL. ‘9T G90 “lV

GL, ‘T “AON ‘AT
‘8h. ‘9 AVI *N
“LL, ‘Te adv oN

“LL ‘OT “TB “LV

ay
OOT-0E "918 ‘84,
-LL8T ‘poomAvyy

OL. ‘BT AVI
oy #L udy ‘N
“ey ‘, “ady ek

ant

OL. ‘LZ AVI 04
‘OL, ‘OL AUT 'N
"Gh, ‘L AVL ON

OL. ‘FZ OTM.
0} OL “490 ‘N
“od, 08 “0 (N

a=

‘OL. ‘FG AVI *N
‘OL. ‘81 “G2a “LV
"GL. OL G20 “IV

ant

‘OL.
‘9g 03 EL ARI 'N
‘9L, ‘Gad y “IV
"GL. ‘26 “ad ON
"GL, ‘1 “TB “LV

“0F
olf “IRE 194,
—GLST ‘pooarAvyy

see e wee ewe meece

“"99°6g “ICTT “N

teeceecceeeenerees|secereeceeceserens|oeeeeeQr “IVT “NT

0g AVI
0 6 «dy ‘N
“ST ABYL 3 IV

ore-Tgady IV

sree *8T TUT IV

ee weet ewe ese ween

"G9, 6 IVI IV

"G "490 ‘AT
severe > AVI ‘IV

“TST IRL LV

sereee-g ad “N

POSSI aa Co hein

ewww ees e eee wen eeee

"Trg qt “TV

"SL, ‘96 Id y ‘IV

"990 ‘A'T
ep ady 3 1V

se eceeeeeeeeeereesl-* -auapIsoyy

sec e ee esse ree eonns

“WF 0G ‘978 £11
ofS “FUT Sh,
“ZL8T “Aoores

‘WF 0g “418
‘obG “9B SCO8T
‘Z2nIgQ BVyuUrg

‘50g “318 108
oG& “IVT +69,
-I98L ‘OSvIq ug

“97 006 HIB SoG
“qe! 19,-O98T

‘oavloyy dug

‘quopIsoy “snwnyu0s
un “awa ‘snrjohyon.g sug ‘"T9

“‘qUapIsary
“ynoonU “eA ‘oisn sdoog “09

“‘quep

“say ‘snunwibua oqng ‘6S
“yuopIsey = "yuDe

“1OWD “AVA “DaUUDY LUIS “8G
“quop

“ASO ‘snunoimaw sajzdnjog “LG

‘YIDYNY SNNT “9G

*LUIPIsoyy
USiwlMYy “IVA ‘SNSONIA SN “EG

“Pav ATLINOS
quopisoy + ‘amuun ajydhjngQ “FG

(OMA
“MnysUaTy j AWA oq AVUL SPAT,
VIMIOJI[VY OY JO JavVg) “Lou
ung ‘snfns snwoydspjagy “Es

“TOMIUMNG "UNDA DANQDYD “BS

sLouMING = *s2p107/up “awa
‘snquainy xnuopidug “TS

‘oqo ‘QOMAPISOL JO WOSBES ‘OUTIL NT

251

MUSEU

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL

10}0O JO S550 0} Loy SoPep JoUxL

ee

; PL, '8T AUP
puLryyrg «vou (j) SULA, puooeg

‘pO “UY VIG
-UINT[OD * Jd oun “3p VECUENT
-OO '(N ‘ady “yw viquinjog VW

“spanwpsy
BUNTL} YL ‘99, ‘GZ “Udy ‘N,,

“poulezqo too yoA you savy oun pus AvP ULSpuULIST W19yyNos oLOTI puv osoyy To SuLAvy punoy sparq

‘vInqIVg vyTVY SB YINOS IVF sv Woy, JO ouOM MS T YN “qayT
OYA ‘todooy OSNOT-JYSTT OY} Wodf JOD T soyup osoyT ,SNY TT} Sumurjuoo ‘Fg, ‘yr AvPL ‘eg, 6G AVPT CT ouoppeavyy ‘SBS 4SILT ,,

“qsvol ye Apne [yun Avy 07 onuyu0Dg

“mnysuatyT

“hk. “6B “AY ON [°°SL. ‘OL “ACY “NL [oon teers ee teres
‘gL, OUN (04

‘84; 06 AVI “N

a ac Avy NI emer chet cre pecs OUAG IAT ON

= TBli Gh AWW EN: [e-cbatersscreecce,

ee ee ees Bao Oe ACL NE

“8h. ‘96 “Ad V ON
“LL, ‘GT ady

‘OL, ‘OT “adv ‘Nn

Pa PESTA Gl bet Tam a 8 hl Og pate aa CES

«GL, ‘ATOLL 04 vavqieg vyUG “N,, 39, ‘33 AvTY ‘orpog weg “Ne

“GUOPISOYy

9 “ST AUT ‘g9, ‘9 AvTT “TY ouoyeanyy ‘8550 4ysaLy,,

cg, puL gg, ‘OUNL UL ‘punog Sgoong puT "yz VIqUIN[OH Fe SSSq ‘sSSo poanqvur Apwwou WLM ‘Zg, ‘FZ -ad y ‘OSo1qy Ug avoU yoYs o[LUIO,E “Jsv0o IO poorg Moy YW “sMYyosog sHUT

‘7 ady ‘osorq, Weg IwOT 8380 {7

eee eee ee ee ewe ewwe see e 2e. dy Nr cet emt www eee ew eee e

ea CP ae ace eee a a ee

“qe “WF
000'g “S}UK Ur
‘POST ‘0G AVIT 'N

Semin phic = emcee Ss nice OL adv SIN@ ||| Gosia a aaa

ein nh aa spate Sm | R e RG OALS NIL

DIUAOLYDI "IVA “DLULWUWO] DILQ
“quopIsoy

“QE UL S59 ONyVUL YT “OZ of “WUE ‘Moy SUV] Ug avou ‘Tg, ‘Zz OUNLE Joys ofeMAT WP “yUopIsoy, “4ajzdounho nynpanb.ong

‘VUOpISNT ‘wsoarve “AVA ‘NHUNYUNI sYyoi AT

pUuUv “AON To9Ajoq SPULIST OY ULOIT JOSGV OOM SOLID TY OU} FVIY pres Os[e

“€L
“Gh
‘Th
‘OL
69
“89

“GUO PISO
ahjzwoydoT "19

“S1)D{UAPWIO SNLDT

‘QUOPISOY | ‘"spYpoMaYy VapAW

“snowosyna

“o8G “‘GVT JO “Sg JUOpT
BO "SISWIUYONDI DUNPDUZG “99

“‘quep

Soy = “w2pWsnf DQunjoQ “sg
“‘qUopIsey “s71u0s
-pny “awa ‘snaunlia snaug "F9

“GUOPIsoyy
“SNUNIDI "AVA ‘SYNILOG OAZNT “E9

Bp ceneo oe coo So ooe ice me sees ences aaaecS S.C SiTopisoip sane vas0oTDAmece

252 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW SPECIES OF CARBONIFEROUS INVERTE-
BRATE FOSSILS.

By C. A. WHITE.

The fossils herein described are among the collections of the National
Museum. The coral was obtained by Prof. O. St. John in the Black-
foot Range of mountains, southward from the Yellowstone National
Park, in the summer of 1877, while prosecuting his work as geologist of
one of the parties of the survey then in charge of Dr. IF. V. Hayden.
The spines of Archwocidaris are a part of a small collection of Upper
Coal Measure fossils sent by Mr. Frank M. Dininny from Tecumseh,
Nebraska. The four species of crinoids, here described as new, consti-
tute part of a collection which has been for several years in the cases of
the Museum, the donor of which collection is unfortunately unknown.
The only label accompanying the fossils contained only the following
inscription: ‘From thirty miles west of Humboldt, Kansas.” The
place thus indicated, as determined by a Land-Office map, is in the val-
ley of one of the upper branches of Verdigris River, a tributary of Ar-
kansas River. Besides the four new species just mentioned, those enu-
merated with them in the following list constitute this interesting col-
lection :

1. Platyceras nebrascensis, Meek.
2, Pinna peracuta, Shumard ?

Terebratula millipunctata, Hall.
Spirifer cameratus, Morton.
Spirifer (Martinia) lineatus, Martin.
Spirifer (Martinia) planoconverus, Shumard.
. Spiriferina kentuckensis, Shumard.

8. Spirigera subtilita, Hall.

9, Retzia mormonii, Marcou.
10. Hemipronites crassus, Meek and Hayden.
11. Meekella striatocostata, Cox.
12. Productus semireticulatus, Martin.
13. Productus punctatus, Martin.
14. Productus longispinus, Sowerby.
15. Productus nebrascensis, Owen.
16. Cyathaxonia distorta, Worthen.
17. Fistulipora nodulifera, Meek.
18. Rhombipora lepidodendroides, Meek.
19. Glauconome ———?
20. Lecythiocrinus olliculeformis, sp. nov.
21. Cyathocrinus stillativus, sp. nov.
22. Erisocrinus typus, Meek and Worthen.
23. Erisocrinus planus, sp. nov.
24. Rhodocrinus vesperalis, sp. Nov.
Besides these there were fragments of three other species of crinoids

Ree fave

IS

’ PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 253

belonging to the Cyathocrinide. Although all, or nearly all, the eri-
noids hitherto published from the Upper Coal Measures of the United
States, belong to the Cyathocrinida, the species No. 21 of the foregoing
list is the first one known from that formation which presents exactly
the calycular formula of true Cyathocrinus. Besides this two of the
other new species of crinoids belong to genera that have hitherto been
unknown in North American strata above the Subcarboniferous, one of
them, indeed, being never before known to exist. Such facts demanded
rigid inquiry as to whether these strange forms might not have been
derived from some older formation, and become accidentally mixed with
those from the Upper Coal Measures, especially as the package was not,
when first examined by me, securely closed, and the record was defective
as before indicated. All the specimens were therefore subjected to care.
ful examination under the lens, which disclosed the fact that some one or
nore of these new forms had adhering to its surface a greater or less num-
ber of minute fragments of Polyzoans, which were not only recognized as
Upper Coal Measure species, but fragments of the same were found adher-
ing to many of the well-known Upper Coal Measure brachiopods asso-
ciated with them in the collection. In addition to this, the character and
aspect of the imbedding matrix, so far as it remained with the fossils,
were found to be essentially the same upon both the new and well-known
forms. There appears, therefore, to be no room for reasonable doubt that
these new forms, as well as the others which are associated with them in
the collection, came from Upper Coal Measure strata at the locality indi-
cated by the label as before mentioned; and that they are all from sub-
stantially the same local horizon. The loss of the record of the donor’s
name is to be regretted, but it was no donbt occasioned by the confusion
into which a part of the collections of the Museum fell at the time of
the fire which a few years ago damaged the building of the Smith-
sonian Institution.

The discovery of these new crinoidal forms is not only interesting in
itself, but it is important as showing a persistence of certain paleozoic
crinoidal types up to almost the closing epoch of Paleozoic time as it is
represented by North American strata. The intimate relationship of
at least the brachiopodal fauna of the Subcarboniferous series of the
Mississippi Valley (especially that of the Chester limestone member of
that series) with that of the Upper Coal Measure limestone and shales
is well known. Indeed, quite a number of the brachiopods of these
two formations we must consider as specifically identical. The case is
different, however, with the crinoidal faune of the two formations as re-
gards specific identity, for they afford no exception to the rule that fos-
sil crinoids have a narrowly limited vertical range. But in the case of
these fossils there is shown by this collection to be a recurrence of
formerly existing types, or, more properly speaking, these newly dis-
covered types indicate the continuation through preceding epochs of

954 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

certain generic and family types, that have heretofore been discovered
only in the strata representing the earlier of those epochs. Thus Rho-
docrinus vesperalis and Cyathocrinus stillativus have their nearest known
representatives in the Burlington limestone of the Subcarboniferous
series. This is interesting because the crinoidal fauna of the Upper
Coal Measures had hitherto presented a good degree of contrast with
corresponding faunz of the different divisions of the Subcarboniferous
group as well as with that of the group asa whole. For example, as has
been already mentioned, there is a great preponderance of the Cyatho-
crinide in the Upper Coal Measure strata. These are mostly ef peculiar
types, and their bodies are mostly also composed of massive pieces.
Erisocrinus is peculiar to this latest of the Carboniferous epochs, as rep-
resented by the strata of the great Mississippi Valley, and it is interest-
ing to note that the new genus Lecythiocrinus agrees with it in excluding
the whole of the anal series of its pieces from participating in the struct-
ure of the calyx.

The other species of crinoids which are neeaed in the list as associ-
ated with these new forms belong to types, either generic or interge-
neric, which have been hitherto found only in Upper Coal Measure strata.

The spines of the species here described as Archeocidaris dininnit
give a very inadequate idea of the characteristics of the whole animal,
and such a description has very little value in zodlogical classification ;
but for the convenience of geological study it is thought best to give
systematic names even to such zodlogically imperfect objects as these,
that they may be used in the classification of all the recognizable fos-
sils which characterize different formations respectively. The species
represented by these spines has quite a wide geological range in the
Upper Coal Measures of the valleys of the Lower Missouri and Upper
Mississippi Rivers, and their characteristics are such that the species may
be readily recognized.

The full Carboniferous series of the great Rocky Mountain region is
several thousand feet in thickness; and the horizon within this limit,
from which the coral herein described as Acervularia adjunctiva comes,
is not aceurately known. This diserepancy, however, is apparently of
less importance than it otherwise would be, from the fact that not only
is the great Carboniferous series of that region not marked off into
epochal groups in the same manner that it is in the Mississippi Valley,
but it is there everywhere difficult to find any recognizable planes,
either paleontological or stratigraphical, for the separation of the series
into any well-defined groups.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 255

ACTINOZOA.
Genus ACERVULARIA, Schweigger.

Acervularia adjunctiva (sp. nov.). Plate 1, figs. 1, 2, and 3.

Corallum massive or subdiscoidal, composed of compactly united
corallites of somewhat unequal size; corallites approximately straight,
irregularly polygonal, averaging about five millimeters in diameter,
their outer surfaces faintly marked by vertical lines which indicate
the places of the septa within, but they are not sufficiently distinet to
give a crenulated border to the calyx; these surfaces also present more
or less distinct irregular transverse wrinkles or undulations; outer wall
of the corallites distinct but not thick; inner wall well developed; di-
ameter of the space inclosed by the inner wall equal to about one-half
the full diameter of the corallite; the transverse tabule of this central
space well developed, distinctly separate from each other, their number
being about ten to each centimeter of length of the corallite. The
space between the outer and inner walls is occupied by numerous more

r less complete shallow infundibuliform plates, which are not quite so
numerous as the central tabule. These plates spring from the inner
wall, which they successively help to form, and arch upward and outward
to the outer wall; being the successively abandoned floors of the outer
portion of the calyces. They appear to have been not always complete,
either as regards their extension to the outer wall or their construction
of a symmetrical cup, but they are apparently no more imperfect in
these respects than the calyces of such corals often are.

The condition of the only specimens discovered is not such as to show
any of the calyces in their natural condition, and the structure of the
corallites has therefore been determined by the examination of polished
sections, both longitudinal and transverse. While the parts already
described are thus distinctly shown, the rays are discovered with dif-
- ficulty, and they were evidently only slightly developed ; their number,
as near as it can be ascertained, is about 16 or 17.

The genus Acervularia has been regarded as peculiarly a Devonian
form, but as related corals are common to both Devonian and Carbo-
niferous strata, there appears no good reason why Acervularia may not
exist in the latter. This form seems to differ from the typical species
of that genus, at least to such an extent as might be naturally expected
of it, when found in strata of so much later date than those which con-
tain the typical forms. This is an interesting form, not only as regards
its structure, but also in consequence of the marked difference which it
presents from any Actinozoan yet described from American Carbonifer-
ous Strata.

Position and locality—Caboniferous strata, Blackfoot Range, south of
the Yellowstone National Park, where it was discovered by Prof. O. St.
John.

256 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ECHINODERMATA.

Genus LECYTHIOCRINUS (gen. nov.),
Etym. Ayxiécov, a small oil flask.

Generic formula.—Basal pieces, 3; subradial pieces, 5; first radial
pieces, 5; anal and interradial pieces, 0.

Generic diagnosis—The basal, subradial, and first radial pieces are
all well developed, none of them being minute. The dome is not known,
but it was very small in comparison with the size of the body. The
facet for the attachment of the column is small and round, but the col-
umn is not known. The facets for the attachment of the arms are
small; the arms are not known, but they were five in number, and evi-
dently small and delicate. The character, shapes, and arrangement of
the three basal pieces are precisely as in Platycrinus, and the arrange-
ment of the five subradial pieces upon them is the same as that of the
first radials upon the basals in Platycrinus. The arrangement of the
first radial pieces upon the subradials is essentially the same as that of
EBrisocrinus ; that is, they alternate regularly with each other and have
no anal or interradial pieces intervening. The body, which is the
only portion of the animal yet known, is therefore composed of thirteen
pieces, the arrangement of which is essentially that of five first radials,
all in close econtaet with each other, superimposed upon the calyx-struc-
ture of Platycrinus. Or,if it be assumed that the basal cycle of pieces
in the body of every true crinoid contains the elements of five pieces,
and that in case there are only three apparent in the adult state, as in
Actinocrinus and many species of Platycrinus, there has been an early
ancylosis of two adjacent pieces in two cases, we may regard Leeythio-
crinus as a Oyathoerinid thus modified. I am disposed to adopt this
view, and I therefore refer the new genus to the Cyathocrinide. It is
thought to be not improbable that if other species of this genus should
be discovered the base may be found to be composed of five separate
pieces instead of three, but no trace of a fourth and fifth suture can be
discovered in the base of the form here described. In case other exam-
ples should prove to possess a base composed of five pieces, the other |
characteristics which it possesses are still sufficient to hold it as a new
generic form among the Crinoidea.

Only one example of this interesting erinoid, consisting of the body
alone, has been discovered. It is small and delicate in structure, the
delicacy of the pieces composing it being similar to that of certain
species of Platycrinus and Dichocrinus found in the Burlington lime-
stone. In this respect it differs from all the hitherto known crinoids of
the Upper Coal Measures, the pieces composing the bodies of which are

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 257

thick and often massive. This delicacy of structure is probably a ge-
neric characteristic.

Lecythiocrinus olliculeformis (sp. nov.). Plate 1, figs. 4 and 5.

Body small, subovoid or pot-shaped, higher than broad, broadest a
little below the middle, composed of thin pieces; base convex; basal
pieces rather small- but not minute; subradial pieces-larger than any of
the others, higher than wide, their height equal to a little more than
half the full height of the body, not materially varying in size or
shape; first radial pieces smaller than the subradials but larger than
the basals, broader below than above, height and greatest breadth about
equal; at top, on both sides of the small prominent arm-facet, the
border of each first radial is bent inward, constricting the already nar-
row interbrachial space at the top of the body, which space was prob-
ably covered by a dome of minute pieces. Sutures not impressed or
otherwise specially marked. Surface, to ordinary vision, apparently
smooth, but.a good lens shows it to be very finely granular.

Height, 9 millimeters; breadth, 74 millimeters.

Position and locality—Upper Coal Measure strata, thirty miles west of
Humboldt, Kansas. See introductory remarks.

Genus ERISOCRINUS, Meek and Worthen.
Erisocrinus planus ‘(sp. noy.). Plate 1, figs. 6 and 7.

Body rather small, subcireular or obscurely pentahedral as viewed
from above or below, shallow convex-basin-shaped from the top cf the
first radials downward ; base somewhat deeply impressed at the center,
the depression gradually rounding outward to the sides; basal pieces
very small, occupying the bottom of the depression of the base and al-
most covered by the first joint of the column; subradial pieces mod-
erately large, their inner ends bent inwardly by the depression of the
base to meet the small basal pieces there, their outer ends extending
outward and upward so as to be more or less plainly visible by side
view of the body; first radial pieces comparatively large, convex verti-
cally, their upper edges rounded inward to the suture between them and
the second radials, their lower angles extending downward almost to
the lowest portion of the body visible by side view. The other charac-
ters are those common to the genus. One minute piece remains attached
to the upper border of the calyx of one of the specimens, at the junction
of two of the first radial pieces. This is no doubt an anal piece, its
outer surface being in the plane of the outer surface of the ealyx, but
it does not in any degree enter between the two first radials upon which
it rests.

Transverse diameter of the calyx, 14 millimeters; height of the same,
5 millimeters.

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79——17 Jan. 27, i880.

258 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.
/
This species differs from H. typus in having a shallower and more

rounded basin-shaped calyx, proportionally smaller basal, and larger
subradial pieces, and a more deeply impressed base. It very closely re-
sembles the Poteriocrinus hemisphericus of Shumard, examples of which
are associated with it in the collection. Indeed, so far as the character-
istics of the calyx alone are concerned, there appears to be no essential
difference except in the relative position of the small anal piece. In
Hrisocrinus no anal piece is recognized as entering into the structure of
the calyx, at least none that is visible upon the outer surface, as a
greater Or less number of such pieces do in Cyathocrinus and Poterio-
erinus, but I am not without suspicion that this form which I have,
according to the recognized usage in the limitation of genera, here
described as new, really belongs to the same species with P. hemispheri-
cus, Shumard, and that the displacement of the small anal piece from
the rim of the calyx is an individual variation only. If this should
prove to be the case it is clear that a revision of the generic formula of
Hrisocrinus will be necessary ; and it will doubtless also be necessary to
assign the type of this proposed species to P. hemisphericus, Shumard.
It.is clear that the last-named species does not strictly belong to either
Poteriocrinus or Cyathocrinus, but it is not my purpose to discuss the
generic relations of these forms at this time. Figure 8, plate 1, repre-
sents an example of the P. hemisphericus of Shumard, which is introduced
for comparison with those of H. planus.

Position and locality—Upper Coal Measures, thirty miles west of
Humboldt, Kansas. See introductory remarks.

Genus CYATHOCRINUS, Miller.
Cyathocrinus stillativus (sp.nov.). Plate 1, figs. 9 and 10.

Body below the upper border of the first radial pieces shallow basin-
shaped, much wider than high, having a narrow, moderately deep,
abrupt, five-sided depression at the center of the base, at the bottom of
which is the facet for the attachment of the column; composed of
eighteen moderately thick and strong pieces, all of which, except the
basals, are more or less tumid in their middle portion, some of them
presenting an irregular, uneven surface, which, with the impressed
sutures and the still more deeply impressed corners of the pieces, gives
the surface of the body a decidedly rugose aspect; basal pieces very
small, oceupying the bottom of the depression at the base, the greater
part of each being covered }y the first joint of the column; subradial
pieces having their height and width about equal, four of them pen-
tagonal, and one, that which is next below the first anal piece, hex-
agonal, there being no appreciable angle upon that side of any of them
which adjoins the basal pieces; first radial pieces much larger than the
subradial, wider than their full height including the arm facet; the two

‘PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 259

which are adjacent to the anal series being very little if any narrower
than the others; arm facets large, about one-third wider than high,
their plane being nearly vertical, notched at the upper border and
marked transversely by the double ridge or raised lines which are com-
mon to the arm facets of many of the Cyathocrinidaw; anal pieces three
known, nearly equal in size, or the first a little larger than the two second,
each with a prominent tubercle at the center; first anal piece five-sided,
abutting against one subradial, two first radials and two second anal
pieces ; the two second anal pieces abut against the first anal, against
each other, and each abuts against a first radial.

Diameter of calyx, 14 millimeters; height of the same, 6 millimeters.

This is the first and only species of true Cyathocrinus that has to my
knowledge yet been discovered in Upper Coal Measure strata; C. in-
flexus, Geinitz, and C. hemisphericus, Shumard, sp., not being regarded as
typical species of that genus. It belongs to a type that is more char-
acteristic of the Burlington limestone division of the Subearboniferous
than of any other division of the great Carboniferous series, and to-
gether with the next described form it shows the crinoidal fauna of the
Upper Coal Measures to be more intimately related to that of the Sub-
earboniferous than it has before been known to be.

Position and locality—Upper Coal Measure strata, thirty miles west
of Humboldt, Kansas. See introductory remarks.

Genus RHODOCRINUS, Miller.

Rhodocrinus vesperalis (sp. nov.). Plate 1, figs. 11 and 12.

Body subglobose, the sides and outer portion of the base continuously
convex; the base having a deep, sharply defined, five-sided pit which
contains the whole of the five basal pieces, and also the sharply in-
flexed inner ends of the five subradial pieces; the latter pieces moder-
ately large, but not much larger than some of the radials and inter-
radials; first radial pieces varying a little in size in the different rays,
the larger ones nearly or quite as large as the subradial; second radials
much smaller than the first, and the third radials still much smaller
than the second, the difference in size being greater in their vertical
than in their transverse diameter. The third radial in each ray, which
is very narrow vertically, supports two brachial pieces, and they in turn
each support another brachial piece, beyond which the structure is un-
known; interradial pieces up to a Jine with the center of the arm bases,

three for four of the interradial spaces, and four for that of the anal.

side; the first or lower interradials are of about equal size in each of

the spaces, and a little larger than the two next above; dome moder-

ately convex, prominent opposite the arms and somewhat depressed be-

tween them, composed of numerous small pieces; proboscis subcentral,

its length unknown. All the pieces of the body, except those of the
!

260 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

base, are slightly tumid, their surfaces being rugose or wrinkled, and in
some if not all cases marked by obscure lines which radiate from the
center of each piece in groups of threes, and become continuous with
similar lines on adjoining pieces.

Height from the base of the body to the base of the proboscis, 12
millimeters; breadth of the same, 16 millimeters.

Although this species serves as a very suggestive link between the
crinoidal fauna of the Upper Coal Measures and that of the Subcarbo-
niferous, especially that of the Burlington limestone division of that
series, it differs too much specifically from any described form embraced
by that genus to need detailed comparisons.

Position and locality—Upper Coal Measure, thirty miles west of Hum-
boldt, Kansas. See introductory remarks.

Genus ARCH AZOCIDARIS, McCoy.
Archeocidaris dininnii. Plate 1, figs. 13, 14, and 15.

Principal spines fusiform, moderately strong, 50 or 60 millimeters
long, the greatest diameter being about the middle, which is there
about 5 millimeters. The diameter of the basal ring of such a specimen
is about 34 millimeters, and the short neck or plain space above it is
scarcely 24 millimeters in thickness. Above the short plain neck the
whole spine is studded with irregularly disposed spinules, 1 to 2 millime-
ters in length, which stand out at nearly right angles with the axis of the
spine, except near its point, where they are directed upward. The spi-
nules are usually more numerous and stronger upon the lower portion of
the spine than elsewhere, and upon the middle portion of the large
spines they are sometimes obsolete, apparently from some other cause
than accidental removal. The smaller spines are often not so thickly
studded with spinules as the larger ones, and they are usually more
slender or less fusiform than the larger; and some of them seem to
have been without a basal ring.

A marked peculiarity of this species is the abundance of spinules
upon the spine, especially its lower portion, and the general position of
most of them at nearly right angles to its axis.

Position and locality—Upper Coal Measures, near Tecumseh, Nebras-
ka, whence it was sent with other Upper Coal Measure fossils by Mr.
Frank M. Dininny, in whose honor the specific name is given. This
species has also been recognized by me in rocks of that formation in
other portions of Nebraska and also in Western Iowa.

WASHINGTON, November 8, 1879.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 1.
ACERVULARIA ADJUNCTIVA.

Fig. 1, a small cluster of corallites, natural size. Fig. 2, transverse seciion of the
sime. Fig. 3, vertical section of a single corallite.

LECYTHIOCRINUS OLLICULFORMIS.

f
Fig. 4, side view of body enlarged to 14 diameters. Fig. 5, diagram of the same, in
the same proportions.
ERISOCRINUS PLANUS.
y z

ig. 6, basal view of body, natural size. Fig. 7, view of oval side of the same.

x
Fig. 8, similar view of the Poteriocrinus hemisphericus Shumard, for comparison.
CYATHOCRINUS STILLATIVUS.
v Fig. 9, side view of calyx, natural size. Fig. 10, basal view of the same.’
RHODOCRINUS VESPERALIS.
Y Fig. 11, side view of the body, natural size. Fig. 12) basal view of the sane.
ARCH ZOCIDARIS DININNIL.

“Figs. 13, 14, and 15, views of different spines.

Proceedings Nat. Mus., 1879. C. A. White.

1, 2, and 3.—ACERVULARIA ADJUNCTIVA,

4 and 5.—LECYTHIOCRINUS OLLICUL#FORMIS.

6 and 7.—ERISOCRINUS PLANUS.
8.—POTERIOCRINUS HEMISPHERICUS.
9 and 10.—CYATHOCRINUS STILLATIVUS.
11 and 12.—RHODOCRINUS VESPERALIS.
18, 14, and 15.—ARCHAOCIDARIS DININNII.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 261

A STUDY OF THE TRUNK-FISHES (OSTRACIONTIDZ), WITH NOTES
UPON THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF THE FAMILY.

By G BROWN GOODE.

The fishes of the order Plectognathi have afforded a knotty problem
to writers on systematic ichthyology. Many genera have been estab-
lished, and, between them, the several species have been buffeted to and
fro until their synonymy is tangled like a spider’s web. The following
historical sketch of the progress of opinion in the classification of the
Ostracionts was drawn up as an aid in determining what generic names
should be used for the common West Indian forms.

Artedi and Linneeus were acquainted only with those which have the
carapace closed behind the anal fin, now included by Giinther in the
subgenus Ostracion. The first of the other type, with carapace open
behind the anal fin, was described by Houttuyn in 1782,* and again by
Thunberg, under another name, eight years subsequently.t Schneider,
Shaw, Lacépeéde, and their contemporaries recognized only the old genus,
and it was not until 1858 that Dr. Gray separated certain species under
the name Aracana.t

Lacépeéde was the first to propose a division of the genus Ostracion,
though he did not advocate the use of names for his subgenera, nor
indeed propose any. His divisions were based upon the arrangement
of the spines on the carapace, as given below. He knew no representa-
tives of the Aracana type.

FIRST SUBGENUS.
No spines before the eyes nor under the tail.

1. L’OSTRACION TRIANGULAIRE (= O. triqueter).

2. L’OSTRACION MAILLE (= O. triqueter).

L’OSTRACION POINTILLE (= O. punctatus).

L’OSTRACION QUATRE-TUBERCULES (affinities unknown),
L’OSTRACION MUSEAU-ALLONGE (= O. cubicus).
L’OSTRACION DEUX-TUBERCULES (= O. cubicus).
L’OSTRACION MOUCHETE (= O cubicus).

L’OSTRACION BOSSU (= O. nasus).

2

COT Mar

SECOND SUBGENUS.
Spines in front of the eyes but none under the tail.

9. L’OSTRACION TROIS-AIGUILLONS (mythical ?).

“172, Hourruyn, M. Beschrijving van Eenige Japansche Visschen en andere

Zeeschepselen, < Verhand. d. Holland. Maatsch. Wetenschappen, Haarlem, xx, 2,
1782, pp. 311-350. Ostracion aculeatus, p. 346.

+1790, THUNBERG, C. P. Beskrifning pii tviinne fiskar infriin Japan <. Veten-
skaps Acad. Nya. Handl. xi, 1790, p. 106 +. Ostracion hexagonus, p. 107.

41838. Gray, J. E. <Ann.Nat. Hist. 1, p. 110.

262 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

THIRD SUBGENUS.
Spines under the tail but none in front of the eyes,

10. L’OSTRACION TRIGONE (= O. trigonus).
11. L’OSTRACION DOUBLE-AIGUILLON (= O. bicaudalis).

FOURTH SUBGENUS.
Spines in front of the eyes and under the tail.

12. L’OSTRACION QUATRE-AIGUILLONS (= O. quadricornis).
13. L’OSTRACION LISTER (= O. quadricornis).

14. L’oSTRACION QUADRANGULAIRE (= O. cornutum).

15. L’0STRACION DROMADAIRE (= O, turritus).

The next attempt at a subdivision was by Swainson in 1839,* and was
based entirely upon the shape of the carapace. The peculiar features
of this arrangement can most easily be shown by quoting in full from
the preliminary synopsis (p. 194).

1. Sub-family OsrrAcIN«z. Body mailed with angular plates.
OsTRACION. * Body qhadrangular, destitute of spines.
Trerrosomus. Body quadrangular; spines on the back and belly.
*Body triangular.
Platycanthus. Body with several flattened bony obtuse spines.
Lactophrys. Front and vent with two horn-like, acute spines.
Rhinesomus. Body without spines, often scored as in the Balistine.

In the main body of the “Classification of Fishes, ete.” (pp. 323-324),
the definitions of genera and subgenera were expanded as follows:

I. Sub-fam. OSTRACINZE.

Body smooth, quadrangular in the typical and triangular in the aberrant groups,
covered by angulated bony plates, soldered at their sutures; dorsal fin one; no ven-
tral fin; caudal rounded.

OsTRACION, Linn. Body quadrangular; destitute of spinal processes.

O. cubicus, Bloch. pl. 137. nasus, Ib. pl. 138.
TrerROsOoMuS, Sw. Body quadrangular; armed with spines on the back and belly.
T. turritus, Bl. pl. 136.
Lactophrys, Sw. (fig. 102). Body triangular, armed with strong spines, curved
backward just before the anal fin, and generally with two others, resem-
bling horns. j
L. trigonus, Bl. pl. 135. cornutus, Bl, 133.
bicaudalis, Ib. 132. quadricornis, Ib. 134.

Lhinesomus, Sw. Body triangular, entirely destitute of spines, and often scored or
reticulated as in Balistes.
KR. triqueter, Bloch. pl. 130. concatenatus, Ib. pl.131.
Platycanthus, Sw. (Acarana, Gray). Compressed, subtriangular, with broad ob-
tuse plates or spines scattered over the body and eyes.
P. auratus, Shaw. Nat. Miss. pl. 338.

It would be interesting to know what relations are indicated by the
different kinds of type employed by the author. But for the direct

*1839. SWAINSON, WILLIAM. -The Natural History | of | Fishes, Amphibians, and
Reptiles | or | Monocardian Animals. | By William Swainson, F. R.S., F. L.8., &c., &e.
| | in two volumes. | | Vol. I (11). (Vignette.) | London: | Printed for
Longman, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longmans, Paternoster Row, | and John Taylor,
Upper Gower St., | 1839. Vol. ii, pp. 193, 323.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 263

statement of a quadrangular character for Tetrosomus it would appear
certain that the three following divisions were intended as subgenera,
subordinated to Tetrosomus. As it is, it seems to be more than probable
that an omission was made by the author, and that the diagnosis should
read “triangular or quadrangular,” for the species chosen as type of
Tetrosomus is in fact pentagonal. This, however, would throw out
Rhinesomus and certain species in Lactophrys. Be this as it may, we
have no right to guess at the real meaning of the author; these divis-
ions are treated as genera in every particular except that their names
are in italics instead of capitals, and as genera they must be quoted,
charging discrepancies to the account of carelessness and bad workman-
ship.

In 1855 the group underwent another revision at the hands of Dr.
Kaup.* Besides forming several new subgenera for the Acarana-lke
forms he made a complete redistribution of the species among the
genera. Regarding the triangular species as types of the genus Ostra-
cion of Linneus he proposed a new generie name, Cibotion, for Ostracion
as limited by Swainson, and in this group placed O. tuberculatus, O. cu-
bicus, O. punctatus, O. argus, O. cyanurus, and O. Sebae. In “ Leto-
phrys, Swains. (part),” he placed O. cornutus, O. fornasini, and O. diapha-
nus, all species with spinous, four-ridged carapaces, while in “ Ostracion,
Linn. (part), Kaup,” which he regarded as equivalent to Rhinosomus and
Tetrasomus, Swains., he placed all the triangular species, which he di-
vided into five sections: ‘a. Without long spines over the eyes and on
the edges of the body”—O. triqueter. ‘“b. With spines near the anal-
fin”—O. bicaudalis, O. trigonus, and O. oviceps (= O. trigonus). “ec.
With spines over the eyes and on the edge of the carapace”—0. quadri-
cornis. “d, With 2-3 short spines on the elevated dorsal ridge, short
spines over the eye and upon the edges of the very broad carapace,
diminishing with age to weak points”—O. concatenatus. “e. With
strongly quadrangular body and much elevated back, provided with a
strong spine; spines over the eyes and on the lower edges of the cara-
pace.”— 0. gibbosus.

In the following year a fresh revision was undertaken by Prof. H.
Hollard, of the Faculty of Sciences at Poitiers,t who reassembled in
the one genus, Ostracion, all the species with a post-abdominal bridge to
the carapace, retaining for the others the name Aracana, Gray. In this
usage he is followed by Dr. Bleeker in his later publication, though he
freely admits that earlier in his career as an ichthyologist, impressed
like his predecessors by the diversified forms of the known species of
Ostracionts, he was inclined to believe that many genera could be dis-
tinguished among them. ‘But,” he continues, ‘in searching for char-
acters which should define them satisfactorily, I discovered that I could

*Op. cit., pp. 214-221.
+1856. HoLtarD, H. Monographie de la Famille des Ostracionides. < Annales
des Sciences Naturelles, 4° ser. Zool. vii, 1857, pp. 121-170.

264 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

find none.” Bleeker admits three genera, Ostracion, Aracana, and Cen-

taurus, the latter founded on a grotesque form known to ichthyologists

only from a drawing of a very young individual made by Dr. Hooker.

Ostracion is divided by Bleeker into subgenera as follows:

Ostracion, Art. == Tetrosomus, Swns. = Lhinesomus, Swns. = Letophrys, Swns.
= Cibotion, Kp.

Pyxis postice integra basin pinne dorsalis et analis includens, medio inferne plana
non carinata. Pinna dorsalis. Pinna caudalis radiis 10 (1 | 8] 1). Spee. typ. Ostra-

cion tetragonus, L.

Subgenus Ostracion, Art. Pyxis tetragona, trigona vel peutagona, anacantha. Spee.
typ. Ostracion tetragonus, L.

Subgenus Letophrys, Swus. , Pyxis trigona vel pentagona, utroque latere carina ven-
trali postice spina armata. Sp. typ. Ostracion trigonus, L.

Subgenus Tetrosomus, Swus. Pyxis trigona vel pentagona orbitis, crista dorsali me-
diana carinisque ventralibus acanthophora, spinis orbitalibus sursum nee antrorsum
directis, ventralibus pluribus. Spec. typ. Ostracion turrisus, Forsk.

Subgenus Acanthostracion, Blkr. Pyxis trigona, pentagona, vel tetragona orbita ca-
rinaque ventrali postice acanthophora, spinis orbitalibus antrorsunf directis. Spec.
typ. Ostracion quadricornis, L.*

These divisions correspond very closely to those of Lacépéde already
referred to; Ostracion being equivalent to section 1, Latophrys to section
3, while section 4 is about equally diwided between Tetrosomus and
Acanthostracion.

Dr. Giinther,t like Hollard and Bleeker, considers the typical Ostra-
cions to be embraced within the limits of one natural genus, and even
includes those with carapace open behind the anal fin. Such, at least, is
his course in the generic diagnosis of Ostracion, though he actually
adopts the name Aracana as if it represented a true genus, and enumer-
ates the species under a separate series of numbers.

In arranging the species of Ostracion he adheres rather to the method
of Swainson than of Lacépede, considering the shape of the carapace to
be the most convenient basis of classification. His divisions are as fol-
lows:

I. Carapace three ridged.

II. Carapace four or five ridged, without spines.

III. Carapace four ridged with spines.

The third division corresponds exactly to Swainson’s Tetrosomus, if
his diagnosis be accepted without change, the second division to Swain-
son’s Ostracion and Kaup’s Cibotion, the first division to the three last
subgenera (?) of Swainson, which he probably meant to subordinate to
a third genus which he neglected to name.

The usage of American authors has been various. Storer, although
he described his Holmes’ Hole specimen under the name Ostracion Yalet,
accepted in his “Synopsis” the names Rhinesomus triqueter and Lacto-
phrys sexcornis.

* Atlas ichthyologique, v, 1805, pp. 27-28.
t Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, viii, 1870, p. 256.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 265

Professor Gill, in 1873, catalogued the east coast species as Lactophrys
trigonus.*

Poey, in his “Synopsis Piscium Cubensium,”} follows the lead of
Bleeker, accepting his subgenera though not bracketing them into the
middle of the binomial names as was the practice of the Dutch zoolo-
gist. In a later work, the ‘‘Enumeratio Piscium Cubensium,” he adopts
the genera Ostracion, Acanthostracion, and Lactophrys. Jordan uses the
name Lactophrys quadricornis, accepting provisionally Swainson’s ar-
rangement.

After studying the group, as represented in the collections of the
National Museum, I am unable to recognize any characters sufficiently
persistent to serve in dividing the typical Ostracions into genera. The
most dissimilar forms are connected by others, intermediate in character,
and a series of Specimens in various stages of growth of a single species
like O. quadricornis or O. concatenatus shows great age-variation both in
shape of carapace and in size and distribution of spines.

As has been remarked, Lacépéde and Bleeker regarded the position of
the spines as the most reliable character for classification.

Hollard sums up his observations on the specimens in the Paris Mu-
seum as follows:

“The diversity of species at a first glance appears greater than it is
in reality ; at least it is easy to reduce them to a small number of typi-
cal forms. The true types are those based upon form. The absence, the
presence, and the number of the spines, large or small, with which many
of the Ostracionts are provided, afford characters of very secondary and
simply specific value. These spines in fact are present or absent with-
out regard to more important characters. * * * They should be
subordinated to other differences between which no known examples
form connecting links.Ӣ

Kaup and Swainson, on the other hand, adopted the form of the cara-
pace as the most important character. This was considered by Hol-
lard as of but little value for generic diagnosis, and by Bleeker is dis-
posed of most summarily. “The triangular or quadrangular form of
the body,” he remarks, “appears to have no real value (for the separa-
tion of genera) since it depends simply upon the greater or less con-
vexity or elevation of the dorsal plane of the carapace. If, for example,
we place an Ostracion triqueter, L., by the side of an Ostracion tetragonus,
L. (= O. cubicus), we have before us two well-marked types, one with a
triangular the other with a quadrangular carapace (Ostracion, Kaup,
and Cibotion, Kaup). But if between these two extremes we place an
Ostracion guineensis, Blkr., and an Ostracion nasus, BL, we cannot decide
whether we are dealing with a triangular or quadrangular form, for the
dorsal surface is elevated in the shape of a roof, presenting two faces
which descend from a central crest to unite at an obtuse angle with the

* Rep. U.S. Com. Fisheries, part a; p. 793.
t Repertorio Fisico-Natural de Isla de Cube, ii, 1858, pp. 439-442.
{ Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vii, p. 140.

266 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

lateral walls of the carapace. It is evident, from the study of these
transitions, that the form of the carapace cannot furnish a certain basis
for the establishment of distinet genera.

“The character of the spines has, however, a greater value than that
of the form of the carapace. Although it be true that spines do not
oceur exclusively upon this or that form of carapace, since there are
triangular trunk-fishes without spines, others armed with frontal and
anal spines, and others with anal spines alone, while there are’ also
quadrangular ones, spineless, or armed on the forehead and beneath the
tail, still there may be observed a certain consistency in their arrange-
ment as regards their position, their form, their number, and their di-
rection. But this constaney does not extend to their persistency since
some spines, or indeed all of them, are absorbed and disappear entirely
in adult individuals of certain species. In this manner all the spines
disappear with age in Ostracion concatenatus, and if one were disposed
to see generic characters in its arming, three genera might be founded
upon Ostracion stellifer, Bl., Schn. (in which the forehead, the dorsal
keel, and the ventral ridge are spinous), Ostracion bicuspis, Blum., figured
by A. Smith (which has only dorsal and ventral spines), and Ostracion
concatenatus, Bl. (which has the carapace entirely spineless). In real-
ity these species are merely nominal; Ostracion stellatus and Ostracion
bicuspis being young individuals of the species of which O. concatenatus
is the adult. In one other species, Ostracion cornutus, Linn. (not Bloch),
the spines in the middle of the lateral dorsal ridge, and those on the
ventral ridge, decrease with age, and in the adult finally disappear.
In other species the spines are much more constant, but their propor-
tions, very different in accordance with the age of the individual, render
it sufliciently evident that they afford a character of very doubtful
value. I should, however, note the fact that there is no known example
of an Ostracion with horizontal frontal and anal spines in which these
Spines disappear in adult age.”

As has already been stated, the subgenera adopted by Bleeker are
founded solely upon the number and position of the spines. In Tetro-
somus he places one pentagonal species, but in Acanthostracion and
Ostracion he includes triagonal, tetragonal, and pentagonal forms with-
out discrimination. Notwithstanding the strong grounds taken by him
in regard to the importance of the shape of the carapace it seems to
afford the most reliable guide in an arrangement of the species of this
genus. An arrangement with reference to the position of the spines
produces some incongruous results, while the other plan harmonizes to
a great extent with all structural features as well as with the geograph-
ical distribution of the group. Hollard remarked that the serial grada-
tion of the species was of great interest, but he did not work it out
with the care which might have been expected. I have endeavored to
indicate what seems to me to be a natural series, from the triagonal
spineless form through the pentagonal form, provided with many spines,
to the tetragcnal spineless form at the other extreme.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 267

Serial arrangement of the species of Ostracion.

T. Form triagonal, spineless! /4- +. - 22. --25--2----- 2252-222 - +29" O. triqueter.
II. Form triagonal, with two ventral spines ....---------- O. trigonus, O. bicaudalis.

IL. a. Form triagonal, with two ventral and two horizontal frontal spines, the
posterior extension of whose base gives in young individuals a semblance to

a tetragonal, in adults to a pentagonal shape..-.----------- O. quadricornis.

b. Like the last in every respect excépt that there is a median dorsal spine.
(This is frequently seen in the young of 0. quadricornis, disappearing at
different stages of growth in different individuals, but in others persist-
EN) ee rae ee eelee eciasa ct = O. quadricornis, subspecies notacanthus.

1. Form subtriagonal, approaching to pentagonal, the posterior extension of the
orbital crest being more pronounced than in HI. Frontal spines small,
vertical, frequently double, two small spines upon the dorsal ridge and two
on each ventral keel, all the spines obsolescent with age-.--0. concatenatus.
(A side-shoot from a.) Like the last, but with all characters exaggerated
and more persistent, the dorsal spine single and high, the spines on each

LV:

a

Se

lateral keel four in number.
O. turritus (by Giinther considered to be probably identical with O. con-
catenatus).

V. a. Form subtetragonal, approaching pentagonal, but with a dorsal surface
clearly defined, though the affinity to the triagonal forms is indicated by a
pronounced elevation of the dorsum, surmounted by a high spine. Frontal
spines horizontal, stronger. The fullness of the anterior part of the body
observed in the forms already studied is suggested by a bulging of the
ventral surface .....0. Fornasini, O. cornutus, Linn. = 0. diaphanus, Schn.

In O. diaphanus the dorsal surface is flatter than in O. Fornasini, but there
are small spines on the dorsal and ventral keels, obsolescent in age, which
suggest the preceding form. The two forms together, or anaverage between
them, form a needed link in the series.

b. (A side-shoot with great development of frontal and ventral spines.) Forms
similar to the last but approximating still more closely to the tetragonal,
particularly in adult age; without dorsal spine, though with a trace of its
presence in an elevated dorsal ridge. Horizontal spines very prominent.

O. arcus, Schn. = O. cornutus, Bloch.

VI. Form tetragonal, spineless, similar to the last, but with squarer angles. ‘A

more or less sharp protuberance in front of the dorsal fin, from which several

pointed lines radiate.” Horizontal spines absent. This is the transition
from the subpentagonal and subtetragonal to the truly tetragonal forms.

O. ornatus.
VII. a. Form tetragonal, spineless, similar to the last, but with lower though still
very distinct dorsal ridge. A trace of rostral prominence... .---- O. nasus.

b. (Side-shoot from a.) Similar to a, but with prominent rostral hump.
O. rhinorhynchus.
c. Form truly tetragonal, back convex, not ridged, dorsal and ventral keels

Rtn ene ree ae ee ne ae areca tale O. cubicus, O. punctatus, O. sebo.

VIII. Form tetragonal, spineless, back flat, ridges sharp. ---- O. Renardi, O. solorensis.

Such is the continuity of the gradation in this series that it is almost
impossible to distribute the species into subgenera, though the extreme
forms would be considered by many writers as belonging to well-marked
genera were the intermediate forms not known. The transition is per-
feet; without a break from O. triqueter to O. Renardi and QO. solorensis.
Even the size, abundance, fnd distribution of the spines are seen to be
correlated to the shape of the body, for these are to be regarded, as

268 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

was suggested by Hollard, merely as exaggerations of the crests and
ridges which define the lateral, dorsal, and ventral surfaces of the cara;
pace, occurring in those parts of the body and in that part of the above
Series where these crests and ridges are most emphasized, and their ab-
sence coinciding with the absence of prominent lines of demarcation.
They are most numerous in the middle portion of the above series, in
the forms transitional between the triagonal and tetragonal sections of
the genus, and are alike also at both extremes.

The geographical distribution of the species is interesting in the light
of this gradation. The triagonal forms (I and II) occur only in the West
Indies.. The next in order (III) occur not only in the West Indies but
in the southeastern Atlantic. The subtriagonal form (IV) is represented
in the southeastern Atlantic (at the Cape of Good Hope), in the west-
ern Pacific (China), in Australia and the East Indian Archipelago. The
subtetragonal forms (V) are represented in the Indian Ocean, west to
the Cape of Good Hope, in Japan and Australia, and in the East Indian
Archipelago, while the tetragonal forms (VI, VII, and VIII) almost ex-
clusively in the Indian Archipelago and the Indian Ocean.

There is no dearth of names for the sections of this group, but as has
been remarked, it is impossible to assign them or subdivide the genus
by any but arbitrary methods.

Swainson’s Ostracion corresponds to Divisions VI, VII, and VIII;
his Tetrosomus to Divisions IV and V, although he assigns O. cornutus
to the following genus; his Lactophrys to Divisions II and If, and his
Rhinesomus to Division I.

Kaup’s Ostracion would include Divisions I, I, II, and IV; his Lae-
tophrys, Division V; and his Cibotion, Divisions VI, VII, and VIII.
Bleeker’s Ostracion includes I, VI, VII, and VIII; his Tetrosomus, IV;
his Acanthostracion, I, II, and V.

Dr. Bleeker by assuming Division V, instead of Division I, as one ex-
treme of the series, made his division of the group into subgenera more
plausible. This arrangement does not, however, allow as complete a
gradation of form.

SUBORDER OSTRACODERMI,* Git.

Synonym as family name.

< Selerodermes, CUVIER, Regne Animal. 1st ed ii, 1817, p. 153; 2d. ed. ii, 1829, p. 375.

< Selerodermi, GUNTHER, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. viii, 1870, p. 207. (Synonym as sub-
ordinal name.)

\ Sclerodermes, HOLLARD, Ann. Sci. Nat. (4) xiii, 1860, p. 31.

Synonyms as ordinal names.

< Sclerodermi, BONAPARTE, Giorn. Accad. di Scienze, lii, 1832 (Saggio Distrib. Metod.
Animali Vertebr. a Sangue Freddo, p. 39). «

*The synonymy of this suborder is in substance quoted from Gitt. MS.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 269

= Ostraciores, BLEEKER, Enum. Sp. Pise. Archip. Indico, xiv, 1859, Atlas Ichthyo-
logique, v, 1865, p. 25.

= Ostracodermi, Gitt, Arrangement of the Families of the Fishes, 1872 (November),
pp. Xii, i. ,

= Cataphracti, FITZINGER, Sitzungsb. k. Akad. Wiss. (Wien), Ixvii, Abth. 1, 1873, p. 47.

Famity OSTRACIONTID.2.

Ostracidi, RAFINESQUE, Indice d’Ittiolog. Siciliana, 1810, p. 39 (Gill).

Ostracidia, RAFINESQUE, Analyse de la Nature, 1815 (as subfamily, fide Gill).

Subfam. Ostracine, SWAINSON, Nat. Hist. Fish. Amphib. and Rept. 1839, ii, pp. 194, 323.

Ostraciontini, BONAPARTE, Nuovi Annali d. Sci. Nat. ii, 1838, p. 131; iv, 1840, p. 186 (as
subfamily, fide Gill); NARDO, 1. e. inf. p. 71.

Ostraciontide, NARDO, Atti Congressi Scienz. Ital. rac. et ord. i (1842), 1844, p. 70 (Gill).

Ostraciones, BLEEKER, Bijdrage;, Balist. en Ostraciones van den Ind. Archip. 1852, pp.
28-36.

(Family) Ostraciontidw, GILL, Arrangement of the Families of Fishes, 1872, p. 1.

(Family) Ostracionidw, Kaup, Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1855, pp. 215-221.

Famille des Ostracionides, HOLLARD, Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vii, 1856, pp. 121-
iO} pl exa

Familia Ostracionoidei, BLEEKER, “Enum. sp. Pisce. Archipel. Ind. xiv, 1859 ;” Atlas
Ichthyologique, v, 1865, pp. 24-42, ppl. eci-cciv.

Group Ostraciontina, GUNTHER, Catalogue of the Fishes in the British Museum, viii,
1870, pp. 255-268.

Ostraciidw, COPE, Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci. xx, 1872, p. 340; Goopr, Cat. Fish Bermu-

das, 1876, p.53 (name only); GILL, Bibliog. Fish Pacific Coast (unpublished).
Ostraciontes, FITZINGER, 1. c. sup.

DIAGNOSIS OF FAMILY.

Plectognath fishes with short, angular bodies, covered by a modified
integument consisting of numerous closely juxtaposed polygonal osse-
ous plates. Caudal peduncle, bases of fins, and snout covered with
flexible skin. Maxillary and intermaxillary bones anchylosed. A sin-
gle row of short teeth in each jaw. A single dorsal fin opposite the
anal; no ventrals. Vertebre 14, the first 9 elongate. No ribs.

SYNOPSIS OF GENERA.

Carapace forming a continuous bridge behind anal fin, ventral surface acarinate, cau-
dail th! Okrays' semester oan ae | eee nee eee OSTRACION (Art.) Linn.
Carapace open behind anal fin, ventral surface carinate, caudal with 11 rays or more.
ARACANA, Gray.

GENus OSTRACION.

> Ostracion, ARTEDI, Gen. Pisce. 1738, p. 55.

= Ostraciones polyodontes, ARTEDI, 1. c.

= Ostracion, LINN&XUS, Syst. Nat. ed. x, 1758, 1, p. 330; ed. xii, 1766, p. 407.

Les Ostracions, LACEPEDE.

Les Coffres (Ostracion L.), CUVIER, Régne Animal. ed. 1, 1817, p. 154; ed. ii, 1829, p. 375.

Ostracion, GRAY, Annal. Nat. Hist. 1, 1838, p. 110.

Ostracion +- Tetrosomus 4+- Lactophrys +- Rhinesomus, SWAINSON, Nat. Hist. Fish. Amphib.
and Rept. 1839, ii, pp. 193-194, 323-324.

Ostracion, BLEEKER, Verhandelingen van het Bataviasch Genootschap van Kunsten
en Wetenschapen, xxiv, 1852, Bijdrage tot de Kennis der Balistini en Ostra-
ciones van den Indische Archipel. p. 28; Atlas Ichthyologique, v, 1865, pp. 25-42.

270 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Ostracion -+ Cibotion + Letophrys, Kaup, Arch. fiir Naturgeschichte, 1855, pp. 215-219.

Ostracion (— Aracana), GUNTHER, Cat. Fish Brit. Mus. viii, 1870.

Ostracion, POEY, Rep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1868, pp. 439-442.

Ostracion, HOLLARD, Annales des Sciences Naturelles, vi, 1856, p. 140.

Ostracion +- Lactophrys 4+- Acanihostracion + Rhinesomus + &c., Porky, Enum. Pis. Cu-
bens. 1876, pp. 174-176.

DIAGNOSIS OF GENUS.

Ostracionts with triagonal, tetragonal, or pentagonal carapaces, the
ventral surface always flat or concave, acarinate. Carapace continuous
behind anal fin. Ventral spines always associated with frontal spines,
if the latter are present. Dorsal fin with 9, occasionally 10 rays. Cau-
dal fin with 10 (1 | 8 | 1) rays.*

As limited by Linneus in the tenth edition of the Systema Nature
the diagnosis stood as follows:

164. OsTRACION Caput: Dentes utrinque 10 porrecti, teretes, obtusiuseculi Apertura
Corpus osse integro obtectum. Pinne ventrales nulle.

Habitat.—Tropical and temperate seas, the triagonal species confined

to the western Atlantic.

SYNOPSIS OF AMERICAN SPECIES.

Carapace triagonal.

Warapace spineless) {jose cecisera tc oes eaten aac oan see eee ele cee O. TRIQUETER, L.
Carapace with ventral spines—
* continuous behind dorsal........-.- ser Seog NEN aes ae ae O. BICAUDALIS, L.
FP TLOPCUIVE DIN GOrsale eres peer. Sys at ea ee tees ee ee meee ae O. TRIGONUS, L.
Carapace with ventral and frontal spines—
*dorsal spine not present in adult age, seldom in young. ...- O. QUADRICORNIS, L.
=~ dorsalispime persistent ss2s46-5-1--545- O. QUADRICORNIS subsp. NOTACANTHUS.

(*** dorsal spine large, associated with four or more ventral spines.
O. TURRITUS, Forsk., L.)

* The following is as nearly as possible a fac-simile of the original generic description
of Artedi:
XXXIX. OSTRACION.

Membrana Branchiostega nulla.
Figura Corporis insolens, nempe vel glo-
bosa seu sphoerica, vel subrotunda, vel
ovata seu oblongo rotunda, vel oblongo
quadrangulata, vel conica fere. Cu-
tis dura sepe spinis seu aculeis magnis
vel in toto corpore, vel in aliqua ejus
parte, armata; interdum vero glabra.

Piinne Ventraies desunt Numerus Pin-
narum quinarius, nempe duae Pecio-
rales seu Jaterales ; una dorsi; una Ani
una Caude.

Os exiguum: Dentes magni. Oculi cute
commune tecti.
Foramina narium utrinque duo ante ocu-
los Labia rednetabilia dentes ad partem
tegunt.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES ‘NATIONAL MUSEUM. 271

Carapace tetragonal.

(Carapace with ventral and frontal spines..--....---.-------- Saselsoesss O. ARCUS, L.)

NOTES ON AMERICAN SPECIES.
OSTRACION TRIQUETER, Linn.

Ostracion triqueter, LINNEUS, Syst. Nat. ed. x, 1758, 1, p. 330, No. 1, ed. xii, 1766, 1, p.
407.—Biocu, Ichthyologie, iv, 1787, p. 106, taf. exxx.—GMELIN, Linn. Syst.
Nat. i, 1788, p. 1441.—LactrenpE, Hist. Nat. Poiss. ete., i, 1798, p. 444; ed. ii, 1819,
ii, p. 331, pl. xiv, fig. i—ScuNnEDER, Bloch, Syst. Ichth. 1801, p. 498.—SHaw,
Gen. Zool. v, 1804, p. 420.—Cuvirr, Régne Animal, ed. i, 1817, p. 154; ed. ii,
1829, ii, p. 376, note.—MULLeR & GROSCHEL in Schomburgk’s Hist. Barbados,
1848, p.677.—Kaup, Arch. fiir Naturg. 1855, p. 217.—HoLLarD, Ann. Sci. Nat.
vii, 1856, p. 154. -BLEEKER, Atl. Ichth. v, 1865, p. 26.—GinTHER, Cat. Fish
Brit. Mus. viii, 1870, p. 256.

Ostracion triquetrum, Pory, Mem. Sob. Hist. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1861, p.361; Rep. Fis. Nat.
Cuba, ii, 1868, p. 442; Enum. Pisc. Cubens. 1876, p. 176.

Ostracium triquetrum, Corr, Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 1570, p. 475.—GoopkE, Cat. Fish Ber-
mudas, 1876, p.23; Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1877 (Oct.), p. 290.

Rhinesomus triqueter, SWAINSON, Nat. Hist. Fish. Rept. and Amphib. 1839, ii, p. 323.

Piscis triangularis ex toto cornibus carens, LISTER in App. Willughby Hist. Pisc. 1686, p.
20,.—Ray, Syn. Method. Pise. p. 45, No. 9.

Ostracion triangulus, tuberculis exiguis innumeris, aculeis carens, ARTEDI, Gen. Pisce. 1738,
p. 57, No. 10; Syn. Pisc. 1738, p. 85, No. 14.

Ostracion polyodon inermis triqueter, LINN&ZUS, Mus. Adolphi Frederici, i, 1754, p. 60.

LT) Ostracion maillé, LACKPEDE, |. c.

Cuckold, Bermudas.

Chapin, Cuba.

Drunken-fish, Trunk fish, Plate-fish, or Fair Maid, Barbados.

DISTRIBUTION.
Bermudas (Goode). Tortugas (National Museum).
Jamaica (Giinther). Trinidad (Giinther).
Cayenne (Giinther). Barbados (Schomburgk).
Cuba (Poey). St. Croix (Cope).
Gulf of Mexico (Hollard). Mexico (Hollard),
Bahia (Castelnau). Brazil (Cope).
St. Martins (Cope). Vera Cruz (Cope).

Ostracions with triagonal carapace, without spines. Height slightly
ereater than half the length of the body without the caudal, breadth
equal to half the length of the body in adults, greater in young. Ven-
tral surface of carapace convex anteriorly, concave posteriorly. Back
elevated compressed, sides joining at an angle of about thirty degrees.
Carapace continuous behind dorsal fin. Head contained three times in”
length of body. Interorbital space, concave. Upper surface of snout
concave. Diameter of eye contained eight to nine times in total length,
four to four and one-half in height of side.

Teeth long, spike-like, eight to ten in upper jaw; eight to ten in lower
jaw.

Scales of the sides hexagonal, in young with strie radiating from

272 PROCEEDINGS OF ®NITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

centre to angles of each seale, in adult armed simply with tubercles,
nine to ten, in longitudinal series from gill-opening to tail, eight in
median line of ventral surface, eight between ventral keel and angle
of back. Posterior dorsal scute unarmed.

Branchial aperture oblique, its length greater than the diameter of
the eye, descending before the base of the pectoral. Fins obtusely
rounded. Pectoral equaling in length. Caudal of moderate length and
rounded.

Radial formula D, 10, A. 10, P. 12.

Color: The color of living individuals is thus recorded in my Bermuda
note-book :—“ Dark-brown, thickly studded with circular spots of yel-
lowish white, each about two lines in diameter; the position of these spots
appears to have no relation to the shape of the plates of the carapace.
Ventral surface lighter and spotless. The epidermis is often abraded
leaving the shell uniform tawny-white. The lips, bases of the fins, and
tail-stem are brown like the ground color of the body.” In dried speci-
mens the epidermis dries and loses its color, and the shell shows through
with a lighter shade. Giinther states that the lips, roots of the fins,
root of the tail, and tip of the caudal are black.+ This I have not ob-
served. .

The largest individuals seen by me measured about 265 millimetres
in length, but these were quite unusual in size.

The Cuckold is common throughout the West Indies, and has been
found south to Bahia, while, to the north, it is carried by the Gulf
Stream as far as the Bermudas. Its limits of distribution are more
closely restricted to the Caribbean Sea and the neighboring waters than
those of any other species in the genus.

It is recorded that the crew of Columbus, on their first voyage, in
1492, while at anchor on the coast of Cuba, captured a fish which “was
like a swine, all covered with a very hard skin, no part whereof was soft
but the tail,” which was probably one of the Ostracions.

Little can be said in reference to its habits, except that it is sluggish
and lives close to the bottom, where it probably feeds upon hydroids
ascidians, and other soft-bodied animals. This is somewhat conjectural
for no one has ever taken the pains to examine the stomach contents of
any member of the genus, but it is not very hazardous to make this sur-
mise, for the sluggish movements of the Trunk-fish would not permit it
to pursue active living prey, while its small, weak teeth are thoroughly
unsuitable for feeding upon shells and barnacles.

The method of locomotion in this and other members of the genus
Ostracion is very peculiar. When in Bermuda, in 1872, I had two of
them for a time in my aquarium, and had an excellent opportunity of
observing the movements of their fins.

The rigid shell prevents any flexure of the body, the only parts with
power of independent motion being the lips, the dorsal and anal fins,
and the stem of the tail. These protrude through openings in the cara-

eT

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 273

pace, and the bases of the fins as well as the lips are encased in tough
skin, leathery and flexible. Even the gill-openings are incapable of inde-
pendent motion, for they are only straight, narrow, vertical slits in the
carapace just in front of the pectoral fins.

The sinuous muscular movement of the posterior half or two-thirds
of the body, which plays so important a part in the movement of the
ordinary fish, is of course impossible, and the rotary, sculling motion
so noticeable in the caudal fin of a fish, like a minnow or a trout, seems
equally unknown. The power of propulsion appears to be vested
chiefly in the dorsal and anal fins. These are broad and round, pro-
vided apparently with strong muscles, and the anal is placed almost
directly beneath the dorsal. When the fish moves it is solely by the
effect of a strong, slow, regular half-rotary movement of these two ver-
tical fins, much resembling that of the serew-wheel of a propeller-en-
gine. The caudal fin is kept vertical, and, moved from side to side, plays
the part of a rudder, except when needed for an unusually rapid move-
ment, and then it adds its strength with long, strenuous side-strokes.
There are no ventral fins, nor do they seem to be needed, for the fish is
balanced upon its centre of gravity and well under the control of its
propulsive fins. The pectorals probably perform a certain part in
balancing, but seem to be most useful in keeping up a circulating cur-
rent through the gill-apertures.

Their movements are sluggish, and they do not seem to require a
rapid aeration of the blood, for I have known them to live for two or
three hours out of water, and when restored seem none the worse for
the change of element, save that for a time they were prevented from
sinking to the bottom by the air which they had swallowed and which
kept them awkwardly suspended at the surface.

I have rarely seen them swimming among the reefs. They appear
to spend most of the time resting on the bottom, on the broad nether
surface of the carapace. They never take the hook, but often enter
the fish-pots set at a depth of two to ten fathoms.

No one has been so fortunate as to observe the breeding habits of the
Ostracions ; even the time of spawning is unknown.

In the Bermudas they are sometimes eaten, though not held in high
estimation. I was unable to learn that evil effects ever follow their use
for food at this locality. Hollard states that its flesh is said to be pal-
atable and wholesome, but cites no authority for this observation,
which is probably taken second-hand from Lacepede, who gives an en-
thusiastic eulogy of its good qualities. ‘Its flesh,” wrote the fluent
Gaul, “is more sought after than that of almost any other fish in the
seas of America where it makes its home.” And then he continued
with a most amusing proposition for acclimating the species in the
waters of France, and which is a good example of the theories of the

* would-be fish-culturists of eighty years ago. ‘Although it appears to
thrive only in tropical regions we might endeavor to acclimate it in
Proc. Nat. Mus. 79: 18 March 25, isso.

274 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL. MUSEUM.

waters more remote from the equator, since the differences of tempera-
ture presented by the water at different degrees of latitude are far less
marked than those of the atmosphere. On the one hand we know with
what facility fishes found only in the sea can be habituated to life in
fresh water. The exquisite flavor and exceedingly wholesoine nature
of the flesh of the ‘triangulaire’ should encourage us to make persever-
ing and well considered experiments in this direction; we might accom-
plish this acclimation, which would be important from more than one
point of view, by gradual steps; we should gradually accustom the
species to temperatures suecessively less warm; we should even con-
tinue the experiment through many generations of the animal before
abandoning it completely, without artificial protection, to the climate in
which it is to be naturalized. We should do for the ‘triangulaire’ what
has been done for many species of plants; we should bring individuals
of this species, and we should care for them through a long period in
water, which we should keep at a temperature closely resembling that
of the equatorial seas in their surface strata; then we should lower the
temperature of the little pools in which the ‘triangulaires’ are kept by
almost insensible degrees and by very gentle variations. In the regions
of Europe and other parts of the globe, far removed from the tropics,
where the thermal currents flow, we might at least profit by these
naturally heated waters to give to the triangulaires that degree of heat
which is to them absolutely necessary, or to accustom them by insensi-
ble degrees to enduring the ordinary temperature of the fresh waters
or of the seas of those various regions.”—( Lacépede, 1. ¢.)

OSTRACION BICAUDALIS, Linn.

Ostracion bicaudalis, LINNZUS, Syst. Nat. ed. x, 1758, i, p. 330, No.3; ed. xii, i. 1766, p.
408.—Biocu, Ichthyologie, iv, 1787, p. 109, p. exxxii.—GMELIN, Linn. Syst.
Nat. i, 1788, p. 1441.—LackprpE, Hist. Nat. Poiss. etc., i, 1798, pp. 465-466; ed.
ii, 1819, pp. 342-343.—ScCHNEIDER, Bloch, Syst. Ichth’? 1801, p. 499.—SHaw,
Cuvier, Régne Animal, ed. i, p. 154; ed. ii, 1829, ii, p.375.—Kaup, Archiv fiir
Naturg. 1855, p. 217.—Hobiarp, Ann. Sci. Nat. vii, 1856, p. 153.—Pokry, Rep.
Fis. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1868, p. 442.—-GUn THER, Cat. Fish Brit. Mus. viii, 1870, p. 257.

Ostracion bicaudale, Pory, Mem. sob. Hist. Nat. Cuba, vi, 1861, p. 362.

Ostracium bicaudale, Copr, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1870, p. 474 (St. Martins).

Lactophrys bicaudalis, SwWAINSON, Nat. Hist. Fish, Rept. and Amphib, 1839, ii, p. 323.—
Pory, Enum. Pisce. Cubens. 1876, p. 176.

Piscis triangularis, parvus non nisi imo ventre cornutus, LISTER, in App. Willughby Hist.
Pisce. 1686, xiv, p. 20.—Ray, Syn. Method. Pisc. 1713, p. 45.

Piscis mediocris triangularis, ad imum ventrem prope caudam tantum cornutus, ete., Lis-
TER, 1. c. p. 20.—Ray, ]. c. p. 45.

Ostracion triangulatus, tuberculis hexagonis radiatis, aculeis duobus in imo ventre, ARTEDI,
Gen. Pisc. 1738, p.57, No.9; Syn. Pisce. p. 85, No. 13.

Ostracion triangulatus totius maculosus ac tuberculosus, aculeis duobus in imo ventre, ARTEDI,
Gen. Pisc. p. 57, No.8; Syn. Pisc. 85, No. 12.

Chapino, PARRA. Trunk-fish, Jamaica

Chapin, Cuba.

= 7 q Px +

ieee
Poe

ae Me wise ; a
_ 3 a

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 275

DISTRIBUTION.
Jamaica (Giinther). | Barbados (Schomburgk).
Antilles (Hollard). ~ _ Jamaica (National Museum).
St. Martins (Cope). | Belize, Honduras (Giinther).
Cuba (Poey). | Island of Ascension (Giinther),

Ostracions with triagonal carapace and with flat prominent spine on
each ventral ridge. Breadth of body less than half its length without
caudal.

Space between eyes concave. T'rom the median dorsal line the sides
of the back descend rapidly, curving outward slightly. Caudal fin
rounded.

Color yellowish, with numerous small round brown spots on carapace,
tail, and caudal fin. D.10, A. 10, P. 12.

The Brown-spotted Trunk-fish has a wider distribution to the south
than the Cuckold, having been recorded by Dr. Giinther from the Island
of Ascension, where a young individual was taken by Mr. J. Robinson.
It is also in Mr. Osbert Salvin’s Honduras collections. It has not yet
been recorded from the coast of Florida, or to the north of Cuba.

It attains a much larger size than the preceding. Hollard gives the
following dimensions for one of the largest in the Museum d’Histoire
Naturelle:

M.
WGN Ope eee ater aia esis sas a acsise ce sh anes ceca cece ss s2steseme scree ee US EaU
Mees, elites sets eeere aoe eee Gera es sae Aes oes sine suse mnie) teciee ee 0.143
HBen hha e alee semen s ars Sa emia es ace eae sake eas ee aps ac diecWac ee sere ae ee 0.090
iilailestemipeseee rn scree homers ark oes occ gi bee Mloe Sol oek ects ie eee eee ee OROSU
CO aU Cl ee arretey ee ole slavat sr deh Selace lal stelesciot oe ie Se eVS Mecsei eto ae aie cin Secession ee 0.080
Brea MMony aCOMent eee. suacl et emis esis eae as cote Loe see secs Se emee sere 0.110

The Trunk-fishes appear to have been objects of curiosity in the early
days of American exploration, and were evidently among the choicest
treasures of the primitive museums of the seventeenth and eighteenth
centuries. Their strange shapes naturally attracted the attention of
travellers, and then, as now, the ease with which their shells could be
preserved made them favorites of curiosity hunters. No group of trop-
ical fishes is so thoroughly worked out in the writings of “the fathers”
as the Plectognaths, and none more so than the Ostracions. Over two
hundred years ago every species of Ostracion now known from the
western Atlantic had been named and described by the naturalists of
northern Europe, and it is a well-deserved tribute to their discrimina-
tion as zoologists to say that none of the many efforts which have since
been made to subdivide these species have been at all successful.

Artedi in his notes upon the different forms of Ostracion mentions
the various collections in which he observed specimens. The ‘ Nages’
head,” ‘ White Bear,” and the “Green Dragon in Stepney,” to which he
very often alludes, seem to have been London taverns where curiosities
were kept. He also speaks of seeing them in the museum of Hans
Sloane, the nucleus of the British Museum; also in the collections of D.

276 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Seba, in Amsterdam, of Mr. Lillja, in London, of Mr. (Don) Salteros, in
Chelsey, and of seeing various specimens at Stratford, and “in spring-
garden.” No other kinds of fishes appear to have been preserved
except “the monk- or Angel-fish Anglis, aliis Mermaid-fish,” probably @
species of Squatina, which he saw in London at the Naggshead and
in the town of Chelsey. The art of taxidermy was evidently not
thoroughly established in 1758.

Of Ostracion bicaudalis, he remarks, ‘Vidi Londini, in the White
Bear,” and ** Apud D™ Sebam vidi.” Ostracion trigonus he saw “* Apud
Sir Hans Sloane et in Naggshead”; Ostracion triqueter and O. quadri-
cornis, ‘ Londini in the Naggshead et apud Mr, Lillia.”

The specimens were all said to have come from India.

OSTRACION TRIGONUS, Linn.

Ostracion trigonus, LINN. HUS, Syst. Nat. ed. x, 1758, i, p. 330, No. 2: ed. xii, 1766, i, p. 408.—
Buiocu, Ichthyologie, iv, 1787, p. 115, pl. exxxv (coffre a perles).—GMELIN,
Linn. Syst. Nat. 1788, i, p. 1441 (assigning erroneously 14 rays to first dorsal).—
LacépripE, Hist. Nat. Poiss., ete. i,1798, pp. 465-466; ed. ii, 1819, p. 842.—
SCHNEIDER, Bloch Syst. Ichth. 1801, p. 499 (erroneously described with orbital
spines).—SHaw, Gen. Zool. v, 1804, p. 422.—Cuvier, Régne Anim. ed. 1,
1817, p. 154: ed. ii, 1829, p. 375, note.—Kaup, Arch. fiir Naturg. 1855, p. 218 (a
quoted name: Kaup did not profess.to have examples).—HOLLARD, Ann. Sci.
Nat. vii, 1856, p. 150.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish Brit. Mus. viii, 1870, p. 256.

Ostracion trigonum, Porky, Mem. sob. Hist. Nat. Cuba, i, 1861, p. 362.

Lactophrys trigonus, SWAINSON, Nat. Hist. Fish, Rept. and Amphib. 1839, ii, p. 324, fig.
102.—Pory, Enum. Pisce. Cubens. 1876, p. 174.

Ostracion Yalei, STORER, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. i, 1837, p. 353, pl. viii.

Lactophrys Yalei, DEKAy, Zool. N. Y. Fishes, 1842, p. 362.—STORER, Mem. Am. Acad. Sci.
viii, 1861, p. 429, pl. xxxv, fig.3; Hist. Fish Mass. 1867, p. 429, pl. xxv, fig. 3.

Lactophrys oviceps, KAuP, |. ¢.

Ostracion (Letophrys) undulatus, PoEY, Rep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1868, p. 441 (a specifie
name founded solely on color).

Lactophrys undulatus, PoEY, Enum, Pisce. Cubens. 1876, p. 176.

Ostracium expansum, Cop, Trans. Amer, Phil. Soc. 1870, p. 474, figs. 9, 10.

Piscis triangularis clusii, cornibus carens, LisTER, in App. Willughby, Hist. Pise. 1686, p.
156.—Ray, Syn. Method. Pisce. 1713, p. 44.

Ostracion triangulatus, limbis figurarum hexagonarum eminentibus, aculeis duobus in imo
ventre, ARTEDI, Gen. Pisce. 1738, p. 56, No. 7.

Ostracion triangulatus, limbis figuram hexagonam eminentibus, aculeis duobus in imo ventre,
ARTEDI, Syn. Pisce. 1738, p. 85, No. 11.

Ostracion polyodon tetragonus, abdomine pone bicorni, LINNEUS, Iter Scand. p. 160.

Species dubia an Letophrys trigonus? PoEY, Rep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1868, p. 441.

Chapin, Parra, Desc. Dif. Piez. Hist. Nat. Cuba, 1787, p. 31, pl. xvii, fig.i, vide PoEy,
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila, 1863, p. 183.

DP’ Ostracion triangulo-tuberculé, BONNATERRE, Encye. Method, 1788, p. 21, pl. xiii.

Chapin, Cuba. Trunk-fish, Jamaica.
DISTRIBUTION.

St. Croix (Giinther). Barbados (Schomburgk).

Jamaica (Giinther). St. Martins (Cope).

Bermuda (Goode). Tortugas (National Museum).

Cuba (Poey, National Museum). Bahia (Giinther).

Holmes Hole, Mass. (Storer). Bahamas (National Museum),

Chesapeake Bay, October, 1877 (Lugger). |!

wearer ee Te “
PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 277

Ostracions, with triagonal carapace, provided with a flat, conspicuous
spine on each abdominal ridge, which is itself sharp and prominent.

Hollard claims that Ostracion trigonus is one of the largest, if not the
largest, as was claimed by Artedi,* of the triangular species, and gives
the following measurements of one of the specimens studied by him:

M.
BUR teenie ry lle steppe repress eer refers ae etcetera eds ota anet a eter ele etete alt= tle ere 0.460
AGGIES ULES Ups Os tyes eater race ee ea ee ee eee tego 0.150
Greapest width @nkabd omimealere oom) ese eee soso siinle wale str siete eens eretete --- 0,135
Memo thyofercep rev Cene OVO Tee steers aro ace eee alia) se ie rea tee alae 0.180
remoru NWO fea SUG Mies ene tey aera aka eee ete eon ore ree eee ae 0.100
TE C28 ee tee ale rere Peete toloter ere ets nine eaten ee ee 0.060
iGaroestidiamebemomlateraly SCULeS am aa) -'e an aaseie 2 terete ols )\a r= )-2 = = nl ae ene 0.028

The largest specimen obtained by me in the Bermudas did not exceed
350 millimetres in length.

Linneus in his Systema Nature, edition tenth, attributed to this spe-
cies fourteen dorsal rays, an error which, as Hollard has pointed out,
has been copied and recopied by ichthyological writers down to the
present day.

Kaup (Ll ¢.) described the species anew under the name Ostracion
oviceps. He appears not to have recognized any of the specimens
studied by him as belonging to O. trigonus, the characters of which
were totally misapprehended by him. His description of O. oviceps cor-
responds to the characters of O. trigonus,t while the radial formule, the
only characters given by him for 0. trigonus, are imaginary and do not
apply to any fish known to exist. The formula for the dorsal perpetu-
ates the Linnean error already referred to; that for the caudal was prob-
ably made out from mutilated specimens. Hollard, who worked over
the collections in the Paris Museum the year subsequent to the publica-
tion of Kaup’s Memoir, states that he found certain specimens of O.
trigonus which had been labeled with the name O. oviceps by Dr. Kaup,
while others precisely like them had been left with the identification 0.
trigonus. This signifies little, however, for no good characters have
ever been given for the proposed new species.

The color of living individuals of Ostracion trigonus is a uniform brown,
with numerous irregularly grouped whitish spots, more abundant on the
caudal stem than elsewhere. The fins are lighter than the body.
Young specimens have a subcireular blackish blotch upon the side be-
hind the gill-opening.

This species probably breeds in the Bermudas. I obtained three
specimens ranging in length from 1 inch to 12 inches, though I was not
so fortunate as to secure young of any other species of the genus.

* “Maximus est ex triangulatis,” ARTEDI, Gen. Pisc. p. 57.

t Profil des Kopfes convex und ploétzlich herabsteigend. Der lange Schwanz blau
gefleckt oder einfarbig mit einem Hornschild anf der Wurzel niichst dem Panzer,
Der Riicken hinter den erhéhten Augenkreisen begumend- Schwanzflosse gegabelt:

Prigonus, P.10,D.14,A.9,C.7. *
Oviceps, P.12,D.10,A.10,C.10. Kaup,l.c.

a pres a © es ie ee

278 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Lacépede and Hollard speak of the power of making audible sounds
attributed to this species by travellers, and which had gained for it the
name cochon de mer. I have never had one of them in captivity, but
have often observed the same habit in Ostracion triqueter, which utters
frequent and audible grunting sounds when taken from the water. These
sounds are similar to those made by several members of the family
Tetrodontide, familiar to every collector of fishes on the Atlantic coast
of the United States.

OSTRACION QUADRICORNIS, Linnzeus.

Ostracion quadricornis, LINN. Syst. Nat. ed. x, 1758, i, p. 331; ed. xii, 1766, i, p. 408.—
Buiocu, Ausl. Fische Ichth. iv, 1787, p. 113, pl. exxxiv.—GMELIn, Linn. Syst.
Nat. 1788, i, p. 1442.—Lac&EPEDE, op. cit. i, 1798, pp. 442, 468; ed. ii, 1819, ii, p.
343, pl. xv, fig. 2.—SCHNEIDER, Bloch Syst. Ichth. 1801, p. 499.—SuHaw, Gen.
Zool. v, 1804, p. 424.—Cuvirer, Regne Animal, ed.i, 1817, p. 154; ed. ii, 1829,
p. 375.—Kaup, Arch. fiir Naturg. xxi, 1855, p. 218.—HOLLARD, Ann. Sci. Nat.
1857, p. 148.—BLEEKER, Poiss. Guinée, 1863, p. 20.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish Brit.
Mus. viii, 1870, p. 258.

Ostracion quadricorne, PoEY, Mem. Hist. Nat. Cuba, i, 1861, p. 362.

Ostracium quadricorne, Corr, Trans. Amer. Phil. Soc. 1870, p. 474.—GoopE, Cat. Fish
Bermudas, 1876, p.24; Amer. Journ. Sci. and Arts, 1877, p. 290.

Ostracion (Acanthostracion) quadricornis, BLEEKER, Atlas Ichthyologique, 1865, p. 32.

Ostracion (Acanthostracion) quadricorne, POBY, Rep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1868, p. 439.

Acanthostracion quadricorne, Pony, Enum. Pisce. Cubensium, 1876, p. 174.

Lactophrys quadricornis, SWAINSON, Hist. Nat. Fish and Rept. 1839, 1i, p. 324.

Ostracion tricornis, LINN. fide Bleeker, Ned. Tyds. Dierk. ii, p. 298. —LACKEPEDE, op. cit. i,
1798, p. 465; ed. ii, 1819, ii, p. 342, pl. xv, fig. 1.

Ostracion Listeri, LACEPLDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss. i, 1798, p. 468, pl. xxiii, fig. 2 (“cop. Wil-
lughby”’) ed. ii, 1819, ii, p. 343.

Ostracion sex-cornutus, MITCHILL, Amer. Month. Mag. ii, 1818, p. 328 (dese. of spec. from
Gulf of Mexico near mouth of Mississippi River).

Lactophrys sex-cornutus, STORER, Mem. Amer. Acad. ii, p. 498; Syn. 1846, p. 246.

Ostracion cornutus (not Bl. or Linn.), Mii. and Troscu. in Schomburgk, Hist. Barba-
dos, 1848, p. 677.

Ostracion guineensis, BLEEKER, Ned. Tyds. Dierk. ii, p. 298 (on young individual).

Ostracion Gronovii, BLEEKER, 1. ec.

Ostracion maculatus, HOLLARD, op. cit. p. 149.

Species dubia an Acanthostracion maculatum, Pony, Rep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1868, p. 439.

Species dubia an Acanth, quadricorne mas, POEY, Rep. Fis. Nat. Cuba, ii, p. 439.

Acanthostracion polygonius, PoEY, Enum. Pisce. Cubens. 1876, p. 175.

Quamajacee apé, MARCGRAVE, Hist. de Brasil, 1648, iv. p. 142 (fide CASTELNAU, 1. c. p. 99).

“Guamaiacu, JONSTON, Pisc. tab. xxxvi. fig. 3, tab. xlv, sup. fig. 6,” fide Bleeker.

“ Piscis triangularis cornutus clusii, WILLUGHBY, Hist. Pisce. 1686, xiv, tab. J.”

Piscis triangulus clusii coynutus, Ray, Syn. Method. Pise. 1713, p. 44.

Ostracion trianqulatus 2 aculeis in fronte et totidem in imo ventre, ARTEDI, Syn. Pisce. 1738,
p. 8&5, No.9; Genera Piscium, 1738, p. 56, No. 5.

Toro, PARRA, Desc. Dif. Piez. Hist. Nat. Cuba, ii, 1787, p. 81, pl. xvii, fig. 2.

Piscis triangularis capite cornutus cui e media cauda cutacea aculeus longus erigitus, LISTER,
in App. Willughby, op. cit. p. 19.—Ray, l. e.

Ostracion triangulatus, aculeis duobus in capite et wnico longiore superne ad caudam, ARTEDI,
1. c. No. 10, Gen. Pise. p. 56, No. 6.

“ Piscis triangularis maxime cornutus squamis hexagonis et radiatis donatus, LISTER, 1. ¢.
p. 15,” fide Bleeker.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 20o

Crayracion triangularis duobus cornubus curtis in fronte, ete. KLEIN, Mise. iil, p. 21.
Coffre triangulaire & quatre épines, BONNATERRE, p. 21, pl. xiii, fig. 43.

Toro, Cuba (Anglice ‘‘ Bull”).

Cow-fish, Bermudas.

Cuckold, Jamaica.

Cuckold-fish, BLocH, Ausl. Fische, p. 21, pl. xiii, fig. 43.

DISTRIBUTION.
St. Croix (Cope). | Tortugas (National Museum).
St. Martins (Cope). _ Cape Florida (National Museum).
Bahamas (Cope). | Charlotte Harbor (National Museum).
Barbados (Schomburek). Pensacola (National Museum).
Jamaica (Giinther, National Museum). | Mississippi (National Museum).
Santo Domingo (Giinther). South Carolina (National Museum).
Bahia (Giinther, Castelnau). West Atrica (Bleeker).
Cuba (Poey, National Museum). Indian Archipelago (Bleeker).
Near mouth of Miss. R. (Mitchill, 1818). Cape of Good Hope (Bleeker).

Chesapeake Bay (Lugger).

Ostracions, with triagonal carapace approaching to pentagonal form
in adults, to tetragonal in young, by reason of extension of base of
frontal spines, ventral surface “ens angles obtusely carinate, and with
two ventral and two horizontal frontal spines. Color brown, yellow,
blue or green, the centres of the scutes often lighter than the margins.

The range of the Cow-fish is much more extended than that of any of
the preceding species, including St. Helena, Guinea, the Cape of Good
Hope, and Charleston, S.C. A specimen was obtained October 11, 1877,
near Gwyn’s Island, Chesapeake Bay, by Mr. Otto Lugger. These local-
lities are well authenticated, and the species is also claimed as a mem-
ber of the fauna of the Indian Ocean. A sketch of Ostracion quadri-
corne by Burkhardt, marked “ Mobile, 1853,” is in the Agassiz collection.
The sketch is also endorsed with a memorandum to the effect that a speci-
men from Florida was living in Aquarial Garden, Boston, 1860.

Bleeker admits this species to the fauna of the Dutch East Indies, but
states expressly that he has never found it, and that he follows the au-
thority of Bennett and Raffles, and that it is uncertain whether it really
inhabits the Indian Archipelago.

T have never seen more than one species of this type, and the syn-
onymy at the head of this notice expresses the views of the majority of
ichthyologists as well as my own. It seems only fair, however, to quote
the opinion of Dr. Bleeker. “It appears to me very evident,” wrote
he, “that there are at least five species of triangular (or rather pentag-
onal) Ostracions with frontal and preanal spines. Of these this (0.
quadricornis) is the one longest known, and may be easily distinguished
by the nearly vertical profile of the head as well as by the strong spine
which terminates the postero-superior dorsal plate. The other species
resembling quadricornis are Ostracion notacanthus, Bleeker, Ostracion tri-
cornis, L. (= Ostracion maculatus, Hollard), Ostracion Gronovii, Bleeker,
and Ostracion guineensis, fleeces but none of these exhibits the re-
markable character of the postero-superior dorsal angle developed into
aspine. Ostracion notacanthus is characterized by the presence of a

280 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

spine upon the dorsal crest, by its oblique profile, and by the hexagonal
or irregular black ring with large yellowish centre which is plainly visi-
ble upon each plate of the back and the flanks; while Ostracion Grono-
vit is easily recognized by the greater length of the frontal and preanal
spines, by the absence of the median dorsal spine, and by the very oblique
profile of the snout. Ostracion tricornis, Linn., which appears to be
identical with the species described by Hollard as Ostracion maculatus,
is marked by its nearly vertical profile and by longitudinal brown bands
upon the cheeks. Ostracion guineensis is marked by the subvertical
protile of O. tricornis, but has cheeks without bands, and the plates of
the carapace ornamented with a central ocella of pearl color or blue.”
The largest specimens, or the two types O. quadricornis and “ O. macu-
latus,” in the Paris Museum, had, according to Hollard, the following

dimensions :
O. quadricornis. O. maculatus.

M. M.
iter aLSTN LE epost ole eee Ry cer Ce ee ree NE 0.400 0.390
EGLO HG eee e eye teeter oe Scent See Ye) Pee ee Seem 0.150* 0.120
RESECTION co 5a = wees te ek es ca le eee ee, et 0.065 0.050
SRT es Deri eee Se i apaicc a hay fh Mahe Re ae, eS Cg ee 0.060 0.080
MO eT eL Cle lip ee eee rae eS t=, 2 Seen BE CE Pie eu 0.080 0.080
ND OmmM a wad thee cee 25. ee cee ee lane sees see) OO0)

The presence of plates upon the caudal peduncle is apparently acci-
dental. They may possibly have some relation to sex, but certainly
none toage. Outof fourteen specimens examined five had plates above
and below, one had two above, and six had none. In none of the speci-
mens can I distinguish traces of the spine in the middle of the dorsal
ridge mentioned by Dr. Giinther. The color of young’ specimens is well
described by Giinther ; the bands on the cheek are, however, of a bright
blue. Adult specimens are colored in a rich bright blue or green, lighter
in the centre of each hexagonal plate, giving the appearance of annular
markings, which quickly vanishes after death. In some individuals the
color is worn from the ridges of the carapace, leaving patches of light
brown. Bleeker claimed for his species Ostracion notacanthus a peculiar
system of coloration, but it is in nowise different from that of the ordi-
nary type of O. quadricornis.t The largest specimens are 21 inches
long. aa :

In the Bermudas the Cow-fish is, I was told, much esteemed for food,
and is frequently baked whole in its shell. The popular name, like the
Cuban “toro” and the Jamaican “cuckold,” refers to the two horn-like
supraorbital spines.

* Misprinted 0.015.

t ‘‘Mais en outre le systéme de coloration de lespéce que je crois nouvelle est trés dif-
ferent, chaque bouclier de la téte, du dos et des flanes étant orné d@’un anneau violet ou
noiratre dune forme hexagone, pentagone, quadrangulaire ou méme ronde, et 4 centre
large orange ou rougedtre. On ne voit rien de pareil sur le corps du quadricornis.
Puis encore, la queue est brundtre et a taches jaundtres et les pectorales ont un rayon
de plus. Je nomme cette espece nouvelle Ostracion notacanthus.”—Mémoire sar le
Poissons de la Céte de Guinée par P. Bleeker, p. 21.

a

Le eee ee
ee , _ ,
we id - i ‘

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 281

OSTRACION QUADRICORNIS, LINN., suBSP. NOTACANTHUS, (BLEEKER. )

Ostracion notacanthus, BLEEKER, Poiss. Guinée, 1863, p. 21 (St. Helena); Ned. Tyds.
Dierk., ii, p. 298, et alibi.

This form, whose relations to 0. quadricornis are discussed above, p.
267, p. 270, and _p. 280, is recorded only from St. Helena. It will only
be entitled to subspecifie rank if in future it be shown that the dorsal
median spine, sometimes observed in the young, remains persistent in

the adult.
OSTRACION TURRITUS, Forskaol.

? Ostracion gibbosus, LINN aus, Syst. Nat. ed. x, 1758, p. 331; ed. xii, 1766, p. 409. (No
description. )

Ostracion turritus, FoRSKAL, Desc. Anim. Av. Amphib, Piscium. cet. quae in itinere Ori-
entali observavit, 1775, p. 75, No. 113.—Btiocu, ‘‘Ausl. Fische i, p. 113, pl.
exxxvi.”—Ichth. p. 117, pl. exxxvi.—GMELIN, Linn. Syst. Nat. 1788, p. 1442.—
WALBAUM, Artedi, Gen. Pisce. 1792, p. 476.—LackpPrpE, Hist. Nat. Poiss. ed. i,
1, 1798, p. 470.—ScHNEIDER, Bloch Syst. Ichth. 1801, p. 500, —BONNATERRE,
Encyc. Method. Ichth., 1788, p. 22.—CUVIER, Reene Anim. ed. i, 1817, ii, p. 154.
note ; ed. ii, 1829, ii, p. 376, note; ‘ed. iii, Poiss. p. 346.”—RUPPELL, ‘‘ Reis. F.
R. M. p.5.”—Swarnson, Nat. Hist. Fish. Amphib. Rept. 1839, ii, p. 323.—HOoL-
LARD, Ann. Sci. Nat. vii, 1856, p. 156.—BLEEKER, ‘‘V. Bat. Gen. xxiv, Bal. Ostr.
p.31; Act. Soc. Se. Ind. N. vii, Zesde bijds. vischf. Jap. p. 13.”

Ostracion (Tetrosomus) turritus, BLEEKER, Atl. Ichth. v, 1865, p. 31, pl. cciii, fig. 3.

Lactophrys camelinus, DEKAY, Zool. N. Y. Fish, 1842, p. 341, p. lviii, fig. 190.

Ostracion gibbosus, Kaur, Arch. fiir Naturg. Berlin, 1855, p. 218.—GUNTHER, Cat. Fish
Brit. Mus. viii, 1870, p. 258.

“ Ostracion prior (or alter), ALDROVANDUS, De Piscibus, ete. (1638), iv, p. 561” (“ copied
by JONSTON, tab. xxv, fig. 6”).

‘<Ostracion alter gibbosus, Ray, Synopsis, 1713, p. 44.”

Ostracion alter gibbosus aldrovandi, WILLUGUBY. Hist. Pisc. 1686, tab. J, 9, fig. 1.

“ Crayracion triangularis gibbosus, KLEIN, Miss. Pise. iii, p. 20, No. 17.”

Ostracion oblongo-quadrangulus gibbosus, ARTEDI, Gen. Pise. 1738, p. 55.

Ostracion oblongus quadrangulus gibbosus, ARTEDI, Syn. Pisc. 1738, p. 83.

L’Ostracion dromadaire, LACEPEDE, op. cit.; ed. ii, 1819, p. 344.

DISTRIBUTION.

Indian Ocean and Archipelago (Giinther).

I cannot follow Dr. Giinther in accepting for this species the Linnean
name Ostracion gibbosus, since no description of this species was pub-
lished by Linneus. ‘The first intelligible description was that by
Foskaol, and although the indirect references to the figures published
by Johnston, Willughby, and others, render it probabie that this was
the fish referred to by Linnzus, still there is no way of definitely ascer-
taining the meaning.

“Je crois reconnaitre,” wrote Bleeker,* “Vespéce actuelle dans les
figures citées de Jonston, de Willughby, de Valentyn et de Renard.
Celles de Jonston et de Willughby, copiées sur le méme modele, ne
montrent ni l’épine frontale, ni celles de la caréne ventrale, mais la
grande pine dorsale y est assez bien rendus. Celles de Valentyn et
de Renard, quoique grossieres, ne laissent aucun doute par rapport &

* Atlas Ichthyologique, V, p. 32.

mh

7
4

282 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Vespeéce qu’elles doivent représenter. Cependant c’est 4 Forskaol qu’on
en doit la premiére description tolerable.”

The diagnosis of Linneus in the twelfth edition of the Systema
Nature is as follows:

eib-

“(Ostracion) gibbosus, 8. O. tetragonus muticus, ¢

bosus.

Art. gen. 55, syn. 83. O-
stracion quadrangulus, gib-
bosus.

Habitat in Africa.
Varietatem speciet 1 credit
Gronovius.”

This species surely has no just claim to a place in the fauna of the
United States.

De Kay inserted it in his work on the fishes of New York on very
slight evidence. I quote the paragraph relating to the single specimen
on which he based his description and figure:

“T know nothing of the origin of this species, except that it is said to
have been taken on the shore of Long Island. It is possibly the species
named triqueter by Dr. Smith, and which he represents as ‘inhabiting
the vicinity of Long Island, New York, but rarely makes its appearance
so far to the north as Massachusetts, unless driven on shore by the vio-
lence of storms.’ The triqueter of Artedi, however, has no spines. It
bears a considerable resemblance to the O. turritus of Forskaol, from
the Red Sea; but that species is quadrangular.” op. cit. p. 342.

There can be little doubt that the fish in De Kay’s possession was a
dried specimen of O. turritus, probably from a Chinese insect box.

Dr. Giinther remarks that this species is “very closely allied to and
probably identical with O. gibbosus” (viii, p. 259), but in his diagnosis
he does not refer to any specimens intermediate in form between the
two typical forms.

OSTRACION ARCUS, Schneider.

Ostracion arcus, SCHNEIDER, Bloch Syst. Ichth. 1801, p. 502 (citing Seba’s figure).

Ostracion (Acanthostracion) arcus, BLEEKER, Atlas Ichthyologique, v, 1865, pp. 30-36,
tab. cecil, fig. 3 (adult); cciv, fig. 4 (young), et alibi.

Ostracion cornutus, BLocH (nec Linnzeus), Ausl. Fische, i, p. 105, pl. exxxix.—BoNNaA-
TERRE, Tabl. Encyclop. et Method. etc. Ichth. 1788, p. 22, pl. xiv, fig. 44.—Lack-
PEDE, Hist. Nat. Poiss. i, 1798, p.470.—SCHNEIDER, 1. c. p. 500 (?).—SHaw, Gen.
Zool. v, 1803, p. 223, pl. clxx.—Cuvirr, Régne Anim. 1 ed. 1817, ii, p. 154; 2d
ed. 1829, p. 376, note; “3d ed. Poiss. p. 346.”—' BENNETT, Life of Raffles,
1830, p. 693.” —RICHARDSON, Rep. 15th Meeting Brit. Assoc. ; Rep. Ichth. China
and Japan, 1846, p. 200.

DISTRIBUTION.

Indian Ocean and Archipelago (Giinther).
Micronesia (Giinther).

Professor Gill, in his unpublished Bibliography of the Fishes of the
West Coast of North America (p. 17), remarks that “a young specimen

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 283

(33 inches long) of this species, dried, was sent (to him for identification)
by Dr. Cooper, in behalf of the Geological Survey of the State of Cali-
fornia, as having been given to them with the information that it had
been obtained in the State.” He notes that the appearance of the
specimen led him to believe that it came from China, and in this opinion
I would fully coincide, having carefully examined it. The species is
provisionally included in this list. At some future time individuals may
stray into our Paeific waters..
NOVEMBER 11, 1879.

ON THE HABITS OF THE ROCKY WOUNTAIN GOAT.
By DR. JAMES C. MERRILL, U.S. A.

Fort SHAW, Monrana, October 21, 1879.
Professor 8. F. BAIRD,

My DEAR Sir: Since I last wrote to you I have passed two months
at Fort Missoula, on the eastern limit of the Bitter-Root Range, and
while there, finding that the wild goat was comparatively abundant, I
made several attempts to obtain a skin and skeleton for the Smith-
sonian. I hunted them myself for two weeks, but unsuccessfully, only
seeing one, and that I did not obtain. At that season they are in the
highest and roughest peaks near and among snow, but in the winter
come down to the lower slopes and valleys.

You may be interested in the following items concerning this. species,
which I obtained from trustworthy sources :

Accounts vary as to the rutting season and time of dropping the kids,
but agree in the latter being two in number. During the summer the
male, female, and kids keep together and until the appearance of the
next young, though during the winter two or three of these families
unite. At this season it is unusual to see more than a dozen together,
‘though large bands are said to have been seen. The goats in all their
movements are heavy and slow. They are most successfully hunted with
dogs; when started by them they generally climb up the nearest rock
and stand them off; and while so doing are easily approached and shot.
When wounded and in close quarters they are rather dangerous, and
are apt to use their horns with effect. They feed at sunrise and sunset,
passing the day on some smooth flat rock in the sun, from which they
can keep a good lookout, but rarely start until closely approached.
The one I saw was among large masses of rock above snow-line. He
got up within thirty yards of me, stood in full view for a moment, and
then walked slowly off, almost hidden by the rocks. At first, though
so near, I took him for an albino bear (and several old hunters told me
they had made the same mistake!!); his large size, slow, heavy move-
ments, and manner of looking back over the shoulder, with the absence
of fear, being very different from my preconceived notions of the “ white

284 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

goat.” I very soon saw my error, but not liking to risk a snap shot,
tried to head the animal off, but without success. The tracks are enor-
mous for the size of the animal. I found many of their dusting places.
The earth is pawed up until quite a depression is formed, in which they
roll and lie by the hour. ‘They are somewhat like those of the bighorn,
but the numerous very long white hairs left in the dust show the
presence of the goat. I spoke to my guide (Charles MeWhirk, Corval-
lis, near Missoula, Montana,) about getting some skins and skeletons
this winter, and he said he would do so if any one ‘made it worth his
while.” If you desire them I think you had better write to him per-
sonally about it. I tried to explain to him how the skins should be
prepared. According to the recent order of the War Department he
can turn them over to the quartermaster at Fort Missoula, forty-five
niles distant, for shipment to the National Museum.

This account is not so complete as I could wish, but I send it as bet-
ter than none, as the goat is so little known. What I have written ap-
plies to their habits in the Bitter-Root Range. They are also found
rather plentifully in the main range of the Rockies near Flathead Lake.
Several have been caught alive, and the Indians sometimes bring in the
kids, but the latter soon die.

Nothing of special ornithological interest here now, but the winter
fauna in this latitude will be worthy of study.

Very truly, yours,
JAMES C. MERRILL.

NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF FISHES FROM EASTERN GEORGIA.
By TARLETON H. BEAN.

The United States National Museum received, December 15, 1879, from
Mr. A. Graves, postmaster at McBean, Ga., five species of fresh-water
fishes, one of which is here described as new to science. Mr. Graves
writes that the fishes were collected in McBean Creek, which ‘is the
dividing line between Burke and Richmond Counties, and is within two
hundred yards of McBean Station, on Augusta and Savannah Railroad.
It empties into the Savannah River, about seven miles from this sta-
tion.” The local names are those transmitted by Mr. Graves. The
species of Centrarchide have all been previously recorded by Prof. D. 8.
Jordan, from Georgia.

1. Chznobryttus gulosus (C. & V.) Gill.—‘‘Warm Mouth Perch”; ‘Yaw Mouth
Perch”.
23009 a. D. 1x, 11 Aine:
239096. D. X,10; A. IL, 9.

The first ventral ray, the tips of the anal, caudal, and dorsal rays,
and of the membranes between the dorsal spines aré crimson. Speci-

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 285

men 23509 a has a crimson spot half as long as the eye on the sheath
under the last four dorsal rays. The pectorals of both examples are
yellow.

2. Xystroplites heros (B. & G.) Jor.—“ Bream”.
93510a. D. X, 10; A. II, 10. (Soft dorsal injured.)
2551 ig OE Nol 2 Aerie
23510¢ D: X, 12; A. TIT, 12.
2310 dea De XG Aa AS RIT

These agree with the types of Pomotis heros B. & G.

3. Xenotis sanguinolentus (Ag.) Jor.—‘‘ Red-belly Perch”.

soo q.. Ds a ste A SELES 10:

S511 0. D. x, 12 2 LIL, LL.
23511d. OD. x, 11; A.. IIT, 10.

The throat, the breast, and i belly are orange red; the soft dorsal
and the anal have a narrow margin of the same color; the external
caudal rays are tipped with the same. The pectorals are yellow. The
sides are indistinctly banded with black.

4. Hsox americanus Gmel.—“ Pike”.
23 alee OXON se) DEL 2s “ASL, 10-
Length, 7,°, inches (186 millimeters).
All the fins are yellow. The skin covering the dorsal and caudal rays,
however, is blackish.

5. Hudsonius euryopa sp. nov.

Teeth 1, 4-4, 1, with a narrow grinding surface on the first two of the
long series.

93513-a. DL Ill, 7; A. I, 73 V. 1,7; P.1, 13; O..+,19, 35, Lelak
38; L. trans. 6 + 5.

23513 be DY, Il, 7; A. I, 6; Vd, 7; P. 1, 13; Cas-, 19 lan
38; L. trans. 6 + 5

The greatest height of the body equals the length of the longest
dorsal ray; it is slightly less than the length of the head, and is con-
tained in the length of body, without caudal, 5 times. The length of
the head is contained 4 to 44 times in the same. In specimen 23513 a
the length of the pectoral equals the greatest height of the body; in
specimen 23513) it equals the length of the head without the snout.
The long diameter of the eye equals $ of the length of the head. The
length of the ventral is contained 6 to 6$ times in length of body with-
out caudal. The distance of the origin of the dorsal from the snout
equals twice the length of the head, and equals the distance of the
ventral from the snout. The longest anal ray equals in length the
longest ventral ray. The length of the anal basis equals $ the greatest
height of the body. The length of the upper jaw equals the short

ss | @ ae oy ee

286 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

diameter of the eye. The length of the lower jaw and that of the post-
orbital portion of the head are equal. There is a black lateral band
following the course of the lateral line and continued around the nose,
most distinct in the young specimen.
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUsEvuM,
Washington, December 18, 1879.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF AMIURUS (A. PONDEROSUS)
FROM THE WESSEISSIPPI RIVER.

By TARLETON H. BEAN.

The United States National Museum received from Dr. J. G.
Steedman, of Saint Louis, Mo., chairman of the Missouri Fish Commis-
sion, on the 8th of November, 1879, a Catfish which weighed 150 pounds
at the time of shipment. After comparing this with the other described
species of Amiurus I am unable to identify it with any of them. The
most distinguishing character of the species is its many-rayed anal, in
which it resembles Ichthelurus rather than Amiurus, owen it has ia
skull-structure of the latter.

The specimen which forms the type of the present description was
sent at the request of Prof. Spencer F. Baird, United States Commis-
sioner of Fish and Fisheries, to whom Dr. Steedman wrote the follow-
ing information: “ Your letter requesting the shipment to you of a large
Mississippi Catfish was received this morning. Upon visiting our
market this P. M. I luckily found two—one of 144 lbs., the other 150
Ibs. The latter I ship to you to-night by express. . . . I purchased
it from an old fish-dealer of 30 years’ experience in our market; and he
assures me that the largest Mississippi Catfish he has met in that time
weighed 198 pounds. (He says he has heard of Catfish weighing 250
and 300 pounds, but he does not believe the stories.) This is the only
variety, he says, which reaches 100 Ibs. There is another species which
sometimes attains 65 Ibs. in weight. My informant (and he is practical
authority among us) enumerates six well-marked varieties of Catfish in
the Mississippi waters. . . . .”

The admission of this species into the genus Amiurus will necessitate
a modification of the definition of the genus so far as the limits of varia-
tion in the anal rays are concerned; and will leave only the lack of con-
tiguity between the supra-occipital and the second interspinal to dis-
tinguish Amiurus from Ichthelurus. A plaster cast and the skeleton of
the type are preserved.

DESCRIPTION.—The catalogue number of the type is 23388; its
length, to the origin of the middle caudal rays, is 57.2 inches, to the end
of the same rays, 61 inches. The distance from the middle of the base
of the caudal to the end of the upper caudal lobe is 8 inches.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 287

The shape of the body resembles that of A. nigricans; the caudal,
however, is emarginate and not deeply forked as in that species.

In the description and table of measurements the length of body is
to be understood to mean the length to the origin of the middle caudal
rays—57.2 inches.

The greatest height of the body (.29) is contained 34 times in its
length, and equals twice the length of the external caudal rays (.14).
Its greatest width (.18) is contained 53 times in length of body, and
equals 2 of the length of the head (.27). The height of the body at the
ventrals (.29) equals the greatest height. The least height of the tail
(.084) equals the length of the snout (.084), which is contained 34 times
in the length of the head. The length of the caudal peduncle (.16)
equals twice its least height.

The length of the head (.27) is contained 22 times in length of body,
and equals 3 times that of the ventral (.09). The width of the mouth
(.168) equals twice the length of the snout (.084), and is contained 6
times in length of body. The extent of the intermaxillary band of
teeth (.106) nearly equals the distance from the snout to the orbit (.108).
The greatest width of the head (.22) equals 4 of its greatest length.
The distance between the eyes (.15) is slightly more than half the length
of the head, and equals the length of the mandible (.15). The length of
the intermaxillary (.108) equals the distance from the snout to the orbit
(.108), and is contained 23 times in the length of the head. The length
of the maxillary barbel of the right side (.16) equals that of the caudal
peduncle, and nearly equals the width of the mouth. The remaining
barbels except the nasal are too imperfect to admit of description. The
distance from the lower nostril to the eye (.06) equals 4 times the long
diameter of the eye (.015). The distance from the upper nostril to the
eye (.056) is contained slightly more than 45 times in the length of the
head.

The distance of the first dorsal from the snout (.365) is contained 23
times in length of body, and equals 3 times the length of its first ray
(.122). The length of the first dorsal base (.082) nearly equals that of
the snout. The length of the dorsal spine (.105) is contained 23 times
in that of the head. The length of the last dorsal ray (.05) equals $ of
the distance between the eyes.

The distance of the adipose dorsal from the snout (.81) equals nearly
3 times the length of the head. Its length of base (.043) is contained
6 times in the distance of the pectoral from the snout (.26). Its greatest
height (.06) equals the distance between the lower nostril and the eye
(.06), and is contained 44 times in the length of the head.

The distance of the anal from the snout (.67) is contained 14 times in
length of body, and equals 3 times the greatest width of the head; its
distance from the anus (.035) is contained 3 times in the length of the
dorsal spine, and 8 times in that of the head. The length of the anal
base (.26) equals the distance of the pectoral from the snout (.26), and

288. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

is contained 34 times in length of body. The length of the first anal
ray (.01) is contained 8 times in the least height of tail. The ninth and
longest anal ray (.077) is nearly as long as the base of the first dorsal
(.08). The length of the last anal ray (.033) equals $ that of the middle
caudal rays (.066), which is contained 15 times in the length of body.

The proportion between the middle and external caudal rays (.14) is
as 34 to 8, both being measured from the middle of the origin of the
middle caudal rays. The length of the external caudal rays is contained
7 times, and of the middle caudal rays, 15 times in the length of body.

The distance of the pectoral from the snout (.26) is somewhat more
than twice the length of the pectoral (.125).

The distance of the ventral from the snout (.56) equals 4 times the
length of the external caudal rays. The length of the ventral equals $
of the length of the head and -}; of the length of body.

Radial formula: B. VII; D. II, 6; A. III, 32; P. I, 11; V. I, 7.

Color:—Upper part of body and head bluish slate; lower parts
whitish.

The length of the ovaries is 17 inches, and the weight 5 pounds avoir-
dupois. The diameter of the eggs is from ;4; to 5 of an inch. They
are not readily separable and are apparently far from maturity.

Amiurus ponderosus differs considerably from A. nigricans as will be
seen in the measurement tables. A. ponderosus has (1) a deeper body ;
(2) amuch wider mouth; (3) a wider interorbital space; (4) the inter-
maxillary and the intermaxillary band of teeth longer ; (5) the maxillary
barbel only 2 as long as the head instead of # as in nigricans; (6) the
long diameter of the eye contained 174 times in the length of the head
instead of 9 to 11 as in nigricans; (7) the first ray of the dorsal less
than 4 as long as the head; (8) the longest anal ray less than 4 as long
as the head; (9) the caudal rays shorter and the caudal not forked; (10)
the pectoral considerably less than $ as long as the head (more than $
in A. nigricans); (11) the ventral contained 3 times in length of head
(24 in A. nigricans); (12) anal rays, IIT, 32.

se — Ley

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 289!

Table of measurements.

Species: Amiurus ponderosus. \
Current number of specimen .......---- -----+--22 ne eee e eee eee ee: wnat 28888 9's
Locality ....------.----- 02-2 -e eee ceeee ne en ence cence Se enee eae eee Mississippi River, near Saint
Louis, Mo.

nnn cE aEEEIEEE Ey EEEEEEE EERE

Inches |19thsof| pimes in
length
an : length of
10tHis, 1), WOUE | bod
* | caudal. y
Length to origin of middle caudal rays. .---- Saveacceesalsnine= =~. <1s's B52) [eon aaecee|smecscareseses!
eeceth to end of middle caudal ray8.....-.--------+---+------------- 61.0) |= == <= -----|ss0~nim anesaos
ody:

Greatest height .-..2.--------0----202 eee e cee e ee cnn eer ence ennee 16.7 29.00 | 3%

Greatest Width. ....-.----e--e-0- eee - ene eee ee ener nee ene ee eee 10.5 18.00 | 5%

Height at ventrals....--..------------ 222222 eee ee eee eee eee eee e ee 16. 6 29.00 | 3%

Least height of tail......-...----------- +--+ 22222 ee eee e ee eee eee 4.8 8.39 | 12

Length of caudal peduncle. .....--------------++---+-----20+---- 9.3 16.00] &
Head:

Greatest length ..-..-------------- 222-22 eee e cece eee ence eeeeeee 15.7 27.44 | 3§

Width of mouth...---. 2-2-2 02 cen nee ene nne cone cece een e cen en nee 9.6 16.78 | 6

Greatest Width . ...... 2-20 .n0 no nnn nn ene e ne cence cece cece one 12. 5 21.85 | 4%

Width of interorbital area.......--------000 eee ee ene eeeeeeeee- 8.6 15.00 | 6%

Length of snout. .....------------2+--5 sere ee eee ee ee eee ee eee- 4.8 8.39 | 12

Extent of intermaxillary band of teeth 6.1 10.66 | 94

Extent of intermaxillaries ........-.----------- 6.2 10.84 | 92

Length of right maxillary barbel...-..----------- 9.3 16. 00

Length of mandible .------------.------------------ 8.5 15.00 | 63

Distance from lower nostril to eye-...--------------------------- 3.5 6.11 | 44 (in head).

Distance from snout to orbit. .....-....--- 2-2-2 ee eee eee eee eee 6.2 10.84 | 94

Distance from upper nostril to eye --.-.--------+---2+---------- 3. 2 5.59 | 44 (in head).

Diameter: of Orbit. /.---.2- 0s ncn ence rence ween ec enecnenccecs--- 9 1.57 | 174 (in head).
Dorsal (first) :

Distance from snout. -.......---e2eeee enn n nee e cece een eee e een ee- 20. 9 36.54 | 2

Length of base. ..----------.--- 20 eee seen nee cence eee eee ee ences 4.7 8.21 | 12%

Length of first spine ..-.----------------------- 22+ eee eee ee ee 6.0 10.49 | 94

Length of first ray -...--.---- 25-222 eee ence eee ene e cece enone 7.0 12.23 | 8

Length of last ray.--.--------.-26---- eee e ween ee cence eee eeeee: 2.8 5.00 | 20
Dorsal (adipose) :

Length of base ...-------.--2-eence enn n eee cee nnc cence ee nnr eens 2.5 4.37 | 23

Distance from snout. --- ~~. 2... ccsewes ce cenemenccececessocesen- 46. 4 81.11 | 14

Greatest height ..-- 1-26... oe ccc we seme w enw me cen ees enn ene =e 3.5 6.11 | 44 (in head).
Anal:

Distance from snout. .<..-cee-o- ca. come ence nt enensanacecce-=-= 38. 4 67.00 | 14

Distance from anus..--.--- 2.0 3.49 | 8 (in head).

Tength of base, ......-------- 15. 0 26.22 | 3%

length of first rayi-.-..----.os-s-----<-----= 6 1.05 | 26 (in head).

Length of longest ray (9th)..-...--.---.------------2-2-eeeee eee 4.4 7.69 | 13

Weneth of lastiray. -esosccscecoes ccs oncciinecesss= cone aivee= a= 19 3.32 | 8% (in head).
Caudal:

Length of middle rays. ...-..-.------------- 202 eee eee nee e eee eee 3.8 6. 64 | 15

Length of external rays ..-.-...2--2-----0 +++ 2-2 eee eee ener eens 8.0 14.00 | 7
Pectoral :

Distance trom SNOub....-- ..0+-- sce cence scene ccccavceecsmscas ae 15. 0 26.22 | 3%

Mon eile see secs ao anaes eelv coe ceeeneaetewonin = nis as noone Seeeceeuee 7.2 12.58 | 8
Ventral:

Distance from snout. .-.--.-..--0-.-- 2 ceccccccocecccerese-02-- 32.0 56.00 | 12

pen hn eee eae a oasiae sncicisele oom anesinacieeeminni=-~-icissenis acini 5.2 9.09 | 11
Bran cChiOstepalsr sa-s2 22 soos oe esncs ce cselcecinmcince vs sese==s anaes SV ADDS orerae saint laremielecteteteres marl
Oe ee eee ee ee cen etc ce eiccwse cols salscisisiels sine eta II, 6
PA ae ree eee eee ee acne ce cccccniecissacsclecs cle wnsi=wlen === once
Pectoral
Ventral

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79-——19 March 25, 1880.

ain ial

290 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Table of measurements.

Species: Amiurus nigricans.

Current number of specimen..----- “ 4 a 7h
. aint John’s
Locality ........-------+--2+2200- 5 River, Florida.
Goode.
100ths
Inches of
and | length
10ths. |without,
caudal.

Length to origin of middle caudal
Trays
Length to end of middle caudal

Heicht at ve -artenls

- Least height of tail
Length of caudal peduncle

Head:

Greatest length
Width of mouth
Greatest width .......<-2......
Width of interorbital area
Length of snout

Extent of intermaxillary band |

20802. 11116.
(Skin.) (Skin.)
Normal, Ili- Sandusky,
nois. Ohio.

100ths 100ths
Inches of Inches of
and |length| and | length
10ths. |without, 10ths. |without
caudal. caudal.

11117.
(Skin.)
Sandusky,
Ohio.

100ths
ce
en,
without
caudal,

Inches
and
10ths.

OMbEOuh yee ear eee en cecal aeasaes 74 Pay | ears a Omnlea= ee
Extent of intermaxillaries —--.|.......- Sh soon Sa oaeaer eeeeeres eeeceae
Length of left maxillary barbel.|......-. 213 allen eee ig | eee oe
Length OLIMANnGible: a sasee- see |eosscees 14 6.63 |peeeeeee 6247 | eee
Distance from lower nostril to

Gy /Gh2 sa9eens aes eere eB SSssacd SSscroeee Tio pecsieets || etter See eemeter
Distance from snout to orbit. ..)........ DF eae el aa onicin as] oe ete eee mete
Distance from upper nostril to

> A.OVe! 2: Ree nate eee ee Be seein | senna |peeeenee pees

Diameter of orbit.........-.-..|-..0. 02. 3 aida leocataeese a fiy |lsscdoooc
Dorsal (first) :

Distance from snout ..-...-.-.. Dida sce ees freclqenas| Soe eee eee

Length of base ..-.... Boccia See ses eewerepatn eaeeree ee

Length of first spine...--.-.... OR: | crores ate = | animes alle eaictetoe | eee are

Length Of ATSt Tay sc.6s 525eee- 153 Fae eoeseererete se |e

Length OL last itaysss-sosksocec|eceaeee GIF especie gestae eee eae eee ene
Dorsal (adipose) :

Men othOf DAS 2. Ea seses osc as] soewc oes | | = ecaone| saqeeeesleeeeenee | ceaeeee

Distance from snout ........-.-|..--.--. 18k scones Eee eee | ae eee

Greatesiiheight®. 2s. ss. 22a |ontee W& cose czs)cemeee: aaa naa eens
Anal:

Distance from snout ........-..|...-...- 688) | 522 2cseeleeeeece sce see eee

Distance from anus ....-.-..----|....---- AX | ese Sales eee | nana | eee

ene thor basoissecee sate renee lene eee 20H |e egos |igesicae raat | Semen

Lensth Ofdinsi rayti tas. cs se cece ore 3

Length of longest ray..........|........

Length of last eye eee ae eel beeen a
Candal:

Length of middle rays.........|.....-..

Length of external rays........ 3.6
Pectoral:

Distance from snout ........-..|......-- ae ere eee ete eet eet a || eee ain

Men eth s:ssoissas geet ee tee cec lean eee 163 aaa god ee eeeemane
Ventral:

Distance from snout ..-...-.=-.|------ -- Do et eee ees «-|ccceatalsesretos

eng ths: 2. shee ae see ee 12 SESS eee Pao n a San ck ooe ce es
Branchiostegals See Seok sae eee Vibit | eeeeeeale sateen | tes Soe te mel ee cee ee
Onsale 2255/25 eee ee Sree DEG | eae TING 3 |i seec -=|oeece secleeoe ance
Niel ete et = en Se R23 || See ee Aa hee ase IEE 23 )\-eeceeee
PPSGLOrall 52 o8).2.32. 5 ee ee 1; 510))| eee BO aceite ooo | 8 Sc os See
eM et eeses ssc. e coe ee 17) 25352 NOMA eee nessa nce sone | Seeeeeee

UNITED STATES NATIONAL

MUSEUM,

* Extends beyond end of head.

Washington, December 4, 1879.

256i eaeaeee
2) pie fl eae
6:3, nla
al: eBuueeenaee
eee

wee ew eel| see e wees

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 291

NOTE ON ENDOTHYRA ORNATA.
By C. A. WHITE.

Among the fossils obtained by Prof. O. St. John from the Carbonifer-
ous strata of the region of the Téton Mountains, southward from the
Yellowstone National Park, are some fragments of a dark silicious lime-
stone, adhering to the weathered surfaces of which are some small glob-
ular foraminifera. None of them are in an entirely satisfactory con-
dition of preservation, but their internal structure is very well shown
in Some cases. Samples of these objects have been submitted to Mr.
Henry B. Brady, F. R. S., whose labors with the foraminifera are so well
known. He mentions in reply the difficulty of being absolutely sure in
the determination of weathered specimens, but still thinks, without any
doubt, they are samples of Endothyra ornata Brady. (See Brady’s
Monog. Carb. and Perm. Foram. p. 99, pl. vi, figs. 1-4.) The discovery
of this form in that far-western region is interesting since it has hith-
erto been found only in England, Ireland, and Scotland. Another form
of Endothyra, however, L. baileyi (—Rotalia baileyi Hall) is found in the
lower Carboniferous strata of Indiana.

NOTE ON CRIOCARDIUM AND ETHMOCARDIUM.
By C. A. WHITE.

The subgenus Criocardium was proposed by Conrad to receive the
shells of that section of the genus Cardiwm which bear spines upon the
interspaces between the ribs. Besides the type indicated by him (C.
dumosum) which has “long slender spines between the ribs,” there are
several European forms which are plainly referable to this section, among
which are C. productum Sowerby ; C. moutonianum @Orb., and C. caroli-
num VOrb. All these shells have distinct spines or tubercles, or both,
occupying all the interspaces between the ribs; those upon the anterior
and posterior portions of the valves being longer and more conspicuous
than those upon the middle portion.

In adopting this subgenus Mr. Meek (U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr. vol. ix,
4to ser., p. 169) referred to Criocardium the Cardium speciosum of Meek
& Hayden, supposing it to bear spines or tubercles upon its intercostal
spaces. In the An. Rep. U.S. Geol. Sur. Terr. for 1877, p. 183, I took
occasion to state that among numerous examples of this shell which I
had examined, no trace of either spines or nodes was detected, but that
in place of them the test was perforated with minute holes. Subsequent
examination of portions of the shell of authentic examples, having the
natural surface in a better state of preservation than any before exam-
ined, shows that these small perforations are perfect apertures through
the whole substance of the test, the border.of each one being distinctly

292 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

defined upon both the inner and outer surface ; the margin of the aper-
tures not being even everted or raised upon the outer surface. More-
over, these perforations exist upon the middle portion of the valve only,
the greater part of the rows extending from the umbo to the basal border.
In the young state, as shown on the umbo of adult shells, a lesser part
of the median interspaces were thus perforated, but as the shell grew
perforations were introduced into the next outer adjoining interspaces,
so that fully one-half of the surface of the adult shell was occupied by
them. Both the anterior and posterior portions of the surface, compris-
ing a considerable proportion of the ribs which mark the surface, are
entirely without either holes or spines, and besides the ribs, the surface
is marked only by the ordinary lines and imbrications of growth.

This shell therefore differs from the typical forms of Oriocardiwm in
having perforations only instead of spines or nodes upon the intercostal
interspaces ; and in having neither spines nor perforations upon either
the anterior or posterior portions of the valves, upon which portions im
Criocardium the spines are more conspicuous than upon the median por-
tion. These differences from Criocardium are certainly as great as those
which separate any of the other recognized subgenera of Cardiwm, and
this shell is therefore as worthy as they of subgenerice designation. I
therefore propose for a section of the genus Cardium, of which C. specio-
sum Meek & Hayden is the type, the subgeneric name of Ethmocardium.

WASHINGTON, December 2, 1879.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW CRETACEOUS INVERTEBRATE FOSSILS
FROM KANSAS AND TEXAS.

By C. A. WHITE.

Of the fossils described in this paper the two Aviculids were discov-
ered by Prof. B. F. Mudge,* in strata of the Dakota Group, in Saline
County, Kansas, and sent by him to the National Museum. The locality
of these fossils is only about three miles distant from that at which he
obtained a series of fossils which were described and figured in vol. ix,
U.S. Geol. Surv. Terr. (4to ser.). They are all from the Dakota Group,
and all evidently from the same local horizon, because at least two of
the associated species are identical with two which were among those
described by Mr. Meek, and just referred to.

All the remainder are from Texas, having been sent respectively by
Mr. G. W. Marnoch, from Bexar County; Mr. D. H. Walker from Bell
County, and Mr. 8. W. Black, from Collin County. The types of all
these species are now in the collections of the National Museum.

*While these pages are passing through the press the sad intelligence comes that

Professor Mudge is dead. He was a sincere devotee and an intelligent interpreter of
nature, and, better still, an honest-man. Peace to his ashes.—C. A. W.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 293

MOLLUSCA.
Genus OSTREA Linneeus.

Subgenus ALECIRYONIA Fischer.

Ostrea (Alectryonia) blackii (sp. noy.). Plate 4, figs. 1 and 2.

Shell irregularly subovate in marginal outline, moderately capacious,
beaks small, sometimes obscure and sometimes moderately prominent.
Lower valve usually moderately deep and capacious, its convexity being
more prominent about the middle than elsewhere, often subalate, but
this latter feature is usually obscure; sear of attachment at the beak
usually present and often moderately large; ligament-area usually short
and rather small, but sometimes comparatively large and laterally ex-
tended; ligament-furrow well defined and having the usual character-
istics of the genus. Upper valve nearly flat and corresponding with the
lower in other respects, except that it is not so broad along the hinge-bor-
der and never has there the subalations which sometimes mark the lower
valve. The adductor sears are moderately large and have the form com-
mon to Alectryonia, namely, curved-spatulate. Surface of both valves
marked by concentric lines and strong imbrications of growth, and each
by a dozen or more radiating ribs or plications, which constitute a con-
spicuous feature of the shell; but they are usually somewhat less dis-
tinct upon the upper than upon the under valve.

Length, 68 millimeters ; greatest breadth, 62 millimeters; thickness,
o2 millimeters.

In form and general aspect this shell approaches that of a typical
Ostrea ; but in the character of its adductor scars, the extent of its plica-
tions, and the subalation of its cardinal border it is properly referable
to Alectryonia. The only shell with which it need be compared is 0.
bellaplicata Shumard, also from Texas. It differs from that shell in
being constantly larger, proportionally less capacious, broader toward
the base, and in having its hinge-border longer and more oblique.

Position and locality.— Cretaceous strata, Collin County, Texas, where
it was collected by Mr. 8. W. Black, and sent by him to the Smith-
sonian Institution. The specific name is given in his honor.

Genus EXOGYRA Say.

Exogyra forniculata (sp. nov.). Plate 4, figs. 3 and 4.

Shell subtrihedral in lateral outline, somewhat compressed vertically.
Under, or left valve thick, especially its umbonal half; beak curved
strongly toward the posterior border, and in the plane of the free mar-
gins of the valve, not forming so much as one complete volution, its
point being free but closely approaching the posterior border of the
valve; ligament-area irregularly triangular, moderately large, extend-
ing to the apex of the beak, its sulcus well developed; interior surface

294 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

having the usual characteristics of the genus. A faint, illy-defined sul-
cus is apparent on the posterior side, extending from the umbo to the
basal border, between which sulcus and the laterally flattened-concave
posterior border of the valve there is an equally indefined radiating
curved ridge. The anterior portion of the valve is marked by a strong
angular, rough carina or ridge which extends from the beak to the basal
border. The prominence of this ridge gives a flattened aspect to the
outer surface of the valve, and also produces a flattened space of con-
siderable width between it and the anterior margin. Surface marked
by the ordinary coarse lines of growth, often presenting the coarse
imbrications so common to the Ostreide; and upon the ridges just
described there are occasional nodes or vauited projections of portions
of the shell. Upper valve unknown.

Length, 70 millimeters; breadth across near the base, where it is
broadest, 50 millimeters.

In general aspect this shell is much like a Gryphea, but it is referred
to Hxogyra because of its laterally instead of perpendicularly curved
umbo and beak. This species therefore affords additional evidence of
the well-known fact that the two genera named approach each other very
closely. Specifically this shell is well marked by its strong, rough angu-
lar carina, its free beak, narrow umbonal region and broad base. In
these respects it differs too much from any described form to need de-
tailed comparison. By casual observation it may be mistaken for the
variety navia Conrad, of Gryphea pitcheri; but a comparison of the
beaks of the two forms will show a well-marked difference.

Position and locality.—Cretaceous strata, Bexar County, Texas, where
it was collected by G. W. Marnoch, esq., together with many well-known
Cretaceous species of that region.

Exogyra winchelli (sp. nov.). Plate 2, figs. 1 and 2; and plate 3, figs. 1 and 2.

Shell of medium size, irregularly subovate in marginal outline; ses-
sile, or attached by a large part of the surface of the lower or left valve,
being obliquely inclined so that the anterior border is very much higher
than the posterior. Lower valve massive, moderately deep, its front
side nearly perpendicular and of considerable height vertically; umbo
vertically flattened continuously with the front side, and broadly curving
backward; beak closely incurved under the posterior border and there
concealed; ligamental groove long and narrow, occupying the whole
curvature of the umbo. Upper valve nearly flat, thick; the anterior
part being much thicker than the posterior; beak vertically thin or
compressed, closely coiled in a plane with that of the valve, making a
little more than one entire volution. Surface marked by coarse lines of
growth, and near the anterior borders of both valves, especially the
upper, it is usually deeply laciniate.

Length, 99 millimeters; breadth, 66 millimeters; height in front, 55
millimeters.

This species belongs to the same section of the genus Hxogyra with

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 295

EH. haliotoidea Sowerby, sp., and LH. walkeri White. The latter species
is larger and proportionally broader than H. winchelli, and not properly
sessile as the latter species is. H. haliotoidea, as figured by @Orbigny
in Pal. Frangaise, t. iii, pl. 478, differs from H. winchelli in being pro-
portionately higher in front and narrower in transverse diameter, and
in not having the beaks so much incurved. L. interrupta Conrad, from
Mississippi, also belongs to the same section, but that species is de-
scribed as having radiating ribs, which ours has not.

Position and locality—Cretaceous strata, Collin County, Texas, where
it was collected and sent to the Smithsonian Institution by Mr. S. W.
Black. The collections of the Institution also contain a fine example
sent by Prof. A. Winchell many years ago from Prairie Bluffs, Ala.,
which is believed to be specifically identical with the form here described,
but is proportionally more elongate, has a larger muscular scar, and the
ambonal curve is a little more abrupt. The specific name is given in
honor of Professor Winchell.

Genus GERVILLIA Defrance.

Gervillia mudgeana (sp. nov.). Plate 5, figs. 3 and 4.

This shell is known only by natural casts in brown hematite of the
interior, and a few adhering fragments showing the character of the
test. It is moderately large, laterally distorted; hinge-line compara-
tively long, very oblique with the axis of the shell, producing a somewhat
prominent posterior alation which is not distinctly defined from the body
of the shell; cartilage-pits in the area of each valve six or seven, as
indicated by undulations upon the cast ; beaks placed very near the ante-
rior end, beyond which there appears to have been no distinct anterior
ear; beak of the right valve more prominent than that of the other,
although the right valve is less convex transversely than the left; right
valve having a somewhat regular and strong longitudinal convexity ;
but its trausverse convexity is very little in the anterior half, while its
posterior half is nearly flat; left valve nearly straight, or even slightly
concave longitudinally along the axis, but very strongly convex trans-
versely in all parts of the shell, this convexity being more abrupt along
the axis than elsewhere; and there is also between the axis and the
hinge-margin a slightly raised, rounded fold which extends from behind
the beak to the posterior margin; adductor muscular impression large
and distinct in each valve. A few fragments show the surface to have
been marked by the ordinary concentric lines of growth, and also that
the test although firm was not massive.

The dimensions cannot be definitely given, but the largest example dis-
covered indicates a length of at least 80 millimeters.

This shell differs too much from any of the few known Cretaceous
species of the genus to need detailed comparison, but it is related to G.
subtortuosa Meek & Hayden, which it resembles in being tortuous. It
differs, however, in being a proportionally much shorter shell, in the

296 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

shape and position of the adductor sears, and in the relative position
and arrangement of the cartilage-pits. It is less tortuous than G. tor-
tuosa Sowerby, and its proportions are different. The relation. of this
species with G. subtortuosa is doubtless genetic, and it presents one more
among other now known similar cases of evident genetic relationship
between the molluscan fauna of the Dakota Group and that of the later
Cretaceous groups of the West, which were formerly unknown, but which
the discoveries of Professor Mudge have done more than those of all
others to show.

Position and locality—Strata of the Dakota Group, Saline County,
Kansas, where it was discovered by Prof. B. F. Mudge, in whose honor
the specific name is given.

Genus PTERIA Scopoli.
Subgenus OxyToMA Meek.

Pteria (Oxytoma) salinensis (sp. noy.). Plate 5, figs. 1 and 2.

Shell rather large for a Cretaceous Pteria; the body, exclusive of the
wings, obliquely subovate, broad at the base, moderately gibbous, dis-
tinctly but not very greatly inequivalve; the left valve, as usual, more
convex than the right and its beak more prominent; the convexity of
the valves somewhat uniform but increasing toward the umbonal region
in each, where it is greatest; anterior wing moderately large, defined
trom the body of the shell by being laterally compressed, but not by
any distinct auricular furrow; the byssal sinus under the anterior wing
of the right valve having the usual size and shape common to Oxytoma;
posterior wing not proportionally large, and not distinctly defined from
the body of the shell except by a somewhat gradual lateral compression ;
its posterior angle not greatly produced; hinge-line less than the axial
length of the shell; posterior adductor scars not distinct; anterior ad-
ductor scars distinct and deep for a shell of this genus, placed immedi-
ately in front of the beaks, that of the left valve being more distinet than
the other.

This, like the last-described species, is known only by natural casts in
brown hematite of the interior of the shell, the imperfection of which
will not allow of an accurate measurement of all its proportions. It is,
however, known to have reached an axial length of more than 60 milli-
meters, a transverse width near its base of at least 50 millimeters, and
a thickness of about 25 millimeters when both valves were in natural
position.

The character of the surface is not known, but it was evidently nearly
smooth, as is usual with Oxytoma. It is related probably genetically to
P. (O.) nebrascana Evans & Shumard, but it is a larger and more robust
shell, with a proportionally larger anterior wing, more prominent beaks,
and broader base.

Position and locality—Strata of the Dakota Group, Saline County,

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 2.
EXOGYRA WINCHELLI.

Fig. 1, interior view of lower valve, natural size. Fig. 2, inside view of upper valve.
(See other figures on Plate 3.)

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 3.
EXOGYRA WINCHELLI.

Fig. 1, front view of lower valve, natural size. Fig. 2, outside view of upper valve.
(See other figures on Plate 2.)

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 4.
OSTREA BLACKII.

Fig. 1, outside view of lower valve, natural size. Fig. 2, upper view of the same
example.

EXOGYRA FORNICULATA.

Fig. 3, outside view of lower valve, natural size. Fig. 4, inside view of the same.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 5.
PTERIA SALINENSIS.

Fig. 1, left side view of natural cast of the interior, natural size. Fig. 2, dorsal
view of the same.

GERVILLIA MUDGEANA.

Fig. 3, left side view of natural cast of the interior, natural size. Fig. 4, dorsal
view of the same.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE 6.
THRACIA MYFORMIS.

Fig. 1, right side view, natural size. Fig. 2, dorsal view of the same.
PACHYMYA? COMPACTA.

Fig. 3, right side view, natural size. Fig. 4, dorsal view of the same.

Proceedings Nat. Mus., 1879.

C. A. White.

EXOGYRA WINCHELLI.

Plate 2.

Proceedings Nat. Mus., 1879. C. A. White.

i
Plate 3.

Proceedings Nat. Mus., 1879.

C. A. White.

Plate 4.

f
\

&

ils

be 144

i iN wr" (

X ~ \ anni

TS
eat:

A
i
NK

1 and 2.—OsTREA BLACKII.
3 and 4.—EXOGYRA FORNICULATA,

ail" = :

‘
Ny ak \ acer” S
dn er:

Proceedings Nat. Mus., 1879. C. A. White. Plate 5.

1 and 2.—PTERIA SALINENSIS.
| 8 and 4.—GERVILLIA MUDGEANA.

[can ee SN os

Proceedings Nat. Mus., 1879. C, A. White.

1 and 2.—THRACIA MY#FORMIS.
3 and 4.—PACHYMYA? COMPACTA,

2

Plate 6.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 297

‘Kansas, where it was discovered by Prof. B. F. Mudge associated with
the preceding species, and also with Cyrena Dakotensis Meek & Hayden
and Cardium? kansasense Meek.

Genus PACHYMYA Sowerby.

Pachymya ? compacta (sp. nov.). Plate 6, figs. 3 and 4.

Shell small, narrower posteriorly than anteriorly, slightly gaping be-
hind; beaks depressed, approximate, incurved, directed forward, their
position being very near the front; basal margin broadly convex; pos-
terior margin narrowly rounded; postero-dorsal margin forming an
oblique downward and backward truncation of that part pf the shell;
cardinal margin nearly straight, subparallel with the basal margin,
much shorter than the full length of the shell; ligament short, its area
depressed and sharply defined ; front very short, depressed beneath the
beaks and narrowly rounded below; umbonal ridges prominent and an-
gular or subangular; the space above and behind them moderately
broad and flattened; the remainder of each valve somewhat regularly
convex. Hinge and interior markings unknown. Surface marked by
the ordinary concentric lines of growth.

Length, 29 millimeters; height, 18 millimeters; thickness, both valves
together, 14 millimeters.

This species is evidently congeneric with the shell which in the An.
Rep. U. S. Geol. Sur. Terr. for 1877, p. 298, I described as Pachymya ?
herseyi, and also with the Cypricardia? texana of Roemer, but knowing
nothing of the hinge of either of these forms, I am not satisfied that
they are properly referable to Pachymya ; yet in all their external char-
acters they seem to agree.

Position and locality—Cretaceous strata, Bell County, Texas, where
it was collected by Mr. D. H. Walker.

Genus THRACIA Leach.

Thracia myzformis (sp. nov.). Plate 6, figs. 1 and 2.

Shell transversely subovate in marginal outline; valves nearly equal;
anterior end reguiarly rounded; wider and thicker anteriorly than
posteriorly; posterior portion narrowed vertically and somewhat com-
pressed but gaping at the extremity; basal border broadly convex;
posterior border abruptly rounded; cardinal margin slightly convex,
but the prominent umbones give the shell a concave appearance behind
the beaks; a distinct linear depression is seen in the natural cast upon
each side of the ligament; beaks prominent, incurved and directed a
little forward; muscular impressions not distinctly shown in our ex-
amples, which are natural casts in chalky limestone, but the pallial
sinus appears to have been large and subangular at its anterior end.
Surface marked by the ordinary lines of growth, and also by more or
less distinct irregular concentric wrinkles.

298 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Length, 57 millimeters; height from base to umbo, 37 millimeters ;
thickness, both valves forester 24 millimeters.

In general aspect this shell approaches 7. prouti Meek & Hayden,
from the Upper Fox Hills Group of the Upper Missouri River region,
but it differs in being proportionally narrower and more produced be-
hind the beaks, and in the greater prominence of the umbones.

Position and locality—Cretaceous strata, Bell County, Texas, where
it was collected by Mr. D. H. Walker.

WASHINGTON, December 4, 1879.

.

NOTES ON A COLLECTION OF FISHES OBTAINED IN THE STREAMS
OF GUANAJUATO AND IN CHAPALA LAKE, MEXICO, BY PROE. A.
DUGES.

By DAVID 8S. JORDAN.*

The collection which forms the subject of this paper was obtained
by Prof. A. Dugés in the streams of the province of Guanajuato in
Mexico, and by him forwarded to the Smithsonian Institution. Many
of them are extremely interesting as representing the ordinary North
American fish fauna at a point near its southern limit, before it gives
place to the Central and South American forms.

Chirostoma estor Jordan, sp. nov.

Allied to Chirostoma humboldtianum (C. & V.).

Body elongate but rather robust for the genus, the depth about one-
sixth the length to the base of the caudal.

Head very large, pike-like, forming more than one-fourth (two-
sevenths) the length to base of caudal.

Mouth very large, the maxillary reaching to past the front of the eye.
Intermaxillaries forming the edge of the jaw strongly curved, their pos-
terior portions broadly dilated asin Chirostoma menidium. Teeth strong,
in several series in each jaw. Two small fang-like teeth on the front of
the vomer. Lower jaw considerably projecting beyond the upper. Eye
large, anterior, 5 in length of head, shorter than snout, and a little nar-
rower than the interorbital space, which is nearly flat.

Head covered with scales, which are smallest on the occipital region,
and largest on the lower part of the cheeks. Smaller scales on the inter-
opercle. .

Sides of head vertical, a conspicuous ridge along the edge of the top
“of the head above and behind the eye.

Scales small, anteriorly crowded, about 72 in a longitudinal series,
and 18 in a cross series. Posterior margin of scales strongly crenate,
so that the fish feels rough to the touch.

* As Professor Jordan i is far distant while this paper is is going through the press, the
proof has been compared with his manuscript by the editor of these Proceedings. In

the description of Zophendum australe two verbal additions are indicated in paren-
theses,

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 299

Pectorals moderate, nearly half as long as head, reaching slightly
past the base of the ventrals. Ventrals rather short, reaching nearly
two-thirds the distance to the base of the anal.

Anal moderate, beginning considerably in front of the dorsal and end-
ing a little behind it. Anal rays I, 18. Dorsal rays V-I, 12.

Spinous dorsal beginning nearly midway between insertion of ventrals
and anal, separated from the soft dorsal by a distance equal to about
two-thirds the length of the base of that fin.

Caudal somewhat forked.

Coloration uniform in spirits, the silvery lateral band but faintly indi-
cated.

The type of this species, 104 inches long, was obtained by Professor
Dugés in Lake Chapala, Mexico; it is known as Pesce blanco di Cha-
pala (“poisson blane de Chapala”) in Guanajuato, according to Profes-
sor Duges.

Tt is one of the very largest of the Atherinide, resembling a pike in
its form, and in the large head and mouth. Its nearest relative is ap-
parently Chirostoma humboldtianum, also from Mexico, from which it
differs in the much smaller scales, as well as in other characters. In Dr.
Girard’s arrangement of the Atherinide, this species would be likewise

’ a Heterognathus.

The type of Chirostoma estor is numbered 25124 in the register of the
U.S. National Museum.

Chirostoma humboldtianum (C & V.) Jor. (Atherina vomerina C. & Y.).

With the preceding is a single specimen of another Chirostoma, which
seems to be the humboldtiana of Cuv. & Val, with which the vomerina
is doubtless identical. This specimen (No. 25136) has the usual silvery
band. D. IV-I, 10; A. I, 15 or 16; lat. 1. 50, the scales with entire
edges. The long head is 44 in length to base of caudal, and the body
is rather slender. This example is 54 inches in length.

? Chirostoma brasiliensis (Quoy & Gaimard) Jor.

Numerous specimens (catalogue number 23135) of a small Chirostoma
allied to brasiliensis and bonanensis are in the collection. The body
is short and compressed, the mouth small and oblique. Lat. 1. 36;
L. trans. 9. D. IV-I,9; A. 1,17. Silvery lateral streak very narrow.
It does not fully agree with descriptions of either of the above species,
and its habitat is remote from both. Ido not, however, think it advisable
at present to give it a separate name. '

Goodea atripinnis Jordan, gen. & sp. nov.

GENERIC DESCRIPTION.—Form of Hydrargyra or Fundulus, but with
the intestinal tract elongate, the dentary bones movable, and the teeth
slender, tricuspid, movable, attached in a single series on the outer edge
of the jaws, not closely set. Fins small, the dorsal and anal similar,

300 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAI, MUSEUM.

the dorsal slightly in advance of the anal, without spines. Scales mod-
erate. Limnophagous. Sexual changes, if any, unknown.

This genus differs from the most of the other Cyprinodontide in its
tricuspid teeth. From Cyprinodon, Jordanella, Fitzroyia, Characodon,
and Jenynsia, the genera thus far known with tricuspid incisors, it is
distinguished by the elongate intestines, and by the freeness of the
dentary bones. he aspect is wholly unlike Cyprinodon, resembling
rather Fundulus.

SPECIFIC DESCRIPTION. —-Body oblong, considerably compressed,
formed much as in Hydrargyra, the back nearly straight, little elevated,
caudal peduncle deep. Depth of body 4-44 in length. Head short,
broad, depressed, triangular and rather pointed, when viewed from the
side.

Mouth quite small, anterior oblique, the lower jaw projecting. Both
jaws with a series of rather slender tricuspid teeth, which are loosely
inserted, and somewhat movable, not close enough set to form a con-
tinuous cutting edge. Head 4 in length. Eye moderate, directed
partly downwards, 34 in head, rather longer than snout and little more
than half the width of the very broad interorbital space. <A slight ridge
from the occipital region backward.

Scales rather large, 37 to 40 in a longitudinal series, and 15 in a
transverse series. Humeral scale somewhat enlarged.

Fins small. Dorsal fin posterior, very slightly in advance of the
anal, which is also short and low, the two fins about coterminous and
falling far short of the caudal. Caudal short and small. Ventrals
small.

Pectorals small, not reaching ventrals. Dorsal rays 12, anal rays 13.

Color bluish above in spirits, sides nearly plain, with a silvery streak
along each series of scales. Vertical fins obscurely marked, each of
them chiefly black, especially on the distal half. There is no evidence
of any modification of the anal fin in any of the specimens, which are,
however, apparently adult. One of the two larger ones is apparently a
female, the other probably a male.

The intestinal canal is considerably convoluted and filled with mud.

The types of this species, No. 23137, are numerous specimens of vari-
ous sizes; the two largest nearly 4 inches in length, were obtained by
Professor Dugés at Léon in Guanajuato.

Zophendum australe Jordan, sp. noy.

Allied to Zophendum siderium (Cope), but with larger scales.

Body rather elongate, formed much as in Campostoma anomalum,
somewhat compressed, the back somewhat elevated and rounded ante-
riorly. Depth, 44 in length to base of caudal.

Head rather large, slightly depressed or flattish above, its length
about 4 times (in length) to base of caudal. Mouth moderate, low, the
lower jaw slightly included, the premaxillary below the level of the eye,
the maxillary just reaching the front of the eye. Lower jaw thin-edged,

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 301

and with a slight symphysial knob as in Hybognathus. Eye small,
nearly 6 in head.

Seales rather small, 10-55-7 or 8, the lateral line complete, somewhat
decurved.

Dorsal fin moderate, slightly behind ventrals, D. 8; A. 7. Anal rather
high.

Pectorals not reaching ventrals, the latter (not reaching) to vent.

Teeth 4—4, not hooked, with broad grinding surface as in Hybognathus.

Color dark bluish above, scales everywhere with fine black punctula-
tions. Sides without black spots. A black spot at base of caudal fin.

Peritoneum black; intestinal canal considerably elongate.

Types, numerous examples (23130-23131), 5 to 7 inches in length,
taken by Professor Dugés in Lake Tupataro in Guanajuato, Mexico.
The less number of scales (55 instead of 88) well distinguishes this
species from Z. siderium.

Hudsonius altus Jordan, sp. nov.

Allied to Hudsonius fluviatilis.

Body moderately elongate, compressed, deep, the back somewhat ele-
vated, the depth 3? in length to base of caudal.

Head short, somewhat depressed above, moderately pointed, 44 in
length to base of caudal. Eye moderate, shorter than snout, 5 to 6 in
length of head. Mouth medium, quite oblique, terminal, the premax-
illary on the level of the pupil, the maxillary not reaching the front of
the pupil. Jaws equal in the closed mouth. Preorbital large.

Scales rather large, not closely imbricated, 8-46-4. Lateral line
strongly decurved, 19 scales in front of dorsal fin.

Dorsal fin high, inserted over the base of the ventrals. Dorsal rays
1,8. AnalI,8. Caudal fin rather broad, forked, its peduncle deep and
compressed.

Ventrals shortish, reaching vent. Pectorals falling just short of
ventrals.

Teeth 4-4, hooked, with narrow grinding surface.

Color bluish above, sides silvery, fins plain.

Types, several specimens, numbered 23129, the largest about 8 inches
in length, obtained by Prof. A. Dugeés in Lake Tupataro in Guanajuato.

This species differs from its northern relatives, fluviatilis, storerianus,
etc., in the larger head, the oblique mouth, and in the presence of but
‘one row of teeth.

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM,

Washington, December 18, 1879.

302 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO SPECIES OF FISHES COLLECTED BY PROE.
A. DUGES IN CENTRAL MEXICO.

By TARLETON H. BEAN.

The larger portion of the fishes presented to the United States National
Museum by Professor Duges in June, 1879, have been reported upon by
Prof. D. S. Jordan in a previous paper of these Proceedings.* In all 8
species were transmitted by Professor Duges, 4 of them being described
in the article just mentioned and 2 in the present paper as new to science.

The discovery of Myxostoma and Amiurus in streams which flow into
the Pacitic is singular and interesting, and, at the same time, the oceur-
rence of additional genera, Zophendum and Hudsonius, characteristic of
the Eastern United States, makes it desirable to know more of the
climatic and statigraphic conditions existing in Guanajuato and adjoin-
ing provinces. Goodea and two of the Chirostomas are from a salt lake
in the middle of a little voleanic plain in Valle de Santiago, Guanajuato.

Myxostoma austrina Bean, sp. nov.

The type specimens were collected at Piedad, mn Morelia (Michoacan),
Mexico. They are numbered 23120 and 23121 in the United States Na-
tional Museum catalogue. The species may belong to Minytrema rather
than Myxostoma; but in the absence of all the abdominal viscera this
point cannot now be settled. It has a remarkably small fontanelle.

DESCRIPTION.—Body not elongate, rather stout. Lips plicate, trun-
cate or slightly rounded behind.

The greatest height of the body equals about 4, and the least height
of the tail =, of the length of body.t

The length of the head (.25-.24) is contained 44 times in length of
body. Its width (.15) equals the length of the base of the dorsal. The
interorbital distance (.095) equals the length of the snout. The length
of the operculum (.07-.075) equals $ the length of the ventral. The long
diameter of the eye (.04) is contained 6 times in the length of the side
of the head.

The distance of the dorsal from the snout (.45) equals 3 times the
length of its base; the beginning of the dorsal is equally distant from
the tip of the snout and the end of the anal. The longest dorsal ray
(.16) is twice as long as the last (.08), and its length is contained 5 times
in the distance of the anal from the snout.

The length of the base of the anal (.085-.09) is contained twice in the ©
distance from the snout to the nape. The longest anal ray (.22) equals
in length the external caudal rays, measuring these from the origin of
the middle caudal rays. The last ray of the anal is as long as the snout.

The length of the middle caudal rays (.15) equals about 4 the height
of the body.

The distance of the pectoral from the snout (.25) As contained 4 times

*Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. ii, p. 298,
t Length of body is to be understood as length without the caudal.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 303

in length of body, and the length of the pectoral, 5 times. When ex-
tended, the pectoral reaches the 11th or 12th scale of the lateral line.

The distance of the ventral from the snout equals 34 times the length
of the ventral.

Radial formula: D. II, 11; A. Il, 6; C. 18 (developed rays); P. I,
16-17; V. 1,8. Scales 61-44-64.

Colors: Upper portion light brown (in the alcoholic specimens), lower
parts yellowish; some scales on the sides of the body are light brown
at the base, in which respect the species resembles one of the varieties
of M. macrolepidota. The ventrals and the right pectoral of specimen
23120 have dark blotches on their lower surfaces, the ventral of the
right side being almost banded. The right pectoral and the left ventral
of specimen 23121 bear fewer similar blotches. The bellies of both
specimens have several markings of the same kind.

Table of measurements.

Species: Myxostoma austrinum Bean.

Current number of specimen. ..----------------------------- 23120. | 23121.
Collector’sinumber=-<--- 2-----.----=\.- Bee eae Sete toseas aos She iis | lr
| 100ths of 100ths of
Milli- length Milli- length
meters. | without |, meters. | without
| caudal. | | candal.
a | |
Length to origin of middle caudal rays.-..-..-----.---------- 303) Be eeemer: 285." lie. ceso eee
Body:
Grentest hei ghtya: a ose eos ec cn mame ine ccenismnieim ism esin='|cisoser sice 2 ale 24
Grantesbawildthlese.-o- = semceeeenes ceiceee ceases c/seeialee ae 15.5 |- | 16.5
Height at ventrals- ..-....-----.--.---------- 20 oe eee eens] eee ee eee 24.5 |. 21.5
Meastherohbottalleea. sss eneee peacce sien SS UE Say Nome | Stead. acta) 9.5 |. 10
Menesthotscaudal, peduncle) sass sseeeec esses sense eise| ose = asa 15.5 18
Head: |
Greatest length. - Epeeiete eae = sere | 23 24.3
Distance from snout to nape . 2 18 17
Greatest width ... -.----.- = 15 15
Width of interorbital area. Sines Et IIE 9.6
Length of snout ....-..--.-- Bees Or 5s eee 9
Length of operculum .....--- Sook uf 7.5
Distance e from snout to orbit..--. Pees OU nl eremerse eels 9.5
PiameLenomorbibsses te see cccne ees cle me ees cele loeeeee | ceseiinae isis ae seat eee 4
Dorsal: '
MIGtANCOMLOMSNOUL Essen eee emt ane ccem ese cmcmemaseee Ab Bi Soseseoces 45
Beneth of. base ..-.----. +... T5457 ese ese cee 15
Length of longest ray. - 1G eerie wetntet= 16
Length of last Tt gee eae ctols Se estonia ain ele neineleatetsrtetelcte 87 Sree 8
Anal:
DS ban CEMUDIMSNGMURe Nero sec ccec cee <s-cace ed ee seam eeraa| ae sare eere 80) ole eee 81
HGGHO UMNO MOR SOM ee em nciaar = neias(sanem ais onniacineselsieiisca= ss (o[somammatnla QiF ME eeases see 8.5
Length of lone esturavareeerer eee sane - secss consent ceester|oncemeans 22) | Seaeooee 22
Len eth of last SU Vee eee ae ance eect enaeocae cleemacimeemes| eae emeria Osos eee 10
Caudal:
MED PERO MMO Me mrayRsee on- -cc se cle se -cinicescns coccenisese| Hac ccoeace 13 |o--ohscene 13
Lensth of external PAY See nee ne occ osee ss sseces eee | ease enacts QP |b ees 22. 5
Pectoral:
DIS ANCORNOMESATIO Ub momen cease ot oon dete 0 ws cicioc a cca caleer aise eeeaae Ob i sone St 25.5
LON Sb ee eee eee eae eno cele clewsaiwaecaiwasicnses se-[seerecccice Da Se eae eta 19
Ventral:
DTSCRNCO LOM SHOULMEEE Ete cae eeoen so occ seca ccwleseg celeearan case [2 Wl ee 54
ROT Demeester aoe A Soe dee Soc onic carellecmeciede Tel eee eeer: 154
Branchidsteralsas cee seer sane soak oo tao te coe on ccacieciebeac|/soemeacacs|oceseeeeiee Th ||: oe
SP DOTSalieee Pak cel wen a eee e owes FSi Sk ok i eee ee Tle) | ae ey EE Gl sase seen
Bol wie ae ee reer ee Muh ee ey oe a! ThiGy |e eae Th 62s
NUL eee ar ee ae TN en eo ca Caw e ce cineca s TS 2" | So eetecs a. 18-2) |e
(Pectoral sae see ee eee ec ocadedeteeee 5 ils ae 1 ae +r at i Lee ee
Wentraleceaae seer eee eee cee doen coc accccecasseces Ligmees: aoe 8) | 525 ee
Number of scales in lateral line... ............--.--.--------- AAg | eee 44 toe
Number of transverse rows above lateral line....----.------- Gx) Poeeee cose 64. sss bee
Number of transverse rows below latoral line. .-..----------- 64) |Peeeee see GE esc

304 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Amiurus Dugésii Bean, sp. nov.

This species is allied to A. albidus (Le Sueur) Gill, but has a much
narrower head as is shown in comparing the width (greatest extent) of
the intermaxillary band of teeth in the two species. The head’ of
A. Dugésii is also longer in proportion to the length of the fish without
caudal, and the humeral process is slightly furrowed, and not strongly
rugose as in A. albidus. The pectoral spine is not serrate. Amiurus
Dugésii has the supraoccipital well separated from the second inter-
spinal buckler.

The typical specimens are numbered 25122 and 23123 in the Fish
Catalogue of the Museum. They were received from Prof. A. Dugés in
June, 1879, and were marked in his invoice as coming from the Rio
Turbio in the province of Guanajuato, Mexico.

DeEscripTion.—The height of the body is contained 44 to 5 times in
its length without caudal. The distance from the end of the anal to the
origin of the middle caudal rays is a little more than half the length of
the head.

The length of the head (.29) exceeds its greatest width (.21-.23) by
one-third. The maxillary barbel can be made to reach the pectoral
spine, and is contained 5 times in the length of the body. The distance
between the eyes (.125) equals 4 times their long diameter (.03). The
length of the snout is about 4 of that of the head (in the smaller example
somewhat less). The width (greatest extent) of the intermaxillary band
of teeth (.095) is less than 4 of the length of the head (nearly $ in A.
albidus). The length of the maxillary (.04-.045) is about 4 of the inter-
orbital distance. The posterior nasal barbel is a little less than 4 as
long as the maxillary barbel.

The first dorsal begins midway between the end of the snout and the
beginning of the adipose dorsal. The length of its spine is about equal
to the length of the base of the adipose dorsal. Its longest ray is con-
tained 6 to 7 times in the length of the body.

The distance of the anal from the snout equals 3 times the length of
its base. The longest anal ray is as long as the ventral.

The middle caudal rays are one-half as long as the external, measur-
ing from the origin of the former.

The distance of the pectoral from the snout (. 26-27 ) equals one-half
that of the ventral from the snout. The length of the pectoral spine
is contained 24 times in that of the head. The longest pectoral ray
(.15-.16) is a little more than 4 as long as the head.

Radial formula: B. VIILT; D. I, 6; A. 21-22; C. 17 (developed rays);
eeiesse sv. 1, 7.

The fereral line is almost complete.

Colors: Plumbeous above, silvery white beneath and on the sides.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 305

Table of measurements.

Species: Amiurus Dugésit Bean.

Current number of specimen .....--.------------------------ 23123. 23122.
Collector's number. ..------2..2.2200----0ecee-- 0-2-2 ---enn--- 13. 13.
100ths of 100ths of

Milli- length Milli- length
meters. | without | meters. | without

caudal. caudal,
Extreme length........-.-------------- seen ee ene eee eee eee eee SOOM erate ae BOG! |easain= ee
eee to origin of middle caudal rays .....----.-.---------- O24 eeaeasenes SOOM Seesceseee
ody:
Greatestshole htsesse essen sceceseccce se cceccesceecccece= 66 20. 5 67 22.3
Greatest wilt e ait soe aos S22S25.h acer 55| 17 53] 17.5
Height at ventrals. .....-..--------0----- 22 ene e ee. eee nee 60 18.5 64 21.5
<i een th of caudal peduncle*............------ enwneencens- 56 17.3 47 15.5
ead :
Greatestilensthee-seseet see soso scene ss ow asaaeecenwen- sae 94 29 88 29
Length of maxillary barbel ..-.....-.....---------------- 61 19 61 20.5
Greatest width .... .-.-..-...- denceacceaesloccesaisesene 69 21 68 23
Wiadthwol-mberorbital ALCA 2. s-<<\--senecice~sinesescaclccee ss 40 12.5 37 12.3
, Length of snout.......---------------2- 22-2 2c eeee ee eee e ee 32 10 26 8. 66
Extent of intermaxillary band of teeth .-........-..----- 30 9.5 28 9.5
Eength of: maxillary -.........2.- cesses concce cccnnccccess 14 4.5 13 4
Length of posterior nasal barbel....-...-.--------------- 20 6 20 6. 66
Mistancefronm’ snout tOlOrDib..c-.cccaccceceanescccessccee 37 11 33 11
DiamMeter/Ot OLDIG = ccc cacse we naaseewceee onaaaaicescscocie= 10 3. 25 9 3
Dorsal (first) :
Distance from snout. -...---2---------e-cccewwsaccsenences 124 38.5 116 38. 5
Teno bh Of Daseacecciccstsensccsecnceecccecccccesesscasia= 27 8.5 27 9
Length of first spine... 2... oe ce cccecscecececcccesenense 31 9.5 34 11.5
ensthionlon gest lay se- cece cons cnsenswees cress cenesenc= 47 14.5 47 16
Meno uhnOiashPayen sacosa se cose ennwoe aeons cule se aeieo='s 20 6 21 7
Dorsal (adipose) :
Men eNO M DAS sess scr cen laces seme sale eclae = clantoosiea sales 29 9 32 ll
Pength See eee ee eeeen cece eon peeee encanta 25 7. 66 24 8
al:
DishanCe cromisNOUbsess sceecsisecince= as sane s ecwceeince sce 206 64 195 65
Reno LOM OasO cesses eee ticuscerlacrisacicvccscceencclons fae 71 22 68 23
Menethiotlon vest Taye seaceessseecsancaseeetsecaccose ae 37 11.5 39 13
Mencthomlastlayeces-cmsccessercaccescesecsessaneaccsscs 16 5 15 5
Caudal:
Monethvot middle wayShs sesecleosoecisceteclcce soe oe so eciace 32 10 30 10
Menon Of extermal TAS .ccceocasseecaeceseecessccesesce== 64 20 65 22
Pectoral:
Distance from snout.-..--..----- Seeeeeeens Secerealanaaeete tee 84 26 80 27
ene thot Pectoral Spine. <<a .cccacea iw acwcceenansicce ice , 38 12 34 11. 335
Weenothrofpectorales=cacawescasecc soc ececcrsersuceasasece 48 15 48 16
Ventral:
Distance from snout
Wen gbhy es. <<.1- css
Branchiostegals -
Dorsal. -.
Anal .... :
Wand alhesea nies see soe oe scctccacose cscwesccoccemeseconces ss
TP OCUOL Aly es esae east oce ceca oe oalccecasicncn ce sccccsleeeeuceees
NVErr ocala eee eee aie te rec eae. tect es ee sccwoecnaeeceons

*From end of anal to origin of middle caudal rays.
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM,
Washington, December 20, 1879.

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 20 March 25, 1880.

306 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

REPORT OF EXPERIMENTS UPON THE ANIMAL HEAT OF FISHES,
MADE AT PROVINCETOWN, MASS., DUBING THE SUMMER OF 1879,
EIN CONNECTION WITH OPERATIONS OF THE UNITED STATES
FISH COMMIESSION.

By J. H. KIDDER, Surgeon, U. &. NAVY.

Sir: The investigation of the manifestation of animal heat by fishes,
with which you intrusted me last summer, having been brought to a
pause for the time being by the close of the Fish Commission’s summer
work, I submit the following report of my experiments, so far as they
have gone, with a description of the instruments used and the mode of
observation.

But little in the way of actual experiment relating to this interesting
question seems to have been done by other observers than those con-
nected with the Fish Commission, although numerous allusions to the
remarkable adaptability of fishes to extremes of temperature, and occa-
sional records of more or less incomplete experiments, are to be found
scattered through scientific literature. A complete bibliography of these
fragmentary notes would be voluminous and of questionable value, but
a short account of such observations as I have been able to find a record
of, either interesting in themselves or of incidental value as throwing
light upon the investigation, is appended to this report.

So far as I have been able to learn, all of the observations made
hitherto upon the temperature of fishes have been confined to the intes-
tinal canal, the thermometer being passed into the rectum or cesophagus,
as is the usual practice in observations upon the body temperature of
mammals. But the conditions are by no means the same. The intesti-
nal canal of a fish is thin and scarcely muscular; the walls of the abdo-
men are also thin, and so sparingly vascular that no blood flows when
they are cut through; and consequently, always surrounded as they are
by water, against the chilling effect of which there is no sufficient pro-
tection, it is by no means in the rectum or stomach that we- should
reasonably look for the body temperature of a fish. In point of fact,
the experiments to be hereinafter detailed show clearly enough that the
rectum temperature of a freshly-taken fish rarely exceeds that of the
water in which it swims by so much as a degree (Fahrenheit). So that
it may be quite safely taken as an index to the latter temperature when
there is no deep-sea thermometer at hand.

Another point to be considered is the fact that the gills of most fishes
float freely in the surrounding water, and that all of the blood in each
individual must, in passing through these organs, be spread out so as to
expose the greatest possible surface to the chilling effect of the water
quite long enough to reduce it to the same temperature.

From the low organization of fishes, and from the simplicity of their
digestive and circulatory functions, considered together with the fact

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 307

that their blood itself is chilled by close proximity with the surrounding
water at least once in each circuit, and that thus the oxidation of the
blood, so important a source of animal heat in mammals, is quite neu-
tralized, we ought not to expect so great a difference in temperature
between the blood of a fish and the water in which it swims as obtains
between the blood of mammals and the surrounding medium, nor that
the limits within which its normal temperature must be confined should
be so narrow.

And, while it is difficult to believe that the chemical changes neces-
sary to the nutrition, waste, and repair of the body of a fish, taken
together with its active muscular movements, can go on without the
evolution of a large amount of animal heat; it is also plain that we are
not to expect to find the manifestation of this heat either in the intesti-
nal canal, a mere osmotic tube for the passage and absorption of the
food, scarcely vascular and barely separated from the surrounding water
by the thin bloodless walls of the abdomen ; nor in the arterial blood re-
turning from the gills, chilled down to the temperature of the water
with which it has just been in intimate contact.

We should expect to find the blood of a fish at its warmest after hav-
ing been distributed to the substance of the body, having furnished the
material for nutrition, taken up the results of waste, and received the
heat developed by these processes and by the conversion of muscular
motion ; that is to say, in the heart and branchial artery.

The experiments to be described have been tentative for the most
part, and accordingly temperatures have been taken in the rectum, the
stomach, various parts of the muscular tissue, the large venous trunks,
the cavity of the “thorax” * after opening the heart, the interior of the
heart and branchial artery, and the young fish in the ovary (of a dog-
fish). When the heart was large enough to admit the bulb of the ther-
mometer, the greatest differences between the temperatures of the fish
and of the surrounding water were found in that locality.

INSTRUMENTS.

The thermometers used in these experiments were made expressly for
the purpose by Mr. John Tagliabue, of No. 66 Fulton street, New York ;
and have proved to be very satisfactory. They are fifteen in number, viz:

1. Two long thermometers, graduated in fifths of a degree, and cover-
ing the range from 32° to 100° F., for use as standards.

2. A set of five short thermometers, graduated in fifths, marking 10°
each, and covering all together the range from 40° to 90° F.

3. A second set of six short thermometers, similar to those last named,
marking from 7° to 15° each, and covering the range from 30° to 100° F.

4. A short thermometer with the end carrying the bulb curved upon

*The term “thorax” is used for convenience’ sake, as indicating the anterior part
of the body cavity, in the neighborhood of the heart.

308 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

itself like a crook, graduated in fifths and marking from 55° to 74° F.
(self-registering).

5. A Negretti-Zambra deep-sea thermometer, graduated in degrees
only, and ranging from about 25° to 100° F.

All of these excepting the Negretti-Zambra are graduated upon the
stems. The three highest in range of lot 2, one of the long standards,
and the crooked instrument were made at first self-registering, on the
principle of clinical thermometers, by a break in the column of mer-
cury. They were so ordered in the hope that it would be possible to
make some of the experiments upon living fish in tanks where the water
could be artificially warmed above the temperature of the air. Such
experiments not being possible (for reasons known to you) the self-
registration was destroyed by reuniting the broken mercury column,
and the necessary small correction applied. The curved thermometer
was intended for use in a living fish, the bulb to be inserted either into
the rectum or into an incision in the muscular tissue, and the stem to be
secured to the body of the fish, which was then to swim free in the water.
The highest temperature reached would be registered by the thermom-
eter. This instrument, like the other self-registering thermometers oper-
ating on the same principle, can only be made available when the tem-
perature of the water is above that of the air, and there has, therefore,
as yet been no opportunity to make use of it.

Owing to the curious molecular change which occurs in the glass of
which thermometers are made, whereby, after from six months toa year,
the instruments show an error of excess of from half a degree to a degree,
these thermometers, which were necessarily “ pointed” as soon as made,
are not strictly accurate. They should be returned to the maker and
rated again before being used next summer, so that the necessary cor-
rection may be applied. For the time being the error has been to some
extent met by Mr. Tagliabue, who has ‘“ overpointed” the scale about
half a degree. I would also suggest the propriety, in case you conclude
to continue temperature-observations, of ordering in advance one or two
long thermometers, marking from 30° to 100° F., to be “ pointed” after
six months and used as absolute standards. Since, however, in these
observations, absolute temperature is less important than relative accu-
racy, I have taken much pains to rate all the instruments together,
comparing them with the standard, and applying such corrections as
will reduce all the readings to its scale. The same error, if any, will
then be present in all observations, and relative accuracy will be pre-
served. In Table A, which contains the corrections deduced from more
than three hundred separate comparisons taken at nearly every degree
on the scale, the small thermometers in daily use are numbered from 1
to 5 for the first set, and from 6 to 12 for the second set (which has not
yet been used), No. 1 being the thermometer of lowest scale. The com-
parisons were made by immersing the thermometers in water, artificially
cooled or heated. Only the means of each 10° are given in the table.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 309

No. 1 of the small thermometers and Negretti & Zambra’s Nos. 45230
(between 70° and 80°), 38982, 40007, 42666, and 43227 (between 70° and
90°), are the only ones to which it is worth while to apply a correction
in practice. The other differences, being less than half a degree, may
be disregarded as not likely to exceed the ordinary errors of observation.

TaBLE A.—Thermomeler corrections.

= —S 5 =A = = I
Thermometer. | 30°-409° | 40°-50° | 502-602 | 60°-70° | 70°-80° | 80°-90° 90°-100°
| | | |
SIN OM etcteye cterataratn|l site mieiote sieieters Add 0.88° | | |
ae § Subtract |
NO. 2. ----- 2222 |o oe -~ woo oe | ones een non E 0.05 | ‘ | |
Subtract | |
SIO ee sieretarcte ena | seers stetettar) | testers ere rats eesapisie eo 3 0.125° | |
IN O tes artes ete eeese eae Gene ae | areas eto eet arel stem net | Correct. | _ |
F | § Subtract |
EN Osa ete rete lee eteratstesio nie Nie err eee |r een” | SIRs IO
INOS (Giese Correct
INO SA Uxeritareaeiees|| bap misma see's Correct.
NOMS ees eee eee eee cee clin cae see Paks Correct.
INOW Semester. |bae Ge see nics [eyencierereees el |titeisiacreeatou Correct. |
NOSIOR te severe cei rics Seance lS emt Se erctetnl | Pysyaraievoeereres | ; eae ‘
ENO saree ree | meen se Erk: Kee AEE Sone ohn cups |lnawerees oes -| pee Suede sacl. Correct. Correct.
INI Gee Leno O0Ge! sa fiiae semi coe oe Add 0.862 | Add 1° Add 0.7° ;
N. & Z., 40007..| Correct. | Add 0.5° Add 0.5° | Add 0.5° Add 0.5° Correct. | Add 19
N. & Z., 42666-.| Correct. | Add 0.5° Add 1° Add 1° Add 0.5° Correct. Add 19
Neosat Zita aeaUine| seee cece ace | Add 0.1259 Add 0.07° | Add 0.366° | Add 0.425° Add 0.5°
ENN OG Zi. KAD OO Maar aoe = Add 0.35° | Add 0.05° | Add 0.2869 | Add 0.5° Add 0.5°

There are some practical difficulties in the use of these delicate instru-
ments, which it is well to mention.

1. The bulbs are long and large compared to the diameter of the
column of mereury. Hence the latter is very sensitive and responds
quickly to the heat of the hand, even through the walls of the heart, or,
in small fishes, of the abdomen. Thus in a small living blue-fish (Poma-
tomus saltatrix (Linn.), Gill), observed September 8, in an aquarium-
tank, the water being at 67° F., a thermometer passed into the stomach
by way of the gullet showed 68.8°; but, holding the fish in my left
hand, I observed that the mercury was slowly rising and had reached
73° in two minutes. This accession of heat was communicated through
the thin walls of the abdomen from my hand.

2. Owing to the extreme fineness of the mercurial column it is quite
difficult to distinguish it at all from the empty part of the tube, unless
the light falls upon it at exactly the proper angle. When taking the
temperature of a struggling fish on the deck of a vessel, in the full
glare of the sun, and with the thermometer perhaps smeared with blood,
it is impossible to be too careful in guarding against errors of obserya-
tions.

3. A difference of several tenths may be apparent in the reading
according to the position of the observer. Looking down upon the
column he reads too low; looking up, too high. His eye should be exactly
opposite the top of the mereurial column. After use, the thermometer
should be wiped perfectly clean and laid back in its proper bed in the
case, lest in the hurry of the next observation the wrong one be taken
up, and time lost.

310 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

4. The Negretti-Zambra deep-sea thermometers, which depend for
their self-registration upon the breaking of the mercurial column at a
certain place when the instrument is overset in pulling it up, have some-
times a trick of breaking the column in the wrong place, and so giving
a false indication. In one instance I noticed that the break was diago-
nal, instead of being directly horizontal, as it should have been. Pro-
fessor Hind, of Halifax, informs me that he has noticed the same defect
and has brought it to the notice of the makers, who have assured him
that it has been corrected in their more recent form of instrument. It
should also be always remembered that the temperature recorded by
these instruments is not that of the bottom, but of about a fathom
above it, owing to the play of line required in attaching them to the
sounding-line so that they may overset easily and not strike against
the lead.

MODE OF OBSERVATION.

The circumstances of the summer’s work are too well known to you
to require repetition here. In explanation of the small number of
observations (ninety-seven for the whole summer) it will be sufficient to
refer to the unusual inclemency of the season, permitting not more than
an average of two excursions a week; and to the remarkable scarcity
of fish, which made a large proportion of the excursions blank as to
results. Many fishes were brought up in the trawlnet of the Speedwell
(the naval steamer used by the Fish Commission), but had been so long
in the net, pressed upon by each others’ weight, as to come up for the most
part dead; and always showing by their rectum temperature (which
should be near that of the bottom) that they were not in their normal
condition as to animal heat. Such observations as were taken from these
specimens are entered in the table (B), but are not trustworthy for the
purposes of this investigation. On one occasion I set a trawl-line fur-
nished with some four hundred hooks, and took it in as soon as set.
Although not more than twenty minutes had elapsed between setting and
hauling, however, most of the fishes taken were already drowned, and all
had lost a large proportion of their animal heat. Since, therefore, no
tanks of sufficient size for keeping fishes alive under observation were
available, there remained only line fishing, which was carried on during
the latter part of the summer as actively as the weather would permit,
from the yacht Phantom, belonging to the Engineer Corps of the United
States Army, and lent to the Fish Commission for the summer. The fish
were all taken in Cape Cod Bay, and within ten miles of Provincetown,
the two favorite localities being the steep edge of a shoal known as
“Shank-Painter Bar,” between Wood End and Race Point lights, and a
ledge in 15 fathoms of water some seven miles southwest of Wood End
light.

The rectum temperatures indicate, and I have no reason to doubt,
that a fish caught witha line and hauled rapidly from the bottom to the

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 311

vessel’s deck has not had time to materially change its temperature.
The rectum usually showed from half a degree to a degree above the
temperature near the bottom as indicated by a deep-sea thermometer.

Having arrived on the ground and anchored, the first proceeding was
to sound and take the temperature of the water near the bottom by
means of a Negretti-Zambra thermometer attached to the sounding-line,
about half a fathom above the lead. The temperatures of the surface
water and of the air were then taken with the same thermometer, and,
where the depth exceeded 20 fathoms, another observation was made at
15 fathoms for subsequent comparison. As soonas a fish had been taken
it was seized and held firmly by an assistant, his right hand grasping
the throat under the gill-covers and his left holding the narrowest part
of the tail, while I passed a thermometer into the rectum and observed
the temperature of that part. I then cut the fish open from the isthmus
between the gills toward the belly, exposing the heart, through the
walls of which the thermometer was passed into the branchial artery
and the temperature taken again. Jn this last mancuvre the heart
should not be held between the finger and thumb of the left hand any
longer than necessary to pass the thermometer-bulb into the artery, lest
heat be communicated from the hand through the walls of the heart and
give too high areading. Then followed observations upon the tempera-
ture of the muscular tissue or other parts, when such were taken.
When the fish was too small to admit the bulb of the instrument within
the heart an effort was made to take the temperature of the blood as it
flowed from it, or the temperature of the liver was taken, or, in very
small fishes, the thermometer was passed into the stomach, through the
cesophagus.

The above procedure is that finally adopted, after reflection upon the
unsatisfactory results following observations made in the ordinary way
(in the rectum). As to the cruelty of the operation, I am inclined to
believe that itis more apparent than real, the fish showing no conscious-
ness of pain, by struggling, &e., after the first incision.

RESULTS.

This summer’s work must be considered to be, as I lave said, only
experimental. The subject had to be studied from the beginning, with no
records of previous similar experiments to go by, and many observations
were wasted in learning how to proceed. Enough has been ascertained,
I think, to show that fishes do develop animal heat by their own vital
processes in the same manner as, but to a less degree than, other verte-
brate animals. In other words, it appears from these experiments that
when proper precautions have been observed in making the experiments
all living freshly-caught fishes will be found to manifest a body temper-
ature differing considerably from that of the water in which they swim ;
the degree of difference varying with the perfection of the organization
of the fish (and hence the activity of its nutrition), and with the temper-

312 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

ature of the water in which it swims. Thus the dogfish (Squalus acan-
thias, Linnzus) possessing a far more perfect digestive and circulatory
system than the cod, shows a much greater excess of blood temperature
above that of the surrounding water; and cod taken at the depth of 15
fathoms in water at 52° F., show a less excess than others taken in 25
fathoms at 41°, but a greater excess than blue-fish (Pomatomus saltatria
(Linn.) Gill) t taken at the surface, at 69° and 70°, which is presumably
nearer the normal temperature of the last-named fish.

Upon this question of normal temperature, my observations have not
thrown much light, owing to the fact that nearly all the fishes observed
have come from water at about the same temperature, and that blue-
fish, from which the most valuable results were to be expected on
account of their activity and the warmth of the water which they
inhabit, could not be taken with a line after the two days of their first
appearance. It-is reasonable to suppose, from the fact that the cod, for
instance, shows a less difference when taken from warmer than from
cold water, that a point would soon be reached at which the tempera-
ture of the blood of the fish would coincide with that of the surrounding
water, and that this point would be near the “normal” for that family,
or in other words the limit above which it could not live.*

The experiments are set forth at length in Table B, but some of the
conclusions for which they furnish a reasonable basis may be con-
veniently stated here, considering each species separately.

1. Cop (Gadus morrhua, Linneus). Twelve observations. The fishes
were taken with a hand-line, either at the edge of ‘ Shank-Painter
Bar,” a sand-bank about half a mile wide which makes out along the
end of Cape Cod from Race Point to Wood End light-house, in 22-25
fathoms of water, or on the “ Ledge,” a small rocky shoal lying about
seven miles WSW. from Wood End light, where there are from 13 to
15 fathoms of water, according to the state of the tide. The rectum
showed an average excess of 0.97° above the temperature of the water
near the bottom. In the bloody fluid resulting from the mixture of
water with the blood escaping from the heart into the “thorax,” the
average excess of temperature was 3°, and in the heart itself 4.639. In
one instance an incision was made into the side of a very large cod,
from which arterial blood gushed forth. A thermometer plunged into
this incision showed only 1.5° excess over the temperature of the water
near the bottom. It was this observation which suggested the thought
that the venous blood might be warmer than the arterial.

*Prof. G. Browne Goode, w “ihe ie been inv nee the aan of ine tempera-
tures preferred by different fishes, concludes that the cod and its congeners seek water
at 38° to 42° F.; that the temperature range of menhaden lies between 50° and 75° ;
that blue-fish are rarely to be found in water below 40°, or mackerel below 45°; while
black bass (Micropterus) thrive in the water of the northern lakes, frozen over for
three months in the year and never rising above 65°. as well as in that of the Florida
rivers, which becomes as warm as 90° in summer. Different families, as thus appears,
show very different powers of adaptation to extremes of temperature.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 313

2. Happock (Melanogrammus ceglefinis (Linn.), Gill). Eight observa-
tions. The rectum showed an average excess of 1.3° over the temper-
ature of the water near the bottom, and the circulation an average of
5.32. One fish, after ten minutes spent in a tub of water at 64.29,
showed an increase of temperature in the rectum of 7°. Another, which
had been tied by the tail and allowed to swim 15 minutes at the surface
(at 69.5°) showed an increase (in the rectum) of 16.89; still 11.5° below
the temperature of the water. On the 6th September, fishing on the
“Ledge,” the temperature of the water near the bottom at 153 fathoms
was 51.5°, while the recta of the first two or three fishes caught showed
as low a temperature as 45°. Those caught later, after fishing in the
same place for an hour or more, showed a rectum temperature of 51°. I
suppose that the individuals first taken (the tide having just turned to
flood) came up on the ledge from deeper water, the ledge being of small
extent, and showed the low temperature of the water from which they
had come, gradually approximating that of the shallower water as they
remained longer init. These first temperatures are left out of the account
in determining the above averages, as untrustworthy, owing to the un-
certainty of the temperature of the water by which they had been sur-
rounded. Haddock were spawning as early as the first observations
(July 30), which fact may account for their somewhat higher tempera-
tures than those of cod taken at the same time.

3. POLLACK (Pollachius carbonarius (Linn.), Bonaparte). A single full-
grown specimen, weighing about 25 pounds, was taken on the ‘“ Ledge”
in 15 fathoms. The rectum temperature was 2.4° above that of the
water near the bottom (42°), and that of the fluid in the thorax after
opening the heart, 4.5°. Several of the young of this species were taken
from the wharves of Previncetown at different times and examined.
Seven specimens taken from a depth of 8 feet (temperature of water 60°),
and measuring about 8 inches in length, showed an excess of 0.5° in the
rectum, 0.6° in the stomach (passing the thermometer through the gul-
let), and 3.12° by the thermometer in the mass of intestines, We., next
the liver. They were in company with “tinker mackerel” (Scomber
Dekayi, Storer), of a species not observed in this harbor for more than
thirty years.

4. HAKE (Phycis chuss (Walb.), Gill). This fish was often taken at
the same time with cod and haddock. Specimens were frequently
brought up, dead, in the trawl-net. Those taken with a line were often
too small for trustworthy experiment, but a very large individual, weigh-
ing over 35 pounds, taken August 11, in 25 fathoms of water, at 429°,
furnished the most satisfactory observation of the season, owing to the
large size of the heart and the sluggishness of the fish, which made it
much easier than usual to be sure of the readings. In this instance the
difference in temperature of the water near the bottom and that of the
rectum was 2.4°, and between the bottom water and the heart, 9.89.
There was an ulcerated patch about 2 inches square on the side of the

314 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

head. Could this have been the cause of the unusually high tempera-
ture? The presence of spawn in the abdomen protected the rectum to
some extent, no doubt, from the chilling effect of the water. Another
specimen taken in 15 fathoms on the “‘ Ledge” gave a difference of 3°
between the temperatures of the rectum and heart, the bottom tempera-
ture being uncertain for reasons already stated. (See page 313.)

5. BLUE-FISH (Pomatomus saltatrix (Linn.), Gill). These were caught
on only two occasions, although often fished for unsuccessfully. Four
specimens on the first day and one on the second were taken by trolling,
and brought in after violent resistance. The average rectum tempera-
ture of the first four was 0.25° higher, and the temperature obtained
by an incision into the muscles of the side 1.55° lower than that of
the surface water from which the fish came (73.29). The surface water
was unusually warm on this occasion, and the fishes may have come
from a deeper and colder stratum. Otherwise the indication would ap-
pear to be that they resisted in some way the higher temperature than
that to which they were accustomed. They were taken from different
schools and at different times. The single fish taken on the following
day showed a rectum temperature of 0.5°, and in the muscles of the side
1.7° above that of the surface water (70.59). The muscles of the side of
this last fish, however, were only 0.5° warmer than the average (71.59)
of the four taken the day before. At this time I had not yet begun to
observe the temperature of the blood in the heart and branchial artery.
Young blue-fish, 3 or 4 inches long, have been caught from the wharves
at different times, but have been too small to afford trustworthy obser-
vations.

6. ‘TINKER MACKEREL” (young of Scomber scomber, Linnzeus, and
Scomber Dekayi, Storer). No fully-grown mackerel have been taken
with the line in the neighborhood of Provincetown for several years.
The ‘“tinkers,” however, from 6 to 8 inches long, abounded toward the
last of the season, and upon these several observations were made at
different times, the temperature of the surrounding water being taken
at 6 feet below the surface, the length of line required in fishing. The
anus was too small to admit the bulb of my thermometers, and tempera-
tures were therefore taken in the stomach through the gullet, and in the
immediate neighborhood of the liver after dividing the larger blood-
vessels. The average of twelve observations gives an excess of tem-
perature over that of the surrounding water of 4.1° in the stomach, and
5.25° in the neighborhood of the liver. The individual temperatures
were surprisingly uniform. Three specimens of young Scomber Dekayt,
taken from the wharf in 8 feet of water at 60°, showed an average
excess of 2.5° in the neighborhood of the liver.

7. CHOGSET (Tautogalabrus adspersus (Walb.), Gill). Two observa-
tions were made upon a single small specimen in an aquarium-tank, the
water being at 65.9°, and the thermometer passed into the stomach
through the gullet. The excess of temperature over that of the water
was 1.29.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 315

8. SCULPIN (Cottus octodecimspinosus, Mitchill). A single specimen
showed an excess in the rectum of 0.8°, and in the neighborhood of the
liver of 3.2° over the temperature of the surrounding water.

9. SEA-RAVEN (Hemitripterus americanus (Gmel.), Storer). A speci-
men kept alive in a tub on board of the Speedwell for three-quarters of
an hour (the water marking 70.6°) showed an excess in the temperature
of its circulation over that of the water of 4.4°. Another specimen
brought up in the beam-trawl-net showed an excess in the rectum of
17.7° and in the heart of 18.9° over the temperature of the bottom water,
but had been half an hour in the trawl, pressed closely on every side by
a mass of fishes and sponges. So that the observation is valueless ex-
cepting in that it shows that even under abnormal conditions, so long
as the fish lives, there is a difference between the temperature of the
rectum and of the venous blood.

10. GoosEFISH (Lophius piscatorius, Linneus). This fish is admirably
constructed for temperature experiments, being provided with a very
large heart and branchial artery, and, moreover, with a highly organized
digestive system. Unfortunately the only two specimens observed were
brought up in the trawl-net with the above-named sea-raven, and had
their body temperatures abnormally raised in the same manner. The dif-
ference in temperature between the rectum and the circulation was 4.4°..

li. EEL-pouT (Zoarces anguillaris (Peck), Storer). Two specimens
taken in the trawl-net at the same time and under the same circum-
stances as the preceding showed a difference between the temperatures
of the rectum and the circulation of only 0.5°, the fishes being almost
dead. A single specimen taken afterwards with the hand-line showed
an excess in the rectum of 3°, and in the neighborhood of the liver of
€°, over that of the surrounding water.

12, FLOUNDER (Hippoglossoides platessoides (Fabricius), Gill). In a sin-
gle specimen taken on a trawl-line the temperature of the circulation was
3° above that of the water near the bottom.

13. DoGFIsH (Squalus acanthias, Linneus). This species was much
the most abundant of any near Provincetown. Owing to the high or-
ganization of the digestive system of the order to which this fish belongs,
it was to be expected that the heat resulting from the processes of nu-
trition would be found in it to be highest. Accordingly, as the table
shows, the differences between the body temperatures and those of the
surrounding water are here greater than those manifested by other fishes.
In a series of five taken from cold water (40.4°) the average rectum tem-
perature was 4.4° and that of the circulation 12° above that of the water
near the bottom. The greatest difference occurred in a female, the ova-
ries of which contained well-developed young, in which case the cireu-
lation was 16.6° warmer than the surrounding water. A young dogfish
about 9 inches long, with umbilical vesicle still attached, taken from
this specimen, gave an excess of 20.6° in the heart above the temperature
of the water, the greatest difference observed during the summer. In
this young fish there was of course no cooling of the blood during its

316 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

passage through the gills (those organs not having yet come into use),
nor otherwise than mediately through contact with the body of its
mother. Another adult female with young in her ovisac showed an ex-
cess of 9.4° in the rectum (oviduct?) and 15.6° in the heart over the tem-
perature of the water. In another series of fourteen observations upon
specimens taken with a trawl-line, and half drowned when drawn up,
the body temperatures had approximated that of the surrounding water.
In this observation, too, the Negretti-Zambra thermometer failed to act,
the column breaking in the wrong place, so that the temperature of the
bottom water had to be guessed at from that of the recta of the fishes
and from previous observations in the same neighborhood. It was prob-
ably not higher than 42°. Above this supposed bottom temperature
the fourteen half-drowned dogfish gave an excess of 2.2° in the rectum
and of 4.8° in the heart and ‘“‘thorax.” The greatest excess was 6.7°.
Still another series of seven taken with a line on the “ Ledge,” when the
indicated bottom temperature could not be relied on, for reasons already
given (see p. 313), showed an average difference between the rectum and
heart temperatures of 6.79, while in another specimen the difference be-
tween the rectum and muscles was only 1.6°.

14. SKATE (Raia erinacea and R. levis, Mitchill). Three individuals
of the former species, which had been half an hour with a number of
other fish in the trawl-net, and were therefore useless for comparison
with the bottom water, showed an excess in the temperature of the blood
over that of the rectum of 3.19. Four individuals of the latter species
(R. levis) taken on the “ Ledge,” when the temperature of the water from
which the fish came was unknown, gave a difference between rectum and
circulation of 2.99.

SUMMARY.

Throwing out doubtful and imperfect observations, the results of those
experiments in which the circumstances were most favorable to accuracy,
may be summed up as follows:

l | }
Temperature of | Temperature of | Temperature of |

Fish. surrounding rectum above | circulation | Remarks.
water. water. | above water. |
|
Re es ta sen Se eee | 390-490 0.980 | 4.630
Haddock :.i22-<cscccacescasenceeee leo eeee Rieck eee 1. 3° 5. 3° |
POWROK io fee rc clos oe! oe Se eine 42° 2.49 4, 5°
Hakeem e265. S55 se see ae 420 2.49 | 9,89 | Spawning.
BINS HSN 2 issue to nseer ee ete ae | 73. 2° | 0. 25° | 1. 55° below. |
Ore e Ee Sas Sees eee 70. 5° 0. 5° 1.7° above.
pebinker:) mackerel ose. -22. 5-22) 65° 4,19 5. 25° | ‘* Thorax.”
plunker’! (S. Dekaryics. css -ecs eee! 60° © \)asBeeie Reo asco 2. 3° | Do.
GUL PIN \iows en's Geceeepec ee sceeee- 60° 0. 8° 3.20 | Do:
SegeRaven:... 2.22. tees Sethe 70! COulin esata son eyes 4,40 | Stomach.
MEMEO S02: 2s 222% 22 ee oe eee eae ee eee 3.° 6.°
Mlonnder so... oh os seeaoeten aera BOOTIE ree ee le ms cay 3.
Wpotishh 5.52.22 Meee eles oe ee 49° 4, 4° 12.°
Dogfish, young in ovary.....--..--. AD ORAM ame ete nec) eye le 20562

Ninety-seven fishes have been observed during the summer, but many
of the observations are of doubtful value, as has been explained in the
foregoing pages. Such as the experiments are they appear to me to
point to the following conclusions:

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 317

First. All fishes develope animal heat, its quantity varying according
to the organization rather than the habits of the family.

Second. This heat results from the processes of nutrition (chemical)
and from the conversion of muscular motion (mechanical). That result-
ing from the oxidation of the blood is lost in the gills; hence the venous
blood is decidedly warmer than the arterial.

Third. Spawning and breeding fishes develope more heat than those
not carrying on these processes.

Fourth. Elasmobranchs and, generally, fishes with a highly differen-
tiated digestive apparatus develope more heat than those of simpler
organization, and (probably) very active surface fishes more than slug-
gish bottom fishes.

Fifth. The intestinal canal and arterial blood do not correctly indicate
the animal heat of fishes.

Sixth. The question of ‘normal range of temperature” remains un-
answered.

SUGGESTIONS.

Should you think it desirable to continue this investigation I would
suggest that the inquiry include the following details, indicated by last
summer’s experiments:

First. The range of temperature through which living fishes may be
carried. This might be observed by subjecting different species in
tanks to varying temperatures produced by ice or steam introduced into
the water, and noting the body temperature of the fish when it begins
to show signs of distress. Each experiment would expend a fish, but
the importance and practical bearing of this question of ‘normal range”
of temperature might justify the expense. Much could be learned by
observing the temperature of the water at which the fish begins to show
signs of distress. In such a harbor as that of Provincetown a consider-
able difference in the temperature of the water can be got by towing a
wooden-latticed tank into shallow water at ebb-tide and into suitable
positions at flood-tide.

Second. Amount of oxygen required by different fishes. This may be
approximated by keeping different species under observation in separate
tanks without a fresh supply of water.

Third. Length of life after being withdrawn from the water, and sub-
sequent duration of muscular irritability. Also the number of respira-
tions per minute in different species when at rest.

Fourth. Influence of muscular movements on temperature. This may
be observed by tying a fish by the tail, in the water, until it exhausts
itself by struggling, and then taking the temperature, to be compared
with an observation upon another individual of the same species under
similar circumstances, but at rest.

Fifth. Comparative activity of nutrition as indicated by the percent-
age of nitrogenous matter in the excreta.

Sixth. The repetition of similar observations on the plan of those
made last summer.

318 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

‘od
0d
oc
‘OL
‘od
‘OL
“4OU-[Mv14 UL Moy F 1997 W
“PZ 8¥ WoULOods oULRG
‘suse
-qdose Aq Tovut0ys Ul 1oJoMOMIIET} § wMTABNDY Uy
‘qAvoY Ul UOLYRTNOILO Jo oanyvaodua zy,
*XB.LOYY Ul pnp Wor WOTZRTNOAL Jo oangeaoduto J,
“Z1vOY UL MOTYR[NOAL JO oanpuaoduta y,
‘Od
*xBLoTy
ul prog Apoo[q wWoarz UOTYV Noa Jo vanyeaodwoy,
‘OPIS TL MOISLOUL ULOIF WOR[NOAL JO oanjerodund T,
‘OT ‘ON JO AIVAO MOAT MOL} Sun09 A
‘od
“LIopLV [BIPUBAG,
pue 4ivoy UL Ueyv} UOMO Jo vanyvicduey,
‘OPIS UL WOISIOUL WLOIy WOWR[NOALD JO oangeaodutd J,
“09'0L FU Qn} UL
Annoy F WI9G PRY YS “YOVuloxs Url LopyoULOMILOTT,
“yoop WO ny v UL SoynuIM YZ ogy WV
‘pousdo moa Sopris UL WOISTOUT
*pousdo you u10 A
‘pousdo ula
‘OPIS UI UOISIOUL WOAZ UOTYRTROALO Jo oINyvAeduLayT,

“QOVJAINS JV SUTULMITMS SOPUUIU GT AO9FV ‘FON

*LOQUM ULIBAL TH SOFNULUL OT 1097 Vv

“‘SYIVULO YT

ag 2g
reo | 3'es
8°79 | 9°19
9°29 | 2719
269 | 9°9¢
8°66 og
9°29 z9
969 | Z"¢9
on ae a L9
ie, 3°29 |
SIs | FFP |
Sop | FFP |
BLp | sep |
scp | 9'eF |
gor | o'er |
8b | PSP
eae 19
Bey |i aeease al
9¢ | 8%
22h I
was GL
g0s | 2's
Th | 3°@b
OL | SEL
oL | ee
eal aay
Rahat Ripe
+ Gh
8g
Lb
SF
Hite 2A a
essen] EOP
° °
ee | ae
er BS
+8 ES
Stel ucts
BE 5
g 2

Q'ESP ">">" TBTABO0H {eisitien <\eie') Qpeziee
G'ep |" * OYSHG |" "= “SULOTIET 13
tee S|] Pong ar G’eP | TO AB ISO RS Seas ae | OP as
Gap fr Ops*s-|ttee22--> Opree
Goh lmnaee Taree ol UNS a “etre ODi =
OSPF ghitaae= ~"YSPesoox) |" °=="---- opsre |
OuCh ealae me saeaar Oprss7|e-s-s2—opcs =|
Sere It eae e re G’ep j°°°-*7*: qnod-jogy |--- -su0Tsez Te |
Paes pease oul Stteeeats sop et-cseseee? aro
aoe eSP | PR GO ie cats el "777 gossoqy [777777 - ees |
6 S ‘F9 BP ae So Ov eMOMh i es Opsaa|
60) | Om |] er sot On Utne eae ae eal
69 G9 | GP poets CS WOCh weet wee OD
OO acres ee mep ales as ORS ess aera op "|
69 | o"F9 Ee ca one oe Op: 3*|:ssaeeecopres:
69 | 9°69 Gh rane" POD |*-* “soMOmpET ge |
eau OL | ‘OR ~ Sunod ‘Ysysooq
ees | oe | FoR foe-eee-* opr | |
|p OL | FOF |°77777 } USUSO |---suogyey ar |
Sears | ogg [ores [eeeee-- yemeonyge |------- eoupmg
9‘OL G ‘FP ieee UL EL S| ie Seen Lli ty |
9°OL GPP cre Ses ysysoq “"** SULOTLIVF CT |
$2 lhe ace eet en ee OD os gee aan ODS aa
+ ace eal ee Fos ae ODP ee Eee =O Dre
S'eh | op'*-
G ‘EL Poe edie erie | ance Ysy-ony[eg jor--"*- ooBTING
Zarefararet| 6°69 OF cisjateersiet= yooppeyL erie = ainnie Opatae
Pneas, ¢ 69 OF Shatner art aon £ pon “** SULOTUIVS ZS
¢ ‘69 OF Se ODS ee = AOD BELLS
3-69 OF -Operr-|sreeeeee Ope
abel gp Ope lcseeeenesee opres-|--eee22*+ opree
as G69 OF, jobs OPPO RD P8255 Opi aes
BS © 69 Ob |r oeo* pod |--- -suroTzE oz
° ° °
me |
8 5 8 fy u
E| ze | sé 2 2
»'S eg ao x ES
Fe | BE | gs
"Ss! $& | BS
$ F
5 5
£ £ 2

HHS OS SH eH

aos
2 OD OD

is

Nan

wo

ID LD HILO HILO

“‘queumn.14s
“Ur Jo LoquIN Ny

Det teteceeeeeeeeeesereressen sg?

“UOM}VAIOSGO JO OQUIMYT

‘g ZIAaV,

319

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

‘of PP JO ornyerodur9}
eTqeqord % JO 107eA JO TIN}LIYS Jodsep B UIOIy
eul0d eAvT 0} pounseid pare ‘aspoy uo uoyVy,

AIOJIV [eIoavaq puv 41vo FL
‘Opts JO sopSsnyL

¢, MORlNIAL JO 91ny4
-vioduie},, puv ,,UINjoor Jo oangrasduid},, sv
WOSAIS GIB S}[NSII !STOSSVA JO WOISTATP Loy
xvi0y} oJUI pue ‘suseydosam ySsnoiyy youur }
-0}8 OJUL PoJIOSUT SVAL JOJOMOTMIOY YT, ,,/9104
-e1odure} U10}}0q,, SV UOATS st qQdop Yor
qe omngvi9dure} ‘vovjans MOTO JO0F 9 IV WOyVy,

“£YTTVOOT OULVS UT STOTIYVA
-19sqo yuoNbesqns pue ‘Ysy 94} Jo uMgd0A OT[Y
jo soinjeioduia} oY} Wo1y poYVUINyss st oany
-v10d 019} U10}30q pue ‘MOISvd00 SIT] WO yor
0} poles aojyomou0y} vos-desq “pourmexo
TOYA. pouMOoIp A[IveM PUL OUI]T-[AVI} WO WeyLy,

=

a
+

TARHAOAHENMNG AWWA
*SSOEHODHOHOHDHDONNHHS
(Se POHPHAHHPHHO MOSH

ABDO-AMHAHAAMM RH
BE ASSHBSSSSSSS
SHAH ORE CLR

9 CD E~ C2 69 09 6 OD
oS
©

QO
06
o

‘GP
fF |
GP

see eee ee!

PCP
GCP
F'Gh

89
89
89

89
89
89

$9
$9
nA!)
“$9
‘$9
‘$9

SD USD LD ASD UD 2D UD 2D UD UD UD UD AD LD AD LD UD LD UD LD AD LD LED
=
©

9-89

69-89
69-89
69-89
69-89
69-89
69-89
69-89
69-89

69-29 |
69-39 |
69-89 |

19
ao.
‘19
‘19
“T9
19
‘T9
‘19
19
‘19
‘T9
‘19
¢ ‘19
Seto
¢‘T9
o'T9

ADD USD LD 1D 1D 1 AD 1 AD UD AD

“prepurys »
(OIG |7r7TTt TTT ORV
(G)OUEG IN aeae eee OD oa
(NGTGU estes asses DOD)
(GIG |°77777* Hoppe
()GcTC an eemeee tae oe poo
ORIG tees *-qooppeHy
CG) Ouahe er "77 oqeag
(VSstGI amare POD ap

(3)6°LF

(6'TF

teers On
i od Tender

"*ooppeH
eG "7771 egBag
Se ee SKS E
"orrrs =" ysgsoq.

a Seo * OPOAS
2POEROA A)

OD seas
=ODaeae
opt:
opt
[2103OVUE 193, ULT,

ODeaes

“-* ysysod
ynod-joy
77 OOppeH
"se" TOpUNOLYy
aera op":

‘opt
teeeeeeeees pee:

reteeeseeee Ones:

OEEEEEER stag

“> suroyyey ECT

~""90BFINS IVIN

op’-*"

0 Daas
OD ees
op'7*-
ODieaes
OD seam
(i) Ue
ODS ee
Opts:
Opiaee
Opssc-

OD seed
ODaaas

(0) 0)
OD sas
op:--:
OD
Op aes
op:---

op---
(ypaac

op:t-:
Oe
ODsses
OD =
ODaeamel
Opaaes
Opies
OD paces

op.--"|

O Dian
O Deas
ODiams
OD Saas
O Dias
OD mera]
OD ian
OD aee
ODaaes
Op aaa
Opa
oR

“"""SULOT VRE FE

BED BD UD UCD UD UD UD UD UD AD UD AD 1D UD UD. UD OD OD OD OD. YD. OD. YD. CFD CD OD. CFD OD ESD UD AED BED ED BD BD UD BD UD UD 2D 19 1D 19 19 1 1D 1D HOH eH

MC OCI HI MOMMA MOOOWOOOOOOSOOSOOOOOOOOOO”

“ydo

03
4ydag
*ydag
‘dag
‘ado

403
dos
“7G9¢
“og
F498
‘ydag
‘dag
‘ydag
‘qdog
"dog
‘dog
‘gdag
‘ydag
‘ydog
"ydag
“ydaq
“ado

dag
dag
“ydag
*qdoag
‘qdag
‘dog
“dog
“4ydag
“4ydag
“ydag
‘gdog
‘SUV
“ony
‘onW
‘suv
‘ony
‘Sny
‘sony
Sny
‘sny
‘Sny
“ony
‘sny
‘snV
‘sny
‘Suv
‘suy

68

tent ee cece ete eeee scene nee Tg

Peete nese etter scene ener ee enee nr gg

sore te tte e teens eens eee eee enc gy

weteeeesreeegy
ames

coc ct eee ec re eeeeer cence gy

va ccteeteeeersteeserees 99
wot e ee ceeeeseeeeee ee een Ze
Sores eset eee e steer enero eeee es Te

: te tecs cece tee e sesso 29g

cect tee c eect eect eeeeeree eee eee ngg
we tte eee ee eee rece cee m nee ns
torres ees seeeeeeeee eee eeee eee nigg,

teen eee e eee e renee een e ag

aPY,

Coote cs tae e tee tee eres eeee rere nergy,

tect eee eee e eee sri

eteteianiatste vee ecee cece e sees cee eT

vote tte eee eee e ee ee eee ener eee
sect eect ese e eterna tee ne tern nye
settee ete e ene eeeen eee en renee egg
secret enter eter eres ereeneeee erro

toe t eee e wenn ennec nen cree mene rnng

320 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

‘od 3°69
‘0d L’&h
‘Od £9
‘0g 8 °s9
‘0g £9
aval 29
‘od 6&9
‘Od £9
‘od 69
‘0d 6°89
‘IOATT JO POOTAOGY Sou Ur udyzv7 angearodury, Zo
"0d Gg
‘0d L°eg
“XBIOT.L | 8 °bS
- °

8

oO
Bg
ad
“‘SyIVULOY E g
P3

S00 lesson 09 Opies |Peeesee uydqmog |--777777 Opis
Scie ei SS a ee 09 09 Poe ne ga ODS yr al\tire see OD pe
ae enc) hea et] ee tance 09 OO ME | mero Seis OD S35 | Sages ee OD Rana
Lae ee Bee 09 090 |vvnneeeeees Opeseefeeeeeee == Opree
fae ei | ea | 09 09 pie are ODS = 5 ee ORs.
Peat lace na 09 |treeeenens Opeeesfeeeee---> ope

Ge0OF |e 09 09 - Sono’ ‘yporlpog ee ead op --
BSc EN EE Glee 3 Ogu bnevesnten epesselescre- ope.
Bese ae i pear ces seyury, |fo2--- = ona

G00) ilsassss| 09 091) |e oUnOk EyoRl Om |sare= Ops =:
Reece eee ro 09 |-cre----s-aomUTy, |-------- goog g

TS | 89 | 9°F9 |(s)e'Ig |------ gals DOO s Gteaaonns OD iam
Gc | 89 | G9 I(g)orTa |°---"--- yooppeH |---- 7 -- Opa
0g 89 | G9 |(j)G°T¢ |-7777: races pop | -“suoyyry FCT
° oF | ° °
|

I D o iB =|

g6 |.3| #5 | 38 P =

as |S | #S 34 :

BS |° S| 8&8 BS

FE | €|/ *¢ °
2 2 2 2

TH LD HOD OD CD OD OD CD OD OD 0 O19 OD

“qU9UITLIs
“UI JO 1oq UN }T

zz “ydog
@ “ydeg
6% “ydag
az “3dag
az “3dag
‘ydag
“ydag
‘ydag
‘ydog
*ydag
‘qdag
9 “ydag
9 ‘ydog
9 “ydag
“6L8T

o7eq

so rtteseescerececreeeseescenonn ye
ttt eteseeeccceeceeceeeseeeeeees 9g

Sere eee seettes teres sereeeeeergg

tec tee eee eee reese eee
Setter tote cece eee ee rears ress eeeen yg

‘MOTyeAIOSqo Jo LoquIM yy

"ponuyyu0N—_ XTAV IL,

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 321

PREVIOUS INVESLIGATIONS.

Dr. John Davy, in a paper read before the Royal Society, in 1835, on
the temperature of some fishes allied to the mackerel, observed that the
bonito had a temperature of 90° F. when the surrounding mediwn was
80.59; and that it therefore constituted an exception to the generally-
received rule that fishes are universally cold-blooded.

*Yarrell says: “The consumption of oxygen, however, is small; and
the temperature of the body of fishes that swim near the bottom, and
are known to possess but a low degree of respiration, is seldom more
than two or three degrees higher than the temperature of the water at
its surface.” This statement does not appear to be founded upon actual
observation, since the temperature of a bottom-feeding fish taken from
water at any considerable depth might be, and usually is, much below
that of the surface water, and still considerably above the temperature
of the water inhabited by the fish. Thus, in the waters about Province-
town, the difference between the bottom and surface water temperatures
at 20 fathoms is frequently as great as 50° F. At the time of Yarrell’s
writing but little was known of the temperature of the water at consid-
erable depths, the deep-sea thermometer being an instrument of com-
paratively recent use. The quotation illustrates sufiiciently well the
mistaken theory which underlies the universal belief in the cold-blood-
edness of fishes, and which looks to the consumption of oxygen only
for the source of animal heat. As has already been shown, whatever
heat is developed by this process in fishes is quite lost to its body tem-
perature by the contact of water with the aerated blood in the gills.

The attention of this excellent observer (Yarrell) was strongly attracted
to the question of the animal heat of fishes, and he has collected a large
number of quotations bearing upon the adaptive power of fishes to ex-
treines of heat and cold, which will be referred to lateron. He attached
a great deal of importance to the correlation of muscular irritability and
“quantity of respiration” in this connection, upon which subject he
says :t “ Physiologists have shown that the quantity of respiration is
inversely as the degree of muscular irritability. It may be considered
as a law that those fish which swim near the surface of the water have
a higher standard of respiration, a low degree of muscular irritability,
great necessity for oxygen, die soon, almost iminediately when taken
out of the water, and have tlesh prone to rapid decomposition. Mackerel,
salmon, trout, and herring are examples. On the contrary these fish’
which live near the bottom of the water have a low standard of respira-
tion, a high degree of muscular irritability and less necessity for oxy-
gen; they sustain life long after they are taken out of the water, and
their flesh remains good for several days. Carp, (cod ?), tench, eels, the
different sorts of skate, and all the flat fish may be quoted.” As against

i * History of British Fishes. London, John Van Vorst, 1841, Introduction, p. =X.
+Yarrell, op. cit. pp. xv and xvi.

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 oi March 25, 1880.

322 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES>NATIONAL MUSEUM.

the above statement respecting the speedy death of surface swimmers is
the fact observed by myself, that a blue-fish (Pomatomus saltatria (Linn.)
Gill), taken August 5, showed distinet signs of life after fifteen minutes
spent upon the deck of the yacht, and that a fragment comprising rather
more than half the heart continued to pulsate for eight minutes after
being separated from the body, and to respond to artificial stimulus for
fifteen minutes longer.

Prof. G. Brown Goode, of the Fish Commission, has been engaged for
some years in the investigation of the relations of our Atlantic fishes
to water temperatures. Last year (1878) he made several direct experi-
ments upon body temperatures, testing the temperature of the rectum
with a thermometer and comparing it with that of the water as indi-
cated by a deep-sea (Miller-Casella) thermometer. The experiments
were made upon cod and haddock for the most part, and the differences
between the rectum of the fish and the water from which it had been
taken were found to be inconsiderable, rarely exceeding one degree
Fahrenheit, as was the case in the similar experiments made by myself
last summer. In the cursory examination which I have made of the
literature of the subject I have found no other records of exact experi-
ments upon the animal heat of fishes. .

There seems to be, however, no lack of authority for the general belief
that these animals are cold-blooded, in the sense that they take on the tem-
perature of the medium which surrounds them, and have not, like the
higher vertebrates, a limited normal range of temperature, beyond which
life cannot be long sustained. Professor Owen lends the weight of his
great name to this opinion (in his general division of vertebrates into
Haematotherma and Haematocrya), and the instances which I now quote
of the endurance by fishes of extremes of heat and cold without apparent
injury are sufficient to establish incontestably the fact that they do possess
such endurance to a remarkable degree. The earlier citations are taken
at second-hand from Yarrell (Introduction to History of British Fishes).

* Mr. Jesse (Gleanings in Natural History, 2d series, p. 277) tells of a
friend who saw a goldfish which had been frozen into a block of ice,
and afterwards thawed into life.

*Dr. Richardson relates that the gray sucking carp, common in the
fur countries of Aretice America, may be frozen and thawed out again
without injury. (Fauna Boreali Americana, vol. 3.)

* Perch have been frozen and transported for miles, returning to life
when thawed (T. S. Buchanan, Introduction to the Study of Nature);
and John Hunter says (Animal Economy): ‘that these (fishes) after
being frozen still retain so much of life as when thawed to resume their
vital actions, is a fact so well attested that we are bound to believe it.”

tMr. J. W. Milner (Assistant Fish Commissioner), had a mud minnow

*Quoted by Yarrell, loc. cit.
tGoode On the Migration of Fishes. Read before the American Fish Cultural Associa-
tion, February 28, 1878.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 323

(Umbra limi {[Kirt.] Giinther) which was frozen within solid ice in an
aquarium-globe, three or four times, and each time regained its vitality
upon being thawed out. Instances similar to the foregoing can be ad-
duced indefinitely.

*The only hybernation which is definitely known to occur among
fishes, says Professor Goode, takes place in the fresh-water lakes and
streams of cold regions. The fishes are driven by cold into the deeper
waters, and there remain in a state of torpor, proportional in degree to
the amount of cold which they experience. Hybernation does not ap-
pear to be in any case a voluntary act. The fishes do not become
torpid of their own accord. They avoid it as long as they can, and
only succumb when they are deprived of the means of escape. They
never become torpid when there are greater depths to which they can
retreat.

tDr. C. C. Abbott reports of the fresh-water mullet (MJyxcostoma
oblongum): *‘ No degree of cold seems to affect the movements of this
species, and hundreds can frequently be seen under the ice, moving
slowly along the bed of the stream, feeding upon the wilted remnants
of pond-lily and splatter-dock plants. * * * This applies also to
our common roach (Stilbe americana), which, to a less extent, braves
the chilling waters of our streams throughout the winter, and, in con-
sequence, suffers from the persecutions of the three species of pike
(Esox reticulatus, fasciatus, porosus) inhabiting our streams.”

tSee also Mr. Rudolph Hessel’s observations upon the winter torpor
of the carp. This appears to be a true hybernation, during which, al-
though the fish takes no food in some climates from October until
March, there is no diminution in weight.

On the other hand, fishes have been reported as living and thriving
in water at an exceedingly high temperature; high enough to produce
death by coagulation of the albumen in their blood and tissues, unless
there is some provision by which their interior parts are maintained at
a temperature lower than that of the surrounding water. As the exist-
ence of any protection analogous to that afforded to mammals by the
function of perspiration and evaporation seems obviously impossible to
animals living in the water, it is difficult to understand in what way
such a reduction in temperature can be produced and kept up.

§Thus, Humboldt and Bonpland observed living fishes in hot water
thrown up from a volcano and showing a temperature of 210° F.

§ Desfontaines found a Chromis in the hot springs of Cafsa, in Bom-
bay, the water in which showed 30° R. (97.5° F.), and Shaw afterwards
saw small mullet and perch in the same springs. (Travels in Bombay,
folio, Oxon. 1738, p. 231.)

* Goode, loc. cit.

t Notes on some Fishes of the Delaware River. United States Fish Commissioner’s
Report for 1875-76, p. 825.

{The Carp and its Culture. - Fish Commissioner’s Report for 1875-76, p. 869.

§ Quoted by Yarrell, loc. cit.

324 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

* Saussure saw eels, rotifera, and infusoria in hot springs of Aise, in
Saxony, in 1790, at a temperature of 115° F,

* Bruce says that at Feriana, the ancient Thala, are springs of warm
water without the town, where he saw small fishes, 4 inches long, not
unlike gudgeons. The temperature is not noted, but he says: ‘Upon
trying the heat by the thermometer I remember to have been much sur-
prised that they could have existed, and even not been boiled, by con-
tinuing so long in the heat of this medium.”

*Facts mentioned by Somerset induced Broussonnet to make some
experiments on the degree of heat which river fish are capable of endur-
ing. Details of the degrees of heat are not stated, but many species
lived several days in water too hot for the hand. (This and the preced-
ing citation from Dr. Hodgkin’s additions to the translation of Dr. W.
FE. Edwards’ work ‘On the Influence of Physical Agents on Life.”)

t Professor Goode writes: ‘‘In warm countries an analogous phenom-
enon (to hybernation) takes place, which has been called cestivation.
When the lakes and streams are dried up by the heat, the fish seek
refuge in the deepest pools, and when they too are dried, they bury
themselves in the mud at the bottom and remain torpid until the rainy
season refills the reservoirs and revives them.”

t Day reports that on January 18, 1869, he visited a large tank which
was then almost dry, having only about four inches of water in the
center, while the circumference was hard enough to walk on. The soil
was a thick and tenacious bluish clay, from which, fully thirty paces
from the water and two feet below the surface, were taken five living
fishes. Two were Ophiocephalus punctatus, and three were Rhincobdella
aculeata. They were covered with a thick adherent slime. ‘All were
lively and not in the least torpid.” Day also reports Amphipnous cuckia
as having been dug up under similar circumstances. Mr. Whiting,
chief officer of the western province of Ceylon, informed Sir Emerson
Tennent that he had been twice present when the peasants had been
digging up fish of nine to twelve inches long, full-grown and healthy,
which jumped on the bank when exposed to the light.

Batrachians, tortoises, and land-snails are commonly found in a torpid
state during the hot and dry months, a state which may truly be called
estivation, but which differs decidedly from the condition of activity
described above as observed in buried fishes, and for which there is no
very obvious explanation.

The instances cited are sufficient to show that the popular belief that
fishes possess no animal heat of their own rests upon well-attested
observations. At first sight it is difficult to understand otherwise how
these animals can undergo the extremes of heat and cold which they
have been known to undergo and continue to live. Yet, when the
adaptability of birds and mammals, whose normal range of body tem-
perature is so extremely narrow compared with that of fishes, to extremes

> * Quoted by. Yarrell, loc. cit. tGoode, op. cit.
t‘‘Fresh Water Fishes of India,” p. 28.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 325

of heat and cold is fairly considered, the necessity for this inference
seems to be not so very obvious. And no one appears to have tried
the experiment of subjecting the same individuals to great differences of
temperature, whereby the immense effect of inherited adaptation would
have been thrown out of the account.

With the exception of the often-quoted paragraph from Humboldt
and Bonpland, none of the foregoing observations attest a higher tem-
perature than 113° F., noted by Saussure as endured by eels in the hot
springs of Aise. This is but little above the temperature observed at
Fort Yuma, in California, which is occupied as a military post.

I have not yet found the original passage from which the statement
credited to Humboldt and Bonpland, as to living fish in water at a tem-
perature of 210° Fahr., is quoted. Yarrell gives no indication of the
precise place from which he cites. In an essay* “Sur une nouvelle
espece de pimelodus” (P. cyclopum), however, Humboldt writes: ‘ L’ha-
sard a voulu que ces inondations voleaniques Weussent pas lieu Pannée
que jai passée dans les Andes de Quito; mais les poissons vomis par les
voleans sont un phénomene si commun et si généralement connu de
tous les habitans de ce pays, quwil ne peut pas rester le moindre doute
sur son authenticité.” From which it appears that, on the occasion re-
ferred to at least, he was obliged to rely upon second-hand testimony ;
especially upon that of M. de Larrea, of Quito, who had collected a cab-
inet of minerals, was instructed in chemistry, and had looked into the
records of many villages around Cotopaxi. From this gentleman he
learned that in 1691 myriads of the fishes in question were vomited up
from the voleano of Imbabarri, causing a fever among the neighboring
people. Some Indians assured him (‘¢*quelques Indiéns m’ont assuré”)
that the fishes were living as they came down the side of the mountain,
“mais ce fait ne me paroit assez avéré.” Very few of the specimens
that he saw were sufficiently disfigured, in his opinicn, to indicate ex-
posure to very great heat, and the specimens came out of the mountain
mixed with an argillaceous mud. Humboldt conjectures the existence
of subterranean lakes whence he supposes the fishes to have come. Not
having found the original passage, I cannot, of course, say how far its
context might modify the inferences which have been drawn from it as
quoted, but it is evident that at the time here referred to, at least, he
had no idea that the fishes were alive when thrown out from the moun-
tain, nor did he make any record of the temperature (210° Fahr.) named
in the citation.

The instances of frozen fishes thawed into life again differ in kind
‘ather than in degree from familiar experiences with frozen fingers, toes,
and ears restored to their integrity by gradual thawing, when they have
not been frozen too long. Inno case, so far as I know, has any attempt
been made to ascertain whether the frozen fish retains in its interior
parts a temperature above the freezing-point; nor is it stated that

*Recueil Vobservations de zodlogie et Cunatomie comparée, Paris, 1811, tome 1°", p. 22.

326 PROUEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

fishes have been thawed into life after having been frozen for any great
length of time.

*Dr. Richardson’s remarks in a recent communication to Nature, upon
‘‘Suspended Animation,” are pertinent to this inquiry. ‘It is hard to
say whetheran animal, like a fish, frozen equally through all its structure,
is actually dead in the strict sense of the word, seeing that if it be
equally and uniformly thawed it may recover from a perfect glacial
state. In like manner it may be doubted whether a healthy, warm-
blooded animal suddenly and equally frozen through all its*parts is
dead, although it is not recoverable, because in the very act of trying
to restore it some inequality in the direction is almost certain to de-
termine a fatal issue, owing to the transition of some vital centre into
the pectous state of colloidal matter. I do not, consequently, see that
cold can be of itself and alone utilized for maintaining suspended ani-
mation in the larger warm-blooded animals of full growth. * * * It
is worthy of note that cold is antiseptic, as though whatever suspended
living action, suspended also by some necessity or correlative influence
the process of putrefactive decay.”

Respectfully submitted.

J. H. KIDDER.
Hon. SPENCER F. BATRD, .

United States Commissioner of Fish
and Fisheries, Washington, D. C.
FEBRUARY 10, 1880.

DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW GENERA AND SPECIES OF FISHES FROM
THE COAST OF CALIFORNIA.

By W. N. LOCKINGTON.

1. Leurynnis paucidens, gen. et sp. nov.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—F amily Zoarcida, allied to Iycodes. Ventral
fins present, short; no teeth on vomer and palatines; dorsal and anal
fins continued without interruption around the tail. Scales small, but evi-
dent. The name is from jevpos—smooth; 5»zs—vomer, in allusion to
the character which chiefly distingnishes the genus from Lycodes.

SPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Body elongate, eel-like; extremity of snout
subtruncate; profile of remainder of snout and head conic, slightly
convex over the eyes; highest part of the dorsal outline and deepest
part of the fish perpendicular to a point about midway between the pos-
terior end of the lower jaw and the base of the pectoral ; from this point
to the slightly rounded end of the caudal the body tapers regularly both
above and below. Head broad, the sides (viewed from above) almost
straight from the opercula to about half-way between the eye and the tip
of the snout, thence rapidly approaching and meeting in an obtuse point.

Greatest depth of body from a little more than ten to a little less than
eleven times; length of head 4:—42 times in the total length; snout 2+¢

*Quoted trom Forest and Stream, September 4, 1879.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. oo

—3 times; eye 52—6} times in the length of the head; lower jaw +3—}3
of the head. Pectoral fin 4—+ the length of the head, and 4: to
almost 6 times the length of the ventrals; anus situated at the end of
the second fifth of the total length.

Nostrils much nearer to the extremity of the snout than to the eye
and below the horizon of the lower margin of the orbit; provided with
a short tube.

dyes elliptical, directed obliquely upwards and outwards; the inter-
ocular space only about + of the total width of the head, the sides of
which continue to shelve outwards at the same angle with the eye-balls
as far as the lower margin of the suborbital ring. Interorbital space
concave to about the center of the orbit, at which point the two ridges
bordering the eyes unite with the central ridge, separating again pos-
teriorly.

Mouth large, slightly oblique, the cleft straight, its angle reaching
about to a vertical from the center of the pupil; intermaxillaries and
maxillaries very slender; lower jaw received within the upper; lower
margin of mandible straight, with a small symphysial knob, and a
prominent articulation. In the females the mouth is smaller; maxillary
with its posterior extremity enveloped in the skin of the ongle of the
mouth. Tongue large and thick.

Teeth small, slender, bluntly pointed, those of the mandible in about
four irregular rows in front, those of the inner row largest and farthest
apart. The outer row disappears at about + of the length of the cleft of
the mouth from the tip of the mandible, but the inner row continues to
about } the length of the cleft of the mouth. The outer row slopes out-
ward, but the inner is much recurved, and the three or four posterior
teeth of the inner row on each side are the largest and strongest in the
jaws. Teeth of the intermaxillary in a single row, extending about
half-way along the sides of the mouth, the largest in front, gradually
diminishing posteriorly. No vomerine or palatine teeth.

Gill-openings narrow, inclined forwards, and broadly attached to the
isthmus; branchiostegals six, sometimes only five. Pseudobranchie.
Operculum very small, with radiating ridges; cheeks fleshy, very long,
so that the eye is nearly midway between front of opercle and tip of snout.
Upper and lower pharyngeal bones covered with villiform teeth; the
posterior upper pharyngeal smallest; the lower pharyngeals separate,
subtriangular. Gill-rakers quite short, pointed, flexible.

Vertical fins continuous, long and low, and formed of soft rays
throughout, dorsal commencing at a vertical from a little before the
center of the length of the pectoral, caudal somewhat rounded, anal
commencing very near to the anus. Dorsal with about 90 rays; anal
with about 70.

Ventrals very small, jugular, consisting of two rays; their insertion
slightly posterior to the lower extremity of the branchial opening.

Upper axil of pectorals below the center of the height of the body,

328 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

their base vertical, and extending to the abdominal outline ; the fin con-
sisting of 18 rays, the fifth or sixth longest, the lowest about 2 as long
as the fifth; first three or four rays simple, the others bifurcate.

No lateral line. Seales roundish, smooth, separate, embedded in the
skin, uniform over the whole of the body, except upon an area on the
upper surface in front of the dorsal, where they are smaller, and region
near base of pectorals scaleless. Head sealeless, the ridges somewhat
prominent.

Color olivaceous, the seales lighter than the skin; the color formed
by numerous dark points, which are continued also upon the: head.
Upper surface of head darker, abdominal surface lighter than other
portions. Vertical fins margined with black.

This species is hot uncommon in the markets at San Francisco. Two
specimens, 10 to 12 inches in length, have been forwarded to the United
States National Museum, where they are numbered 25502. They may
be considered as the types of the species.

2. Odontopyxis trispinosus, gen. and sp. noy.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Family Agonidae, allied to Agonus (cata-
phractus), from which it differs chiefly in the presence of teeth on the
vomer and palatines. It is distinguished from Agonopsis, Gill, by its
smaller fins and slenderer form.

SPECIFIC CHARACTERS.—Body octahedral, the lower flat side termi-
nating behind the anal fin, the upper side a little behind the second
dorsal. Posterior portion of body hexagonal. Body anteriorly very
much broader than deep, the upper side, from the head to its termination,
concave; lower side slightly concave; the other surfaces flat. Lateral
surfaces (traversed by the lateral line) wider anteriorly than those sepa-
rating them from the upper and lower surfaces; posterior to the second
dorsal the lateral surfaces are narrowest.

Greatest depth, above pectoral, 10-12 times in length; greatest width,
at gill-covers, 72-8; length of head, 52-54 times in the total length; eye,
34-34; snout, 35-34; interorbital width, 64-7 times in length of head.

Head triangular, depressed. A sharp, rather long, movable spine
upon the tip of the snout, its triangular base projecting beyond the jaws;
behind this central spine, on the highest point of the snout, is a pair of
similar, but recurved, fixed spines. Snout posterior to these spines
nearly level to orbital region. A prominent supra-orbital ridge ending
posteriorly in a backward-directed spine. Forehead strongly convex
longitudinally, and strongly concave transversely. Occiput slightly
depressed between the par-occipital ridges, its posterior border deeply
emarginated. Supra-occipital ridge but slightly marked above, but very
conspicuous on the hinder margin of the head, where there is a deep
cavity in front of the first series of body-plates, this cavity longitudi-
nally divided by the supra-occipital ridge. A. slightly-marked ridge
from the center of the hinder margin of the eye to the lateral keel of

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 329

the upper surface. A backward-directed spine on each pre-orbital.
Nostrils in a depression on each side of the snout. Lower jaw received
within the upper both on front and sides. Jaws, vomer, and palatines
armed with minute, sharp, closely set teeth.

Maxillary almost entirely concealed by the free edge of the pre-orbital
when the mouth is closed. Two minute barbels at each angle of mouth.
Orbit large, almost circular, occupying far the larger portion of the
height of the head, the upper margin of the pupil touching a line drawn
from the upper part of the snout to the occiput.

Gill-membranes attached to a broad isthmus; branchiostegals seven.

Pectoral shorter than head, broadly rounded on lower margin, and
composed of fourteen simple rays.

Ventrals inserted posterior to the insertion of the pectorals, close to-
gether, consisting of a spine and two unbranched rays.

Vent a conspicuous elliptical opening, situated at about the middle
of the length of the ventrals.

First dorsal of four spines, the second longest, the fourth shortest, the
third slightly longer than the first; its base occupying the posterior

- portion of the seventh, and the whole of the eighth and ninth series of
plates.

Second dorsal of six unbranched rays, the second slightly longer than
the first; its base occupying the fifteenth to the nineteenth series of
plates, inclusive.

Anal of six rays, opposite and similar to the soft dorsal.

Caudal elongate, rounded on posterior margin, and consisting of
eleven unbranched rays. Fin-membranes delicate.

Thirty-five to thirty-seven series of plates from occiput to base of
caudal, each series strongly keeled, each keel ending in a spine; a circlet
of horizontal spines around the base of the caudal. The two elongate,
subrectangular shields at the base of the ventrals are in the line of the
second series of dorsal plates, the first series terminating above the
pectorals. Twenty-seven irregular plates on the under surface of the
body in front of the ventral plates. Lateral line simple, along the cen-
ter of the lateral surfaces.

Color olivaceous or yellowish, with six or seven darker bands of brown
on the dorsal surfaces. Under side uniform whitish. Fins blotched with
blackish.

Three specimens of this species are known to me; two of them were
obtained in the markets of San Francisco. One of these, which may be
considered as the type of the species, has been forwarded to the United
States National Museum, and is numbered 23504 on the Museum Regis-
ter. The third specimen was procured on the coast of Alaska by the
United States Coast Survey. The aspect of this fish is that of Agonus,
but the presence of teeth on the vomer and palatines excludes it from
that genus.

330 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Dimensions.
No.1 No. 2
Motallength. 622.21... 5.020 te sccet Woe wee eeseea es evecienisnisnetemericces 2. 05 3. 23
Length of head to gill-opening ..-..... be Sicjeyate tae ots Bie cee es .38 50
Length of head to center of occipital emargination......-...-.-.--. .3 -48
Width at gill-openings (greatest width) ...--....-.--......-..--.--- 2 - 405
Greatest depths. soukoy .sccee cer cote se cee sc. a aiel 8 Coe Pee eens . 205 27
Tip of snout to pectoral base <sesesce ceo esecie cs seco sine ee eee . 40 . 62
Lipior snout to-ventral basee-csecees= 6's 2o2 eee eee ene eee eee Saas . 46 75
ipror snoutsto) orion of Ustidorsalleese eee eee ee eee . 65 1. 03
plot snout tojonriniof 2didorsaleccns ss. sree eee eae ee 1.50
MUpOr sHoustoloneim of anal sees ene a2 soe eee eee a eeisucletme ces . 94 1.50
dip of snout tovanterior maroinor Vents... -2s95 =e ses nesses .53 . 82
hength of snout <:-'./).)25- 52 gene erin San oases cae oce mee eee recor eee 10 16
ironoitudinal diameter’ of Orbit... 62... 2se8es see ad ee eeeeee eases ee 16
Interocular widithyss22y..< > ects ne ee eras bine Se eee ee eee a ren eee . 06 . 08
length ofigapeotmonthiss. ees se accent ee caee se se eee . 08 12
mengths of pectoral xs... ss\hacsecrec cd aisaa a cee ohne sete seca eee ol 52
iene th of ventral. .2sc-n some o cele 2s ialeiele= sooo conta since en geeeLe 24
Height of longest (2d) spine of ist: dorsal 5-3 2h shce.o- eee ce oeaeeee Baioe 29
Heirhbiok longesti(2d)rayroh 2didorsalye= sass ae aise eee eras Ese 32
Heicht of longest'ray: oftanal 27. )os0ce .ta cen = ques oom pe euecees a ale 26
Number of series of plates (on back) and of tubes of lateral line - 35 37

Fin-formula: B. 7; P. 14; VI, 2; D. IV—6; A. 6; C. 11.
The dimensions are all taken along the axis of the fish.

3. Artedius quadriseriatus, sp. nov.

Bop; D, =: A. 12; P16; V.4--C22 1172; Mate so-30,

Snout eaeny rising at an angle of about 45°, forehead strongly
curved, occipital region slightly concave, depth of body at origin of
dorsal only slightly exceeding that at posterior margin of orbit. A con-
spicuous supra-orbital barbel about half as long as diameter of eye.
Dorsal outline from origin of dorsal to caudal pedunele straight and
deflected regularly downwards.

Gape of mouth very slightly oblique, rest of abdominal profile straight.
Greatest width (at preopercles) 6,4, to nearly 7, greatest depth (at
origin of dorsal) about equal to greatest width; length of head (to tip
of operculum) 22 times, in total length to end of caudal. Snout about
equal to longitudinal diameter of orbit which is about 3% times in head;
interocular width 125-144 times in length of head. Depth of cana
peduncle 34 times in greatest length, pectoral about 1+ in length of head.

Head large, deep ; ascending processes of premaxillaries forming two
converging ridges, ending above in a blunt projection, on each side of
which, in a line with the nostrils, is along sharp spine. <A pair of
spines on occiput, the interval between them concave transversely. A
transverse sulcus between the anterior pair of spines and the forehead.

Eyes directed obliquely upwards, interocular space concave, narrow,
less than 4 the width of the eye.

Gape of mouth slightly oblique, maxillary reaching to the middle of
the pupil, its end with a slender barbel; mandible straight; jaws even
when the mouth is closed.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 331

A band of closely set, sharp, nearly straight, cardiform teeth in both
jaws, the largest teeth in the front of the jaws, where there are more
rows than at the sides. Similar teeth on vomer and palatines. Cush-
ions of villiform teeth on pharyngeals.

Gill-rakers tubercular; branchiostegals five, gill-membranes broadly
connected below the throat; no isthmus. Pseudobranchiz present.

Preopereulum with a large process which has four curved spines above
and ends in a spine directed backwards. Sometimes there is a fifth
spine on the upper margin, or the tip is bifid. Three other preopercular
spines, the uppermost a little below the spine-bearing process, and
directed backwards, the next pointing downwards, the lowest obliquely
forwards, the three last equidistant. Supra-scapula with a ridge, in a
line with the first scale of the lateral line. Upper surface and sides of
the head with numerous pores, the most conspicuous of which are on the
anterior portion of the forehead. Top and sides of head with some
minute, smooth, imbedded scales. Opercle small, ending posteriorly in
a flat, bluntish spine, behind which is a large membranous flap.

First five spines of first dorsal sub-equal, the others diminishing
rapidly, last very short. Two dorsals entirely separate, interval short.

Second dorsal increasing in height to fourth or fifth ray, first ray
about 3 as long as second. From the longest ray the upper margin in-
clines regularly to the last (14th), which is about $ the length of the
longest.

Anal similar to soft dorsal, but the rays shorter, fourth ray longest.
Origin of 1st dorsal opposite the center of the supra-scapular ridge, that
of 2d opposite the 11th seale of the lateral line, anal arising opposite
the 2d, and terminating opposite the 13th ray of the 2d dorsal.

‘Pectoral base oblique, broad, pectoral broadly lanceolate, 5th ray
longest and extending back to the 2nd ray of the 2d dorsal.

Ventrals small, four-rayed, inserted slightly behind the posterior axil
of the pectoral base; length to that of pectoral as 2-8. All fin-rays
anbranched.

Each side of the body with two bands of large, strongly ctenoid scales ;
the lower bearing the lateral line, composed of 35 to 37 scales, beginning
at the upper angle of the gill-openings, thence strongly decurved over
the pectorals, thence running straight to the base of the caudal. Many
of the scales on the posterior part of this band are provided with slender
cirri. The upper band of scales begins further back, in front of the
middle of the dorsal, and runs along the base of the dorsal fins, stopping
before reaching the caudal. This band is composed of two series of
alternating scales, closely wedged in together. Between and above
these bands are a few small scattered imbedded scales. Like the scales
on the head these small scales can only be seen with the aid of a magni-
fying-glass.

Color olivaceous, with darker spots formed of black punctulations ;
four or five dark blotches along the lateral line. Branchiostegal mem-

332 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

brane sometimes black. Two black spots on the spinous dorsal, one
in front, the other at the tips of the posterior rays. Other fins oliva-
ceous.

Pectorals and caudal barred; ventrals and anal sometimes black,
sometimes colorless. Under surface creamy-white.

Several specimens obtained in San Francisco market among heaps of
Pandalus Dane. Two of these now in the United States Museum are
numbered 23503 on the register.

As the specimens obtained vary less than is the case with many species,
and are of very nearly the same dimensions, I subjoin measurements of
two only.

The principal variations are in the height of the dorsals and in the
color of the paired fins and of the anal, which are much darker in some
than in others. The dimensions are all axial, unless otherwise stated.

Inches. Inches.

Rotalglens thy tortipotecau daly sass es seeks ee ae eee ee ee ere 3188 3. 50
Wotalionoth myvithout caudal a.) s22- 2802. bess weet oec eee ee ee 2. 80 2. 90
engih ot head, to tip of operculum 254. 2245522.065-2nes- 25 caseeees 95 . 99
Greatest depth of body at origin of 1st dorsal ............-.---...-. 47 . 55
Greatest width at preopercles 2-2 c2-.<cos. = .sccseseceieeenecoscteec: 49 oe
Bepuvoncaudal peduncle... 22-2. 450 fer ees een ee eee eee .14 .16
Hap of snout to'insértion of ventrals!: ©: 22 25.25222 a.0cce Gee er eee 75 . 52
inofsnout toorgim of Istdorsali cist 2-025! sae eee ee 80 . 83
Tip of snout to origin of Ist dorsal along dorsal outline..........---. . 90 95
pron snouhtoloricin of 2ndid orsaless= see ese eae eee eee 1, 44 1.54
Miposn oui oor of analeesees ee eeeee se see eee aucate's syetateiseieee 1. 46 1.56
Hermit ohlon gest Tayol lshidorsal ss ss snes eee oe seme aes eee - 46 -Al
Hemhivotloncesttaysoleudidorsaless oro eee 2 eee eee ee .45 ater
Menethror base. of Ist: dorsal e222 3)4..42: aek weeetseee eae ooo ee eee 56 . 58
iben gibi of baseohend dorsal! 7-225 4c aecuccie ae eae eee . 85 85
Henephsds base. ofanal 2222 2252) 52 2oo 26 eee eee . 68 . 68
Widtihof pectoral baseyssccsosce ee foe se eesie ee Ree a ae .28 . 30
Length of pectoral, from center of pase beac ce siee ele cee te aes se . 80 . 80
Benethi ot ventrals:=s2.22.2 se Vleet Ue od See waa ae ree 3] 31
Hongitudinal:diameter. of orbit 52.0 sos- 2222 eee ee ee . 26 26
enech Of SNONG =. foc-secen cee od Lee ee ee a eee . 24 26
interocilar Width ~.. o.25<¢ Sse Sd estew Sees WE Se eee ee ee nee ee 065 08
hip otisnout to end ofmaxillaryiss2-- essere eee eee eer eae 31 . 32
ene th of preopercalanprocesse=-2e-— sae eee eee eee eee eens 21 . 22

SAN FRANCISCO, December, 1879.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 333

CATALOGUE OF A COLLECTION OF FISHES OBTAINED IN THE
GULE OF MEXICO, BY DR. J. W. VELIE, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF
SEVEN NEW SPECEES.

By G. BROWN GOODE and TARLETON H. BEAN.

MALTHEID 4s.

1. Halieutichthys aculeatus (Mitchill), Goode.

Lophius aculeatus, MrrcwiLn. Aimer. Monthly Mag. II, 1878, p. 325 (Straits of
Bahama).

Halieutichthys reticulatus, Pony. Proce, Acad. Nat. Sei., Phil., 1863, p. 91
(Cuba).

Halieutichthys aculeatus, GOODE. Proc. U. 8. N. M., IT, 1879, p. 109 (calling atten-
tion to Mitchill’s description).

A single specimen, No. 23552, 5 centimeters long, was collected by
Dr. Velie, at Key. West.
DIODONTID ™%.

2. Chilomycterus geometricus (Linn.), Kaup.
Two specimens (No. 23542) collected at Key West. They belong to .
Giinther’s var. 2, but are much lighter than any specimens among the
hundreds we have seen from the North Atlantic coast, the width of the
brown longitudinal stripes being comparatively small in relation to those
ot light color.
OSTRACIONTID A.

3. Ostracion trigonus, LINN.£US.—Shell-fish.

A single specimen in salt (No. 23645) from the west coast of the pen-
insula.
3ALISTID A.

4. Monacanthus occidentalis, Giinther.

92

A single specimen (No. 23551), 63 millimeters long, from Key West. The
specimen has the seales upon the posterior portion of the body hispidate,
also a pair of strong recurved spines on each side of the caudal peduncle.
Four indistinetlongitudinal brown bands upon the side, and a fifth much
deeper in color at the base of the ventral flap, triangular in form, the
base of the triangle extending from base of the ventral spine to the vent.
The outer half of the ventral flap is white with a submarginal stripe
and three or four lines of ocelle of light brownish gray.

D. 30, A. 30.
SYNGNATHID &.

5. ? Syngnathus louisiane, Giinther.
A single specimen (No. 23549), 64 millimeters long, was collected by
Dr. Velie at San Marco Island, Florida.

334 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

D. 32 (?). Osseous rings 17 + 32.

The specimen corresponds closely with Giinther’s description. Its prin-
cipal points of distinction from S. fuscus are the low, somewhat short
dorsal fin and the short snout.

BATRACHID A.
6. Batrachus tau, Linn:eus, subsp. beta, Giinther.

A specimen (No. 25541), 22 centimeters long, was collected by Dr.
Velie at Punta Russa, the most southern locality on record for this spe-
cies.* .

This fish, like all other Gulf of Mexico specimens inspected by us,
agrees closely with var. g, as defined by Giinther,t in the tendeney
to expansicn of the dark areas; the presence of small whitish spots
upon the body; the greater average number of bands on the anal,
approximating in number those of the dorsal, and the marking of the
pectorals and caudal in white spots upon dark ground, 1ather than in
brown upon white. The coloration of the southern specimens appears
to be due to a tendency toward melanism, the dark areas being intensi-
fied as well as expanded. In the Punta Russa specimen (No. 23541) the
main color is nearly black, the lines and marblings being of light shades
of brown and brownish white, sharply and beautifully defined against
the dark body-color. In the Pensacola specamen, No. 21477, ‘he me-
lanistic tendency is I¢ss evident. We consider the Gulf specimens as,
for the present, constituting a distinct subspecies, founded entirely upon
color.

Radial formula of No. 23541, D. II, 24. A. I, 19. The first and
second dorsal fins are continuous in 23541, but this is evidently acei-
dental.

That the number of bands on the fins and their tendency to confluence
is a character of little importanceis shown in the following color notes:
No. 4637 a, Beesley’s Point. 8S. F. Baird.

Light brown, finely marbled with darker, and not white spotted (a
and db). Dorsal with eight bands. Anal with seven bands. Caudal
with six bands. Pectorals irregularly brown spotted.

4637 b. Beesley’s Point. 8S. F. Baird.

Light brown, coarsely marbled with darker. Dorsal with six bands,
anal with six bands, caudal with four bands, pectorals with the brown
spots arranged in four bands.

*The National Museum has a specimen from Pensacola, Fla., collected by Silas
Stearns in 1878 (No. 21477); another from West Florida, collected by Kaiser and Martin
(No. 5149), and two collected at Indianola, Tex., by J. H. Clark (No. 746), No species of
Batrachus is now recognized from the eastern coast of South America, though it seems
certain that some species, closely allied to B. tau, or perhaps even this very species, oc-
curs in Brazil. Compare Batrachus Gronovii, Cuv. & VAu., Hist. Nat. Poiss., xii, 1837,
p. 482.—Batrachus cryptocentrus, Cuv. & VAL., 1. ¢., p. 485, from Bahia, rejected by
Giinther as incompletely described.

t Cat. Fish Brit. Mus., iii, 1861, p. 167.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 335

4637 c. Beesley’s Point. S. F. Baird.

Dorsal with eight, anal with seven, caudal with five, pectoral with
five bands.

4637 d. Beesley’s Point. S. F. Baird.

Dorsal with eight, anal with six, caudal with four, pectoral with spots
arranged in irregular, almost complete, bands.
4637 e.

Dorsal with nine bands, the second and third and sixth and seventh
confluent. Anal with nine bands. Pectoral with irregularly arranged
quadrangular spots of brown and white, in a sort of checkerboard ar-
rangement.

3441. Norfolk, Va. Dr. Jeffries.

Body as usual. Dorsal with seven, anal with eight, caudal with four
bands. Pectorals irregularly spotted with brown, arranged approxi-
mately in five bands.

23541. Punta Russa, Fla. Dr. J. W. Velie.

Body brown, marbled with very dark brown, and spotted with whitish.
Dorsal with nine very regular blackish bands of uniform width, sharply
separated by white. Anal with nine regular bands. Caudal with five.
Pectoral brownish black dotted with white.

20632. Wood’s Holl, Mass. U.S. F.C.

Young specimen. White, with sides coarsely reticulated with brown.
Dorsal with seven irregwiar confluent bands. Anal with nine irregular
bands. Caudal irregularly marbled with broad penciling of brown.
Pectoral with three or four very irregular lines of brown blotches.

D 26. A 21.

Others in the same bottle correspond in markings and radial formule.
746. Indianola, Texas. J. H. Clark.

Faded alcoholic specimens show a general agreement with the other
Gulf specimens in the presence of seven to nine bands in both dorsal
and anal, and in the white spots on pectoral and caudal.

D. III. 25; A. 20 (in two specimens).

21477. Pensacola, Fla. Silas Stearns.

Body nearly black, but agreeing in general with the descriptions, and
with tendency to white maculation on body, pectoral, and caudal. Three
bands on dorsal, eight on anal, not clearly separated as in the Key West
specimen.

336 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Table of measurements.

Batrachus tau, subsp. beta.

nrrent number Of SPCCIMEN <<. == aia ee al ee le le a ae | 21477

BNR NU SANS Vs es eet ee el | Pensacola, Fla.

|
| Millime. | 100ths
| Millime- of

eae length.
xtreme lenptht.,.- 25 -/2 ss2<hsss-tase cae sassses ete ae Pecan See ase Sebens das Cee 24 eee ee ee eae
Weenoshi to origin of middle Cad allie ys a ee rm ate epee = ete ata loc a ele aie inete italia etal a 205 oh {sae bee
Head:
Greatest length, obliquely to gill-opening) 2 -- 5 = oe oe sae wm ae ermine inicio else | eee 42
Greatest width Sa ee ele et ee |[sierole etait 294
Width of interorbital bone...--..-...-.----- EN 22 Aopen os eee ee eee aA th ge oe ga Seat ee 4
Ween eo thiot SNOUGI (OD Oe) any ate ereere a oer a mte tease aaa etal atte reat lemete Aces 8
Mensth of- operculum to end of lonrestispine.-ss+<-sssseece aeeerae = = ee eeeenleeee eee eee 8
Deenguh:. of ppers jaw aaoo orcs poset |e ateenas mas catoe noe ale eee eee esl ee eee 20%
Le neth of mandible... s2ccseess 2 \aiscinin ose S-niwieslow se ace else de eeinde eee eh sarsee te eoee aca 26
Mi ameter Ovbiteees se. coke eae Eee eee eee oe EE So RE Seen a eee Sees eee er en eg 5
Dorsal (spinous) : |
Distance:from snout) <<... ccc ccsececiscie ces soc mane mcjsec ciuorm selcis Aen pelsenes te eeee jona8 37
HEN PUhO he DASC Sect eee eat lene elee mimics areeials alam eine et aieeiseinia te eee ese et tere 9
Heichtiab first spine ss25 sess Sowa eae se se eee se sence eee ee seen e coe neee oe 3s
Heishtiatisecondspine) 23, sen < scones cee eee meee ee ini aele oe eeloles el -stecieeie te eee reer 6
Dorsal (soft):
Men obhOts Vase sacceess pes = saceeineaetiaatoar oan ae Seneca mace ceemeenanaeens | aeeeermet 53
Anal:
Dishancesrom, SOUR osee «sane ce mete e os ee eae cokes oe eee cic ene ieee eee eee | 60
Weenoth) OF: DAS) .,cccce. seach stmee cae: ms taaece mine seme eee ena aes aoc shores 42
Caudal:
Benth MIG G16 TAY Basso sctsce ewer donee eens nae ase eee ie oes eiae aseee = ee eeeeer eee | 18
Pectoral: |
Distance trom SNOW <ozc o> = ease ene se em sdec cee sce meee Ses erence eeeicenaine Laetrore eves 41
Length (without pedune le) . - Bb ase wi aoe ee ee eis ee oe eee eee tera eee | 16
Ventral:
Distance from snout--.---- witha Steer alalele a nee Onova wraharee ee Sr aneete tas tusteteieeneze Laseseiees.cee 31
MGON OGD 52.2 Gace Sc. 5 5.22 a5 silos sles eels wie lois seleinle wemiDae sa cieinee nia ae seeeetoes aae| Se eee 174
Biers Wee Sis ad Se F408 Ee Se Ee cae ee So age tae eee eee TIT, 24 |
PB Mltettas tee aah sone Sei teens sense oe comin teas oeeetc ane Re aee Cane oe eee eee 22
AEC UOL A ate sevteyays 5 aca. ciao lee Mees o oitteicals abe eee tie eee Cee Se eee Lane ee eters Ee 18
BOT GLAU eyes cetera ad op oceie craks, ued eAareladd Sa eerae merce a tec einer bisa ae eee eos I, 2

7. Batrachus tau, subsp. pardus Goode & Bean.

Two specimens of a very remarkable form of Batrachus were collected
in Pensacola in 1878 by Mr. Silas Stearns. They are mentioned on p.
127, im our paper on the fishes of Pensacola, September 19, 1879. Our
suspicions as to their specific individuality then expressed have not
been confirmed by more careful study. The characters by which they
are separated from typical Batrachus tau are extremely difficult to define.
Yet, unless other specimens are obtained which shall bridge the chasm
between the two Pensacola specimens and all others of 5. taw from
Pensacola and elsewhere in the Museum, we cannot but consider them
as representing two distinct subspecies. The melanistic tendency of
the typical B. taw in the South, as observed by Giinther and illustrated
by all our Gulf specimens, should be taken into consideration, for the
types of B. pardus are lighter in color than any specimens of B. tau in the
Museum.

The vertebrey number 12-22 (the modified vertebra at the base of the
caudal fin not being included). These fish were called in Pensacola by
the names “Sea Robin” and “‘Sarpo”; the latter being doubtless a cor-
ruption of the Spanish “Sapo”, meaning “toad”.

aes

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 337

Color.—Body very light yellowish brown, gray beneath, thickly spot-
ted with dark brown. The spots on the head are smaller than those on

‘the body. Those on the under side of the body are numerous, circular,

the largest equalling the eye in size. On the upper part of the back
are many large oblong blotches of brown, interspersed with numerous
smaller circular spots. The markings of the dorsal and anal fins remotely
resemble those in Batrachus tau, subsp. « and g. In No. 22337a there
are nine interrupted bands on the dorsal and six on the anal., two dis-
tinct bands on the anterior half of the caudal, and on its posterior half
numerous blotches of the body color or dark brown grayish. Pectorals
grayish at the base, yellowish brown elsewhere, and thickly blotched
with dark brown.

In No. 223376 the oblique bands on the dorsal fin are obsolete, replaced
by irregular blotches and an irregular marginal band of black. The
anal exhibits obsolescent bands, perhaps eight in number. Caudal
dark brown with a few light blotches. Pectoral as in 22337a, but with
a wide brownish black margin.

Table of measurements.

Batrachus tau, subsp. pardus.

Current number of specimen .........--.--..---.----.-....-. 22387 a. 22387 b.
MOG RLU Vee aes ois = seintecie oan lasict nen cinlatcinltatelats ais. airie Pensacola, Fla. Pensacola, Fla.
— ——— tt
Millime- | 00th | Mritlime-| 100ths
ters. ters. |
length. length.
Extreme length ies o sistee ane ara somos eese sanlbacleviemelelslasesaceic es B79} |e ccs ces ceis| snwteacmee| ce seteeteitoe
Length to origin middle caudal rays .....--..----.----------- B20 Sececae se 820 leacinancees
Hea
Greatest length, obliquely to gill-opening.............---|--------+- 364 374
GSO LSB Ethie haven rn shat na Uy ce esos Soe ine a ane 31 32
Width of interorbital bone. ------------------------------ 44 |. 44
Leneth of snout (oblique)......---------2----------.----- Tk |-- 8
Length of operculum to end of largest spine é 7 8y
Length of upper jaw ee 18 194
Length of mandible.-.-.--.--..-- Bs 24 234
Dinmesenovorbitees wees os seeee oes cesee eee coer eee See ececeee 5 5
Dorsal (spinous) :
Mistanceifrom Snout'..-..- ----< sew neecceceene ees ee- aero Soeapeeecmecee 354
Length of base --...--....-.- Be etc aaie ete stare ine elses cee ate| terial ete Ska caaae eer 64
Length of first spine .--.---.-------------+---- 20-222 - ee |ee eee eee: Gi) eeeaneees 4
Length OlSECONGIA PING eas aa osama se eeleniacone see eee nine | amet Gig) See eeeeee 5
Dorsal (soft) :
Distance from snout .-.--. Beccles e ewewins msleisnfe le s'epretesieeletel|(talaisiemiamiah 46%) || 5-5--5 0552 | Serenata
WGOnNC tl OF ASC) ese see tees = eee ew clsmieeem oisimiae Hinislammeime| aimee RY US Gsenceneed| poncaccss.
Anal:
ID ISTAN COMLONMSNOM bee eae e ee sim seca s caceieie ile cecinse ee antenie (3 a 63
Gen PCDKO ls NASGR seca eee aa see sles, ain orial= mm lale sieeeeeteiniora= Seana S8ia| sesec se ane 40
Caudal:
Men cthot mid dle may See ciicacis eles seein = ain wale elmalen= sleatel=t peceelaae TSI eee es coerce
Pectoral: .
DiscancemlOnlsnOUUressseer teem ecisees = else ise a “else saree soe atte Bea ese ceaeeee 38
Length (without peduncle) aoe se Be eesea cee enseneee Peepers at WTS |scasecce 16
Ventral:
MIstAaNCOaLOMNSNOWUP ee eeetlesiaee sis saise > o «sialsnieisinisee saaa| mem ceemnanare 23le alae seisie oo
AT OC ae ee ee eee cena a claiaiclcte nis ainiseleeenee|Se et teaeee ASRS esses.
MOUS Ae sees tame emt eace as Seccicceconct ose sclecincchmedcmcs 26 eeeraarseeate IU, 26
Arya eae sane he esearch eae cnc s acteni= << sislclalas's's alae ee mmo caliteais sit ons 22
TOG GO Tale see se a et aleie cic cope wisinic.c:niniv.ciniese = erarsieloraiatele AGN Ee etecle waiaiai= 21
BUND Gi cal eee ett ae ee i eel cel craic colo oacteiieienteior 1 Fp | ee T2

* Fin injured; some of the rays are missing—ITI, 26 present.

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 22 March 25, 1880.

338 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

TRIGLID Ai.

8. Prionotus punctatus (Bloch), Cuvier.
A single young specimen (No. 23550), 61 millimeters in length, was
collected by Dr. J. W. Velie, at Clear Water Harbor, Fla.
WS oNS La A) Lad
SCORP ANID ZA.

9. Scorpzena sp.

A small specimen in bad condition (No. 23556), 45 millimeters long,
from Clear Water Harbor, Fla. It agrees in most particulars with
Scorpena plumieri, Schu., but appears to have much larger scales. The
scales are rubbed off from the posterior part of the body, but the indi-
cations are that they did not exceed 30 or 35 in number, while S. plu-
miert has 45, The count is not sufliciently certain to be of value, but
the occurrence of the genus at this locality should be noted.

DST 10)s SARL db,

LABRIDZ.

10. Cheerojulis humeralis (Poey).

A single young specimen (No. 23626), 60 millimeters long, collected at
Clear Water Harbor, Fla. It agrees with Poey’s type of Julis humer-
alis except in the absence of the nuchal band, the band upon the dorsal
fin, and the dark corners of the caudal fin. These may possibly be
acquired with age. The three Cuban specimens examined all exceeded
120 millimeters in length.

DA, TL; AL ELL, a2) i. Tate 22709.

POMACENTRID 45.

11. Pomacentrus leucostictus M. & T.

Three specimens (No. 23627), 46 millimeters to 55 millimeters long,
were collected by Dr. J. W. Velie, at Clear Water Harbor, Fla. The
species is a strongly-marked one, and the specimens before us agree in
every particular with Dr. Giinther’s excellent description. They are of
the brown type of coloration, and are sufficiently young to show traces
of the black ocella on the tail, though the blue ring is not very distinct,
and of the convergent blue lines on the snout. Specimens of the same
size from the Bermudas show them much more clearly.

D. XII, 15; A. II, 13; -L. Lat. 3 | 28 | 9.

12. Glyphidodon concolor (Gill), Giinther.
A single specimen (No. 23652), 38 millimeters long, was taken at Mar-
quesas Keys, Florida. The radial formula is as follows:

D. XII, 12; A. I, 84; V. 1,5; Scales 24—25—9$.

There are six dark bands on the body and tail.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 339

CARANGID A.

13. Oligoplites occidentalis (Linn.), Gill.—Herring.
Two or three specimens (No. 23646) in salt from ‘* West Florida.”

14. Trachynotus ovatus (Linn.), Giinther.

Six young specimens (No. 23638), 22 millimeters to 32 millimeters
long, were obtained at Marquesas Keys, Florida. The radial formuls
are as follows:

(De vials iss ASS ss tall
(Gi) e vin leas. Aes dys kel.
(¢)) Devi, a, 19: A. ii, i, 18.
(d:) DD. vi, 1, 18. PAYS Wyoly alti
(5) Ds vis 1, 18; AG Henly Libis
(Gis )ielD avila ls ho. PACs gt clit

15. Trachynotus goreensis, Cuy. and Val. Permit; Crevallé.

A large specimen (No. 23647), in salt, about 20 inches long, was sent
from West Florida by Dr. Velie. It agrees with the form which we at
present call Trachynotus goreensis.

Several small specimens (No. 23637), 27 millimeters to 50 millimeters
long, apparently of the same species, were obtained at Marquesas Keys.
(ae De Vio sAL Ell, (0) Do Vi, 1, 19: Ay Th AS a7. (eee

Vella sacle athe (.

The figure given by Girard in the Ichthyology of the Mexican Bound-
ary, plate xi, fig. 4, under the name Doliodon carolinus, is pretty certainly
taken from a young specimen of this species, though the number of rays
in the dorsal has perhaps been changed to make the figure correspond
with the description on page 22.

The young 7. goreensis is distinguished from 7. carolinus of the same
size by the greater height of the spinous dorsal, the smaller number of
dorsal and anal rays, and the stronger black blotch upon the lobe of the
dorsal.

16. Carangus pisquetus (Cuv. and Val.), Girard.— Leather Jacket.
Caranz pisquetos, CUVIER and VALENCIENNES, Hist. Nat. Poiss., ix, p. 97.
Carangus pisquetus, GIRARD. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci., Phila., x, 1858, p. 168.
Paratractus pisquetus, GILL, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1862, p. 432.

Three specimens (No. 23642), in salt, from West Florida, apparently
belonging to this species.

17. Selene argentea (Lacép.), Brevoort.—Moonfish.
A single specimen in salt (No. 23641), from West Florida.

GERRID 4.

18. Diapterus harengulus, Goode & Bean.
Eucinostomus harengulus, GOODE & BEAN, Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., I, p. 132.
Two specimens (No. 23630), 65 and 66 millimeters long, from Clear
Water Harbor, Fla.

340 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

D. 1X, 10; A.W, 7; P. 15; Vo %oy Coe lt =r ila aa
transv. 53;.

The back has a slight tawny hue, interrupted as it blends with the
white of the sides by five or six indistinct, scollopy incursions of the
body color, giving the upper part of the side of the fish a marbled
appearance.

19. Diapterus homonymus, n. sp. Goode & Bean.
Lucinostomus argenteus, GIRARD, U. 8S. & Mex. Bound. Sury., Vol. I, Part II,
1859. Ichth. p. 17, pl. LX, figs. 9-12 (not Baird & Girard, 1854).
Gerres argenteus, GUNTHER, Cat. Fish Brit. Mus., IV, 1862, p. 256.

Three specimens (No. 256359), 57-70 millimeters long, from Clear Water
Harbor.

D. IX, 10; A. IIL 7. UL. lat. 47; L. transv. =5,.

This species is distinct from Diapterus argenteus (Hucinostomus argen-
teus of Professor Baird’s Report on Fishes of New Jersey coast), though
specifically identical with the forms credited to Gerres argenteus by
Giinther, on the testimony of specimens distributed, under the name
Hucinostomus argenteus, by the Smithsonian Institution.

SPARIDA.
20. Sparus, sp.—Sheepshead.

A large specimen in salt (No. 23641), from “‘ West Florida,” too dilapi-
dated for identification.
D. XII, 104; A. III, 9. L. lat. 55.

PRISTIPOMATID 4,

21. Hemulon fremebundum, n. sp. Goode & Bean.

Two specimens (No. 23628), 60 millimeters and 62 millimeters long,
were collected by Dr. J. W. Velie, at Clear Water Harbor, Fla. Their
general appearance is similar to that of Hamulon trivittatum (Schn.)
Goode (H. capeuna of the Bermuda catalogue), but the body is higher,
the number of spines and rays in the dorsal fin is different, and the
scales are much larger, particularly upon the sides, and the second
anal spine much stronger. The form may possibly correspond to that
called by Cuvier, H. caudimacula, but the description of this species is
so vague that it does not seem justifiable to thus sanction the use of the
name; particularly since Cuvier’s species came from Brazil. The diag-
nosis here presented is not a complete one, but none better could be pre-
pared from our specimens.

Diagnosis.—Height of body contained 5 times in total length without
caudal, 34 in length of fish, caudal included. Length of head equals
height of body. Length of snout less than diameter of eye (the speci-
mens being young), and contained about four times in the length of the
head, and equalling length of operculum. Eye contained in length of
head less than three times. Posterior extremity of maxillary extends
beyond the vertical through the anterior margin of the orbit, but not

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 341

to that through the middle. Preoperculum with numerous sharp denti-
culations upon its posterior margin and around the angle, the latter
the largest. Dorsal fin moderately notched, the fourth spines the
longest, contained twice in the length of the head. Second anal spine
very strong, and longer than the fourth dorsal spine; longer also than
third anal spine. Pectoral fin reaches to vertical from 11th spine of
dorsal, its length contained 44 in length of body without caudal, 54 in
total length. Length of ventral equal to that of caudal peduncle, and
extending as far back as does the pectoral.

Scales very large, and so irregularly arranged that it is impossible
to make a close enumeration of them; there are about forty-eight to
fifty-two rows.

Color.—Pale, with a pair of bands as broad as the pupil extending
from the snout, where they unite, following the dorsal line at a distance
about equal to their own width and connecting with the same at the
end of the base of the second dorsal where they reunite; a second broad
pair of bands, extending from the snout through the middle of the eye,
in a straight line below the lateral line to the base of the caudal; traces,
on the head, of a pair of narrower bands between the two pairs already
mentioned; also a single stripe, on the mesial line of the body, from
a point in advance of the eyes to the region of the dorsal. <A very
prominent blotch at the base of the caudal fin.

D. XI, 1,15. A. IIT, 8. Scales, 5 | (50) | 10.

SERRANID A.

22. Rhypticus pituitosus, n. sp. Goode & Bean.

A single young specimen (No. 23555), 47 millimeters long, collected at
Key West, Fla. Although immature, its characters seem to distinguish
it from all described species. Its nearest ally is the Rhypticus nigripin-
nis of Gill, from Panama,* but we do not feel justified in referring the
Key West specimen to this species, in view of the differences in color
and the remoteness of the two localities. In radial formule and pro-
portions it agrees sufficiently well with Gill’s diagnosis.

Diagnosis.—One continuous dorsal. The height of the body is less
than the length of the head, being contained 34 times in length of body
without caudal, 4% times in total length. Length of head, exceeding 4
of length of body without caudal, contained 34 times in total length.
Diameter of eye double the length of the snout and half as long as the
lower jaw. Upper jaw reaches nearly to vertical from posterior margin
of orbit. Width of posterior expansion of maxilla equals one-third
length of lower jaw. Length of upper jaw contained 24 times in length
of head. Length of pectoral equals that of postorbital portion of head.
Pectorals extend beyond the tips of the ventrals a distance equal to
length of ventrals. Dorsal and anal fins higher posteriorly, the longest

* 1861. GILL, THEODORE N. ‘Synopsis venerum Rhyptici et affinium, — < Proe: Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila. 1861, pp. 52-54 (p. 53).

342 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

rays in the two fins being equal. The longest anal rays reach to, and the
longest dorsal rays reach beyond, a vertical through tbe origin of the
middle caudalrays. Pectoral rounded. Ventral short. Scales moderate.
Color.—Very light brown, with numerous small brown spots, the
diameter of the largest one-third that of the eye, absent on the abdo-
men and throat. Traces of light margins to vertical fins.
D. II, 27; A. 15; V.1,5; P.14; C.15. Lateral line 9-90-30.

SPHYRANIDA.

23. Sphyreena picuda.—barracouda.
Specimens in salt (No. 23644) from ‘* West Florida.”

MUGILID.

24. Mugil brasiliensis, Agassiz.— Mullet.
A single specimen (No. 25643) in salt from West Florida.

ATHERINID 4b.

25. Atherina Velieana, n. sp. Goode & Bean.

A single specimen (No. 23629), 45 millimeters long, was collected by
Dr. Velie in Clear Water Harbor, Fla.

Diagnosis.—Height of body contained 43 times in total length of body,
without caudal, the length of the head 3} times. The spinous dorsal
begins behind the vertical from the tip of the pectoral fin, and its origin
is in the vertical from the tips of the rather long ventrals. The diame-
ter of the orbit is contained twice in the length of the head, being greater
than the width of the interorbital area and more than twice the length
of the snout. Snout obtuse, the top of the head being broad and very
flat. The cleft of the mouth somewhat oblique, the jaws equal anteri-
orly. The maxilla extends beyond the vertical from the anterior margin
of the orbit, the mandible reaching nearly to that from its middle. Teeth
very small in the jaws andon the vomer. The silvery band occupies the
third row of seales (the dorsal mesial row not being included in the
count); its width is less than half that of the eye.

D. V. 1,9: A.D, 1043. V..1, 0; Po be labs trans. 64:

CYPRINODONTID 2.
26. Mollienesia latipinna, Le Sueur,

Three specimens (No. 23554), about 5 centimeters long, were collected
in Clear Water Harbor, Fla., male and females.

SYNODONTID.

27. Synodus foetens (Linn.), Gill.

~

A single specimen (No. 23552), 68 millimeters long, was obtained at
Key West by Dr. Velie.
BD. 13: A. 12. Ti lat. 63:

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 343

CLUPEIDA.

28. Harengula pensacole, Goode & Bean.
Harengula pensacolw, GOODE & BEAN, Proc. U.S. N. M., I, p. 158, Nov. 5, 1879.

A single specimen (No. 23631), 90 millimeters long, was obtained by
Dr. Velie at Clear Water Harbor. It agrees perfectly with the published
description (sup. cit.) except that there are 14 abdominal seutes. This
character then is demonstrated to be of no value in separating the species
of this genus. The pectoral rays number 14 (instead of 15, as in the Pen-
sacola specimens).

ENGRAULIDID A.

29. Engraulis hiulcus, n. sp. Goode and Bean.

A single specimen, in bad condition (No. 23632), 47 millimeters long,
was collected by Dr. J. W. Velie at Clear Water Harbor, Fla.

Diagnosis.—Height of body contained 5§ times in its length without
caudal, 65 times in total length. Length of head contained 33 in length
without caudal, +4 in length with caudal. Diameter of the eye greater
than length of snout, and one-third the length of the head. Snout
somewhat compressed. Minute teeth in both jaws. Maxillary slightly
dilated, ending in an acute point extending back to the gill-opening;
toothed to the extreme posterior angle of the straight inferior edge.
Gill-rakers not very numerous, the longest as long as the eye. Origin
ot the dorsal fin midway between the posterior margin of the orbit and
the root of the caudal fin. Distance of ventral from snout equal to
length of maxilla. Anal fin inserted under posterior third of dorsal
(12th or 15th ray,. Pectorals a little longer than ventrals (half as long
as head); their tips falling short of reaching the origin of ventrals by
a distance equal to half the diameter of the orbit. The ventrals are
half as long as the lower jaw. Lateral stripe one-third of the height of
the body at the ventrals. Scales in the lateral line not counted.

DSO eA 2

SILURID “5.

30. Ariopsis felis (LINN.), Gill & Jordan.

Several young specimens (25633), 25 millimeters long, were obtained
by Dr. Velie from Marco Island near Cape Romano, Fla.

The umbilical saes are still attached, and are 15 millimeters in diam-
eter.

MURAENID 4.
31. Sphagebranchus scuticaris, 1. sp. Goode & Bean.

A specimen (No. 23636), 750 millimeters long, from Cedar Key, Fla.
It appears to belong to the group Sphagebranchus as limited by Giinther
in his key to the species in the genus Ophichthys.

The occurrence of this genus in the Gulf of Mexico, or indeed in the
Atlantic is noteworthy. All the species recognized by Giinther are from
Eastern seas, except two from the Mediterranean.

344 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Diagnosis.—Teeth small, conical; gill-openings close together. -The
dorsal fin commences far in advance of the gill-opening, a little nearer
to the top of the snout than to the gill-opening, at a distance from the
former equal to three times the length of the snout. The length of the
head is contained 83 times in distance between gill-opening and vent,
and 8 times in length of tail. Snout pointed, contained 6 times in length
of head. Teeth biserial in jaws and on vomer. Pectorals extremely
small. Color, brownish, lighter below.

Measurements.
Millimeters.
Benth Of DOC: osscseies esee ates. 6 joes bak ae eee ele See nee ate eee 750
Benghheor tales s.eese eee Beto e eae ce nas eee eee eet eee 345
Wenech ot head: 2 oie. 252-5 t eee eee os ee eee ae eee eee seis settee 43
Wadthof interorbital area :.521.¢242 -.Ge.s 2 oeee ne see Urea ee eee ee 5
Men eb Mol snout se Sa5 2s ase a's = See Cece ae ea eee eae ee ee See 63
AN pOr MOL TroOM bip Of UpPeL law .. - cle. 52 eee ees eee ee eee ec 104
Ansleof mouth from tip of lower jaw ..-<-..--:- =... vssoscceccee ses oeeuete 8
IDIBMELELIOL OLD es cree eee le oes Sh ong ae Ee eee ee 13
Distance of dorsal from snout.......--- belo wae (oe vismisignt ces suis Selsk -eeleeee 21
Witch hEotoill-0peninOes. 22 fone can ccc eel te Meee eet ee eee 54
mene ohsOn Pectoral. (Tent SidG) 2.005. 2 amen come a= anata oendeeae Meee 2
Mensthrot pectoral (lettiside). 22.2 sons l2 a2 secs cE ee cee eee eee eee 1}

32. Gymnothorax ocellatus, Agassiz.
A single specimen (No. 23634), 325 millimeters long, was sent from
Clear Water Harbor. The markings are of the typical character.

33. Crotalopsis mordax (Poey), Goode & Bean.

Two specimens (No. 23635), 265 and 232 millimeters, were sent by
Dr. J. W. Velie from Clear Water Harbor, Fla. They are young, and
have the eye contained about 14 times in the length of the snout. The
spots are large, the longest with diameter less than half the length of
the head. ;

TRYGONIDA.
34. Dasybatis sabina (LESUEUR).—Sting Ray.

Three specimens (No. 23648) in salt, each about two feet long, tail
included, were sent by Dr. Velie; also, a large skin of a Sting Ray,
probably D. tuberculatus, or perhaps D. hastatus or D. Sayi.

GALEORHINID.

35. Hypoprion brevirostris, Poey.—Man-eater Shark.

A large specimen (No. 23649) in salt was sent by Dr. Velie. This
species was incorrectly cited by us, lapso calami, in the American
Journal of Science and Arts, October, 1877, under the name Hypoprion
longirostris.

SPHYRNIDA.
36. Reniceps tiburo (Linn.), Gill.—Shovel-nose Shark.
A single small specimen in salt (No. 23650) was sent by Dr. Velie.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 345
GINGLYMOSTOMATID 4%.

37. Ginglymostoma cirratum.—Vurse Shark.
A large specimen (No. 23651), about nine feet long, in salt, was sent
by Dr. Velie.

Norr.—The following new species are described in this paper:
Diapterus homonymus, Goode & Bean.
Batrachus tau (Linn.), Cuv., subsp. pardus, Goode & Bean.
Hemulon fremebundum, Goode & Bean.
Rhypticus pituitosus, Goode & Bean.
Atherina Velieana, Goode & Bean.
Engraulis hiuleus, Goode & Bean.
Sphagebranchus scuticaris, Goode & Bean.
UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM,
Washington, December 31, 1879.

NOTICE OF A NEW SPECIES OF THE ‘WILLEMOESIA GROUP OF
CRUSTACEA? (RECENT ERYONTID ©).

By SIDNEY Uf. SMITH.

Among the very interesting collections of marine invertebrate ani-
mals made during the past two years by the fishermen of Gloucester,
Mass., and presented to the United States Fish Commission, for the
National Museum, there are two species of podophthalmous Crustacea
of peculiar interest. One of these is a remarkable Paguroid which I
have already described (Trans. Connecticut Acad., v, p. 50, 1879), but
of which several additional specimens have been received since the de-
scription was published; the other, which is the subject of this notice,
belongs to the “Willemoesia group of Crustacea,” first brought into
prominent notice by the researches in connection with the Challenger
Expedition. Of the latter species I have seen only a single specimen,
which was taken at a depth of 250 fathoms, off the coast of Nova Scotia,
southeast of Sable Island, latitude 43° 10/ north, longitude 61° 20/ west,
by Captain Thomas Olsen, of the schooner Epes Tarr. This specimen
is not in very good condition, having been dried (probably after being
taken from the stomach of some fish, though there is very little evidence
of digestion having begun), and the internal organs consequently de-
stroyed, but it is still sufficient to throw considerable light upon the
structural peculiarities of the group to which it belongs, and on this ac-
count particularly I am induced to publish a special notice of it.

Of the three genera into which Bate* has recently separated the
forms of the “Willemoesia group,” our species should unquestionably
be referred to Pentacheles, but, on account of the at present uncertain

*On the Willemoesia Group of Crustacea. < Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist. aN
li, pp. 273-283, pl. 13, 1878.

846 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

tenure of these genera,* I prefer to refer it provisionally to Heller’s
genus Polycheles.t It is apparently very distinct from any of the At-
lantic species described by Heller, Willemoes-Suhm,{ or Bate, but,
judging from the very short descriptions given by the last author, it
appears to be very closely allied to his Pentacheles auriculatus obtained
by the Challenger Expedition off the Fiji Islands. In fact [am not
able to point out any characters by which the two forms could be dis-
tinguished, but, in view of their wide geographical separation, I take it
for granted that they are distinct species, and that it would be easy to
point out specific characters were Bate’s species fully characterized.
Polycheles sculptus, sp. nov.

Male.—The sides of the carapax are nearly parallel posteriorly, but
arcuately convergent anteriorly, and the greatest breadth is just in
front of the cervical suture, and is about three-fourths of the length
along the median line. As seen from above, the anterior margin is con-
cave in outline, so that the lateral angles, which are acute and spiniform,
are much in advance of the rostrum, which is armed with two spines
close together and projecting obliquely upward and forward. About a
third of the space between the median line and the lateral angle each
side is occupied by a very deep orbital sinus nearly parallel with the
lateral margin, considerably deeper than broad, somewhat narrowed and
evenly rounded posteriorly, and completely filled by a large ophthalmic
lobe (figure 1, ¢). On the inner side of this sinus the frontal margin pro-
jects ina small spiniform tooth, but outside, the margin is unarmed and
curves regularly to the lateral angle. Just behind the orbital sinus there
is a smooth and evenly curved depression in the surface of the carapax
exposing a small area on the posterior part of the ophthalmic lobe, more
fully described beyond. The cervical suture divides the dorsal surface
of the carapax into two pretty nearly equal portions, and is deep and
conspicuous, but is indicated in the lateral margin, each side, by a slight
emargination only, which is scarcely deeper than the emargination be-
tween the anterior and posterior lobes of the hepatic region. The
lateral margin is armed, on the anterior lobe of the hepatic region, with
(including the anterior angle) six small and slender spinifom teeth di-
rected forward, and on the posterior lobe with three more. The lateral
margin, behind the cervical suture, is armed with seven similar teeth

”

*NorMAN.—‘‘On the Willemoesia Group of Crustacea.” < Annals and Magazine
Nat. Hist., V, ii, pp. 382-385, 1878.
- BatTe.—On the Willemoesia Group of Crustacea. < Annals and Magazine Nat.
Hist., V, ii, pp. 484-489, 1878.

NormMan.—Remarks on recent Eryontide. < Annals and Magazine Nat. Hist., V,
iv, pp. 173-182, 1879.

tBeitriige zur naheren Kenntniss der Macrouren. < Sitzungsberichte Akad. der
Wissenschaften, Wien, math.-nat. Classe, xlv, Abth. i, pp. 389-393, pl. 1, figs. 1-6, 1862.

Die Crustaceen des siidlichen Europa, pp. 209-212, pl. 7, figs. 1, 2, 1863.

tOn some Atlantic Crustacea from the Challenger Expedition. < Trans. Linnean
Soc. London, IT, i, pp. 50-56, pls. 12, 13, 1875.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 347

which become successively more remote posteriorly. There is a slight
median carina extending the whole length of the carapax, and armed,
behind the two rostral spines, first with a single small spine directed
forward, then with two, side by side and very close together, then with
one, then with two on the posterior edge of the cervical suture, then
with two more, and finally with two somewhat larger and more widely
separated spines projecting forward from the anterior edge of the broad
and prominently raised posterior margin. In front of the cervical
suture there is an irregular longitudinal dorso-lateral line of five minute
spines each side, and back of these a single spine each side on the pos-
terior edge of the cervical suture. Extending from the posterior margin
nearly to the cervical suture, there is a sharp sublateral carina parallel
to the lateral margin, about a third of the way from it to the median
carina, and armed with five small spines on one side and six on the
other. The extra spine is on the left side, and next to the last in the
series, but is accidentally omitted in figure 5.

The ventral regions of the carapax are inflected each side at a very
acute angle with the dorsal surface, and, the sternum being narrow in
front, the ventral regions are very broad in the middle, being broadest
opposite the bases of the first and second perzopods. The ventral
region each side is divided longitudinally into three approximately equal
parts by two prominent carinie; the outer carina (marking the pleuro-
tergal suture?) extends from the anterior margin at the base of the an-
tenna, in a slightly sinuous line, toward the postero-lateral margin of
the carapax; the anterior half is very prominent and armed with nu-
merous small spines directed outward, while the posterior half is much
less conspicuous, unarmed, and disappears entirely before reaching the
posterior angle of the carapax. The inner carina extends along the
branchial region from near the base of the first perseopod quite to
the postero-lateral angle of the carapax; the extreme anterior portion
is not prominent, but from opposite the third per:eopod posteriorly it is
very prominent, acute, and armed with ten to fifteen sharp spines. The
outer of the three longitudinal regions thus marked out is divided trans-
versely by the cervical suture, and the anterior portion (subhepatic
region) is divided transversely into an anterior and a posterior lobe by a
groove nearly or quite as conspicuous as the cervical. In the frontal
margin of this anterior lobe (ficure 2), and near its inner side, there is
a deep sinus corresponding to the orbital sinus of the dorsal surface,
but not quite as wide, and open nearly to the dorsal surface, except
where it is crossed by a protuberance from the ventral portion of the
ophthalmic lobe (c, figure 2).

On the upper surface of the carapax, the orbital sinus, each side, is
completely filled by the dorsal part of the ophthalmic lobe, of which the
anterior margin is slightly concave in outline and continuous with the
anterior margin of the carapax, but has a small tubercle near the mid-
dle. The dorsal surface of the lobe is smooth, calcareous and opaque,

348 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

and on a level with the adjacent surface of the carapax except poste-
riorly, where a small oval area of the extremity of the lobe is exposed
by a depression in the carapax. This oval area is thin, semitranslucent,
and not calcareous, and has every appearance of bee a true corneal
area, although I am unable to detect any evidence of facets. The cara-
pax along the margins of the sinus is in close contact with the ophthal-
mic lobe but is not really connected with it. From the lower portion of
ach ophthalmic lobe there is an elongated, cylindrical and somewhat
conical, but obtuse and pointed, protuberance, of which the base rests
in a transverse groove in the base of the antenna, whiJe the terminal
portion extends well across the open, ventral side of the orbital sinus.
Upon the obtuse extremity of this protuberance there is a nearly cireu-
lar area similar to the cornea-like area at the posterior extremity of the
dorsal part of the lobe.

Unfortunately the specimen is not in sufficiently good condition to
enable me to determine positively in regard to the structure of these
cornea-like areas, but that they are connected with the optic nerves
and are sensitive to light there is, I think, no chance for reasonable
doubt. While it seems probable that all four of these areas are really
faceted like the eyes of ordinary Podophthalmia, it is possible that they
may be large, simple, or nearly simple eyes, like the eyes of some Am-
phipoda and Cumacea. The division of the ophthalmie lobe each side
into two or more “eyes” has not, 1 think, before been noticed among
the Decapoda, and is certainly an interesting fac; in morphology, but it
is apparently not a character of much systematic or phylogenetic value.
Among the Schizopoda, the lamellar expansion of the ophthalmic lobes
in Amblyops, and their broad expansion and partial union in Pseudom-
ma, are quite as remarkable and apparently somewhat similar modifica-
tions; and Ampelisca and Biblys, anong the Amphipoda, are cases in
which there are two simple eyes each side, while in the closely allied
Haploops the number apparently varies in the different species.

The peduncles of the antennule (figures 1, 2) are very stout, being
stouter even than the peduncles of the antenne. The basal portion of
the proximal segment is longer than the two distal segments, is armed
on the distal portion of the outer margin with two spiniform teeth, and
the inner side is broadly expanded and prolonged into an acute seale-
like appendage upturned and densely ciliated along the inner margin,
and extending considerably beyond the distal segment and nearly as far
as the tip of the antennal scale (b, figure 2). The second and third
segments are subcylindrical, and, as seen from above, are each about as
broad as long, the second being somewhat larger than the third. The
inner or major flagellum is about as long as the carapax. The minor
flagellum is about as long as the peduncle of the antenna, about half as
thick as the base of the major flagellum, of nearly uniform thickness
for two-thirds its length, then tapers pals to a very slender tip, and
is thickly ciliated along the inner margin distally.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 349

~The three first segments of the peduncle of the antenna are very
short, the three together being scarcely longer than the fifth segment.
The first segment is loosely articulated with the sternum of the anten-
nal segment, so as to be freely movable upon it; it is very short upon
the outside, but expands somewhat on the inner side, which terminates
distally in a thin tubular process (a, figure 2) arising from the oral side
of the segment and directed upward to a level with the dorsal side so
that, in the ordinary position of the appendages, its orifice is closed by
contact with the first segment of the peduncle of the antennula. This
tubular process readily admits a large bristle which can be pushed
through it round into the cavity of the segment itself. It undoubtedly
contains the canal of the green gland. The second segment is small,
closely united with the third, and bears upon its outer side a slender
seale-like appendage (a, figure 1) which reaches nearly to the tip of the
peduncle, is about five times as long as broad, and thickly ciliated along
both edges. The third segment, as seen from below, is almost wholly
internal to the second, and is armed on the distal part of the inner mar-
gin with a small spiniform tubercle. The fourth and fifth segments are
subeylindrical, the fourth is slightly longer than the fifth, and both are
ciliated each side. The flagellum is about as thick at base as the major
flagellum of the antennula, but tapers rather more rapidly and is prob-
ably considerably shorter.

The buccal opening is nearly square. The branchiostergites extend
forward quite over the sternum of the antennary somite, and their an-
terior extremities are applied to the basal segments of the antenne,
which, however, are freely movable upon the antennary somite. The
epistome is short, not extending at all in front of the bases of the an-
tenn, is nearly on a level with the dorsal wall of the efferent passages
from the branchial chambers and on a plane above the bases of the an-
tennze, so that the efferent passages terminate in the space between the
upturned edges of the squamiform processes of the inner sides of the
basal segments of the antennule and just beneath the short two-spined
rostrum. In the middle of the slightly raised and regularly arcuate
posterior edge of the epistome there is a slight elevation with a tuft of
hairs, as described and figured by Willemoes-Suhm in Willemoesia lepto-
dactyla. The anterior part of the endostome is on a plane somewhat
above the plane of the epistome, but the space below is filled by the soft
and fleshy labrum which projects considerably below the raised posterior
edge of the epistome, and does not differ essentially from the labrum in
Astacide or Seyllaridie.

The mandibles are apparently wholly without molar areas, and ex-
pand into very broad and thin lamelle sharply serrated along the cut-
ting edges. The mandibular palpus is short and apparently composed.
of only two segments, the distal being shorter than the proximal. There
may be an additional short basal segment, which I am unable to dis-
cover without injuring the specimen, so that the palpus may prove to
be triarticulate.

350 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

The lobes of the metastome (labium) are very narrow and widely
separated at base.

The two lobes of the first maxilla are very much as described and
figured by Willemoes-Suhm in Wéillemoesia leptodactyla, the two lobes
being very slender and strongly incurved, the anterior being the larger
and having at its base a minute rudimentary appendage.

The second maxilla has two small and very slender endognathal lobes
and a very large seaphognath, the anterior, or exognathal, portion of
which reaches nearly forward to the base of the antenna.

The inner or endognathal lobes of the maxilliped are small and rudi-
mentary, but there is a very large and terminally bilobed lamella, ap-
parently representing the exognath, which extends forward considerably
in front of the epistome, where its terminal lobes are somewhat upturned
and serve as the lower wall of a tube from the efferent branchial open-
ing. This lamella is continuous posteriorly with the very large epignath
which extends far back into the branchial chamber.

Both pairs of gnathopods are apparently entirely without exognathal
or epignathal branches. The first pair (second iaxillipeds) reach
searcely beyond the ischia of the second pair, and the three distal seg-
ments are very short, the carpus being narrow at base but expanded
and somewhat flattened distally, while the propodus and dactylus taken
together form a conical tip much shorter than the carpus.

The second pair of gnathopods (external maxillipeds) are very slender,
ciliated but unarmed with teeth or spines, and, when extended, reach
nearly to the distal ends of the peduncles of the antennule. The
ischium is about as long as the three succeeding segments and only a
little stouter than the merus, which is a little more than half as long,
and the three distal segments are subcylindrieal, of about equal length,
and taken together are about as long as the merus.

The terminal portion of each of the first pair of pereopods is wanting
in the specimen examined, but the one on the left side is perfect to near
the distal end of the merus. The coxa is very stout, far stouter than
the succeeding segments. The basis is completely anchylosed with the
ischium, which reaches to the tip of the second gnathopod, is much ex-
panded distally, but at the same time very much compressed dorso-ven-
trally, and is smooth and naked. The portion of the merus which is
still present is about 20™" long, is smooth and compressed like the
ischium, is of equal width with the ischium where it articulates with it,
but is slightly expanded for about half its length, then slightly narrowed
distally, and is armed near the middle of the outer edge with two small
spines.

The second pereopods (figure 3) are slender, densely ciliated along the
edges, and reach to the tips of the peduncles of the antenne. The
basis is unchylosed with the rather short ischium. The merus is con-
siderably longer than the iscio-basis and reaches to the edge of the
carapax. The carpus is a little shorter than the merus. The basal part
of the propodus is a very little longer than the carpus, and is flattened

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 351

and somewhat expanded distally, where it is fully a third as broad as

long; the digital portion is very slender, nearly as long as the basal
portion, nearly straight to the slender, acute, and chitinous tip which is
strongly curved, and the prehensile edge is thin and very minutely ser-
rate. The dactylus is almost exactly of the same form as the digital
portion of the propodus, and its prehensile edge is armed in the same
way, but the cilia upon the outer edge are much longer than on the cor-
responding part of the propodus.

The third and fourth pairs of peraopods are successively a very little
shorter than the second and have very nearly the same form. From the
coxal to the meral segment they are very nearly as stout as in the second
pair, but the three distal segments are much more slender. The basal
part of the propodus is subeylindrical and only very slightly expanded
and flattened distally, while the digital part and the dactylus are equal
in length, very slender and weak, straight throughout, without incurved
or chitinous tips, and densely ciliated along the prehensile edges.

The fifth or last pair of pereopods (figure 4) are considerably shorter
and more slender than the fourth, and all the segments except the pro-
podus and dactylus have very nearly the same relative proportions as
in that pair. The basal portion of the propodus is a little longer than
the carpus, subeylindrical and slightly tapering distally; the digital
portion is about as long as the proximal thickness of the propodus, very
slender, and tapers to a rounded tip. The dactylus is fully twice as long
as and much stouter than the digital part of the propodus, and straight
and subeylindrieal.

As seen from above the sides of the pleon are nearly straight, and
form, with the telson, a regular acute triangle. The first five segments
are carinated dorsally, and the carina projects forward from each seg-
ment in an acute tooth, but the carina and tooth are small and low on

‘the first segment, increase rapidly to the fourth, while on the fifth they

are scarcely as prominent as on the fourth, and on the sixth the carina
is inconspicuous and there is no tooth, but the top of the carina is
traversed by a narrow longitudinal sulcus. On the first segment there
are, in addition, two slender spines each side projecting forward above
the articulations with the carapax. The dorsal surface of the pleon,
either side of the median carina, is smooth and scarcely at all sculptured,
but along the lateral margin, where the pleura bend abruptly and nearly
perpendicularly downward, there is a series of deep longitudinal sulci,
except upon the narrow first segment, which is unsculptured, and upon
the sixth, where the sulcus is replaced by a simple carina. Of the
pleura themselves, the first is nearly obsolete, the second is broader
than deep, projecting back over the third with a broadly rounded mar-
gin, and forward in a prominent but rounded angle, and has.a central
circular depressed area; the succeeding pleura decrease regularly in
size posteriorly, scarcely overlap when the abdomen is extended, are
convex in outline posteriorly but straight or slightly concave anteriorly,
and the third, fourth, and fifth are ornamented with a median curved

352 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

carina extending two-thirds of the length, but not well marked upon
the fifth.

The telson is pretty regularly triangular, about twice as long as broad,
is convex and slightly grooved longitudinally above, and terminates in
an acutely rounded tip unarmed with spines. The lamelle of the uro-
pods searcely reach the tip of the telson; the outer is nearly as broad
as long, regularly rounded in outline, and stiffened by two slightly di-
verging ribs in addition to the thickening of the outer margin; the in-
ner lamella is stiffened by a single median rib, is nearly twice as long as
broad, the lateral margins are approximately straight and parallel, and
the tip is regularly rounded in outline.

The first pair of pleopods are about 15™" long with an imperfect arti-
culation at about a third of the way from the base to the tip; the basal
portion is somewhat triquetral, and the terminal portion expands into a
smooth, naked, and thin lanceolate lamella ‘slightly concave posteriorly.
The second pair of pleopods are about 24™™ long, and the base and
lamelle are of about equal lengths. The lamelle are narrow, lanceo-
late, and thickly ciliated along the edges; the inner lamella is slightly
broader than the outer, and bears the two styliform processes usually
characteristic of males among the Macrura. These styliform processes
are about 3"™" long, and arise together at about a third of the way from
the base to the tip of the lamella; the inner, like that upon the three
succeeding pairs of pleopods, arises from the slightly thickened inner
edge of the lamella, is ridged, of nearly equal width to the rounded tip,
and nearly naked except a line of cilia along the posterior margin. The
outer process arises just in front of the inner, and its base is at a right
angle to that of the outer; it is more slender than the outer, tapers dis-
tally, and is ciliated on both edges and on the anterior surface. The
three succeeding pairs of pleopods are similar to those of the second
pair, but are successively a little shorter, and they want the outer of the
two styliform processes on the inner margin of inner lamella.

The single specimen examined affords the folowing measurements:

mm
Length from front of carapax to tip of telson .....--..--.---------------------- a
Length of carapax along median line ..--.. .--------------------------+-+-+---- 39
Length of carapax between extremities of lateral margin..-.--.-.----------.----- 45
Breadth between lateral spines of anterior margin......------------.----+------ 20
Breadth between postero-lateral angles (about). ...--------------.-------------- 22
Greatest breadth (in front of cervical suture).....--.-.-.-.---------------------- 30
Length of first pereeopod to near distal end of merus.....--. .-----.------------- 40
Length of second perwopod .....-..---------- ++ 2 eee e eee eee ee eee eee eee eee 33
Length of fifth, or last, pereopod....-.--..--------- +--+ -------- -ee-22 +++ eee 20
Length of peduncle of antennula.-...-.---------------+ +++ +++ -+---+------ +--+ 9
Length of major flagellum ...-...-.--.------ --2-2+ ---- ---- ++ 22+ eee eee e+ + eee 45
Length of. minor flagellum -.....-.-.------ -----+ +--+ 2+ e222 2 cee eee eee ee eee 13
Length of peduncle of antenna.......----------- ---- 222222 one eee teen ee eee 12
Length of antennal scale.... .----- .---2+ ---- -- 2+ een e eee e ee eee ee eee eee eee 9
Length of flagellum (at least) ..---. .--..----- ----222+ ---- 222 ee eee eee ee eee 30
Length of pléon.2.! 2.5822. 580 eae eee nae oe eae aria ae ee ee

Length of telson!ss<2 s.0 Je s/c ce Usaele sien eee eid tee on es eee ee

PLATE VII.
POLYCHELES SCULPTUS.

Fig. 1, dorsal view of the anterior portion of the right side of the carapax: a,
antennal scale; b, proximal segment of antennula; c, opthalmic lobe.

Fig. 2, ventral view of the anterior portion of the right side of the carapax: a, tubu-
lar process containing the canal from the green eland ; b, process of the ophthalmic
lobe; ¢. base of the first pereopod.

Fig. 3, terminal portion of the second perzeopod of the right side.
Fie. 4, terminal portion of the fifth pereopod of the left side.
Tig. 5, dorsal view of the entire specimen.

Fig. 6, lateral view of the pleon.

(Fis. "1 to 4 from drawings by 8. I. Smith; Figs. 5 and 6 from drawings by J. H.
Emerton. )

Proceedings Nat. Mus., 1879. S. I. Smith.— Wiilemoesia Group of Crustacea. Plate 7.

Fig. 5.

POLYCHELES SCULPTUS.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 353

Owing to the imperfections of the descriptions of the species of the
“¢ Willemoesia group,” already known, it is useless to attempt to point
out which of the characters above alluded to are common to all the
species jor only specifically or generically (if there be more than one
genus amongthe species now known) characteristic.

In regard to the openings of the green glands it may be well to notice
that Willemoes-Suhm was unable to discover them in Willemoesia lepto-
dactyla. He might easily have overlooked them, however, if they were,
_as is probable, situated as in our species. One of Bate’s figures of
Pentacheles anthrax (Annals and Mag. Nat. Hist., V, ii, pl. 13, fig. 2,
1878) apparently shows the tubular process just as it exists in our
species, although I find no reference to it in the accompanying text.
Bate subsequently, however, appears to allude to this same process as
‘the olfactory tubercle of the second or outer antenna,” though I can-
not find that he anywhere alludes to Willemoes-Suhm’s inability to dis-
cover the openings of the green glands.

NEw HAvEN, Conn., December 30, 1879.

DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME GENERA AND SPECIES OF ALASHKAN
FISHES.

By TARLETON H. BEAN.

The collections of the United States National Museum contain many
Alaskan fishes, two of which are here described as new to science.

Cottus polyacanthocephalus Pallas.

This species has some points in common with Boreocottus axillaris
Gill. I cannot find, in the description of the genus Boreocottus, any-
thing to separate it from Cottus. The specimens here described are
numbered 23499 in the Museum register. They were collected at
Unalaska, by Mr. William H. Dall, and were catalogued in his note-

book at No. 900.
LIST OF SPECIMENS.

23499 a. Length 185 millimeters without caudal.
1D Xe 1, 14 A133 Ve 18s Ses,
23499 b. Length 138 millimeters without caudal.
Dp. X,;i,1J37,A. 11; V.1,3; P. 13.
23499 ¢. Length 142 millimeters without caudal.
D. X, i, 14; A. 12; V. 5,3; P. (right) 18, (left) 16.

\ DIAGNOSIS.
BeVL, De. 1,13'tod4. Adta13... V4, 3. P..18.

Two small spines above the snout; one above each orbit, with four
obscure ones behind it. A pair of small spines on the occiput. Three
Proc. Nat. Mus. 79-——23 March 29, 1886.

354 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

preopercular spines, two of which are at the angle; the longer of these
is half as long as the upper jaw, and extends nearly as far back as the
opereular spine. The distance between the eyes equals their long diam-
eter. The fourth spine of the first dorsal is as long as the intermaxillary
band of teeth of either side, and is nearly 4 as long as the head. The
ventral terminates at a distance from the vent, and is equal in length
to the maxillary bone. The pectoral reaches to the end of the spinous
dorsal, and to the vent. The length of the head is contained 24 to 23
times in the total length without caudal. The length of the upper jaw
equals half the length of the head; the lower jaw is slightly longer, but
is received within the upper. The ground color is dark brown; the
sides and tail are more or less distinctly mottled and banded with
yellowish. The spinous dorsal has two and the soft dorsal three oblique
dark bands. The anal has four oblique dark bands, the first and last
being very narrow. The pectoral has three irregular bands of dark
brown intermingled with yellowish. The caudal is indistinctly banded

with dark brown and tipped with yellowish. ;

Melietes* ven. nov. Cottida.

GENERIC CHARACTERS.—Head broad, depressed, rounded in front;
body subeylindrical, compressed posteriorly ; head naked, with a small
number of cutaneous flaps, the two on the chin simulating barbels; a nar-
row band of scales following the dorsal outline of the body and uniting
with its fellow around the origin of the spinous dorsal; body elsewhere
naked with the exception of afew prickles on its anterior part below the
lateral line; sides between the anal fin and the lateral line furnished
with numerous small, pointed flaps covering minute depressions in the
skin; lateral line as in Cottus. Two contiguous dorsals separated by a
notch, the spinous dorsal being the higher; the membrane behind the
second, third, and fourth spines deeply cleft; membrane extending
higher than the spines. Pectorels subelliptical when fully expanded,
the rays all single. Ventrals thoracic, immediately behind the pecto-
rals, elongate, furnished with stiff setze on their inner surface along the
course of the rays. Jaws, vomer, and palatines armed with villiform
teeth. Air-bladder absent. Stomach cecal. Pyloric appendages in
moderate number (6 in the type species).. Branchiostegals 6.

WMelletes papilio sp. noy.

The only specimen of this species in the Museum collection is the
type of the present description; it is catalogued at number 23751 of the
Museum Fish Register. The length of the example, nieasured to the
origin of the middle caudal rays, is 185 millimeters. It is an alcoholic
specimen in excellent condition.

DESCRIPTION.—By length of the body is to be understood its length
from the tip of the snout to the origin of the middle caudal rays. The

* Mndrntne, a loiterer, from its habit of remaining in shallow pools when the tide
recedes, where it is taken by hand in great quantities by the natives (side Elliott).

*

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 355

body is moderately elongate, rather slender, somewhat compressed
posteriorly, has a narrow band of scales close to its dorsal outline, and
is otherwise naked with the-exception of a few prickles on the sides.
The head is naked; it has two small cutaneous appendages on the chin,
one near the end of each maxillary, two above the eyes, two on the
vertex, and one near the upper angle of each gill-opening. The bran-
chiostegal membrane is free from the isthmus posteriorly.

The greatest height of the body (.25) is one-fourth of its length, and
equals the length of the external caudal rays (.25); its height at the
ventrals (.23) is contained 44 times in the length. The least height of
the tail (.07), equals the distance between the eyes (.07), and the length
of the antecedent spine of the second dorsal (.07). The length of the
caudal peduncle, measured from the end of the second dorsal to the origin
of the middle caudal rays, equals half the length of the maxillary (.16).
~ The greatest length of the head to the end of the opercular flap (.37)
is contained 23 times in the length of the body, and equals twice the
‘length of the mandible (.185); its greatest width (.23) equals the length
of the base of the spinous. dorsal (.23). The distance between the eyes
(.07) is contained 3 times in the length of the second (.21) and third
dorsal spines. The length of the snout (.09), or the distance from the
end of the snout to the orbit (.09), equals the long diameter of the eye
(09), and half the length of the upper jaw (18). The length of the
maxilary (.16) equals twice the length of the caudal peduncle, and half
the length of the anal base (.32). The length of the mandible (.185)
equals half the length of the head, and is contained 55 times in the
length of the body.

There are two obtuse spines on the snout, two above the posterior
parts of the orbits, and two on the vertex, the last four being provided
with short filaments. Ican find none on the spines of the snout. There
are two minute, barbel-like filaments on the chin, and there is one short
cutaneous tag close to the end of each maxilla and on the membrane at
the upper angle of the gill-opening. The type is well preserved, but a
little stiffened by long immersion in very strong alcohol.

The distance of the spinous dorsal from the snout (.30) equals 24 times
the length of its first spine (12). Its length of base (.23) equals the
greatest width of the head (.23). The second and third dorsal spines
are equal, their length (.21) being contained nearly 5 times in the length
of the body. The fourth dorsal spine is the longest (.22); its length is
contained 43 times in the length of the body. The length of the fifth
dorsal spine (.20) is contained 5 times in the length of the body. The
last dorsal spine (.055) is shorter than the antecedent spine (.07) of the
second dorsal. The longest ray of the second dorsal (.175) is half as long
as the distance of the pectoral from the snout (.345); the last ray (.035)
is half as long as the antecedent spine.

The distance of the anal from the snout (.59) is nearly twice that of
the spinous dorsal from the same point. The length of the anal base
(52) is twice that of the maxillary. The longest anal ray (.15) is twice

356 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

as long as the last (.075). The tips of the anal rays are free from the
membrane, some of them for a distance equal to one-half the diameter
of the orbit.

The length of the middle caudal rays (.235) is contained 44 times in
that of the body; the length of the external rays, four times.

The length of the longest pectoral ray (.395) is nearly twice that of
the fifth dorsal spine; it extends to the vertical through the root of the
sixth anal ray.

The distance of the ventral from the snout (.27) equals three times the
long diameter of the orbit. The length of the longest ventral ray (.49)
is nearly one-half that of the body; it extends to the vertical through
the root of the seventh anal ray. The tips of the rays extend beyond
the membrane, in one case about a third the length of the fin. The
ventrals are furnished with stiff setee on their under surface, following
the course of the rays.

Radial formula: B. V1; 1st D. XI;°2d D. I, 20; A. 175 C..11 (de-
veloped rays); P.17; V. I, 4. :

Color.—The ground color of the upper part of the body is a light
grayish brown, on which are four markings of a darker brown, of which
the first three are band-like and extend below the lateral line, while the
fourth is widest below and sends only a narrow point below the lateral
line. Between the third and fourth large body-markings there is a
small blotch of similar color beginning at the lateral line and extending
downward a distance equal to about + the long diameter of the orbit.
At the base of the caudal is a band-like marking similar in color to the
body-markings, and the posterior half of the caudal bears two obscure
bands of brown; between the brown markings there is an area of yel-
lowish white. The top of the head is sienna brown. The cheeks are
brown of a darker tint than the rest of the head. The lower parts of
the head are yellowish white, as are the bases of the pectoral and the
anterior part of the belly. The lower parts of the body are grayish
white, dotted here and there with spots of milky white. The largest of
these milky white spots are not more than + as long as the orbit. The
belly has some similar spots, resembling in this respect the male of Cot-
tus scorpius subspecies grénlandicus, but the spots are much smaller
than in that species. The spinous dorsal is mainly very dark brown
with two light areas in its anterior and posterior parts. The second,
third, and fourth body-markings are continued upon the soft dorsal;
that proceeding from the fourth body-marking, however, is continued
forward forming a margin for the upper posterior part of the soft dorsal.
The ground color of the pectorals is a grayish brown. On this ground
color the upper portion of the fin, on its anterior surface, has several
bands of milky white bordered with sienna brown; the lower part of
the anterior surface is mottled with nearly linear markings of sienna
brown bordered with milky white. The markings of the posterior sur-
face of the pectoral correspond in the main with those of the anterior
surface; but the tips of the membrane between many of the rays are

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 357
milky white. The ventrals are streaked and spotted with sienna brown
and milky white on both surfaces, the membrane close to the third ray
having a regular alternation of these brown and white spots. The anal
is grayish brown sparsely mottled with spots similar to those on the

ventrals. The peritoneum is silvery white.

The length of the intestine is equal to the distance from the tip of the

snout to the end of the anal fin.
equal in length to the opening of the vent.

TABLE OF MEA

Melletes papilio Bean.

SUREMENTS.

The genital papilla is short, about

Tocality.. <2. cenw occ. chee ak cet sd dbsatec Sac weed tatidsessenme | Saint Paul’s Island, Alaska, 1872. H.
‘ W. Elliott.
a a
100ths of | Times in
length to length to
Milli- . origin of | origin of
meters. middle middle
caudal caudal
rays. rays.
Length to origin of middle CATOATAYS <a oc - ae ociememmniene = =i | WSS: \etes nace 2c | stevens nie teeta
Body:
Greatest: height ...---.----------------- 5 eee eee cece ee cece see eee eee e ee 25 4
Greatest dt hie Sooke Poneto hea e ne SLL et ons. |,aesisoeec oss 1B) cSee oes
Height at ventrals ....-.--.---2----- 22-2 een cence seen efen eee ceeeee 23 43
Least Meightior tail. oo. sss. 's pec melewee wee cress oo -=-ce-|orens sence i 14
Tebvicthot oaudal peduncle rece. <sivnja 0 +=jnw2 j= om aw 2 eine\e'-|---- 24 t2ese~e 8 124
Head:
Greatest length . .2.---.- 22-22. -- 22 o-oo ne eee eee ee seen ele eee e eee eee 37 23
Greatest width. Be eee cee anisc minnie eee teen cient iaitaetaye 23 44
Width of interorbital FR ae ea ee A eS gaa (hee oe He 7 14
Length of snout. ..-.------.------------- eee e eee eee ee eee eee eect e eee 9 11
Leneth of operculum to end of flap.--.--.--------+---++--+)+reeeseee2-e- 12 83
Length of upper jaw..-..----------------- eee ee cece ee nee |e ne eee cerns 18 58
Length of maxillary Eee REAPS (55 iy! ONES Seer eis come = en calepides ais = deecie 16 62
Menothotemandipl ese esse. seat ere sara saee ecm seeee steele sacle cnn sime 184 5s
Distance Lrom SnouttoOwrbits o£. 2 s.ec eee nse ee ssc sess wecas|eSe- eee nese 9 11
ADIAMELEL OLMOLDI bp ae ceaiecte ates a ae ceo alere aieielele wee w'siesi= atin soln) =e elermiele 9 11
Dorsal (spinous) :
PD etaLcetcOnN SuOUbia. ssese-cem cece ee oinlaisine wo stesie'w alwininl=/='>| «sens wise cinema 3 3h
Length of base ....------------------ eee eee eee ee eee eee nef e ee eee eee ee 23 44
Length of last spine. ...--..-++++----- +2222 e eee e eee nero eee cee eet Bay | ata mele etoe oe
Length of first spine .-..-..-------++---- +--+ eee ee gee errr ee [eect eee 12 8h
Length of second spine...--.---.------+--- +--+ eeeeee eee ee elise eee cece ee 21 nearly 5
Length of third spine -.-----+--+++------ see eee ee te eee eec [eccrine 21 nearly 5
Length of fourth SPING .--..--- 2-2 eee eee eee eee eee eels e eee ecee eee 22 44
Length of fifth spine .--...-..---------- oe cece een nose nea mele n enna cet = cf 20 5
Dorsal (soft) :
Tien gth Of bas@-n.<.~.-b -- 22 2 cla = nnd cian eo nine cee ee cole ete soso sh s-= == AD yall atapncorste Se este
Leng th of antecedent spine.........-.--.- ese escese --o---|ee ees = eceene “fi 14
Length of first ray .-.. 22.2. 22-202 -en eee e nee cee eee e eens [ene cen nena ee 144 7
Length Gtaloncestsraya eee cece as eens e ee eee |= ae eeee ee 174 nearly 6
Length of last BAY ase a Semis ais seach itqele cst os emce carnitine acl dabges wna Be Saisie stese tes aie
Anal:
WD IStanCemromsasnOmbs se serie 2-1 -cis a= 12 nie siceleiwiesie seen ial 59! alee aerate
Length of base -.-- 32 33
Length of first ray --- 13 nearly 8
Length of longest ray 15 z
Length of last; Viren er eee see ea sieie nie =a ina eimie aoe Saat a ike | Geter el sin
Caudal:
Ihength<of middle rays . <2... +- <= -seenen- 25522 2 ee 2's pike easee gas 234 42
Length OlFexternal ay Sees aee sacs = oe wietssEeleaimiecia f= 54) peta e = 25 4
Pectoral:
DIghANCOTeTOMU SNOW. seca osteo | oars winapalteie le wiage sone =a wits | mere f= eerie oll 343 nearly 3
Anca Shy ee 5 Saree loe ee Sa ace stale a Sta e Sele! S = elena wale Bivtel='s olnieiafe wie |siaiteinlsivieminiae 394
Ventral:
DIS han COME OMIESTIOU ere suse mises aieaieie = aio sis iesisia sninin= si =iciarel|inerte emirates OF 3g
Mion Phe ete Ss seas neta tate icaaes fet l= teh es acinsle fese ames [oa eae aaaer 49 2
Branchiostegals ee Se eee me Pee oe sett css cheeses ames Vola ey scae ws Sele | sete sa ewer
SD OTSA see eee cee ee eee areas ce ceo ccna orien EXC OOF eee ate eyes sean teat
AST call eae, Sees Re tee eae) aiaya.n ic) -/ w= eines eae etn iciele | PRSses ee oe solace as eeeee
Cuda eee ee ene ee arse no so eine: V1 et seeeie 23. | chad asic at seems
Pectoral yas A Aloka ch as es BA Bebsi me) ee isto ae mane Seeks 17d Sop eee oee | Seaeeeee eee
BVSerl bial ee see ae see ee ee OPI cloaca esc eis ciga setae Tears NG Aa Ree eee once saeeaseee cee

358 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Dallia* gen. nov. Umbride.?

Body oblong, covered with cycloid seales of small size with radiated
strie; lateral line not conspicuous; eye smaller than in Umbra; cleft
of the mouth of moderate width. Ventrals inserted in front of the be-
ginning of the dorsal, composed of three rays. Basis of anal as long
as, or longer than, that of dorsal. Caudal fin rounded and many-rayed.
Villiform teeth on the intermaxillaries, the mandible, the vomer, and
the palatines. Pectoral rounded and many-rayed.

Dallia pectoralis sp. noy.
B. VII-VIII; D. 12-14; A. 14-16; V. 3; P. 33-36; C. 30-33.

The height of the body is contained 4 to 44 times in its length without
caudal; length of head 44 to 44 times. The eye is + to 4 as long as the
head. The pectoral is $ as long as the head to end of upper jaw, the
ventrals $ as long. The origin of the dorsal is twice as far from the
end of the snout as from the origin of the middle caudal rays. The
longest dorsal rays are a little-more than half the length of the head.
The anal begins almost directly under the origin of the dorsal and has
nearly the same extent; its longest rays equal or slightly exceed the
longest dorsal rays. The ventrals originate in advance of the dorsal
and can be made to reach to or slightly beyond the origin of the anal.
The vent is immediately in front of the beginning of the anal. About
77 scales in lateral line; 11 rows between the dorsal and the lateral line
and 11 between the lateral line and the anal.

Color.—Dusky brown mottled with whitish, all the fins similarly col-
ored, the dusky spots sometimes becoming confluent on the caudal and
simulating bands; belly mainly whitish, but in some specimens thickly
covered with small dusky spots.

LIST OF SPECIMENS.

25498 a-g. (collector’s number, 1430) 7 specimens. St. Michaels, Alaska,
Feb.,:1377. ‘L. M. Turner.

29498 a. D/13; A. 16; V.3; P.
ters.

23498 b. D. 13; A. 14; V. 3; P. 33; C. 31; B. 7-8. Length 200 milli-
meters.

23498 c. D.14; A. 15; V.3; P. 33; C. 31; B.8. Length 180 millime-
ters.

23498 d. D.14; A.14; V.3; P. 33; C. 30; B. 7-8. Length 184 milli-
meters.

23498 e. D. 13; A. 14; V. 3; P. 35; C.30; B.8. Length 175 millime-

ters.

23498 f. D.14; A. 14; V.3; P. 35; C. 30; B.8. Length 170 millime-
ters.

-*Dedicated to Mr. W. H. Dall, of the United States Coast Survey, in appreciation

of his contributions to the zoélogy of Alaska.

36; C. 33; B. 8. Length 205 millime-

v
PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 359

20493 9. Dv1d; A. 14; V.3; P. 3d; C. 31; B. 8. Length 167 millime-
ters.

6661. 17 specimens. St. Michaels, Alaska. eh M. Bannister.

a. Length 210 millimeters. D.13; A. 14; V.3; P. a C.—; B. 8.

b. Length 200 millimeters. D.14; A. 14;:V.3; P. 35; C.—; B.8.

¢. Length 135 millimeters. D.12; A. 14; V.3; P.3 3B C. 30; B.8 8.
The remaining fourteen specimens vary in length from 110 to 180 mil-

limeters.

UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEU M,
Washington, January 5 5, 1880.

FOURTH ENSTALMENT OF ORNITHOLOGICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY:
BEING A LIST OF FAUNAL PUBLICATIONS RELATING TO BRIT-
iSH BIRDS.

By DR. ELLIOTT COUES, U.S. A.

The Appendix to the “ Birds of the Colorado Valley” (pp. 567 [1 |-784
[218]), which gives the titles of ‘‘Faunal Publications” relating to North
American Birds, is to be considered as the first instalment of a “Uni-
versal Bibliography of Ornithology”.

The second instalment occupies pp. 239-330 of the “ Bulletin of the
United States Geological and Geographical Survey of the Territories”,
Vol. V, No. 2, Sept. 6, 1879, and similarly gives the titles of. “Faunal
Publications” elas to the Birds of the rest of America.

The. third instalment, which occupies the same “Bulletin”, same Vol.,
No. 4 (in press), consists of an entirely different set of titles, being those
belonging to the “systematic” department of the whole Bibliog ‘aphy,
in so far as America is concerned. Here come the titles of all publica-
tions relating to particular species, genera, or families of American Bi rds,
systematically arranged, by families, and in chronological order.

These three previous instalments represent a nearly complete Bibli-
ography of American Ornithology.

This present, fourth, instalment of the work is of the same character
as the first two: that is, it relates to “regional” or “faunal” as distin-
guished from ee emane ornithology; and it undertakes to do for
Lritish Birds what the first two did for American.

That is to say: here belong the titles of all publications treating of
British Birds as such, exclusively, and indiscriminately or collectively.
in publishing these preliminary instalments, it is necessary to draw a
hard and fast line between those titles which are and those which are
not te be found in each one of them—a line which would be very evident
to one cognizant of the plan of the whole Bibliography, though by no
means obvious at first sight. It is therefore necessary for me to be
explicit here.

_ In order to fall within the scope of this fourth instalment, a publica-

v
360 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

tion must relate to British Birds as such. Secondly, it must relate to
British Birds exclusively. Thirdly, it must relate to British Birds of
more than one species, genus or family. Tor, first, a publication on,
say, Larus glaucus and Tringa canutus as observed in Greenland does
not belong here, though both these species are British Birds. For, see-
ondly, a work on the Birds of Europe does not belong here, though
including all British Birds. For, thirdly, a paper on the occurrence of
Phataropus hyperboreus in Great Britain, or one on the habits of Lagopus
scoticus, does not belong here, as the scheme of the whole work carries
one of these to Phalaropodide, the other to Tetraonide, in the “system-
atic” department of the whole Bibliography; though a paper on Pha-
laropus hyperboreus and Lagopus scoticus as observed in Great Britain
would belong here, being a “faunal” publication, and a “ British” one.

This instalment, like those which have preceded it, is to be considered
only in the light of published proof-sheets, to be canceled on the final
appearance of the whole work. They are thus published in advance for
several reasons—among others, both to render available certain depart-
ments of the Bibliography which approach completion, and are therefore
useful as far as they go, and to invite suggestions and criticisms for the
bettering of the whole work. This British list is prepared with the
same great care to secure good results which was bestowed upon previous
instalments, and it is hoped that the severe tests to which it will doubt-
less be subjected will prove it to be no less accurate than its predecessors
have been found to be. Accurate, as far as it goes, I believe it to be;
but I know it to be very incomplete. Ido not think that it contains
more than one-half as many titles as belong to this department of the
Bibliography. I earnestly hope that the omissions, as well as any other
defects that publication of my manuscript discloses, may be brought to
my notice by those interested in the completion of the work.

There are numberless historical, statistical, geographical, agricultural,
even political publications, which contain lists or other notices of British
Birds, no hint of the fact being given in their respective titles; and it
is my aim to include everything that claims to be ornithological by a
formal heading of any sort. Very few of these ‘“‘by-ways of bibliog-
raphy” have been accessible to me in America. Nor have I ever been
able to lay hands on a file of The Field, nor have | indexed certain peri-
odicals past 1874. These sources, to say nothing of others I could men-
tion, should yield upwards of a thousand titles not here given. Iam so
fully aware of the deficiencies of this instalment that criticism on this
score would be futile. My manner of arranging the titles, moreover, is
according to the plan of the whole work, scarcely to be appreciated as
vet. But these two points aside, I ask for, and hope to receive, the
severest criticism to which such literary work can be subjected. I should
esteem it a great favor to receive back this pamphlet from its possessor
with any errors corrected, any omissions supplied, or any bettering of
my comments on the publications the titles of which are here given;

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 361

and I should be happy to recognize such courtesy by returning a copy
of the whole Bibliography as soon as published.

In conducting this work, I habitually regard Tb TITLE as inviolable,
—to be transeribed tn Pulls verbatim, literatim et punctuatim., In the case
of a book, this means a transcript of the title-page, with vertical bars
( | ) to indicate the adjustment of the typography. With this is given
the complete collation. In the cases of papers published in periodicals,
I give the full title, with the page on which the article ends as well as
that on which it begins, with illustrations if any—in short, all custom-
ary or requisite bibliographical data. Different editions of the same
work, even if identical, are regarded as separate publications.

Except in certain cases, where the contrary is expressly stated, no
title in this Bibliography has been taken at second-hand.

Many friends, both in England,and in my own country, have been
pleased to express their interest in this work, and their hope for its
successful completion. To each of them, I beg to tender my sincere
thanks; and I may be permitted here to refer, in an especial manner,
to the encouragement, advice and assistance which I have constantly
received, during years of toil, from Professor Alfred Newton, of Mag-
dalene College, Cambridge.

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION,

Washington, January 20, 1880.
:

1666. Merrerr, C. Pinax | Rerum Naturaliun | Britannicarum, | continens | Vege-
tabilia, Animalia | et | Fossilia, | In hac insula repperta in- | choatus. | — |
Authore | Christophoro Merrett | Medicine Doctore utriusque Societatis
Regiw | Socio primoque Musi Harveani custode. | — | My To Adya povvov
GAAG@ | kpyw ei voutSesbue tore ijrpove. | Hipp. | — | Londini Impensis Cave
Pulleyn Insigne Rosie | in Czemeterio Divi Pauli, Typis F.& | T. Warren,
Anno 1666. Vol.unic. 16mo. Tit., 1 fol. Epist. dedicat., 3} fol. Epist. ad
Lect., 310 fol. pp. 1-221-++1.

Editio princeps. Ed. alt., 1667,q.v. Ed. nova, 1704.

Aves Britannic, pp. 170-184. :

Aviun Catalogus Britannicarum, adjectis nominibus incolarum, locis habitationum, auctor-
umque citationibus, necnon notis diversis.

“As to Animals, he finds of them about 340. kinds in England, whereof of the fourfooted are
about 50. Birds 170... . (Philos. Trans., i, p. 364.)

1667. Merrett, C. Pinax | Rerum Naturaliwn | Britannicarum, | continens | Vege-
tabilia, Animalia, |.et | Fossilia, | In hae Insula reperta inchoatus. | — | Au-
thore | Christophoro Merrett, | Medicinze Doctore utriusque Societatis |
Regie Socio primoque Musiei Har- | veani Custode. | — | M7 76 26)@ povvov
aaa | Epyw Sei-vouifec0ur Tore inzpove. Hipp. | — | Londini, | Typis T.-Roy-
croft, Impensis Cave Pulleyn. | MDCLXVII. Vol. unic. 1l6mo. Tit., 1 fol.
Epist. dedic., 5 fol. Epist.ad Lect., 10 fol. pp. 1-23-41,

Edit. altera. Ed. princeps, 1666, g.v. Ed. nova, 1704.

Aves Britannic, pp. 170-184.

The matter of these two editions is substantially the same, if not identical, but the type
appears to have been reset throughout: the title and collation differ, as will be seen on com-
paring them. The Government Printing Office has no font that will exactly reproduce the
Greek quotation of the 1666 ed., though coming very near it; moreover, the orthography and
accentuation of the motto differ in the two eds.—The orig. ed. must be very rare; Engelmann
does not give it, citing the ed. of 1667 as the first, and noting another of 1704. There is a copy
of each of the two earlier eds. in the Phila. Acad. Libr.

362 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1676. P[Lor], R. The | Natural History | of | Oxfordshire, | Being an Essay toward
the Natural History | of | England. | — | By R[obert]. P[lot]. LL. D. | [Greek
quotation, 3 lines.] | [Engraving.] | Printed at the ‘Theater in Oxford, and
are to be had there: | And in London at Mr. 8S. Millers, at the Star near the
| West-end of St. Pauls Church-yard. 1677. | The price in sheets at the
Press, nine shillings. | To Subscribers, eight shillings. 1 vol. folio. fiy-leaf
with imprimatur; title, backed blank, 1 leaf; to Charles II, i leaf; to
reader, 3 leaves; text, pp. 1-358; errata, 1 leaf; index, 5 leaves; map, and
pl. 16,

We have no Greek font that will reproduce the motto of the title.
Chap. VII, Of Brutes. pp. 175-179, {| 3-17, relate to Birds, in the author’s ‘‘learn’d and curi-
ous manner.” Fig. of a bird, pl. x, f. 3.

e
1678. Moray, Rk. A Description of the Island Hirta. < Philos. Trans., xii, 1678, pp.
927-929,
With reference to the Birds.

1684. S1BBALD, R. Scotia Ilustrata, | sive | Prodromus | Historie Naturalis | in quo
| Regionis natura, Incolarum Ingenia & Mores, Morbi iisque medendi Meth-
odus, & | Medicina Indigena accurrate explicantur; | et Multiplices Nature
Partus in triplice ejus Regno, Vegetabili scilicet, Animali & Minerali | per
hanece Borealem Magne Britanie Partem, quae Antiquissimum Scotie |
Regnum constituit, undiquaque diffusi nunc primum in Lucem eruuntur, &
| varii eorum Usus, Medici presertim & Mechanici, quos ad Vite | cum
necessitatem, tum commoditatem priestant, cunctis | perspicue exponuntur.
| — | Cum figuris zneis. | Opus viginti Annorum | Serenissimi Domini Regis
Caroli. II. Magne Britanniw, &e. | Monarche Jussu editum. | Auctore
Roberto Sibbaldo M.D. Equite Aurato, Medico & Geographo | Regio, &
Regii Medicorum Collegii apud Edinbyrgvm Socio. | [Fig.] | Edinbyrgi, |
Ex Officina Typographic& Jacobi Kniblo, Josuze Solingensis | & Johannis
Colmarii, Sumptibus Auctoris. |— | Anno Domini M.DC.LXXXIV. 1 vol.
folio. 5Sp.ll.,+311. Pars Secunda specialis, tomus primus, 3 p. ll., pp. 1-114,
311, Pars Secunda specialis, tomus secundus, 3 p. l., pp. 1-56, 2 11., pll. 1-22.

Ipsum verd opus prodromum in duas Partes divisum est; Prima Generalis duos continens
Libros. Secunda Pars specialis est, et quatuor Libris constat; quorum Tertius de Animali-
bus Scotiz tam feris quam domesticis agit; cujus Sectio Tertia de Avibus, pp. 11-22, tractat:
Caput I, de avibus in genere; I, de avibus terrestribus carnivoris; IIT, de avibus grani-
voris; IV, de avieulis; V, de avibus aquaticis fissipedibnus; VI, de avibus palmipedibus;
VIT, de avibus quibusdam, que incerte classis sunt.

1686, PLot, R. The | Natural History | of | Stafford-Shire. | By | Robert Plot. LLD.
| Keeper of the | Ashmolean Muszeum | And Professor of Chymistry | in the |
University | of | Oxford. |— | Ye shall Describe the Land, and bring the
Description hither to Me. Joshua 8 v. 6. | — | [Engraving.] | Oxford. |
Printed at the Theater, Anno M. DC. LXXXVI. 1 vol. folio. Title,-backed
with imprimatur, 1 leaf; to James II, 1 leaf; preface, 1 leaf; poetry to James
II, 2 leaves; to Dr. Plot, 1 leaf; same in Latin, 4 leaf; directions, + leaf;
index, 1 leaf; text, pp. 1-450; index, 5 leaves; map, and pll, 37.

Chap. VII. Of Brutes, in which the ingenious and curious author considers such as “‘1.
either wholly undescribed, by any Awthor I have yet met with; or 2. have not been noted by
the learned Mr. Willughby or Mr. Ray to be indigene of this County; or 3. have had very
extraordinary accidents attending them.” Birds are treated, { 2-17, pp. 228-236, pl. xix; also
pl. xxii, f. 1.

1698. Martin, M. A late Voyage to St. Kilda,...
Not seen: contains ornithological matter. See the ed. of 1818. There are many eds., in
various places; it had reached a 4th in 1753.
1700. Lerau, C.- The | Natural History | of | Lancashire, Cheshire, | and the | Peak,
in Derbyshire: | with an | Account | of the | British, Pheenician, Armenian,
Gr. and Rom. | Antiquities in those Parts. |— | By Charles Leigh, | Doctor

PROCEEDINGS Ol UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 3863

1700. Lriau, C.—Continued.
of Physick. | — | Oxford: | Printed for the Author: and to be had there at Mr,
George West’s, | and Mr. Henry Clement’s, Booksellers there; Mr. Edward
Evet’s, | at the Green Dragon, in St. Paul’s Church-yard; and Mr. John |
Nicholson, at the King’s-Arms, in Little Britain, London. MDCC. 1 vol.
sm. folio. frontisp. portrait, eleven prel. ll., pp. [1-4],11., pp. 1-190, 11.;
Book II, pp. 1-97, 1 1.; Book III, pp. 1-112, 15. Index. Many plates.

Book I, chap. ix, pp. 157-164, Of Birds: summary notice.

1704. MERRETT, C. Britannicarum Rerum Naturalium Pinax,... Londini. Roy-
croft. 1704.

Not seen: title from Engelmann, who, citing the 1667 ed., says that it wasreissued in 1704,
under the above title. Compare the eds. of 1667 and of 1666.

1709. Ropinson, T. An! Essay | towards a | Natural History | of | Westmorland |
and | Cumberland. | Wherein | An Account is given of their several Mineral |
and Surface Productions, with some Dire- | ctions how to discover Minerals
by the Ex- | ternal and Adjacent Strata and Upper Co- | vers, &c. | To which
is Annexed, | A Vindication of the Philosophical and Theological | Paraphrase
of the Mosaick System of the | Creation, &c. | — | By Tho. Robinson, Rector
of | Ousby in Cumberland. | — | London: | Printed by J. L. for W. Freeman,
at the | Bible against the Middle-Temple-Gate in Fleetstreet, 1709. 1 vol.
8vo. 8 prel.ll., pp. 1-118.

After his paraphrase of Genesis I, the author presents some ‘‘moral conclusions” which
Birds help him to draw.

1710. SrpBatp, R. History, ancient and modern, of the Sheriffdoms of Fife and Kin-
ross, with the description of both, and of the Firths of Forth and Tay, and
the Islands in them. Edinburgh. 1710.

Not seen: said to contain ornithological matter. See the ed. of 1803.

1712. Luwyp, E. A Letter from the late Mr. Edward Lhwyd, Keeper of the Ash-
molean Museum in Oxford, to Dr. Tancred Robinson, F. R. 8. containing
several observations in Natural History, made in his Travels thro’ Wales.
< Philos. Trans., xxvii, 1712, pp. 462-465.

Notices the Grey and Red Game, Cranes, and some unknown red birds, conjectured to be
Virginia nightingales.

1712. Luwyp, E. An Extractfrom a Letter of Mr. Edw. Lhwyd to Dr. Tancred Robin-
son; giving some farther Account of the Birds mentioned in the foregoing
Letter. < Philos. Trans., xxvii, 1712, p. 466.

Relating to the same scarlet birds, on which, however, no further light is thrown.

1713. RicHARDSON, R. Several Observations in Natural History, made at North-
Bierley in Yorkshire, by Dr. Richard Richardson (M. D.) Communicated in a
Letter to Dr. Hans Sloane, R.S. Seer. < Philos. Trans., xxviii, 1713, pp. 167-
171.

Observations on the ‘‘ Nut-hatch” or ‘‘ Nut-jobber” (Sitta) and on thenest of Regulus cristatus.

1737. ALBIN, E. A Natural History of English Song-Birds, .. .

This is the date of the original edition, which I have not seen. There are at least five: see
the third, 1759. See also the anonymous piracy, 1791.

1747. Atpin, E. A Natural History of English Song-Birds, .. .

This is the date of the second edition, which I have not seen. There are at least five of
them: see the third, 1759. See also the anonymous piracy, 1791.

1759. AtBrn, E. A | Natural History | of | English Song-Birds, | and | Such of the
Foreign as are usualiy brought | over and esteem’d for their Singing. | To
which are added, | Figures of the Cock, Hen, and Egg of | each Species,
exactly copied from Nature, | By Mr. Eleazar Albin, | And curiously engraven
on Copper. | Also | A particular Account how to order the | Canary-Birds in
Breeding; likewise their | Diseases and'Cure. | — | The third Edition. | — |
London: | Printed for C. Ware, at the Bible and Sun, on | Ludgate-Hill.

364

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1759. ALBIN, E.—Continued.

1759-63.

M. DCCCLIX. | Price. . . lvol. 8vo. 2p. ll. (title and preface), pp. 1-96,
+ 2 ll. (index and adyvts.), frontisp. and 23 plates.

This was a considerable treatise in its day, going through at least five editions, of which
the present is the third. The original was 1737; the second, 1747; the fourth 1776?, Edin-
burgh; the fifth, 1778; with anonymous piracy, 1791. <=

Martin, B. The | Natural History | of | England; | or, | a Description of
each particular County, | Inregard tothe curious Productions of | Nature and
Art. | — | Illustrated by a Map of each County, and Sculptures | of Natural
Curiosities. |— | Vol. I[II]. | Containing, |... .|— | By Benjamin Martin.
| — | London: | Printed and sold by W. Owen, Temple-Bar, and by the | Au-
thor, at his House in Fleet street. | — | MDCCLIX [MDCCLXIII]. 2 vols.
16mo. Vol. I, 1759, pp. i-iv, 1-410-+ 8. Vol. II, 6 prel. 1l., pp. 1-392. Maps
in both vols.

Ido not find any ornithology to speak of in either of these vols.

1766. [PENNANT,T.] British Zoology. . . . folio. 1766.

This, which I have not seen, is said to be the original edition of the famous work. Six
editions have come to my knowledge, whereof I have handled only the so-called fourth and
the later one of 1812. According to my imperfect information these are as follows:

1766. Editio princeps, ut supra.

1768 (to 1770?). Second edition. 8vo.

1768 (to 1770?). Third? edition. (How about this?)

1771-76. Murr’s edition, in Latin and German. (This is not included in the regular enu-
meration of the editions.)

1776-77. The so-called ‘‘ Fourth” edition. 4 vols. in two issues, one in 8vo and the other
in 4to; copies also differing slightly in the collation of the unpaged leaves, but typography
identical.

1812. Another edition. 4 vols. 8vo. (First ed. with author’s name on the title.)

All of these are noted, or fully given, beyond, at their respective dates.

Of. J. A. Harvie-Brown, Capere. in Scotland, 1819, p. 23, note.

1768-70? [PENNANT, T.] British Zoology. . . . 8vo. 1768-70?

1769-72,

See what is said under head of the original folio ed., 1766. Is this the 2d or the 8d ed.?
Are there two of this date? See the so-called fourth ed., 1776-77.

BERKENHOUT, J. Outlines | of the | Natural History | of | Great Britain |
and | Ireland. | Containing | A systematic Arrangement. and concise Descrip-
tion of | all the Animals, Vegetables, and Fossiles which have | hitherto been

discovered in these Kingdoms. | — | By John Berkenhout, M.D. | — | In Three
Volumes. | — | Vol. I [-IIT]. | Comprehending the Animal [mut. mut.] King-
dom. | — | London: | Printed for P. Elmsley (Successor to Mr. Vaillant) |

facing Southampton-street, in the Strand. | M DCC LXIX [M DCC LXXII]}.
3d vols. 16mo. Vol. 1, 1769, pp. i-xiv, 1-233. (Vol. II, 1770, Botany; Vol. III,
1772, Fossils.)

Class II. Birds. pp. 10-58. A descriptive list of species, in Linnzean system. There is
said to be a second edition. There is a third edition, differently titled, 2 vols., 1795, q. v.

1769, Watuis, J. The Natural History | and | Antiquities | of | Northumberland: |

1771-76.

And of so much of the County of | Durham | As lies between the Rivers Tyne
and Tweed; | commonly called, | North Bishoprick. | In two volumes. | By
John Wallis, A. M. | Vol. I [II]. | — | London: | Printed for the Author, by
W. and W. Strahan; | and sold by S. Bladon, in Pater-noster-Row. | — |
MD CCLXIX. 2vols. sm. 4to. Vol.I, 2 p.Il., pp. i-xxviii, 211., pp. 1-438,
11. Vol. II, 2 p. 11, pp. 1-562, 1-22, 11.

Vol. I, Chapter IX. Of Birds. pp. 309-346. The author calls it, im his preface, ‘“‘short
descriptions and synonyms of the most curious birds observed with us, . . . with no other
embellishments than those of nature and truth.”’ It treats of some fifty species.

[PENNANT, T.] (Ed. C.G.v. Murr.) Zoologia Britannica. Class I. Quadru-
peda. II. Aves. Latine donavit C.Th. de Murr.—Britische Thiergeschichte.

. in das Latein. und Deutsche iibers. u. mit einigen Anmerkgn. begleitet
von C. G. v. Murr. . . . Augsburg. J. Haid und Sohn. 1771-1776. pp. 178,
pl. 132.

Not seen: title abridged from Engelmann. Said to be taken from 2 vols. of the 2d ed., 1768.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 365

1771. [TuNsTaLi, M.] Ornithologia Britannica: seu Avium omnium britannicarum
tam terrestrium, quam aquaticarum Catalogus, sermoni latino, anglico et
gallico redditus; cui subjicitur Appendix, Aves alienigenas, in Aneliam raro
advenientes, complectens. [Auctore Marmaduke Tunstall.] Londini: J.
Dixwell. 1771. folio. pp.-4, 1 pl.

Not seen.—I observe late citation of Tunstall as authority for the name Falco peregrinus.

1772. Rutty, J. An | Essay | towards a | Natural History | of the | County of Dub-
lin, | Accommodated to the | Noble Designs of the | Dublin Society; | Afford-
ing a summary View | [ete., 17 lines.] | — | By John Rutty, M.D. | — | Vol.
I [II]. | — | Dublin: printed by W. Sleater, in Castle-street. | For the Author.
1772. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. i-xiv, 1-4, 1-392, pll. i-v. Vol. II, pp. i-vi,
1-488, several folded tables.

Vol. I. Of Birds: pp. 295-344, pll.ii-v. A considerable account, illustrated with 4 folded
plates, but of no apparent value.

1775. Hayes, [WmM.] A | Natural History | of | British Birds, | &c. | With their Por-
traits, | Accurately drawn, and beautifully coloured from Nature, | By Mr.

_ [William] Hayes. | London: | Printed for 8. Hooper, Ne 25, Ludgate-Hill, |
M. DCCC. LXXV. 1 vol. folio. Title and pp. 1-24, with 47 unnumbered
cold pll.

The following is a list of these plates: 1. Hen harrier. 2. Falco torquatus. 3. Sparrow-
hawk. 4. Kestrel. 5. Milvus regalis. 6. Chough. 7. Jay. 8. Magpie. 9. Picus varius
major. 10. Picus viridis. 10*. Wryneck. 11. Lapwing. 12. Sea Pie [Ha@matopus]. 11.
Turtle. 14. Turtur torquatus. 15. Ringdove. 16. Columba tabellaria. 17,18. Cuckoo. 19.
Bittern. 20,21. Pheasant. 22. Gold Pheasant. 23. Bantam Cock. 24. Bernacle. 25. Brent.
26. Tufted Duck, Glaucium minus. 27. Shoveller. 28. Shieldrake. 29. Querquedulae minor.
30. Water hen. 31. Fieldfare. 32. Starling, 33. Parus longicaudus. 34. Goldfinch. 35.
Hortulanus drundinaceus. *36. Bramble finch. 37. Bullfinch. 38. Wren. 38*. Willow wren.
38**. Golden Crested Wren. 38***. Great Titmouse. 38****. Blue Titmouse. 39. Whin
Chad (sic). 39*. Stone chatter. 40. Redstart. 40*. Redbreast.—47 plates in all. To some
are given quasi-binomial names; but the author is out of the true fold, and his text is worth-
less. The plates are far from being as bad as some I have seen.

1776? AtBin, E. A Natural History of English Song Birds, .

This is the fourth edition, which Ihave not seen. There are at least five of them: see the
third, 1759. :

1776-77. [PENNANT, T.] British Zoology. | [By Thomas Pennant.] | Vol. I [-IV]. |
Class I. Quadrupeds. | II. Birds. | Fourth Edition. | Warrington: | printed
by William Eyres, | for Benjamin White, at Horace’s Head, | Fleet Street,
London. | MDCCLXXVI [MDCCLXXVII]. 4 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, 1776, engr.
title, 1 1.;, pp. i-xxxiv (incl. printed title), 211. (list of plates), pp. 1-152, pll.
i-xiv (Mammals); pp. 153-418, pll. xv-lix (Land Birds), Vol. II, 1776, eng.
title (=pl. Ix), 3 p. ll. (printed title and list of plates), pp. 419-786, pll.
lxi-ciii, i-ix, 1 folded sheet of music. (Vol. III, 1776, Reptiles and Fishes.
Vol. IV, 1777, Crustacea, Mollusca, and Testacea. )

The orig. ed. was 1766, g.v. The 2d ed. is said to date 1768.—There appears to have been
really no 3d ed., but only a second issue of one of the others, doubtless the 2d.

Obs.—It is said that there were two issues of date 1776-77, one in 8vo, the other in 4to, both
entitled ‘‘Fourth edition”. The difference is probably only in the size of the paper, the
typography and impression being identical. I find among my slips two titles, both relating
to this same 4th ed., but taken at different times from different copies; both ‘‘8vo”, but the
collation not identically the same (there being pp. i-viii and 5 unpaged leaves in one, not in
the other). There are several unpaged pages in the work, which may be bound in different
places in different copies, or left out of some. So I let both titles stand, though they refer to
the same edition of the same work. The main text, pp. 1-418 in Vol. I, and pp. 419-786 in
Vol. II, together with the plates i-ciii, + i-ix + 1 sheet of music, are absolutely the same. See
next title.

It is not easy to cite the title of this work, as every line of it, excepting the first, changes
with successive volumes. The eng. titles to Vols. I and I differ again from each other and
from the printed titles. The work is ostensibly anonymous, but few authors are better
known than Thomas Pennant. This edition, being the fourth, makes many changes in colla-
tion from an earlier one. Vols. I and I include the Birds, preceded by the Mammals in Vol. I.

366 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1776-77. [PENNANT, T.] British Zoology. | [By Thomas Pennant.] | Vol. I [-IV]. |
Class I. Quadrupeds. | II. Birds. | Fourth Edition. | Warrington: | printed by
William Eyres, | for Benjamin White, at Horace’s Head, | Fleet street, Lon-
don. | MDCCLXXVI [MDCCLXXVII]. 4 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, 1776, eng. title,
1 1., pp. i-xxxiv (inel. printed title), 2 11, pp. i-viii, 5 11., pp. 1-418, 4 11, pll.
i-lix. Vol.II, 1776, eng. title (=pl. 1x), 3 p. ll. (printed title and list of
plates), pp. 419-786, pll. lxi-ciii, i-ix, 1 folded sheet of music. (Vol. III, 1776,
and Vol. IV, 1777, do not relate to Birds. Place of publ. changed to ‘‘Lon-
don” in later vols.)

Vol. I, Class I, Birds. Div. I, Land Birds, pp. 153 to end, pll. xy-lix. Vol. IJ, Class I,
Division II, Water-fowl, the whole volume, pll. 1x-ciii, and of the appendix pll. i-ix, with
tbe music sheet, pl. 1x being the frontispiece or eng. title-page, as you please. The unpaged
leaves at end of Vol.I (in copy examined; they may be bound elsewhere in other copies) are
also ornithological. (Compare last title, and see what is said under it.)

Besides the systematic account of the species, there are some pieces requiring mention:
Vol. I, pp. 158-160, expl. of technical terms; the unpaged leaves (ordered to be inserted imme-
diately before the index) are additions and corrections. Vol. II, appendix, pp. 623-626, Birds
now extinct in Great Britain, or such as wander there accidentally; also, the bullfinch music
sheet. pp. 637-646 of appendix is mammalogical. pp. 647, 648, of the choice of His Majesty’s
Hawks. pp. 649-659, of the small Birds of Flight, by Daines Barrington. pp. 660-708, Exper-
iments on Singing Birds, by Daines Barrington. pp. 709-725, on the migrations of British
Birds. pp. 725-730, Extracts from old English writers. pp. 731-760, Systematic Arrangement
of the Birds of Great Britain, with names in the ancient British.

The sheet of music is from Philos. Trans., lxviii, pl. xi.

1778. Atpin, E. A Nafural History of British Song-Birds, .. .

This is the date of the fifth edition, which I have not seen. See the third, 1759.

1780. [EDwarps, G.] <A | Discourse | on the | Emigration of British Birds: | or, | This
Question at last Solv’d: | Whence come the Stork and the Turtle; the | Crane
and the Swallow, when they know | and observe the appointed Time of their
coming? | Containing | A Curious, particular, and circumstantial Account of
the | respective Retreats of all those | Birds of Passage | Which visit our
island at the Commencement of Spring, and | depart at the Approach of
Winter; as, the | [etc., 6 lines, in triple columns.] | Also, | A copious, enter-

; taining and satisfactory Relation of | Winter Birds of Passage, | Among which
are the | [etc., 2 lines, in triple column.] | Shewing | The different Countries
to which they return, the Places where they | breed, and how they perform ™
their Annual Emigrations, &c. | With a short Account of those Birds that
migrate occasionally, | or only shift their Quarters at certain Seasons of the
Year. | To which are added, | Reflections on that truly admirable and wonder-
ful | Instinct, the Annual Migration of Birds! | — | By a Naturalist [George
Edwards]. | — | Salisbury: | Printed and sold by Collins and Johnson, | For
the Author. | Sold also by Fielding and Walker, in Pater-noster Row, London.

| M DCC LXXX. 1lvol. 8vo. pp.i-vi, 1-45.

There is another ed., 1795.

The title of this work, by one of the most distinguished naturalists of that day, is suffi-
ciently explicit.

1787. LatHaM, J. A List of the Birds of Great Britain; Comprehending all such as
either visit us at uncertain Seasons, or are usually domesticated, as well as
those which are known to be constant Inhabitants. < Latham’s Gen. Syn.
Birds, Suppl., i, 1787, pp. 281-298.

Briefly annotated; especially valuable for its indication of the stragglers.

: 1789. MarsHAM,R. Indications of Spring, observed by Robert Marsham,° Esquire,
F.R.S. of Stratton in Norfolk. Latitude 52° 45’. < Philos. Trans., lxxix,
pt. ii, 1789, pp. 154-156,
Tabular statement of observations upon the appearance, etc., of various birds.

1789. WaucoTtT, J. Synopsis | of | British Birds. | — | By John Walcott, Esq. | — |
The Works of the Lord are great: | Sought out of all them that have Pleas-
ure therein. | Psalms, exi.2. | — | London: | Printed by W. Justins, Shoe-

~o -
PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATIS NATIONAL MUSEUM. 367

1789, WaLcotTtT, J.—Continned.
maker Row, Blackfriars, | for the Auther: | And sold by Mess. White and
Son, Picet Street; | Robson and Clarke, New-Bond Street; | And J. Mathews,
Strand. | — | M, DCC, LXXXIX. 2vols. sm.dto. Not paged; with some
250 illustrations, in the text, not numbered.
There is said to be another edition, 1792. (?)
“The following Work contains the description and manners of nearly all our British birds,
with a figure of each, copied by the Author from nature... . The particular merit this
Work is entitled to, lies in the figures being faithful copies of nature ; and that it adds a little
to our knowledge of the manners of birds.” (tract from Preface.) A few of the plates are
copies from Brisson, and others. The author drew most of them from fresh specimens;
others from specimens in the Parkinson and Latham museums: the descriptions of these
latter being from Latham’s ‘‘Synopsis.” The engravings are of half-page size, heading a
page, the rest of the page being text, backed blank; many leaves of generic characters are
interpolated. There is no pagination, printer’s signature or numeration of the plates. Some
250 species are thus treated, the work thus consisting of as many sheets, plus the interpolated
sheets of generic details. The sequence of the species appears to be nearly that of the
Linnzan Systema Nature, beginning with Vultur, and ending with Caprimulgus.
1739. [Wuitr, G.] The | Natural History | and | Antiquities | of | Selborne, | in the
| County of Southampton [by Gilbert White]: | with | Engravings, and an ~
Appendix. | London: | printed, by T. Bensley; | for B. White and Son, at
Horace’s Head, Fleet street. | M. DCC. LXXXIX. Il vol. 4to. pp. i-vi, 1-468,
7 unnumbered lI. (index and errata), eng. title-p., and 7 copper-pll., besides
one in text of p. 507,

Not seen: title from Newton, Notes and Queries, 5th ser., vii, Mar. 31, 1877, p. 241; which
see, especially, for a bibliography of G. White’s published writings.

This is the editio princeps of ‘‘ White’s Selborne”’; from which, with or without the ‘‘Cal-
endar” and ‘Observations,’ which were incorporated in 1802, flow numberless editions,
variously edited and modified. , I give nearly all of them in this bibliography; but see
especially Newton, as just cited.

The famous work is ostensibly anonymous; but the author’s name, ‘‘ Gil. White.” appears
on p. v. of the ‘Advertisement’. The pl. opp. p. 259 represents Charadrius himantopus.

**Many as our English Naturalists have been, and among them men endowed with so much
excellence as to ensure their taking and holding a rank not inferior to that enjoyed by the
naturalists of any other nation, there is but one whose writings have placed him among Eng-
lish classical authors. This one is Gilbert White; and his best known work, The Natural
History and Antiquities of Selborne, has only to be named to ensure its respectful if not
rapturous reception by all classes.” —WNat. 13 July, 1720; 0b. 26 June, 1793.

A summary notice of the editions of Selborne, etc., is given under 1877, NrwTon, A., q. v.

The following memoranda give the dates of publication of nearly all of White’s published
writings, exclusive of the two Swallow papers in Philos. Trans.

1789, Nat. Hist. Ant. Selb., orig. ed.—1792, German, ed. Meyer.—?1793, Nat. Hist. Ant.—
1795, Nat. Calend., ed. Aikin.—1802, Works (Nat. Hist. Ant. Calend. and Mise. Obs.), ed. Mark-
wick.—1813, Same, with Poems.—? 1822 (—?—=1802?)—?1825 ?—1829, Nat. Hist. Selb.. ed.
Jardine.—1829, Nat. Hist. Selb., ed. Jardine.—?i830, Nat. Hist. Ant. —?—1832, Nat. Hist. Ant.,
ed. Jardine.—1833, Nat. Hist. Ant., notes by several, ed. Rennie.—1833, Nat. Hist., ed. Lady
Dover.—1833, Nat. Hist. Obs. and Calend., ed. Brown.—?1833, Nat. Hist. Ant., ed. Jardine.—
1834, Nat. Hist. Obs. and Calend., ed. Brown.—1834, Jesse’s Gleanings.—? 1835, Nat. Hist. Obs.
Calend., ed. Brown.—1836, Nat. Hist. Ant. Calend., ete., notes by Blyth.—1836, Nat. Hist. Ant.,
ed. Jardine.—1837, Nat. Hist. Ant. Calend. Misc. Obs., notes by Bennett.— 1840, Nat. Hist., ete.,
ed. Brown.—1841, Nat. Hist., ed. Lady Dover, American reprint.—1843, Nat. Hist., notes by
Jenyns.—1843, Nat. Hist., ete., ed. Brown.—1845, Nat. Hist.,etc., ed. Brown.—?1851, Nat. Hist.,
ete., ed. Jesse, suppl. Jardine.—1853, Nat. Hist. Ant. Obs. and Calend., notes by Jardine.—1854,
Nat. Hist., etc., notes by Wood.—1858, Nat. Hist., etc., ed. Blyth.—1860, Nat. Hist., ed. Lady
Dover, American reprint.—?1860. Nat. Hist., ed. Lady Dover (Pub. Soc. Ditt. Christ. Knowl.).—
1870 or 1871, the same.—1875, Nat. Hist. Ant., ete., ed. Bennett, notes by Harting.—1875, Nat.
Hist. Ant., ed. and notes by Buckland.—1876, the same.—1876, Correspondence with Mar-
sham.—1877, Nat. Hist. Ant., ete., 2 vols., ed. Bell.—1879, Nat. Hist. and Calend., with notes
by Davies.—Besides these, there are some half-dozen reissues, separately dated, of the Har-
per (American) reprint; and I also hear of one or two editions, character unknown to me, be-
tween 1876 and 1879.

1791. ANon. (ALBIN,E., stolen from.) The | History of | Singing Birds | containing
| An exact Description of their | Habits & Customs | & their manner of con-
structing their nests | their times of Incubation | With the peculiar excel-

368

°.
PROCEEDINGS. OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1791. ANoN.—Continued.

lencies of their several Songs. | the Method of rearing them in Cages | & the
preparation and choice of their | Food | Also the Gisorders they are subject
to | with the mode of treatment, | Including the history & management | of
| Canary Birds | translated from the | French of the | Count’ de Buffon. |

the whole ornamented with Copper Plates | from Drawings after | Nature, |

Edinburgh | Printed for Silvester Doig Royal Exchange | 1791 I vol. 2
engr. titles; advt., and contents, each one leaf; pp. 1-192; many plates.

This is clearly a ‘‘bookseller’s book”, made out of Albin’s ‘‘ Natural History of English
Song Birds”, with nearly the same plates, and the text almost word for word in various places,
as I ascertain by direct comparison; variously padded in other places. . The illustrations are
substantially the same, but with the eggs mostly erased from the plates. One may always sus-
pect an anonymous book which parades some great man’s name on the title-page, as Buffon’s
in this case. —Compare 1759, ALBIN, E.

1791-96. Lorp, T. Lord’s, | Entire New System of | Ornithology. | Or | Oecumenical

History, of | British Birds. | [Fig.] | Under the Inspection and Patronage, of
the Rey.4 M." Peters. | Chaplain, to His Royal Highness the | Prince of Wales.
| The whole accurately copied, from the Original Paintings, | now in the pos-
session of the | Artist. | With a brief account of their Characters, & Proper-
ties. | The writing Corrected, & Embellish’d, by the | Rev.4 D.* Dupree. |

Master of the King’s, Free Grammar School, at | Berkhamstead. | London. |

Published as the Act directs, May, 30, 1791 [-1796]. by the Author. | 1 vol.
folio. Engr. title, dedication, introduction, pp. i-vi; plates 1-114, with as
many sheets of letterpress. Pub. in 38 parts, of 3 plates and sheets each, from
May 30, 1791 to Oct. 1, 1796.

Each plate is dated, so that the dates of publication,may be ascertained for the whole
series—the redeeming feature of the work. Engelmann gives ‘‘(96) 108” plates: but I find
in the copy examined the series of (338—=) 114 complete, though some of the sheets are
wrongly numbered, being corrected in msc.

Given asnob with an ‘entire new system of ornithology,’ —a royal chaplain for a patron,—
and a reverend pedagogue to correct and embellish the text, all together on one engraved title-
page—and the infallible result estops criticism. The Canary bird, and some pigeons and
poultry, are included in the ‘‘Oecumenieal History, of British Birds.”

1791. Markwick, W. On the Migration of certain Birds, and on other Matters re-

lating to the feathered Tribes. < Trans. Linn. Soc., i, 1791, pp. 118-180, pl. xi.

General considerations. Tabular view of the appearance and disappearance of 25 spp. of
British Birds, from observations in Sussex, 1768 to 1783; further commentary on the same;
special description and orig. fig. of Tringa glareola.

1792. WuitE, G. (German ed., Meyer.) White’s Beytriige | zur | Naturgeschichte von

England. | Aus dew Englischen iibersetzt | und | mit Anmerkungen begleitet
| von | Friedrich Albrecht Anton Meyer, | der Weltweisheit und Arzneyge-
lehrtheit Doctor und Privatdocent | zu Géttingen. | Berlin, 1792. | Bey Hein-
rich August Rottmann. 16mo, pp.8 (umnumbered), 162.

Not seen: title and comment from A. Newton.

“ According to the youthful translator’s preface, the original has much chaff (Sprew) in it,
but also some corn that is worth transplanting into German soil, which he therefore conde-
scends to extract, warning his readers, however, that the book is not for the learned, but
only for such as wish to entertain themselves with a little knowledge. The extracts so put
together entirely lose their epistolary character, though the translator keeps up the name.
Thus White's first six letters to Pennant are condensed by Meyer into his ‘‘Erster Brief,”
while the last and ‘‘ Vierzehnter Brief” is compounded of part of White's fifty-eighth to Bar-
rington, with a single paragraph from his next, and the final paragraph of the whole Vat.
Hist. Selb. The translation is not very accurate, and the editor’s remarks are inserted in the
text, between brackets, often with a sneer.”

#1793. WuiTr,G. The Natural History and Antiquities of Selborne,...

There is said (by Ag. and Strickl., Bibl., iv, p. 560) to be an edition of this year (that of the
author’s death); ‘‘ but probably in error”, adds Prof. Newton. It may be a misprint for 1792,
the date of the German ed., which Ag. and Strickl*do not give, unless this be intended for it.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 369

1794-95. Botton, J. Harmonia Ruralis; | or, | an Essay | towards | a Natural His-

17

1795.

94-95,

tory | of | British | Song Birds. |— | Volume the first [second]. | — | Illus-
trated | with Figures of the Size of Life, of the Birds, Male and Female, | in
their most natural Attitudes ; | their Nests and Eges, Food, favourite Plants,

a eo a
Shrubs, Trees, &c. &c. | Faithfully drawn, engraved, and coloured | after
Nature. | By the Author, | on forty [forty] cepper-plates. | — | [Quotation, 4
lines. ] | — | Natura semper eadem, sed Artes sunt varie. |— | By James

Bolton. | — | [Design.] | Printed for and sold by the author, at Stannary, near
Halifax; | sold also by LB. and J. White, in London, and may | be had of all
other booksellers. | 1794 [1796]. 2 vols. folio or 4to. Vol. I, 1794, frontisp.,
pp. i-viii, 1-40 col’d pll., with 1-40 sheets of text. Vol. II, 1796 (some verbal
modifications in the title), 3 p. Il. (title, dedication, and note), 41-80 col’d plL.,
with 41-80 sheets of text, and pp. 81, 82 (Index).

There are said to be other editions, of 1824 and 1845.

This is perhaps the most ornate, or luxurious, work on british Song Birds of the last cen-
tury, and it ought to remain in some sort a ‘‘ standard” treatise, notwithstanding N. Wood’s
flat. The text is prepared with great care for accuracy, and the plates are highly coloured—
too highly, in fact. They would not be tolerated now, but we should always remember dates,
for other than purely bibliographical purposes.

Donovan, E. The | Natural History | of | British Birds; | or, a | selection
of the most rare, beautiful, and interesting | Birds | which inhabit this coun-
ry: | the descriptions from the | Systema Nature | of | Linnieus; | with | gen-
eral observations, | either original, or corrected from the latest | and most
esteemed | English Ornithologists; | and embellished with | Figures, | drawn,
engraved, and coloured from the original specimens. | — | [Vol. 1] Vol. II.
| — | By E. Donovan. | — | London: | printed for the author; and for F. and
C. Rivington, | No. 62, St. Paul’s Church-Yard. 1794 [1795]. 2 vols. in one.
8vo. Vol. I, 1794, 9 p. ll. (title, advt., contents), pp. [3]-[16] and many
more unpaged leaves, pll. 1-24. Vol. II, 1795, title and many unpaged leaves,
pli. 25-48.

This is a well known and notable treatise, not common now. It was probably published in
parts; but of this Ido not know. The text is general, being in fact a description or other
account of the species of British Birds selected for illustration. The plates are very good
considering the date of their publication; in fact they still look well. There are 48 of them,
all coloured.

BERKENHOUT, J. Synopsis | of the | Natural History | of | Great-Britain and

Ireland. | Containing | asystematic arrangement | and | concise description |
of all the | Animals, Vegetables, and Fossils, | which have hitherto been des-
covered | in these Kingdoms. erkenhout, M.D. | — | Being a |
third edition of The Outlines, &c. | corrected and considerably enlarged. | —
| Vol. I [IL]. | Comprehending the Animal and Fossil [the Vegetable] King-
doms. | — | London: | Printed for T. Cadell, and sold by T. Cadell, junior, |
and W. Davies, (Successors to Mr. Cadell) | in the Strand, | MD CC XCV. 2
vols. 16mo. Vol. I, 1p. 1, pp. i-xii, 13-334. (Vol. II, Botany.)

Orig. ed. 1769-72, g. v. The second ed. I have not seen.

Class II, Birds. pp. 10-54, substantially the same as in the orig. ed.

1795. [EDwarpbs, G.] A | Discourse | on the | Emigration of British Birds; | or, | This

Questicn at last Solv’d: | Whence came the Stork and the Turtle, the | Crane
and the Swallow, when they know and | observe the appointed Time of their
Coming? | Containing | A curious, particular, and circumstantial Account of
the | respective Retreats of all those | Birds of Passage, | Which visit our
Island at the Commencement of Spring, | and depart at the Approach of
Winter; as the | [ete., 6 lines, in triple columns]. | Also, | A copious, enter-
taining, and satisfactory Relation of | Winter Birds of Passage: | Among which
are the | [ete., 2 lines]. | Shewing the different Countries to which they retire,
the | Places where they breed, and how they perform their | Annual Emigra-
tions, &c. | With a short Account of those Birds, that migrate occasionally,

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79. 24 April 13, 18890.

3710

1795.

1795.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

[Epwarps, G. ]—Continued.
or only | shift their Quarters at certain Seasons of the Year. | To which are
added, | Reflections on that truly admirable and wonderfil Instinct, the |
Annual Migration of Birds! |— | By a Naturalist [George Edwards]. | — |
London: | Printed for J. Walker, No. 44, Paternoster-row, | 1795. 8vo. in size,
but only 4. toasig. Title-p., pp. v-xv, 1 p. advt., pp. 1-64.

This is a later issue: orig. ed. 1780. To judge by the make-up of the copy handled, it may
be only other copies of the original, furnished with new title-leaf; for after the title-leaf,
which is backed blank, comes unpaged p. v, then paged. p. vi—The contents of the treatise
are sufficiently indicated in the title. Much space is devoted, in particular, to the migration
and alleged hibernation of Swallows, the allegation being discussed and refuted. The author's
eminence, no less than his treatment of the subject, makes this a very notable tract. It has
become a rare and valuable book. My copy is copiously annotated by a hand unknown to
me; it was presented to me in 1879 by 8. S. Haldeman, and contains some msc. of his on the
fly-leat.

Warner, R. The | History | of the | Isle of Wight, | Military, | Ecclesiastical,
Civil, & Natural: | — | to which is added | a view of its agriculture. | — | By
the Rey. Richard Warner; | [ete., 16 lines. ] | — | Southampton. | Printed for
T. Cadell, jun. and W. Davies, (successors | t. Mr. Cadell) in the Strand, Lon-
don; | and T. Baker, Southampton. | — | MDCCXCYV. lvol. 8vo. pp.i-xiv,
1-312; 2 leaves of coins; appendix, pp. 1-14; 11. errata; 9 Il. index.

Chap. 1V. Of the Ornithology of the Isle of Wight. pp. 225-246. A considerable account,
particularly of the water-fowl.

1795. WHITE, G. (Ed. Aikin, J.) A | Naturalist’s ‘Calendar, | with | Observations in

various branches | of | Natural History; | extracted from the papers | of the
late | Rev. Gilbert White, M. A. | of Selbourne, Hampshire, | Senior Fellow
of Oriel College, Oxford. | — | Never before published. | — | London: | printed
for B. and J. White, Horace’s Head, | Fleet Street. | — | 1795. 1 vol. Sm.
8vo or 16mo. pp. i-iv (title and advt., by J. Aikin), pp. 5-170, +3 11. (con-
tents and advt.), with coloured frontisp. (‘6a hybrid bird”, in other copies
said to face p. 65).

Copy in the Phila. Acad. Library, handled by me.

“THE Reverend Mr. White, so agreeably known to the public by his Natural History of
Selborne, left behind him a series of yearly books, containing his diurnal observations on the
occurrences in the various walks of rural nature, from the year 1768 to.the time of his death
in 1793. From these annals he had already extracted all the matter comprised in the work
above mentioned, down to the middle of 1787, but several curious facts in the preceding num-
bers had not been thus employed; and all the subsequent ones-_remained untouched. It was
thought a mark of respect due to his memory, and to the reputation he had acquired as a
faithful and elegant observer, not to consign.these relicks to neglect. The manuscripts were
accordingly put into my hands for the purpose of selecting from them what might seem wor-
thy of laying before the public. The present small publication is the fruit of my research.

” (Editor’s advertisement.) f

The “Calendar” and ‘‘Observations” were thus originally printed as a separate book, but
were incorporated in many of the subsecfuent editions of the Nat. Hist. Ant. Selborne.

It contains the following bird-matter: ‘‘Observations on Birds”: pp. 57-91;—Birds in gen-
eral—Rooks—Thrushes—Poultry—Hen Partridge—A hybrid Pheasant (frontisp. or opp. p.
65)—Land Rail—food of the Ring Dove—Hen Harrier—Great Speckled Diver. or Loon—Stone
Curlew—Smallest Willow Wren—Fern Owl or Goat Sucker—Sand Martins—Swallows, con-
gregating, and disappearance of—Wagtails—Wryneck—Grosbeak. This matter comes in
the part of the book entitled ‘‘Observations on various parts of nature”’, following the ‘‘Cal-
endar”’.

1797-1804. Berwick, T. History | of | British Birds. | The Figures engraved on wood

by TLhomas]. Bewick. | Vol. I[ II]. | Containing the | History and Description
of Land [Water] Birds. | Neweastle: | printed by Sol. Hodgson, for Beilby &
Bewick: sold by them, | and G. G. and J. Robinson, London. | [Price 18s. in
Boards. ] | 1797 [1804]. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, Land Birds, 1797, pp. i-xxx
(title, preface, introduction, contents), 1-335, figg. 115. Vol. II, Water Birds,
1804, pp. — -—, figg. 113.

T have seen few editions of ‘‘Bewick”, and for the titles of most of them, as well as for
nearly all that I have to remark respecting them, I am indebted to Prof. A. Newton, in epist.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 371

1797-1804. Bewrck, T.—Continued.

Vol.-I, Land Birds, 1797, of the editio princeps, originally appeared in two issues. Vol. IT,
Water Birds, 1804, appeared in one issue of a number of copies equal to the number of copies
of bothissues of Vol. I. The text of Vol. 1 is by Beilby; that of Vol. IL by Bewick. The
two vols. are thus really two separate works; but as they both together make up the editio
princeps, 1 have combined the titles of the two in one, hypothetically; not knowing, how
ever, that the title of Vol. Il may not be worded more differently from that of Vol. I than as
indicated above. The bracketed statement of price, in the title, no doubt varies in different
copies. Also, was not Vol. IL printed by E. Walker? Vol. I is said to contain 115 figures;
Vol. II, 113; making 228 in all. About 50 of the figures are said to have been drawn from
subjects in the Wycliffe Museum.

It appears that there have been eight regular editions of ‘‘ Bewick” (exclusive of three edi-
tions of the cuts alone). They are as follows:

1797-1804. Editio princeps, ut supra.

1805. Second Edition. Newcastle. E. Walker. 2 vols. 8vo.

1809. Third Edition. Neweastle. E. Walker. 2

1806. Fourth Edition. Newcastle. E. Walker. 2 vols. 8vo.

1821. Fifth Edition. Neweastle. E. Walker. 2 vols. 8vo. (With Supplement, Part I,
Land Birds, and Supplement, Part II, Water Birds.)

1826. Sixth Edition. Newcastle. IE. Walker. 2 vols. 8vo.

1832. Seventh Edition. Neweastle. C.H. Cook. 2-vols. 8vo.

1847. Highth Edition. Neweastle. J. Blackwell & Co. 2 vols. 8vo. (With Synopsis, by
J. Hancock.)

“Supplements”, one to cach vol., were introduced with the 5th ed., 1821. Each successive
edition, or cach to the 6th, has accessions; thus, the 6th, 1826, contains 300 (157 Land, 143
Water) figures of British Birds, besides 14 of exotic Land Birds.

The separate issues of figures only are three in number, viz:

1800. First issue. Cuts of Land Birds only, without text. 8vo. (How many copies?)

1817. Second issue. Cuts of Land and Water Birds, without text. 4to. (25 copies.)

1825. Third issue. Cuts of Land and Water Birds, without text... . (100 copies.)

There is an autobiographical memoir of Bewick. Cf. Ibis, iv, 1862, pp. 368- —.

All these editions, both of the text, and of the plates only, are duly noted in the present
Bibliography, under their respective dates, which see, for further particulars.

. LamMBEntT, E. Observations relating tothe Migration of [certain British] Birds.

< Trans. Linn. Soc., iii, 1797, pp. 12-15.
Notes on the movements of 9 spp.

Maton, W. G. Observations | relative chiefly to the | Natural History, | Pic-

turesque Scenery, | and | Antiquities, | of the | Western Counties of England,

| Made in the Years 1794 and 1796. | — | Illustrated by | A Mineralogical Map,
and sixteen Views in Aquatinta by Aiken. | — | By William George Maton,
M. A. | Fellow of the Linnean Society. | — | Vol. I [II]. | — | Salisbury, |

printed and sold by J. Easton; | [ete.,3lines.] | — |] 1797. 2vols. 8vo. Vol.
I, pp. iii-xii, 1-336, 8 plates. Vol. II, pp. 1-216, 8 Hl. (index, &c.), 7 plates,
map.

Notices of various birds, passim.—Scee especially the Critical Review, Apr., 1798, pp. 369-378,
and June, 1798, pp. —-—.

ANON. Observations relative chiefly to the Natural History, Picturesque Sce-

nery,and,... By William George Maton.... < Critical Review, Apr., 1798,
pp. 369-378; also June, 1798, pp. —-—.

A review of Maton’s book, 1797. The anonymous writer slashes the author with great
severity, and in a tone of pique and ill-humor savoring of personal antipathy. Mr. Maton’s
remonstrance met with no mercy in ‘answers to correspondents’ in the June number of the
Review.

Markwick, W. Aves Sussexienses; or, A Catalogue of Birds found in the
County of Sussex, with Remarks. < Trans. Linn. Soc., iv, 1798, pp. 1-30, pl. 1.

175 spp. marked whether summer or winter, or casual bird of passage, or resident. Ex-
tended commentary on many of the species. Pl. I, Tringa maritima.

8. Montraau, G. Descriptions of three rare Species of British Birds. < Trans. Linn.

Soc., iv, 1798, pp. 35-43, pl. 2.
Sylvia sylvicola, p. 35, pl. 2, f. 1 (egg). Tringa nigricans, p. 40, pl. 2, f. 2. Alauda petrosa,
p. 41, pl. 2, f. 3 (egg).

372 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1799? ANON. Our [British] Song Birds. | [Quotation, 8 lines.] | London: | Religious
Tract Society, | Instituted 1799. 1 vol. 24mo (32 pages to asignuture). pp.
1, 2 (advts.), i-vi, 7-192.

One of the monthly issues of the Society named. The date at the bottom need not be that

of publication, though the book is named in the advt. as No. 5 of the ‘issue of the first year”.
But it may mean the first year in which they published these tracts, not that of the existence
of the Society. The book docs not look to me like so old a one 2s 1799.

1799. PULTENEY,R. ‘Catalogues of the Birds, Shells and rare Plants ef Dorsetshire,
from the new and enlarged ed. of Mr. Hutchins History of that County, by
Rd. Pulteney, M. D. fol. 1799.”

Not seen.

1800. Bewick, T. ‘[Figures of British Land Birds. 1 vol. 8vo. Newcastle. S.
Hodgson. 1800.]

Not seen. I know not what title to give this, ifany. It is a set of the cuts (figures of Land
birds and vignettes), from Vol. Loft the ‘‘ History of British Birds”, issued without text. See
1797-1804, Berwick, T.

1802. Montraau, G. Ornithological Dictionary; | or, | Alphabetical Synopsis | of |
British Birds. | By | George Montagu, T°. L. 8. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [11].
| London: | printed for J. White, Fleet strect, | by T. Bensley, Bolt Court. |
1802. 2vols. 8vo, not paged. Vol.I, plate of Cirl Bunting, title-leaf, pp. i-
xliv, and sheets B to Y (near 400 pages). Vol. II, 2 title-pages, sheets B to
Y, and erratum ship.

Vol. [has the Introduction, and the Dictionary A to L, inclusive; Vol. 11, Dictionary M to
Y, and Appendix in the letter S$; also, ‘ta List of British Birds, systematically arranged into
ordines, genera, and species,” occupying 17 pages, and a catalogue ef the principal authors
referred to.

This is the ed. princeps, and the only one in 2 vols. There is a Supplement, Exeter, 1813;
a 2d ed., Rennie, 1831; a 3d cd., Newman, 1866. It is one of the most notable of treatises on
British Birds, as a vade mecum which has held its place at a thousand elbows tor three-quar-
ters of a century.

Colonel Montagu died June 20, 1815.

1802. Wuitr, G. (ld. Markwick.) The Works, | in | Natural History, | of the late |
Rev. Gilbert White, A. M. | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | Comprising |
the Natural History of Selborne; | the Naturalist’s Calendar; | and Miscel-
laneous Observations, | Extracted from his Papers. | To which are added, | A
Calendar and Observations, | By W. Markwick, Esq., F.L.8. | In Two Vol-
umes. | London: printed for J. White, Fleet Street, | by T. Bensley, Bolt
Court. | 1802. 2vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. i-viii, 1-392, pll.2. Vol. II, pp. 1-330,
pli. 2, col’d, representing Charadrius himantopus ({rontisp.), and ‘a hybrid
bird” (to face p. 173, wrongly lettered 123).

Not seen: title and comment from Newton, 1877, ¢. v.

This is often quoted as Aikin’s or Markwick’s ed., but the advt. is signed ‘J. W[hite]”,
the author’s nephew, and gives a brief sketch of his life. The ‘‘ Antiquities” are omitted;
the ‘‘Calendar” and enlarged ‘‘ Observations” are included. Sce the orig. ed., 1789; the orig.
ed. of the ‘‘Calendar” and ‘‘Observations”’, 1795; also the ed. of 1813.

1803. SrpBaLp, R. The | History, | ancient and modern, | of the Sheriffdoms of | Fife
and Kinross, | with a description of both, | and of the | Firths of Forth and
Tay, | and the islands in them; | [ete., 4 lines.] | With an account | of the nat-
ural products of the | Land and Waters. | By | Sir Robert Sibbald, M. D. | — |
[Quotation, 2 lines.] |—| A new edition, | with notes and illustrations.
| — | Embellished with elegant engravings. | — | Cupar-Fife: | — | Printed
by and for R. Tullis, the publisher; | [etc., 4 lines.] | London. | — | 1803.
1vol. 8vo. pp.i-xvi, 1-468, 3 ll., 4 engravings.

Date of an earlier ed. is 1710. Compare same author, 1684.

Chap. I1T.—Concerning the Animals or living Creatures in these two Firths; of which pp.
106-115 are devoted to birds, giving a general notice of a few species of sea-fowl. Of those
species not described by Sibbald, the editor adds a short notice, with Linnean and English

~ names from Pennant.

1804.

1804.

1806.

1807.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 373

Bewick, T. History of British Birds... . Vol. II. Water Birds. 8vo. 1804.
This is the date of Bewick’s second volume, published seven years after the first. See
1797-1804, Berwick, T.
Montacu, G. Observations on some Species of British Quadrupeds, Birds, and
Fishes. < rans. Linn. Soc., vii, 1804, pp. 274-294.
Cirl Bunting, Dartford Warbler, Ringed Plover, Black-headed Gull, miscellaneous notes on,
including habits, plumages, &c.

. Bewick, T. A | History| of | British Birds. | — | The Figures engraved on

wood by T. Bewick. | — | Vol. I [II]. | Containing the | History and Deserip-
tion of Land Birds [Water Birds]. | — | [Cut.] ] — | Newcastle: | printed by
Edward Walker, for T. Bewick; sold by him, and | Longman and Rees, Lon-
don. | — | 1805. 2vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. i-xxxviii, 1-346. Vol. II, pp.i-xxi,
1-400. Numberless cuts in both vols.

This is the second edition; I have handled it. See the orig. ed., 1797-1804.

GRAHAME, J. The | Birds of Scotland, | with other | Poems. | By | James Gra-
hame. | — | Edinburgh: | Printed by James Ballantyne & Co. | for Longman,
Hurst, Rees, and Orme, Paternoster-row, | London; and William Blackwood,
South Bridge | Street, Edinburgh. | 1806. 1vol. Sq. 24mo. prel. title, 1 leaf;
pp. 1-7 (title and preface); contents, 1 leaf; text, pp. 1-248.

Birds of Scotland, in 2 Parts to p. 86, and some other bird-poems ; the rest miscelancous.

Stumonps, T. W. Observations respecting a Species of Phalarope, and some
other rare British Birds. < Trans. Linn. Soc., viii, 1807, pp. 264-269.

Phalaropus williamsii, sp. u., p. 264 [=hyperboreus], and miscellaneous notes on 11 other
British Birds.

Turron, W. British Fanna, | containing | a Compendium | of | The Zoology |
of the | British Islands: | arranged according to the | Linnean System. | — |
By W. Turton, M.D. F.L. 8. | — | Vol. I. | Including the classes | Mammalia,
Birds, Amphibia, | Fishes, and Worms. | — | [Quotation, 4lines.] | — | Swan-
sea: | printed by J. Evans, Wind-street. |— | 1807. 1 voi. 18mo. or sm.
12mo., pp. 1-230, i-vill.

No more published. This author's incompetent performances with Linnzus and Gmelin
are well known. The present volume has no more authority than that attaching to the same
person’s English version of the Systema Nature.

Class II, Aves. Birds. pp.18-77. A descriptive systematic list of 294 spp.

Montaau, G. Some interesting Additions to the Natural History of Falco
cyaneus and pygargus, together with Remarks on some other British Birds.
< Trans. Linn. Soc., ix, 1808, pp. 182-199.

PF. cyaneus; I’. cinerareus, p. 188; Sylvia dartfordiensis, with notes on 4 spp. rare British
dirds.

3, Mon7vaat. G. Some interesting Additions to the Natural History of Falco

cyanens and pygargus, together with Remarks on some other British Birds.
< Tilloch’s Philos. Mag., Xxxii, 1808, pp. 315-329.
From Linn. Trans., ix, 1808, pp. 182-199, q. v. i

9. Berwick, T. History of British Birds. .

The third edition, not seen by me. See the original, 1797-1804.
Martin, M. A voyage to St. Kilda. By M. Martin, Gent. < Pinkerton’s Voy.,
iii, 1809, pp. 700-729.
This is from the fourth ed., London, 1753, 8vo.

1811-1821. Graves, G. British Ornithology: | being | The History | with a coloured

representation | Of every known Species of | British Birds. | — | By George
Graves, assisted by several eminent ornithologists [mut.mut.]. | — | Vol.I
[-I11]. | — | London: | printed for the author, | by Stephen Couchman, Throg-
morton-street [mut. mut.], | and sold by | Sherwood, Neely, and Jones, Pater-
noster-row. | — | 1811 [1813, 1821]. 3vols. 8vo. Vol. I, 1811, not paged,
48 col’d plates. Vol. II, 1813, not paged, 48 col’d plates. Vol. III, 1821, not
paged, 48 col’d plates.

374 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1811-1821. Graves, G.—Continued.

Tnpressed with the conviction that most previous works on British Birds had not “taken
the necessary pains to mark out the different species”, and being in possession of a consider-
able number of exccllent drawings executed for the late William Curtis, the author submitted
these pages to the public.

1812. PENNANT, T. British Zoology, | by | Thomas Pennant, Esq. | A New Edition. |
In Four Volumes. | Vol. I[-IV]. | — | Class I. Quadrupeds. | I. Birds. Div.
I, Land. | [Div. II. Water.] | — | London: | printed for Wilkie and Robinson ;
[and eleven other booksellers.] |—]|1812. 4 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, prel. title,
11.; engr. title, 11.; printed title, 11.; pp. i-xlvili (dedication, preface, &c.);
pp. 1-188, pl. i-xiv (mammals); pp. 189-568, pll. xv-Ixvi (Land Birds). Vol.
II, eng. title, pp. i-viii (incl. titles), pp. 1-452, pll. i-xlviii (Water Birds).
(Vol. III, Reptiles and Fishes. Vol. IV, Crustacea, Mollusca, Testacea.)

This is supposed to be the 5th edition (not counting Murr’s Latin-German version); 4th,
1776-7; 3d and 2d, both 1768-70?; 1st, 1766, gq. vv.—It is notable as the first edition in which
the author’s name appears on the title. The pagination is entirely different from that of
earlier eds., and the pll. are renumbered.

1813. BuLLock, W. An Account of four rare Species of British Birds. < Trans. Linn.
Soc., xi, pt. i, 1813, pp. 175-178.

Strix nyctea, Tringa calidris, Hirundo (!) pratincola, Anas africana.

1813. Low, G. Fauna Orcadensis: | or, | the Natural History | of the | Quadrupeds,
Birds, Reptiles, and Fishes, | of | Orkney and Shetland. | By | the Rev. George
Low, | Minister of Birsa and Haray. | — | From a Manuscript in the posses-
sion of Wm. Elford Leach, M. D. F. L. 8. &c. | — | Edinburgh: | printed by
George Ramsay and Company, | for Archibald Constable and Company, Edin-
burgh; and for Longman, | Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown,—and White,
Cochrane, and Co. | London. | — |] 1813. 1 vol. 4to. pp. i-xvi, 1-230,

Class II, Birds. pp. 31-152. Thus more than half the work is devoted to ornithology.
It is a systematic treatise on the subject, in due form, and has the appearance of being a val-
uable contribution.

“Mr Low’s merits, as a laborious and accurate observer of Nature, were, it is believed,
scarcely known beyond the narrow circle of his particular friends; and it is to be regretted,
that a recent historian* [*the Rev. George Barry, D. D. in his History of Orkney, 4to. 1805.)
has not serupled to avail himself of the advantages which this obscurity offered to a plagiary.
It having been the Editor’s fortune to procure the MS. Fauna Orcadensis of Mr Low, he now
begs leave to lay it before the public, in the form in which it was left by its Reverend Author.
It appears to have been revised by the late Mr PENNANT, as it contains a few corrections in
that gentleman’s handwriting. The Editor trusts that it will be found to afford an interest-
ing and valuable addition to the Natural History of the British Islands, and prove far more
useful than the closet compilations of some modern zoologists.” (Zatr. from Editor's Preface.)

1813. Montaacu, G. Supplement | to the | Ornithological Dictionary, | or | Synopsis
of British Birds. | — | By George Montagu, Esq., F. L. 8. & M. W.S | —|
Printed by S. Woolmer, Exeter; | [ete.,7 lines.] | — | 1813. 1 vol. 8vo. Not
paged; title, 1 leaf, backed blank = pp. i, ii; introduction, pp. ii-vi; list of
plates, lleaf; text, sheets B to Ff, (about 472 pages); 1 page errata; with 2
full-page plates.

Eleven years after the appearance of his celebrated Dictionary, Montagu issued this Supple-
ment, in similar style and spirit. It runs through the alphabet, A to Y, as before (sheets B to
Bb.). Then an appendix retraces the alphabet again, A to S (to sheet Ff.). Following is
Definition of the parts of extraordinary trachee belonging to some species of aquatic birds,
with a plate; and Direction for amputating the Wing of a Bird ina Menageric. <A ‘‘Cata-
logue of additions and alterations to be made in the original list of British Birds”, &c.,
finishes the volume. It is illustrated by 24 plates—23 of birds, 1 of anatomical details.

Sterna anglica, sp. n., first page of sheet Y, witha plate. Also, Ardea lentiginosa, sp. n.

1813. WHITE,G. (2d. Markwick.) The | Natural History | of | Selborne, | by thelate |
Rev. Gilbert White, A. M. | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | To which are
added, | The Naturalist’s Calendar, | Miscellaneous Observations, and Poems.
| A New Edition, with engravings. | In two volumes. | London: | printed for
White, Cochrane, and Co. | Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme, and Brown; | J.

ov

y

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 375

1813. Wuitr, G.—Continued.
Mawman; 8. Bagster; J. and A. Arch; | J. Hatchard; R. Baldwin; and | T.
Hamilton. | 1813. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol. J, pp. i-viii, 1-352, pll. 3. Vol. II, pp.
1-364,
Not seen: title and comment from Newton, 1877, q. v.
“The plate of Charadrius himantopus has been re-engraved, and is not coloured; that of

the ‘Hybrid Bird’ is omitted. With these exceptions and those of the change of the title,’

and the addition of the ‘Poems’ and of ‘Observations on some Passages of Mr. White’s
Natural History of Selborne’ (vol. ii, pp. 307-316), signed -J. M.’ (Mitford, cf. Bennett’s ed.,
1837, pref. pp. xiv, xv), this edition differs but little from that of 1802, g. v. Bennett indeed

~

says (loc. cit.) that it was published in 4to. Ihave not met with such a copy, but some may —

very likely have been printed in that form.”

1815-22. Hunt, J. British Ornithology; containing portraits of all the British Birds,
including those of foreign origin which have become domesticated; drawn,
engraved and coloured by John Hunt. Norwich. 1815-1822. 8yvo. Pub. in
15 parts, each of 12 pll. cold.

Not seen.

1816. Berwick, T. A | History | of | British Birds. |— |The Figures engraved on
wood by T. Bewick. | — | Vol. I [II]. | containing the | History and Descrip-

tionof Land[ Water] Birds. | — | [Cut.] | — | Newcastle: | printed by Edward
Walker, for T. Bewick: sold by him, and | Longman and Co. London. |'— |
1816. 2vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. i-xxxviii, 43-330. Vol. II, pp. i-xxii, 19-362.
Numberless cuts of birds, scenery, tail-pieces, &c., in each volume.

This is the fourth edition; handled by me. See the orig. ed., 1797-1804.

1816. GRAVES, G. Ovarium Britannicum; | being | a correct delineation | of | The

Eggs | of such | Birds | as are natives of, or domesticated in | Great Britain.
| — | By | George Graves, F. L. 8. | Author of British Ornithology, &e. | — |

London: | Printed for the Author, and sold by Sherwood, | Neeley, & Jones,
Paternoster-Row, and | J. Harding, St. Jame’s-Street. | — | 1816. 1lvol. 8vo.
pp. i-vi, with 15 coloured plates.

It is a mere fragment of a work never completed. The text is nothing more than the title,
preface and list of the plates, on which the eggs of 46 British Birds are figured in colors.

1816. Lracn, W.E. Systematic Catalogue of the Specimens of the indigenous Mam-
matlia and Birds that are preserved in the British Museum, with their localities
and authorities. To which is added, a list of the described species that are
wanting to complete the collection of British Mammalia and Birds. London.
1816. Ato.

Not seen! It is a very scarce tract; I know of no copy in America. It acquires impor-
tance from the many new names, generic and specific, or new compounds of old names,
which it contains. Stephen’s Continuation of Shaw’s Gen. Zool., 1817, et seq., gives various
new names of Leagh’s, some cited as if from his MS.

1816. SHARP, C. History of Hartlepool. ... By Sir Cuthbert Sharp. 1816.

Not seen.—Contains ‘‘A List of Birds observed at Hartlepool”: 68 spp. See the reprint,
1851.

1817. Bewrick, T. [Figures of British Land and Water Birds.. 4to. 1817. ]
Not seen.—I know not what title to give this, if any. It is said to bea set of theeuts
from both vols. of the ‘‘ History of British Birds”, without the text, and printed in 4to,
in an edition of only 25 copies. See 1797-1804, Bewick, T.
1817 (prior to). Forster, E., Jr. Catalogue of British Birds, . .
Not seen.:

1817. Forster, T. A | Synoptical Catalogue | of | British Birds; | intended | to iden-
tify the species mentioned by different names | in several catalogues already
extant. | Forming | a book of reference to observations | on | British Ornith-
ology. | — | By Thomas Forster, F. L. 8. | Corresp. Memb. Acad. Nat. Sciences
at Philadelphia, | &c. &c. | — | London: | printed by and for Nichols, Son,
and Bentley, | Red Lion Passage, Fleet-street. | 1817. 1 vol. 8vo. pp. i-iv,
1-64.

Several copies I have handled differ (immaterially) in collation; thus, some begin with 4 pp.
of advts., and end with 2 pp. of advts.; some have a leaf of advts. interpolated between

376 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1817. Forster, T.—Continued.

p. 88 and p. 39, others not. The regular pagination is simply i-iv, 1-64; pp. i, ii, title-
leaf; pp. iii, iv, preface; pp. 1-64, text. The ‘‘Synoptical Catalogue” runs pp. 1-37 (38 blank),
giving 283 spp., under 55 genera, with author’s names in Roman capitals, Leach’s names
opposite in Roman lower case, and vernacular synonyms under both. Then follows, p. 39,
“Observations on British Ornithology. Article I. Division and Arrangement of British Gen-
era and Species of Birds, with references to plates; serving for reference to the descriptive
part intended to follow.” Such caption implies that the work is a fragment: for nothing
follows.

The author having found Dr. W. E. Leach’s Catalogue of 1816 difficult to use, on account
of the newness of many names, he thought that a Catalogue with Leach’s and more custom-
ary names put together would be useful; hence this work. Some of the names here given
are curious; for the author says: ‘‘I have attended to generic and specific differences, and
thereon founded a nomenclature, regardless of modern names, whenever they appeared to
disagree with facts; but at the same time adhering as much as possible to the views of Aris-
totle, Aulian, Pliny and others of the antient writers.”—On the use of Bubo ignavus, p. 3, ef.
Ibis, 1879, p. 349; Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Aug., 1879, p. 159.

1817. Pirt,W. A | topographical | History of Staffordshire ; | including its | Agricul-
ture, Mines, and Manufactures. | Memoirs of eminent natives; | Statistical
tables; | and every species of information connected with the local | history
of the county. | With a succinct account of the rise and progress of the |
Statiordshire Potteries. | — | Compiled from the most authentic sources, | By
William Pitt, | [ete., 2 lines. ] | — | Newcastle-under-Lyme : | printed by and
for J. Smith, | [ete., 4 lines.] |—[1817. 1vol. 8vo. pp. i-xxvi, 1-450, 5
unpaged leaves of tables, pp. [1-319], 1 p. errata, 8 ll. index.

Contains, pp. [145-158], a formal list of birds, annotated.

1817. YounG, G. A | History | of | Whitby, | and | Streoneshalh Abbey; | with a |
statistical Survey of the vicinity | to the | Distance of Twenty-Five miles:
By the Rev. George Young, ... Vol. II. | — | Whitby: | printed and sold
by Clark and Mead, ... 1817. 8vo.

Vol. I1.—iu. Zoology. w. Birds; pp. 797,798; a paragraph, of no consequence.

1818. Martin, M. A | Voyage | to | Saint Kilda, | The remotest of all the Hybrides,
| or | Western Islands of Scotland; | [ete., 15 lines.] |—| By M. Martin,
Gent. | — | Printed in the year MDCXCVIII. | — | Glasgow; | re-printed for
John Wylie & Co. | By R. Chapman. | — | 1818. 12mo. pp. i-iv, 5-77.

Forming one of the tracts in Miscellanea Scotica, Vol. I1; orig. ed., 1698, q.v. It contains,
pp. 26-36, a considerable account of wild fowl, as ‘‘Gairfowl’’, Solan Goose, Fulmar, ete.

1820. ATKINSON, J. A Compendium | of the | Ornithology | of | Great Britain | with
a reference to the | Anatomy and Physiology of | Birds. | — | By John Atkin-
son, F. L. 8. | Member of the Royal College of Surgeons in London, &e. |
Curator of the Museum, and Librarian to the Philosophical and | Literary
Society at Leeds. | — | ‘‘Milvus in celo cognovit tempus suum; turtur, et |
hirundo, et ciconia custodierunt tempus adventus | sui.” Jer. |— |
London: | printed for Hurst, Robinson and Co, No. 90 Cheapside; and | Rob-
inson and Co. Leeds. | — | 1820. 1 vol. 8vo. pp. i-xii, 1-232.

; A systematic descriptive synopsis, with occasional anatomical matter; appendix, on taxi-
dermy.

“The intention of the author, in forming this compendium, was to collect the information
scattered through extensive treatises, and the transactions of learned societies,—to state the
species which have been recently discovered,—and to correct those errors in synonyma, which
the difference of feather in different ages, or at certain times in the year, has frequently pro-
duced.” (Lxtr. from Preface.)

1820. [EprrortaL.] [Notice of the proposed publication of ] Selby’s Natural History
of British Birds. < Edinb. Philos. Journ., iv, 1820, p. 210.

1821. Bewicx, T. A_| History | of | British Birds. | The Figures engraved on wood
by T. Bewick. | Vol. I [II]. | Containing the | History and Description of
Land [Water] Birds; | and |a Supplement, with additional figures. | New-
castle: | printed by Edward Walker, Pilgrim Street, | for T. Bewick: sold by
him, and E, Charnley, Neweastle; | and Longman and Co. London. | 1821.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 377

1821. Bewick, T.—Continued.
2vols. &vo. Vol. I, Land Birds, pp. i-xl (title, preface, introduction and
contents), 1-330, figg. —. Voi. Il, Water Birds, pp. i-xxii (title, preface,
introduction and contents), 1-360, figg. —.

A | Supplement | to the | History | of | British Birds. | The Figures en-
graved on wood by T. Bewick. | Part I [II]. | Containing the | History and
Description of Land [Water] Birds. | Neweastle: | printed by Edward Walker,
Pilgrim Street, | for T. Bewick: sold by him, and E. Charnley, Neweastle; |
and Longman and Co., London. | 1821. 8vo. Part I, Land Birds, title-p.,
and pp. 1-46, 1 p. (contents), figg.—. Part II, Water Birds, title-p., and pp.
1-43, 1p. (contents), figg. —

Not seen: title obligingly fur Hietied by Prof. A. Newton, in epist.

This is the fifth edition, notable for the introduction of a separately full-titled and sepa-
rately paged ‘‘Supplement” to each vol. See the orig. ed., 1797-1804.

1821. Graves, G. British Ornithology, .

There is said to be a ‘2d. edit.” of this date. Is it anything more than the final issue of
the whole work, in 3 vols. ? Compare 1811-21, GRAvVEs, G.

1821. MaceGiLiivray, W. List of Birds found in the district of Harris, part of the
outer range of the Hebrides. < Mdinb. Philos. Journ., v, 1821, pp. 257-261.

About 87 spp., classed according to localities they frequent, preceded by general observa-
tions on the subject.

1821-34. SetBy, P.J. Illustrations of British Ornithology, ... 2vols. Elephant
folio. Edinburgh. Pub.in 19 Parts. 1821-1834. Vol.I. Land Birds. Vol.
II. Water Birds. Said to be 228 plates, of 383 figures, plain or coloured.

Not seen as published at these dates. See 1841, same author. For text, see 1825, 1825-33,
and 1833.

There is great difficulty in arriving at the dates of this work. Ihave handled a complete
set of the plates, but that one is dated 1841, being thus a reissue; it is furnished with a new
title-page, worded differently from any of the earlier titles. Ihave not been able to see the
work in the parts in which it appeared, nor even as first issued on its completion in 1834.
According to information accessible to me (including Lizars’ own advt. sheets, pub. with Nat
LDibr., Vol. I, 1833), these folios were published in 19 parts, at intervals of about six months,
from 1821 to 1834, both inclusive. This gives the date of each, approximately. They form
two series: I. Land Birds, in 8 parts; II. W: ahee Birds, in 11 parts; designed to form two
vols. On their completion, in 1834, the series were bound in two vols., with a title said to
run as follows:

“The Figures of British Birds, containing an exact and faithful representation, in their
full natural size, of all the known species found in Great Britain,” ete.

The two series together are said to consist of 228 plates, of 383 figures; but they are num-
bered in such a slovenly manner, with so numerous interpolations, including some lettered
instead of numerated, that the number can only be ascertained by actual count. (See the
enumeration which I give under date of the reissue, 1841.)

1822. ‘EpMonston, L. Remarks on the Larus Parasiticus or Arctic Gull; and on the
Larus Rissa or Kittiwake; with an Account of the Greenland Kittiwake ;—
and on Colymbus Grylle. < Edinb. Philos. Journ., vii, 1822, pp. 90-105.
Chiefly on the habits of these birds.
1822. “(H.]”’ The History of British Birds; the Figures engraved on Wood, Ly T.
Bewick; and a Supplement with additional Figures. < Thomson’s Ann.
of Philos., new ser., iv, 1822, pp. 294-308
A notice of the 5th ed. of the oe followed by an annotated catalogue of the species.
1822? WuiTr, G. The Natural History and Antiquities of Selborne. .
4to. 1822.

Not seen: is there any such ed.? Given by Engelmann, Bibl., i, p. 202: most likely a mis-

take—perhaps a typographical error for 1802, g.v. Cf. Newton, 1877.

.. 2vols.

1825. FLEMING, J. Gleanings of Natural History, gathered on the Coast of Scotland
during a a in 1821. < Ldinb. Philos. Journ., viii, 1823, pp. 294-303; ix,
1823, pp. 248-254 ; x, 1823, pp. 95-101.
Very slightly ornithological; the second article has nothing on birds; the third notices
Alea impennis, living, from St. Kilda.

378 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1823. SWEET, R. The | British Warblers. | — | An | account of the genus | Sylvia; |

illustrated by | six[teen] beautifully colored figures, | taken from | Living
Specimens in the Author’s Collection; | with | directions for their treatment
according to the | author’s method; | in which is explained, | how the inter-
esting & fine singing birds helonging | to this genus may be managed, | and
kept in as good health as any common | birds whatever. | — | By Robert
Sweet, Ff. L.8. | Author of Hortus Suburbanus Londinensis, Botanical Culti-
vator, | Geraniaceze, British Flower Garden, &c. &c. | — | The Drawings by

E.D. Smith, Artist for the Geraniacee. | — | London: | published for the
author, | by W. Simpkin and R. Marshall, | Stationers’-Hall Court, Ludgate
Street. | 1823. | — | Tilling, printer, Grosvenor Row, Chelsea. 1 vol. 8vo.

Title, pp. 1-24, + 14 unpaged pages, +6 unpaged pages, pll. 1-16.

After the title and six pages devoted to the genus Sylvia, come 16 plates, each with its leaf
(2 pages) of text, paginated only to p. 24; then 14 unpaged pages belonging to the last 7 plates,
and then 6 pages of ‘‘ Additional Remarks”. The sixteen species treated and figured are:
1, Sylvia rubetra. 2, S. pheenicurus. 3, S. luscinia. 4, S. hortensis. 5, S. cinerea. 6, S. tro-
chilus. 7, S. hippolais. 8, S. sylviella. 9, S. atrieapilla. 10, S. sylvicola. 11, S. provincialis.
12, S. locustella. 13, S. phragimitis. 14, S. arundinacea. 15, S. enanthe. 16, 8. rubicola.
These, of course, do not all belong to the genus Sylvia, as now understood. The plates are
numbered to correspond with the figures here given. The mistake on the title-page is nota-
ble; it must have pleased the author to see his 16 plates cut down to 6!

1823. [Symr, P.] A | Treatise on British | Song-Birds. | Including | observations on

1824.

1824.

1824,

their natural habits, man- | ner of incubation, &c. with remarks on | the
treatment of the young and | management of the old birds | in a domestic
state. | With | fifteen Coloured Engravings. | [By Patrick Syme.] | John An-
derson, jun, Edinburgh, | 55, North Bridge-street ; | and Simpkin & Marshall,
London. | — | MDCCCXXIII. lvol. 8vo. pp. i-vi, 1-231, 15 coloured plates.

Treating of 33 species of thrushes, larks, starlings, warblers, finches, buntings, ete.

BLACKWELL, J. Tables of the various species of periodical Birds observed in

the neighbourhood of Manchester; with a few remarks tending to establish
the opinion that the periodical birds migrate. < Mem. Lit. and Philos. Soc.
Manchester, 2d ser., iv, 1824, pp. 125-150.

Not seen. i

[EpITORIAL.] Notice regarding the Island of Grimsey, off the North Coast of

Iceland, and the Isles of St. Kilda, on the North-West Coast of Scotland.
< Edinb. Philos. Journ., xi, 1824, pp. 182-140.

More particularly the latter; considerable notice of the birds.

FLEMING, J. Remarks illustrative of the Influence of Society on the Distribu-

tion of British Animals. < Edinb. Philos. Journ., xi, 1824, pp. 287,305.

Nasu, J. <A | practical Treatise | on | British Song Birds; | in which is given |

every information relative to their | Natural History, Incubation, &c. | To-
gether with | the method of rearing and managing both | old and young
birds. | By Joseph Nash. | — | Illustrated with Engravings. | — | London: |
printed for Sherwood, Jones, and Co. | Paternoster-row; | Sold by Joseph
Nash, 39, Great Windmill-Street, | Haymarket. | — | 1824. Lvol. 12mo. pp.
i-vi, 1 J., pp. 1-102, with pp. 1-28 of advts., and 8 col’d pll.

Treating 21 spp., several of which are figured in colours. ‘‘I do not profess to offer the fol-
lowing treatise as showing either elegance of thought, or purity of diction, but merely as the
result of many years’ experience, which, from time to time, I have put together at my leisure
moments.”

1825. Bewick,T. [Figures of British Land and Water Birds, 1825. ]

Not seen: title hypothetical, upon information furnished by A. Newton. Itis a set of the
cuts of both vols. of the ‘‘ History of British Birds,” without any text, printed in an edition
of 100 copies. See 1797-1804, BEwick, T.

1825. CoLe,J. The | History and Antiquities | of | Ecton, | in the | County of North-

ampton. | By John Cole, | Editor of ‘Herveiana,’ &c. | [Quot.,3 lines. ] |
Scarborough: | published by John Cole; and | Longman, Hurst, Rees, Orme,

—

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 379

1825. Coir, J.—Continued.
Brown, and Green, | London. | 1825. 1 vol. 16mo size, 4to by sigs. ; frontisp.,
title, dedie., each 1 leaf; preface, pp.i-iv; text, pp.1-60; index, pp.i-iv; a
few cuts in text.
Four ‘scarce birds shot at Ecton”’, p.48; with note on Royston Crow.
1825. Donovan, E. The Natural History of the Nests and Eggs of British Birds... .
< Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., v, 1825, pp. 271, 272.
Prospectus de cet ouvrage.

1825. Lesson, R. P. Notice sur la rencontre de quelques Oiseaux rares en Angleterre;
par M. W. Yarrell.. .. <Péruss. Bull., 2° sect., vi, 1825, p. 413:

Extrait du Zoolog. Journ., avril 1825, pp. 24-27.

1825. SrtBy, P. J. Illustrations of British Ornithology, . .. Vol.I. Text. 8vo.
Edinburgh. W.H.Lizars. 1825.
Not seen.
This is the date of the original edition of the letter-press of Vol. I, Land Birds, being the
text to Series I, Land Birds, of the elephant folio plates.
A second edition ofthis, ‘‘remodelled” and ‘‘ with additions”’, was issued in 1833, when Vol:
II, completing the text of the work, appeared.
See next title. See also 1833, Seay, P. J.
1825-33. SELBY, P. J. Illustrations of British Ornithology. ... Vols. I. and II.
Text. 8vo. Edinburgh. W.H.Lizars. 1825 and 1833.
Not seen.
These are the dates of the two editions of Vol. I, Land Birds, and of the only edition of Vol.
I, Water Birds, of the letter-press to the elephant folio plates. Vol. Lis thus of two dates:
orig. ed., 1825; 2d ed., 1833. Vol. II has but one date: 1833, which see.
These 8vo vols. of letter-press, though belonging to, are not to be confounded with, the 2
vols. of elephant folio plates, namely, in 19 semi-annual parts, dating 1821-1834, which see.

1825. Viaors, N. A. A description of a new Species of Scolopax lately discovered in
the British Islands; with observations on the Anas glocitans of Pallas, and a
Description of the Female of that Species. < Trans. Linn. Soc., xiv, pt. iii,
1825, pp. 556-562, pl. xxi.

Scolopax sabini, sp.n., p. 557, pl. xxxi. The Querquedula very fully treated with history,
synonymy, and characters.

1825. V[1Gcors, N. A.] Ornithology. < Zool. Journ., i, 1824, pp. 589, 590.

Instances of ogcurrence of Merops apiaster, Pastor roseus, Bombycilla bohemica, Oriolus
galbula, and Tantalus igneus in Ireland.

21825. Warr, G. The Natural History and Antiquities of Selborne, .
‘‘An edition is ascribed to this year by Jardine (introd. p. vii to his ed. of 1829). but it is
not mentioned in his account in his ed. of 1853; and though the statement of an 1825 ed. is
also made by Bennett in his ed. of 1837, it is probably an error.’”’ See Newton, 1877.
1825. YARRELL, W. Notice of the Occurrence of some [16 spp.] rare British Birds.
< Zool. Journ., ii, 1825, pp. 24-27.

1826. Bewick,T. <A | History | of |. British Birds. | By | Thomas Bewick. | Vol. I [II].
| Containing the | History and Description of | Land [Water] Birds. | New-
castle: | Printed by Edw. Walker, Pilgrim-Street, | for T. Bewick: sold by
him, Longman and Co. London; | and all Booksellers. | 1826. | 2 vols. 8vo.
Vol. I, Land Birds, pp. i-xliv (title, preface to the sixth edition, the original
preface, introduction, technical terms and contents), 1-382, figg. —. Vol.
II, Water Birds, pp. i-xxii (title, preface, introduction and contents), 1-432,

figg. — (pp. 422-432 being devoted to figures of ‘‘ Foreign Birds”).
Not seen: title from Prof. A. Newton, in epist.
This is the siath edition: The number of illustrations it contains is said to be 300 of British
(157 Land, 143 Water) Birds, besides 14 of Exotic Birds. See the orig. ed., 1797-1804.

1826. [CRosTHWAITE, D.] Catalogue | of | Crosthwaite’s | Museum. | — | Keswick: |
printed by Thomas Bailey. | — | 1826. 1lvol. 18mo. pp. 66.

380 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1826-27? Donovan, E. The Natural History | of the | Nestsand Eggs of British Birds;
| The | Descriptions, | which are calculated for the naturalist as well as for the
general observer, | Are intended to comprehend every useful Trait of Informa-

“

tion respecting the Nidification, Eggs, and Incubation of | the numerous Spe-
cies of the Feathered Tribes that inhabit the British Isles: | and are through-
out accompanied by | A Series of elegantly-coloured Plates, | comprending
figures | of the eggs of every species, with their most singular varieties, so far

DD>

as they can be correctly ascertained. | The whole exclusively executed from
Nature, and disposed according to their respective genera, | by E. Donovan,
F. L. 8S. W. 8. &e. | Author of the Natural History of British Birds, in ten
volumes, and other approved works. | — | London: | printed for the author,
and sold by all booksellers. | 1826. Oblong roy. 8vo, unpaged, with unnum-
bered col’d plates. Pub. in Parts.

I have only seen the first four parts of this curiously gotten up affair—was it ever com-
pleted? There is some regular text, in double column, but much of the print consists of
labels pasted on blank pages opposite the several plates, the execution of which calls for no
special remark. Parts 1-3 are dated 1826, but some of the plates themselves are dated 1825;
part 4is not dated. I doubt that anything appeared before 1826; the prospectus was only
issued in 1825 (Féruss. Bull., v, pp. 271, 272). Prospectus announces intended completion in
24-36 parts. See Loudon’s Mag., ii, 1829, p. 205.

1826. SELBY, P. J. Catalogue of the various Birds which at present inhabit or resort .
to the Farn Islands, with Observations on their habits, &c. < Zool. Journ.,
li, 1826, pp. 454-465.

18 spp., with synonymy.

1826. SHePppaRD, R., and Wuirrar, W. A Catalogue of the Norfolk and Suffolk
Birds; with Remarks. < Trans. Linn. Soc., xv, pt. i, 1826, pp. 1-61.

Very fully annotated. Followed by a table of migration of summer birds (18 spp.) from
1812 to 1821.

1827. BRACKENRIDGE, G. W. Yearly appearance of the Swallow and Cuckoo [1201-
1826, near Bristol]. <Zool. Jowrn., iii, 1827, p. 319.

1827. Hoaa, J. Natural History of the Vicinity of Stockton. . . . By John Hogg.
1827.

Not seen.—Contains an extended list of the Birds ‘‘ frequenting the country near Stockton”’;
126 spp. The same article is said to have appeared as an appendix to Brewster’s history of
that town.

1827. JeNyNs, L. Observations on the Ornithology of Cambridgeshire. < Trans.
Cambr. Philos. Soce., ii, pt. 11, 1827, pp. 287-324.

Not seen.

1827. YARRELL, W. On the occurrence of some [9 spp.] rare British Birds. < Zool.
Journ., iii, 1827, pp. 85-88.

1827. YARRELL, W. Some Observations on the Anatomy of the British Birds of Prey.
< Zool. Journ., iii, 1827, pp. 181-189, pl. vi.

1828. ——

. Memorandum from the Right Honourable the Lord President, con-
taining some facts relating to the Natural History of the Swallow and Part-
ridge. < Edinb. New Philos. Journ., iv, 1828, pp. 290-292. :

1828. ANON. Sur quelques oiseaux rares de la Grande-Bretagne; par W. Yarrel{1].
< Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xiv, 1828, p. 116.

Extrait du Zool. Journ., iii, 1827, pp. 85-88.

1828, FLremina, J. A History of British Animals, exhibiting the descriptive charac-
ters. ... ILlvol. 8vo. Edinburgh, 1822.

Not seen.

“Prior to 1828 the only complete hand books of British Ornithology were the valuable but
somewhat obsolete ‘Ornithological Dictionary’ of Montagu, and the fascinating, though not
always accurate, ‘British Birds’ of Bewick. In the above year appeared the ‘British Ani-
mals’ of Dr. Fleming, a work which had no small share in introducing into this country the
improved systems of modern zoology. The geneva adopted are for the most part those of
Cuvier’s ‘Régne Animals’, and the specific descriptions and remarks, though brief, are in
general aceurate.”’ (Strickl., Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1844, p. 181.)

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 381

1828. Fox, G.T. Notice of the appearance of some rare Birds of England. < Zool.
Journ., iii, 1828, pp. 491-497.
Faleo lagopus, Cursorius isabellinus, Gallinula baillonii, Procellaria leachii, Anas gambensis,
A. rutila, Vultur fulvus?, Sylvia suecica.
1828. Lesson, [R.P.] Catalogue de divers Olseaux qui appartiennent a la Faune des
iles Farn, avec quelques observations sur leurs habitudes ; par [P.] J. Selby.
Féruss. Bull., 2° sect., xiii, 1828, p. 433.
Extrait du Zool. Journ., ii, 1826, p. 454.
Pirute,—. Sea Birds, &c. of the Isle of May. < Edinb. New Philos. Journ., vi,
1828, pp. 189, 190.
Merely a note alluding to the arrival and departure of some species

ho
by
ce
KL

1828, YARRELL, W. On the occurrence of some rare British Birds. < Zool. Journ.,
ili, 1828, pp. 497-500.
Lestris pomarinus, Upupa epops, Procellaria leachii, Sylvia dartfordiensis, Emberiza hortu-
lana, Podiceps rubricollis, Larus minutus.
1829. ‘“*A. C. R.” Donovan’s Eggs of British Birds. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii,
18295 p.205:
A bibliographical note. Nothing heard of the work after Feb., 1827.
1829. “A.C. R.” Birds on the Sea Coast of Gomrie, in Aberdeenshire. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, pp. 392-394
1829. BLACKWALL, J. Manchester Museum. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, pp.
273-275.
Notice of afew of the rarer British Birds in the collection, with remarks on the habits of
some of them.
1829. BLACKWALL, J. Extracts from a Zoological Journal, kept at Crumpsall Hall,
near Manchester. < Zool. Journ., v, 1829, pp. 10-14,
Nidification of some British Birds; roosting of Fieldfares on the ground: anecdote of Falcon
and Pigeon.

roar

)
Ww
©

** CORRESPONDENT.” Notice of the Arrival of some of the Winter Birds of Pas-
sage, as well as of a few of the occasional Visitants in the Neighborhood of
Carlisle, during the Winter of 1828-1829; with Observations, &e. < Philos.
Mag., vi, 1829, pp. 110-114.

1229. “CORRESPONDENT.” Table of the Arrival of some of the Summer Birds of Pas-
sage in the Neighborhood of Carlisle, during the Years 1827 and 1828; with
Observations, &c. < Philos. Mag., v, 1829, pp. 196-198.

1829, ‘‘CORRESPONDENT.” Notice of the Arrival of Twenty-four of the Summer
Birds of Passage in the Neighborhood of Carlisle, daring the Year 1829;
with Observations, &c. < Philos. Mag., vi, 1829, pp. 276-281.

1829. Hunt, J. A | General History | of the | County of Norfolk, | intended | to con-

vey all the information | of a Norfolk Tour, | with the more extended details

of | antiquarian, statistical, pictorial, architectural, | and | Miscellaneous

Information ; | including | biographical notices, | original and selected. | — |

Volume I [-III}. | — | [Quotation, 7 lines.] | — | Norwich: | printed by and

for John Stacy. | London: | sold by Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, and Green

| MDCCCXXIX. 3.vols. 16mo.
The introduction to Vol. I contains a ‘‘ List of Birds”, which we are informed is contributed
to the work by John Hunt, taxidermist, of Norwich, editor of an illustrated work on British

Birds then in course of publication. The present list runs from p. lix to p. lxxii, and is anno-
tated throughout.

1829, JENNINGS, J. Ornithology of the Metropolis. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii,
1829, p. 264.
Notes on a few birds observed in London, England.
1829. “J.D. M.” Rare Birds killed in different Parts of Ireland. < Loudon’s Mag.
Nat. Hist., 11, 1829) pp..394, 395.
1829, LEYLAND, R. Rare Birds observed in the Neighborhood of Halifax, in York-
shire. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., i, ee pp. 395, 396. ;

>

382 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1829. SatMon, J.D. British Birds’ Eggs. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, p. 205.
Query and answer respecting Graves’ Ovariwm Britannicum.

1829. Suepparn, R., and Wuirear, W. Ein Catalog der Végel in Norfolk und Suf-
folk, nebst’ Bemerkungen, von R. Sheppard und W. Whitear. (Linn. Trans.
Vol. XV. P. 1. 1826, p.1.) < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxii, 1829, pp. 1089-1097.

Abkiirzung; ,,Von den Bemerkungen Kénnen wir nur das Wesentsliche ausheben. ‘‘

1829. StanLey, J. Birds in the Neighbourhood of Whitehaven, Cumberland. <Lou-

don’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1829, pp. 275, 276.
Mere mention of many species.

1829. Vicors, N. A. Beschreibung einer neuen Gattung Scolopax [Sabini] der brit-
ischen Inseln, und des Weibschens von Anas glocitans, von N. A. Vigors.
(Linn. Transact. xiv. 3. p.556.) Gelesen 1824. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxii, 1829,
pp. 1107-1109.

1829. WutE, G. (£d. Jardine.) The | Natural History | of | Selborne. | By the late |
Rey. Gilbert White, A. M. | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | With additions
| by | Sir William Jardine, Bart. F.R.S.E. F.L.S. M.W.S. | Author of
‘“‘THustrations of Ornithology.” | A new Edition. | Edinburgh: | printed for
Constable and Co. | and Hurst, Chance, and Co. London. | 1829. 1 vol. 12mo.
pp. i-xvi, 1-343.

N. B.—There may be some little confusion respecting the two titles I give of the 1829 Jar-
dine edition: one of them formed Vol. XLV of Constable’s Miscellany: the other apparently
did not; which is which?

1829. Wiirr, G. (Ld. Jardine.) The | Natural History | of | Selborne. | By the late |
tev. Gilbert White, A. M. | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | With additions
| by Sir William Jardine, Bart. Edinburgh: | printed for Constable and Co. |
and Hurst, Chance, and Co, London. | 1829. | “Six pages of Introduction, 330
pp. of text.”

Not seen: title from Newton in epist. to Coues, from J. Dixon in epist. to Newton.

This formed Vol. XLV of “‘Constable’s Miscellany.” The frontisp., supposed to represent
White in his study, on the floor of which ‘Timothy’, the tortoise, is crawling, has no appar-
ent connection with the subject. No other illustrations are introduced; the ‘‘Calendar,’’
‘Observations,’ and ‘*‘ Poems” are omitted.

1829. ““W.J.” Rare Birds shot in Dumfries-shire. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ii,
1829, pp. 282, 283. :

2 spp. of Scolopacide, 2 of Phalaropodide.

1830. ANON. Tableau sur Varrivée de quelques oiseaux d’hiver dans les environs de
Carlisle, pendant les années 1827 et 1828; par... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect.,
Xxii, 1830, p. 120.
Philos. Mag., August, 1829, pp. 110-114.
1830. ANON. ‘Tableau sur Varrivée de quelques oiseaux d’été dans les environs de Car-
lisle, pendant les années 1827 et 1828; par... < Féruss. Bull., 2° sect.,
xxii, 1830, p. 120.
Philos. Mag., March, 1829, pp. 196-198.
1830. ‘*C.” Notice of the Arrival of Twenty-four of the Summer Birds of Passage in
the Neighborhood of Carlisle, during the Year 1829, with Observations, &c.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1830, pp. 172-174.
1830. ‘‘CORRESPONDENT.” Notice of the Arrival of Twenty-six of the Summer Birds
of Passage in the Neighborhood of Carlisle, together with some of the scarcer
Species that have been met with in the same Vicinity during the Year 1830;
with Observations. < Philos. Mag., viii, 1830, pp. 444-449.
1830-31. Droster, R. Account of an Ornithological Visit to the Islands of Shetland
and Orkney, in the Summer of 1828. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1830,
pp. 321-326; iv, 1831, pp. 193-199.
1830. Fox,G.[T.] Beytrage zur britischen Fauna. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp.
1239, 1240.
Zool. Journ., 1828, iii, pp. 491-497, q. v.

1830.

1830.

1850.

1830.

1830.

1830.

1830.

1330.

1831;

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 383

Hoy, J.D. Rare Birds, killed during the Autumn and Winter of 1829 and 1850,
in Suffolk, and on the Borders of Norfolk and Essex. < Loudou’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., iii, 1830, p. 436.

With list of some early arrivals in Spring of 1830.

Hurst, J.C. Birds (some of them rare) shot and collected in the immediate
Vicinity of Dartford, during the last Winter. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., 111,
12830, p. 435.

JACKSON, C., Coucn, J., and Lakes, J. Rare or uncommon Birds observed in
Cornwall, particularly in the southern parts of the county. < Loudon’s Mag.
Nat. Hist., iii, 1830, pp. 175-177.

SeLBy, P.J. Verzeichniss der Végel, auf den Farn-Inseln an der Nordktiste von
Northumberland 554° N. B. << Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 1057-1060,

Zool. Journ.. Nvo. viii, Januar 1826 (Vol. II), p. 454.

STANLEY, J. Birds inthe Neighbourhood of Whitehaven. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.

Hist., iii, 1830, pp. 171, 172.
Nominal list.

Writer, G. (fd. Jardine.) The Natural History and Antiquities of Selborne. . . .
London. 1850. 12mo.

Not seen; not cited by Newton, 1877. Such an ed. is cited by Ag. & Strickl., Bibl. iv, p.
561. Any eds. of the ‘Jardine’ in 12mo or 18mo, from 1829 to 1836, are probably reimprints
or mere reissues of the Constable ed. of 1829.

YARRELL, W. Vorkommen einiger seltner britischer Végel. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
xxii, 1850, pp. 830, 831.

Aus der Zool. Journ., Vol. II, Nr. 5, Apr., 1825, pp. 24-27.

YARRELL, W. Ueber das Vorkommen einiger seltenen britischer Végel. < Oken’s
Isis, Bd. xxiii, 1830, pp. 1150, 1151. ‘

Zool. Journ., No. ix, Vol. II, 1827, pp. 85-88, und Vol. III, No. xii, 1828, pp. 497-500, q. v.

“Z. Z.” Facts and Queries as to Birds in the West of Scotland. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1850, p. 194.

. Acton, E. List of scarce Birds killed in Suffolk since the Autumn of 1827... .

< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, p. 163.

ANON. Notices respecting New Books. < Philos. Mag., x, 1531, pp. 370-379, 429-
433, —-?

Marked to continue: no more found. An elaborate review of Rennie’s ed. of Montagu’s

Orn. Dict. Mr. Rennie is mercilessly assailed.

BLoxuaM, A. Land Birds met with at Sea, on a Voyage from England to South
America, in the Years 1824-5. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, pp. 145, 146.

Brer, W. T. The Resident and Visiting Birds of Renfrew [England] and its
Neighbourhood. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, p. 464.

“D.S.” and “J.D.” [Review of J. Rennie’s edition of Montagu’s Ornithological
Dictionary.] < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, pp. 422-426.

Fayrer, —. [On the Passage of Birds between Scotland and Ireland.] < P.
Z. S., 1, 1831, p. 145. "

Goutp, J. [Exhibition of Thalassidroma pelagica and Lestris pomarhinus from
Eneland.] < P. Z.S.,i, 1831, p. 151.

. HeapuaM, E. Birds shot in the Winter of 1829-30, at Greenhow, North Shields
?

[England]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, pp. 448, 449.
Nominal lict.
“HN.” Birds at and near Londonderry [Ireland]. <Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,
iv, 1831, pp. 269, 270; 452, 453.

. [Marn, J.] Some Account of the British Song Birds. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,

iv, 1831, pp. 118-124, 412-420.

384

1831.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Montacu, G. (Ld. Rennie, J.) Ornithological | Dictionary | of | British Birds.
| By Colonel G. Montagu, F. L. 8. | Second edition. | With | a plan of study,
and many new articles and original | observations. | By James Rennie, A. M.,
A.L.S., | Professor of Natural History, King’s College, London; Author of
“Tnsect Architecture,” “Insect | Transformations,” Architecture of Birds,
&c. | London: | Hurst, Chance, and Co, St. Paul’s Church-yard. | — | 1831.
Ivol. 8vo. 1p.1.,pp.i-lx, 1-592, numberless cuts.

This edition ditfers from the first in the dispersion of the original Introduction through the
volume in alphabetical order of subjects treated; in substitution of a new Introduction (pp-
i-lx) which presents a ‘‘ Plan of study’, discusses various systems very pointedly, and gives
an eclectic List of works recommended, their authors being classified as 1) rudimental, 2)
literary, 3) philosophic, naturalists; in very considerable alterations in the arrangement of
the body of the work; in addition of much new matter marked between asterisks; in alpha-
betical index of scientific names; and changes of five names, viz: Anorthura, p. 6; Nycticheli-
don, p. 33, gg.un.; Fringilla spiza, p. 78; Motacilla lotor, p. 377; Corvus predatorius, p. 429;
Anorthura communis, p. 570, spp. un. Anorthura and Nyctichelidon are proposed as substi-
tutes for Troglodytes and Caprimulgus respectively, on the ground of the inapplicability of
the latter names.

Supposing a new edition of Montagu to have been advisable, I must confess that I do not
see that Rennie did not edit it in a satisfactory manner, or why the critics attacked him so
promptly and so pointedly. See Philos. Mag.. x, 1831, pp. 370-879, 429-433; Loudon’s Mag., iv,
1831, pp. 422-426, and 516-520.

1831. NicHots, J. Birds in the Neighborhood of Great Finborough Hall [Sutiolk,

1831.

1831.

831,

1831.

1851.

1832.

1832.

England.]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, p. 449.

Nominal list.

SeLBy, P.J. A Catalogue of the Birds hitherto met with in the Counties of
Northumberland and Durham. < Trans, Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumb. Durh. and
Newce.-u.-Tyne, i, 1531, pp. 244-290.

Not seen. I find that I have two copies of this title, both at second-hand, and differently
worded: one reads as above; the other ‘“'... onthe coast of...”; which isright? The
list is said to give 214 spp. It was the first list of this locality of any authority, or approach-
ing completeness (vide Wallis, Sharp, Hogg); and remained single for over 40 years, until the
appearance of Hancock’s, in 1874, g. v.

“TG.” Late Appearance of the Swift, Swallow, and Marten [in England].
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, p. 431.

. Waterton, C. Remarks on Professor Rennie’s Edition of Montagu’s Ornithol-

ogical Dictionary. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, pp. 516-520.
Wuitr, W.H. The Cukoo and the Swift (Cuculus canorus and Cypselus Apus).
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, pp. 184, 185.

“X.Y.Z.” Birds either resident or occasional Visitors of Renfrew [Scotland |
and its Neighborhood, from November to February 1, 1831. < Loudon’s Mag.
Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, p. 269.

Nominal list of 39 spp.

YARRELL, W. Additions to the Catalogue of British Birds, with Notice of the
Occurrence of several rare Species. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., iv, 1831, pp.
116-112. ; ;

Falco rujipes, Alauda alpestris, Anas stelleri, Sterna caspia.

YARRELL, W. [On the occurrence of North American Birds (Anas sponsa, A.
oceidua, and Alauda alpestris) in England.] < P. Z. S.,i, 1881, p. 35.

“A RLY.” [Review of The British Naturalist.] <( Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v,
1832, pp. 49-71.

‘Our author's forte evidently lies in ornithology”; and this review is largely occupied with
this subject.

BaRKER, W.G. Additions to M.P.’s ‘List of Birds found in the Neighbour-
hood of Wensleydale, in the North Riding of Yorkshire.” < Loudon’s Mag.
Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 723-725.

1832.

1832,

1832.

1832.

1832.

1832.

1832.

1832.
1832.
1832.

1832.

1832.

1832.
1832.
1832.
1832.

1832.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES tee MUSEUM. -

Bewick, T. A | History | of | British Birds. | By Thomas Bewick. | Vol. I [IT].
Containing the | History and Description | of | Land [Water] Birds. | New-
. castle: | printed by Charles Henry Cook, | for R. E. Bewick: sold by him,
Longman and Co., London; | and all Booksellers. | 1832. 2 vols. 8vo. Vol.
I, Land Birds, pp. i-xl (title, preface, introduction, technical terms and
contents), 1-386, figg.—. Vol. II, Water Birds, pp. i-xxii (title, preface, in-
troduction and contents), 1-424 (pp. 414-424 being devoted to figures of
‘Foreign Birds”), figg. —.
Not seen: title from A. Newton, in epist.
This is the seventh edition: see the orig. ed., 1797-1804.

BREE, W.T. Remarks on the Spring of 1832, as compared with that of 1831,
together with a Calendar showing the Difference of the Two Seasons [in Eng-
land]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 593-596.

Partly ornithological.

‘ CORRESPONDENT.” Notice of the Arrival of Twenty-six of the Summer Birds
of Passage in the Neighbourhood of Carlisle, together with some of the scarcer
Species that have been met with in the same Vicinity during the Year 1831;
with Observations, &c. < Philos. Mag., xi, 1832, pp. 82-86.

D[ENsON], J. [Notes on several species of British Birds.] <Loudon’s Mag.
Nat, Hist., v, 1832, pp. 596, 597.

DovasTon, J.F.M. Chit-Chat. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 497-505.

Imaginary dialogue concerning some British Birds, etc. Continued, op. cit., vi, 1833, pp. 1-11.

Duncan, G. The Birds of Renfrew and its Neighbourhood. < Loudon’s Mag.

Nat. Hist., v. 1832, pp. 571-573.
Annotated list.

Evus, D. Beytragen von Schwalben u. Repphihnern. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxv,
1832, p. 696, 697.

Auszug aus d. Edinb. New Philos. Journ., Bd. iv, Heft 8, 1828, p. 290.

EpMOoNSTON, L. Bemerkungen fiber Larus parasiticus, L. rissa (Kittiwake) et
Colymbus grylle. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxv, 1832, p. 597, 598.

Auszug aus d. Edinb. Philos. Journ., Bd. vii, 1822, Heft 13, p. 90.

FLEMING, J. Ueber den Einfluss der Menschen auf die Verbreitung der brit-

ischen Thiere. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxv, 1832, p. 606.
Auszug aus d. Edinb. Philos. Jowrn., xi, 1824, p. 287.

FLEMING, J. Aehrenlese an den schottischen kisten, in August. < Oken’s Isis.
Bd. xxv, 1832, p. 662.

Auszug aus d. Edinb. Philos. Journ., Bd. x, 1823, Heft 17, p. 95.

GREENHOW, E. H. Birds of Passage visiting the Parish of Tynemouth, in
Northumberland. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 566-569, fig. 102.

GREENHOW, IE. H. The Dates of Appearance, Breeding, and Disappearance of
some Birds and Insects, in the Parish of Tynemouth, during the Year 1831.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 566.

“J.A.H.” The Forked-tail Petrel (Procelaria Leachii), and a species of Tern
found dead inland [in England]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 283.
“J.D.M.” List of Rare Birds killed near Belfast [Ireland]. < Loudon’s Mag.

Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 577.

“J. D. M.” Linnzus, as reflected on in Rennie’s ‘‘Montagu’s Ornithological
Dictionary.” < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 193-195.

“J.W.” Rarer Birds taken near Worcester. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832,
pp. 379, 380.

“M.P.” Birds and Mammalia found in the Neighbourhood of Wensleydale, in
the North Riding of Yorkshire. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, p. 723.
With Note by ‘‘ J.-D.”

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 -——25 April 13, L880.

386 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1832.

1832.

1832.

1832.

1832.

1832.

1832.

1832.

1833.

1833.

1833.

1833.

1833.

1833.

““M. R.” [i.e., M.P.] Birds found in the Neighbourhood of Wensleydale, in the

North Riding of Yorkshire. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 553-555,
Nominal list.

‘Rusticus.” Something about [British] Birds and Birdnesting. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 601-603,

SALMON, J.D. Observations on‘the Eggs and Birds which were met with in a
Three Weeks’ Sojourn (from May 30. to June 21. 1831) in the Orkney Islands.
< Loudow’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 415-425.

Cf. tom. cit., p. 675.

Srewart,J.V. A List of, and Remarks on, some of the Mammalious [sic] Ani-
mals, and the Birds, met with in the Three Years preceding December 4, 1528,
on the Northern Coast of Donegal [Ireland]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v,
1832, pp. 578-586.

Extended and interesting commentary.

‘“SUBSCRIBER.” European Singing-Birds in India. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,
v, 1832, p. 734.

“T, G.” The Forked-tail Petrel and Gray Phalarope taken near Chipping
Norton, Oxon. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 282, 283. With Note by
CJD pec:

“T.K.” Rarer Birds taken in Ireland, principally in the Vicinity of Dublin, in
the Winter of 1831-2. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., v, 1832, pp. 576, 577.

Waiter, G. (Ed. Jardine.) The | Natural History | of | Selborne. | By the late |
Rev. Gilbert White, A. M. | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | With addi-
tions | by | Sir William Jardine, Bart: F.R.S.E. F.L.S. M.W.S. | Author of

‘Illustrations of Ornithology.” | — | New Edition. | — | Printed for | Whitt-
aker, Treacher, & Co. London; | & Waugh & Innes, Edinburgh. | — | 1882.

1 vol. 12mo (half sheets), eng. title-p., pp. i-xvi, 1-343, many full-page figg.,
not numbered.

Forming Vol. XLV of Constable's Miscellany.

This I have seen. It is apparently the same as the 1829 Jardine ed., which also forms Vol.
XLV of the Miscellany, reissued with a new title-page (compare that of 1829), and some addi-
tional full-page wood-cuts; the collation otherwise identical (pp. i-xvi, 1-343).—Examine the
two 1829 titles which I give above.

ANON. History of british Birds. The figures engraved on wood by Bewick,
New-Castle. Vol. I. 1797. 8. 355. II. 1816. 361. < Oken’s Isis, Jahrg. 1833,
p. 906.

Short notice, titled with abominable inaccuracy, as usual with the Isis reviewers.

BLACKWALL, J. On the Instincts of Birds. < Edinb. New Philos. Journ., xiv,
1833, pp. 241-261.

From Mem. Lit. and Philos. Soc. Manner, 2d ser., Vol. V.

BREE, W.T. Remarks on the Spring of 1833. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi,
1833, pp. 488-491.

Notes on various British Birds.

BreE, W.T. Instances of singular Nidification in [British] Birds. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 32-36, figg.5,6. With Note by ‘J. D.”, pp. 36, 37.
“CORRESPONDENT.” Notice of the Arrival of Twenty-six of the Summer Birds
of Passage in the Neighbourhood of Carlisle, during the Spring of 1832, together
with some of the scarcer Species that have been obtained in the same Vicinity
from the 10th of November 1831, to the 10th of November, 1832; with Obser-

vations, &c. < Lond. and Bdinb. Philos. Mag., ii, 1833, pp. 96-102.

DovastTon, J.F.M. Chit-Chat. No. II. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833. pp.
1-11.
Continued from op. cit., v, 1832, pp. 497-505.

.

1833. “G.W.” Notes on Butterflies, and other Natural Objects; made in Cumberland,
through the Month of May, 1832. < Loudoen’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1832, pp.
198-202.

Various Birds.

1833. Hitt, W.H. Notes on, and a Description of, the Black-headed Gull (Larus ridi-
bundus), as the same has been observed near Southminster, on the Coast of
Essex; also a List of the Birds seen, in the Course of Twelve Months, in the
Neighbourhood of Southminster. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 450-
452.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 387

1833. Hoy, J.D. The Rose-coloured Ouzel, the Hoopoe, and the Great Bustard, in
Suffolk, in 1832. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, p. 150.
1833. JoHNSTON, G. Address to the Members of the Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club,
Sept. 19.1832. < Loudon’s Mag, Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 11-21.
On British Birds, pp. 12-14.
1833. ‘“Rusticus.” Something about Sea Birds. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833,
pp. 25-32.
Observed in the Isle of Wight.
1833. ‘‘Rusticus.” Notices on Natural Objects observed in a Ramble on St. Valen-
tine’s Day. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 193-198.
Notes on various British Birds.
1833. ‘‘Rustricus.” More about [British] Birds. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833,
pp. 111-116.

1833. SeLpy, P. J. Illustrations | of | British Ornithology. | By | Prideaux John Selby,
Esq. | Fellow of the Royal Society of Edinburgh; Fellow of the | Linnean
Society; and Member of the Wernerian | Natural History Society, &c. | Vol.
I [11]. | Land [Water] Birds. | Edinburgh: | Printed for the Proprietor, and
Published by | W. H. Lizars, Edinburgh; | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown,
Green and Longman, | London; and W. Curry Jun. & Co. Dublin. | — |
MDCCCXXXIII. 2vols. 8vo. Vol.I, pp. i-xxxviii, 1-450. Vol. II, pp. i-
xii, 1-538. ;

This is the date of completion of the 2 vols. 8vo of text accompanying the elephant folios.
At this date, Vol. I, which originally appeared in 1825, was reissued ‘‘ with additions”, and
redated. So both vols. bear the same date, 1833. As to Vol. I, this is the date of the 2d edi-
tion; as to Vol. II, it is the date of the original edition.

See same author, at 1825; 1825-33; 1821-34; 1834; 1841.

1833. StanEy, R.A. An | Outline | of the | smaller British Birds, | intended for the
use of | ladies and young persons. | — | By Robert Slaney, Esq. M. P. | — |
Second Edition. | London: | printed for | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown,
Green, & Longman, | Paternoster-row. | 1833. 1 vol. 16mo. pp. i-viil, 1-
168, many cuts.

Date of orig. ed. unknown to me.

“The author, having often derived pleasure from watching the habits of birds, thought
that a familiar introduction to this branch of Natural History might prove useful to ladies
and young persons, who were not desirous to enter on scientific descriptions, or to encounter
works of greater length. With this intention the following pages have been written, com-
prising extracts from several writers on the subject, together with a few original observa-
tions.’ —( Preface.)

1833. ‘“‘SuBscriBER.” Notices on a few rarer Birds observed about the Vale of Alford,
Aberdeenshire. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 151, 152.

1833. ‘“T.G.” Dates of the Appearance of some Spring Birds, in 1832, in the Neigh-
bourhood of Clitheroe, Lancashire. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1853, pp.
125 0d.

1833. THOMPSON, W. [Remarks on several species of British Birds.] < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., vi, 1833, pp. 447, 448.

‘ ’ " 1 ee er Se ee ee tal

388 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1835. Wuitr, G. (Hd. Brown, T.) The | Natural History | of | Selborne; | Observa-
tions on various parts of Nature ; | and the Naturalist’s Calendar. | By the late
| Rev. Gilbert White, A. M. | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | With Notes, |
by Captain Thomas Brown, F.L.8. M. K. 8. &c. | President of the Royal
Physical Society. | [Design.] | Edinburgh: | published, for the proprietors, |
by James Chambers, Edinburgh; W. Orr, London; | and W. Curry, jun. &
Co. Dublin. | MDCCCXXXIII. 1lvol. 16mo. Advyt., 1 leaf; pp. i—xii, 1-356,
several full-page illust., and cuts in text.

Forming the first of the series entitled the ‘‘ British Library”.
This forms Vol. I of the series called the ‘‘ British Library”, and seems to be the first issue
of Brown's edition. The ‘‘ Antiquities” are omitted, and the woodcuts are few in number

and of moderate quality.
There are many more editions of the Capt. Brown series: see 1834, 1835?, 1840, 1843, 1845.

1833. WuitTr, G. (Md. Lady Dover.) The | Natural History | of | Selborne. | By the |
Rey. Gilbert White, A.M. | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | Arranged for
young persons. | London: | printed for N. Hailes, 168, Piccadilly. | 1833. 1 vol.
12mo. pp.i-x, 1-316, figg. —.

Not seen: title and comment from Newton, 1877.

This is now known to have been edited by Lady Dover, and is dedicated to her son, H.
A{gar] E[llis], subsequently Lord Clifden. It is the first ‘‘ Bowdlerized” edition, chiefly re-
markable for the omission of several letters (as Nos. 28, 30, 32 and 33 to Barrington) and shorter
passages. But the intention was good, and the book has consequently found its way into
boys’ and girls’ hands, who have derived much profit from it. The woodcuts also are pretty.

71833. Waite, G. (2d. Jardine.) The Natural History and Antiquities of Selborne.
London. 1833. 12mo.

Not seen: not cited by Newton, 1877: cited by Ag. and Strickl., Bibl., iv, p. 561, most likely
by misprint for 1832, which is the date of one of the Jardine eds., not noted by Ag. and Strickl.,
unless this ‘‘1833"’ be meant for it. See what is said under the alleged ed. of 1830.

1833. WuiItr,G. (d. Rennie.) The | Natural History and Antiquities | of | Selborne.
| By the late | Rev. Gilbert White. | A New Edition, | with Notes, by several
eminent Naturalists. | And an enlargement of | the Naturalist’s Calendar. |
London: | printed for J. and A. Arch [and fifteen other booksellers whose
names need not be transcribed]. n. d. (1833). 1 vol. 8vo. pp. i-xii, 1-562,
fi

y

or
5>°

Not seen: title and comment from Newton, 1877.

The names of the contributors of the ‘‘Notes” are given on p. xii, and are Herbert (“‘ W.
H.”’), Sweet (‘'R.S.”), and Rennie (‘‘J. R.”), whose initials are appended thereto. The title-
page bears no year, but on the fly-leaf immediately preceding is ‘‘1833”. This is the best
edition published up to that date, and is commonly known as Rennie’s. Some of the wood-
cuts are very well executed. 4

1834. ANoN. Ankunft einiger Wintervégel bey Carlisle. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxvii,

1834, pp. 802, 803.
Auszug aus Philos. Mag., Bd. vi, 1829, pp. 110-114.

1834. Biyra,E. Notes on the Arrival of the British Summer Birds of Passage in
1834, with incidental Remarks on some of the Species. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., vii, 1834, pp. 338-348.

1834. Conway, C. Sketches of the Natural History of my Neighbourhood [Mon-
mouthshire]. No. 2, Fragments of Ornithology. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist.,
vii, 1834, pp. 333-338. ,

Continued with No. 3, in op. ctt., viii, 1835, pp. 545-549.

g

1834. ‘‘CORRESPONDENT.” Notice of the Arrival of Twenty-six of the Summer Birds
of Passage in the Neighbourhood of Carlisle, during the Spring of 1833, together
with Notices of some of the scarcer Species that have been obtained in the
same Vicinity from the 10% of November 1832, to the 10 of November 1833;
with Observations, &c. < Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Mag., iv, 1834, pp. 336-340.

——

;

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 389°

1834. Hoy, J.D. A Notice of some rare Species of Birds observed or killed in the
County of Suffolk, and adjoining Borders of Essex, during the Winter Months
of 1832 and 1833. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1854, pp. 52-56. Note by
Ce epee De oOs

1834. Jesse, W. Gleanings | in | Natural History. | Second Series. | To which are
added | some extracts from the unpublished MSS. of | the late Mr. White, of
Selborne. | By Edward Jesse, Esq., | Surveyor of His Majesty’s Parks, Palaces,
&c. | London: | John Murray, Albemarle Street | MDCCCXXXIV.

Not seen: title and comment from Newton, 1877.

The portion relating to White begins at p. 144, where a fac-simile copy (mentioned beyond
under Mr. Harting’s edition) of a page of his journal is introduced, and his ‘‘ Miscellaneous
Observations” extend from p. 147 to p. 210. It is not stated how Jesse acquired the original.
MSS.

1834. “J.G.” Remarks on the Natural Productions of Lixden and its Neighbourhood.
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1934, pp. 17-19.

Chiefly ornithological.

1834. Martin, M. Dates of the Arrival, Breeding, and Departure of the Rock Birds:
at the Island of St. Kilda, with some other Facts relative to them, as ascer-
tained by M. Martin, Gent., during a Visit to that Island in the Spring of
1697. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1834, pp. 574-576,

This is extracted from Martin’s Voyage to St. Kilda (orig. ed. 1698, g. v.), to form part of an
article by J. D. Salmon, suggesting accumulation of information respecting the British Rock.
Birds. See 1834, SALMon, J. D.

1834. Morris, F.O. A Guide | to an | Arrangement of British Birds; | being | a Cat-—-
alogue | of all the species hitherto discovered | in Great Britain and Ireland: |
_ and | intended to be used for labelling cabinets or | collections of the same. |

By | — | The Reverend Francis Orpen Morris, B. A. | — | of Worcester Col-
lege, Oxford. | — | London: | published by | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown,
Green, & Longman, | Paternoster-row. | — | Price, Is.6d. n.d. [1834.] 1 vol.

8vo. pp. 20, 4 ll.
This is, in fact, a set of labels of British Birds, in large type and with bars, printed only
on one side of the page.
1834. Morris, B. R. An Attack of a large Sea Gull, in the Manner of a Species of
rapacious Bird, upon a Kittiwake Gull. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1°34,
pp. 512, 513.
The article concludes with a list of some rare birds met with in the neighbourhood of
Charmouth, Dorsetshire.
1834. Pacet, C.J.,and Paget, J. Sketch | of the | Natural History | of | Yarmouth |
and its neighbourhood, | containing | Catalogues of the Species | of | Animals,
Birds, Reptiles, Fish, Insects, and | Plants, at present known, | — | By C. J.
and James Paget. | — | Yarmouth: | printed and published by F. Sill, Quay;
| sold in London | by Longman, Rees, and Co., Paternoster row; and Simkin |
and Marshall, Stationers’ Court. | — | 1834. Lvol. 8vo. pp.i-xxxii, 1-82.
Birds, pp. 3-13: an annotated list of species.

1834. Sarmon, J. D. The Accumulation of all possible Information respecting the
Habits of the Rock Birds of Britain, by the cooperative Agency of Natural-
ists residing near Headlands on the Coasts, suggested. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., vii, 1834, pp. 573, 577. .

Includes an article entitled: ‘‘Dates of the Arrival, Breeding, and Departure of the Rock
Birds at the Island of St. Kilda, with some other Facts relative to them, as ascertained by
M. Martin, Gent., during a Visit to that Island, in the Spring of 1697.”

1834. THompson, W. [Catalogue of seventeen species of Birds new to the Irish
Fauna.|] < P.Z.S., ii, 1834, pp. 29-31.

1834. Wuitrt,G. (Ed. Jesse.) [Unpublished MSS. ]

See 1834, JEssr. W.

390 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1834.

1835.

1835.

1835.

1835.

1835.

1835.

1835.

Wuite, G. (Ed. Brown.) The | Natural History |... | ANNew Edition. |... | Lon-
don: | published by Allan Bell & Co, and | Simpkin & Marshall; | Fraser &
Co., Edinburgh; | and W. Curry, Jun. & Co., Dublin. 1834.

Not seen: title and comment from Newton, 1877.

This seems to be a (stereotyped?) re-issue of the Brown ed. of 1833, q. v., with thee unim-
portant difference of a new title-page. How many more re-issues succeeded I cannot say,
but I have evidence of 1835?, 1840, 1843, 1845.

5. Anon. Ankunft von 26 Zugvégeln bey Carlisle 1832. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii,

1835, pp. 569-571.

5. Biytu, E. Instances of the Occurrence [in England] of Summer Migrant Birds

in the Winter Months:— < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, p. 512.
Corn Crake, Water Crake, Quail.
Conway, C. Sketches of the Natural History of My Neighbourhood. No. 3.
Fragments of Ornithology. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp, 545-549.
Continued from No. 2, op. cit., vii, 1834, pp. 333-238. The locality is Monmouthshire, England.
“CORRESPONDENT.” Notice of the Arrival of Twenty-six of the Summer Birds
of Passage in the Neighbourhood of Carlisle, during the Spring of 1834, to
which are added a few Observations on some of the scarcer Birds that have
been obtained in the same Vicinity from the 10th of November 1833 to the
10th of November 1834. < Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Mag., vi, 1835, pp. 424-427.

Corton, J. The resident | Song Birds | of | Great Britain; | containing | delin-
eations of seventeen birds | of the size of life, | (together with the egg of
each species,) | with | ashort account of their general habits, and occasional |
directions for their treatment in confinement. | By John Cotton, F. Z, 8. | — |
London: | M. DCCC. XXXV._ Part of 1 vol., large 8vo, not paged, 17 coloured
plates.

The above is a temporary half-title issued with what is really Part I of a treatise completed
the same year, the present publication being intended to form a portion of one giving 33
plates. It comprises 17 plates of the resident Song Birds, the other part giving 16 plates of
the summer migrant Song Birds. See what is said under the other head of this date and
author. See also same author at 1836.

Corton, J. The | Song Birds | of | Great Britain; | containing | dclineations, of
the natural size, | of thirty-three Birds, | coloured from living specimens, |
with | some account of their habits, and occasional directions | for their treat-
ment in confinement. | By John Cotton, F. Z. 8. | ‘‘Nature’s sweet voices, al-
ways full of love, | And joyance.” Coleridge. | — | London: | M.DCCC.XXXYV.
1 vol. large 8vo, not paged, 33 coloured plates.

This is the complete edition of the whole work. The first Part, published 1835 with a half-
title-page, contained 17 illustrations and text, of as many of the ‘‘ Resident Song Birds.” On
the appearance of the second Part, with 16 illustrations of the “Summer Migrant Birds”,
in 1835, it was directed that the title of the first Part be canceled, the above title substituted,
and the two books merged in one, containing the 33 plates. The two books, nevertheless, are
found separately bound, and are citable separately. It will be seen, however, that the above
title, issued with Part IJ, covers both, Part IL having no title of its own, and Part I having
no other than its own title, to be canceled. The general preface, published with Part II, is
to precede the preface to Part I in the make-up.

The whole work was reissued in 1836, q. v.

Goutp, [J.] [Vogelbalge von den Orkney-Inseln.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii,
1835, p. 454.

P. Z. S., Pt. ii, 1832, p. 189; seq.

Hint, W. H. Species of Birds seen in the immediate Neighbourhood of South-
minster Vicarage, Essex; additional to those seen there noted in [op. cit. ]
vi, 452. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 573, 574.

JeNYNS, L. A | Manual | of | British Vertebrated Animals: | or | Descriptions
| of | all the Animals belonging to the classes, | Mammalia, Aves, Reptilic,
Amphibia, | and Pisces, | which have been | hitherto observed in the British
Islands: | including the | domesticated, naturalized, and extirpated species: |

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 391

1835. JENYNS, L.—Continued.

the whole systematically arranged. | By the | Rev. Leonard Jenyns, M. A. |
Fellow of the Linnean, Zoological and Entomological Societies | of London ;
and of the Cambridge Philosophical Society. | Cambridge: | printed at the
Pitt Press, by John Smith, | printer to the University. | Sold by J.& J.J.
Deighton; and T. Stevenson, Cambridge; | and Longman & Co., London.
{— | M. DCCC. XXXV. lvol. 8vo. pp.i-xxxii, 1-560.

Class IT, Aves, pp. 49-286. This is «considerable work, which was well received and which
filled a real want of tlie time, for a convenient reliable hand-book which should give a fair
idea of a classification, and describe species recognizably. It treats of upwards of 300 spe-
cies, with diagnosis, a few leading references, description and general comment on habits,
distribution, &c. Preceding the treatment of the species is 1 concise characterization of the
genera and higher groups; the full genera recognized being 111, with numerous subgenera.
The whole matter is very faithfully executed. However moderate a performance it may
appear to-day, it was a great boon to the student, who had then mostly to rely upon his Flem-
ing or his Montagu.

Tam under the impression that there are some new names—at any rate some new combina-
tions of generic and specific terms—in this Manual.

1835. Jenyns, [L.] Bemerkungen fiber die Végel von Cambridgeshire. < Oken’s
Tsis, Ba. xxviii, 1835, pp. 1008-1016.
Uebersetzung: Trans. Cambridge. Philos. Soc., ii, 1827, p. 287.
1835. Lorp, W. [30 Vogelbilge yon Schotland.] < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxviii, 1835, p.
356.
P. Z. S., 1830, p. 149, seq.
1835. Marsuatt, J. D. Observations on the Zoology of the Island of Rathlin, Off
the Northern Coast of Ireland. < Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Mag., vii, 1835,
pp. 492, 493.
From Rep. Brit. Soc. Adv. Sci., Dublin, 1835. See same author, 1836.
1835-43. Meyer, H. L. Coloured Illustrations of British Birds and their Eggs. 4
vols. 4to. Pub. in 78 Parts. 1835-43.
This is said to be the date of the original edition, which I have not seen. See what is said
under head of the 2d ed., 8vo, 1842-1850.
1835. Morris, F. O. [Tippet Grebe, Peregrine Falcon, and Hoopoe, in Britain. ]
< Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 510, 511.
1835. ““S.D.W.” Notices of Birds in Plumage of an unusual Colour. < Loudon’s
Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1835, pp. 110-112.
The instances are chiefly of British Birds. The article continues to p. 113, with notices of
additional instances by J. D. Salmon.
1835. SeLBy, P. J. Notice of Birds observed in Sutherlandshire, June 1834. < Rep.
Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1834, 1835, pp. 610-613.
Annotated list of 85 spp.
1835. Tuompson, W. [On two rare Irish Birds (Scolopax Sabini and Larus Sabini).]
< P. Z.S., iii, 1835, pp. 82, 83.
1835. THomMpson, W. Notices of some Additions to the British Fauna. < P.Z.8.,
lii, 1835, pp. 77-82.
Of birds, 9 spp.
1835. Tuom[p]son, [W.] Ueber neue Végel in Irland, < Oken’s Isis, Ba. xxvii,
1835, p. 1026.
Proce. Zool. Soe. Lond., Part ii, 1834.

1835? Wuitr, G. (Ed. Brown.) The Natural History of Selborne. . . .

There is said to bea Brown ed. of this date by Engelmann, Bibl. p. 202. See the orig. Brown
ed., 1833.

1836. ANon. A | Catalogue | of the | Ashmolean Museum, | descriptive of | the Zo-
ological Specimens, | Antiquities, Coins, | and | Miscellaneous Curiosities. |
[Cut.] | Oxford, | printed by S. Collingwood. | MDCCCXXXVI. 1 vol.

392 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1836. ANon.—Continued.
large 8vo. 2p. ll. (title, contents), pp. i-viii (history of the museun1), 1-188,
frontisp. and 1 other plate.

Systematic list of Birds, pp. 15-65. List of specimens of heads and beaks of Birds, pp. 72-
77. Here occurs, p. 74, No. 81, ‘‘Head and Leg of the Dodo; to which circumstance the
whole work owes its special value now.

1836. ANon. A Catalogue of the Collection of British Quadrupeds and Birds, in the
Museum of the Cambridge Philosophical Society. Cambridge. 1836. 12mo.

Not seen.

1836. BiytH, E. On the Species of Birds observed, during the last Four Years, in the
Vicinity of Tooting, Surrey; with a few Remarks on their comparative Num-
bers and Distribution. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, pp. 622-638.

1836. BiyTH, E. [On the Occurrence of the Carrion Crow and Nightingale in Ire-
land.] < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, pp. 546-548.

1836. “C.J.” Some Remarks on Mr. N. Wood’s British Song Birds. < Loudon’s Mag.
Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, pp. 515-519.

1836. ‘‘CORRESPONDENT.” Notice of the Arrival of Twenty-six Species of the Sum-
mer Birds of Passage in the Neighbourhood of Carlisle, Cumberland, during
the Spring of 1855; to which are added a few Observations on some of the
‘scarcer Species of Birds that have been obtained in the same Vicinity from
Noy. 10. 1834, to Nov. 10. 1835; and a few Meteorological Remarks on the
Spring, Summer, and Autumn of 1835, at Carlisle. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Mist., ix, 1836, pp. 185-187.

Many titles like this one, covering articles of similar character, and all signed ‘‘ Correspond-
ent”, are given in the present Bibliography. They are, I believe, by J. D. Salmon, who long
preserved this pseudonym, as Edward Newman did that of ‘‘ Rusticus”.

1836. Corron, J. The | Song Birds | of | Great Britain; | containing | delineations of
thirty-three Birds, | of the natural size, | (including the genus Sylvia of
Latham,) | coloured principally from living specimens, | with | some account
of their habits, and occasional directions | for their treatment in confine-
ment. | By John Cotton, F. Z.8. | ‘‘ Nature’s sweet voices, always full of love |
And joyance.” Coleridge. | — | London: M.DCCC.XXXVI. | 1 vol. 8vo, not
paged, 33 coloured pll., not numbered.

This is a reissue, or 2d. ed.; orig. ed. 1835, 1835 bis, which see.

The volume treats very pleasantly of the subject, and gives a coloured plate of the thirty-
three species included by the author among the ‘‘song birds” of Great Britain.

1836. Daz, J. C. Egret, Pratincole, Black Woodpecker, Blackchin Grebe [as Brit-
ish Birds]. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1835, pp. 598, 599.

1836. [EprrortaL.] Remains of birds in the strata of Tilgate Forest, Sussex, Eng-
land. < Sillim. Am. Journ. Sci., xxix, 1836, p. 362.

1836. Eyton, T. C. A | Catalogue | of | British Birds. | — | By T. C. Eyton, Esq. |
London: | Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, and Longman: | and Houls-
ton and Son, Paternoster-row. |— | M DCCCXXXVI. 1 vol. 8vo. pp.i-iv,
1-67. ;

Names, with some little synonymy: arrangement nearly that of Cuvier. The piece also
forms a part of the same author's ‘‘ A History of the Rarer British Birds,” 1836, q. v.

1836. Eyton, T.C. <A History | of the | Rarer British Birds. | By T. C. Eyton, Esq. |
[Figure.] | Illustrated with Woodcuts. | London: | Longman, Rees, Orme,
Brown, Green, and Longman; | and Houlston and Son, Paternoster-Row.
| — | MDCCCXXXVI. lvol. 8vo. pp. i-vi, 1 1., pp. 1-101, many woodcuts.

With which belongs: A | Catalogue | of | British Birds. | — | By T. C. Eyton,
esq. | London: | [Same imprint and date.] | pp. i-vi, 1. 1., pp. 1-67.

The “History” and ‘‘Catalogue” are entirely distinct, being separately titled and paged
and also published separately; but together form the volume, the Catalogue being included
in the table of contents of the History. The History treats of 43 spp., of each of which a fine
woodcut is given, and the work is further copiously illustrated with miscellaneous woodcut

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 393

1836. Eyton, T. C.—Continued.
tail-pieces, often very spirited. In the Catalogue, the author endeavors to replace the names
of the older writers on Ornithology; the arrangement is nearly that of Cuvier. The first
division of the Catalogue is the regular list; the second, the extinct species; the third, the
principal introduced one; the fourth, the doubtful ones. The Catalogue is synonymatic to a
degree, but not otherwise annotated. The species are not numbered, nor is the total stated.

1836. LinGwoop, R.M. A List of Species of Birds and Mammiferous and Amphibious
Animals, observed in Connamara, in August 1835. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., ix, 1836, pp. 128, 129.

1836. Macaintivray, W. Descriptions | of the | Rapacious Birds | of | Great Britain.
| By William Macgillivray, A. M. | Conservator of the Museum of the Royal
College of Surgeons | of Edinburgh, | Fellow of the Royal Society of Edin-
burgh, Member of the | Wernerian Natural History Society, of the Academy
| of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, of the Lyceum of New York, &c. | — |
Maclachlan & Stewart, Edinburgh: | Baldwin & Cradock; London; and |
Hodges & Smith, Dublin. | MDCCCXXXVI. 1 vol. sm, 8vo. (half sheets,
4 ll. to a sig.), pp. i-viii, 1-482, with 2 ll. advts., pll. i, ii, numerous woode.

Extended descriptions of 27 spp., with biographical and synonymatic matter, and charac-
ters of the genera and families; with a short prefatory essay on the study of natural history
from a zealous, ingenuous, and sensitive naturalist, in precarious health, smarting under a
real or fancied grievance, and facing a probability of defeated ambition. The pll. are ana-
tomical; the figg. illustrate the heads of various species.

183). MARSHALL, J. D. Observations on the Zoology of the Island of Rathlin, off the
Northern Coast of Ireland. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1835, 1836 (Mise.
Comm.), pp. 68, 69.

32 land and 28 water birds noticed, with observations on some of the commonest ones.—See
same author, 1835.

1836. SALMON, J. D. Notice of the Arrival of Twenty-nine Migratory Birds in the
Neighbourhood of Thetford, Norfolk ; together with some of the scarcer Spe-
cies that have been met with in the same Vicinity, during the Years 1834 and
1835, and the Spring of 1836; with Observations, &c. < Loudon’s Mag. Nat.
Hist., ix, 1836, pp. 520-528.

1836. SeLby, P. J. On the Quadrupeds and Birds inhabiting the County of Suther-
land, observed there during an Excursion in the Summer of 1554. < Edinb.
New Philos. Journ., xx, 1836, pp. 286-295.

Running commentary on about one hundred species of birds in the 2d instalment of the
article; the former (ibid., pp. 156-161) on the mammals.

1836. Wurrr, G. (Ed. Blyth.) The | Natural History | of | Selborne, | with its | An-
tiquities; Naturalist’s Calendar, &c., | By | the Rev. Gilbert White, A. M. |
A New Edition, | with Notes by Edward Blyth. | London: | Published by Orr
& Smith, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCXXXVI. 1vol. 8vo. pp.iv-xx, 418.

Not seen: title and comment from Newton, 1877.

In this is inserted, between the ‘‘Advertisement” and the text, an interesting account of
Selborne by Mudie, who gathered the particulars on the spot, and some notes on the ‘‘An-
tiquities’’ are supplied by Dixon. In spite of its very small type and poor woodcuts, this
edition, owing to Blyth’s excellent notes, is a very valuable one. There is a stereotyped re-
issue of 1858.

1836. Wuire, G. (Ed. Jardine.) The Natural History and Antiquities of Selborne
London. 1835. 18mo. figg.

An issue of the Jardine ed. of this date is cited by Ag. & Strickl. Bibl., iv, p. 561, and
alluded to by Newton, 1877.

1836. WILLIAMSON, W. C. [Notes on the appearance of rare Birds in the vicinity of
Searborough.] < P. Z.S., iv, 1836, pp. 76, 77.

1836. Woop, N. Natural History of British Song Birds. London. Parker. 1836.
12mo.,

Not seen.

394 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1836. Woop, N. Reply to C. J.’s Remarks on Mr. Neville Wood’s British Song Birds.
< Loudows Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1836, pp. 566-568.

1836. YARRELL, W. [Notice of the Dottrell (Charadrius morinellus, Linn.) breeding
at Skiddaw, and of the Gray Snipe (Macrorhamphus griseus, Leach) having
been obtained near Carlisle.] < P. Z.S., iv, 1836, pp. 1, 2.

1837. ANon. A Manual of british Vertebrate animals by L. Jenyns. London, Deigh-
ton. 1835. 8.559. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, pp. 825, 826.

1837. Biytu, E. On Woodcocks, Fieldfares, and Redwings building within the Brit-
ish Islands. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837, pp. 439-441.

1837. CLARKE, W. B. Signs of Spring, 1837. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837, p. 279.

Observations on British Birds, ete.

1837. [CorNISH, W. F.] Observations | on the | Habits | of | Exotic Birds; | that is,
| those which visit England in the spring | and retire’ in the autumn, | and
those which appear in the autumn | and disappear in the spring. [By the
Rev. W. F. Cornish. ] | — | Exeter: | published by W. Curson, High-street ; |
and Whittaker and Co. London. | — | 1837. 1 vol. 16mo. cover-title, pp.
i-iv (title and preface), pp. 1-79.

This little treatise on British migrants is, we are told, but a fragment of nearly 200 chapters
on Natural History which the author had prepared, when he put it out as a feeler; designing
to commit the rest of ‘‘the labour of Thirteen Years” ‘‘ad ficum et piparem”’ if it should not
be well received. I may add that I have seen none of the rest.

1837. DuNN, R. The | Ornithologist’s Guide | to | the Islands of | Orkney and Shet-
land. | By Robert Dunn, | Animal-preserver, | Hull. | — | London: | printed
by | Richard Taylor, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street; | and published by the
author, | 31, George Street, Hull. | 1837. I vol. 8vo. pp.i-x,11., pp. 1-128,
frontisp. and 2 maps.

There is a later ed., London, Van Voorst, 1840.

Itis a good guide: the first half is narrative of the author’s experiences; the rest gives a list
of the birds met with, with his observations on their breeding and other habits.

1837. FATRHOLME, G. Observations on Woodcocks and Fieldfares breeding in Scot-
land. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1, 1837, pp. 336-340,

1837. Hoy, J. D. A Notice of the Occurrence of Two Species of the Genus Tringa,
new to the British Islands; with a List of the rarer Birds killed in Suffolk,
and the adjoining Borders of Norfolk and Essex, from the Autumn of 1835 to
December, 1836. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837, pp. 115-118.

1837. Kipp, W., and others. Some account of the Birds of Godalming. < Entomol.
Mag., iv, 1837, pp. 263-275.

Not seen. ;

1837-52. MacGILLivray, W. A | History | of | British Birds, | indigenous and migra-
tory: | including | their organization, habits, and relations; | remarks on clas-
sification and nomenclature; | an account of the principal organs of Birds,
and | observations relative to practical | ornithology. | Ilustrated by | numer-
ous engravings. | By William Maegillivray, A. M., F. R.S. E. | Member of the
Wernerian Natural History Society of Edinburgh, of the Natural | History
Society of Philadelphia, of the Royal Physical and Cuvierian | Societies, &e. ;
and Conservator of the Museum of the Royal | College of Surgeons of Edin-
burgh. | Vol. I[-V]. | [mut. mut.] | London: | printed for Scott, Webster,
and Geary, | 36, Charterhouse Square [mut. mut. ]. | 1837[-1852]. 5 vols. 8vo.

As follows :—

... Vol. I. | Rasores, Serapers, or Gallinaceous Birds ; | Gemitores, Cooers,
or Pigeons; | Deglubitores, Huskers, or Conirostral Birds; | Vagatores, Wan-
derers, or Crows and allied Genera. | [Imprint as above.] | 1837. 2p. ll., pp.
i-xvi, 1-631, figg. 1-95, pl. i-ix.

... Vol. IL. | Cantatores, Songsters. | [Imprint as above.] | 1889. 2p. IL,
pp. i-xii, 1-503, figg. 96-185, pl. x—xili.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 395

1837-52. MACGILLIVRAY, W.—Continued.

... Vol. IIL. | Reptatores, Creepers ; Seansores, Climbers; Cuculine ; |
Raptatores, Plunderers, or Rapacious Birds ; | Excursores, Snatchers ; Voli-
tatores, Gliders; | Jaculatores, Darters. | [Imprint as above. ] | 1840. 1p.1.,
pp. i-xii, 1-768, figg. 186-276, pll. xiv-xxii.

... Vol. [V. | Cursores, or Runners. | Tentatores, or Probers. | Aucupatores,
or Stalkers. | Latitores, or Skulkers. | London: | William S. Orr, and Co.,
Amen Corner, | Paternoster Row. | 1852. pp. i-xxviii, 1-700, figg. 1-59, pli.
XX1ii-XXVi (oY i-iv).

... Vol. V. | Cribratores, or Sifters. | Ux
ar Plungers. | [Imprintas last above. ] | 1852. pp. i-xx, 1-688, figg. 60-100, pl.
XXVii-XXix (or V-Vil).

The last 2 vols. having thus a different imprint from that of the first 3, and being separated
therefrom by a considerable interval of time (during which Engelmann’s Bibl. appeared), the
work has sometimes been cited as of only 3 vols. But the 5 vols. are continuous and uniform
parts of one ‘‘ History.”

This is Macgiltivray’s opus magnum ; not to be confounded with his ‘‘ Manual” in 2 vols.,
1840-42.

Opinion differs greatly respecting the merit of Macgillivray’s work, and it is not easy to
decide in a case where one’s estimate must depend so much upon whether one likes the author
or not; for this writer's personality colors his work throughout, and almost necessarily im-
presses itself upon the reader. For instance, Macgillivray is to me personally so agreeable a
companion, that I doubt not that my warm appreciation of his ability and acquirements is
open to a charge of favoritism. His writings attract me strongly; and possess for me the
nameless fascination that thousands have felt in perusing the pages of Gilbert White or of
Alexander Wilson. Macgillivray appears to have been of an irritable, highly sensitized tem-
perament, fired with enthusiasm and ambition, yet contending, for some time at least, with
poverty, ill-health, and a perhaps not well-founded though not therefore the less acutely-felt
sense of neglect; thus ceaselessly nerved to accomplish, yet as continually haunted with the
dread of failure. The result of such an unstable equilibrium as this will depend mostly upon
circumstances; there is the *npetus within, but the direction it takes will be along the line
of least resistance. This author was undoubtedly unwise in his frankness; but diplomacy is
astranger to such characters. The strength of our universal instinct of self-preservation
sometimes converts an attitude intended to be simply defensive into one positively offensive ;
and Macgillivray’s way of handling people whom he disliked or despised often savored of
arrogance. It may be doubted that there was really any ‘holier than thou” feeling at heart,
whatever his seeming assumption of superior knowledge or greater love of truth in compari-
son with his peers. If he never hesitated to differ sharply with any one, or to express his
own views pointedly—if he searcely disguised his contempt for triflers, blockheads, pedants,
compilers, and theorizers—if he was also fallible, even as the rest of us—he was nevertheless
a lover of nature, an original thinker, a hard student, and, finally, an ornithologist of large
practical experience, who wrote down what le knew or believed to be true with great regard
for accuracy of statement and in a very agreeable manner.

I suppose this elaborate and extended * History” to be one of the most accurate and reli-
able of the many which handle the same subject; and it is doubtless, to many besides my-
self, one of the most entertaining. Tam competent to judge of the fidelity of Macgillivray’s
pictures of bird-life only in the instances of birds common to America and Europe; but in
such cases they tally well with my own experiences; and when writing descriptions of the
form and colors of birds, L find it of no little assistance to have Macgillivray’s page before me

Trinatores, or Divers. | Mersatores,

as well as the specimens themselves. There is no question of this author's accuracy and
clearness in describing specimens in hand.

Besides the specific descriptions which form most of the text of this work, there is a good
deal of general ornithology in the matters of classification and anatomy—the latter especially
relating to the structure of the digestive system, wpon which the author's classification is so
largely based. For M weillivray, it will be remembered, discovered or invented for himself
a classification of birds, which has at least the merit of being original with him, and of rep-
resenting conclusions derived from actual observation. He developed his system consist-
ently, and published if with express waconcern for its fate at the hands of others; he liked
it, and if others did not, so much the worse for them—did they expect him to furnish brains
also? The outline of this system may be seen from the above title. Though based upon
anatomical structure, it is, in fact, one of the purest physiological or so-called * teleological”
classifications we have had; worked out upon the adaptive modifications of certain organs,
It thus proceeds upon what appears toan Evolutionist of to-day to be a radically false pre-
mise; and its agreement in any points with a scheme based upon purely morphological con-

396 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1837-52. MacGILLivray, W.—Continued.

siderations of the theory of descent must be regarded as rather fortuitous than essential. At
the time he wrote, Evolution had no place in taxonomy; to-day, we utterly discard any scheme
of classification, however convenient or however specious, that does not proceed upon the
understanding that all birds are descended from a common ancestor, and consequently bear
to each other simply the relation of parent and offspring; that classification is entirely a
matter of our skill or luck in tracing pedigree to construct a genealogical table; and that
there is no such entity in nature as a genus or a species was supposed to be when Maegilli-
vray studied birds.

A marked feature of this work is the numerous chapters on ‘ Practical Ornithology”, that
is to say, on field work in this branch of science. These are given in the form of personal
narrative, with gossipy incident and imaginary dialogue,—the hint of which seems to have
been taken from the similar sketches of scenery and character which Audubon introduced in
his ‘‘ Ornithological Biography”. They reflect many reminiscences of the author’s intimate
personal relations with the ‘‘ American backwoodsman”’. ‘These two seem to have been very
congenial spirits; and what jolly times they must have had o’ nights, after their tramps, in
some snuggery with a bottle between them! . . .

William Macgillivray has one very high claim upon the regard of American ornithologists :
he was the source of Audubon’s inspiration in all that pertains to the technic of the latter's.
great work. ‘* Not to put too tine a point upon it,” he furnished nearly all the ‘ ornithology”
of Audubon’s work, as distinguished from the portraits that the Frenchman drew either with
pen or with pencil. Audubon was primarily, and chiefly, an animal painter, and he finally
acquired no little familiarity with bird-life ; but he began to paint without the slightest idea
of ornithology, and never attained even mediocrity as a strict scientist. He loved warmth,
color, action ; he liked to exaggerate and ‘‘ embroider”, and make his pages glow like a hum-
ming-bird’s throat, or like one of his own marvellous pictures; he had no genius for accuracy,
no taste for dull, dry detail, no care for a specimen after he had drawn it. Macgillivray sup-
plied what was necessary to make his work a contribution to science as well as to art. In
fact he wrote a good deal of Audubon’s book. After Audubon had told us how his heart beat
when the woods echoed to the report of his gun, and he picked up a lovely warbler which he
had long sought for, but until then in vain—conveying an impression of years of solicitude
about something that he probably never thought of till he stumbled on it accidentally—after
all this, and the execution of a beautiful plate, Macgillivray would furnish his friend a tech-
nical name and description. The anatomical matter of Audubon’s work is probably all Mac-
gillivray’s; and the final classification and nomenclature are from the same source. It will
be remembered that the names and whole arrangement of the birds in Audubon’s Orn. Biogr.,
1831-39, were changed in the Synopsis, 1839, and in the 8vo ed., 1840-44. ‘This was entirely due
to Macgillivray’s hand in the matter. Macgillivray is accredited with several of the biogra-
phiesin Audubon’s volume ; but the full extent of his joint-authorship is not generally known.
There seems to have been some mutually satisfactory understanding between the two, which
has never been made public. I allow these facts to go on record, not in the least to the dis-
paragement of a brilliant and famous author, but in simple justice to a stronger, sounder,
and no less agreeable ornithologist.

1837. Moore, E. On the Birds of Devonshire. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837,
pp. 115-115.

The present article includes only the Raptores, an annotated list of which is given. It is
succeeded by four articles of similar character, each with modified caption: see next four
titles.

1837. Moore, E. On the Passerine Birds of Devonshire. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
i, 1837, pp. 176-150.

1837. Moore, E. Climbing and Gallinaceous Birds of Devonshire. < Charlesw. Mag.
Nat. Hist., i, 1837, pp. 227-229.

1837. Moore, E. On the Wading Birds of Devonshire. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1, 1837, pp. 319-323.

1837, Moore, E. On the Web-footed Birds of Devonshire. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat.
Hist.,i, 1837, pp. 360-366.

This article ends the series.

1837, SALMON, J.D. New Tringa, shot near Yarmouth. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
i, 1837, p. 54.

T. platyrhyncha, new only as to the locality. The article includes some other rarities of

the same region.

;

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 397

1837. SecBy, P. J. An account of two rare British Birds (Falco apivorus and Scolo-

pax sabinii). < Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumb. and Durh., ii, 1837, pp. 272-276.
Not seen. ;

1837. TEMPLETON, R. Irish Vertebrate Animals: selected from the Papers of the late
John Templeton Esq., Cranmore. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837, pp.
403-443.

Annotated list of the Birds, pp. 404-408.

1837. THompson, W. Birds, new to Ireland [Strix scops, Colymbus arcticus, Procel-
laria puffinus]. < P. Z. S., v, 1837, pp. 54, 55.

1837. THompson, W. Contributions to the Natural History of Ireland. < Mag. of
Zool. and Bot., i, 1837, pp. 459-465,

Part of a paper read before the Linn. Soc., Apr. 15 and June 3, 1834. 3 spp., Sterna stolida,
Larus sabinei, Cygnus bewickii. ;

1837. THompPson, [W.] V6gel und Fische, worunter viele neu fur Irland. < Oken’s

Isis, Bd. xxx, 1837, pp. 131-135.
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1835, p. 77.

1837. Wuitr, G. (Ed. Bennett.) The | Natural History | and Antiquities | of | Sel-
borne. | By the | Rev. Gilbert White, M. A. | With | The Naturalist’s Calendar;
| and Miscellaneous Observations, | extracted from his Papers. | [Cut.] |] A
New Edition; | with notes, by Edward Turner Bennett, Esq. | F. L. S. ete.
Secretary of the Zoological Society; | and others. | — | London: | printed for
J. and A. Arch [and fifteen others—not all the same as those named in. the
1833 ed.]. n.d. (1837.) 1lvol. 8vo. pp. i-xxiv, 1-640, 46 illust.

“This remains as yet the standard edition of the work. E. T. Bennett died as it was passing
through the press, and the Preface bears the initials (‘‘I. J. B.”) of his brother, and is dated
1836; but the volume is believed (cf. Thompson, Birds of I’el., i, p. 199, note) to have appeared
in 1837. Besides a selection from the notes given in Rennie’s edition (cf. supra, 1833), others
are added by Prof. Bell (‘‘T. B.”), Daniell (‘‘G. D.”’), Prof. Owen (‘‘R.O.”), and Yarrell (‘"W.
Y.”): the woodcuts, many by Harvey, are good.” (Comment from Newton, 1877.)

1837. WILLIAMSON, W. C. [Notes on the appearance of rare Birds in the vicinity of
Scarborough.] < Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Mag., x, 1837, pp. 287, 282.

From P. Z. S8., Aug. 9, 1836, pp. 76, 77.

1837. ‘“W.L.” Notice of the Breeding of Woodcocks in Selkirkshire; with Observa-
tions upon the Habits and Manners of the Black and Red Grouse, and Carrion
Crow, in Scotland. < Charlesw.Magq. Nat. Hist., i, 1837, pp. 118-122.

1837. Woop, N. Late Singing of [British] Birds. < Charlesw, Mag. Nat. Hist., i, 1837,
pp. 53, 54.

1837-43. YARRELL, W. A | History | of | British Birds. | By | William Yarrell, F. L.S.

V.P.Z.S. | [Arms and motto—mut. mut.] | Illustrated by 520 wood-engrav-

ings. | In Three Volumes.—Vol. I [-III]. | London: | John Van Voorst, Pater-

noster Row. | [1837 to] M.DCCC.XLIII. 3vols. 8vo. Vol. I, being Parts

i-xi, July, 1837-March, 1839, pp. i-xxxii (title, preface, and index), pp. 1-526

(text), 527, 528 (temporary index); also, pp. 268*, 316*, 416*.—Vol. II,

being Parts xii-xxv, May, 1839-July, 1841, 2 p. ll., pp. 1-670, and p. 232*.—

Vol. III, being Parts xxvi-xxxvi, Sept., 1841-May, 1843, 2 p. ll., pp. 1-528.

Numberless cuts in all the vols. Pub.in 36 bimonthly Parts, of 3 sheets (48

pp.) each; furnishings with last part.

The title, preface, and index were issued with the concluding part, in May, 1843.—Part J,
pp. 1-48, or 3 sheets, appeared in July, 1837—the rest at bimonthly intervals: thus, Part U,
pp. 49-96, in Sept., 1837, ete.—The last part also included the accounts of several species added
to the British Fauna during the progress of the work, printed on single leaves to be inserted
in the body of the work, as follows: Savi’s Warbler, Vol. I, p. 268*; Dalmatian Regulus, Vol.
T, p.316*; Short-toed Lark, Vol. I, p. 416; American Purple Martin, Vol. I, p. 232*.

There are also two SUPPLEMENTS, of dates 1845 and 1856, which see. One of these is the Sup-
plement to the ist ed., and may be found bound therewith (pp. 54). The other is a ‘‘second
supplement”, or ‘‘First supplement to the Second Edition” (pp. x, 72), and may similarly be
found bound therewith.

\
398 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1837-43. YARRELL, W.—Continued.

The following are the editions of this celebrated work :— ‘
1837-43. EDITIO princeps, ut supra.
1845. (Supplement to the same. 8vo. London. Van Voorst. pp. 54.)
1845. SECOND edition.
1856. (Supplement to the same. 8vo. London. Van Voorst. pp. x, 72.)
1856. Turrp edition.
1871-188-. Four?TH edition (now in progress).

‘“Many recent wood-engravers have approached Bewick, but none have yet equalled him,
Among the most successful of these the Messrs. Thompson of London must be specially men-
tioned. Their woodcuts in Yarrell's ‘ British Birds’ are beautiful works of art; in delicacy
of execution they often exceed the engravings of Bewick; but the occasional stiffness of atti-
tude in the birds, and a conventional sketchiness in the accompaniments, indicate the profes-
sional artist and not the self-taught child of Nature. The beauty of Yarrell’s ‘British Birds’
is much enhanced by improvements in the preparation of paper and ink, and in the mode of
taking off the impressions which have been introduced since Bewick’s time. It is probable
that if the wood-blocks of Bewick, now in the possession of the great engraver’s family, were
intrusted to one of our first-rate London printers, an edition of Bewick’s ‘ Birds’ could be now
produced, far superior in execution to any which was issued in the lifetime of the author.” —
(Rep. Brit. Assoc. for 1844, 1845, p. 202.)

1838. Coucn, J. A | Cornish Fauna: | being a compendium | of the Natural History
| of | the county, | Intended to form a Companion to the Collection in the

Museum of the Royal | Institution of Cornwall. | — | Part I, | containing the
| Vertebrate, Crustacean, | and a portion of the | Radiate Animals. | — | By
Jonathan Couch, F. L.8., &c. &e. | -— | Truro: | Printed for the Royal Insti-
tution of Cornwall, | By L. E. Gillet. | — | 1838. 1lvol. 8vo. pp. i-vi, 5-84.

There are three parts of this ‘‘Cornish Fauna”: Pt. II, 1841, by the same; Part IIT, 1844,
by Richard Q. Couch. Part I, as above, is occupied with Birds at pp. 10-30; being an anno-
tated list of species. #

1838. EpirortaL. [Notice of Macgillivray’s History of British Birds, Vol. I. < Mag.
of Zool. and Bot., ii, 1838, pp. 267-269.

1838-39. Eyron, T.C. An Attempt to ascertain the Fauna of Shropshire and North
Wales. < dnn.of Nat. Hist., i, 1838, pp. 285-293 ; 11, 1839, pp. 52-56.

An annotated list of species.

. 1838-43. JARDINE, W. The | Naturalist’s Library. | Edited by | Sir William Jar-
dine, Bart., | F.R.S.E., F.L.S., ete., etc. | Vol. I. [-IV.] | — | Ornithology.
| Birds of Great Britain and Ireland.—Part I. [-IV.] | By the Editor. | — |
Edinburgh: W. H. Lizars, [etc.] n. d. [1838-1843.] 4 vols. sm.12mo. Vol.I,
1838, portrait of Sibbald, eng. title, other title, contents, 1 leaf, pp. 17-315;
unnumbered woodee., pll. col’d 1-34. Vol. II, portrait of Smellie, eng. and
col’d title, other title, contents, 1 leaf, pp. 17-409; cuts, pll. col’d 1-30 (with
title-vignette and portrait 32 plates). Vol. III, 1842?, portrait of Rey. Dr.
Walker, eng. title, other title, contents, pp. 17-349; cuts, pll. eol’d 1-34
(+ portrait and vignette = 36, not 34” assaid by the editor). Vol: IV, 1843,
portrait of Wilson, eng. title, other title, contents, 1 leat, pp. 17-313; cuts,
pl, 1,2, 2*, 3-30 (with portrait and vignette — 33 plates). i

Vol. I= “IX”, Vol. = ‘'XI”, Vol. WI=' XII”, Vol. IV=‘“ XIV”, of the general ar-
rangement of the series; see Jard. Nat. Libr., 1833-1844. The 1st vol. treats of Raptores ; 2d,
Dentirostres, Conirostres, Scansores, Tenuirostres, Fissirostres; 3d, Galline and Gralle; 4th,
Natatores ; with memoirs of the persons whose respective portraits are prefixed.

‘he pleasure of handling the admirable and most attractive publications of which the
Baronet is author or editor, in some moments gives way to a feeling of vexation at the offish-
ness, or amateurishness, which seems to disdain the conventionalities of book-making.
1838. ey P.J. The Fauna of Twizell. < Mag. of Zool. and Bot., ii, 1838, pp. 387-
‘.

One of a series; chiefly ornithological; general sketch of the avifauna, and nominal list of

112 spp. :
1838. SeLBy, P.J. Ueber die vierfiissigen Thiere und Vogel in der Grafschaft South-
erland in Schottland im Sommer 1834. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxi, 1838, pp.
68-73.
Aus d. Hdinb. New Philos. Journ., vol. xx, p. 156-161, 286-295.

a Tae
th. »

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 399

1838. Skarrr, J. Miscellaneous Ornithological Notes [on birds of Lancashire}.
<Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, pp. 331-334.

1838. Skaire, J. On the Ornithology of Blackburn and the North of Lancashire.
< Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, pp. 426-4338, 524-531.

Annotated list of 119 spp.

1838. THompson, W. Contributions to the Natural History of Ireland. < Mag. of
Zool. and Bot., ii, 1838, pp. 42-57, 170-179, 427-440.

These articles treat at length of the Irish Raptores, and of some of the Insessores.

1838. Tuompson, W. Contributions to the Natural History of Ireland. < Annals of
Nat. Hist., i, 1838, pp. 12-26, 181-195.

These articles are Nos. 5 and 6, being continued from the Mag. of Zool. and Bot., ii, p. 440.

1838. THomPsoN, W. NotesonIvish Birds. < Annals of Nat. Hist., i, 1838, pp. 155-158.

7 spp.

1838. THoMPson, W. Notes upon the Natural History of a portion of the South West

of Scotland. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1838, pp. 18-21.
Of Birds, treats of Merops apiaster, Larus islandicus, and Sula bussana.

1838. WitraMson, [W.]C. Seltene Vogel bey Scarborough, welches eine Art Hal-

binsel bildet und mit Wald bedeckt ist. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxi, 1838, p. 194.
Auszug aus Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., Aug., 1836, pp. 76, 77.

1839. Argent, J. A | Nomenclature | of | British Birds, | being | a systematic Cata-
logue | of | all the species hitherto discovered | in | Great Britain and Ireland,
| intended for | labelling collections | of | British Birds and their Eggs. | — | -
By James Argent, | 32, Bishopsgate Street, Without. | — | London: | printed
for the Proprietor, | by | Lewis and Co., Bunhill Row. | M DCCC XXXIX. 1
yol. 8vo. cover-title, regular title, and 28 columns, 2 on a leaf, each page
backed blank.

Names only;.in large type, to be cut up for labelling.

1839. Buyru, E. Observations on the Wild Fowl in St. James’s Park. < Charlesw.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ii, 1839, pp. 469-471.

1839. Doustepay, H. A Nomenclature of British Birds; being a systematic cata-
logue of all the species hitherto discovered in Great Britain and Ireland,
intended for labelling collections of British Birds and their eggs. Third edi-
tion. London: John Van Voorst. 1889. S8vo.

Not seen: nor do I know of other editions.

1839. [EprToRIAL.] Geographical Distribution of British Birds. < Annals of Nat.
Hist., iv, 1839, pp. 213, 214.

From Fellows’s Journal in Asia Minor.

1839. MircHeLt, D. W. Capture of ware Birds [in Britain]. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat.
Hist., iii, 1839, p. 467.

1839. PAINE, T., Jr. A few particulars respecting some Rare Birds which have lately
occurred in the Vicinity of Yarmouth. < Annals of Nat. Hist., iii, 1839, pp.

2 140-142.

1839. THomprson, W. Zoological Notes on a few Species obtained from the South

West of Scotland. < Charlesw. Mag. Nat. Hist., iii, 1839, pp. 585-587.
Lestris pomarinus the only bird.

1839. THompson, W. Note on the Effects of the Hurricane of January 7, 1839, in Ire-

land, on some Birds, Fishes, &c. < Annals of Nat. Hist., iii, 1839, pp. 182-185.

1839. THompson, W. Notes on [4 spp. of] Irish Birds. < Annals of Nat. Hist., iv,
1839, pp. 284, 285.

1840. Cowarp, C. Notes on [3 spp. of] British Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vi,
1840, pp. 74, 75.

1840. Denny, H. Sketch of the Natural History of Leeds and its Vicinity for Twenty
Miles. < Annals of Nat. Hist., v, 1840, pp. 382-396. >

Annotated list of about 160 spp. of Birds, pp. 387-392.

oe

400 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAI, MUSEUM.

1840. Gutcu, J. U.G. Hoopoe.—Little Stint [in England]. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
vi, 1841, pp. 236, 237.

1840. Linawoop, R. M. A short Outline of a Fauna for Part of Herefordshire. < An-
nals of Nat. Hist., v, 1840, pp. 184-188.

Annotated list of 76 spp. of Birds, pp. 185-187.

1840-42. Macaititivray, W. A | Manual | of | British Ornithology: | being a short
description of the | Birds of Great Britain and Treland, | including the essen-
tial characters of the species, | genera, families, and orders. | By | William |
Macgillivray, A. M., M. W.8., &c. | Conservator of the museum of the Royal
College of | Surgeons of Edinburgh; lecturer on botany in Queen’s College, |
and in the Scottish Institution; author of a History of British Birds, | Manu-
als of Geology, Botany, &c. | Part I. The Land Birds [II. The Water Birds].
| London: | printed for Scott, Webster, and Geary, | Charterhouse Square.
| — | 1840[1842]. 2vols. sm. 8vo. Vol. I, 1840, pp. 1-248, with 6 11. of advts.,
and 31 woode. figs. Vol. II, 1842, pp. 1-272.

Characters of the genera and higher groups, concise descriptions, with synonymy, and
biographical items of the species, preceded by tables of. the classification adopted and by an
essay on structure of birds and general principles of the science. 320 or 323 spp.; 148 resi.
dent, 44 in summer, 36 in winter, 23 visitors from the north, 55 from the south and east, 19
from the west. British Birds are grouped in 19 ‘‘orders”’.—Raptrices, Volitatrices, Cuculine
Birds, Jaculatrices, Bxcurtrices, Vagatrices, Cantatrices, Deglubitrices, Reptatrices, Scandrices,
Gemitrices, Radrices, Cursitrices, Tentatrices, Latitrices, Aucupatrices, Cribratrices, Urina-
trices, Mersatrices—An arrangement virtually in close accord with some approved systems
based upon morphological considerations.

This appears to be the original edition of the Manual; if so, it is very incorrectly cited by
Engelm. Bibl. p. 411. There is a later ed. of the same. The Manual must not be confused
with the author's greater work, History of British Birds, in 5 large 8vo vols., 1837-52, q. v.

1840. THompson, W. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. < Annals of Nat. Hist.,v,
1840, pp. 6-14.

3 spp. of Birds.

1840. THomMpsoN, W. Notes on [5 spp. of] Irish Birds. < Annals of Nat. Hist., v,
1840, pp. 564, 365.

1840. TREVELYAN, W. C. Abundance of Wild Swans in the Highland Lochs does not
necessarily indicate a severe Winter in Iceland and Faroe. < Edinb. New
Philos. Journ., xxix, 1840, p. 423.

1840. Wuitr, G. (2d. Brown.) The Natural History of Selborne. ... ‘‘Eighth
Edition.” London: John Chidley, 123, Aldersgate Street. MDCCCXL.

Not seen. See the orig. Brown ed. of 1833. It would appear, from this title, that there
were eight issues of the Brown ed. between 1833 and 1840; but I have not been able to learn
of so many as this, and it may be doubted that such number of editions, in a proper sense,
actually appeared. No one appears to have taken full account of the many reappearances of
the insignificant Brown version of ‘‘Selborne.”’

1841. Brown, J. Capture of some Rare Birds on the Cotswold Hills. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., vi, 1841, p. 395.

1841. GoaTLEy, T. The Hoopoe.—The ArcticGull. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1841,
p. 235.

Tn England.

1841. Gurcn, J. U.G. [On rare species of Birds taken near Swansea.] < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., vi, 1841, p. 396.

1841. Maccinuivray, J. Account of the Island of St. Kilda, chiefly w:th reference to
its Natural History; from Notes made during a Visit in July 1840. < Edinb.
New Philos. Journ., Xxxii, 1841, pp. 47-70.

An excellent account of the birds, particularly of Fulmarus glacialis, occupies much of this
paper.

1841. Maccittivray, J. Notes on the Zoology of the Outer Hebrides. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., viii, 1841, pp. 7-16.

Chiefly ornithological.

1841.

1841.

1841.
1841.
1841.

1841.

1841.

1841.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 401

Maceirtivray, J. On some Mammalia, Birds and Fishes lately observed in the
neighbourhood of Aberdeen. < dunn. Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1841, pp. 230, 231.

3 spp. of Birds.

Mupig, R. The | Feathered Tribes | of the | British Islands, | By | Robert
Mudie. | [Vignette.] | Volume the First [Second]. | Third Edition. | London;
| Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. | MDCCCXLI. 2 vols. 16mo
orsm.8vo. Vol. I, eng. title, pp. i-xxiv, 1-379; Vol. II, eng. title, pp. 1-391;
weodee. and col’d pli. in both.

Orig. ed. 1834, 2d ed. 1835: T see quoted 4th and Sth eds., latter 1854. In the preface to the
original the author states:

“T have formed no system, I have followed no systematist, I have drawn up no nomen-
clature of shapes or of colours and I have not counted the feathers. or the scales or retic-
ulations on the tarsi, of a single bird. ... My object... is simply, to entice my fellow
Britons: =...” etc.

Mummery, 8. Birds of Kent. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1841, p. 159.

Merely a note of capture of a species of Cuckoo.

MumMERY,S. Birds of Kent. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vii, 1841, pp. 523, 524.

Notice of occurrence of a few rare species.

Mummery, 8. Birds of Kent. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1841, pp. 317,318.

Adds a few rare species. See same author, 1842.

SELBY, P. J. Plates | To | Selby’s Ilustrations | of | British Ornithology. |
[Land Birds. | Vol. I.] | Water Birds. | Vol. II. | [Fig.] | Desigred & En-
graved by W. H. Lizars. | London. | Henry G. Bohn, York Stieet Covent
Garden. | MDCCCXLI. 2 vols. folio.—Vol. I. Engr. title page, and pll. i,
i, any abi Guys Thy On p-gUl KATP) orabh ce p-ahuker ooh wa o-Gyy pagan Vig PROV UI | MOVIL geSGN ALLL
Vill", XIX-XXVi, XXVi*, XXVii, XxXVii*, xxviili-xxxi, xxxiii, xxxiii (bis), xxxiv,
XXXIV", XKXV, XXXVi, xxxvi (bis), xxxvii-xlii, xlii*, xliii, xliti*, xliv, xlv,
xlv*, xlv**, xlvi-liii, liii*, liii* (bis), liv-lvi, lvi*, Ivii, lviii, lviii*, lix-Ixiv,
lxiv*,Ixv, A, B, C, D. (PIl.i-iv are uncolored details).—Vol. II. Ener. title
page and pll. i-iii, v, vi, vi*, vii, vii*, vii**, viii, x, xi, xi*, xii-xvii, xix,
XX-XXVIl, XXVII", XXVIII], XXVIil (619), XXIX, XXX, KKX*, XXXI, XXxii, 33, XXxili*,
XXXii**, XXXIV-XXXIX, XXXIX*, xl-xliii, xlv, xlv (bis), xIvi, xlvii, xlvii*,
xiviul, xlviii*, xlviii**, xlix, xlix*, 1, 1 (bis), li-lv, lv (bis), lvii, lvii (bis), Lviii,
Iviii*, Ivini**, lix, [xi-bxii, Ixv, Ixvi, Ixvi*, Ixvi**, Ixvii-Ixx, lxx*, Ixxi-Ixxiv,
Ixxiv (bis), Ixxv-Ixxvili, Ixxviii (bis), Ixxix-Ixxxiii, Ixxxiii (bis), Ixxxiv,
Ixxxvi, lxxxvil, ]xxxvii*, Ixxxviii-xcil, xcii (bis), xciii, xciv, xciv*, xev, xevi,
X¢vVi*, xevii-ci, ci (bis), ci*, cli, cil (bis), cii*, ciii.

These illustrations originally appeared in 19 parts, in two series, 1821-1834: First series,
Land Birds, 8 parts; second series, Water Birds, 11 parts. They came out at intervals of
about six months, during the years specitied. In 1834, on their completion, they were made
up in 2 vols., and furnished with permanent title-page, differing entirely from the above,
which is a new title furnished with Bohn’s reissue of this date. See 1821-34, 1825, 1825-33,
1833-4, and 1834, SELBY, P. J.

The series ostensibly consists of 65-4 + 103172 plates; but, by actual count, in the

copy examined, there are 21 interpolated plates in vol. i, and 34 interpolated plates in vol.

ii; making 172 + 55 = 227; but there are 8 plates missing from the numeration in vol. ii,

and 1 from that of vol. 1, leaving 218 as the actual number, I find the work cited as of

** 298” plates, of 383 figures:

THompson, W. Report on the Fauna of Ireland: Div. Vertebrata. < Rep. Brit.
Assoc, Adv. Sci. for 1840, 1841, pp. 353-409.

Part IIT, Aves, pp. 364-382, in fact including all British as well as Irish Birds. A List,
with careful running commentary on distribution, &c., with notices of ‘‘desiderata” in Irish
birds among those of Great Britain.

THOMPSON, W. Adcitions to the Fauna of Ireland. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vii,
1841, pp. 477-482.

3 spp.—Falco groenlandicus, Pyrrhula enucleator? Coracias garrula?

1841-43. THompson, W. The Birdsof Ireland... . < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1841,

pp. 273-288; viii, 1842, pp. 353-360, 406-430, 486-502; ix, 1842, pp. 141-145,
Proe. Nat. Mus. 79 26 April 13, 1880.

402 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1841-43. THompson, W.—Continued.

1841. Wuitr, G. (Hd. Lady Dover.) The

221-230, 373-381; x, 1842, pp. 50-59, 171-179; xi, 1843, pp. 283-290; xii, 1848,
pp. 31-38, 254-258.

This is an interesting and valuable series of articles on Irish ornithology, each having, after
the running part of the title here given, a modified caption which I omit in order to bring the
series together. It is in some sense a prodrome of the author’s standard treatise which
appeared later. Thompson was very active in these matters for some years, as his numerous
contributions to various periodicals testify.

Natural History of Selborne. | By | The
Rev. Gilbert White, A. M., | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | [Cut.] | New-
York: | Harper and Brothers, Cliff-street. | — | 1841. lvol. 18mo. Title-p.;
pp. vii-x (account of White, and index); 11., list of engr.; pp. 13-335; with
52 woodcuts.

This is the original issue of the Harpers’ American reprint of the Lady Dover edition, being
No. 147 of the Family Library. By the courtesy of the publishers themselves I am informed
of the successive issues, as follows:—1842 (two), 1847, 1853, 1855, 1859, 1868.

It is a reprint of the ‘Bowdlerized’ edition (London, 1833), ‘‘arranged for young persons”,
for which we are indebted to the mother (Lady Dover) of H. A[gar]. E[llis]. White said
little not virginibus puerisque, but was castrated nevertheless. It is a curious thing about
this ed. that all the woodcuts in the first part (to Pennant) are reversed, while those in the
second part (to Barrington) are not. A new woodcut is introduced at p. 223, instead of the
original of the Mistletoe Thrush.

1841. Witson, J. Additional Notice regarding St. Kilda. < dinb. New Philos.

Journ., Xxxii, 1841, pp. 178-180.
Only ornitholegical in reference to Coracias garrula.

1842. Dar, J. C. Fauna of Dorsetshire. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., viii, 1842, pp.

1842, FLEMING, J. History

472, 473.

Notices briefly some of the rarer Birds.
of | British Animals, | exhibiting the descriptive char-
acters and systematical | Arrangement | of | the genera and species of Quad-
rupeds, Birds, | Reptiles, Fishes, Mollusea, and Radiata | of the United King-
dom; | including | the indigenous, extirpated, and extinct | kinds, together

with periodical | and occasional visitors. | — | By John Fleming, D. D. F. R.
S.E. M.W.S. &e. | Minister of Flisk, Fifeshire; | and author of the ‘‘ Philos-
ophy of Zoology.” | — | Second Edition. | — | London: | Duncan and Malcolm,

Paternoster Row. | MDCCCXLII. lvol. &8vo. pp. i-xxiv, 1-566, 11.

Orig. ed. much earlier (Preface dated 27 Dec., 1827).

Birds, pp. 41-146; a systematic synopsis (by no means a ‘history”’) of 237 spp., treated with
brief diagnosis, a little synonymy, and fair descriptions, some of which include remarks on
habits, &c., interspersed with analyses of higher groups.

The author’s classification is—Order I. Fissipedes (Land Birds). Tribe I, Terrestres: Sect.
T. Ambulatores, with 4 groups, Gallinade, Columbadee, Accipitres, Passeres; Sect. I. Scan-
sores. Tribe Il, Gralle. Order Il. Palmipedes (Water Birds).

1842, Gurney, J.H. Norfolk Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1842, p.79.

4 spp.

1842. GuRNEY, J. H. Norfolk Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ix, 1842, p. 333.

4 spp.

1842. Mummery, S. Birds of Kent. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., x, 1842, pp. 238, 239.

1842-50. Meyer, H.L. Coloured | Illustrations | of | British Birds, | and their

Notices of a few species. See same author, 1841.

Eggs:
| By H. L. Meyer. | Vol. I [-VII]. | Containing sixty [60, 60, 60, 60, 60, 72,]
plates. | [Vignette.] | London: | G. W. Nickisson, 215, Regent Street, | Succes-
sor to the late James Fraser [Simpkin, Marshall, & Co.]. | 1842 [-1850]. 7
vols. Svo. Vol. I, 1842, pp. i-iv, 1-230, pll. 60; Vol. I1,1844, pp. i-iv, 1-233, pl.
60; Vol. IIT, 1846 (imprint changes), pp. i-iv, 1-240, pl. 60; Vol. IV, 1847, pp.
i-iv, 1-215, pll. 60; Vol. V, 1848, pp. i-iv, 1-192, pll. 60; Vol. VI, 1849, pp. i-iv,
1-185, pll. 60; Vol. VII, 1850, pp. i-iv, 1-206, pll. 72.—In all, 432 plates, mostly
coloured. Pub. in parts.

This is a reissue of the original 4to ed., pub. in 78 numbers of (about?) 4 pll. col’d each, 1835

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 403

1842-50. MrYrr, H. L.—Continued.

1842.

to 1843. The present 8vo edition was also published in parts, 1842-50, but the number and
dates of them are unknown to me. It is said to resemble the orig. 4to ed. in all respects
except in size. I see cited an 8vo ed. as of ‘1852; is it anything more than other copies of
the present?
Of the plates of Birds, there were published in Vol. I, pll. 1-45; Vol. I, pl. 46-90; Vol. I,
pli. 91-135; Vol. LV, pll. 136-180; Vol. V, pll. 181-225; Vol. VI, pll. 226-270; Vol. VII, pll. 271-
322. The rest of the plates, 110 in number, making up the 432, are of eggs. I don’t know in
what order they appeared, but suppose one or more of them with each part of the work.
Wuire, G. Natural History of Selborne, &c. New York: Harper Brothers.
1842. 1vol. 18mo.

There were two issues of the Harper edition of thisdate. The Harper Brothers originally
jssued the work in 1841; reissued it in 1842 twice, in 1847, 1853, 1855, 1859, 1868.

. ANDREWES,T. Directions for keeping British Cage Birds, . . . London, Lim-

bird. 1843. 12mo. pp. 36.

Not seen.

343. ANON. Note on [British] Birds in March. < Zoologis?, i, 1842, p. 81.

1843.

1843.

1843.

1843.

1843.

1843.

From Van Voorst’s Naturalists’ Almanack for 1843.
Anon. Note on [British] Birds in April. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 104.
From Van Voorst’s Naturalists’ Almanack.
ATKINSON, J. Note on dates of migration at Kelvedon, Essex. < Zoologist, i,
1843, p. 355.
BANISTER, J. D. Note on the occurrence of rare British Birds near Garstang,
Lancashire. < Zoologist,i, 1843, p. 145.

Phalaropus lobatus, Tringa maritima, Anas clangula, A. histrionica.

_ Bonp, F. Note on the occurrence of Rare British Birds [6 spp. near Kingsbury].

< Zoologist, 1, 1848, p. 148.

. Bonn, F. Note on Water-birds occurring at Kingsbury reservoir. < Zoologist,

1, 1843, pp. 102, 103.

56 species.

3. Bonn, F. Note on Birds shot at Southend. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 39, 40.

30 species.

. BriaGs, J.J. Notes on the capture and appearance of some of our rarer British

Birds, in the County of Derby. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 178-180, 311-313; ii,
1844, pp. 553-556, 644-646, .

Denny, H. Occurrence of Rare British Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xii, 1848,
p. 297.

Sterna anglica and Coracias garrula.

DouBLepAyY, H. Note on the arrival of the Summer Birds of Passage at Epping,
in 1843. < Zoologist, i, 1848, pp. 222, 223.

DousLepay, H. Ornithological Notices [of several Birds of Epping]. < Zool-
ogist, 1, 1843, p. 13.

3. DouBLepay, H. Arrival of the Summer Birds of Passage at Epping, from the

year 1831 to 1842. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 12.

243. DuNCAN,R.D. Notes on the Nests of [some British] Birds. < Zoologist, i, 1848,

1843.

1843.

pp. 880-384, :

. Duncan, R.D. Notes on various [eleven British] Birds. < Zoologist, i, 1843,

pp. 238-242.

. Fisner, W. R. Notes on the occurrence of [15 spp. of] rare Birds near Great

Yarmouth. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 180-183, fig.

. Fisurer, W.R. Note on the times of arrival of some of the Summer Birds of

Passage at Yarmouth, in 1843. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 248.

Fisuer, W. R. Note on the times of departure of some of the Winter Birds of
Passage from Yarmouth, in 1843. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 248, 249.

Gouau, T. Note on the effect of the late mild winter on the occurrence of Birds
near Kendal. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 183-185.

.

404 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES’NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1843. HARLEY, J. Note on the arrival of Summer Birds near Leicester. << Zoologist,
i, 1843, pp. 220, 221.

1243. HEPBURN, A. Note on the Arrival of a few summer Birds of Passage in the
interior of E, Lothian, during the years 1841-2. < Zoologist, i, 18438, pp. 219,
220.

1843. Heppurn, A. Notes on the habits of certain [4 spp. British] Birds. < Zoolo-
gist, i, 1843, pp. 185-188.

16843. HEPBURN, A. Note on the Migration of Birds [in Britain]. < Zoologist, i, 1843,
pp. 147, 148.

1843. HEPPENSTALL, J. Appearance of Migratory Birds near Sheffield. < Zoologist,
i, 1843, pp. 13, 14.

1843. HEPPENSTALL, J. Note on the arrival of the [7. ¢., 14 species] Summer Birds of
Passage near Sheffield, in 1443. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 247.

1843. Hewett, W. Note on Magpies and Starlings. < Zoologist, 1, 1843, p. 351.

1843. Hewitson, W.C. Note on the Migration of Birds [in Great Britain]. < Zoolo-
gist, 1, 1843, p. 103.

1843. ‘““K.” Notice of White’s Selborne [ed. of 1843]. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 223, 224.

1843. JERDON, A. Note on the arrival of some of the Summer Birds at Boujedward,
near Jedburgh. < Zoologist, i, 1843, p. 220.

1843. Knox, A. E. Notes on the Birds of Sussex. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 1387-140,
225-230; i1, 1844, 430-433.

1843. Ropp, E. H. Notes on the occurrence of some of the rarer British Birds in the
County of Cornwall. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 140-143.

Tringa pectoralis, Lanius rutilus, Loxia leucoptera, ete.

1843. Sarmon, J.D. Note on the early incubation of Birds [in Britain]. < Zoologist,
i, 1843, p. 76.

1843. Wuitr, G. (Ed. Brown.) The Natural History of Selborne. ‘Edinburgh:
Printed by Andrew Shortrede, Thistle Lane.” 1243.

i Not seen. See the orig. Brown ed., 1833.

1843. Wuitr, G. (Ed. Jenyns.) The | Natural History | of | Selborne. | By | the late
Rey. Gilbert White, M. A. | A new edition, with notes by | the Rey. Leonard
Jenyns, M. A., F.L.S., | etc. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row.
|M.DCCC.XLIII. 1vol. 16mo. pp. i-xvi, 1-398.

Not seen: title and comment from Newton, 1877.

This is beautifully printed and illustrated (as are nearly all the works issued by the same
publisher) ; and the notes of the editor (hodie Bloomfield), though not equal to Blyth’s for the
original matter they contain, are scholarly and to the point. The ‘‘ Antiquities” are not
included.

1843. WILLOUGHBY,S. Note on the occurrence of [24 species of ] rare Birds in Lin-
colushire. < Zoologist, i, 1343, p. 247.

1843. YARRELL, W. Note on the occurrence of [6 spp. of] Birds lately ascertained to
be British. < Zoologist, i, 1843, pp. 79, 80.

1844. Arkrnson, J.C. Additional Notes on the Moorhen and Dabchick. < Zoologist,
ii, 1844, p. 767.

1844. ATKINSON, J. C., FisHer, W. R., and NewMAN, E. Nomenclature of British
Birds. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 552, 553.

Letters to and from the editor.

1844. Austin, T. Remarks on the habits of Birds which are natives of the British
Islands. < Ann. Nat. Hist., xiii, 1844, pp. 92-94.

1944. Austin, T. Remarks on the Habits of Birds which are Natives of the British
Islands. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiii, 1844, pp. 92-94.

4 spp. Corvus frugilegus, Falco timemculus, Rallus crex, and Procelluria pelagica.

1844. Banister, J. D. Note on the arrival of some of the Summer Birds of Passage
at Pilling, in 1844. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p.720.

1844.
1844.

1844.

1844.
1844.
1844.
1844.

1844.

1844.

1844.
1844.
1844.
1844.
1844

1844.
1844.

1844.

1844.

1844.

- 1844.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 405

BANISTER, J.D. Note on Instinet in wild Web-footed Birds. < Zoologist, ii,
1844, p. 578.

Barciay, H. Note on the arrival of Summer Birds at Layton, Essex, in 1844.
< Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 651.

Bartiett, J. P. Notes on the Ornithology of Kent. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp.
617-628.

Annotated list of species.

Bartietr, J. P. Corrections to Mr. Bartlett’s Paper on the Birds of Kent.
< Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 718, 719.

Bartvert, J. P. Note on the Arrival of Summer Birds in the Vicinity of Bar-
han Downs. < Zoologist, ii, 1344, pp. 719, 720.

Bey, R. J. Note on the occurrence of the Red-throated Diver and Red-necked
Grebe near Derby. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 576, 577.

Beit, R. J. Note on the arrival of Summer Birds near Derby, in 1844. < Zool-
ogist, ii, 1844, p. 652.

BLACKWALL, J. Periodical Birds observed in the years 1842 and 1843 near
Llanrwst, Denbighshire, North Wales. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1843,
1844 (Misc. Comm.), p. 69.

Times of arrival and departure of 26 spp.

Bonp, F. Note on the arrival of Summer Birds at Kingsbury, Middlesex, in
1844. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 650, 651.

25 species.

Boorn, M. Note on the occurrence of the Osprey and other Birds in the neigh-
bourhood of the river Swale, Yorkshire. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 443, 444.

Briggs, J. J. Notes on the departure of [19 spp. of] Summer Birds in the
County of Derby, in 1843. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 440, 441. :

Briaas, J.J. Note on the Songs of [some British] Birds. < Zoologist, ii, 1844,
pp. 442, 443.

Briaas, J. J. Notes on the arrival of our Summer Birds of Passage at Mel-
bourne, Co. Derby, in the Spring of 1844. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 652, 653.
Bury, C.A. [Field] Notes on the Birds of the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist, ii,

1341, pp. 515-524, 634-544; iii, 1845, pp. 915-933, 970, 978.

Bury, C. A. Note on the arrival of Summer Birds at Bonchurch, Isle of Wight,
in 1844. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 649, 650.

Doustepay, H. Note on the arrival of Summer Birds at Epping, in 1844,
< Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 651,

Drayton, —. On the Birds of Lincolnshire and the Fens. < Ann. Mag. Nat.
Hist., xiv, 1844, pp. 228-231.

Poem, from Drayton’s Poly-albion, S. xxiii, xxv, with scientific notes by W. Yarrell.

Duncan, R.D. Notes on [some British] Birds and Birds’ Nests. < Zoologist,
1i, 1844, pp. 647, 648.

vs. Waterton.

Duncan, R. D. Rhymes relating to [British] Birds. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp.
546-560.

[EpirortaL.] Proceedings of the British Association for the advancement of
Science. York, September 25, 1844. From the ‘‘Athenzeum” of September
28. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 792, 793.

Contains notices of and remarks on John Blackwall’s paper ‘‘On the Periodical Birds ob-
served in the years 1843 and 1844, near Llanrwst, Denbighshire, North Wales; on Mr. J.
Hogg’s ‘‘ A Catalogue of the Birds observed in South-East Durham and North-West Cleve-
land;” observations by the President on the Willow-wrens; an abstract of a paper by T.

Allis ‘On the Flight of Birds,’’ and some observations by Messrs. A. and H. E. Strickland and
R. Ball on the flight of the guillemot

406 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844,
1844.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844.

1844,

1844.

1844.

1844.

EpMmonsTon, T., Jk. Additions to the Birds of Shetland, (Zool. 459) [Fringilla
montifringilla, Squatarota cinerea]. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 551, 552.

EpMonsrTON, T., Jr. A Fauna of Shetland. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 459-467.

Annotated list of 139 species, resident, migratory, and straggling. About 59 spp. breeding.

FisHer, W.R. Notes on the arrival of some [17 spp.] of the Winter Birds of
Passage at Yarmouth in 1843. < Zoologist, 11, 1844, pp. 441, 442.

FIsHer, W.R. Note of the departure of some of the Winter Birds of Passage
from Yarmouth, in 1844. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 654.

FIsHerR, W.R. Note of the breeding of some resident and migratory Birds at
Yarmouth, in 1344. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 654.

GARNER, R. The | Natural History | of the | County of Stafford; | comprising
its | Geology, Zoology, Botany, and | Meteorology: | also its | Antiquities,
Topography, Manufactures, | ete. | By Robert Garner, I’. L.S. | “Qui docet
discit.” | London : | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | — | M. DCCC. XLIV.
lvol. 8vo. pp. i-vili, 1-551, 1-7, many plates, map.

Birds: pp. 254-292; a considerable annotated list of species, introduced by general remarks
on the subject. See also p. 550. 3

GORDON, G. Additions to ‘‘A Fauna of Moray.” < Zoologist, ii, 1844; p. 551.
GORDON, G. Note of the arrival of Summer Birds at Elgin,-N.B., in 1844,
< Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 653, 654.
Gorpvon,G. A Fauna of Moray. II. Birds. < Zoologist, 11, 1844, pp. 502-515.
Annotated list of the species.

Hartey,J. Note on the arrival of Summer Birds at Leicester, in 1844. <Zoolo-
gist, i1, 1844, p. 652.
Harvey, Dr. [Abstract of a Catalogue of Vertebrata of county of Cork, Ire-
land.] < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1843, 1844 (Mise.Comm.), p. 63.
Aves, 312 British, 253 Irish spp., of which 161 had been observed in Cork.
Hearucore, W.P. Note on Birds of Prey [7 species] found in the parish of
Hursley, near Winchester. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 490.
HEPPENSTALL, J. Note on the arrival of Summer Birds near Sheffield, June 28,
1844. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 653.
HutcHinson, M. Note of the arrival of the Summer Birds of Passage at Shoot-
er’s Hill, Kent, in the Spring cf 1844. < Zoologist, 11, 1844, pp. 720-722.
MACGILLIVRAY, J. Ueber die Naturgeschichte der Insel Kilda. < Oken’s Isis,
Bd. xxxvii, 1844, pp. 894-896.
Edinb. New Philos. Journ., Bd. xxxii, 1841, p. 47.
Mummery, 8. Kentish Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiii, 1544, pp. 76,77.
Notes on a few of the rarer species.
Mummery, 8. Kentish Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiii, 1844, pp. 237-239.
Note of the appearances of a few species.
Mummery, 8S. Kentish Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xiv, 1844, pp. 76, 77.

Field notes on a few species.

. Newron, A. Notes on the arrival of Summer Birds at Elveden and its vicinity

in 1844. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 651.

NEWTON, A. Note on [with list of ] the dates of Nidification of [sixty-three
species of ] Birds at Elden. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 722, 723.

Newron, A. Correction of a previous Error [in the notice of the “ Nidifica-
tion of Birds at Elden”]. < Zoologist, ii, 1844,-p..768.

NorMAN, G. Note on the arrival of Summer Birds at Hull, in 1844. <Zoologist,
11, 1844, p. 653.

PAINE, T. Seltene Végel bey Yarmuth. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvii, 1844, p. 749,
Ann. Nat. Hist. Lond., Ba, iii, Heft xv, 1839, p. 140,

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 407

1844. PEacHEY, W. Note on the arrival of Summer Birds at Northchapel, near Pet-
; worth, in 1844. < Zoologist, ii, 1844, p. 650. .
1844. Rupp, T.S. Note on dates of Migration at Redcar, near Guisborough. < Zoolo-
gist, 1i, 1844, p. 440,
1844. SeLtpy, P.J. Table showing the period of Arrival of several Summer Birds of
Passage, in the neighbourhood of Twizell-house, for the last twenty years.
< Zoologist, ii, 1844, pp. 456-458.
From Proc. Berwickshire Naturalists’ Club.
1844. THomas, F.E. Enquiry respecting Montagi’s Snipe [Scolopax montagui] and
the Roseate Tern [‘‘ Rossia rosea” ]. < Zoologist, 11, 1844, p. 454.
1844. THompson, W. Beytriige zur Naturgeschichte Ivlands. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
Xxxvil, 1844, p. 517.
Mag. Yool. and Bot., Ba. i, Heft v, 1837, p. 459.
1844. Tompson, W. Beytrige zur Naturgeschichte Irlands. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
XxXxvii, 1844, p. 521.
Mag Zool. and Bot., Ba. ii, 1838, pp. 42, 170, 427.
1844. Tuom[P]son, W. Beytrige zur Naturgeschichte von Irland, ther die Hock-
vooc! — Lebensart geschildert. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvii, 1844, p. 571.
Ann. Nat. Hist., Bd. i, No.1, 18838, p. 12.
1844. Tuompson, W. Ueber die Wirkungen eines Sturms am 7ten Janner 1839. in
Inland anf die Vével, Fische usw. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvii, 1844, p. 751.
Ann. Nat. Hist., Bd. iii, Weft xv, 1839, p. 182.
1844. Tuompson; W. -Ivische Vogel. < Oken’s Isis, Bd. xxxvii, 1844, p. 930.
Ann. Nat. Hist., Bd. iv, No..24, 1839, p. 284.
1845. Arkin, W. O. Birds of Somersham, Huntingdonshire. < Zoologist, 111, 1845, pp.

Q2= pep
OID, OOO.

Short ficld notes on a few species.
1845. Auuis, T. Report on the Birds of Yorkshire, prepared at the request of the
Yorkshire Philosophical Society. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1844, 1845
(Mise. Comn.), pp. GO, G1.
Abstract, noting some of the rarities, ete. The number of species appears to be 252.
1845. BANISTER, J.D. Note on the arrival of Birds at Pilling, Lancashire, in 1845.
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, pp. 1053, 1064,
1845. Bartow, T. W. Dates of the Arrival of Sammer Birds at Holmes Chapel,
Cheshire, in 1845. < Zoolozist, iii, 1845, p. 1087.
1845-47. BLackWAaLL, J. Ornitholozical Notes [on various British Birds]. < Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., xv, 1845, pp. 163-171; xix, 1847, pp. 371-379.
1845. BLACKWALL, J. Periodical Birds observed in the Years 1843 and 1844 near
Llanrwst, Denbighshire, North Wales. < Rep. Brit, Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1844,
1845 (Mise. Comm.), p. 61.
Times of arrival and departure of 29 spp.
1845. Booru, M. Occurrence of the Bearded Titmouse [Calamophilus biarmicus] in
Cleveland, and Note on the Osprey. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1155.
1845. Borrer, W. Occarrence of the Nutcracker [Nucifraga caryocatactes] and of
the Golden Oriole [Oriolus galbula] in Sussex. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 868.
1845. Brices, J.J. [Ficld notes on] Birds at Spern Head [E. Riding of Yorkshire].
; < Zoologist, iii, 1845, pp. 820-823.
1845. Bren, W.T. Dates of the Arrival of some of our Summer Birds near Allesley,
Warwickshire. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1065.
1845. Brer, W.,JR. Arrival of certain Summer Birds near Newport, Salop, in 1845,
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1066.
1845. Bury,C.A. Dates of the Arrival of our Summer Birds at Bonchurch, in 1845,
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1067.

408 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1845. CoorreR, J. On the Migrations of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, iii, 1845,
p. 1192. ?

1845. DouBLepay, H. Dates of the arrival of Summer Birds at Epping, in 1845.
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, pp. 1066, 1067.

1845. Harvey,[J.R.] Contributions | towards a | Fauna and Flora | of the | County
of Cork, | read at the meeting of the | British Association held at Cork | in
the year 1843. | The Vertebrata by Dr. [J.R.] Harvey. | The Mollusea, Crus_
tacea and Echinodermata | by J.D. Humphreys. | The Flora by Dr. Power. |
(Published by the Cuvierian Society of Cork.) | London: | John Van Voorst,
1, Paternoster Row, | Bookseller to the Zoological Society. | Cork: | George
Purcell & Co. 20, Patrick Street. | 1845. 1lvol. 8vo. 3 p.1L, pp.i-iv, 1-24,2
ll., pp. 1-24, i-vi, 1-130.

Class Aves: pp. 4-16 of the first pagination ; annotated list of 167 spp.

1845. HEPBURN, A. Notes on the Singing of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, iii
1845, pp. 1067-1070.

1845, Hewitson, W.C. Nest and Eggs of Long-tailed Titmouse and Golden-crested
Wren. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 825.

1845. Hoae, J. A Catalogue of Birds obseryed in South-Eastern Durham and in
North-Western Cleveland. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1344, 1845 (Mise.
Conm.), pp. 59, 60.

Not the Catalogue itself, but an abstract, giving simply a summation: 210 spp.—nearly
two-thirds of the whole British Fauna. The author’s curious classification of Birds follows.

1845. Hoge, J. <A Catalogue of Birds observed in South-eastern Durham, and in
North-western Cleveland. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, pp. 1049-1063, 1106-1112, 1169-
1187.

Portion of a memoir read to the zoological section of the Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci., York, Sept.
26, 1844. The list is fully annotated.

1845. Hotmr, F. Notes on Sand Martins at Oxford, on Swifts building under the
eaves of Cottages, and on the Hibernation of Swallows. < Zoologist, iii, 1845,
p. 1136.

1845. Hore, W.S. Occurrence of [6 spp. of] Rare Birds in Devonshire. < Zoologist,
iii, 1845, pp. 879, 880.

1845. LAMEK, A. Dates of the Arrival of a few Summer Birds of Passage at Wands-
beck, near Hamburgh, in 1845. < Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1065.

1845. LupBock,R. Observations | on the | Faunaof Norfolk, | and more particularly
on | the District of the Broads. | By | the Rev. Richard Lubbock, | Rector of
Eccles. | Norwich: | Charles Muskett, Old Haymarket. | Longman & Co., Lon-
don. | — | MDCCCXLV. lvol. 8vo. pp. i-viii, 1-156, map, 2 plates.

The greater part of this interesting book (pp. 11-125) is devoted to Birds, the remarks upon
which are extended, but too miscellaneous to be here briefly characterized. The treatise
is perhaps the most notable of all the English local ‘Faunas’, after White’s ‘Selborne’, and
has even been compared with the latter without disparagement. It covers a wide range of
topics, contains great store of information from original observations, and is agreeably as
well as carefully written. It is now long out of print, and scarce; a new edition has appeared
(1879), with notes by several eminent naturalists, and a long career of prosperity_seems to
attend ‘‘ Lubbock”.

1845. McCoy, }. Contributious to the Fauna of Ireland. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xv,
1845, pp. 270-274, fig. pl. xvi.

Aves, pp. 271, 272; 2 spp. Tringa rufescens, Sterna leucoptera (fig.).

1845. [NEwMAN, E.] A | Catalogue | of | British Vertebrated Animals, | the names
derived from | Bell’s British Quadrupeds and Reptiles, | and | Yarrell’s British
Birds and Fishes: | so printed as to be available for labels. | [By Edward New-
man. ] | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCXLYV. 1 vol.
8vo. 1 p.1., pp. 1-77.

Birds, pp. 10-40; names in English and Latin, with references to Yarrell.

1845. Newron, A. Dates of Arrival of Migratory Birds at Stetchworth, in 1845.
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1066.

1845.
1845.
1845.
1845.
1845.

1845.

1845.

1846.

1846.
1846.

1846.

1846.

1846,

1846.

1846.
1846.

1846.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM, 409

Newton, E. Dates of Arrival of Migratory Birds at Elvedon, in 1845.
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, p. 1065.

Pooir, J. Late migration of some summer birds of passage from Ireland,
< Zoologist, iti, 1845, p. 867.

Row, W. H. Arrival of Summer Birds of Passage at Davenport. < Zoologist,
ili, 1845, pp. 1189, 1190.

SciaTter, P. L. Arrival of Summer Birds near Odiham, in 1845. < Zoologist,
iii, 1845, p. 1067.

Scott, W.R. Occurrence of Rare Birds near Exeter, in the Winter of 1844-5.
< Zoologist, iii, 1845, pp. 982, 983.

Tnompson, W. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland, including descriptions of
some apparently new species of Invertebrata. <c dnn. Mag. Nat. Hist., xv,
1845, pp. 308-322.

Birds, 3 spp.—Vultur fulwvus, Tringa platyrhyncha, Mareca americana.

. THORNCROsS, T. Sea-birds at Beachy Head [Brighton, England]. < Zoologist,

iii, 1845, p. 1193.

. WHITE, G. (Hd. Brown.) The Natural History of Selborne.... J. Billing,

Printer and Stereotyper, Woking, Surrey.

See the orig. Brown ed. 1833.—This wants the index, ending with p. 348.

YARRELL, W. Supplement | to the | History | of | British Birds. | By | William
Yarrell, F.L.8S. V.P.Z.S8. | [Design.] | IWustrated with wood-engravings. |
London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | M. DCCC. XLV. 1 vol. 8vo.
pp. 8-54, cuts.

This supplement may be found bound with Vol. III of the orig. ed. 1837-43, g. v. It is the
the First supplement, belonging to the orig. ed. There is a Second supplement, 1856, g. v.; this
belongs to the 2d ed. of the work.

BacknousE, W. Additions to Mr. Hoge’s ‘Catalogue of Birds observed in
South-eastern Durham and North-western Cleveland,’ with some observations
thereon. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1251-1263.

Bartow, T. W. Remarks on the Migratory Birds in the vicinity of Holmes
Chapel, Cheshire. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1547, 1548,

Bartow, T. W. Occurrence of the Gray Goose [Anser palustris] and Cornish
Chough near Holmes Chapel. < Zoologist, iv, 1845, p. 1501.

Bier, G. R. A Catalogue of British Birds, indigenous, migratory and natural-
ized. For the use of collectors, and for labelling collections. By George R.
Bigge. Durham: G. Andrews. London: Whittaker & Co, 1846. 8vo. pp. 32.

Not seen.

BLACKWALL, J. Periodical Birds observed in the Years 1844 and 1845 near
Llanrwst, Denbighshire, North Wales. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1845,
1846 (Wise. Comm.), p. 63.

Times of arrival or departure, or both, of 29 spp.

Borrer, W., Jr. Notice of the occurrence of the Virginian Colin [Ortyx vir-
giniana] in Surrey, and of the Broad-billed Sandpiper [Tringa platyrhyncha]
and Red-necked Phalarope [Phalaropus hyperboreus],in Sussex. < Zoologist,
iv, 1846, p. 1394.

BREE, C.R. Dates of arrival of Summer Visitants at Stowmarket. < Zoologist,
iv, 1846, pp. 1548, 1549.

Briaas, J.J. [British?] Birds at Sea. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1502, 1502.
Briees, J. J. Partial Migration: being remarks upon the subject, as applying
to the parish of Melbourne, Derbyshire. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1470-1472.
DouBLepay, H. Naturalist’s Calendar for March [1846]. < Zoologist, iv, 1846,

p. 1249.

Previous anonymous instalments of the ‘Calendar’ have been passed over.
=

410 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1846.

1846.
1846.
1846.

1846.
1846.

1846.
1845.

1846.

1846.

1846.

1846,

1846.

1846.

1846.

1846.

1846.

1846.

1846.

1846.

Doustepay, H. Naturalist’s Calendar for April. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1825.

Dous.Lepay, H. Naturalist’s Calendar for May. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1337.

DousLepay, H. Naturalisi’s Calendar for Jane. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1345.

DousBLepay, H. Naturalisi’s Calendar for July. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1398,
1399. :

DouBLEDAY, H. Naturalist’s Calendar for August. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1438.

DousLepay, H. Naturalist’s Calendar for September. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p.
1441,

DouBLeDAY, H. Naturalist’s Calendar for October. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1473.

DouBLeDAY, H. Naturalist’s Calendar for November. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p.
1505.

DouBLepay, H. Naturalist’s Calendar for December. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p-
1546.

GURNEY, J. H.,and Fisurr, W. R. An account of the Birds found in Norfolk,
with Notices of some of the rarer Species which have occurred in the adjoin-
ing Counties. < Zoologist, iv, 1845, pp. 1300-1324, figg. 4; pp. 1373-1393, fige. 4.

Annotated list of 277 spp.—81 resident, 196 either regular or occasional migrants; 33 regular
summer visitors; 39 regular winter visitors; 44 spring or autumn visitors; 80 occasional or
irregular.

GURNEY, J. H., and Fisner, W. R. Account of the Birds found in Norfolk ;
with remarks on migration. London. 1846. &vo.

Not seen.

Hare, N., Jr. Liskeard Ornithology. < Fourteenth Ann, Rep. R. Cornwall Poly-

technic Soc., 1246, pp. 25-35.
Not seen.

Harvey, J. R. Occurrence of the White Stork [Ciconia alba] near Fermoy,
and Note of the Herring-gull [Larus argentatus] breeding in confinement.
< Zoologist, iv, 1245, pp. 1394, 1395.

Heppurn, A. Notes on the partial migration and local shiftings of certain
Birds in East Lothian, and a few Remarks on the subject in general, as
applied to Scotland and the North of England. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp.
1332-1336.

Hutcuinson, M. Note of the arrival of some of the Summer Birds of passage
at Shooter’s Hill, Kent, in the spring of 1245. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, pp. 1295-
1297.

Morris, B. R. [Ornithological] Effects of the Mild Weather [in Yorkshire,
Feb. 1845]. < Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1298.

MosLey, O. Occurrence of the great ash-coloured Shrike [Lanius exeubitor]
and Snow Bunting [Plectrophanes nivalis], near Burton-on-Trent. < Zoolo-
gist, iv, 1846, pp. 1209, 1210.

NEWTON, A. Chaffinch, Quail, Ringdove, &e. [in England]. < Zoologist, iv,
1846, p. 1367.

NEWTON, A. Dates of arrival of Migratory Birds in Norfolk, Suffolk, and Cam-
bridgeshire. < Zoologist, iv, 1845, pp. 1549, 1550.

OWEN, R. A | History | of | British Fossil Mammals, { and | Birds. | By | Rich-
ard Owen, | F.R.S., F.G.S. ete. | Hunterian Professor and Conservator of
the Museum of the Royal | College of Surgeons of England. | [Cut.] | Ilus-
trated by 237 woodcuts. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. |
M. DCCC. XLVI. 1vol. S8vo.+ pp.i-xlvi,1 folded table, pp. 1-560+11.,
woodce., 237,

Birds, pp. 545-558, figg. 230-236. Cimoliornis diomedeus, p. 545; Lithornis vulturinus, p.
549; Haleyornis toliapicus, p. 554; small wading bird, p. 556.

1846.

1846.

1846,

1846.

1846.

1846.

1847.

1847.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 411

REECE,G. Occurrence of Wild Geese, Terns, and Gray Phalaropes at Worcester.
< Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1555. ;

Sr. Joun, C. Short Sketches of the Wild Sports and Natural History of the
Highlands. From the Journals of Charles St. John, Esq. London. Murray.
1846,

Not seen as of this date: ef. Zoologist, v, 1847, pp. 1596-1600. The copy I have handled is
dated 1847, ¢. v.

SLADEN, E.H.M. Arrival of Birds, &ec. at Warnford in 1846. < Zoologist, iv,
1846, p. 1547.

THompson, W. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland, including species new to
that of Britain. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xviii, 1846, pp. 310-315,

4 spp. Motacilla alba, Tringa bonapartei, Porphyrio hyacinthinus, Procellaria glacialis.

THompson, W. Beytriige zur Naturgeschichte von Irland. < Oken’s Isis, Bd.
Xxxix, 1846, p. 62.

Translated from

“WW. H.S.” A Quail and Landrail shot in January, 1846 [in Great Britain].
< Zoologist, iv, 1846, p. 1299.

ANON. Letters | from | the Isle of Man | In 1846. | [ Quotes, 14 lines. ] | London |
Saunders and Otley, Conduit Street. | 1847. 1 vol. 12mo. pp. i-iv, 1-147.

Letter III, Fish, Flesh, and Fowl]; pp. 20-30, has some remarks on birds.

ANON. Migratory Birds; | or, | such as visit Britain at different seasons | of the
year. | A Guide | to their favourite places of resort, | with their | natural his-
tory, songs, | and the benefits which their migrations | confer on mankind. |
[Cut.] | London: | Cradock and Co., 48, Paternoster Row. | — | 1847. 1 vol.
16mo. pp. i-iv, 5-64,

One of the sixpenny books of the series entitled ‘‘ New Library of Useful Knowledge.” No
indication of authorship.

[1847.] Bartow, T. W. A Chart | of | British Ornithology, | Designed for Popular Use.

1847

1847

1847

| Compiled, and most respectfully dedicated to his fellow-members of the Wer-
nerian Club, | by | T. W. Barlow. |... | London:—W. W. Robinson, 69, Fleet
Street. | [J. Wertheimer and Co., printers, Circus Place, Finsbury Circus. ]
n. d. [1847 ]

A broadside, nearly 2 feet wide, and about 6 feet high, folding between sm. 4to covers,
exhibiting on one table a summary of British Birds, with characters of the genera and higher
groups, a systematic list of the species, end various remarks. The total foots up 337 species:
occasional, 125; migratory, 95; resident, 117.

. BarrerssBy, R. Occurrence of the Black Redstart [Ruticilla tithys] and Har-~
lequin Duck [Histrionicas torquatus] near Torquay. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p.
1697,

. BEADLEs, J.N. Dates of Arrival of Summer Birds at Broadway, Worcestershire.
< Zoologist, v, 1847, pp. 1807, 1808.

. Bewicx, T. (Ed. Hancock.) <A | History | of | British Birds. | By Thomas Be-
wick. | Vol. I [II]. | Containing the | History and Description | of | Land
[Water] Birds. | Newcastle: | printed by J. Blackwell & Co., | for R. EB.

3ewick: sold by him, Longman & Co. London; | and all Booksellers. | 1847,
2vols. Svo. Vol. I, Land Birds, pp. i-xxxix (title, advertisement, preface,
introduction, explanation of technical terms, and contents), 1-375, tige. —.
Vol. Il, Water Birds, pp. i-xxiii (title, preface, introduction and contents), 1-
408. Appendix, Foreign Birds, pp. i-xi; British Birds. | Synopsis, pp. i-xxxvi.

Not seen: title and comment from Prof. Newton, in epist.

This is the eighth and last edition. See the orig. ed. 1797-1804. It is decidedly the best one
of all, the blocks, which were not in tlie least injured by former impressions, having been
most carefully treated. It is also notable for the ‘‘Synopsis”, by John Hancock, who super-
intended the printing of this edition, and made considerable alterations in its arrangement
and nomenclature.

412 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1847. CHENNELL, F. A. Dates of the arrival of Summer Birds at Selsey, Sussex, in
1845 and 1846. < Zoologist, v, 1847, pp. 1636, 1637.

1847. Coucu,[J.] Extracts from Couch’s ‘‘ Illustrations of Instinet.” < Zoologist, v,
1847, pp. 1902-1907.

1847. CouLcHER, C. Occurrence of the Osprey and of the Grasshopper W arbions
Nest near Downham Market. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1807.

1847, [Epiror1aL.] Notice of ‘Short Sketches of the Wild Sports and Natural His-
tory of the Highlands. From the Journals of Charles St. John, Esq.’ Lon-
don: Murray, Albemarle Street. 1846. < Zoologist, v, 1847. pp. 15 596-1600.

Chiefly ornithological.

1847. GuRNEY, J. H., and FISHER, W.R. Ornithological and other Observations, in
Norfolk, for the months of January and February, 1347. < Zoologist, v, 1847,
pp. 1691, 1692.

1847. GuRNEY, J. H., and FISHER, W. R. Notice of Ornithological and other Ocecur-
rences in Norfolk for the Month of March, 1847. < Zoologist, vy, 1847, pp. 1701,
1702.

1847. GuRNEY, J. H., and FisHer, W. R. Ornithological and other Observations, in
Norfolk for the month of April 1847. < Zoologist, v, 1347, pp. 1769, 1770.

1847. GuRNEY, J. H., and FISHER, W. R. Notice of Ornithological Occurrences in
Norfolk, for May, 1847. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1785.

1847. GURNEY, J. H., and FisuHer, W. R. Notice of Ornithological and other Oeccur-
rences, in Norfolk, for the month of June, 1847. < Zoologist, v, 1847, pp. 1820,
1821.

1847. GuRNEY, J. H., and FisHer, W. R. Ornithological and other Notices in Nor-
folk, for the months of July, August, and September, 1847. < Zoologist, v,
1847, pp. 1955, 1956.

1847. GURNEY, J. H., and Fisher, W.R. Notice of ornithological occurrences in Nor-
folk, for December, 1846. < Zoologist, vy, 1847, p. 1601.

This series of papers is continued in the Zoologist for 1848, q. v.

1847. Hoae, J. A Synopsis of the Classification of the Genera of British Birds.
<_ Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv, Sci. for 1846, 1847 (Mise. Comm.), pp. 76-78.
I have elsewhere indicated the leading features of this unique system: in the present arti-
cle, subfamilies are omitted, and genera given.

1847? Hoim, P. A. Ornithologiske Bidrag til Faerérnes Fauna. < Ardy. Naturh.
Tiddsk., new ser., ii, 1847?, pp. 465-525.
Not seen.
1847. HurcHinson, M. Note on the Arrival of some of the Summer Birds of Passage
at Shooter’s Hill, Kent,in the Spring of 1846. < Zoologist, v, 1847, pp. 1690,
1691.
1847. JENYNS, —. Extracts from Jenyns’ Observations on Natural History. <Zoolo-
gist, v, 1847, pp. 1850-1861.
1847. JeERDON, A. Notes on the Partial Migration of Birds in Roxburghshire. < Zo-
ologist, v, 1847, pp. 1770-1772.
1847. JerpDOoN, A. Note on the Arrival of the Summer Birds of Passage in Roxburgh-
shire, in the years 1846 and 1847. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1786.
1847. JoHNsoN, F.W. Occurrence of Rare Birds near Ipswich. < Zoologist, v, 1847,
p. 1637.
Anas glacialis, Botaurus stellaris, Haliaétos albicilla, Megulus alle.
1847. Mitner, W. M. E. Occurrence of Rare Birds near Tadcaster. < Zoologist, v,
1847, p. 1694.
Loxia leucoptera, ‘‘ Larus rossii.”

1847.
1847.
1847.

1847.

1847.
1847.

1847.

1847.

1847.

1847.

1847.

1847.

1848.

1848,

1848.

1848.

1848.
1848,

1848.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 413

Morris, F.O. Rare Birds occurring near Bridlington in the Winter of 1846-7»
< Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1692.

Newton, A. Dates of Arrival of Migratory Birds at Elveden in the Autumn of
1846, < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1693.

Newton, A. Occurrence of Rare Birds near Thetford in Norfolk, &c. < Zoolo-
gist, v, 1847, pp. 1693, 1694.

Newton, A. Arrivals of Migratory Birds at Elveden, Suffolk. < Zoologist, v,
1847, p. 1871.

. Newron, A. Nidification of Birds at Elveden. < Zoologist, v, 1847, p. 1871.

Newton, A. Arrivals of Migratory Birds at Everton, Bedfordshire. < Zoolo-
gist, v, 1847, p. 1872.
NicHots, H., Jr. Rare Birds occurring at Kingsbridge, South Devon. <Zoolo-
gist, v, 1847, pp. 1694, 1695.
PRENTICE, C. Curious Ornithological Record. < Zoologisi, v, 1847, p. 1772.
From Clusius, p. 108, respecting ornithology of Middlesex.

. Ransome, G. Rare Birds occurring near Ipswich. <Zoologis', v, 1847, pp. 1692,

1693,
Sr. JoHN,C. Short Sketches | of the |! Wild Sports and Natural History | of |
the Highlands. | — | From the Journals of | Charles St. John, Esq. | — | Lon-

don: | John Murray, Albemarle street. | — | 1847. L vol. 16mo. pp. i-vi, 1-281.
This work is said to also date 1846, g. v. Cf. Zoologist, v, 1847, pp. 1596-1600.
3irds figure prominently in these pleasant sketches. :

SmitH, JAMES, Rev. A few Remarks on the Provincial Names of [certain Brit-
ish] Birds. < Zoologist, v, 1847, pp. 1907-1910.

THOMPSON, W. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xx,
1847, pp. 169-176.

Crex bailloni, Sterna leucopareia, S. velox, Tadorna rutila.

THompson, W. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland, including Species new to

that of Britain. < Rep. Brit. Assoc, Adv. Sci. for 1846, xvi, 1847, p. 83.
Porphyrio hyacinthinus the only bird mentioned.

Wuite, G. (Ld. Lady Dover.) Natural History of Selborne, ... New York:
Harper Brothers. 1847. 1 vol. 18mo.

The original issue of the Harper edition was in 1841, which see.

Baikiz, W. B., and HEDDLE, R. Historia Naturalis | Orcadensis. | — | Zoology.
| Part I. | Being a catalogue of the Mammalia and Birds | hitherto observed
in the Orkney Islands. | — | By | W. B. Baikie, M.“D. | and Robert Heddle. |
Edinburgh: | printed by J. and W. Paterson, 52, Bristo street. | 1848. 1 vol.
8vo. pp. i-x, 1-104.

Birds, pp. 25-96: an annotated list of species, with a few references to leading authorities.

BEADLES, J. N. Provincial Names of Birds in Gloucestershire and Worcester-
shire. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2290.

BLACKWALL, J. Periodical Birds observed in the years 1846 and 1847 near
Llanrwst, Denbighshire, North Wales. < Rep. Brit. Assoc, Adv. Sci. for 1847,
1848 (Misc. Comm.), p. 75.

Times of arrival or departure, or both, of 31 spp.

BREE, W. T. Provincial Names of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, vi, 1848,
pp. 2191, 2192.

Briaas, J. J. Rare Birds [4 spp.] in Derbyshire. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 1966.

Bury, C. A. Notes on some of the rarer British Birds as observed in the South
of Spain. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 1958-1965.

Durr, J. On the Partial Migration of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, vi,
1848, pp. 2071, 2072.

414 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.
1848.

1848.

1843.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.

1848.

Dunn, R. Some Notes on the Birds of Shetland. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2187,
2188.

DuNN, R. Note respecting the Gray Phalarope (Phalaropus lobatus), the Red-
necked Phalarope (P. hyperboreus) and the Great Northern Diver (Colymbus
septentrionalis). < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2230.

EpITORIAL. Catalogue for Eggs. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2132-2134.

Editorial comments upon an extract from $8. C. Malan’s ‘‘Systematie Catalogue of the Eggs
of British Birds, etc.,”’ London, 1848.

ELiMaN, J. B. Early Arrival of Fieldfares (Turdus pilaris) and Snipes (Scolo-
pax gallinago) near Battel. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2298.

Evans, A. Leicestershire Names of Birds. < Zoologist, vi, 1348, pp. 2136-2138. .

FIsHER, W. R. On the Nomenclature of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist,
vi, 1848, pp. 2134-2136,

Fisaer, W. R. Capture of Sea-fowl near the North Cape by Foxes. < Zoolo-
gist, vi, 1848, p. 2071.

Foortir, W. F. Provinciai Names of Birds, Nottinghamshire. < Zoologist, vi,
1848, p. 2258.

FRERE, H. T. Dates of the Arrival of Migratory Birds at Aylsham in 1847.
< Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2018.

FRERE, H. T. Provincial Names of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, vi,
1848, p. 2186.

GouGu, T. On the Arrival of Migratory Birds in the Neighbourhood of Kendal

in 1848. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2224-2227.

GuRNEY, J. H. Notice of Ornithological Occurrences in Norfolk, for January,
1848. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2027.

GuRNEY, J. H., and Fisuer, W. R. Ornithological and other Observations in
Norfolk for the Month of October, 1847. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 1965, 1966.
GuRNEY, J. H., and Fisuer, W. R. Ornithological Notices in Norfolk for No-

vember, 1847. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 1966.

GURNEY, J. H., and Fisuer, W. R. Ornithological Notices in Norfolk for the
month of December, 1847. < Zoologist, vi, 1348, pp. 2017, 2018.

GURNEY, J. H., and Fisuer, W. R. Ornithological Notices in Norfolk for the
month of February, 1848. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2071.

GURNEY, J. H., and FisHer, W. R. Ornithological Observations in Norfolk for
March, 1848. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2134.

GURNEY, J. H., and FisHer, W. R. Ornithological and other Observations in
Norfolk for the months of Apriland May. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2183-2185.

GURNEY, J. H., and Fisner, W. R. Ornithological Observations in Norfolk for
the months of June, July and August. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2291, 2292.

This series of observations is continued from the Zoologist for 1847, q. v.

HEPBURN, A. [Field] Notes on the Quadrupeds and Birds of the Northern Dis-
tricts of Inverness-shire. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2010-2014.

Horm, P. A. Ornithologischer Beitrag zur Fauna der Fiiréer. < Arch. f. Na-
turg., 1848, (1), pp. 197-253.

Aus Krgy. Naturh. Tidssk, neuer Reihe, 2tem Bande, SS. 465-525, iibersetzt von Dr. Creplin.

JOHNSON, J. Provincial Names of Birds in Yorkshire. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p.
2290.

Maran, 8. C. A Systematic Catalogue of the Eggs of British Birds, arranged
with the view to supersede the use of Labels for Eggs. By the Rey. S. C. Ma-
lan, M. A., Vicar of Broadwindsor, Dorset. London: Van Voorst. 1848.

Not seen. Cf. Zool., vi, 1848, pp. 2132-2134.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 415

1848. Mryer, H. L. Game Birds and their localities; accompanied by useful notes
to sportsmen. With plates. London: Ackermann, 1848. fol.
Not seen.
1848. Miner, W. M. E. Some Account of the People of St. Kilda and of the Birds of
the Outer Hebrides. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2054-2062.
With annotated list of 57 species.
1848. Miner, W. M. E. Birds of Sutherlandshire, Ross-shire, &c. < Zoologist, vi,
1848, pp. 2014-2017.
62 species, annotated.
1848. Newman, E. Nomenclature of Species. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2136.
1848. Newman, E. Local Listsof [British] Birds. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2295, 2296.
1848. Newton, A. Dates of Arrival of Migratory Birds near Elveden. < Zoologist,
vi, 1848, p. 2149.
1848. Newron, A. Arrival of Migratory Birds at Elveden, Suffolk. < Zoologist, vi,
1848, p. 2227.
1848. Newron, A. Nidification of Birds near Elveden. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2227,
2228.
1848. Newron, A. Arrivals of Migratory Birds at Everton, Bedfordshire. < Zoolo-
gist, vi, 1848, p. 2228.
1848, Swirn, JAmMEs, Rev. Nomenclature of [British] Birds. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p
2291.

1848. Suir, James, Rev. Remarks on Birds visiting the River Dovern, near Banff
< Zoologist, vi, 1848, pp. 2292-2295.

1848. SrricKLAND, A. Enquiry respecting the Masked Gull (Larus capistratus), and.
Remarks in reference to the Glaucous Gull (Larus glaucus) and Greater Petrel.
(Puffinus cinereus). < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p. 2068. ‘

Note by E. Newman.

1848. THompson, W. On the Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. < Rep. Brit, Assoc.
Adv. Sci. for 1847, 1848 (Misc. Comm.), p. 80.

The birds were Crex bailloni, Sterna leucoporeia, S. velox. Article of which this is a mere
extract was published in Ann. Nat. Hist., xx, pp. 169-176.

1848. THompson, W. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d
ser., i, 1848, pp. 62-65.

Only one Bird—Uria leucopthalmos.

1848. Wess, J. S. Provincial Names of [7 British] Birds. < Zoologist, vi, 1848, p.
2018.

“1849-55.” ANDREWS, W. Notes of the birds of the south-west coast and the occur-
rence of the greater Shearwater (Puffinus major). < Dublin Nat. Hist. Soe.
Proc., i, 1849-55, pp. 80-85.

1849-55.” ANDREWS, W. Onanaddition to the Ornithology of Great Britain. <Dub-
lin Nat. Hist. Soc. Proc., i, 1849-55, pp. 75-78.
Not seen: these two titles from Roy. Soc. Cat.; actual date unknown to me; probably
nearer 55 than 42. See same author at 1855.
1849. BLACKWELL, J. Ornithological Notes [on British Birds]. < Ann, Mag. Nat.
Hist. , 2d ser., iv, 1849, pp. 18-25.
Continued from op. cit., xix, p. 379.
1849. Bren, C.R. Nesting of the Linnet (Fringilla cannabina) and Nightingale (Syl-
via luscinia). < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2418, 2419.
1849-50. Briaas, J. J. The Birds of Melbourne. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2475-2498,
2559-2565, 2603-2611 ; viii, 1850, pp. 2793-2796, 2817-2828, 2949, 2951.
Extended field-notes.

416 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1849.

1849.

1849.

1849.

1849.

1849.

1849.

1849.

1849.

1849.
1849.
1849.
1849.

1849.

1849,

Cater, W. E. Occurrence of the Ringed Plover (Charadrius hiaticula), Turn-
stone (Strepsilas interpres), Spotted Crake (Crex porzana) and Grasshopper
Warbler (Salicaria Locustella) in Cambridgeshire. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p,
2497.

CHENNELL, I’. A. Note on the length of song of some of the British Song Birds,
as remarked in the year 1848. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2355.

Durr, J. Ornithological Observations at Bishop’s Auckland. < Zoologist, vii,
1849, p. 2354.

EDITORIAL. Ornithological Rambles in Sussex. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2569-
2575.

Editorial extracts from A. E. Knox’s ‘‘ Ornithological Rambles in Sussex,” 1849, q. v.

EpirortaL. The Letters of Rusticus. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2442-2450.

Editorial extracts from ‘‘ The Letters of Rusticus on the Natural History of Godalming ;”
&e. “ Rusticus’ was Edward Newman, editor of the Zoologist.

ELLMAN, J. B. Provincial Names of [certain British] Birds [ef. Zool., 2422].
< Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2392, 2393.

ELLMAN, J.B. Errata in Mr. Ellman’s Communication (Zool. 2392.) < Zoolo-
gist, vii, 1849, p. 2422.

ELLMAN, J. B. Dates of Arrival of Migratory Birds at Rye, Sussex. < Zoolo-
gist, vii, 1849, p. 2457.

Foster, J. W. Occurrence of the Night Heron (Ardea Nycticorax), White
Egret (Ardea alba), and Stork (Ciconia alba) near Wisbeach. < Zoologist, vii,
1249, p. 2568,

J. Foster, T. W. Occurrence of Rare Birds at and near Wisbech. < Zoologist,

vii, 1849, p. 2623.

9. GARTH, J.C. Occurrence of the Green Cormorant (Phalacrocorax graculus) and

Hooded Crow (Corvus cornix) near Borobridge. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2353.

. GossE, P.H. Popular British Ornithology; containing a familiar and technical

description of the Birds of the British Isles. London: Reeve, Benham &
veeve. 1849. 16mo.
Not seen. This is the orig.ed. There is another, 1853.
GURNEY, J. H., and FisHer, W. R. Ornithological Observations in Norfolk for
September and October, 1848. < Zoologist. vii, 1849, pp. 2353, 2354.
Haw.ey, J. Provincial Names of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, vii, 1849,
pp. 2354, 2355.
Hiacerns, E. T. Rare Birds in Yorkshire. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2569.
Thalassidroma bulweri, Lestris sp., Anthus richardi.
HULke, J. W. Dates of the Arrival of Winter Visitors at Deal. < Zoologist,
vii, 1849, p. 2422.
[ JARDINE, W.] Notice of some New or Rare Birds which have occurred in the
British Islands in 1849. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1849, pp. 134-138.

Scolopax brehmi, Uria lachrymans, Thalassidroma pelasgica (sic), Boschas bimaculata, Mo-
tacilla boarula, Upupa epops. ;

Knox, A. E. Ornithological Rambles | in | Sussex; | with | a Systematic Cata-
logue | of | The Birds of that County, | and remarks on their local distribu-
tion. | — | By A. E. Knox, M. A., F. L. 8., F. Z. 8. | — | London: | John Van

Voorst, Paternoster Row. | M. DCCC. XLIX. lvol. 12mo. pp.i-vi,11., pp.
1-250, with 4 tinted plates.

This is the orig. ed. ; 2d ed., 18-; 3d ed., 1855.

This is a popular contribution to the Fauna of Sussex, pleasantly written, and possessing
attractions for the sportsman as well as the ornithologist. The systematic Catalogue occu-
pies pp. 181-250. The illustrations are by the author, from nature. The volume doubtless
awakened a taste for pursuits similar to the author’s in some who before passed unobservant
along the shores and through the woods of Sussex.

1849.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 417

Lucas, W. Occurrence of the Water Ouzel (Cinctus [sic] aquaticus) and Bearded
Tit (Calamophilus biarmicus) near Hitchin. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2346.

1849-50. MatrHews, A., and MatrHews, H. The Birds of Oxfordshire and its

1849.

1849.

1849.

1849.

1849.

1849.
1849.

1849.
1849.

1849.

1849.

1849,

1849.

1849.

1849.

1849.

Neighbourhood. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2423-2433, 2531-2541, fig., 2592-
2603, fig., 2623-2626; viii, 1850, pp. 2736-2739.

More, A. G. Occurrence of the Fire-crested Regulus (Regulus ignicapillus)
and Crossbill (Loxia curvirostra) at Bembridge. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2526.

Morris, B. R. Note on. the Colour of the Down of Water Birds. < Zoologist,
vii, 1849, p: 2622.

NewrTon, A. Dates of the Singing of Birds at Elveden [ef. Zool. 2422].
< Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2381, 2382.

Newton, A. Dates of Departure of Migratory Birds at Elveden in 1848.
< Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2382.

Newton, A. Dates of Arrival of Migratory Birds at Elveden in 1848. < Zool-
ogist, vii, 1849, p. 2382.

NrwtTon, A. Rare Birds near Thetford. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2382, 2383.

Newton, A. Errata in Mr. Newton’s Communication (Zool. 2381.) < Zoologist,
vii, 1849, p. 2422.

Newton, A. Rare Birds near Thetford. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2524.

Newton, A. Arrivals of Migratory Birds at Elveden, Suffolk, in 1849. < Zoolo-
gist, vii, 1849, p. 2525.

Newton, A. Nidification of Birds near Elveden, in 1849. < Zoologist, vii, 1849,
Pp. 2525, 2526.

Ropp, E. H. Autumnal Migration of Birds at Scilly. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p.
2622. :

Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Osprey, Pied Flycatcher and Reed Wren at
Scilly. < Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2620.

“Rusticus.” [NEWMAN,E.] The Letters of Rustieus on the Natural History
of Godalming; extracted from the Magazine of Natural History, the Entomo-
logical Magazine, and the Entomologist. London: John Van Voorst, Pater-
noster Row. 1849.

Not seen. Cf. Zoologist, vii, 1849, pp. 2442-2450.

Scorr, W. R. On some of the Rarer Birds found in Devonshire. < Zoologist,
vii, 1849, pp. 2383-2385.

THompeson, W. Additions to the Fauna of Ireland. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.,
2d ser., iii, 1849, pp. 351-357.

2 spp. of Birds—Charadrius cantianus, Lringa temminckii.

THompson, W. On the Physical and Geographical Distribution of the Birds of

Ireland. < Edinb. New Philos. Journ., xlvi, 1849, pp. 264-276.
From ‘‘The Natural History of Ireland”’.

1849-51. THompson, W. The | Natural History | of | Ireland. | — | Vol. I [-III]. |

Birds, | comprising the orders | [mut. mut.] |— | By | Wm. Thompson,
Esq., | [ete., 3 lines.] | London: | Reeve, Benham, and Reeve, King William
Street, Strand. | — | 1849 [1850, 1851.] 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, 1849, Raptores
and Insessores, pp. i-xx, 1-434. Vol. II, 1850, Rasores and Grallatores, pp. i-xii,
1-350. Vol. III, 1851, Natatores, pp. i-viii, 1-492. (A fourth Vol.,on Mammals,
added in 1856.)

This is a systematic treatise on all the Birds known to occur in Ireland, very interesting
and reliable, by a gentleman whose nnmerous detached papers on the same subject, no less
than the present work, show him to have been a close, accurate and faithful observer for a
period of years, and whose results are sufficient to place him among the very first writers on
this special subject. It may be not inapt to compare him with his Scotch compeer, Macgil-
livray, at least in originality, fidelity, and diligence. The work is a practical out-of-doors
ornithology, carefully digested in the study, with abundant consultation of other writers.

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79 27 April 13, 18890.

418 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1849. Wayne, W. H. Inquiry respecting the Name of a [an uncertain] Bird.
< Zoologist, vii, 1849, p. 2422.

1850. ADAMS, H.G. Favourite Song Birds, being a popular description of the Feath-
ered Songsters of Britain, Edited by H. G. Adams. With a coloured illustra-
tion, designed and lithographed by Edward Gilks. London. Orr. 1850.

Not seen.—Cf. Zool., 2917 seg. See the ed. of 1851.

1850. BAKER, W. Note on the occurrence of rare Birds near Bridgewater. < Zoologist,
viii, 1850, pp. 2848, 2849 [ef. Zool., 2966].

1850. Baker, W. Correction of two previous [Zool. 23848] errors. < Zoologist, viii,
1850, p. 2966.

1850. Brere, C. R. Nests of the Colymbus arcticus and Charadrius Morinellus.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2954.

1850. CorpEaux, W. H. Varieties of the Yellowhammer (Emberiza citrinella) and
Blackbird (Turdus merula). < Zoologist, viii, pp. 2851, 2852.

1850. DetmMar,C. A. Occurrence of the Pied Flycatcher (Muscicapa atricapilla) and
Baillon’s Crake (Crex Baillonii) in the Marshes near Deal. < Zoologist, viii,
1850, p. 2923.

1850. Epwarp, T. Birds and Birds’ Nests in Aberdeenshire. < Zoologist, viii, 1850,
pp. 2642-2648.

1850. ErtmMan, J.B. Correction of a date [Zool. 2953]. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2967.

1850. GuRNEY, J. H. Occurrence of the Cirl Bunting (Emberiza cirlus) and Black
Redstart (Sylvia Tithys) in Norfolk. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, p. 2651.

1850. Huikr, J. W. Occurrence of the Curlew Sandpiper (Tringa subarquata) and
Temminck’s Stint (Tringa Temminckii), &c., at Shingle End, near Deal.
< Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2923, 2924.

1850. JerDoN, A. A List of the Birds of Roxburghshire. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp.
2872-2878.

Annotated. Resident natives, 38; migrantnatives, 33; winter visitors, 9; occasional visit-
ors, 14.

1850. KNox, A. E. Game Birds and Wild Fowl: | their friends and their foes. | By |
A. E. Knox, M. A. F.L. 8. | Author of “ Ornithological Rambles in Sussex.” |
[Monogram.] | London: | John Van.Voorst, Paternoster Row. | M.DCCC.L.
lvol. 12mo. pp. i-x,1-264, 4 tinted plates.

Very agreeably written, like his former ‘‘ Rambles,” and derived nearly all from the author’s
own experiences with those birds of Great Britain which are usually objects of pursuit by
the sportsman, and other animals which, whether justly or not, are supposed to be injurious
to game birds.

1850. Lewrns, R. Occurrence of the Black-throated Diver [Colymbus arcticus] and
the Tippet Grebe (Colymbus urinator) in Northumberland. < Zoologist, viii,
1850, p. 2775.

1850. Smriru, James, Rev. On Sea-Fowls Breeding in Moray Firth. < Zoologist, viii,
1850, pp. 2905-2914.

tunning commentary on habits, &c.

1850. Smirn, JAmeEs, Rev. Addendum to the Rey. Mr. Smith’s Communication (Zool.
2905) on Sea-Fowls. < Zoologist, viii, pp. 2924, 2925.

1850-51. Tracy, J. Catalogue of Birds taken in Pembrokeshire, with Observations
on their Habits, Manners, &c. < Zoologist, viii, 1850, pp. 2639-2642; ix, 1851,
pp. 3045-3049.

1850. WoLtey, J. Some observations on the Birds of the Faroe Islands. < Jard.
Contrib. Orn., 1850, pp. 106*-117.

1851. Apams, H.G. Favorite Song Birds; | containing | a popular description | of
the | Feathered Songsters of Britain; | with an account of their | Habits,
Haunts, and Characteristic Traits. | Interspersed with | choice passages from

1851.

1851.
1851.

1851.

1851.
1851.

1851.

1851.

1851.

1851.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 419

Apams, H. G.—Continued.
the poets and quotations from eminent | naturalists. | Edited by H.G, Ad-
ams, | author of [etc.] | With Twelve Coloured Illustrations on Stone, | by
Edward Gilks. | [Quotation, 4 lines.] | London: | published for the propri-
etors, by | W.S. Orr and Co., Amen Corner, Paternoster Row; | and North
John Street, Liverpool. | J. M‘Glaishan, Dublin; and J. Menzies, Edin-
burgh. | — | 1851. 1 vol. 16mo,. pp. i-xii, 1-196, pll. 12.
A very nice book. There are other editions: one of same date, or 1850, or both, and one of
1855.
Bricas, J.J. Note on a singular assemblage of [British] Birds. < Zoologist,
ix, 1851, pp. 3111, 3112.
CHENNEL, F. A. Note on the Songs of some of the British Birds, as remarked
in the year 1850. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3111.
Crotcu, W.D. Birds of Somersetshire .
T find such a work mentioned in the Ibis. 1870, 125, with the information that if was begun
in 1851, but that only one part was believed to have made its appearance.

Durr, J. Rare Birds at Bishop Auckland. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 3036, 3037.

Erttman, J. B. Notes on the Arrival of Migratory Birds at Lewes, Sussex.
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3173.

Foster, T. W. Captures of Rare Birds [9 spp.] at and near Wisbech. < Zool-
ogist, ix, 1851, p. 3279.

[ JARDINE, W.] Ornithology in 1850. <Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1851, pp. 1-14.

Bibliographical—British.

Martrupws, A. Dates of the Arrival and Departure of Migratory Birds in Ox-
fordshire during the Year 1850. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 3172, 3173.

Matruews, A. Birds of Oxfordshire. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 2982, 2983.

Merely a supplementary note.

1851-57. Morris, F.O. A | History | of | British Birds. | By | The Rev. F. O. Morris,

1851.
1851.
1851.
1851.
1851.
1851.

1851.

B.A., | Member of the Ashmolean Society. | Vol. I [-VI]. | Containing sixty
[mut. mut.] coloured engravings. | ‘Gloria in excelsis Deo.’ | London: |
Groombridge and Sons, Paternoster Row. | M.DCCC.LI [-LVII]. 6 vols.
large 8vo. Vol. I, 1851, pp. i-iv, 1-364, pll.60. Vol. II, 1852, pp. i-iv, 1-360,
pl. 60. Vol. ILL, 1853, pp. i-iv, 1-391, pll.59. (Other vols. not handled. )

The orig.ed. Reissued in 1865-66, q. v. ;

Newman, H.W. Onthe Habits and Instincts of [some British] Birds. < Zool-
ogist, ix, 1851, pp. 3232, 3233.

Newman, H.W. On the Habits and Instincts of [some British] Birds. < Zool-
ogist, ix, 1851, pp. 3274, 3275.

Powys, T.L. Occurrence of Black Grouse [Tetrao tetrix] and Quails [Cotur-
nix dactylisonans] in Northamptonshire. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 5278.

Powys, T.L. Note on [British] Birds entrapped at a Magpie’s Nest. < Zoolo-
gist, 1x, 1851, p. 3275.

Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Great Gray Shrike (Lanius excubitor) and the
Reed-wren (Salicaria arundinacea) at Scilly. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, p. 3300.
Ropp, E.H. Note on Autumnal Migrants [at Penzance]. < Zoologist, ix, 1851,

p- 3279.

Suarp,C. History | of | Hartlepool, | by the late | Sir Cuthbert Sharp, Knight,
| F.S. A. | Being a re-print of the original work, | published in 1816, | with a
| supplemental History, | to 1851, inclusive. | — | Entered at Stationers’ Hall.
| — | Hartlepool: | printed and published by John Procter; | and sold by [etc.,
11 lines.] |— | 1851. 8vo. 4 p. IL, pp. 1-207, i-xxxvii, 1-138, i-iv, i-xxx.
Many plates, cuts and tables.

At pp. xv-xvii of the appendix to the original History, 1816, there occurs ‘‘A List of Birds
observed at Hartlepool”’, briefly annotated.

420 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1851. SmirH, James, Rev. Notes on the [habits, etc., of the] Turnstone and Tern.
< Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 3073-3082.
1851. Smitu, J. A. Notices of one or two [i.e.,7] of the rarer Birds found in the
South of Scotland. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., viii, 1851, pp. 73-77.
Lanius excubitor, Bombycilla garrula, Picus major, Haliaetus albicilla, Columba palumbus,
Ooturnix vulgaris, Totanus hypoleucos.

1851. THompson, W. Sea Birds at Weymouth. < Zoologist, ix, 1851, pp. 3054, 3055.

91851. Waiter, G. (Ld. Jesse, with suppl. by Jardine.) The Natural History of Sel-
borne. . . . London. L851. 12mo.

Forming a vol. of Bohn’s “ Scientific Library.”

1852. Harper, T.O. Occurrence of Rare Birds near Norwich. < Zoologist, x, 1852,
p. 3474.

1852. Briaas, J.J. Notes on the Birds, Fishes,and Insects observed near St. Mar-
garet’s Bay, Kent. < Zoologist, x, 1852, pp. 3611-3613.

1852. Duck, J.N. The | Natural History | of | Portshead: | comprising | a guide to
the locality, | with | an appendix, | containing | an ornithological, entomo-
logical, and | botanical catalogue for the | neighbourhood. | — | By John N.
Duck. | — | Bristol: | Evans and Abbott, 29, Clare-street. | — | 1852. 1 vol.
12mo. pp. 1-65, plates, map.

Ornithology, pp. 17-21. Ornithological list, p. 57; 36 spp.

1852. IrBy, L.H. Notes on the Arrival and Departure of Migratory Birds in Norfolk.
< Zoologist, x, 1852, p. 3536.

1852. [JARDINE, W.] Ornithology in 1851. < Jard. Contrib. Orn., 1852, pp. 1-19.

Summary of progress of British Ornithology.

1852. LEE,R., Mrs. British Birds. London, 1852. 8vo.

Not seen.
1852. Len, R., Mrs. British and Foreign Birds. London, 1852 8vo.
Not seen.

1852. Lerira,G.H. Occurrence of various Birds at Ross, Dumbartonshire. < Zoolo-
gist, x, 1852, p. 3503.
1852. NeEwMAN, H.W. On the Song of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, x, 1852,
pp. 3386, 3387.
1852. PripEAUX, C. Occurrence of Rare Birds near Kingsbridge. < Zoologist, x, 1852,
p. 3474. .
1852. SmirH,J.A. Ornithological Notes [on 9 spp. of Scottish Birds]. < Ann. Mag.
Nat. Hist., 2d ser., x, 1852, pp. 69-74.
Read before Roy. Physical Soc. Edinb., April 7, 1852.
1852. WHEELWRIGHT, H.W. Vergl. Verz. d. Vég. Skandinaviens u. Grossbritanniens.
Carlstadt, 1852. 8vo.
Nicht mir selbst zuginglich.
1853. Barkin, W.B. Additions to the List of Birds of Orkney and Zetland. < Zoolo-
gist, xi, 1853, p. 3843.
Noctua tengmalmi, Curruca cinerea, Bombycilla garrula, Totanus fuscus.
1853. Burt, E. Occurrence of the Ivory Gull, &c.at Torquay. < Zoologist, xi, 1853,
p. 3807.
1853. EpiroriaL. Bibliographical Notices. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xi, 1853,
pp. 236-244.
Extended and appreciative review of Macgillivray’s History of British Birds.
1853. Forstrr,T. ‘On the present season in relation to the Migration of Birds, and
other Natural Phenomena.” < Zoologist, xi, 1853, pp. 3805, 3806.
From Proc. Linn. Soc., May 21, 1851.

1853. Gosse,P.H. Popular British Ornithology. . . . London. 1853.
Notseen. The 2d.ed.; orig. ed., 1849.

1850.

1853.

1853.
1853.

1853.

1853.

1853.

1853.

1853.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 421

GurNEY, J.H. Note on the occurrence of the Pectoral Sandpiper [Tringa ma-
culata J and Nutcracker [Nucifraga caryocatactes] near Yarmouth. < Zoolo-
gist, Xi, 1853, p. 4124.

GURNEY, J.H. Note on the supposed occurrence of the Apteryx in Anglesey,
and on the capture of Galbula ruficauda in Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, xi,
1853, pp. 3944, 3945.

. JENNINGS, C. The Eggs of British Birds,

Not seen. This is said to be the date of the orig. ed. See the 2d ed., 1854.

. Kinanan,J.R. Note on the Singing of Birds in Spring and Summer in Ireland.

< Zoologist, xi, 1853, pp. 3980, 3981,

\

o3. [KNapp,J.L.] Country Rambles | in | England; | or | Journal of a Naturalist

[By J. L. Knapp]; | with notes and additions, | by | The author of ‘‘ Rural
Hours” [Miss 8. Fenimore Cooper}. | [Quotation.] | Buffalo: | Published by
Phinney & Co, | — | 1853. 1 vol. Frontisp., eng. title, pp. i-x, 11-336 + 1,
2 pll., 5 cuts.

At pp. 109-189, the reader may ramble among the birds, in the author’s pleasant company.
Appendix by the American editor. Note U, pp. 299-307, treats more formally of a selection
of English species ‘‘most likely to interest the reader.” Note W, on the Robin. Note X, on
the Goldfinch. Note Y, on the Skylark. The work first appeared in England about 25 years
before, but I have yet to see a copy of the original.

More, A.G. Migratory Birds in the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 4094.

NEwToN, A. Note on singularly placed Nests of the Pheasant (Phasianus
Colchicus) and Red-legged Partridge (Perdix rufa). < Zoologist, xi, 1853, pp.
4073, 4074,

. NorMAN, A.M. Note on the late Nidification of Birds [in Oxfordshire]. < Zo-

ologist, xi, 1853, p. 4072.

3. Ropp, E.H. Occurrence of the Long-eared Owl (Strix Otus) and Fire-crested

Regulus (Regulus ignicapillus) near Penzance. < Zoologist, xi, 1852, p. 3753.

. Powys, T.L. Occurrence of the Sandwich Tern (Sterna Boysii) &c. [Sterna

minuta, Alea torda] near Oxford. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3946.

Powys, T.L. Captures of various Birds in Oxfordshire. < Zoologist, xi, 1853,
Dp. 3805.

SmiruH, A.C. Observations on the General Color and the occasional Variations
in the Plumage of Birds. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, pp. 3969-3980.

Followed Ly a list of 57 spp. of British Birds, abnormal variations in the plumage of which
have been recorded.

STEPHENSON, J.W. Occurrence of the Blue-throated Warbler (Sylvia suecica),
the Little Auk (Uria Alle), and the Black Redstart (Sylvia Tithys) near
Worthing, in Sussex. < Zoologist, xi, 1853, p. 3907.

THOMPSON, W. Supplementary Report on the Fauna of Ireland. < Rep. Brit.
Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1852, 1853, pp. 290-296.

Among birds, enumeration of 32 spp. not known as Irish at date of his Report, since ascer-
tained to inhabit that country, with references to the authorities for the occurr neces.

Watters, J. J. The Natural History of the Birds of Ireland, Indigenous and
Migratory, containing Descriptions of the Habits, Migrations, Occurrence
and Economy of the two hundred and sixty-one Species comprised in the
Fauna. By John J. Watters, Associate Member of the University Zoological
Association. Dublin: James McGlaishan. London. W.S. Orr & Co. 1853.
lvol. 12mo. pp. 300.

Not seen. Is the author’s name Walter or Watter, Walters or Watters ?
“This volume deserves to be widely circulated, and we heartily recommend it to our readers,
It abounds with anecdote, and is written in popular style. They will find it to be an accu-

rate history of our Irish birds—detailing most of their interesting features.’ —Nat. Hist. Rev.y
i, 1854, pp. 8-12.

422 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1853. WuHiTE, G. (Hd. Jardine.) The | Natural History and Antiquities | of Selborne,
| with | Observations on various parts of Nature, | and | The Naturalist’s
Calendar. | By the late Rev. Gilbert White, A.M. | A new edition. | Edited,
with notes, by | Sir William Jardine, | Bart. F.R.S.E. F.L.S. &c. | Com-
pletely illustrated with about seventy engravings, | comprising | subjects from
natural history, and views of Selborne, its vicinity | and antiquities, sketched
from nature expressly | for this edition. | London: | Nathaniel Cooke, Milford
House, Strand. | 1853. I vol. 8vo. Engr. title, pp. i-xviii, 1-342, 4 animal
plates, and 60 other illustr.

I have handled this ed., of which Prof. Newton remarks: ‘This forms a volume of the
‘National Mlustrated Library,’ and, though the woodcuts are of inferior quality, is a very
good edition. Facing p.2 is a map of the vicinity of Selborne.”’

1853. WHITE, G. (Hd. Lady Dover.) Natural History of Selborne, . . . New York:
Harper Brothers. 1853. 1 vol. 18mo.

The original issue of the Harper edition was in 1841, which see.

1854. ANON. [Review of Watters’ Natural History of the Birds of Ireland.] < Nat.
Hist. Rev., i, 1854, pp. 8-12.

1854. BrRKBECK, R. Remarks on a List of the Birds of West Cumberland [Zool. 4166].
< Zoologist, xii, 1254, p. 4366.

1854. Briaas, J.J. Note on a Hybrid between a Black Grouse and Pheasant. < Zo-
ologist, xii, 1854, p. 4253.

1854. FaRRAN, Dr. [Note on Saxicola enanthe and Anser brenta in Ireland.] < Nat.
Hist. Rev. (Pr. Soc. ), i, 1854, pp. 236, 237.

[1854.] JENNINGS,C. The | Eggs of British Birds, | Displayed in a series of engrav-
ings, copied | and coloured from nature, | with descriptions of British Birds. |
By C. Jennings. { The Illustrations by Dickes. | — | Second Edition. | — |
Bath: Binns and Goodwin. | London: Low and Son, Agents; Longman;
Simpkin ; | Hamilton; Whittaker; | Edinburgh: Oliver and Boyd. Dublin:
J.M‘Glashan. | 1 vol. 12mo. n. d. [1854.] Eng. title, pp. i-xxii, 1-266, un-
numbered coloured plates.

This second edit. seems to be enlarged, as I find the orig. ed., 1853 (which I have not seen),
cited as of 232 pp. The author says: ‘‘I make no pretension to a scientific acquaintance with
the department of Natural History to which the following chapters refer. My objects are, to
excite or encourage,” ... &c. The book took well, and had a useful career.

1854. MonrGomery, [R.J.] [Exhibition of Irish-killed specimens of Great Cinereous
Shrike and Black-capped Warbler.] < Nat. Hist. Rev. (Pr. Soc.), i, 1854, p. 26.

1854. MontGcoMERY, R. J. [Remarks on exhibtion of 3 spp. of Irish Birds.] < Nat.
Hist. Rev. (Pr. Soc.), i, 1854, p. 148.

1854. PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE, O. Occurrence of the Hoopoe [Upupa epops] and Oriole
[Oriolus galbula] near Blandford. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4366.

1854. Powys, T.L. Occurrence of various Birds [Lanius excubitor, Lestris richard-
sonii, and Scolopax major] in Oxfordshire. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4165.

1854. RoBertTs, A. Occurrence of Rare Birds [8 spp.] at Scarborough. < Zoologist,
xii, 1854, p. 4331.

1854. Rosson, J. A List of the Birds of West Cumberland. < Zoologist, xii, 1854,
pp. 4166-4170.

176 spp. briefly annotated. Cf. Zool. 4366, 4406, 4407.

1854. Rosson, J. Reply to Mr. Birkbeck’s ‘‘Remarks on a List of Birds of West
Cumberland” [ Zool. 4166], by Mr. Joseph Robson, addressed to Walter Buch-
anan, Esq., F.L.8. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, pp. 4406, 4407.

1854. Ropp, E.H. Provincial Names of Birds in Devonshire and Cornwall. < Zool-
ogist, xii, 1854, p. 4255.

1854. Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of Shinz’s Tringa, the Hawfinch and White-fronted
Geese at Scilly. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, p. 4512.

1854

1854.

1854.

1854.

1854.

1854.

1855.
1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.

1855.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 423

Spicer, J. W. G. Note on Hybrid Gallinaceous Birds. < Zoologist, xii, 1854,
pp. 4294-4296.

Spicer, J.W. G. Occurrence of the Little Bittern and other [about 21] Rare
Birds in Surrey. < Zoologist, xii, 1854, pp. 4366, 4367.

Tuomas, M.W.B. Indications of Weather, as shown by Animals, Insects, and
Plants. < Edinb. New Philos. Journ., lvii, 1854, pp. 341-343.

Note on Birds in this connection, p. 341.

Wuitr,G. (Ed. Jesse.) The Natural History | of | Selborne; | with | Observa-
tions on various parts of Nature; | and | the Naturalist’s Calendar. | By the
late | Rev. Gilbert White, A. M. | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | With ad-
ditions and supplementary notes by | Sir William Jardine, Bart. F. R.S. E.,
F.L.S., M.W.S. | Edited, with further illustrations, a biographical sketch
of the author, | and a complete Index, by | Edward Jesse, Esq. | Author of
‘Gleanings in Natural History,” &c. &c. | With forty engravings. | London: i
Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. | 1854. 1 vol. 16mo. pp.i-
xxiv, 1-416, 40 illust.

This Ihave handled. As the title shows, this isa Jardine ‘‘ White,” with further additions
and illustrations by Jesse. Compare 1834, JESSE, W.

Wuitr,G. (Ld. Wood.) The | Natural History | of | Selborne. | By the late Rev.
Gilbert White, A. M. | With additional notes, | by the Rev. J.G. Wood, M. A. |
Author of the Illustrated Natural History, etc. | Illustrated with engravings
on wood. | London: | George Routledge & Co. | Farringdon Street. | 1854.
1lvol. 8vo. pp. i-viii, 1-428.

Not seen. Title and comment from Newton, 1877.
This edition is very nicely printed; but the woodcuts are somewhat fanciful, and not very
characteristic, nor do the notes betray the hand of a master.

Wricut, E.P. Notes on the occurrence of rare Birds in Ireland, from February,
1853, to February, 1854. < Nat. Hist. Rev. (Pr. Soc.), 1, 1854, pp. 95-98.

AKERMAN, J. Y. The Birds of London. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, pp. 4702, 4703.

ANDREWS, [W.] Notes on the south-west coast [of Ireland], and on the occur-
rence of the Great Shearwater (Puffinus major). < Nat. Hist, Rev. (Pr. Soc.),
ii, 1855, pp. 91-97.

Bree, C.R. Birds killed by Cold [Stowmarket, 1855]. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855,
p. 4870.

Brer,C.R. Rare Birds captured near Stowmarket. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, pp.
4629-4631.

Colymbus arcticus, Oidemia nigra, Ardea stelluris, Fringilla coccothraustes.

CoLtumNeawoop, C. Birds in the Neighbourhood of Blackheath in 1854. < Zo-
ologist, xiii, 1855, pp. 4592-4594.

CoLuiInaGwoop, C. Calendar of Natural Phenomena observed at Purley Park,
Berkshire. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, pp. 4725-4738.

Chiefly ornithological.

D’UrBAN, W.S.M. Occurrence of the Spotted Crake [Crex porzana] and Avo-
cet [Recurvirostra Avocetta] on the Exe. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, pp. 4895,
4896.

Gatcombr, J. Occurrence of the Iceland Gull [Larus leucopterus] and other
Scarce Birds in the Neighbourhood of Plymouth. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p.
4705.

GranTHam, G. Occurrence of the Little Ringed Plover [Hiaticula minor] and
Smew [Mergellus albellus] near Brighton. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4762.

Hussgy, A. Occurrence of the Short-toed Lark (Alauda brachydactyla) and of
the Lapland Bunting (Emberiza Lapponica) in Sussex. < Zoologist, xiii,
1855, p. 4558.

424 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1855. Kinanan, R. J. Local List of Birds found in the County Dublin. < Nat. Hist
Rev. (Pr. Soc.), ii, 1855, pp. 22-25, 26-28.

Fully annotated.

1855. Knox, A. E. Ornithological Rambles | in Sussex; | with a systematic cata-
logue | of | the Birds of that County, | and | remarks on their local distribu-
tion. | By | A. E. Knox, M.A.,F.L.8., &c. | — | Third Edition. | — | Lon-
don: | John Van Voorst, i, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLY. 1 vol. 12mo. pp,
lii-xii, 1-260, 4 illust. by Wolf.

Orig. ed. 1849; 2d ed. 18—.

“In sending forth a Third Edition of his ‘Ornithological Rambles,’ the Author has no¢
thought it necessary to make any essential alterations in the former part of the work, but
those who may feel an interest in the occurrence of new or rare species within the limits of
the county, will find some additional information on this subject in the Systematic Catalogue
at the end of the volume.”’ =

The original lithographs, after the author’s drawings, having been worn out, are superseded
in this ed. by four of Wolf’s spirited illustrations.

1855. Morris, B.R. British | Game Birds | and | Wild fowl. | By | Beverley R. Mor-
ris, Esq., A. B., M. D., T. C. D., | Memb: Wern: Club. | — | Illustrated with
sixty coloured plates. | — | London: | Groombridge and Sons, Paternoster
Row. | — | 1855. 1 vol. Large 4to. pp. i-iv, 1-252, with 60 unnumbered
col’d plates.

This is a beautiful and luxurious volume. The text is of general character, for the most
part a leaf of it to a plate. Some 60 or 70 species are treated. The plates are brilliant; and
if the author had numbered them, so that I could cite them, I would do so with pleasure.

ITimagine, without knowing, that the work may have been published in parts, not necessa_
rily all of the date above given.

1855. Powys, T. L. Occurrence of the Bittern [Botaurus stellaris] and Goosander
[Mergus merganser] in Northamptonshire, and of the Red-throated Diver

[Colymbus septentrionalis] in Plymouth Sound. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4762.
1855. Roperts, A. Occurrence of Wild Fowl at Scarborough. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855,
pp. 4660.
1855. Roperts, A. Occurrence of the Shag (Carbo cristatus), the American Scaup
(Fuligula maritoides [sic]) and the Continental Wagtail near Scarborough.
< Zoologist, xiii, p. 4631,
1855. Rosperts, A. Rare Birds killed near Searborough. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4558.
1855. Smirn, J. A. [Exhibition before Roy. Phys. Soc., Mar. 28, 13855, of several
British Birds.] < Edinb. New Philos. Journ., new ser., ii, 1855, p. 194.
1855. STEVENSON, H. Winter Visitors to the Norfolk Coast during the late severe
weather. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4660. é|
1855. STEVENSON, H. Wild Fowl on the Norfolk Coast. < Zoologist, xiii, 1855, p. 4704.
1855. Wuitr, G. (Ed. Lady Dover.) Natural History of Selborne. . . . New York:
Harper Brothers. 1855. 1vol. 18mo.
The original issue of the Harper edition was in 1841, which see.
1856-59. ANDREWs, W. Notes on the Ornithology of the County of Kerry. Dublin
Nat. Hist. Soc. Proc., iii, 1856-59, pp. 51-55.
Not seen: title from Roy. Soc. Cat. ; actual date in question.
1856. Burkitt, Dr. Occurrence of Rare Birds in Ireland. < Nat. Hist. Rev. (Pr. Soc.),
lii, L256, pp. 26, 27.
1856. Cocks, W. P. Rare British Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xviii, 1856,
p. 430.
3 spp.—Sterna arctica, S. hirundo, Thalassidroma pelagica.
1856. Dax, J. C. Popular Fallacies about [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, xiv,
1856, p. 4994.
1856. D’UrBaN, W. S. M. Note on the Early Arrival of the Sand Martin [Cotyle
riparia] and Chiffchaff [Sylvia hippolais]. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5098.

ae

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 425

1856-60. Epwarp,T. A List of the Birds of Banffshire, accompanied with Anecdotes.

1856.

1856.

1856.

< Zoologist, xiv, 1856, pp. 5117-5122, 5199-5202, 5258-5268; xvii, 1859, pp. 6595—
6601, 6631-6637, 6665-6672; xviii, 1860, pp. 6841-6849, 6964-6975.

GaTcoMBE, J. Occurrence of the Great Plover [Gidienemus crepitans] and
Spotted Crake [Crex porzana] in Devonshire. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 4946,

GURNEY, J. H. Rare Birds procured in Norfolk and Suffolk. < Zoologist, xiv,
1856, p. 5159. ;

Sylvia eyanecula, Oriolus galbula, Tringa platyrhyncha.

Gurney, J. H. Remarkable Destruction of Sea Birds on the Norfolk Coast,
< Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 5159.

“Hesperus.” A Glance over the Cliffs of Moher (County Clare, Ireland).
< Zoologist, xiv, 1856, pp. 4941, 4942.

On the birds there seen.

18562 Hewirson, W.C. British Oology; | being | Illustrations | of the | Eggs of Brit-

1856.

1856.

1856.

ish Birds, | with figures of each species, | as far as practicable, | drawn and
coloured from nature: | accompanied by | descriptions of the and situation of
their nests, | number of eggs, &c. | By William C. Hewitson. | — | Vol. I [II].
| — | [Quotation.] | — | Neweastle upon Tyne: | Published for the Author, |

By Charles Empson, 32, Collingwood Street. | [n.d.] 2 vols. Large 8vo, Not
paged, 169 pll. col’d.

Tam very imperfectly acquainted with this work. The edition here cited, which I suppose
to be a ‘3d ed., 2 vols., 1856’, is neither dated nor paged, has the species arranged systematic”
cally, with the addition, at the end of Vol. II, of 15 species to the 229 before treated, raising
the total number of plates to 169, each representing the egg of one or more species, in
colours, natural size. The work was originally published (by subscription) in parts. I find
it cited ‘8vo, London, 1831-1844", and also ‘‘3 vols, 8vo, London, 1831-1836”.

. Hore, F. Letters on Natural History. < Zoologist, xiv, 1356, pp. 5034-5044.

Date 1834. Chiefly on British Birds. ‘‘ Replete with those records and observations which
- give to White’s ‘Selborne’ its enduring interest.”

3. Kriper, T. [Ausziige aus W. Thompson’s ,, Natural History of Treland ‘*. ]

yr @ . Kp “a_ =
< Naumannia, vi, 1856, pp. 77, 78.
Ueber Sturnus vulgdris, Bonasa europer, Aquila chrysaetos.

56. Lister, T. Notices of Rarer Birds about Barnsley [Yorkshire ]. Zoologist, Xiv
; g ;

1856, p. 4942.

. STEVENSON, H. Occurrence of the Rose-coloured Pastor [Pastor roseus], Merlin

[Faleo iesalon] and Peregrine [F. peregrinus] in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xiv,
1856, p. 5320.

. STEVENSON, H. Note on the Iceland Gull and the Shore Lark in Norfolk.

< Zoologist, xiv, 1856, p. 4947.

Tuck, E.J. Occurrence of the Rose-coloured Pastor [ Pastor roseus] and Hoopoe
[Upupa epops] in Essex. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, pp. 5319, 5320.

Tuck, E. J. Occurrence of the Rose-coloured Pastor [Pastor roseus } and Wood-
chat Shrike in Hertfordshire. < Zoologist, xiv, 1856, pp. 5203, 5204.

YARRELL, W. A | History | of | British Birds. | By | William Yarrell, V. P. L. S.
F. Z. 8. | Illustrated by 550 wood-engravings. | In three volumes.—Vol. I
[-III]. | Third Edition, with many additions. | London: | John Van Voorst,
Paternoster Row. | M.DCCC.LVI. 3 vols. 8vo. Vol. I, pp. i-xxxv (title,
preface and index), 1-614. Vol. II, pp. 702. Vol. III, pp. 679.

YARRELL, W. Second Supplement | to the | History | of | British Birds: | being
also a | First Supplement to the Second Edition. | By William Yarrell,V.P. 1.8.
F. Z.S. | Illustrated with 18 wood-engravings. | London: | John Van Voorst,

Paternoster Row. | M. DCCC. LVI. pp. i-x (title and preface), 1-72.
See the 2d ed., 1845, and the orig. ed., 1837-43.

426 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1857. ANDREWS, W. Notes on the Ornithology of the County of Kerry. < Nat. Hist.

1857.

Rev. (Pr. Soc.), iv, 1857, pp. 162-165.
With reference to several stragglers. Remarks by J. B. Doyle.
ANON. British Land Birds. London, Religious Tract Society. 1857. 12mo.
pp. 282.
Not seen.

» CLERMONT, Lord. Occurrence of the Eared Grebe [Podiceps auritus] and Night

Heron [Nyeticorax ardeola] in Ireland. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5429.

. Cocks, W. P. Rare British Birds. < Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 2d ser., xix, 1857,

1857.

1857.
1857.

1857.

1857.

1857.

1857.

1857.

p. 107.
Only one sp., Thalassidroma leachii.
CREWE, H. H. Note on the Robin (Sylvia rubecula) and Butcher Bird (Lanius
collurio). < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5516.
Dunn, R. Rare Birds in Orkney. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, pp. 5791, 5792.
GATCOMBE, J. Occurrence of Rare Birds near Plymouth in 1856. < Zoologist,
XV, 1857, p. 5593.
HEPBURN, A. ‘Notes on some of the Mammelia and Birds found at El. Abbs
Head.—Proceed. of the Berwickshire natur. Club 1857. 70.”
Not seen: title and reference copied from Giebel.
LAIsHLEY, R. A popular History of British Birds’ Eg
pp. 310.

Not seen.

gs. London. 1857. 16mo.

MatTHeEws, M. A. Stray Notes from an Ornithologist’s Diary during the past
Summer [North Devon, England]. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, pp. 5345-5348.

Ropp, E. H. Autumnal Migratory Movement: Scilly Isles. < Zoologist, xv,
1857, p. 5789.

SHEPHERD, C.W. Occurrence of the Avocet (Recurvirostra avocetta) and Rose-
coloured Pastor (Pastor roseus) near Rochester. < Zoologist, xv, 1857, p. 5519.

. WARREN, R. Notes on the Natatores of Killala. < Nat. Hist. Rev.( Pr. Soe.), iv,

1857, pp. 50-56.

. Epwarpb, T. Occurrence of [6 spp. of ] Rare Birds near Banff. < Zoologist, xvi,

1858, pp. 6268-6270.

. MaTHeEws, M. A. Occurrence of the Norfolk Plover [Oedicnemus crepitans] and

the Ruff [Machetes pugnax] near Barnstaple. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6264.

. MaTHews, M. A. Occurrence of Rare Birds near Barnstaple. < Zoologist, xvi,

1858, pp. 6014, 6015.

. MILNER, W. M. E. The Glossy Ibis and Yellowlegged Sandpiper [Totanus fla-

1858.

1858

1858

vipes] killed in Yorkshire. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 5958.
More, A. G. Migratory Birds in the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, pp,
6270, 6271.

. NewMaAN, H. W. Movements of Swifts and Migratory [British] Birds, < Zo-

ologist, xvi, 1858, p. 5958.

. RoGcers, F. Occurrence of Wild Geese in the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist, xvi,

1858, p. 6097.

. Sraney, W. H. White Thrushes, Blackbirds, &c. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, pp.

6141, 6142.

. SMURTHWAITE, H. Occurrence of the Hoopoe and Pied Flycatcher in Yorkshire,

< Zoologist, xvi, 1858, p. 6093.

Tuck, E. J. Nesting of Swallows and other [British] Birds. < Zoologist, xvi,
1858, pp. 5920, 5921.

WALKER, J.S. A Plea for Birds. < Zoologist, xvi, 1858, pp. 6092, 6093.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 427

1858. WHITE, G. (Hd. Blyth.) The | [Nat. Hist. of Selborne, ete.,...] Blyth. | To
which is added | a Description of the Village and Neighbourhood, | written
on the spot for this Edition, | by the late Robert Mudie. | Thomas Nelson &
Sons, | London, Edinburgh, and New York. | MDCCCLVIII.

A stereotyped reissue of the Blyth ed. of 1836, with a new title-page, &c., the omission of
the former printer’s name at the end and the addition of the new printer’s (Thomas Harrild)
name, monogram and address on the page following title, and of double marginal lines round
each page.

1859. ARMSTRONG, T. Occurrence of Rare Birds [6 spp.] near Carlisle. < Zoologist,

XVii, 1859, p. 6373.

1859-60. Bett, T. B. Notes from the neighborhood of Stranaer on the Chough or
Red-legged Crow (Fregilus graculus); on the migration of the Swift (Cypselus
apus, Flem.); and on the effects of the severe gale on the 9th Sept. last.
< Edinb. Proc. Phys. Soc., ii, 1859-60, pp. 143-145.

Not seen: title from Roy. Soc. Cut. Sce 1860, same author.

1859. CLrark, T. Dates of the Arrival of Migratory Birds [in Somersetshire]. < Zo-
ologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6603, 6604.

1859. Cottinawoop, C. Fauna of Blackheath and its Vicinity. London. 1859.
pp. 46.

Not seen: said to contain a list of the birds.

1859. Coucnu, J. Birds’ Nests: Nests of the Green Woodpecker and Nuthatch [Geci-
nus viridis, Sitta europea]. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6327, 6328.

1859. GatcomBE, J. Notes on the occurrence of rare Birds [7 spp.] in Devon and
Cornwall in 1857 and 1858. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6376-6378.

1859. Kent, R. Occurrence of the Little Crake and Schintz Sandpiper at Hastings.
< Zoologzist, xvii, 1859, p. 6537.

1859. KINAHAN,G.H. On the remarkable destruction caused among Birds in Kerry
by the winter of 1854-55. < Nat. Hist. Rev. (Pr. Soc.), vi, 1859, pp. 374, 376.

With remarks by R. J. Montgomery and R. Warren.

1859. Mariuuws, M. A. Rare Birds driven Inland [England] by the recent Great
Storms. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6780.

1859. Maruiews, M. A. Autumn Notes on [some British] Birds. < Zoologist, xvii,
1859, pp. 6761-6763.

1859. Marurws, M.A. The Pomarine Skua and other Sea Birds [of Great Britain].
< Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6330, 6331.

1859. Morr, A. G. Remarks on the Migration of [British] Birds. < Zoologist, xvii, —
1859, pp. 6531-6534.

1859. Newman, H.W. Dates of the Arrival of Migratory Birds [at Cheltenham].
< Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6563.

1859. NewMAn,E. The ‘Zoologist’ List of Birds observed in Great Britain and Ire-
land. Newed. London. 1859. 1 sheet.

Not seen.—Stated to be compiled from 3d ed. of Yarrell’s Brit. Birds, and to comprise all
necessary additions and corrections up to Nov. 1.1859; but ef. Lbis, ii, 1860, pp. 91-93.

1859. OrprE, J.W. P. [Letter from, on several Birds observed in the Hebrides. ]
< Ibis, i, 1859, p. 469.

1859. Roperts, A. Kite, Hoopoe and Golden Oriole shot near Scarborough. < Zoolo-
gist, xvii, 1859, p. 6561.

1859. Ropp, E. H. [British] Birds Singing at Night. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp.
6446, 6447,

1859. Rowtry, G. D. [Letter on Sylvia provincialis and Alauda brachydactyla. ]
< Ibis, i, 1859, pp. 329, 330.

1859. STEVENSON, H. Notices of Ornithological Occurrences in Norfolk in October
and November, 1858. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6326.

428

1859.

1859.

1859.

1860.
1860.

1860.

L860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860

1860.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

STEVENSON, H. Occurrence of the Woodchat Shrike and Ortolan Bunting in
Norfolk and Suffolk. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6602.

STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes for May and June [Norwich, England].
< Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6602.

STEVENSON, H. Unusual number of Hoopoes and Ring Ouzels in Norfolk and
Suffolk. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, pp. 6602, 6603.

STEVENSON, H. Occurrence of the Rednecked Phalarope (Phalaropus hyper-
boreus), Redthroated Diver (Columbus septentrionalis) and Merlin (Falco
wesalon) in Norfolk and Suffolk. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859, p. 6780.

Ussuer, R. J. [Remarks on presentation of Curruca atricapilla and Totanus
ochropus shot in Ireland.] < Nat. Hist. Rev. (Pr. Soc.), vi, 1859, p. 78.

Wuirtr, G. (Ed. Lady Dover.) Natural History of Selborne. ... New York.
Harper Brothers. 1859. 1 vol. 18mo.

The original issue of the Harper edition was in 1841, which see. See also ed. of 1860.

Witson, J.C. Occurrence of Rare Birds near Worthing. < Zoologist, xvii, 1859,
pp. 6604-6606.

Annotated list.

AppLeBy, L. Robins and Titmice reared in one Nest. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860,
Werealvalis

BELFRAGE, J.H. Arrival of Summer Birds [in England?]. <Zoologist, xviii,
1860, p. 7104.

BELFRAGE, J. H. Notes on Birds observed in Herefordshire. < Zoologist, xviii,
1850, pp. 6205, 6206.

BELL, T. B. Notes of the Chough or Red-Legged Crow (Fregilus graculus) ; on
the Migration of the Swift (Cypselus apus Flem.); and on the Effects of the
severe Gale on the 9th September last [at Leswalt, Wigtonshire]. << ?

Copy mutilated: I think I have seen this, but cannot now remember; is it Pr. Edinb. Phys.
Soc., ii, 1860, pp. 143-145; or Edinb. New Philos. Journ., xii, 1860, pp.—-—? See same author
at 1859-60.

BELL, A. 8S. Prognostication of an Early and Severe Winter [of 1860-61, at
Scarborough, by quantity of wild fowl]. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 7274.

Crewe, H.H. Wild Fowl in the Ornamental Waters of London. < Zoologist,
Xvili, 1860, p. 7049.

Duns, J. On the Birds of Linlithgowshire. < Edinb. New Philos. Journ., new
ser., x1i, 1860, pp. 124-126.

Nominal list of species observed during 15 years.

Dutton, J. Occurrence of Rare Birds at Eastbourne, Sussex. < Zoologist,

Xviii, 1860, p. 6807.

HADFIELD, H. Birds [10 spp.] observed between New York and Glasgow.
< Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp. 6977, 6978.

Hussey, H. Wild-fowl in the London Ornamental Waters. < Zoologist, xviii,
1860, pp. 6922, 6923.

HuTcHINSON, M. Dates of Arrival of Migratory Birds [in Kent]. < Zoologist,
xviii, 1260, pp. 6982, 6983.

KINAHAN, J.R. Remarks on the Winter Visits to the British Isles of European
Summer Migrants. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp. 6957-6964.

Read before Nat. Hist. Soc., Dublin, Jan. 13, 1860.

KINAHAN, J.R. Occurrence of the Black Redstart (Sylvia tithys) and of the
Whinchat (Svlvia rubetra) in December, near Dublin. < Zoologist, xviii,
1860, pp. 6808, 6809.

KINAHAN, J.R. On migration in Birds, and its bearings on the winter occur-
rence in the British Isles of European summer migrants. < Nat. Hist. Rev.
(Pr. Soc.), vii, 1860, pp. 368-374.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.

1860.
1860.

1860.
1850.
1850.

1860.
1860.

1860,
1860.
1860.
1860.

1860.

1860.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 429

JAMIESON, T. F. List of the Birds of the North of Scotland, with their Distri-

bution. < Rep. Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci. for 1859, 1860 ( Mise. Comm.), p. 150.
Abstract only. 258 spp.; 106 resident, 37 breeders, 38 winter visitors, 5 migrant visitors,
72 stragglers.

More, A.G. Rare Birds recently observed in the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist,
XViii, 1850, pp. 6349, 6860.

Fully annotated list of a large number, including 9 not known in Sussex.

Morr, A. G. [Literal] Errata to the Article upon Rare Birds in the Isle of
Wieht (Zool. 6849). < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6892.

Mors, A. G. A New Guide to the Isle of Wight... &c. By the Rev. E. Ven-
ables, M. A. London, 1850. > Appendix: Outlines of the Natural History
of the Isle of Wight. By A.G. More, F. L.S.

Not seen. Includes an account of the Ornithology: 220 spp., exclusive of some foreign
stragglers; some said to be on hardly sutticient authority. (Ibis, ii, 1860, pp. 419, 420.)

NEWMAN, H. W. Occurrence of the Alpine Accentor (Accentor alpinus) near
Cheltenham, and the Glossy Ibis (Ibis falcinellus) in Somersetshire. < Zoolo-
gist, xvili, 1860, p. 6889.

Rakes, T. B. [Suggestions with reference to a new ‘Ibis’ List of British Birds,
the ‘ Zoologist’ one being regarded as objectionable.] < J bis, ii, 1860, pp-
430, 431.

Roserts, A. Rare Birds at Scarborough. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6807.

Ropp, E. H. Sport at the Scilly Isles. < Zoologist, xviii, 1850, p. 6807.

Row.tey, G. D. [Letter from Brighton on some Charadriidee, and other mat-
ter.] < Ibis, ii, 1850, pp. 101, 102.

Rowtey, G. D. [Letter on Falco peregrinus, Procellaria leachii, hybrid of Frin-
gilla chloris and F. cannabina, observed at Brighton, England.] < /bis, ii,
1860, pp. 200, 201.

SAVILLE, J. P. Note ona Variety [albinotic] of the Chaffinch (Fringilla ewlebs),
and on a Coot (Fulica atra) found in an odd situation [kitchen area], < Zo-
ologist, xviii, 1860, p. 6890.

Smiru, [J. A.] [Remarks on exhibition before the Roy. Phys. Soc. of several
British Birds.] < Edinb. New Philos. Journ., new ser., xii, 1860, p. 153.

STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk: unusual Number of Haw-
finches [ete.]. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860, pp. 6921, 6922.

STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Occurrences in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xviii, 1860,
pp. 6806, 6807.

STEVENSON, H. Stray [Field] Notes from the Devonshire Coast. < Zoologist,
Xviii, 1860, pp. 6793-6798.

WarREN, R., Jr. On the occurrence of Rare Birds [Limosa melanura, Puffinus
major, Sterna nigra, Coccothraustes vulgaris], and of the Oblong Sunfish, in
the County of Mayo [Ireland]. < Nat. Hist. Rev. (Pr. Soc.), vii, 1860, pp. 32, 33.

Wuitr, G. (Ed. Lady Dover.) The | Natural History of Selborne. | By | the
Rey. Gilbert White, A. M., | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | [Engraving. ]
| New York: | Harper & Brothers, Publishers, | 329 & 331 Pearl street, | Frank-
lin Square. | 1860. 1 vol. 18mo._ pp. i-xii, 13-235, many woodce.

Copyright 1841, q. v., the date of the orig. issue of the American reprint of this edition,
which was several times issued at irregular periods, a few hundred copies at a time. A note
to me, recently (1879) obligingly furnished by the publishers, giving memoranda of the dates
of successive issues, includes one of ‘'1859,” but np’ one of 1860. As I have handled a copy
dated 1860, it may be that 1859 was the actual date of issue of copies post-dated **1860,” rather
than that there was one of 1859 and one of 1869 too.

This is apparently a very faithful reprint of Lady Dover's edition (ef. 1833), from which
most of the woodcuts are reproduced, those in the first part (to Pennant) being reversed,
while those in the second (to Barrington) are not. However, two (pp. 31 and 223) are substi-
tuted for the English originals, and do not reflect much credit on the draughtsman.

430 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

71860. Wuirr, G. (Hd. Lady Dover.) The Natural History of Selborne.

According to Carus and Engelmann, Bibl., p. 1627, an edition of the ‘‘Bowdlerized” edition
was published this year by the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, with figures by
Wolf, probably the same as those of the ed. of 1870 or 1871.

1861. ArKinson, J. C. British | Birds’ Eggs and Nests, | popularly described. | By |
Rey. J. C. Atkinson, | author of [etc.]. | With coloured illustrations by W.S.
Coleman. | London | Routledge, Warne, & Routledge, | Farringdon street. |
New York: 56, Walker street. | 1861. 1Ivol. 12mo. pp. viii, 182, pll. col’d 12.

Very well-written and acceptable book, doubtless found useful by many: illustrations charac-
teristic and helpful, if not highly artistic. Cf. Ibis, 1861, p. 400.

1861. COLLINGWOOD, C. Contributions to British Ornithology—The Notes of Birds.
By Cuthbert Collingwood, M. A., F. L.S.,&c. From the Proceedings of the
Liverpool Literary and Philosophical Society. Read April 15, 1861. 8vo.
pp. 26.

Not seen.

1861. NEWMAN, E. Birds’-nesting: being a complete description of the Nests and
Eggs of Birds which breed in Great Britain and Ireland. By Edward New-
man. ... London. 1861. vo. pp. 52.

Not seen.—Reprinted from the ‘ Zoologist’ for 1861.

1861. Raker, B. [Letter expressing his sense of the desirability of a reliable list of
British Birds.] < Ibis, iii, 1861, pp. 210, 211.

1861. Rake, B. [Remarks offered in hope of instigating a reliable List of British
Birds.] < J bis, iii, 1861, pp. 307-309.

1861. Rowtey, G. D. [Letter on various birds observed at Brighton, England.]
< Ibis, iii, 1861, pp. 113, 114.

1862. ANSTED, D. T., and LatHam, R. G. The Channel Islands. By David Thomas
Ansted and Robert Gordon Latham. London. 1862. 1vol. 8vo.

Not seen. List of 198 spp,, with notes on the general character of the Bird-fauna.

1862, BarTLert?, J. P. Occurrence of the Short-toed Lark (Alauda brachydactyla)

and other rare Birds in Hampshire. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 7930, 7931.

1862. BripGER, W. Occurrence of the Hoopoe and Spoonbill in Surrey. < Zoologist,
xx, 1862, p. 8283.

1862. BruNTON, T. Shorteared Owl and Roughlegged Buzzard near Bishop Stort-
ford. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7844.

1862. Duns, J. On the Nesting Birds of Linlithgowshire and Berwickshire. < Edinb.
New Philos. Journ., new ser., Xv, 1862, pp. 295-298.
Revised, annotated list of the breeders, regular, past, and occasional.
1862. EprrorrAL. [Notice of J. Gould’s forthcoming Birds of Great Britain.] < Ibis,
1862, p. 392.
1862. EpMuNDs, A. Occurrence of rare Birds near Worcester. < Zoologist, xx, 1862,
pp. 8198, 8199.
1862. GATCOMBE, J. Occurrence of the Iceland Gull [Larus leucopterus] and Red-
necked Grebe [Podiceps rubricollis] at Plymouth. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p.
7848.
1862. GILBERT, R. H. T. White Specimens of Redthroated Diver and Lapwing.
< Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 8002, 8003.
1862-73. GouLp, J. The | Birds | of | Great Britain. | By | John Gould, F. R. 8., &e.
| — | In Five Volumes. | — | Volume I [-V]. | London: | printed by Taylor
and Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. | Published by the author, 26, Char-
lotte Street, Bedford Square. | [1862-] 1873. 5 vols. imp.folio. Vol. I, 6 p,
lL. (title, dedication, subscribers, preface), pp. i-cx! (introduction: synopsis of
409 spp.), list of plates 1 leaf, pl. 1-37. Vol. II, 2 p.1L,pll. 1-78. Vol. ILI, 2
p. ll, pll. 1-76. Vol. IV, 2 p. l.,pll. 1-90. Vol. V, 2 p.1L, pll. 1-86. To each

-

,

®

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 431

1862-73. GouLp, J.—Continued.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

plate a sheet or so of letter-press, not paged. Plates (37 -+78+76+ 90+
86=) 367. Pub. in 25 semi-annual Parts, 1862-73; furnishings with last Part.

Parts i, ii, 1862; iii, iv, 1863; v, vi, 1864; vii, viii, 1865; ix, x, 1866; xi, xii, 1867; xiii, xiv,
1868; xv, xvi, 1869; xvii, xviii, 1870; xix, xx, 1871; xxi, xxii, 1872; xxiii-xxv, 1873. Withthe
last part were issued the permanent titles, &c., for the 5 vols. in which the work is directed to
be made up, including pp. i-cxl of introduction. This consists of a synopsis of the 409 spp. of
which the work treats. The regular text is not paged; it consists of a sheet or so to each
plate. The pll. are not numbered. They were not issued in any systematic order; but are
designed to be rearranged systematically in 5 series, one to each vol. as above indicated, and
are enumerated conformably to the printed lists; being citable by number according to these
lists. The plan of publication is thus like that of all the rest of Gould’s famous works. I
have only seen the work as made ur, and cannot, therefore, give the cover-title by which it
was alone known for so many years, and which differs from the permanent title above cited.

““This grand work, which was begun in 1862, is continued at the rate of two parts every
year. The plates, as regards beauty and finish, far exceed those in any other of the author’s
well-known publications. . . . <A good deal of care has been bestowed on the letter-press,
which is much more comprehensive than in the majority of Mr. Gould’s books. Figures of
the nestings of many of the species are also introduced to an extent greater than in any other
work of the kind with which we are acquainted, excepting perhaps Naumann’s ‘ Vogel
Deutschlands.’” (Zool. Rec. for 1864, p. 42.)

HILDEBRAND, A. H. The Goosander and Spotted Rail in Leicestershire. < Zo-
ologist, xx, 1862, pp. 7847, 7842.

Jouns, C. A. British Birds | in their Haunts. | By the | Rev. C. A. Johns, B. A.
F.L.S. | Author of ‘Forest Trees of Britain ;” ‘‘ Flowers of the Field,” | ete. |
With illustrations on wood, | drawn by Wolf, engraved by Whymper. | — |
Published under the direction of the | committee of general literature and
education, appointed by | the Society for promoting Christian Knowledge,

| — | London: | Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge; | [ete., 4 lines. ]
|} — | 1862. 1vol. 16mo. pp. i-xxxii, 1-626, with 190 woodcuts.

This interesting and beautifully illustrated volume contains an account, more or less
detailed, of all the birds figured in the 2d ed. of Yarrell, with additions to date. The author
makes out the British list to be: resident all the year, 140; summer visitors, 63; winter
visitors, 48; capricious visitors, 110; total, 361. The author has certainly, as he ventured to
hope, provided the lover of nature with a pleasant companion in his country walks, and the
young ornithologist with a manual which will supply his present needs and prepare him for
the study of more important works.

Knox, H. B. Notes on [7 spp. of British] Birds’ Nests. < Zoologist, xx, 1862,
pp. 7997, 7998.

Mors, A. G. Early Arrival of Migratory Birds [in the Isle of Wight]. < Zoolo-
gist, xx, 1862, pp. 8026, 8027,

Newman, H. W. Mildness of the Season [winter 1861-2 at Cheltenham].
< Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 7929, 7930.

NEWMAN, H.W. The Song of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp.
7829, 7830.

Reaks, H. Notes on Nests [of a few British Birds]. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp.
8098, 8099.

Ropp, E. H. Dates of Appearance and Song of a few of our Migratory Birds
near Penzance. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 80387.

Row ey, G. D. [Letter on various Birds observed at Brighton, England. ]
< Ibis, iv, 1862, pp. 88, 89.

Smitn, J. A. Ornithological Notes [on a few Scottish Birds]. < Edinb. New
Philos. Journ., new ser., xv, 1862, pp. 305, 306.

STEVENSON, H. Occurrence of Shore Larks, Little Auks, Gray Phalarope, &c.,
in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7845.

STEVENSON, H. Note on the Spotted Redshank, Caspian Tern, Spoonbill, &c.,
at Yarmouth. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8095.

432 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1862.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

. 1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.

1863.
1863.

1863.

1863.

STEVENSON, H. Note on the Shore Lark (Alauda alpestris) and Little Owl (Strix
passerina) in Norfolk. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 7931.

STOWELL, H. A. Chit-chat, chiefly Ornithological, from the ne of Man.
< Zoologist, xx, 1862, pp. 7848, 7849.

SaxBy, H. L. Ornithological Notes from Edinburgh. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p.
7880.

SHEWELL, J. Nesting of Martins and Sparrows [in Great Britain]. < Zoologist,
xx, 1862, p. 8194.

THOMPSON, T. Dates of Arrival and Nesting of [afew British] Birds. < Zoolo- .
gist, xx, 1862, p. 8160.

VARLEY, J. Occurrence of the Manx Shearwater, Thickknee and Croosbills in
the Neighbourhood of Huddersfield. < Zoologist, xx, 1862, p. 8005.

ATKINSON, J. C. Nests of the Common Wren and the Golderest. < Zoologist,
xxi, 1863, pp. 8680, 8681.

BENNETT, E. T. Food of Small [British] Birds. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp.
8814, 8815.

BLaAkE-KNOx, H. Purple Sandpiper, Iceland Gull and other rare Birds at Dal-
kley. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8447, 8448.

BLAKE-KNOX, H. Ornithological Notes between Bristol aad Dublin. < Zoolo-
gist, xxi, 1863, p. 8523.

BiLakE-KNox, H. Correction of an Error [Zool., 8523]. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863,
p. 8578.

Bouton, W.W. Scarcity of Summer Migratory Birds in the East Riding of
Yorkshire. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8726.

Brunton, T. Blackbirds’ and Treecreepers’ Nests on the Ground. < Zoologist,
xxi, 1863, pp. 8679, 8680.

FRASER, L. [List of birds captured or observed by Mr. E. Bartlett, in the
Society’s Gardens.] < P.Z.S., xxxi, 1863, pp. 159, 160.

GatcoMBE, J. The Little Auk and Spotted Crake in Devonshire. < Zoologist,
xxi, 1863, p. 8832.

GRAY,G. R. Catalogue | of | British Birds | in the | Collection of the British
Museum. | By | George Robert Gray, F. L.S., F. Z.S., &c. | London: | Printed
by order of the Trustees. | 1863. 1vol. 8vo. pp. i-xii, 1-247 +-1-+-8.

A complete list of the species of Birds which have been found in Great Britain and Tre-
land, with a very copious synonymy, and indication by localities of specimens in the Br.
Mus., &c.; synonyms of genera and higher groups, as well as of species. The supplementary
pages are bibliographical, with special reference to works illustrating the Br. Mus. Coll.
Indigenous spp., 115; seasonal visitors, 84; occasional visitors, 112; accidental visitors, 72
(+ 2in app.); introduced spp., 11; doubtful, 7; total, 401 + 2.

HARTING, J.E. A List of [10 spp. of ] Waders that have occurred at Kingsbury
Reservoir during the Summer of 1863. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8828-8831.
JEFFREY, W., JR. Scarcity of certain Summer Birds [in Chichester]. < Zoolo-

gist, xxi, 1863, p. 8816.

NEWMAN, H.W. Food of Small [British] Birds. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8815.

Newman, EE. Acanthylis caudacutus and Reguloides superciliosus [as British
Birds]. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8329.

NorMAN,G. Alleged Scarcity of Swifts and Swallows [at Beverley]. < Zoolo-
gist, xxi, 1863, p. 8767.

Preston, T. A. The Flora of Marlborough with a notice of the Birds and a

sketch of the geological features, . .. London, 1863.
Not seen. .

7

1863.

1853.
1863.

1863.

1853.
1863.

1263,
1863.

1863.

1864.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 433

Ranson, J. Scarcity of certain Small Birds (the Redstart and Goldfinch) [in
York]. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8842.

ReapinG, J.J. Rare Birds in Devonshire. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8448.

Roverts, G. On the Nidification of Small [British] Birds. < Zoologist, xxi,
1863, pp. 8630, 8631.

Rocerts, G. Dates of Arrival of the Summer Birds [in Wakefield in], 1853.
< Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8771. ;

Roperts,G. Food of Small Birds. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8813, 8814.
Ropp, E.H. Little Ring Plover at Scilly, with a glance at the Autumnal Visit
of Migratory Birds at the Islands. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, pp. 8847-8849.

. Rowr, J.B. A Catalogue of the Mammals, Birds, Reptiles, and Amphibians

indigenous to or observed in the County of Devon [England]. By J. Brook-
ing Rowe, F.L.8., &e. Plymouth, 1863. (London. Van Voorst.)

Not seen.—The first List of the Birds of that County (the home of Montagu, author of the
Dictionary) for a quarter of a century (¢f. Moore, Charlesworth’s Mag., 1837). 268 spp.

. Swirn,C. Arrival and Departure of Summer Birds at Taunton. < Zoologist,

xxi, 1863, pp. 8816, 8817.
Smirn, J. A. Ornithological Notes [on a few Scottish Birds]. < Edinb. New
Philos. Journ., new ser., Xvii, 1853, pp. 313, 314,

. Switu, R.B. Flora of Marlborough; | with notices of the Birds, | and | a sketch

of the geological features | of the | neighbourhood, | [by T. A. Preston, ] | with
a Map. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLAIIL | 1
vol. 12mo. pp. xxiv, 129,-+ 11. (photog. map.)

Birds by R. B. Smith, pp. 103-116, 127-129; a briefly annotated list of 102 spp.

Srubss,C. Eggs of the Cuckoo: Nests of Water Rail, Hawfinch and Tree
Creeper. < Zoologist, xxi, 1863, p. 8681.

Srupbs, C. Nesting and Eggs of various [British] Birds. < Zoologist, eka
1863, pp. 8818.

TURNBULL, W. P. Birds | of | East Lothian and a portion of | the adjoining
counties, | from | memorandums made between 1845-1850, | by | William P.
Turnbull, | Gladsmuir, | Member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of
Philadelphia. | [Quotation, 5 lines.] | [Seal.] | Philadelphia: | Caxton Press
of C. Sherman, Son & Co. | n.d. [1863.] 1 vol. 8vo. pp. 16.

Summer visitants, 42; winter visitants, 44; pass in spring and autumn, 4; permanently resi-
dent, 84; stragglers or irregular visitants, 29; 201. There is a vignette ed., 1867, q. v.

_ Wise, J. R. The New Forest: | its | History and its Scenery. | By | John R.

Wise. | [Cut.] | With 63 Illustrations, Drawn by Walter Crane, Engraved by
W.J. Linton, | And Two Maps. | London: | Smith, Elder and Co., 65, Corn-
hill. | —| M.DCCC.LXIITI. 1vol. sm. 4to. pp. i-x, 1-336, with 63 illust.
Chap. XXII. The ornithology, pp. 258-276, some of the illust.; an interesting account.—
App. III; pp. 307-318, List of the Birds of the New Forest District: 72 residents, 31 sum-
mer, and 35 winter visitors, 90 rarities and stragglers; with 2 birds of double passage, 250 spp.
ATKINSON, J. C. Stanton Grange; or, at a Private Tutor’s. By the Rev. J.C.
Atkinson, M.A. London: Sampson Low.
Not seen.—Cf. Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9036.
BuackMmore, H.P. Remains of Birds’ Eggs found at Fiskerton near Salisbury.
< Edinb. New Philos. Journ., new ser., Xix, 1864, pp. 74, 75.
Not seen. ,
BLAKE-KNox, H. Varieties of the Corn Crake, Yellow Bunting, Sparrow, Lin-
net, Blackbird and Common Bunting. < Zoologist, xxii, 1863, p. 8877.

. Bourton, W.W. Ringed Guillemot at Flamborough. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864,

pp. 9211, 9212.

. BrapBy, A. 8. Scarcity of some of the Summer Birds of Passage at Mounds-

mere in 1864. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9281, 9282.
Proc. Nat. Mus. 79——28 May 3, i880.

434 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1864. BRIDGEMAN, F. C., and BripGEMAN, G. O. The Flora of Harrow [England].
By J. C. Melvill. With Notices of the Birds of the Neighbourhood, by the

Hon. F. C. Bridgeman and the Hon. G.O. Bridgeman. London. Longmans.
1864.
Not seen.

“The first attempt of the kind made by the boys of any of our [English] Public Schools.”
1864. CorpDEAUX, J. Remarks on the Birds seen during a Visit to Flamborough, in
the last Fortnight of July, 1864. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9243-9247.
1864. CorDEAUX, J. Notes on the Ornithology of Flamborough. < Zoologist, xxii,
1864, p. 9326.
1864. CROWLEY, P. Peregrine Falcon and Shorteared Owl near Alton. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 8946.
1864. Doprir, N.F. The Decrease of Birds at Flamborough. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864,
pp. 9325, 9326.
1864. DuTTon, J. Some Particulars of Birds obtained in the Neighbourhood of East-
bourne, Sussex. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9096-9103.
Cf. tom eit., p. 9212.
1864. GouLp, J. [Exhibition of specimens of Emberiza pusilla, Pall., and Anthus
campestris, from Brighton, England.] <P. Z, S., xxxii, 1864, p. 377.
1864. Granam, D. Rare Birds near York. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9038, 9039.
Cf. Zool., 9122. -
1864. Gray, R. Ailsa Craig and its Birds. < The Intellectual Observer, iv, 1864, pp.
114-122.
Includes notes on habits, &c.
1864. Gray, R. Kiddie’s Guidebook. > List of the Birds of Loch Lomond.
Not seen: said to contain alist of 111 spp. Cf. Ibis, 1867, p. 378, see same author at 1867.
1864. GuRNEY, J.H. Note on the Occurrence in Great Britain of the American Wig-
eon [Mareca Americana] and of the Red-winged Starling [Ageleus pheni-
ceus]. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9024.
1864. HADFIELD, H. List of, and Remarks on, some of the Birds observed during a
Year’s Residence on the North-East Coast of Scotland, 1858-59. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, pp. 9165-9175.
Calendary.
1864. HartTine, J.E. The Birds of Walney Island. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9156-
9165.
Narrative and field-notes.
1864. Hewitson, W.C. Birds and Plate-Glass. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9019.
Note of the injury done by inadvertent flight against this substance.
1864. Hupson, 8. Abundance of Wild Fowl in Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864,
p. 8964.
1864. Hupson, S. Ruddy Shieldrake, Spotted Sandpiper and Bittern near Epworth.
< Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9046.
1864. Hupson, 8. Spotted Sandpiper and Ruddy Shieldrake [near Epworth]. < Zo-
ologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9290, 9291.
1864. Hussey, H. Wild-fowl in the London Waters. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9049-
9053.
1864. NrwMAN, E. Arrival of Cuckoos, Nightingales and Swallows. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 9044.
1864. NewMaNn, E. Doubts as to the Occurrence of the Ruddy Shieldrake and Spotted
Sandpiper at Epworth. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9121.
1864. NewMan, H. W. Scarcity of Singing Birds [in Cheltenham]. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 8877.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 435

1864. NewMan, H. W. Rare appearance and scarcity of the Kite and other Birds [in
Cheltenham]. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9103, 9104.
1864. NewMaNn, H. W. The Sea-Birds at and near Filey: a Plea for their Preserva-
tion. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9292-9295.
1864. NewMan, H.W. Scarcity of Swifts and Snipes [in Cheltenham]. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, pp. 9328, 9329.
1864. NicHoLts, H., Jr. Osprey, Kite and Little Bustard in Devonshire. < Zoolo-
gist, xxii, 1864, p. 9039.
1864. Ranson, J. Notes on ‘Stanton Grange; or, at a Private Tutor’s.’? < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, pp. 9036-9038,
Title of a work here criticized and extracted from. Several original paragraphs on British
birds.
1864. Ranson, J. Birds that sing as they Fly. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9326, 9327.
1864. Raw Lrnson, W. G. Birds’ Nests in December. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 8964.

1864. Ropp, E. H. A List of British Birds, as a Guide to the Ornithology of Corn-
wall, especially in the Land’s-end District; with Remarks on the Capture,
Habits, &c,, of some of the Rarer Species. By Edward Hearle Rodd, Esq.
London and Penzance: 1864. 8vo. pp. 42.

Not seen.—Cf. Ibis, 4th ser., 1868, pp. 99-101. About 270 species have occurred in Cornwall.

1864. Ropp, E. H. The great Autumnal Migration of Birds [in Penzance ]. < Zool-
ogist, xxii, 1864, p. 9364.

1864. Rowtry, G. D. [Letter on various birds, from Brighton, England]. < Ibis,
vi, 1864, pp. 222-224.

1864. Savittn, S. P. Scarcity of Summer Migrants [in Cambridge]. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1864, p. 8877.

1864-65. Saxpy, H.L. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Shetland. < Zoologist, xxii,
1864, pp. 9091-9096, 9124-9131, 9230-9243, 9310-9321 ; xxiii, 1865, pp. 9401-9405,
9435-9439, 9484-9489, 9518-9526, 9566-9572, 9587-9591, 9760-9772.

1864. Smirn, H.E. Other [Zool., 9156] Notes on the Birds which breed upon Walney
and adjacent Islands. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, pp. 9321-9325,

1864. Stevenson, H. A list of the Birds of Norfolk, with remarks on the General
Ornithology of the County. Reprinted from White’s History and Directory
of the County. Sheffield: 1864. (Again reprinted, with alterations, ‘ Zoolo-
gist,’ pp. 9025-9036. )

See also Zool., p. 9103. 293 species.—I have not seen this, nor the original in White’s His-
tory and Directory.

1864. SrrVENSON, H. Notes on the Ornithology of Norfolk. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864,
pp. 9025-9036.

Reprinted, with some change, from White's ‘‘ History and Directory of Norfolk”.
293 spp. Annotated List, and general remarks. Cf. Zool., 9103.

1864. SrEVENSON, H. Norfolk Ornithology. < Zoologist, xxii, 1864, p. 9103.
Personal matter.

1865-66. ALSTON, E.R. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Lanarkshire. < Zoologist,
xxiii, 1865, pp. 9439-9442, 9572, 9573, 9653, 9654, 9678-9681, 9708-9710 ; 2d ser., i,
1866, pp. 20, 21.

1865. BLAKE-KNnox, H. First Arrival of the Snow Bunting and Purple Sandpiper in
the County Dublin in 1864. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9433.

1865. Buakre-KNox, H. Ornithological [Field] Notes from the County Dublin. <Zo-
ologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9610-9616.

1865. BLakr-KNox, H. Ornithological [Field] Notes taken on the Kish Bank, Dublin
Bay. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9688-9692.

1865. Bonp, F. Early Arrival of Summer Birds at Freshwater. < Zoologist, xxill,
1865, p. 9562.

436 PROUEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1865.

1865.

1865.
1865.

1865.

1865.

1865.

Boutton, W.W. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Beverley, Yorkshire. <(Zo-
ologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9442-9447,

Bouton, W.W. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Beverley, East Yorkshire,
< Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9489-9494, 9527-9531, 9591-9596.

BRUNTON, T. Birds at Glenarm. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9794.

CorRDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from Flamborough. < Zoologist, xxiii,
1865, pp. 9655-9660.

CoRDEAUX, J. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Ulceby, Lincolnshire. <Zo-
ologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9406-9408, 9447-9449, 9532-9538, 9573, 9574, 9598-9600,
9660-9663, 9712-9714, 9772-9774, 9802-9804.

. CREWE, H.H. Osprey in Bucks and Hertfordshire, and Great Gray Shrike and

Cirl Bunting in Bucks. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9415, 9416.

. Devis, C. W. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Manchester. < Zoologist,

XXili, 1865, pp. 9596, 9597.

. Devis, C.W. Ornithological Notes [5 spp.] from Manchester. < Zoologist,

xxiii, 1865, p. 9697.

. Dix, T. Notes on Birds in Carmarthenshire. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9663,

9664.

. Dutton, J. Ornithological [Field] Notes from East Sussex. < Zoologist, xxiii,

1865, pp. 9577-9579.

. § FP, R.R.” Ornithological Ramble over Bodmin Moors to Dosmary Pool, &c.

< Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9726.

. Groom-NaPier, C. O. The Food, Use, and Beauty of British Birds. An Essay,

accompanied by a Catalogue of all the British Birds, with notices of their
Food, the result of many hundred examinations of their stomachs, during
seven years. Their geographical distribution and esthetic value. By
Charles Ottley Groom-Napier. London. 1865. 1lvol. 8vo. pp. 88.
Not seen. The title is sufficiently indicative. Believed to be a youthful effort, and one

which was received with less favor than forbearance. Cf. Ibis, 1866, 206.

GuNN,T. E. Arrival of Summer Migrants near Norwich. < Zoologist, xxiii,
1865, p. 9732.

GurRNEY, J.H. Arrival of Vernal Immigrants at Worthing. < Zoologist, xxiii,
1865, pp. 9617, 9618.

. HaprieLtp, H. Ornithological [Field] Notes from the Isle of Wight. < Zoolo-

gist, Xxiii, 1865, pp. 9498-9500, 9602-9610, 9718-9726, 9840-9846.

. HartineG, J.E. Some further Notes on the Birds which Breed on Walney Is-

land. <( Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9408-9411.

. Hartina, J.E. A Visit to the Dorsetshire Coast in the Nesting Season. < Zo-

ologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9565-9678.
Field-notes on a large number of species.

365. HitBerD, 8S. London Birds. < The Intellectual Observer, vii, 1865, pp. 167-175.

5. Hopason, C. B. Arrival of Vernal Immigrants at Birmingham. < Zoologist,

Xxiii, 1865, p. 9617.

5. JEFFREY, W.,Jr. Arrival of Summer Birds in 1864 [in Chichester]. < Zoolo-

gist, Xxili, 1865, pp. 9434, 9435.

. JEFFREY, W., Jr. Ornithological [Field] Notes from West Sussex. < Zoolo-

gist, xxiii, 1895, pp. 9449, 9450, 9496-9498, 9579-9582, 9600-9602, 9714-9718, 9808—
9310.

. Kine, E.L. Arrival of [5 spp.] Summer Birds [Lynn]. < Zoologist, xxii, 1865,

p. 9629.

. LeGGE, V. Notes on the Nesting of Birds in the Flat-lands of Essex. < Zoolo-
gist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9836-9840,

o

1865.

1865.

1865.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 437

Mawson, G. Eggs of Pheasant and Partridge in the same Nest. < Zoologist,
Xxili, 1865, p. 9732.

More, A.G. On the Distribution of Birds in Great Britain during the Nesting-
season. [Part I. With a Map.—-Pl.i.] < Lbis, 2d ser., i, pp. 1-27. Part IT,
pp. 119-142; Part III, pp. 425-458.

British Birds are grouped in six sets or ‘‘types”’, according to the balance of their disper-
sion. The ground is mapped in 18 provinces and 36 subprovinces; and the species are syste-
matically treated at length upon these premises.

More, A.G. On the Distribution of Birds in Great Britain during the Nesting-
Season. < Ibis, 1865, pp. 1-27, 119-142, 425-458. With a map (pl. 1).

Cf. Z. R., ii, 65.

1865-66. Morris, F.O. A | History | of | British Birds. | By | the Rev. F. O. Morris, B.

1865.

1865.

1865.

1865.

1865.

1865.

1865.

1865.

1865.

1865.

1865.

A., | Member of the Ashmolean Society. | Vol. I [-VI.] | Containing sixty
[mut. mut.] coloured engravings. | — | [Quotation.] | — | London: | Groom-
bridge and Sons, Paternoster Row. | M. DCCC. LXV[LXVI]. 6 vols. Large
8vo. Vol. I, 1865, pp. i-xii, 1-364, pl. 60; Vol. II, 1866, pp. i-iv, 1-360, pll. 60;
Vol. III, 1865, pp. i-iv, 1-391, pll. 59; Vol. IV, 1866, pp. i-iv, 1-330, pH. 62;
Vol. V, 1865, pp. i-iv, 1-315, pll. 57; Vol. VI, 1865, pp. i-iv, 1-290, pll. 60.
Reissue, identical with the orig. ed. of 1851-57. The author states plainly the aim of the

work, in his preface of 1857: 1, To collect, as far as he could, all known facts in the Nat. Hist.
of every British Bird; 2, To produce areadable book; 3, To give correct and life-like figures;
4, To do this at the lowest possible cost. The work was originally issued in monthly num-
bers, each containing four coloured plates, and most of them 24 pp. of text.

NorGate, T.P. The Paddy Bird or Cattle Egret. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, pp.
96956, 9697.

Power, F. D. A List of Birds [24 spp.] noticed in London during 1863-64.
< Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9727, 9728.

Preston, T. A. Dates of the Oviposition of Birds in the Neighbourhood of
Marlborough in 1865. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9663.

Ranson, J. Ornithological [Field] Notes from North Yorkshire. < Zoologist,
xxill, 1865, pp. 9710-9712.

Reeks, H. Scarcity of Winter Migrants [in Hants]. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865,
pp. 9961, 9562.

. Rorerts, G. Notes on Birds taken during a few Days’ Ramble in Craven.

< Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9681-9683.

. Rocke, J. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Shropshire. <( Zoologist, xxiii,

1865, pp. 9683-9688, 9775-9782.

Ropp, E. H. The Autumnal Migration at the Land’s End, Cornwall. < Zoolo-
gist, Xxili, 1865, pp. 9414, 9415.

Ropp, E.H. Ornithological [Field] Notes from the Scilly Islands. < Zoologist,
xxii, 1865, pp. 9450-9453.

Ropp, E. H. Occurrence of the Hoopoe and Golden Oriole at Scilly. < Zoolo-
gist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9617.

SmitH, Cecirz. A List of Birds observed in the Parish of Bishop’s Lydeard.
< Zoologist, xxiii, 1865, pp. 9794-9802.

100 spp. fully annotated.

Roacers, H. Ornithological Field Notes from the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist,
Xxili, 1865, pp. 9582, 9583.

STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk. < Zoologist, xxiii, 1865,
pp. 9405, 9406.

Srrevenson, H. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Norfolk. < Zoologist, xxiii,
1865, pp. 9494-9496, 9574-9577, 9805-9808.

Srupss, C.E. Snipes and Wagtails [at Henley-on-Thames]. < Zoologist, xxiii,
1865, p. 9793.

438 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1865.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1856.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

1866.

Tyrer, R. Backwardness of the Season [spring of 1865, at Keighley]. < Zo-
ologist, xxiii, 1865, p. 9562.

Aston, E. R. Zoological Notes from Arran [Scotland]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
i, 1866, pp. 432-435.

ALSTON, E.R. ‘‘Oceasional and Accidental Visitors” [in Britain]. < Zoologist,
2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 453-454.

Remarks on introduction of stragglers into local lists.

56. ALSTON, E. R. The ‘Dictionary of British Birds.’ <C Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866,

pp. 495-497.

Criticism of statements in, and additions to, Newman’s ed. of Montagu.

. Atston, E. R. Ornithological Notes from Lanarkshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i,

1866, pp. 512-514.

. Buake-Knox, H. Ornithological [Field] Notes from the County Dublin.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1856, pp. 93, 94, 295-300, figg. 3.

36. BLrakE-KNox, H. Ornithological Seraps from Wexford. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i,

1866, p. 95.

. BLAKE-KNOox, H. Nesting of the Lesser Redpole and Blackbird at Dalkley.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, p. 188.

36. BLake-KNox, H. The Migratory and Wandering Birds of the County Dublin,

with the times of their Arrivals and Departures. . . . < Zoologist, 2d ser., i,
1856, pp. 220-227, 300-307, 479-483.

BLAKE-KNOXx, H. Albinos [of several British Birds]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i,
1866, p. 454.

Bouton, W. W. Ornithological [Field] Notes from the East Coast of York-
shire during the Summer of 1865. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 27-30.

Bouton, W. W. Ornithological Notes [on 5 spp. ] from Beverley. < Zoologist,
2d ser., 1, 1866, pp. 95, 96.

Brown, W. A Short Account of a Visit to the Farne Islands during the Nest-
ing Season of 1865. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 483-485.

CuHIPCHASE, C. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Barnard Castle. < Zoologist,
2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 347, 348.

Cooper, W. Birds at Sea [between Liverpool and Quebec]. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., i, 1866, p. 95.

. CorDEAUX, J. Ornithological [Field] Notes from North Wales. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., i, 1866, pp. 436-441.

CorpDEAvUX, J. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Flamborough. < Zoologist,
2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 21-27.

1866-69. CorpEavx, J. Ornithological [Field] Notesfrom North Lincolnshire. < Zo-

1856.

1866.

1866.

1866.

ologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 73-76, 129-132, 215-217, 258-260, 293-295 ; ii, 1867, pp.
546-548, 589-593, 690-692, 807-811, 943-946; iii, 1868, pp. 1029-1031, 1123-1125,
1250-1252, 1283-1286, 1411-1413, 1476-1478; iv, 1869, pp. 1543, 1544, 1666-1670,
1736-1741.
Cricuton, A. W. A Naturalist’s Ramble to the Orcades. By A. W. Crichton,
B.A.,F.L.S., etc. London: 1866. fep. 8vo. pp. 132.
Not seen.—Ornithological passim. Cf. Ibis, 1867, p. 125.

6. Dix, T. A List [annotated] of Birds observed in Pembrokeshire. < Zoologist,

2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 132-140.

GATcoMBE, J. Gray Phalarope and Black Tern in Devon and Cornwall. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 500.

GuNN, T. E. Eggs of the Longtailed Titmouse and Goldcrest in one Nest.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 269.

Gunn, T. E. Nest [Parus] within Nest [Turdus merula]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
i, 1866, p. 311.

o
E q
5

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 439

1866-69. HaprieLp, H. Ornithological [Field] Nates from the Isle of Wight. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 169-178, 217-220, 337-345, 443-447; ii, 1867, pp. 732-
743, 819-821, 908-910, 985-987; iii, 1868, pp. 1088-1090; iv, 1869, pp. 1545-1547.

1865. Harvin-Brown, J. A. A List of Birds [112 spp. shortly annotated] observed
in the two adjoining Parishes of Dunipace and Larbert, in Stirlingshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 67-72.

1865. Harvir-Brown, J. A. Varieties of [14] British Birds’ Eggs. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., i, 1866, pp. 146, 147.

1866. Harrine, J. E. The | Birds of Middlesex. | A contribution | to | The Natural
History of the County. | By | James Edmund Harting, F. Z. 8. | — | London:
| John Van Voorst, 1, Paternoster Row. | M.DCCC.LXVI. 1 vol. post 8vo.
pp. i-xvi, 1-284, flat-tinted frontisp. and a few cuts.

Not less than 225 species of Birds have been found in Middlesex, of which 60 are resident,
68 migratory, and 97 rare and accidental visitants. The plan of the work is modeled after
Yarrell. The musical notation of the notes of various birds are given. The work is written
by a well-known and accomplished field ornithologist, and has a high standing; being, in fact,
the chief authority upon the birds of this locality. It is based entirely upon h‘s personal ob-
servations in the field, and may be regarded as perfectly reliable, besides being written in an
interesting manner. Cf. Ibis, 1867, p. 123.

1866. Herr, W. F. Gray Phalarope, Wood Sandpiper, and Black Tern near Adle-
burgh. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 499.

1856. Hurcuinson, M. Arrival of Migrants [at Blackheath]. < Zoologist, 2 ser.,1,
1866, pp. 308, 309.

1866-68. Jerrrey, W. Ornithological [Field] Notes from West Sussex. < Zoologist,
2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 87-89, 140-142, 166-168, 264-267, 333-337; ii, 1867, pp. 514-517,
596-599, 730-732, 811-814; iii, 1868, pp. 1031-1035.

1866. Leacr, W. V. Ornithological [Field] Notes from South-East Essex. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 89-92.

1856. Leaar, W. V. Sea Birds at Malahide. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 145, 146.

1866. Montacu, G. (Ed. Newman, FE.) A | Dictionary | of | British Birds. | — | Re-
printed from | Montagu’s Ornithological Dictionary, | and incorporating | The
Additional Species | described by Selby; Yarrell, in all three editions; and |
in natural-history journals. | — | Compiled and edited by | Edward Newman,
F.L.S., F.Z.S., &¢., &e., | Editor of the ‘Zoologist.’ | — | “We are airy little
creatures, | All of different voice and features.” | Dean Swift. | — | London: |
John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | M.DCCC.LXVI. lvol. 8vo. pp.i-
xxiv, 1-400, 4 11. advts., no illust.

Montagu’s celebrated ‘Dictionary’ was originally published in 2 vols. in 1802, with a sup-
plement in 1813. The additions which the author made exceeded the original work in bulk.
Rennie’s edition, being the 2d, appeared in 1831.

In the present greatly enlarged and modified edition the whole of his ‘Dictionary,’ ‘Sup-
plement,’ and ‘Appendix’ are reprinted in a combined and alphabetical order, the words
“supplement” and “appendix” being prefixed to whatever is derived from these two sources.
“Nothing that Montagu has published is omitted or altered.’’ Newman’s additions, chiefly
derived from Selby, Yarrell, and the pages of the ‘ Zoologist,’ are marked by inverted com-
mas, with references to those works. Immediately after a name is inserted a reference to the
bird and its egg, Yarrell’s ‘ History’ (3d ed.) and Hewitson’s ‘Oology’ (3d ed.) being selected
for this purpose; these and other editorial interpolations being bracketed.

This is the most convenient form in which Montagu is found, this author’s originally sep-
arated instalments of his work being here brought together in proper order, and much new
editorial matter of value being added.

The editor says:—‘‘I desire explicitly to state that I have taken nothing from the text of
the original work; and in the second place, I have added scarcely anything of my own: in no
instance have I overlaid the original with my own observations, altered the author's obvious
meaning to suit my own views, or attempted to controvert his assertions because at variance
with my own more limited experience: nevertheless important additions have been made, as I
will endeavor to explain.” The gist of the additions are :—a) 24 species added by Selby to
those of Montagu; 59 in Yarrell additional to Selby; 21 more in the Zoologist, and 2 in the I bis;

440 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1866. MontaGu, G.—Continued.
total, 106 species added to Montagu’s lists. 6) references to the figures of Yarrcll’s 3d ed.
c) to Hewitson’s 3d ed. for eggs. d) references to other writings, as the Zoologist or the
Field newspaper. All the editorial additions are in brackets. The editor’s list of British
Birds closes the volume. The page is very closely printed, in double column. Cf. Ibis, 1866,
pp- 410-412; Zoologist, 2d ser., pp. 370-384, 495-497.

1866. NICHOLLS, H., JR. Rare Birds near Kingsbridge. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866,
pp. 526, 527.

1866. Powrr, W.H. [Field] Notes on Birds observed at Rainham, Kent, during the
Summer and Autumn of 1865. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 118-129.

1866. Pratt, J. Woodchat Shrike and Golden Oriole at Brighton. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., 1, 1866, pp. 267, 268.

1865. Roserts,G. [Cats as] Destroyers of Birds’ Eggs. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866,
p. 497.

1866. Rocker, J. Ornithological Notes from Shropshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866,
pp. 76-84, 161-166.

1866. Ropp, E.H. The Migration of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i,
1866, p. 40.

1866. Ropp, E.H. Ornithological Notes from Penzance. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866,
p. 227.

1856. RowLey,G.D. Nest [Parus caerulus] within Nest [Turdus merula]. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., 1, 1866, p. 102.

1866. SAUNDERS, H. A Visit to Walney, the Lakes, and the Farne Islands. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 178-188.

Narrative of a fortnight’s bird’s-nesting, &ce.

1866. SAUNDERS, H. Alpine Swift and Buffbreasted Sandpiper in Ireland. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., i, 1866, p. 389.

1866-67. SaxBy, H.L. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Shetland. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., 1, 1866, pp. 16-20, 61-67, 211-215, 288-293, 473-479; ii, 1867, pp. 537-539, 688-
690. :

Cont. from p. 9591.

1866. SmirH, A. C. Lanius excubitor, Strix passerina and Bombycilla garrula in
Wiltshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 227, 228.

1°66. Smitn,C. List of Birds observed during a Six Weeks’ Summer Visit to the
Channel Islands, exclusive of Jersey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 447-453.

68 species are noticed.

1866. STEVENSON, H. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Norfolk, during October,
November and December, 1865. << Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 84-87, 260-264,
441, 442, 593-596.

1866-70. Stevenson, H. The | Birds of Norfolk, | with | Remarks on their Habits, |
Migration, | and local Distribution; | by Henry Stevenson, F.L.S., | Member
of the British Ornithologists’ Union. | In two volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | ‘‘ Etiam
Si sint alia graviora et meliora, tamen | nos studia nostra nature regula meti-
amur.” | Cic. de Officiis Lib. L., cap. 31. | — | London: | John Van Voorst, 1,

. Paternoster Row, | Norwich: | Metchett and Stevenson. | 1866[1870]. 2 vols.
8vo. Vol. I, 1866, pp. i-lxxii, 1-446; Vol. IT, 1870, pp. 449, not handled; Vol.
i, ?

“The extreme richness of the Ornithology of the county appears to have early attracted the
notice of Norfolk naturalists, and fortunately the records of their observations are to a great
extent preserved to us, though scattered amongst ‘ Transactions’ of Learned Societies, and
other publications, not always accessible to the general reader. To combine a résumé of the
facts thus handed down to us, with the result of personal observations extending over several
years, was the idea that first originated the present work; and there is, perhaps, no better

motive for incurring the labors and doubtful honors of authorship than a desire to supply to
others a want that has been personally experienced.” (Preface.) Cf. 1bis, 1867, p. 238, where

ors

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 441

1866-70. StrevENSON, H.—Continued.
the work is highly spoken of. ‘A most carefully elaborated work on that part of England
which has probably the richest ornis. The introduction describes at some length the general
features of the county, and the changes which have been produced in its avifauna of late
years, chiefly through improved agricultural practice.”
Vol. I carries the subject to the end of Galline, treating 142 spp. Vol. II continues to end
of Grail only. SoI suppose there is a Vol. III, which, however, I have neither seen nor
heard of. Cf. Ibis, 1871, pp. 251, 252; Zool., 2d ser., pp. 2413-2433, 2453-2464.
1866. WALTon,C. Two Letters from the late Charles Waterton, Esq., of Walton
Hall. < Zoologist, 2d ser., i, 1866, pp. 193-196.
Desultory observations on some British Birds. &c.
1867. ANon. The Little Auk and Hen Harrier in the West of England. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 637.
From the ‘ Field”’, Jan. 12.
1867. ANON. Bohemian Waxwing and Bittern near Ipswich. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
li, 1857, p. 634.
From the ‘ Field’, Jan. 19.
1867. Barrinaron, R.M. Arrival of Summer Visitants in County Wicklow. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 754.
1867. BecxwitH, W. Firecrested Wren, Richard’s Pipit and Velvet Scoter in Shrop-
shire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 633.
1867. Buakr-KNox, H. Ornithological Notes from the County Dublin. From the
Log of the ‘Gray Gull.” < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 678-688,
1867. Boutron, W.W. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Beverley, East Yorkshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 540-546.
1867. Bren, C.R. What gives a Bird a claim to be classed as British? < Zoologist,
2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 789, 790.
Answers. Editor also remarks.
1867. “B.T.S.” What gives a Bird a claim to be classed as British? < Zoologist, 2d
ser., li, 1867, p. 755.
Does not say: and points out that authors disagree.
1867. But~MoRE, W.K. Cornish Fauna, a short account of all the Animals found in
the County, with descriptions and remarks on the habits of many of the Rarer
Birds, Fishes, &c., procured during the last six years. By W. K. Bullmore,
M.D.,&c. > Part I. Vertebrata. Truro. 1867. 8vo. pp. 64.
Not seen.—The ornithological portion is at pages 7-45. More than 280 species are stated
to have occurred in the county. Cf. Ibis, 1868, pp. 99-101.
1867, CLrark-Kennepy, A. Ornithological Notes from Buckinghamshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 637, 638.
1867. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Curious Position of Nests [of certain British Birds].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 951, 952.
1867. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Ornithology of Berks and Bucks. < Zoologist, 2d ser., it,
1867, p. 1014.
Notice of an intended work on.
1867. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Dates of the Departure of Immigrants [Buckingham-
shire] for 1867. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 1015.
1867. CLirron, Lord. Savi’s Warbler (?), Plover and Lesser Spotted Woodpecker in
Bucks. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 704.
1857. CLirron, Lord. Varieties of Birds [albinotic, British]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii,
1867, p. 987.
1867. CLoGG, 8. Remarkable Shot [Kestrel and Blackbird]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii,
1867, p. 605.

1887. CLoaG, 8. Arrival of Immigrants at Looe... < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp.
874, 875.

442 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM,

1867.

1867.

. GuNN, T. E. Summer Migrants, &c., near Norwich. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii

CorDEAUX, J. Notes on the Ornithology of the English Lakes. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., li, 1857, pp. 865-871.

. CORDEAUX, J. [Ornithological Field] Notes from Flamborough. < Zoologist,

2d ser., 11, 1867, pp. 1008-1011; iii, 1868, pp. 1025-1029.

. FELDEN, H. W. Dates of Oviposition this Year [1867, 5 spp. of British birds].

< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 754.

. GaTcoMBE, J. Woodchat Shrike, Sabine’s Gull and Gullbilled Tern in the

Neighbourhood of Plymouth. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 557.

. GOATLEY, T. Little Stint [Tringa pusilla] and Little Gull [Larus minutus] at

Leicester. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 991, 992.

. Gray, R. Quadrupeds, Birds, and Fishes of Loch Lomond and its vicinity.

Not seen.—An appendix, apparently, to Kiddie’s ‘Guide Book to the Trosachs, Loch Lomond,
&c.’ (8vo, 1864). 111 species. Cf. Ibis, 1867, p. 372. See same author at 1864.

. GREENWOOD, H. Double Bird’s Nest [Flycatcher’s on top of a Wren’s]. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., 11, 1867, p. 789.

7, GUNN, T. E. Blue and White Varieties of British Birds’ Eggs. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., ii, 1867, pp. 754, 755.

. GUNN, T. E. The Smew, Green Sandpiper, &c., in Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., li, 1867, p. 759.

. GUNN, T. E. White Varieties of [some British] Birds’ Eggs. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., li, 1867, p. 823.

3
1867, pp. 873, 874.

. GUNN, T.E. Richard’s Pipit, Shore Lark and Wood Lark in Norfolk. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 634.

. Hancock, J. Ornithological Notes. < Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. and Durh., i,

1867, pp. 281-284.
On Bombyeilla garrula, Ardea minuta, Larus eburneus, Milvus ater, and Regulus modestus.

. Hancock, J. [Letter relating to several Birds of Scotland; with editorial

comment on Regulus sp.] < Ibis, 2d ser., iii, 1867, pp. 252, 253.

. Hartine, J. E. The distinguishing Characters of some nearly-allied Species of

British Birds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 965-975,

. HarviE-Brown, J. A. Ornithological [ Field] Notestrom Falkirk. < Zoologist,

2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 554.

. Harvir-Brown, J. A. Ornithological Notes from Stirlingshire. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., li, 1867, p. 608.

. Harvis-Brown, J. A. Goosander and other Birds on the Firth. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., li, 1867, p. 636,

. HarviE-Brown, J. A. Ornithological Notes from Stirlingshire. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., li, 1867, p. 637.

. Harvis-Bbrown, J. A. Extracts from a Journal of a Nesting-Tour in Suther-
.

land in 1867. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 851-855.

. HarviE-Brown, J. A. Varieties of [British] Birds’ Eggs. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

ii, 1867, p. 875.

7. Harvir-Brown, J. A. Collected Observations on the Birds of Stirlingshire.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1267, pp. 884-908.
Cf. tom. cit., p. 989.

. Harvire-Brown, J. A. Varieties in [certain British] Birds’ Eggs. < Zoologist,

2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 911, 912.

Harviz-Brown, J. A. Curlew.Sandpiper, &c., at Grangemouth. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 950.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1867.

1567.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 443-

Harvir-Brown, J.A. Notes on Newman’s ‘Birdnesting’. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
li, 1867, pp. 987-989.
Rather on the nidification of 15 spp. of British Birds.
HELE, —. Little Gull, Canada Goose and Spoonbill at Aldeburgh. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ii, 1867.
HensMAN, H.P. Rare Birds in Northamptonshire. < Zoologist, Qd ser., ii, 1867,
p. 555.
Hurcuryson, M. Arrival of Summer Birds at Shooter’s Hill and Neighbour-
hood. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 814-819.
Jerrrey, J. D. The Fate of Piebalds and Rare Birds [in Great Britain].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1857, pp. 959, 960.
Leaar, W. V. Ornithology of the Firth of Cromarty. < Zoologist, 2d ser., 1i,
1867, pp. 670-678.
Cf. tom. cit., p. 831.

. Lecce, W. V. Oological Notes from South-East Essex. < Zoologist, 2d ser., Ll;

1867, pp. 599-604.

. Matuew, M. A. Spoonbill on Northern Burrows and Black Redstart at Barn-

staple. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 1017.

. Monk, T. J. Great Snipe [Scolopax major] and other Rare Birds near Brigh-

ton. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 1017.

. Moor, E. C. Ornithological Notes from Aldeborough. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii,

1867, p. 822.

. NewMan, E. Starvation of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, Od ser, i;

1867, p. 911.

. [Newron, A.] [Notice of R.Gray’s forthcoming work on Birds of Scotiand. ]

< Ibis, 2d ser., iii, 1867, p. 256.

. OVEREND, J. G. Bohemian Waxwing, Shore Lark, Richard’s Pipit and Mon-

tagw’s Harrier near Great Yarmouth. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 633,
634.

. Roperts, G. Dates of Arrival of the Summer Migrants near Wakefieid in

1867. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 822, 828.

. Ropp, E. H. Autumnal Migration at Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p.

1014.

. Ropp, E. H. Surf Scoter and Firecrested Regulus (Birds of the Year) at Scilly,

< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 1017.

. Rocers, H. Rock Thrush, Hoopoe and Pied Flycatcher in the Isle of Wight.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 828.

. Rogers, H. Ortolan Bunting and Curlew Sandpiper in the Isle of Wight.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 912.

. Saunpers, H. A Birdnesting Trip to the North of Ireland. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., ii, 1867, pp. 609-624.
’ ? 7 J I

. Smiru, C. Redthroated Diver and Norfolk Plover in Somerset and Devon.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 760.

. Surrn, C. Lesser Tern at Taunton: Sandwich Tern and Snow Bunting at Ex-

mouth. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 882.

_ Smriru, C. Purple Sandpiper, Little Gull and Fulmar Petrel on the South

Coast of Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 562.

. Smiru, H.E. A Day among the Bird-breeders at the Point of Air. < Zoologist,

Qd ser., ii, 1867, pp. 924-929.

. STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk, for December, 1866, and

January and February, 1867, < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 727-730.

444 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1867.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.
1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk, for March, April, May and
June, 1867. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 871-873.

. STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk for August, September and

October. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, pp. 1012-1014.

. TayLor, N. Goldeneye, Shore Lark, and Little Gull at Eastbourne. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., ii, 1867, p. 636.

07. TURNBULL, W. P. The | Birds of East Lothian | and a portion of | the adjoin-

ing Counties | by William P. Turnbull | [ete. 4 lines] | [Vignette] | Glasgow:
printed for private circulation [by A. K. Murray & Co] | 1867. 1 vol. 8vo or
4to. Coloured frontisp. (Picus major). Prel. title and title each 1 leaf. Pref-
ace etc. 2 leaves. Text, pp.1-48. Title vignette and 12 others in text.

This is the vignette edition, limited to 150 copies 8vo, and 50 copies 4to; two of the former
on vellum. It is very beautifully executed. The illustrations, excepting the coloured plate
(by E. Sheppard), were drawn on stone by Frank Bott, from original designs by Wm. Sin-
clair. The text is simply an annotated list of the 235 spp. observed in the county: summer
visitants, 42; winter visitants, 48; pass through in spring and autumn, 7; permanently resi-
dent, 94; stragglers, 44.

See the orig. ed., 1863. Cf. Ibis, 1867, pp. 374, 375.

BuLakE-KNox, H. Ornithological Notes from the County Dublin for 1867.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1401-1411.

Cont. from Zool., 2d ser., 1196.

BLakE-KNox, H. Effects of Frost and Snow upon the Common Birds of the
County Dublin during the Month of January, 1867. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii,
1868, pp. 1187-1196.

CLARK-KENNEDY, A.W.M. The Birds of Berkshire and Buckinghamshire; a
Contribution to the Natural History of the Two Counties. By Alexander
W.-M. Clark Kennedy, ‘‘An Eton Boy.” Eton and London: 1868. 8vo. pp.
232.

Not seen.— The author was 16 years old. Cf. Ibis, 2d ser., iv, 1868, p. 337.

. CLIFTON, Lord. Uncommon Birds at Cobham, Kent. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii,

1868, p. 1420.

. CORDEAUX, J. The Ashby Decoy. <i Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1378, 1379.

Statistics cf wild fowl] killed there Sept., 1833-Apr., 1838.

. CoORDEAUX, J. Notes on the Ornithology of Spurn Point. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

iii, 1868, pp. 1317-1319.

GiBson, W. Rare Birds at Southwold. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1484.

Gurney, J. H., JR. Rare Captures [in Darlington] for May, 1868. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., 1ii, 1868, p. 1293.

GuRNEY, J. H. First Arrivals of Spring Visitors at or near Minehead, Somerset-
shire, in 1868. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1293.

GuRNEY, J. H. Rare Sea Birds [in Darlington]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868,
p. 1295.

. GURNEY, J. H. Departures and Arrivals of Migratory Birds observed in Corn-

wall and Devonshire during August and September, 1868. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iii, 1868, p. 1454.

. Harvie-Brown, J. A. Storm Petrels and other Birds in the Firth of Forth.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1060.

. Harvie-Brown, J. A. Birds of Stirlingshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp.

1129, 1130.
Call for assistance in preparing a work under that name.
HARvVIE-Browy, J. A. A few Suggestions in connection with a future Great
Work on British Ornithology. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1130.
HARVIE-Brown, J. A. Ornithological Notes for the last Six Months, including
Extracts from the Journal of a Nesting Tour in Sutherland. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., 111, 1868, pp. 1305-1311.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1868.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 445

Harvie-Brown, J. A. Notes from Stirlingshire from July to September, in-
clusive. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1454-1456.

Harvige-Brown, J. A. Ornithological Notes from Stirlingshire for October,
1868. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1483, 1484,

Harvir-Brown, J. A. Rare Birds in the North of Scotland. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., lii, 1868, p. 1484.

Hunter, J. Animal Confidence [Birds nesting in a rifle-range]. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1058, 1059.

Hurcuinson, M. Birds on Blackheath. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1968, pp. 1166-
1171.

MatuEw, G. F. Solitary Snipe, Montagu’s Harrier, Osprey, &c., at Barnstaple,
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1460.

Norman, G. Natural History Notes from Morayshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii,
1858, pp. 1065-1072.

. Roserts, G. [Ornithological Field] Notes from Walton Hall. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1054-1056.
ROBERTS, G. Ornithological Notes [from Loft House, near Wakefield]. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, pp. 1291-1293.

368. Ropp, E. H. Ornithological Notes from Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p.

1658.

1868.

1868.

1868.

1869.

1869.
1369.

1059.

. Ropp, E. H. A Cornish Moorland Walk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1319,
. Ropp, E. H. Land’s End Waders. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1868, p. 1378.
. Ropp, E. H. Isles of Scilly: Autumnal Migration. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1858,

p. 1421.

58. Ropp, E. H. Arrival of Snipes, Land Rails and Spotted Crakes on the Cornish

Moors. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii, 1468, p. 1459.

STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii,
1868, pp. 1126-1128.

WaLker, T. C. Birds occurring in Leicestershire in 1868. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iii, 1868, pp. 1212-1215.

Waker, T. C. Remarks on the Birds of Ailsa Craig. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii,
1868, pp. 1365-1373.

WaLker, T. C. Remarks on the Birds of Ailsa Craig. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iii,
1868, pp. 1472-1476.

. WuiTe, G. Natural History of Selborne, &e.
. ANon. The Waterfowl in St. James’s Park. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p.

1519.

From ‘Macmillan’s Magazine ’.

. ANON. Rare Birdsinthe Highlands. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1519, 1520.

From the ‘Inverness Courier’.

. ANoN. Our Feathered Friends. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1845.
. AnmiTaGE, A., and Ley, C. The occurrence of rare birds in Herefordshire, and

their nidification in the county. < Trans. Woolhope Nat. Field-Club, 1859, pp.
71-77.
Not seen: said to be of local interest. About 46 spp.
Bet, A. 8S. Rare Birds near Hastings. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1950,
1951.
Boynton, T. Shore and Sea Birds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1843, 1844.

BuakeE, W. G. Varieties of Birds’ Nests in one Garden. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, p. 1868.

446 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1869.

EGO:
1869.
1869.
1869.

1869.
1869.

1869.
1°69.
1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.
1869.
1869.
1869.
1869.
1869.

1869.

BLAKE-Knox, H. Ornithological Notes from the County Dublin for 1867: Ex-
tracts from the Log of the ‘‘Gray Gull.” < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1499-
1510,

. CLARK-KENNEDY, A. Ornithological Notes from Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

iv, 1869, pp. 1858-1862.

CLirron, Lord. Gray Wagtail and Pied Flycatcher in Kent. < Zoologist, 2d
ser.,iv, 1869, p. 1599.

CLoaa,S. Ternsand Gannets at East Looe. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1517.

CorpDEAUX, J. Cape Pigeon and Gannet in Leicestershire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1869, p. 1921.

From the ‘Stamford Mereury,’ Oct. 1, 1869.

CorDEAUX, J. Notes from Spurn Point. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1942-
1946.

CORDEAUX,J. Bird Murder. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,iv, 1869, p. 1512.

CoRDEAUX, J. Dates of Arrival of Spring Visitors at or near Great Cotes, North
Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,iv, 1869, p. 1723.

CORDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1840, 1841, 1905-1908; v, 1870, pp. 1976-1979.

Dix, T. Ornithological Notes from Pembrokeshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869,
pp. 1670-1681.

[EDITORIAL]. Preservation of Sea Fowl. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp.
1632-1635.

Etwes, H.J. The Bird-Stations of the Outer Hebrides. < Ibis, 2d ser., v, 1869,
pp. 20-37.

Extended account of the character of a large number of stations, and of the birds inhabit-

ing them.

. FaRREN, W. Late Singing of the Nightingale and the Cuckoo. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., iv, 1869, p. 1847.

. FRENCH, D.J. Early Birds’ Nests. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,iv, 1869, p. 1603.
. GATCOMBE, J. Efiectsof the late Inclement and Unseasonable Weather. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1917.

. GOULD, J. [Letter respecting several birds rare in or new to Britain]. < Ibis,

2d ser., v, 1869, pp. 127, 128.

Gray, R., and ANDERSON, T. The Birds of Ayrshire and Wigtownshire. By
Robert Gray and Thomas Anderson. Glasgow. 1869. 8vo. pp. 62.

Reprinted from Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, i, pp. 269-324. At least 196 species. The

recently passed act of Parliament (32 and 33 Vict., cap. 17) for the preservation of Sea-Birds
is reprinted in the concluding remarks. (Cf. Ibis, 1870, pp. 125, 126.)

GuNN, T.E. Curious Malformed Beaks of the Woodpigeon and Ringed Plover.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1722.

GuRNEY, J.H., JR. List of the Rarer Birds obtained by Mr. Hart in the Vicinity
of Christ-church, Hants. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,iv, 1869, pp. 1510-1512.

GURNEY, J.H.,JR. Living Birds sold at Moscow. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869,
p. 1916.

Hart, W.,and Sons. Rare Birds at Christchurch. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869,
De Lolz.

Haxvir-Brown, J. A. Rough Notes from the Channel Islands. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1588-1592.

Harvire-Brown, J. A. Ornithological Notes from Stirlingshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1799.

HARVIE-Brown, J. A. Ornithological Notes from Stirlingshire: July to October,
1869. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1950.

1869.
” 1869.
1869.
1869.
1869.
1869.
1869.

1869.

1869.
1869.

1869.
1869.
1869.
1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.
1869.
1869.

1869.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. © 447

Hiicer, A.DE. Ornithological Notes from South Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, pp. 1720, 1721.

Hitcer, A. DE. Ornithological Notes from South Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1869, p. 1846.

Hiern, A. DE. Ornithological Notes from South Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, L869; p. 1917.

Hunter, J. Pomarine Skua and Forktailed Petrel near Faversham. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser.,iv, 1869, p. 1518.

Maturw, M.A. Slaughter of Sea-fowl at Weston-super-Mare. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., iv, 1869, p. 1644.

Mostery, O. Effect of Cold on Birds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1845,
1846.

NEWMAN, E. The Death of Species. Migration. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869,
pp. 1784-1798.

Power, F. D. Notes at Rainham, Kent, and Neighbourhood. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1496, 1499.

. Ranson, J. Arrivals of Summer Migrants near York. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,

1869, p. 1801.

Roserts, G. Notes on Migratory Birds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1844.

Ropp, E.H. A List of British Birds as a Guide to the Ornithology of Cornwall,
&ec. Second Edition. London and Penzance: 1869. 8vo. pp. 51.

Some additions are made to the former edition (Zool. Ree., iv, p. 56); but few of its errors,
typographical or otherwise, are corrected. (Cf. Ibis, 1870, p. 264.)

Saxsy, H. L. Ornithological Notes from Shetland. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, pp. 1760, 1764.

Smer, A. H. Greenshank and Lesser Tern at Leigh. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, p. 1921.

Smitn, C. Ornithological Notes from South Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv,
1869, p. 1845.

Smirn, C. Robin and Wigeon breeding in confinement. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
iv, 1869, p. 1865.

Smirnu,C. The Birds of Somersetshire. By Cecil Smith, of Lydeard House,
near Taunton. London: 1869. 8vo. vp. 643.

Text descriptive and general; 216 spp. Cf. Zbis, 1870, p. 124.

SterLaAND, J. W. The Birds of Sherwood Forest, with Notes on their Habits,
Nesting, Migrations, &c. By J. W.Sterland. London: Lovell, Reeve & Co.
1869. 8vo. pp. 244. 4 pill.

The species observed in the district, some perhaps on authority too slight, are 172 in num-
ber. Some remarks, from original observation, on the structure and functions of the so-called
‘“‘oil-eland” in birds are added. (Cf. Ibis, 1870, pp. 123, 124; Zool., 2d ser., Oct., 1869, pp. 1881-
1888. This extended review, by E. Newman, is very unfavorable to the author, who is ad-
vised that he ‘‘had better read more and write less.”’)

STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk from February to December,
1868. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1489-1496.

StEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk—January to September,
1859. ~< Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1908-1913.

Srusss, E. C. Ornithological Notes from Henley-on-Thames. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1916, 1917.

Tarr, G. The | History | of the | Borough, Castle, | and Barony | of | Alnwick,
| by George Tate, F. G. S., | [ete. 4 lines.] |—| Vol. I. | — | [Design.]
| — | Alnwick: | printed and published by Henry Hunter Blair. | — |

448 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1869.

1870.
1870.

1370.

1870.

1370.

1870.

1870.

1870.

1870.

Tate, G.—Continued.
MDCCCLXVIII[-IX]. 2 vols. 8vo or 4to. Vol. II, pp. i-vi, 11., pp. 1-481,
and appendix; many plates and cuts.

Vol. IT was pub. in Parts 1, 2, former 1868, latter 1869. Of the latter, Chap. X XJ, Botany and
Zoology.—Class Aves ; pp. 458-440, being a nominal list of species.

Wonror,T. W. Flycatcher and Wren building their Nests together. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., iv, 1869, pp. 1799, 1800.

Wonror, T. W. Rosy Bullfinch and Richard’s Pipit at Brighton. < Zoologist,
2d ser., iv, 1869, p. 1918.

VERNER, W.W., JR. Varieties of Birds’ Eggs. < Zoologist, 2d ser., iv, 1869,
p. 1844.

. ATKINSON, J.C. Rednecked Grebe and White’s Thrush in Yorkshire. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2142.
Bei, A.S. Avocet and Little Auk at Rye. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2107.

BELL, A.S. Avocet, Bittern and Gray Phalarope at Hastings. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., V, 1870, pp. 2024, 2025.

. Beit, A.S. Wild-fowl at Hastings. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2108.
. BLAKE-KNox, H. Six Additions to a List of the Migratory and Wandering Birds

of the County of Dublin. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2018, 2019.

. BLAKE-KNoXx, H. Varieties of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v,

1870, p. 2099.

. BLAKE-KNox, H. Correction of [literal] Errors [Zool. 2121]. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., v, 1870, p. 2184.

. Bonp, F. Rare or New British Birds [9 spp.]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p.

1984.

Bonp, F. Tawny Pipit, Ortolan Bunting and Lapland Bunting near Brighton.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2383.

Boyes, F. Notes from East Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2143,
2144.

Brooke, A.B. Natural History of Wicklow and Kerry. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,v,
1870, pp. 2281-2285.

Annotated list of several birds.

CHALK, W.J. Ornithological Notes from Taunton, < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870,
p. 2184,

Corpraux, J. Extracts (Ornithological) from the Log of the ‘‘ Coralie”, R. Y.
Y.C. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2214-2219.

From the Humber to the Tweed.

CorpEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., V, 1870, pp. 2053-2055, 2077-2081, 2153-2155, 2285-2289, 2335-2338, 2389-
2392.

CosENns, G.W. Yellowbellied American Cuckoo and Gray Phalaropes near
Aberystwith. < Zoologist, 2d ser., Vv, 1870. p. 2407.

From ‘Field’, Nov. 12.

. Davies, T. E. White Curlew and White Fieldfare. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870,

p. 2141.

. FeEmpEN, H.W. Increase of Rock Birds at Flamborough. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

v, 1870, p. 2262.

. GarcosBr, J. Rare Birds in the Neighbourhood of Plymouth. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., V, 1870, pp. 2026, 2027.

. GarcomsBer, J. Arrival of Summer Birds in the Neighbourhood of Plymouth.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2143.

.

1870.

1870.
1870.

1870.

1370.

1870.

1870.

LS70:
1870.

1870.

1870.

{
'

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 449

Gatcombr, J. Arrivalof Migrants [in the neighbourhood of Plymouth]. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2180.

Grant, J. Rare Birds in Wiltshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2185.

Gray, R. [Letter on the occurrence of Astur atricapillus and Totanus chloro-
pygius in Scotland.) < Ibis, 6th ser., 1870, pp. 291, 292.

Gurney, J. H., Jn. [Ornithological rarities exposed in] Leadenhall Market.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2893, 2394.

Haprietp, H. Increase of Sea-fowl] in the Isle of Wight. <_ Zoologist, 2d ser.,
v, 1870, pp. 2184, 2185.

Haprirtp, H. Arrival of Migrants in the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
v, 1870, p. 2180.

Here, N. F. Immigration of Rooks and Starlings. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870,
p. 2140.

Hen, N. F. Notes about Aldeburgh. London: 1870. Svo. pp. 19e.

Not seen.—‘ Ornithology takes up about half of this book, the author of which has good

considerable rarity in England.”

. Hiern, A. pe. Ornithological Notes from South Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

v, 1870, p. 2098.

. Hitcen, A. pe. Ornithological Notes from South Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ”

y, 1870, pp. 2058, 2059.
Hitcer, A. pr. Ornithological Notes from South Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
y, 1870, pp. 1983, 1984.

. JEFFERY, W., JR. Rare Birds in West Sussex, 1807-9. < Zoologist, 2dsez Ws

1870, pp. 2059, 2060. :
Kerr, W. J. Notes from Denbighshire. < Zoologist, 2d-ser., v, 1870, p. 2104.
Kerr, W. J. Solitary Snipe and Quail in Denbighshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
v, 1870, p. 2345.

. Maruew, G.F. Garganeys, &c., near Sheerness. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870,

p. 2182.

0. Maruew, M. A. Rare Birds at Barnstaple. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1970, p.

2144.
Matuew, M. A. Sclavonian Grebes, Rednecked Grebe and Goosander on the
Taw. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2069.

. Maruew, M. A. Lesser Gray Shrike, Shore Lark and Temminck’s Stint near

Great Yarmouth. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2060.

Moor, E. C. Arrival of Spring Migrants [does not state where]. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2508.

OVEREND, J. G. Little Gulls, &c., near Great Y: rmouth. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
v, 1870, p. 2143.

Preston, T. A. Little Gull, &c., near Marlborough. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v,
1870, p. 2145.

RAVENsSwonrtn, Lord. Notice of some Rare Birds seen recently [in Northumb-
erland]. < Nat.. Hist. Trans. Northumb. § Durh., iii, 1870, pp. 173, 174.

Coracias garrula, Picus major, Anas acuta, A. clypeata, Sula bassana, Falco nisus.

Rrexarps, M.8.C. Gray Phalarope, Little Stint and Snow Bunting at Northam
Burrows. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2025.

Rickarps, M. 8. C. Notes from Northam Burrows. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v,
1870, p. 2387. s

Roberts, G. Notes on [certain British] Migratory Birds. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

v, 1870, pp. 2220, 2221.

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79-——29 NEay 32, i880.

450 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1870. Ropp, E. W. Winter Visitants in West Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870,
pp. 2068, 2069.
1870. Ropp, E. H. A List of the Birds of Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870,
pp. 2193-2204, 2229-2244, 2269-2280, 2321-2326.
“Although a general list of British Birds, is intended to show a statistical summary of the
species at present included in the Cornish Fauna.” Extensively annotated.
1870. Ropp, E. H. Ornithology of Scilly Islands in October. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v,
1870, p. 2405. e
1876. Ropp, E. H. Autumn Migration at Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp.
2405, 24065.
1870. Row.ey, G. D. [Exhibition of Specimens of the Siberian Lark, and of some
other rare British Birds.] <P. Z. S., xxxvili, 1870, pp. 52, 53.
1870. Row.Lry, G. D. Shore Larks and Gray Phalaropes near Brighton. < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2407.
From ‘ Field,’ Nov. 12.
1870. Smer, A. H. Note on Migration at Carshalton. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p.

9900)

1870. Smen, A. H. Shore Lark at Southwold and Redthroated Diver in London.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2140.

1870. SmMer, A. H. Blackthroated Diver and Redbreasted Merganser on the Thames.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2107.

1870. Smirn, C. Fulmar Petrel, Little Auk and Gray Phalarope in Somersetshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 1982, 1983.

1870-71. SOUTHWELL, T. On the Ornithological Archeology of Norfolk. < Tr. Norw.
Soc., 1870-71, pp. 14-21.

Extracts showing the former ornithological condition of the country.

1870. STEVENSON, H. On the Meres of Wretham Heath. < Trans. Norf. and Norw.
Nat. Soc., 1870, pp. 36-41.

Account of the birds observed during a visit to these meres.

1870. SrEvENSON, H. Miscellaneous Notes and Observations. < Trdns. Norf. and
Norw. Nat. Soc., 1870, pp. 59-62.

Occurrence in Norfolk of Aquila chrysaetos and Grus cinerea: note on mortality among
Hirundinide.

1870. StTEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk—September to December,

1869. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2055-2058.

1870. Srevenson, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk—January to September,
1870. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v, 1870, pp. 2361-2367.

1870. SWEETAPPLE, E. Where do our [British] Summer Visitants go? < Zoologist,
2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2347.

Not even Echo answers.

1870. THompson, T. Dates of the Breeding of Birds on Tyneside for 1869. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., v, 1870, p. 2027.

1870. TuurN, E.F.Im. Birds of Marlborough, | being | a contribution | to the | Orni-
thology of the District, | by Everard F. Im Thurn, | With an Appendix, |
Marlborough: | Perkins, ‘‘ Times” Office ; and Lucy, Bookseller. | London: |
Simpkin, Marshall, & Co., Stationers Hall Court | MIDCCCLXX. | 1 vol.
16mo? pp. viii, 117, 11.

A largely annotated List, divided into Residents, Summer Visitors, Winter Visitors, Spring
and Autumn Visitors, Rare and Occasional Visitors. Especially full and important in giving
dates (for several years) of observed nidification and oviposition.

1870. Tuck, J. G. Notes on the Sea and Shore Birds of Aldeburgh. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., V, 1870, pp. 2368, 2369.

1870-71. Waker, T. E. Bird-haunts of the Outer Hebrides. < Zoologist, 2d ser., v,
1870, pp. 2073-2077, 2113-2119, 2163-2171 5 vi, 1871, pp. 2423-2429,

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 451

1870-72. Wneter, R. F., and Hooprpery, R. E. Meteorological Report for 1867

[-1871]. < Nat. Hist. Trans. Northumb. and Durh., iii, 1870, pp. 1-82, 205-285 ;
iv, 1872, pp. 308-348, 445-511.

Calendary notes on birds, among other phenomena; tables of di ates of migration, and also a
list of dates on which certain species were known to breed in that county.

1870 or 1871. Wurrr, G. (Hd. Lady Dover.) The | Natural History | of | Selborne. |

1871.

1871.

1871.
871.

By the | Rev. Gilbert White, A. M. | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | Ar-
ranged for young persons. | A new edition with notes. | London: | Society for
Promoting Christian Knowledge ; | Sold at the Pee : | 77, Great Queen
Street, Lincoln’s Inu Fields; | 4, Royal Exchange; 48, Piccadilly; | and by
all Booksellers. [n.d. 1870? 1871?] I1vol. 8vo. pp.i-x, 1-346.

Not seen: title and comment from Newton.

There is no date in the title-page, but I believe this edition appeared in 1870 or 1871. The
woodcuts, mostiy by Mr. Wolf, are very superior, and the foot-notes are by ‘T. B.” (Prof.
Bell). A sketch map of the district is introduced to face p. 1. Altogether it is an excellent
edition and admirably meets the purpose for which it was intended.

. Boynton, T. Rare Gulls, &e., at Bridlington. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p.

2488. '

. Boynton, T. Goosander, Glaucus Gull and Iceland Gull in Yorkshire. Zoolo-
> ?

gist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2526, 2527.

. Brunton, J. Birds observed in the Vicinity of Glenarm. Zoologist, 2d ser.
; 3 gist, ’

vi, 1871, pp. 2598-2702.

. Carey, C.B. Ornithological Notes from Guernsey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871,

p. 2855.

71. CuaLk, W. J. Cirl Bunting and Longtailed Duck in Bedfordshire. < Zoologist,

Qd ser., vi, 1871, p. 2562.

. Cuatk, W. J. Arrival of Migrants, &c. [at Bedford. ] < Zoologist, 2d ser., Vi,

1871, p. 2638.

. Cuirton, Lord. Buzzards, &c., at Cobham during 1870. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi,

1871, pp. 2481, 2482.

. Cuirton, Lord. Ornithological Notes from Cobham, Kent. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

vi, 1871, pp. 2844, 2845.

. CoRDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. oe 2d

ser., Vi, 1871, pp. 2469-2472, 2495, 2496, 2594-2596, 2653-2656, 2782-2784, 2859-
2861.

. Coucn, J. Woodcock, Wood Pigeon and Ring Ouzel in Guernsey. < Zoologist,

2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2870.

_Eprror. American Birds [Coccyzus americanus and Numenius borealis in

Great Britain]. < Am. Nut., v, 1871, p. 437.

. EEDLE, T. Birds Observed at Rannoch in 1870. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871,

pp. 2656-2658.
Shortly annotated list of 52 spp.
GarcomBE, J. Wild Birds to be found in the London Markets. < Zoologist
2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2625-2628.
GarcomBE, J. Montagu’s Harrier and Hoopoe in Devonshire. < Zoologist, 24
ser., vi, 1871, p. 2638. :
Gorpon, C. Little Auk, &c., near Dover. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2443.

Gray,R. The Birds of the West of Scotland, including the Outer Hebrides,
with occasional records of the occurrence of the rarer species throughout
Scotland generally. By Robert Gray. Glasgow: Thomas Murray & Sons.
1871. 1lvol. 8vo. pp.520.

Not seen.—The author had been upward of 30 years in gathering his material. A notable
feature of the work consists in the copious details given respecting particular localities.
Cf. Ibis, 1872, p. 184.

452 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

. GuNN, T. E. Raptorial Birds in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2521.
. Gunn, T. E. Golden Oriole and Hoopoe near Norwich. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi,

1871.

1871.

‘1871.

1871, p. 2849.

. Gurneny, J.H. Ornithological Notes from the Vicinity of Torquay during the

Winter of 1870-71. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2629-2631.

. Gurney, J. HW. Ornithological Notes from South Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

vi, 1871, p. 2679.

. GuRNEY, J.H. Waterhens and Woodpigeons successively occupying the same

Nest. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2770, 2771.

Gurney, J. H. Departure of Summer Migrants from the Coast of Suffolk.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2856.

GuRNEY, J.H.,JR. Birds at Rannoch. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2725.

GURNEY, J.H.,Jr. Birds of the Malvern District. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871,
pp. 2725, 2726.

. GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Pheasant and French Partridge. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi,

1871, p. 2728. ;
GurRNEY, J. H., Jr. Notes from Instow, North Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser., Vi,
1871, p. 2845.

. HADFIELD, H. Arrival of Migrants [in the Isle ef Wight]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

vi, 1871, p. 2380.

. Kerr, W.J. Quails and Siskins in Wales. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp.

2521, 2592.

. Kniaut, V. Nocturnal Flight of Birds at Folkestone. < Zoologist, 2d ser., Vi,

1871, pp. 2845, 2846.

. Lees, E. Birds of the Malvern District, Resident, Migratory or Occasional

Visitors. < Zoologist, 2d ser., Vi, 1871, pp. 2517-2520, 2631-2637, 2659-2666.

. Lister, T. Arrival of Migrants [Barnsley]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp.

2763, 2764.

. Matnuew,M. A. Britislr Ornithology of the Year 1870. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi,

1871, pp. 2437, 2438.
Retrospective summary of rarities, ete.

. MatuEew,G.F. Nocturnal Flight of Birds at Plymouth. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

vi. Le 7s ccu3:

. Moor, E.C. Arrival of Migrants, &c. [in Suffolk.] < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi,

>

1871, p. 2338.

- Moor, E.C. Arrival of Migrants at Great Bealings. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi,

1871, p. 2865.

. Powrr,G.E. Osprey and Rednecked Phalarope in Kent. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

Vi, £871, p. 2847.

. Rrcmarps, M.S. C. Purple Sandpiper, Gray Phalarope and Snow Bunting at

22

Northam Burrows. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2485, 2486.

. Roberts, G. <A List of [17 spp. of ] uncommon Birds seen or captured in York-

shire during the Year 1870. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2604.

. Roperts,G. Miscellaneous Rural [Yorkshire] Notes for 1870. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2873-2677, 2702-2712.

. Roberts,G. Arrival of Migrants [near Wakefield]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi,

°

1871, p. 2580,
Roberts, G. Summer Migrants in Yorkshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p.

2726.

. Ropp, E. fi. Notes from Scilly. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, p. 2679.

1871.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. A453

[SALvrn, O.] [Notice of Stevenson’s ‘ Birds of Norfolk.’] <Jbis, 3d ser., i, 1871,
pp. 251, 252: : .

. Saxby, H.L. Ornithological Notes from Shetland. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871,

pp. 2533-2540.

71. Smer, A. H. [Rarities seen in] Leadenhall Market. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi,

1871, p. 2523.

Supp, A. H. Birds observed in the Thames, &c., in the Winter of 1870-71.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2604-2605.

Suen, A.H. Arrival of Migrants [at Wallington Bridge]. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vi, 1871, pp. 2679, 2680.

yea

. Smiru, C. Rednecked Grebe end Bittern in Somerset. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi,

1871, p. 2563.

71. Spencer, T. Extraordinary Flight of Birds by Night [in England]. < Zoologist,

2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2846, 2847.

1871. SreveNson, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk—September to December,
1870. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2496-2499.

1871. STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk—January and February,
1871. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2597-2604.

1871. STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk—March to September, 1871.

1871.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp. 2828-2833.

. Tuck, T.G. Ornithological Notes from Aldeburgh, Sutiolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

vi, 1871, pp. 2804, 2805.

. Wanker, F. A. Notes on the Scilly Isles. <( Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871, pp.

9839, 2844.
WHITAKER, J., Jn. Rare Birds in Nottinghamshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vi, 1871,
pp. 2803, 2804.

1871-S-. YARRELL, W. (Id. Newton, 4.) A History of British Birds. By the late

William Yarrell, V.P.L.S.,F. Z. 8. Fourth Edition, revised by Alfred New-
ton, M. A., F. R. 8., ete. London: John Van Voorst. (Now publishing, in
Parts of about 80 pages, to form 3 vols., 8vo, with about 600 illustrations. )

The following are the dates of appearance of Parts thus far: Part I, June 1871, pp. 1-80;
II, Aug. 1871, pp. 81-160; ITI, ? pp. 161-240; IV, July 1872, pp. 241-320; V, Mar. 1873,
pp. 321-400; VI, July 1873, pp. 401-480; VII, Feb. 1874, pp. 481-560; VIII, Nov. 1874, pp. 561-
646, ending Vol. I, with temporary title-page, note, errata, and contents, pp. 1=Vvili-—Parteexe
Feb. 1876, pp. 1-80; X, Nov. 1876, pp. 81-160; XI, Sept. 1877 (pp. 101, 102 to replace those
pages in Part X), pp. 161-238; Part XII, Oct. 1878, pp. 239-318; no more seen.

The publication of Yarrell’s work began July, 1837, and ended May, 1843. A second
edition appeared in 1845, and a third in 1856, but a few months before the author’s death.
The 2d and 3d were substantially reprints of the first, though with some additions and alter-
ations. During the thirty years the literature of the subject nearly doubled, and there was
a great increase in the knowledge of the subject after the third edition appeared. A new
edition was demanded, not only by the public at large but by those who held the earlier
issues; and it was the heaviest task of the editor of the fourth to sift the enormous mass of
new material at his service. The editor did not scruple to make such systematic changes as
he considered necessary, nor to scrutinize closely the claim of any bird to be considered
British. The scientific names were retained, as given by Yarrell; but the editor also prefixed
names according, as far as possible, to the Rules adopted by the British Association, hoping
thus to ultimately reach a more uniform nomenclature. The third edition was embellished
with 550 woodcuts; the present is to contain nearly 600.

The editor has thus far executed his self-imposed task with the utmost care, fidelity, and
success; but of a work thus in process of publication a full notice must be deferred.

1872. BrroHatt, E. Are the Channel Islands British? < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872,

pp. 3304-3306.

Regrets even qualified approval of the proposal for including their productions in the
British Fauna.

454 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1872. Brunton, T. [Note on 3] Birds at Glenarm. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p.
3235.
1872. Button, D.T. Hawks, &c.,at Gravesend. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3019.
1872. Carry, C. B. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Guernsey [cont. from Zool.,
2856]. <( Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 2910, 2911.
1872. Carry,C.B. Ornithological Notes from Guernsey [cont. from Zool.,s. s,, 2911].
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 2990, 2991.
1872. Carrey,C.B. Spring Arrivals in Guernsey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3062.
1872. Carry, C.B. Are Guernsey Birds British? < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3066.
1872: Carry, C.B. Are Guernsey Birds British? < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3145.
With his idea of the imaginary ‘British’ boundary.
1872. Carzy,C.B. Ornithological Notes from Guernsey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vil, 1872,
Pp. a2ec.
1872. Carry, C. B. Are the Channel Islands Birds British? < Zoologist, 2d ser., vil,
1872, p. 3324.
1872. CuaLk, W.J. The Fourth Edition of “Yarrell”. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872,
pp. 3018, 3019.
A slight criticism, advanced ‘‘ with all humility”.
1872. CLERMONT, Lord. Are the Channel Islands British? < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii,
1872, p. 3184.
Answered in the negative.
1872. CLoae, 8. Razorbills, &c., picked up on the Coast of Cornwall. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vil, 1872, p. 2995.
1872. CoRDEAUX, J. Notes [chiefly Ornithological] from the Lincolnshire Coast and
North Sea. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3203-3209.
1872. CorDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire [cont. from Zool.,
8. 8., 2861]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 2928-2932, 3014-3016, 3095-3098,
3165, 3166, 3320-3323.

1872. CorprEaux, J. Birds | of | the Humber District. | By | fohn Cordeaux. | — |
devp’ ite Tevoopevor Ta vewrtepa. | navTa yap étvOade iW GApoifouev oi- | wYyOv Tov
revaodeipwv. | Aristoph. Aves, 252 sqq. | — | London: | John Van Voorst, Pa-

ternoster Row. | MDCCCLXXII. |1 vol. 16mo. pp. i-xii, 1 leaf, pp. 1-231,
frontisp. and tailp.
Annotated list of 276 spp.
1872. DurNrorpD, H. Richardson’s Skua, &c., in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vil,
1872, pp. 2905, 2907.
1872. DuRNroRD, H. Birds observed in Liverpool Market. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii,
1872, p. 2018,

‘

1872. DuRNFoRD, H. Birds observed in Liverpool Market during March. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3066.

1872. DuRNroRD, H. Ornithological Notes from the Neighbourhood of Southwold,
Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3307-3309.

1872. FinrpEn, H.W. The Birds of the Fxroe Islands. < Zoolvgist, 2d ser., vii, 1872,
pp. 3210-3225, 3245-3257, 3277-3294.

1872. GATCOMBE, J. Rare Birds at Plymouth. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 2940.

1872. Gatcomnr, J. Ornithological Notes, chiefly from Devonshire, during the Au-
tumn and Winter of 1871-72. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 2984-2988.

1872. GarcomBE, J. Ornithological [Field] Notes made in the neighbourhood of
Plymouth during February, 1872. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3011-3014.

1872. GatcomBE, J. Ornithological Notes made in the neighbourhood of Plymouth
during March, 1872. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3049-3052.

1872.

1872.

1872.

1872

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 455

GaTcomsBE, J. Ornithological Notes made in the Neighbourhood of Plymouth
during April, 1872. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 36099-3101.

GATCOMBE, J. Ornithological Notes made in Devon and Cornwall during the
Month of May, 1872. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3135-3138.

2. GatcomsBy, J. A few Ornithological Notes made in Devon and Cornwall dur-

ing June, 1872. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vil, 1872, pp. 3156-3159.

GATCOMBE, J. Ce Notes made in Devon and Cornwall during Juiy
and Mees 1872. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3258-3260.

Gis, T.H. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Northumberland for 1871. << Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3008-3011.

Gurney, J. H. Ornithological Occurrences in the Neighbourhood of Torquay
during the Spring of 1872. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3154-5136.

GuRNEY, J. H. [Misc. notes a Kestrel, Sparrowhawk and Cuckoo. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3146.

2. HADFIELD, H. Arrival of Spring Migrants [at the Isle of Wight]. < Zoologist,

qe

2d ser., vil, 1S72, pp. 3052, 3063.

2. Hartine, J. E. A Handbook | of | British Birds, | showing the | distribution of

the resident and migratory species | in the British Islands, | with | an index
to the records of the rarer visitants. | By | J. E. Harting, F.L.S8.,F.Z.8., |
member of the British Ornithologists’ Union, ete., etc. | — | Tendon: | none
Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLXXII. lvol. 8vo. pp. xxiv, 198.
395 spp.—130 residents, 100 periodical migrants, 30 annual visitants, the remainder rare and
accidental visitants (more than 40 of them from America). The feature of the work is the
elaborate record of occurrences, which, in the cases of the stragglers alone, occupies half
the volume. The work seems to have been prepared with care, and was favorably received.
Cf. Zool., 1872, pp. 3326-3329; Am. Nat., vii, 1873, pp. 163-165.
Huaet, A. v. Ornithological Notes from Lancashire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vil,
1872, pp. 3228-3230.
Kerr, W. J. Ornithological Notes from North Wales. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vil,
1872, p. 3144.
Knox, A. E. Autumns on the Spey. By A. E. Knox, M. A., F. L. S., &e.
London. Van Voorst. 1872. post 8vo. pp. 172, pll. lithog. 4
Not seen.—Cf. Zoologist, s. s., viii, 1878, pp. 8479-3486.
Matuew, G. F. Ornithological [Field] Notes from Devonshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 2917-2921.
MATHEW, M. A. English Ornithology of 1871. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp.
2908-2910.
Notes increase in numbers, on the whole, of several species formerly rare.
Matuew, M. A. [Note on the] Ornithology of Dartmoor. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vii, 1872, pp. 5017, 3018.

2. Newman, E. Are Guernsey Birds British? < Zoologist, 2d ser., vil, 1872, pp.

3324-3325.
NEWMAN, E. Notices of New Books. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3326-
3329.
Reviews Harting’s ‘Handbook of British Birds.’
PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE, O. Are Guernsey Birds British? < Zoologist, 2d ser., vil,
1872, p. 3109.
Answered in the negative; with sharp criticism of certain parties.
PICKARD-CAMBRIDGE, O. Are Guernsey Birds British? < Zoologist, 2d ser., vil,
1872, pp. 3183, 3184.

Another statement of views on this subject.

. Rocke, J. Tengmalm’s Owl, Roughlegged and Common Bazzards and Dotterel

in Shropshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3111.

456

1873.
1873.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

. Ropp, kK. H. Notes on the Ornithology of Cornwall, for the Years 1871-72.

<_ Journ. List. Cornw., 1872, pp. 85-87.
Among other things, the occurrence of the N. American Totanus flavipes is noted.
tobD, F. R. The Scilly Isles—Migratory Birds—Notes on Shooting, &c¢., dur-
ing the Autumn and Winter of 1870-71. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 2898-

2905.

2. Rogers, H. NRazorbills, Guillemots, &c., picked up in the Isle of Wight. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 2994.

2. Suupson, M. Shore Lark and Crested Tit near Whitby. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

vii, 1872, p. 3021.

. SMEE, A. H. Spring Arrivals at Carshalton. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p.

3145.

2. Smitiu, C. Hen Harrier, Norfolk Plover and Redbreasted Merganser in Somer-

setshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 2911, 2912.

2. Smirn, C. A few Ornithological Notes from Guernsey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii,

1872, pp. 2921-2928.

2. STEVENSON, H., and GURNEY, J. H., Jr. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk—

October to December, 1871. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 2977-2984.
With a special note on ‘ Paget's’ Pochard.
STEVENSON, H., and Gurney, J. H., Jr. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk
[cont. trom Zool.,s.s., 2984]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3045-3048.

2. STEVENSON, H., and Gurnry, J. H., JR. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk

[ cont. from Zool., s. s., 3048]. <Zoologist, 2d ser., Vii, 1872, pp. 3102-3104, 3132-

3134, 3225-5228, 3317-3320.

. Tuck, T. G. Spring Arrivals at Bury. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3062.
2. Tuck, T. G. Birds in Smithfield and Leadenhall Markets. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

Vii, 1872, pp. 3055, 3066.
Tuck, J. G. Birds observed at Aldeburgh, Suffolk, in the Summer of 1872.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3306, 3307.

2. WHITAKER, J., JR. Quails Breeding in Nottinghamshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

vil, 1872, p. 2913.
WHITAKER, J., JR. [Four species of] Rare Birds in Nottinghamshire. < Zool-
ogist, 2d ser., Vii, 1872, pp. 2939, 2940.

2. WHITAKER, J., Jk. Abnormal [albinotic] Colouring in [certain British] Birds.

< Zoologist, 2d ser ,» Vil, 1872, p. 2991.

2. WHITAKER, J., JR. itine Arrivals in Nottinghamshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

vii, 1872, p. 3062.

2, Wuitaker, J., Jk. A Visit to the Freshwater Cliffs [Isle of Wight]. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp. 3109-3111.

72. WHITAKER, J, Jr. Arrival of Spring Birds [in Great Britain]. < Zoologist,

2d ser., vii, 1872, p. 3111.

72. WHITAKER, J., JR. Arrival of Spring Birds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1872, pp.

3145, 5146.

3. ANON. [Food for nestlings.] < Am. Sportsman, iii, 1873-74, p. 69.

Observations upon the amount of food given by several English birds to their nestlings.

3. Bren, C. R. Orangelegged Hobby, &c. [Syrrhaptes paradoxus]. < Zoologist,

2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3688.
Carry, C.B. Notes from Guernsey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3367.
Corsry, G. B. Wild-fowl at Ringwood. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp.

3052, 3653.

1873.

18753.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. ADT

Corsrn, G. B. Early Nesting of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
vili, 1873, p. 3452.

. CorDEAUX, J. Notes at Sea. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 8599-3501,
. CorDEAUX, J. Common Cormorant and Herring Gull returning to Nest at

Flamborough Head. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3530.

. CoRDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d

ary

ser., Vili, 1873, pp. 3400-3402, 3464, 3465, 3556-3558, 3684-3687, 3781, 3782.
Cfovrs], E. Handbook of British Birds. < dm. Nat., vii, 1873, pp. 163-165,
A review of J. E. Harting’s work of that name, 8vo, pp. xxiv, 198, London, 1872.
Dix,T. AUHappy Family. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3452,
Kestrels, crows, and woodpigeons breeding together.
Durnrorp, H. Arrival [Liverpool] of Spring Migrants, &e. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., viii, 1873, p. 3526.

. DurNFoRD, H. Waders flying at Dusk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3530.

“oO

DurxrorpD, H. Ornithological Notes. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 8601-
3606.
I. An Ornithological Expedition to Holyhead Island. II. A few Notes on the Birds that
breed on Walney Island.

3. Durnrorp, H. Ornithological Notes from Lancashire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

viii, 1873, pp. 3612, 3613. —

Durxrorp, H. Ornithological Notes from Longparish, Hants, during April and
May, 1873. < Zoologist, 2d ser., vii, 1873, p. 3614,

Durnxrorp, H. Captain Feilden’s Criticisms [Zool., s. s., 3643] on Mr, Durn-
ford’s Ornithological Notes. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, "1873, pp. 3694, 3695.

Durxrorp, H. Ornithological Notes from Suffolk during August, 1873. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 8797-8799.

3. Durnxrorp, H. Notes from Longparish, Hants. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873,
pp. 3799, 3800.

Durxrorp, H. Ornithological Notes from Lancashire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
viii, 1873, pp. 3800, 3801.

. Feitpen, H.W. Criticisms on Mr. Durnford’s ‘ Ornithological Notes [Zool., s.

s., 3601-3606].” < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 8641, 3642.

FEILDEN, H.W. Criticisms on Mr. Durnford’s “Ornithological Notes [Zool.,s.
s., 3694 and 3641].” < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 3735, 3736.

Cle J. Ornithological Ifotes from Devon, Cornwall, &e. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., Vili, 1873, pp. 3392-3400, 3442-3446, 3466-3463, 3562-3566, 3628-3632, 07 16-
3720, 37 83-3788.

Grecson, C. 8. Abundance of Snow Buntings, Song a eae and Bramblings
in the North [Lancashire]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1573, pp. 3490, 3491.

Gurnry, J. H. Note on the Early Assumption of Breeding Plumage in the
Bridled and Foolish Guillemots and Great Northern Diver. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., Vili, 1873, p. 3493.

Gurney, J. H. Note on the Cuckoo and Pied Wagtail. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
viii, 1873, p. 3648.

. Gurney, J. H. Note on Rare Birds obtained near Flamborough Head. <Zool-

ogist, 2d_ser., vill, 1873, p. 3802.

HapFietp, H. Arrival of Spring Migrants [at the Isle of Wight]. < Zoologist,
2d ser., vili, 1873, pp. 3614, 3615.

Hamet, E. D. Blackheaded Gulls and Fieldfares. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii,
1873, p. 3520.

458 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1873.

1873.

1873.

HAMEL, E.D. Ornithological Notes from Tamworth. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii,
1873, p. 3801. :

Herbert, W.H. Leach’s Petrel and Black Tern near Newbury. < Zoologist,
2d ser., Vili, 1873, p. 3455.

. Hornsy, H. P. [Ornithological Field] Notes from North Lancashire. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 3451, 3452.

73. Tiornpy, H. P. Birds observed at St. Michael’s-on-the-Wyre. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., Vili, 1873, pp. 3801, 3802.

. Kerr, W. J. Ornithological Notes from North Wales for the Summer and

Autumn of 1872. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 3409-3411.
Lioyp, J. W. Notes on the occurrences of rare Birds in Herefordshire and Rad-
norshire. < Trans. Woolhope Nat. Field-Club, 1269, pp. 78-80.
Not seen.—About 28 spp.
LisTER, T. Rare Birds near Barnsley. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 3587,

3688.

3. Lurr,W. A. Yhbe Channel Islands Fauna. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p.

3387,
MENNELL, H. T. The Channel Islands Fauna. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873,

e~

p. So0".

3. NEWMAN, E. Notices of New Books. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp. 5479-

3480.

Knox’s ‘Autumus on the Spey.’

. OGILVy, W. Sclavonian Grebe and Great Black Woodpecker in Norfolk. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., vili, 1873, p. 3372.

75. PowER, F. D. Summer Visitants in West Cumberland. <Zoologist, 2d ser.,

viii, 1873, p. 3643.

73. Ropr, G. T. Notes from Leiston, Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3506-

3510,

SciaTeR, J. Ornithological Notes from Castle Eden. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii,
1873, pp. 3439-3442.

. Smeg, A. H. Greenshank and Common Tern in Oxfordshire. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., Vill, 1873, p. 3803.

3. SmirH, C. Ornithological Notes from Somersetshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii,

1873, pp. 3624-3628.

3. STarFForD, W. Ornithological Notes from Godalming. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii,

1873, pp. 3788-3790. .

STEVENSON, H., and GurnEy, J. H., Jr. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk.
< Zoologist, 2 ser., viii, 1873, pp. 3354-3356, 3402, 3403.

STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk. < Zoologist,2d ser., viii,
1873, pp. 3558-3561, 3711-3716.

Tuck, J. G. Notes from Aldeburgh, Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p.
3799,

WEIR, J. J. The Channel Islands Fauna. < Zoologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, pp.
3366, 3367.

WHITAKER, J., Jn. Arrival of Spring Birds in Nottinghamshire. < Zoologist,
2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3614.

WINTER, W.S. P. Little Auk and Maux Shearwater near Birmingham. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., viii, 1873, p. 3413.

. BARRINGTON, R. M. Migrations of Spring Lnmigrants [in Ireland]. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4100-4102.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 459

1874? Brockuores, —. [A paper on the Birds of Wirral, Cheshire.] < Proc. Ches-

1874.

1874.

1874.

1874.

1874.

1874,
1874.

1874,

1874.

1874.

ter Soc. Nat. Sci., No. 1.
Not seen.—The paper forms the number. Notes on 168 spp.
Brunton, T. Arrival of Summer Birds at Glenarm. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix,
1874, p. 4032.
BRUNTON, T. Birds observed at Glenarm Castle. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874,
pp. 3829, 3830.
Cargy, C. B. Ornithological Jottings. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4231,

DS
4232

Oe.

. CLark-KENNEDY, A.J. Rare Birdsat Eastbourne. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874,

p. 4258.

CLarnE-Krennxupy, [A.W. M.] [Call for information respecting] Ornithology
of the Orkneys. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 3883,

CorDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 20
ser., ix, 1874, pp. 3856-3859, 3942, 3943, 4029-4031, 4059-4063, 4224-4226.

Coucn, J. Birdsin Guernsey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4237,

DuRNFORD, H. Ornithological Notes from Lancashire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix,
1874, p. 3912.

DuRNFORD, H. Ornithologalic [sic] Notes [on certain British Birds]. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4063-4065.

. DurxrorD, H. Notes on the Birds of Walney Island. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix,

1874, pp. 4191-4194.

. GATCOMBE, J. Ornithological Notes from Devonshire, Cornwall, &e. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 8826-3829, 3909-3912, 3943-3945, 4102-4105, 4226-4229,
4253-4255.

. GuNN, T. E. Food of Barn Owl and Great Spotted Woodpecker, < Zovlogist,

2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4117.

Gurney, J. H., Jr. Shore Birds on the Cley and Blakeney Muds. < Zoologist,
2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4196.

. HaprieLtp, H. Remarks on Birds seen during a Three Weeks’ Tour in Brittany.

<< Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 3945-3047,

. Haprietp, H. Pairing of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874,

p. 3954.

. Haprietp, H. Little Auk and Dunlin. < Zoologist,2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4200,

4201.

HapFIELD, H. Autumnal Migration of the Willow Wren, Swallow and Black-
cap. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4259, 4260.

Hancock,J. A Catalogue | of | The Birds | of | Northumberland and Durham. |
By John Hancock. | with fourteen Photographic copper-plates from | draw-
ings by the author. | London: 1874, 8vo.—Vol. VI (for 1873) of the Nat. Hist.
Trans. Northumbd. and Durh., pp. i-xxvi, 1-174, with 2 ll. app. and err., 14 pl.

Spp. cire. 265, an addition of over 50 spp. to the principal previous list (Selby’s, 1831, q. v.).
90 residents (breeding or not); 40 spring-and-autumn migrants (breeders); 54 antumn-and-
winter visitants; 79 casual visitants; Accip.26, Pass. 102, Columb. 4, Gall. 7, Grall. 50, Palmip.
76. Replete with local items and biographical matter. The introduction notices previous
publications on the subject, and treats very fully of the character of the region and its Ornis
in general; special exposition of and protest against wanton destruction of birds. The classi-
fication of Degland-Gerbe is followed. The author’s ripe experience and great care result in
a work meeting all the requirements of a local treatise, which at once becomes the standard
authority on the subject.

HopGKinson, J. B. Glossy Ibis and Roller [in Great Britain]. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ix, 1874, p. 4158.

AGO PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1874. Hitarn, A.v. Ornithological Notes from Torquay. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874,
pp. 3906-3909, 4065, 4066.

1874. JEFFERY, W.,JR. Ornithological Notes from West Sussex. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
ix, 1874, pp. 3822-3824.

1874. Kerr. W. J. Ornithological Notes from Denbighshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix,
1874, p. 3913.

1874. Lister, T. On Birds observed in the West Riding of Yorkshire in former and
, S
recent years. < Rep. Brit. Ass. ddv. Sei. for 1873, xhii, 1374 (Mise. Comm.), pp.
116-112.

Number of species observed in each family, only a few of the rarest being mentioned by
name, with bricf annotation, followed by a discussion of the comparative numbers in differ-
ent groups.

1874. MaTHew, G. F. Ornithological Notes from North Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
ix, 1874, pp. 4131-4155.

1874. Matuew, G.F. Ornithological Notes from Dartmouth. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix,
1974, p. 4230.

1874. MatuEw, G. F. Ornithological Notes from North Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
ix, 1874, pp. 4249, 4253.

1874. Matuuw, M. A. Bird Notes from the West. < Zoologist, 2d ser.
3824-3826.

ix, 1874, pp.

7

1874. MANSEL-PLEYDELL, J.C. Ornithology. < Hutchins’s Hist. and Antiq. of Dor-
set, 3d edit., folio, Shipp and Hodson, Westminster: Part XV, 1874, General
Introduction (recommended to be bound in Vol. I, though signated IV), pp.
CXV—-CXXX.

This is a considerable list, with short miscellaneous notices of each species. It is entirely
remodeled from the old Pulteney list, to which reference is made. The author had the co-
operation of several accomplished ornithologists in revising the nomenclature, and appears
to have brought the subject fully up to date in all the requirements of a local list.

I have handled the work as issued in Parts, but have been unable to compare it with the
prior editions.

1874. MANSEL-PLEYDELL, J.C. Ornithology and Conchology of the County of Dorset.
By John Clavell Mausel-Pleydell, B. A., F.L.8., F.G.S. London and Bland-
ford. 1874. 1vol. 8vo. pp. 320.

Not seen.—Said to be a separate imprint from the new edition of Pulteney’s Dorsetshire. in
course of publication at the time. With reference to this work, it is added that a complete
account of the birds of Dorsetshire remains to be written. Cf. Ibis, 1874, pp. 447, 448.

1874. MEMBERS OF THE BELFAST NATURALISTS’ FIELD CLUB. Guide to Belfast | and
the | adjacent Counties | by Members of | the Belfast Naturalists’ Field Club
| [Arms. ] | Belfast: | published for the Club by | Marcus Ward & Co., Royal
Ulster Works | 1874 | [Allrightsreserved.] | 1 vol. pp. 1-328, pll. 46, frontisp.,
map.

Aves, pp. 95-104. Rare birds—Raptores, Insessores, Rasores, Grallatores, Natatores—sum-
mary notices of. :

1874. Ropp, E. H. Spring Migrants [at Penzance]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p.

3997.
1874. Rope,G.T. Notes from Leiston, Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 38865-
3868.

1874. RowLery, G. D. Short-toed Lark and other Birds at Brighton. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., ix, 1874, pp. 3832.
1874. Saxsy, L.H. Ornithological Query. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4116, 4117.

Should be referred to a life insurance company.

eS
oO
~
ON

eS
@O
=~
Or

1875.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 461

. SaxBy,H.L. The Birds of Shetland, with Observations on their Habits, Migra-

tion and occasional appearance. By the late Henry L. Saxby, M.D. Edited
by his brother, Stephen H. Saxby,M. A. Edinburgh. 1874. 8yo. pp.398.

Not seen.—‘' The chief excellence of Dr. Saxby’s book consists in its field-notes, which bear
the stamp of having been written almost out of doors.” The list appended by the editor gives
202 spp., nearly a third of which were added by the author; but several are said to be in-
cluded on doubtful evidence. Cf. Ibis, 1874, pp. 448, 449.

. ScLATER, J. Notes from Castle Eden. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, pp. 4066-

4070, 4221-42233.

. SCLALER, P. L. [Notice of Mr. C. Kennedy’s proposed work on the natural history

of the Orkneys.] < Ibis, 3d ser., iv, 1874, p. 186. ”

. Smire, C. Ornithological Notes from Somersetshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix,

1874, pp. 3868-3872.
|

. STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix,

1874, pp. 3859-3865, 4185-4191.

4. Tuck, J.G. Birds in Cambridge Market. < Zoologist, 2d ser., ix, 1874, p. 4116.
. THomas, W. Yellow Wagtail and Wild Goose near Guildford. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., ix, 1874, p. 4118.
Wuitaker, J. Arrival of Spring Birds in Nottinghamshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
ix, 1874, p. 4196.

. WHITAKER, J. Chiffchaff, Swift and Fieldfare [at Calverton]. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., ix, 1874, p. 4197.

. ANON. Exportation of [British] Birds to New Zealand. < Zoologist, 2 ser., x,

Feb., 1875, pp. 4835, 4336.
From Daily News, Jan. 11, 1875.

. ANON. Migratory Birds at Port Said. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Nov., 1875, pp.

4639, 4690.

T

. ATKINSON, J. C. Moorhen and Snipe feeding on Bread. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x,

May, 1875, p. 4457.

. Bett, T. Unpublished Letter of the Rev. Gilbert White. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,

x, May, 1875, p. 4447.
To Pennant, dated Selborne, Sept. 1, 1769, on the establishment of a periodical devoted to
Natural History.

5. BuTLER, A. G. Notes on Birdsnesting in Kent. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Aug.,

1875, pp. 4565-4567.

. BUTTERFIELD, E. Golden Oriole [Oriolus galbula] and Hoopoe [Upupa epops]

near Bradford. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Sept., 1875, p. 4623.

5. BUTTERFIELD, E. White Sand Martin and Blackbird. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x,

Sept., 1875, p. 4625.

. CorBIN, G. B. Swallows and Martins and Fieldfares. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x,

Feb., 1875, p. 4338.
The lateness of their stay in 1874.

. CorBINn, G. B. Siskin, Lesser Redpoll, &c., near Ringwood. Zoologist, 2d
i , I ? ; oO ,

ser., X, Mar., 1875, p. 4382.
CorBIN, G. B. Fieldfares versus Missel Thrushes and Starlings. < Zoologist,
2d ser., x, Nov., 1875, pp. 4692, 4693.

5. CORDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., x, Jan., 1875, pp. 4294-4296.
Notes for Sept.-Nov., 1874, continued from p. 4226.

. CORDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. <Zoologist, 2d

ser., x, Mar., 1875, pp. 4861-4366.
Continued from p. 4366.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

75. CORDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. <Zoologist, 2d
ser., x, June, 1875, pp. 4488-4490.
Continued from p. 4366.

Ds ee J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d

r., X, Sept., 1875, pp. 4617, 4618.

5. CORDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d
’ ser., x, Nov., 1875, pp. 4669, 4670.

. CoRDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., x, Dec., 1875, pp. 4709, 4710.

. Coucn, J. Rare Birds in Guernsey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Jan., 1875, p. 4296.

. Coucu, J. Rare Birds in Guernsey. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Mar., 1875, pp. 4379,
4380.

5. DouBLepay, H. Critical Notices (accompanied by the passages criticised) of a

work entituled ‘‘A Catalogue of the Birds of Northumberland and Durham,
by John Hancock.” < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, May, 1875, pp. 4429-4438.
. DURBAN, H.8.M. Handbook of Devonshire, South Devon, Dartmoor, Torquay,
Teignmouth, Dawlish, Newton, Ashburton, Kingsbridge, Moreton, Chagford,
with a Sketch of the Natural History. By Henry 8. M. D’Urban. Exeter.
Henry Beesley & Son. 1875.

Not seen. Said to give lists of the rarer and more interesting Mammals, Birds, &e. Cf.
Zoologist, 2d ser., x, 1875, p. 4628.

375. GATCOMBE, J. Ornithological Notes from Devonshire, Cornwall, &c. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., x, March, 1875, pp. 4370-4873; May, 1875, pp. 4448-4451; June, 1875,
pp. 4490, 4491; Aug., 1875, pp. 4568, 4569; Oct., 1875, pp. 4635, 4636.

. GATCOMBE, J. cr aan Notes from Somersetshire during September, 1875.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Nov., 1875, pp. 4671, 4672.

5. GATCOMBE, J. Ornithological Notes from Somersetshire and Devonshire. < Zo-

ologist, 2d ser., x, Dec., 1875, pp. 4716-4719.

. GILLAH, G. Stock Dove in a Magpie’s Nest. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, July, 1875,
pp. 4539, 4540.

. GURNEY, J.H. Redwing killed by a Crow. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,x, March, 1875,
p. 4381.

. GURNEY, J. H., Jr. Pomatorhine Skuas and Black Guillemots at Flamborough.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Oct., 1875, p. 4667.

. GUNN, T.E. Wild Fowl in Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Feb., 1875, p. 4337.

. GUNN, T.E. Starvation of Kingfishers, &c. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Feb., 1875,
p. 4338.

. HADFIELD, H. Spring Migrants [in the Isle of Wight]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x,
June, 1875, p. 4495.

. HapFIELD, H. Spring Migrants [in the Isle of Wight]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x,
July, 1875, p. 4537. See p. 4623.

. Haprietp, H. On the Migration of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, 2d _
ser,, x, Dec., 1875, pp. 4711-4713.

75. Hamert, E. D. Cuckoos Congregating: Pigeons laying in a Magpie’s Nest.

< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Aug., 1875, p. 4573.
. HartinG, J.E. Our Summer Migrants. | An account of | the Migratory Birds |
which pass the summer in| the British Islands. | By JLames]. E[dmund].
Harting, F. L. 8., F. Z. S. | author of [ete., 3 lines.] | Illustrated from designs
by Thomas Bewick. | [Design.] | London: | Bickers and Son, | 1, Leicester
Square. | 1875. lvol. 8vo. pp.i-x, 1-336.

‘In the following chapters an attempt has been made to answer these questions [respecting
migration] and to give such information generally about our summer migratory birds as will

—

;

; PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 463

1875. Hartine, J. E.—Continued.
prove acceptable to many who may be glad to possess it without knowing exactly where to
look for it. Some of these sketches were originally published in the Natural History columns
of ‘The Field” during the summer of 1871, and as a reprint has frequently been asked for,
I have now carefully revised them and made some important additions and emendations,
besides adding to the series a dozen or more chapters which have never before appeared.”
(Extr. from Preface.) :

About fifty species are treated in the author’s usual agreeable style. The cuts, though not
without a certain brilliancy, cannot be highly commended as finely finished reproductions of
Bewick.

1875. Maturew, G. F. Ornithological Notes from Dartmouth. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
x, Feb., 1875, pp. 4325-4329.

Oct.—Dec., 1874.

1875. MatHew, M.A. The Somerset-shire Moors in the Spring. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x,
July, 1875, pp. 45382, 4533.

With reference to the birds seen there and then.

1875. Marnew, M.A. Rare Birds in North Devon. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Dec., 1875,
p. 4720.

1875. NEwMAN, E. The Birds of Shetland, with Observations on their Habits, Migra-
tion and Oceasional Appearance, ... <Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Jan., 1875, pp.
4269-4289,

Third and concluding notice of H. L. Saxby’s work of that name.

1875. Pater, J. E. Birds observed near Huddersfield. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Mar.,
1875, p. 4379.

Notes on 6 spp.

1875. Prke, W. Migration of [certain British] Birds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, June,
1875, p. 4494.

1875. Pike, W. Climate and Ornithology of Achill. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, July,
1875, pp. 4534-4536.

1875. Pitty, J.B. Hobby and Egyptian Goose near Hereford. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
x, Mar., 1875, p. 4581.

1875. Rickarps, M. 8. C. Hobby at Portishead and Goldeneye near Axbridge. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., x, Jan., 1875, p. 4297.

1875. Ropp, E.H. Spring Migration atthe Land’s End District.- < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
x, June, 1875, pp. 4494, 4495,

1875-76. [RowWLEY,G.D.] British Birds. < Rowley’s Orn, Misc., Pt. ii, Aug. 1875, pp.
49-134, pll. x-xv; Part iii, Jan. 1876, pp. 135-140.

This is a series of pleasantly written articles on various Birds of Great Britain, accompa-
nied by some excellent plates. The species are too many (upwards of 40) and the matter too
miscellaneous to be here characterized. The plates are: pl. x, Accipiter nisus; Xi, Aluco
jlammeus ;«xiii®, xiii>, xiiit, Anas boschas, Carduelis elegans, etc., and other birds, to show
variation in throat plumage; xii, a lenk glass; xiv, xv, Scenery.

1875. SciaTER, J. [Ornithological] Notes from Castle Eden. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x,
Feb., 1875, pp. 4329-4332; Apr., 1875, pp. 4401-4406.

1875. Suen, A. H. Notes of a Cruise at the Mouths of the Thames and Blackwater
Rivers. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, May, 1875, pp. 4451, 4452.

Notes on various birds observed.

1875. Smer, A.H. Migration of Waders [in England]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Oct.,
1875, p. 4663.

1875. Smiru, Ceci. Ornithological Notes from Somersetshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
x, Feb., 1875, pp. 4332-4335.

1875. Smirn, Ceci. Albino and other Variations of Plumage in [certain British]
Birds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Apr., 1875, pp. 4422-4424,

1875. SouTHALL, W. Birds in my Garden [at Birmingham]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x,
July, 1875, pp. 4533, 4534, °

464. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1875. STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x,

Jan., 1875, pp. 4289-4294; Mar., 1875, pp. 4366-4370; Sept., 1875, pp. 4629-4635,
Notes continued from p. 4191.

1875. Tuck, J.G. [Ornithological] Notes from Aldeburgh, Suffolk. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., x, July, 1875, pp. 4536, 4537.

1875. Tuck, J.G. Rare Birds at Flamborough. < Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Nov., 1875, p.
4689.

1875. Wurraker, J. Arrival of Spring Birds in Nottinghamshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., x, July, 1875, p. 4537.

1875. Wuitr, G. (/d. Harting, from Bennett.) The Natural History | and | Antiqui-
ties | of | Selborne, | in the county of Southampton. | By the Rey. Gilbert
White, M. A. | The standard edition by E, T. Benneft, | Thoroughly revised,
with additional Notes, | By James Edmund Harting, F. L.8., F. Z.8. | Author
of “A Handbook of British Birds,” ‘The | Ornithology of Shakespeare,” ete.
| INustrated with Engravings by Thomas Bewick, | Harvey, and others. | Lon-
don: Bickers and Son, 1, Leicester Square, 1875. lvol. 8vo. pp. i-xxii, 1-532.

Not seen: title from Newton, 1877. The engravings ascribed to Bewick in the title-page
may easily be seen, on comparison, to be copies of his masterpieces, and not printed from the
blocks which illustrate his well-known British Birds. The edition is otherwise very well
“got wp.” The editor has freely altered such of his predecessor's notes as seemed to require
amendment, and of course many did. To face p. 385 is inserted a fac-simile copy of the same
page of the author's diary as had been given forty years before by Jesse, in his Gleanings tr
Natural History. (Ct. 1884.)

1875. Waite, G. (Ld. Buckland.) Natural History | and | Antiquities of Selborne |
by | Gilbert White | with notes, by | Frank Buckland. | A chapter on Anti-
quities, by | Lord Selborne. | And new letters. | Illustrated by P. H. Dela-

1875. lvol. &vo. pp.i-xxx, 1-591.

motte. | London: | Macmillan and Co.
Not seen—title and comment from Newton.
In this edition the author's ‘‘ Natural History”? ends with p. 292, to which follow the com-
parative ‘‘Calendar” kept by White and Markwick, and then Mr. Buckland’s notes, extend-
ing over pp. 309-458. The author's ‘‘ Antiquities” occupy pp. 459-555, and on p. 599 begins
Lord Selborne’s ‘ Appendix,” which ends at p.574. The volume is profusely illustrated by
woodcuts; but, except the views of the place and its neighborhood, few ot them have any-
thing especially to do with White or Selborne. The same may be said of the editor's
“Notes”; and the ‘* Memoir” gives little information about the author that was not known
before. Asa whole, the edition has served to amuse the general reader, but can never be
deemed by a naturalist to be worthy of the author’s memory, Lord Selborne’s contribution
excepted. The new letters (five in number, lent by Mr. J. W. Edgehill, of Culter, Aberdeen)
bear date from November, 1774, to January, 1791, and are addressed to the writer's nephew
Samuel Barker, his sister Mrs. Barker, his niece Anne Barker (2), and his brother-in-law
Thomas Barker. ‘To the first is prefixed a poetical ‘‘Invitation to Selborne,” which consists
of a great part of the poem ‘“Selborne,” afterwards printed with amplifications, combined
with some lines subsequently incorporated with the well-known ‘' Naturalist’s Summer Even-
ing Walk.” One of the letters to Anne Barker, dated February 5, 1785, is nearly identical
withthe already published sixty-third letter to Barrington. To face p. xxii is a photograph of
a portion of the letter there printed, and on p. 473 is a woodcut representing in fac-simile the
last entry in the burial register of Selborne, signed by White as “Curate,” June 10, 1793,
followed by the certificate of his own burial, July 1, 1793, signed ‘Ch. Taylor—Vicar.”

1875. Wuitr, G. (Ed. Buckland.) The Natural History and Antiquities of Selborne.
By Gilbert White, with notes by Frank Buckland; A Chapter on Antiquities
by Lord Selborne; and New Letters. Llustrated by P. H. Delamotte. New
York: Macmillan. 1875. 8vo.

American reissue of London ed. of same date. Cf. The Nation, No. 565, April 27, 1875, p. 283.

1875. WnricLry, J. W. Richardson’s Skua and Storm Petrel at Formby, Lancashire,
< Zoologist, 2d ser., x, Jan., 1875, p. 4300.

1876. Benson, C. W. Sparrowhawk and Missel Thrush. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, July,
1876, pp. 5000, 5001.

1876. Boyrs, F. A few Rough Notes from Beverley for the Close of the Year 1875,
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Apr., 1876, pp. 4561-4863.

1876.
1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 465

Boyes, F. Sea Birds at Bridlington. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Oct., 1876, p. 5116.

Boyes, F. The Time of Day at which Birds lay their Eggs. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., Xi, Oct., 1876, pp. 5115, 5116.

Cuirron, Lord. Wood Wren and Greenshank in Sutherland. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, Oct., 1876, p. 5122.

Cioae, 8. Migration of Birds [in England]. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876,
pp. 4757, 4758.

Corsin, G. B. Small Birds and Reed Beds. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876,
pp. 4827, 4828.

CorsBin, G. B. Rare Birds near Ringwood during the Winter of 1875-76.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, July, 1876, pp. 4989-4991.

CorDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, Feb., 1876, pp. 4778-4780.

Continued from p. 4710.

CorDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, May, 1876, pp. 4897-4899.

CORDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, July, 1876, pp. 4982-4985.

CorDEAUX, J. Ornithological Notes from North Lincolnshire. < Zoelogist, 2d.
ser., xi, Sept., 1876, pp. 5051, 5062.

. Douaras-OGILBy, J. Notes from Portrush, County Antrim. < Zoologist, 2d.

ser., Xi, May, 1876, pp. 4903-4906.

. DouGLas-OGILBy, J. Arrival of Spring Migrants in County Dublin. < Zoolo--

gist, 2d ser., xi, July, 1876, p. 4996.

. DuRNFORD, W. A. Ornithological Notes from the North-West Coast. < Zoolo--

gist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876, pp. 4905-4910.

}. Epson, G. Rare Birds near Malton. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876, p. 4919.
3. Enpie,T. Peregrine Falcon, Great Northern Diver and Wild Geese near Merton:

Hall, Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876, p. 4760.

. Evuiott, A.C. Rare Birds in Lincolnshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876,

p. 4794.

. GATCOMBE, J. Ornitholcgical Notes from Devonshire and Cornwall. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, pp. 4783-4785.
Continued from p. 4636.

. GaTrcomBE, J. Ornithological Notes from Devonshire and Cornwall. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876, pp. 4823, 4824.

. GATCOMBE, J. Ornithological Notes from Devonshire and Cornwall. < Zoolo-

gist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876, pp. 4901-4903.

. GATCOMBE, J. Ornithological Notes from Devon and Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., xi, July, 1876, pp. 4991-4993.

. GATCOMBE, J. Ornithological Notes from Devon and Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., xi, Aug., 1876, pp. 5028-5030.

. GATCOMBE, J. Ornithological Notes from Devon and Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d

ser., xi, Oct., pp. 5109, 5110.

GaTcoMBE, J. Ornithological Notes from Cornwall, Devon, and Somersetshire.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Nov., 1876, pp. 5145-5147,

GATCOMBE, J. Chough, Curlew Sandpiper and Little Stint at Portrush. < Zo-
ologist, 2d ser., xi, Nov., 1876, p. 5165.

Gripper, J. E. Rare Birds and Otter near York. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, 1876, p..
4919.

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79——30 May 32, iS8@.

466 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1876. GUNN, T. E. Notes on the Occurrence of Rare Birds in Norfolk and Suffolk,
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, pp. 4785-4791.
1876. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Avocet and Pectoral Sandpiper in Durham. < Zoologist,
2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876, p. 4765.
1876. GurNeEY, J. H., JR. Ducks and Partridges laying in the same Nest. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876, pp. 4765, 4766.
1876. GurNEY, J. H., JR. ‘A Catalogue of the Birds of Northumberland and Dur-
ham’, by John Hancock. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4793.
Remarks on Doubleday’s (p. 4429) notice of the work.
1876. Gurney, J. H., JR. Addendum to a Note on Rare Sea Birds (Zool. 8. 8. 1295).
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4794.
1876. GuRNEY, J. H.,JR. Sparrowhawk and Woodcock. <Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Apr.,
1876, p. 4870.
1876. GuRNEY, J. H., Jr. Leadenhall Market in May. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, June,
1876, p. 4953.
1876. GuRNEY, J. H.,Jr. The Farne Islands. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, July, 1876, p. 4999.
1876. GurNeEy, J. H.,Jr. The Museum at York. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, July, 1876,
pp. 4999, 5000.
The Strickland Collection.
1876. Gurney, J.H.,Jr. Nidification of the Pied Wagtailand Swallow. < Zoologist,
2d ser., xi, July, 1876, p. 5003.
1876. GURNEY, J. H., JR. Errata in Mr. Harting’s ‘Handbook of British Birds’.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Aug., 1876, p. 5041.
1876. GurNuy, J. H.,Jr. Ornithological Notes from Blakenny. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
xi, Sept., 1876, pp. 5078, 5079.
1876. HADFIELD, H. Arrival of Spring Migrants, Nesting of the House Sparrow, &c.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, July, 1876, p. 4997.
1876. HADFIELD, H. Bird Notes from the Isle of Wight. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, July,
1876, pp. 4997, 4998.
1876, Haprietp, H. Ornithological Notes from the Isle of Wight. © < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, Nov., 1876, p. 5160.
1876. Henson, C. W. Ornithological Notes from Dublin. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
May, 1876, p. 4919.
1876. JEFFERY, W. Notes from West Sussex. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Apr., 1876, pp.
4863-4865.
1876. J. T.C. Transactions of the Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Society. 1875-6.
Vol. II., Part2. Norwich: Fletcher & Son. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, July, 1876,
pp. 4974-4982.
A digest of the Part of the Transactions named, the ornithological matter here commented
upon relating chiefly to British Birds. The most interesting part of the article has reference
to ten before unpublished letters of Gilbert White, addressed to Robert Marsham.

1876. Kerry, F. Rare Birds in Essex. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876, p. 4827.

1876. Marsuam, H. P., and Brevi, Prof. The Correspondence | of | Robert Marsham
of Stratton Strawless in the County | of Norfolk, Esquire, and Fellow of the
Royal Society ; | and | the Reverend Gilbert White, of Selborne, in the County
| of Southampton, Master of Arts, and Fellow of Oriel College | in the Uni-
versity of Oxford. | 1790-1793. | Communicated by the Rey. H. P. Marsham,
and Prof. Bell, | September 28th, 1875, and March Ist, 1876 (Transactions of
the Norfolk and Norwich Naturalists’ Society, vol. ii, pp. 133-195).

Not seen—title and comment from Newton.

(Cf. ‘Notes and Queries,” 5‘ ser., vi. 280.] Ten hitherto unpublished letters are here printed
from the originals in Mr. H. P. Marsham’s possession. Two more of the series (dated, as ap-
pears from his correspondent’s replies, Oct. 12, 1790, and June 8, 1791) are missing. The
‘Introductory Note” is signed ‘‘T. S.” (Southwell), and foot-notes are added by ‘tJ. E. H.”
(Harting) and ‘‘ A. N.” (Alfred Newton).

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

' 1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876,

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

1876.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 467

Matuew, M. A. Notes from North Devon and West Somerset. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, Mar., 1876, pp. 4813-4815.

Marnew, M. A. Notes from West Somerset. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876,
pp. 4899-4901.

Maruerw, M. A. Notes from West Somerset. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, July, 1876,
pp. 4995, 4996.

Matuew, M. A. Notes on the Cuckoo and Redbacked Shrike. < Zoologisi, 2d
ser., xi, Aug., 1876, p. 5045.

MATHEW, M.A. The Exeter Albert Memorial Museum. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
Oct., 1876, p. 5115.

Matuew, G. F. Scarce Birds at Torquay. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Nov., 1876, p.
5161.

[NewMaNn, E.] A History of British Birds, by the late William Yarrell.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, June, 1876, p. 4969.

Notice of Part ix of Newton’s ed. of the work.

[NewMan, E.] Our Summer Migrants: an Account of the Migratory Birds which
pass the Summer in the British Islands. By J.E. Harting. ... < Zoologist,
2d ser., xi, June, 1876, p. 4970.

Notice of the work.

NicHotis, H. Bewick’s Swan and other Birds at Kingsbridge, Devon. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, Dec., 1876, p. 5180.

Prior, C. M. Tree Sparrow and Wood Pigeon building in a Magpie’s Nest.
< Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Apr., 1876, p. 4875.

Ropp, E.H. Dartford Warbler, Green Woodpecker and Starling at the Land’s
End. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Feb., 1876, p. 4796,

Ropp, E.H. Our Summer Migrants in Cornwall. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Aug.,
1876, pp. 5039, 5040.

Ropp, E. H. Solitary Snipe, Hoopoe, and Leach’s Petrel inCornwall. <Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, Nov., 1876, p. 5167.

Saxby, S.H. The Time of Day at which Birds lay their Eggs. < Zoologist, 2d
ser., xi, Nov., 1876, p. 5161.

ScuiaTer, J. Notes from Castle Eden. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Jan. 1876, pp.
4746-4750.

Continued from p. 4406. Entirely ornithological.

SciaTerR, J. Notes from Castle Eden. < Zoolegist, 2d ser., xi, Mar., 1876, pp.
4815-4819.

Scuater, J. Notes from Castle Eden. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, April, 1876, pp.
4858-4860.

Sciater, J. Notes from Castle Eden. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, July, 1876, pp.
4985-4989.

Sciater, J. Notes from Castle Eden. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Oct., 1876, pp.
5103-5105.

Suit, Crcit.. A few Ornithological Notes from Guernsey. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
xi, Feb., 1876, pp. 4780-4783.

Smitu, Crecit. A few Ornithological Notes from Guernsey and some of the other
Channel Islands, from the 3rd to the 19th of June, 1876. < Zoologist, 2d ser.,
xi, Aug., 1876, pp. 5024-5028.

Smitu, H. Ecroyp. A First Peep at the Bird-breeders on old Farne. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, May, 1876, pp. 4933-4936.

STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., Xi,

Feb., 1876, pp. 4773-4778. May, 1876, pp. 4893-4897.
Continued from p. 4635.

468 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1876. SteEvENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
May, 1876, pp. 4893-4897,

1876. STEVENSON, H. Ornithological Notes from Norfolk. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
Oct., 1876, pp. 5105-5108,

1876. Stevenson, H. Redstaris and Blue Tits nesting in Human Skulls. < Zoolo-
gist, 2d ser., xi, Oct., 1876, pp. 5116, 5117_

1876. Tuck, J.G. Sea Birds at Flamborough. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Jan., 1876, pp.
4758, 4759.

1876. Tuck, J.G. Notes from Flamborough, &e. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Aug., 1876, p.
5040,

1876. WaLuis, H. M. Ornithological Notes. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Aug., 1876, pp.
5030-5032.
On Alca torda, Fratercula arctica, Uria grylle, Tringoides hypoleucus.
1876. WuiTaker, J. Birdsnear Rainworth. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi, Apr., 1876, p. 4869.
1876. WuITAkER, J. Ornithological Notes from Perthshire. < Zoologist, 2d ser., xi,
Oct., 1876, pp. 5100-5103.

1876. Wuitr, G. [Correspondence with R. Marsham. ]
See MarsHam, H. P., 1876.
1876. Wuitr, G. (fd. Harting, from Bennett.) The Natural History and Antiquities
of Selborne. . . . London, 1876.

This is the Harting ed. of 1875, reissued as a new edition, with the addition of the letters of
White to Marsham (cf. Marsham, 1876).

1877. ANON. Scarcity of Spring Birds [in England]. < The Country, i, Nov. 17, 1877,
p. 43.

1877. GuRNrY, J. H., JR. On Flamborough Head. < —owl. Orn. Misc., iii, pt. xi,
Nov., 1877, pp. 29-38.

Notes on the habits of the birds of that place,

1877. Newron, A. The published Writings of Gilbert White. (Nat. July 18, 1720;
ob. June 26, 1793.) < Notes and Queries, 5th ser., vii, Mar. 31, 1877, pp. 241-
243; Apr. 7, 1877, pp. 254, 265.

This is an admirable piece of bibliography, by one from his boyhood a diligent disciple of
White, and for many years a careful collector of the different editions of his principal work;
it gives a far more complete list of his writings than had before appeared. It was originally
prepared, the writer states, for Dr. Elliott Coues; and has been mainly relied upon in the
present bibliography.

Chiefly according to this authority the editions of White’s ‘‘Selborne” are as follows:

1789. PRINCEPS edition. 1vol. 4to. London. T. Benslay for B. White and Sons. pp.
vi, 468, 7 11., 7 pl, besides one on p. 307.
1792. Meyer edition (German translation, modified). 1lvol. 16mo. Berlin. H. A. Rott-
mann. pp. viii, 168.
21793. (Cf. Ag. and Strickl. Bibl. iv, p. 560, “‘ probably in error.”) [See antea, p. 368.]
1795. AIKEN edition of the ‘‘Calendar” only. lvol. 8vo. London. B. &J.White. pp. 176.
1802. MArKWICK edition. 2 vols. 8vo. London. For J. White by T. Bensley. i, pp.
viii, 392, pll. 2; ii, pp. 330, pll. 2. ,
1813. The same. 2 vols. 8vo (some in 4to?). London. For White, Cochrane & Co.,
ete. i, pp. viii, 352, pll. 3; ii, pp. 364.
221822. (Cf. Engelm. Bibl. i, p. 202; ‘‘mostlikelya mistake”; [qu. err. typog. for 1802 ?].)
1825. (Cf. Jardine, Introd. to ed. of 1829, p. vii.—Erroneous ”)
‘1829. JARDINE edition. 1 vol. 12mo. Edinburgh, Constable & Co., and London, Hurst,
Chance & Co.
1829. The same, forming vol. xlv of ‘‘Constable’s Miscellany.”
21830. The same. (Cited by Ag. and Strickl. BibL., ii, p. 561; perhaps in error.)
1832. The same; new title-page ending For Whittaker, Treacher & Co., London,
and Waugh & Innes, Edinburgh, pp. xvi, 343.
1833. The same, reissued this year.
21836. The same, reissued this year ?
1853. The same. lvol. 8vo. London. Nathaniel Cooke. pp. xviii, 342, forming
avol. of the ‘‘ National Illustrated Library ”’.
1833. RENNIE edition. ivol. 8vo. London. For J. & J. Arch, ete. pp. xii, 562.

1877.

1877.

1877.

1877.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 469

NEwron, A.—Continued.
1833. Brown edition. 1vol. 16mo. Edinburgh, J. Chambers, and London, W. Orr, and
Dublin, W. Curry, Jr. & Co. pp. xii, 356. (Being vol. iof ‘ British Library.’)
1834. The same, reissued.
21835. The same (ef. Engln. Bibl., p. 202).
1840. The same. London. John Chidley.
1843. The same. Edinburgh. Andrew Shortrede.
1845. The same. J. Billing, Woking, Surrey.
1833. Lapy Dover edition. 1 vol. 12mo. London. For N. Hailes. p.x,316. (The first
“Bowdlerized”’ edition.) ‘
1841 et seq. The same. 1vol. 16mo. New York, Harper & Brothers. pp. 335.
(Many reissnes of this—1842, 1842 again, 1847, 1853, 1855, 1859 (or 1860), 1868.)
21860. The same. London. Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge.
21870. The same. 1 vol. 8vo. London. By the same Society. pp. x, 346. [No
date ; 1870 or 1871 7]
1834. Jwssp’s Gleanings in Natural History. London. John Murray.
1836. BLYTH edition. 1lvol. 8vo. London. Orr & Smith. pp. xx, 418.
1858. The same. vol. 8vo. London, Edinburgh and New York, Thos. Nelson and
Sons. ‘
1837. BENNETT edition. 1 vol. 8vo. London. For J. & J. Arch, ete. pp. xxiv, 640.
1843. JeENyNs edition. 1vol. 16mo. London. J. Van Voorst. pp. xvi, 398.
1851. JESSE edition. London. Forming a vol. of Bohn’s “ Illustrated Library”.
1854. The same, reissued. (pp. xiv, 416.)
1854. Woop edition. 1vol. 8vo. London. G. Routledge & Co. pp. viii, 428.
1875. BUCKLAND edition. lvol. 8vo. London. McMillan & Co. pp. xxx, 591.
1875. The same. New York. Macmillan & Co.
1875. HARTING edition (after Bennett). 1 vol. 8vo. London. Beckers & Son. pp. xxii, 532.
1876. MansHAm’s Correspondence, 1790-1793. < Trans. Norfolk and Norwich Nat. Hist.
Soe., li, pp. 183-195.
1877. BELL edition. 2 vols. 8vo. London. Van Voorst. i, pp. lxx, 507; ii, pp. 410.
1879. Davigs edition. 1vol. 8vo. London. Warne & “o.

Ropp, E. H. To be published by subscription, Demy 8vo, The Birds of Corn-
wall: A Contribution to the Natural History of the County. By Edward
Hearle Rodd. 8vo. pp. 4.

Prospectus.

| Doubtless other issues than
| here noted of this ed.

. Rowtey, G. D. On Flamborough Head. < Rowl. Orn. Misc., iii, pt. xi, Nov.,

1877, pp. 11-18, pll. Ixxxii-lxxxy.
Interesting notice of the sea-birds of that place, with beautiful illustrations of the scenery.

. [ScuaTer, P. L., and Savin, O.] Wharton’s ‘List of British Birds.” < Ibis,

4th ser., i, Oct., 1877, pp. 483, 484.

‘TANTRAMAR” [ ]. More [English] Birds’ Nests in Extraordinary
Places. < lorest and Stream, ix, Dec. 13, 1877, p. 367.

Warton, T.H. A List | of | British Birds. | The genera | arranged according
to Sundevall’s method. | The Nomenclature revised by | Henry Thornton
Wharton, | M.A., M.R.C.S., F.Z.S. |— | London: | John Van Voorst, 1,
Paternoster Row. | — | MDCCCLXXVII. 1lvol. 12mo. pp. i-iv, 1-20.

The introduction includes a brief essay on nomenclature and classification. p. 14, for Hre-
unetes pusillus read Tringa minutilla. Cf. Ibis, 1877, p. 483.

Witt, G. The | Natural History and Antiquities | of | Selborne, | in the County
of Southampton. | By the late | Rev. Gilbert White, | formerly Fellow of Oriel
College, Oxford. | Edited by | Thomas Bell, F.R. S., F.L.8., F.G.S., &e., |
Professor of Zoology in King’s College, London. | Volume I [II]. | [inut. mut. ]
| London: | John Van Voorst, 1 Paternoster Row. | MDCCCLXXVII. 2 vols.
8vo. Vol. 1, Natural History, Antiquities, Naturalist’s Calendar, Observations
on various parts of Nature, and Poems, pp. i-lxx, 1-507, 8 illust. Vol. H, Cor-
respondence, Sermon, Account book, Garden Kalendar, Animals and Plants,
Geology, Roman-British Antiquities, &c., 3 p. ll., pp. 1-410, 6 illust.

1878. Mituer, S. H., and SkeRTCHLEY, 8.B.J. The Fenland | past and present | by

Samuel H. Miller, F.R. A.S., F.M.S., [ete.] | and | Sydney B. J. Skertchley,
F.G.S., [ete.] | Ilustrated with Engravings, Maps and Diagrams. | [ Design. ]

470 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1878.

1878.

1878.

1879.

1879.

1879.

oO
~
©

1880.

MiLteR, S. H., and SkERTCHLEY, S. B. J.—Continued.
| Guthlae’s Cross. | Wisbech: Leach and Son. | London: | Longmans, Green,
and Co. | 1878. | [All rights reserved.] 1 vol. large 8vo, pp. xxxii, 649.
Chapter XU, p. 455.—U11. Birds in the past: Ancient Records, Plover Nesting, Drayton’s
Polyolbion, Swan Marks. IV. Decoys. V. List of Birds—permanent residents, that is,
nesting, 101; regular visitants, 74; rare and occasional, 69. The list is extensively annotated.

Row ey, G. D. A few words on Fen-land. < Rowl. Orn. Mise. .» lil, pt. xiv,
May, 1878, pp. 203-222, pll. ev—cix.
An attractive article, with handsome plates of scenery, geese, &c.
[ScLiaTEerR, P. L., and Satvin, O.] Proposed B. O. U. List of British Birds.
< Ibis, 4th ser., ii, July, 1878, pp. 386, 387.
[SciaTer, P.L., and Satyvin, O.] The Dyke-Road Museum, Brighton. < Ibis,
Ath ser., ii, July, 1878, pp. 387, 388.
Favourable notice of E. T. Booth’s collection of mounted British Birds.

. [Sciater, P. L., and SALVIN, O.] J.H. Gurney, Jun., on the Birds of the Fern

Islands. < Ibis, 4th ser., ii, Oct., 1878, pp. 471, 472.
Notice of the paper in Proc. Nat. Hist. Soc. Glasgow, 1877, pp. 268-278.

. Anon. Lubbock’s Fauna of Norfolk. < Lhe Field (London), ly, No. 1,416, Feb.

14, 1880, p. 198.

Extended review of the ed. of 1879.

ANON. The Natural History of Selborne, and the Naturalists’ Calendar. ...
< The Zoologist, 3d ser., iii, No. 36, Dee., 1879, pp. 494-496.

Review of the Davies edition, 1879, of the work named.

Beckwitu, W.E. A Guide to the Botany, Ornithology and Geology of Shrews-
bury and its Vicinity. . . . The Ornithology by W. E. Beckwith. .. .
Shrewsbury. Bunny and Davis. 1879. 1 vol. 12mo. pp. 65.

Not seen.—The list of Birds ‘“‘occupies about eight pages, and includes only those which
have been observed within five or six miles of Shacwebiyin all 165 out of 218 found in the
county of Salop.” (Zodlogist, Apr., 1880, p. 158.)

LuBsock, R. Observations on the Fauna of Norfolk, and more particularly on
the District of the Broads. By the late Rev. Richard Lubbock, M. A., Rector
of Eccles. New Edition by Thomas Southwell, F. Z. 8. With a Memoir by
Henry Stevenson, F.L.8. And Notes on Hawking in Norfolk by Alfred New-
ton, M.A., F.R.S. Norwich and London. Jarrold and Sons. 1879. 1 vol.
8vo. pp. 239.

Not seen. See the orig. ed., 1845.

“Lubbock may be said to have done for the Norfolk broads what White did for the parish
of Selborne; and each has left hehind him in the shape of a charming and instructive volume,
a lasting memorial of a well-spent life. Lubbock’s volume, written five-and-thirty years ago,
has long been out of print and scarce; and the reliable nature of the information which it
affords has for some time rendered a new edition a desideratum with naturalists.” (he
Field, Feb. 14, 1880, p. 198.)

. Wuitr, G. (Hd. Davies.) The Natural History of Selborne, and the Natural-
ists’ Calendar. By the Rev. Gilbert White, A.M. A New Edition. Edited,
with Notes, by G. Christopher Davies, Author of ‘The Swan and her Crew,’
&¢c. London: Warne & Co. 1879. Post 8vo. Illustrated.

Not seen—title from The Zoologist, Dec., 1879, pp. 494-496, when reviewed.

“ Although we are unable to understand how any necessity can possibly have arisen for
another edition of White’s ‘ Selborne,’ three different editions having appeared within the
last three years, ... In the present instance the editor’s chief merit seems to lie in the
brevity of his wiptens we should like to have added also in the accuracy of them. ... We
cannot say much for the engravings. The best are copies (electros, we presume), of Wolf's
illustrations to Johns’ ‘British Birds and their Haunts,’ engraved by Whymper. These
were charming when they first appeared, but as they have been published some seventeen
years, and have been used over and over again in different books, many of them are much
worn, and the impressions consequently are not satisfactory.” (Zoologist, 1. c.)

Dixon, C. Rural Bird Life | being | Essays on Ornithology | with instructions
tor preserving objects | relating to that science | by | Charles Dixon | with a

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 471

1880. Drxon, C.—Continued.

frontispiece in colours, and numerous illustrations | engraved on wood by G.
Pearson | London | Longmans, Green, and Co. | 1880 | All rights reserved |
1vol. 16mo. pp. i-xiv, 1-374, col’d frontisp., 4 pll. and 41 illustr. in text.

“My object in giving publicity to this little work has been solely to excite a love for the
study of the feathered tribes—to place in a popular form the true economy of birds, showing
their relations and positions in Nature’s great system; . . .” The pages are attractive, as
would be expected from the author’s modest yet firm preface; though many persons may, as
he feared they might, wish he had spent more time among books, if not less among birds.
The volume is quite original, presenting some fresh facts, and discussing many interesting
questions. It brings the flavor of the woods and fields.

The volume is reissued at Boston, Mass., by Estes and Lauriat, who purchased the stereo-
type plates, and caused a new preface to be written by Dr. Coues, the American editor. The
text, however, is identical. (Itis just now—May, 1880—coming out.)

1880. [TUNSTALL, M.] Ornithologia Britannica. . . .

Not seen.—Orig. ed. 1771, g.v. This is a photolithographic reprint of the scarce tract, re-
duced in size from the folio original to demy 8vo; it is issued by ‘‘ The Willoughby Society,”
formed in 1879 for the purpose of reprinting certain ornithological works of rarity or utility,
and is the first of the series undertaken.

“In a Preface by the Editor, Professor Newton, a few particulars are given concerning
the author, Marmaduke Tunstall, the reader being reminded that a memoir of him is given
by Fox in his ‘Synopsis of the Newcastle Museum,’ published in 1827. His museum, includ-
ing his collection of birds, which, it is said, cost him several thousand pounds, formed the
basis of the Museum at Newcastle-on-Tyne, and from specimens contained in it were drawn
twelve of the figures of birds in Brown’s ‘Illustrations of Zoology,’ and jifty of Bewick’s well-
known engravings. This catalogue is interesting for its ‘rarity’ rather than its ‘utility,’
since it contains no descriptions—merely a list in English, Latin, and French, of the species
known to the author as British.” (Zoologist, Apr., 1880, p. 159.)

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

For most of the following additions and corrections I am indebted to Professor NEWTON,
who kindly examined many of the press-proofs, but whose valued emendations, though com-
municated with the utmost expedition, reached me too late for incorporation with the body
of the article.

1667. MerRRETT, C. Pinax Rerum Naturalium Britannicarum,...

“T have two copies of this ed., from one of which the original title-page (as printed by you)
has been torn out, remains of it being visible, and a new title inserted. This resembles the
original in all but the insertion of ‘‘ Editio Secunda.” as the 9th line, and alteration of the
last two thus:— | Typis T. Roycroft, Impensis Cave Pulleyn, Prostat apud | Sam. Tomson in
vico vulgo dicto Ducklane. 1667. |”

1753. Martin, M. A | Voyage | to St. Kilda. | The remotest of all the Hebrides, | or
Western Isles of Scotland: | giving | An Account of the very remarkable in- |
habitants of that Place, their Beauty and sin- | gular Chastity (Fornication
and Adultery being | unknown among them); their Genius for | Poetry, Mu-
sic, Dancing: their surprising Dex- | terity in climbing the Rocks, and Walls
of | Houses; Diversions, Habits, Food, Language, | Diseases and methods of
Cure; their extensive | Charity; their Contempt of Gold and Silver, | as be-
low the Dignity of Human Nature; their | Religious Ceremonies, Notion of
Spirits and | Visions, &c. &c. | To which is added, | An Account of Roderick,
the late Impostor there, | pretending to be sent by St. John Baptist, with new
Reve- | lations and Discoveries; his Diabolical Inventions, At- | tempts upon
the Women, &c. | By M. Martin, Gent. | The Fourth Edition, corrected. |
[Quotation of 3 lines from p. 67 of the book.] | London: | Printed for Dan.
Browne, without Temple-Bar, | and Lockyer Davis, in Fleet Street. |
MDCCLIII. lvol. 8vo. pp. 71, the last wrongly numbered ‘‘63,” frontisp.,
a map, and figg. of two birds.

Orig. ed. 1698. Earlier eds. are rare. The present is that from which the ed. in Pinker-
ton’s Voyages is derived.—Birds are described at pp. 26-36: ‘‘ The Sea-Fowl are, first, Gair-
fowl [Alea impennis], being the stateliest, as well as the largest Sort,” ete. Birds figured are
the ‘‘ Fulmar” {Fulmarus glacialis] and the Assilag [Procellaria pelagica}. The picture of
the Fulmar was drawn by James Monroe: ef. Edwards’s Nat. Hist., p. 289; and Gurney,
Zooloyist, 2d ser., xi, 1876, p. 4931

472 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1766. [PENNANT, T.] The | British Zoology. | Class I. Quadrupeds. | HI. Birds. |

Published under the Inspection of the | Cymmrodorian Society, | instituted
for the | Promoting Useful Charities, and the Knowledge of | Nature, among
the Descendants of the | Ancient Britons. | Illustrated with | One Hundred and
Seven Copper Plates. | London: | Printed by J. and J. March, on Tower Hill,
for the Society: | And sold for the Benefit of the British Charity-School on |
Clerkenwell Green. M, DCC, LXVI. l1vol. folio. Tit., 1 fol.; Dedic., 1
fol.; Preface, Contents and Errata, 5 foll.; pp. 1-162-+4 pp. Index, &c.
(Birds, p. 57 to end.)

My entry of this work was left very defective. Prof. Newton supplies the above full title
of the orig. ed., and corrections as follows :—

1766. Editio princeps, ut supra.

1768. Second edition. 8vo.

1770. Third edition. 8vo. ‘‘A thin volume, supplementary to the preceding, must rank
as the 3d edition.”

1776-77. ‘‘ Fourth” edition. 4 vols., in two issues, 8vo and 4to. ‘Plates identical, but
letter-press wholly distinct.”

1812. Fifth edition. 4 vols. 8vo. (First ed. with author’s name on the title.) ‘‘This
posthumous ed. is said by E. T. Bennett in his ed. of White’s ‘Selborne’ (p. 113,
note) to have been edited by Hanmer, a statement corroborated in a letter to me
from J. E. Gray, who added that he gave Bennett the information—but Hanmer
is spoken of (p. xxvii) as being merely one of the editor’s friends who assisted
him—the others being Latham, Hawkins [who seems to have furnished notes on
birds of Greece], Henry Jenner (nephew of the great man) and Hugh Davies—the
additions of the latest being mainly or wholly on Invertebrates. On the other
hand, the anonymous author (probably Neville Wood) of a memoir of Latham
(Nat. iv. p. 31), speaking of Latham’s revision of this work, which he seems to
regard as the ‘second edition’ of Pennant, says it ‘was published by his son, Mr.
D. Pennant.’”

Above enumeration of eds. is exclusive of Murr’s Latin-German version, 1771-76.

1768. [PENNANT, T.] British Zoology. | Class I. Quadrupeds. | II. Birds. | Si qui

veré sint in urbe sua Hospites, in Patria sua Peregrini, et | cognitione semper
pueri esse velint, sibi per me placeant, sibi | dormiant; non ego illis hee
conseripsi, non illis vigilavi. | Camden. Britan. Preefat. | Vol. I. | London: |
Printed for Benjamin White, | at Horace’s Head, Fleet-Street. | MDCCLXVIIL.
[ Title of 2d vol. changed thus :—]

British Zoology. | Class II. Genus XVIII, &e. Birds. | With an | Appendix,
| an | Essay on Birds of Passage, | and | an Index. | Vol. II. | [rest as above. ]

3vols. 8vo. Vol.I. Tit.,1fol.; Preface, &c., pp.i-xxiv; Text, pp. 1-232,
ending abruptly with a catch-word. Ornithology, pp. 117 to end. Vol, II,
after tit., 1 fol., begins abruptly at p. 233 (pagination thus being continuous
with that of Vol. I), and text ends at p.522; Index, pp. i-ix +i having sepa-
rate pagination. (Vol. III treats of Reptiles and Fishes. )

This is the second ed. .

1770. [PENNANT, T.] British Zoology. | Nlustrated by | Plates | and brief | Explana-

tions. | Chester: | printed by Eliz, Adams, | MDCCLXX. Ilvol. 8vo. Tit.,
dedic., advt., 3 foll. ; pp. —.

This must rank as the third ed. It is supplementary to the former. The copy examined
is imperfect, but is believed to contain all the ornithology, which begins at p.7 and ends at

p. 27.

1771. [TunstaLt, M.] Ornithologia Britannica: | seu | Aviam omnium Britanni-

carum tam Terrestrium, | quam Aquaticarum | Catalogus, | Sermoni Latino,
Anglico et Gallico redditus: | cui subjicitur Appendix, | Aves alienigenas, |
in Angliam raro advenientes, complectens. | In tenui labor: at tenuis non
gloria—Virg. | London: | Printed for the Author by J. Dixwell, in St. Mar-
tin’s Lane. | M. DCC. LXXI. folio. Tit.,1 fol.,and pp. 4.

Of this anonymous tract, more remarkable for its rarity than for its utility, a facsimile in
photolithography, reduced to 8vo size, was issued by the Willoughby Society, 1880, g. v.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 473

1776-77. [PENNANT, T.] British Zoology. ...

The orig. ed., 1 vol. folio, dates 1766, g.v. The 2d ed., 3 vols., 8vo, dates 1768. The ed. of
1770, 1 vol., 8vo, must count as the third. There are two issues of date 1776-77, each in 4 vols.
one 8vo, the other 4to. These two issues, though each bearing the words ‘‘ Fourth Edition”
on the printed title-pages, are absolutely distinct—the plates in each being printed on paper
of different sizes. Ornithology begins in the 8vo at p. 153, and in the 4to at p. 133.—Whence
it appears that in the body of this Bibliography I have got the editions of Pennant badly
mixed up, and otherwise very defective.

1789. Watcott, T. Synopsis of British Birds. ...

The story has always gone that Walcott, being dissatisfied with the book, had nearly the
whole impression destroyed; but copies do not seem to be rare.

1794-1819. DONOVAN, E. The Natural History of British Birds; .. .

T have made a bad break in citing this work as of ‘2 vols. in one”, with ‘'48" plates, and
of dates ‘' 1794-95.”

According to Prof. Newton’s memoranda, the work is in 10 vols., with 244 plates, of dates
1794-1819.—Vol. I, 1794.—Vol II, 1795.—Vol. III, —?; ‘‘new ed.” 1815; after ** By E. Dono-
van”; in the title comes | A New Edition. | and then as before.—Vol. IV, 1797.—Vol. V, —?;
1820; after ‘‘specimens’’ in the title comes | By E. Donovan, F. L.S. W.S. | Author of the
Natural Histories of British Fishes, Insects, Shells, Quadrupeds, &c. | In ten volumes. | Vol.
V. | London: | printed for the author; | and for F. C. and J. Rivington, 62, St. Paul’s Church-
Yard, | and 3, Waterloo-Place, Pall-Mall; | By R. Gilbert, St. John’s-Square, Clerkenwell. |
1820.—Vol. VI, 1809.—Vol. VII, 1816.—Vol. VIII, 1817.—Vol. EX, 1818.—Vol. X, 1819.—The
title-pages of all, excepting Ill and V, are alike, mutatis mutandis; the last has the imprint—
London: | printed for the Author; and for F.C.and J. Rivington, No. 63, | St. Paul’s Church-
Yard, and No.3, Waterloo-Place, | Pall-Mall. 1819. |

1797-1804. Bewick,T. History of British Birds. .

Respecting the two issues of Vol. I, Land Birds, 1797, Prof. Newton remarks: ‘‘The typog-
raphy of these two issues is wholly distinet; the difficulty at first is to say which of them
was the earlier. I believe this may be decided by looking at p. 71, lines 5 and 6, where the
words ‘bill, nostrils, and even round the eyes” of what seems to be the oldest issue are
replaced in the later by ‘ bill and nostrils, as far as the eyes”—the last expression being
retained in subsequent editions. On the other hand, on p. 145 we have, in what I take to be
the earlier issue, ‘‘ Scheeniclus” which in the later is still further corrupted into “ Saheni-
clus”; but on the reverse of p. 335 in one issue the third ed. of Bewick’s “ Quadrupeds” is
announced as lately published, while in the other the announcement is that the fourth ed. of
that work ‘speedily will be published”; which seems to be final and decisive.”

The 3d ed., 1809, is said to be the worst, owing to bad paper.

In the 8th ed., 1847, some of the woodcuts have utterly failed, but the majority show details
better than in any other ed.

An elaborate Catalogue of works illustrated by Bewick and his brother John was published
by John Gray Bell, London, 1851.

1799? ANon. Our [British] Song Birds... .

Doubtless of quite recent date. Qu., a reprint of Albin’s book ?

1799. Puttenny, R. Catalogues | of the | Birds, Shells, and some of the | more rare

Plants, of | Dorsetshire. | From the | new and enlarged edition of | Mr. Hutch-
ins’s History of that County. | By Richard Pulteney, M.D. F.R.S. Lond. &
Edinb. | and Fellow of the Linnean Society. | London, printed by J. Nichols, |
for the use of the compiler and his friends. | MDCCXCIX. 1 vol. folio.
Title and pp. 92.

Ornithology occupies pp. 1-22.—An enlarged ed. appeared in 1813. See also MANSEL-PLEY-
DELL, 1874. Cf. Ibis, 1874, p. 447.

1804. Bewrck, T. History | of | British Birds. | The Figures engraved on wood by T.

Bewick. | Vol. II. Water Birds. | [Cut.] | Neweastle: | printed by Edward
Walker, for T. Bewick: sold by him, and | Longman and Rees, London. |

[Price 18s. in Boards. ] | 1804.
This is the full title of Vol. II. See the date 1797-1804, in the body of this Bibliography.

1815-22. Hunt, J. British | Ornithology; | containing portraits of all the | British

Birds, | including those of foreign origin, | which have become domesticated ;
| drawn, engraved and coloured | by JLohn]. Hunt | with descriptions com-
piled from the | works of the most | Esteemed Naturalists, | & arranged
according to the | Linnean Classification. | Vol. I [-II}. | Inscribed by Per-

474. PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1815-22. Hunt, J.—Continued.
mission | To Sir J. E. Smith, | M.D. F. R. S. | and President of the Linnean
Society. | Norwich; 1815 [-1822]. | Printed by Bacon & Co. for the Proprietor
& may be had of the Booksellers. 3 vols. S8vo. Pub. in parts of about 12
pll., dates unknown to me. Vol. I, engr. title (only?), pp. 183, with 34 pll.
Vol. I, pp. 365, with 58 pll. Vol. ILI, pp. 138, ending abruptly, with 18 pll.
belonging to text, and 76 pll. to which text was never published.

Perfect copies are extremely rare. The work appeared in parts, announced to be quar-
terly; corresponding plates and text seem not to have been issued together in allcases. The
work was never completed. ‘The author died in 1842. /

1825. SELBY, P.J. Ilustr: ish Ornithology. | By Prideaux John Selby,
Esq. | Member of the Wernerian Natural History Society. | Part First. | Land
Birds. | Edinburgh: | printed for Archibald Constable & Co. Edinburgh; |
and Hurst, Robinson, & Co. London. | 1825. lvol. 8vo. pp. i-xxxvi, 1-335.

See what is said in the body of this Bibliography at date of 1833, same author.—The above
is the title and collation of the original edition of the text of Vol. I of the work. This original
is rare.

1826-28. DONOVAN, E. The Natural History of the Nests and Eggs of British
SIS eee

The incompleted date is to be filled in as above. Five parts appeared, neither 4 nor 5
being dated. ‘‘No. V has lately appeared”’: Ed. Mag. N. Z., ii, Sept., 1829, p. 394.

1828. FLEMING, J. A | History | of | British Animals, | exhibiting the | descriptive
characters and systematical arrangement | of | the Genera and Species of
Quadrupeds, Birds, | Reptiles, Fishes, Mollusca, and Radiata | of the United
Kingdom; | including | the indigenous, extirpated, and extinct | kinds, to-
gether with periodical | and occasional visitants. | By | John Fleming, D. D.
F.R.S.E. M.W.S. &c. | Minister of Flisk, Fifeshire; | and author of the
‘* Philosophy of Zoology.” | Edinburgh: | printed for Bell & Bradfeete, Edin-
burgh; and James Dunean, London. | MDCCCXXVIII. lvol. 8vo. pp. i-
xxiv, 1-565. Birds, pp. 41-146.

1828. [Hoper, J.] Memorandum from the Right Honourable...

1829. ‘‘ CORRESPONDENT.”

Numerous artic les bearing this pseudonym are all believed to be by T. C. Heysham. Cf.
Mag. N. H., . 290; ii, p. 89; iii, p. 172, et aliis locis.

SZ Ore coe”

This is J. D. Marshall, fide Thomps., B. Irel., ii, p. 82. These initials have the same sig.
nificance in other places.

1829. WuiTE, G. (Ld. Jardine.)

Of the two 1829 Jardine editions which I have given, the one that comes second on my page
is that forming a vol. of Constable’s Miscellany, as I have stated; it has an engraved title,
with a design drawn by D. O. Hill and engraved by Tho. Dick; the collation is: title and in-
trod., x pp.; text, 330 pp.—The one that comes first on my page has as frontisp. the engr.
title of the latter; itis as the last, with some omissions. Other issues of this, with slightly
altered title, were published bearing date 1832 and 1833.

TRSpAg, GO day

This is Sir William Jardine.

1831-38. Hrewirson, W.C. British Oology;...

The 1st ed. of this work was published in 37 parts, at irregular intervals, from April, 1831,
to June, 1838. A supplement appeared in 1842. There was a 2d ed. in 1842-46, and a 3d ed.
in 1853-58. See all these dates, as given beyond in this Bibliography. The orig. ed. forms
either 2 or 3 vols. The quotation on the title differs in each vol.

The following are the dates of issue of the 37 parts of the orig. ed.

VoL. I.—Pt.i, Apr. 1, 1831, pll. 1-4, and text. Pt. ii, May 15, 1831, pll. 5-8, text to 6 and7
only. Pt. iii, Oct. 1, 1831,-pll. 9-12, text to 5,8-12. Pt. iv, Dee. 1, 1831, pll. 13-16, and text.
Pt.v, Feb. 1, 1832, pll. 17-20, andtext. Pt.vi, Apr. 1, 1832, pll. 21-24, and text. Pt. vii, June
1, 1832, pll. 25, 27, 28, 30, and text. Pt. viii, Aug. 1, 1832, pll. 29, 31-33, and text. Pt. ix, Oct. 1,
1832, pll. 26, 35-37, and text. Pt. x, Dec. 1, 1832, plL. 38, 39, 41, 43, andtext. Pt. xi, Feb. 1, 1833,
pli. 40, 42, and text. Pt. xii, Apr. 1, 1833, pll. 44-49, and text, with title-page for Vol. I, dedica
tion, and list of subscribers.

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 475

1831-38. Hrwitson, W. C.—Continued.

Vou. Il.—Pt. xiii, Oct. 1, 1833, pll. 50,51, and text. Pts. xiv, xv, Dec. 1, 1833, pll. 52-61, and
text. Pt. xvi, Mar. 1, 1834, pll. 62-65, and text. Pt. xvii, May 1, 1834, pll. 66-69, and text.
Pt. xviii, Aug. 1, 1834, pll. 70-73, and text. Pt. xix, Nov. 1, 1834, pll. 74-77, and text. Pt. xx,
Mar. 1, 1835, pll. 78-81, and text. Pt. xxi, May 1, 1835, pll. 82-85, and text. Pt. xxii, July 1,
1835, pll. 86-89, and text. Pts. xxiii and xxiv, Noy. 1, 1835, pli. 90-94, 96, 98, 99, and text, with
title-page to Vol. II, and dedication.

Vou. IJI.—Pt. xxv, Jan. 1, 1836, pll. 95, 97, 103, 34, and text. Pt. xxvi, Mar. J, 1836, pll.
100-102, 104, and text. Pt. xxvii, May 1, 1836, pll. 105-108, and text. Pt. xxviii, July 1, 1836,
pli. 109-112, and text. Pt. xxix, Sept. 1, 1836, pll. 113-116, and text. Pts. xxx and xxxi, Jan.
1, 1837, pll. 117, 118, 120-124, and text, and part of text for pl.119. Pts. xxxii and xxxiii,
May 1, 1837, pll. 125-132, and text. Pts. xxxiv and xxxv, Sept. 1, 1837, pll. 133-142, and
text. Pt.xxxvi, Jan. 1, 1838, pp. 143-146, and pl. 119, with text. Pt. xxxvii, June 1, 1838, pll.
147-155, and anew copy of pl. 87 instead of that before issued, which is to be cancelled; with -
title-page to Vol. III, directions to binder, list of subscribers, viii pp.; introduction, 15 pp. ;
systematic index to suit binding in 2 vols. (as recommended by author), and index to each of
the 3 vols. if that number be preferred.

1831. Sripy, P. J. A Catalogue...

The title is correctly given. The paper wasread Feb. 21,1831. It gives 214 spp. The list
was the first for this locality, of any authority or approaching completeness, for over 40 years,
as I have said; but dele in my comment the words ‘‘and remained single.”

1831. SeLBy, P.J. Notice of Cypselus alpinus and Mergus cucullatus. < Trans. Nat.
Hist. Soc. Northumb. and Durh., i, 1831, pp. 291-293.

‘““As acquisitions to the British Fauna.”

ASS eee Mey Grae?
This is T. Goatley; and the initials stand for the same name in other places; but there is a
second ‘'T. G.,” who wrote in Mag. Nat. Hist., hailing from Lancashire; see 1833; this being
a different person.

PBST OO. Yi Zi2?
This is G. Duncan: ef. Mag. N. H., v, p. 571.
1832 or 1833? Fox, G. T. Notice of some Rare Birds, recently killed in the Counties
of Northumberland and Durham. < Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Northumb. and
Durh., ii, pp. 181-186.

Read Nov. 21, 1831. Records Pernis apiverus and Tringa subarquata.

1832 or 1833? Sepy, P. J. An account of Two rare British Birds. < Trans. Nat. Hist.
Soc. Northumb. and Durh., ii, pp. 273-275.

Read May 21, 1832. Records Pernis apivorus and Scolopax sabinit.

1832. SnaNEy, R.A. An Outline of the smaller British BindiSs cme.
This is the date of the orig. ed. The title-page is just as I have given it, excepting tho
author’s name, given as Robert A. Slaney. The collation of this ed. is pp. vili, 143.
1232 econ.
This is T. Knox: ef. Mag. N. H., v, p. 731, and Thomps., B. Trel., ii, p. 320.

1833. Montaau, G. (Hd. Rennie, J.)
Rennie’s ed. of Montagu’s Dictionary was reissued in 1833, with a new title-page bearing
that date.

1834. “J.G.”

This is J. Grubb: ef. Mag. N. H., viii, p. 511.

1842, Hewirson, W.C. Supplement | to | British Oology ; | by | William C. Hewit-
son. | London: | John Van Voorst, Paternoster Row. | M.DCCC.XLII. 1 vol.
8vo. 4pll. and text.

Has no title-page; the wrapper is as above, with addition of ‘‘1st October.” Contains pll.
156-169, with accompanying text; also an Introduction, and an index to the English names of
the eggs figured, arranged for binding them in 2 vols.

The title which stands in the body of the Bibliography, p. 425, at date of “1856 2”, I took, I
find, from a copy of the original edition, including the present supplement, there being 169
plates in all. Without this supplement, the work dates 1831-38; with it, 1831-42. Itis
found in 2 orin3 vols. The2ded. dates 1842-46. The 3ded. dates 1853-56. See the orig. ed.

476 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

1842-46. Hewirson, W. C. Colored Illustrations | of the | Eggs of British Birds, |
accompanied with descriptions | of the | Eggs, Nests, ete. | By William C.
Hewitson. | In Two Volumes. | Vol. I [II]. | London: | John Van Voorst,
Paternoster Row. | [M. D. CCCXLII-] M.D. CCCXLVI. 2vols. 8vo. pp. i-
xvi, 1-470, continuous through both vols. Pll. 1-137 plus 7 which are num-
bered 12%) 25%, 37, 675767, LOLs 120s 144k

Orig. ed., 1831-38, g. v. ; Supplement, 1842, g.v. This is the 2d ed., which appeared in monthly
parts during 1842-46, but I cannot give the details. The plates of the ‘Supplement’ are
utilized, but otherwise all is new. There is a 3d ed., 1853-56, q. v.

1846. GURNEY, J. H., and FIsHer, W.R. An Account | of the | Birds found in Norfolk,
| including | notices of some of the rarer species, | which have occurred in
the adjoining counties; | with | remarks on Migration, | and a table showing
the number of the resident and | migratory species of each tamily. | By |
John Henry Gurney | and | William Richard Fisher. | [From the Zoologist. ] |
London: | printed by E. Newman, 9 Devonshire Street, Bishopsgate Street. |
1846.

This is the full title of the reprint from the Zoologist, pp. 1300-1324, 1373-1393.
1846. Sr. Jonn,C. Short Sketches of the Wild Sports and Natural History . . .
This either appeared originally in, or was subsequently incorporated with the series known
as ‘‘Murray’s Home and Colonial Library”. There are several issues. I have given one of
1847 in full. There is another dated 1849.
1346. ‘“W. H. 8.”
This is W. H. Slaney.
1847. BatTrersBy,R. Occurrence of the . . . Harlequin Duck near Torquay....
For correction of this statement, cf. Ibis, 1859, p. 165.
1848. Bury, C. A.
Dele, as not British.
1848. Howm, P. A.
Dele, as not British.

1848, MALAN, 8. C. <A Systematic | Catalogue | of the | Eggs | of British Birds; | ar-
ranged with the view to supersede the use of | Labels for Eggs. | By the Rev.
S.C. Malan, M.A., | Vicar of Broadwindsor, Dorset. | London: | John Van
Voorst, 1, Paternoster Row. | MDCCCXLVIILI.

1849. [NEWMAN, E.] The | Letters of Rusticus | on the | Natural History | of | Godal-
ming. | Extracted from the | Magazine of Natural History, | the | Entomo-
logical Magazine, | and the | Entomologist. | [Ornament.] | —‘‘Stat nominis
umbra.” | [Cut.] | London: printed for John Van Voorst, Bookseller and |
Publisher, No. 1 Paternoster Row. | M. DCCC. XLIX.

1850. WOLLEY, J.

Dele, as not British.

1851. Crorcu, W. D. List of Birds’ Eggs found in Somersetshire, with Observations.
<Somersets. Archwol. and Nat. Hist. Soc., Proc. at the Gen. Quart. and Ann.
Meetings for 1849 and 1850, 1851, Papers, pp. 149-174.

Notices 109 spp.

1851. Crotcu, W. D. The | Birds | of | Somersetshire. | With | colored illustrations,
| of their heads, sterna, feet and eggs. | By | W. D. Crotch. | [Poetical ex-
tract of 8 lines from] | C. W. Thompson. | Taunton: | Printed by Frederick
May, High Street. | No. 1 only published. 8vo. pp. 24, pll. vi.

1851. Ware, G. (Ld. Jesse.) The | Natural History | of | Selborne; | with | Observa-
tions on various parts of Nature; | and | the Naturalist’s Calendar. | By the
late | Rev. Gilbert White, A. M. | Fellow of Oriel College, Oxford. | With ad-
ditions and supplementary notes by | Sir William Jardine, Bart. F.R.S. E.,
F.L.S., M.W.S. | Edited, with further illustrations, a biographical sketch
of the author, | and a complete index, by | Edward Jesse, Esq. | Author of

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. At

1851. Wuitr, G.—Continued.
“Gleanings of Natural History,” &c. &c. | With forty engravings. | London:
| Henry G. Bohn, York Street, Covent Garden. | MDCCCLI.
Forming a vol. of Bobn’s ‘‘ Mlustrated Library.”
1852. WHEELWRIGHT, H. W.
According to Wallengren (Nawmannia, 1854, p. 63), the title is ‘‘Comparative List of the
Birds of Scandinavia and Great-Britain.” It cannot be in German, though there was prob-
ably an alternative Swedish title.

1853-56. Hewitson, W. C. Colored Illustrations | of the | Eggs of British Birds, |
with descriptions of | their nests and nidification. | By William C, Hewitson.
| Third edition. | In Two Volumes. | Vol. 1 [II]. | London: | John Van Voorst,
Paternoster Row. | [M. DCCC. LIII-] M. DCCC. LVI. 2 vols. 8vo.

Orig. ed., 1831-38; Supplement, 1842; Second ed., 1842-46. See these dates. The present,
third ed., also appeared in parts; there were 38 of them, pub. May, 1853, to June, 1896, as
follows:

Part 1, May. 1853, pll. 1-4, pp. 1-16 (preface). Pt. ii, Tune, 1853, pll. 5-8, pp. 17-32. Pt. iii, July,
1853, pll. 9-12, pp. 33-48. Pteiv, Aug., 1853, pll. 13-16, pp. 49-64. Pt. v, Sept., 1853, pll. 17-20, pp.
65-80. Pt. vi, Oct., 1853, pll. 21-24, pp. 81-96. Pt. vii, Nov., 1853, pll. 25-28, pp. 97-112. Pt. viii,
Dec., 1853, pll. 29-32, pp. 113-128. Pt. ix, Jan., 1854, pll. 33-86, pp. 129-144. Pt. x, Feb., 1854,
pll. 37-40, pp. 145-160. Pt. xi, Mar., 1854, pll. 41-44, pp. 161-176. Pt. xii, Apr., 1854, pll. 45-
48, pp. 177-192. Pt. xiii, May, 1854, pll. 49-52, pp. 193-208. Pt. xiv, June, 1854, pll. 58-56, pp.
209-224. Pt. xv, July, 1854, pll. 57-60, pp. 225-240. Pt. xvi, Aug., 1854, pll. 61-64, pp. 241-256.
Pt. xvii, Sept., 1854, pll. 65-68, pp. 257-272. Pt. xviii, Oct., 1854, pl. 69-72, pp. 278-288. Pt. xix,
Nov., 1854, pll. 73-76, pp. 289-304. Pt xx, Dee., 1854, pll. 77-0, pp. 805-320. Pt. xxi, Jan., 1855,
pll. 81-84, pp. (mone). Pt. xxii, Feb., 1855, pll. 85-88, pp. 321-336. Pt. xxiii, Mar., 1855, pli. 89-91,
90*, pp. 334", 337-350. Pt. xxiv, Apr., 1855, pll. 92-95, pp. (none). Pt. xxv, May, 1855, pll. 96-99,
pp. 351-366. Pt. xxvi, June, 1855, pll. 100-103, pp. (mone). Pt. xxvii, July, 1855, pl. 104-107, pp.
367-382. Pt. xxviii, Aug., 1855, pll. 108-111, pp. 383-398. Pt. xxix, Sept., 1855, pll. 112-115, pp.
399-414. Pt. xxx, Oct., 1855, pll. 116-119, pp. 415-430. Pt. xxxi, Nov., 1855, pll. 120-123, pp. 431-
446, Pt. xxxii, Dec., 1855, pll. 124-127, pp. 447-462. Pt. xxiii, Jan., 1856, pll. 128-151, pp. 463-478.
Pt. xxxiv, Feb., 1856, pll. 132-135, pp. 479-494. Pt. xxxv, Mar., 1856, pll. 186-189, pp. 495-510.
Pt. xxxvi, Apr., 1856, pll. 140-143, pp. (none). Pt. xxxvii, May, 1856, pll. 144, 145, 45*, 53°, pp.
511-522, 178*, 210*. Pt. xxxviii, June, 1856, pll. 46*, 51*, pp. 202°, 289°; with Title-pages, Intro-
duction, and Index. (pp. 1-522 of text, plus 178*, 202%, 210*, 289%, 334". pll. 1-145, phis 45*, 46*,
51*, 53*, 90%.)

1853. Watters, J. J. The | Natural History | of | the Birds of Ireland, | Indigenous
and Migratory, | containing | Descriptions of the Habits, Migrations, Occur-
rence, and | Economy of the 261 Species comprised in the Fauna. | By John
J. Watters, | Associate Member of the University Zoological Association. |
Dublin: | James McGlashan, 50 Upper Sackville-St. | William S. Orr & Co.
London. | 1853. 1 vol. 12mo.

1854. Wuitr, G. (Ld. Jesse.)

The edition of this date and editor is apparently a reissue of that of 1851.

1859. NewMaN, E. The ‘ Zoologist’ List of Birds...

“There are many issues of this list, mostly, I think, without dates; and not all are by New-
man, though those styled ‘‘ The ‘ Zoolovist’ List” are certainly his. The first T remember to
have seen wa8 at least ten years prior to 1859. I had two such lists printed for my own con-
venience long before 1859.” (A. NV.)

1859. [Wuretwricut, W. H.] Comparatif forteckning pa Skan- | dinaviens och
Stor-Britanniens | foglar | [and in parallel columns] Comparative List of the
Birds | of Scandinavia and Great Bri- | tain | 1859. | Carlstad. | Tryckt hos
C. Forssell, | 1859. | 4to. pp. 18.

Gives scientific, Swedish and English names of 416 species.

1850. Morn, A.G. Outlines | of the | Natural History | of | the Isle of Wight. | Edited
by | A. G. More, F. L. 8. | Extracted from | A New Guide to the Isle of Wight.
| By Rev. E. Venables, M. A. | London: | printed by | Spottiswoode & Co, New-
Street Square. | 1860.

1870. Morris, F.0. A History of British Birds... .

Orig. ed. 1851-57. Another ed. 1865-66. Another ed. 1870.

weave Bey |

* ;

Ww

A.
A.C. R., 381.
Acton, E., 383.
Adams, H. G., 418.
Aikin, W. O., 407.
Akerman, J. Y., 423.
Albin, E., 363, 364, 365, 366.
Allis, T., 407.
Alston, E. R., 435, 438.
Andrewes, T., 403.
Andrews, W., 415, 423, 424. 426.
Ansted, D. T., 4380.
Appleby, L., 428.
Argent, J., 399.
Armitage, A., 445,
Armstrong, T., 427.
A RR. X., 384:
Atkinson, J. C., 376, 403, 404, 430,
432, 433, 448, 461.
Austin, T., 404.

Bb.

Backhouse, W., 409.

Baikie, W. B., 413, 420.

Baker, W., 418.

Banister, J. D., 403, 404, 407.

Barker, W. G., 384.

Bartlett, J. P., 405, 430.

Battersby, R., 411, 476.

Barclay, H., 405.

Barlow, T. W., 407, 409, 411.

Barrington, R. M., 441, 458.

Beadles, J. N., 411, 413.

Beckwith, W., 441.

Beckwith, W. E., 470.

Bell, T. B., 427, 428.

Bell, A. S., 428, 445, 448.

Bell, R. J., 405.

Bell, T., 461, 466.

Benson, C. W., 464.

Belirage, J. H., 428.

Bennett, E. T., 432.

Berkenhout, J., 364, 369.

Bewick, T., 370, 371, 372, 373, 375,
376, 377, 378, 379, 385, 411.

Birbeck, R., 422.

Birchall, E., 453.

Bigge, G. R., 409.

Blackmore, H. P., 433.

Blackwall, J.,378, 381, 386, 405, 407,
409, 413, 415.

Blake, W. G., 445.

Blake-Knox, H., 432, 433, 435, 438,
441, 444, 446, 448.

Bloxham, A., 383, 385.

Blyth, E., 388, 390, 392, 394, 399.

Bolton, J., 369.

INDEX OF AUTHORS.

Bond, F., 403, 405, 435, 448.

Booth, M., 405, 407.

Borrer, W., 407,

Borrer, W., Jr., 409.

Boyes, F., 448, 465.

Boynton, T., 445, 451.

Boulton, W. W., 432, 433, 436, 438,
441.

Brackenbridge, G. W., 380.

Bradby, A.S8., 483.

Bree, C. R., 415, 418, 423, 441, 456.

Bree, W. T., 383, 385, 386, 407, 413.

Bridgeman, F. C., 484.

Bridgeman, G. O., 434.

Bridger, W., 430.

Briggs, J. J., 403, 405, 407, 409, 413,
415, 419, 420, 422.

Brockholes, —, 459.

Brooke, A. B., 448.

Brown, J., 400.

Brown, W., 488.

Brunton, J., 451.

Brunton, T., 430, 432, 436, 454, 459.

B. T.S., 441.

Bullmore, W. K., 441.

Bullock, W., 3875.

Burkitt, Dr., 424.

Burt, E., 420.

Bury, C. A., 405, 413, 476.

Butler, A. G., 461.

Buttertield, E., 461.

Button, D. T., 454.

Cc.

Carey, C. B., 451, 454, 456, 459.

Cater, W. E., 416.

Chalk, W.J., 448, 451, 454.

Chennell, F. A., 412, 416, 419.

Chipchase, C., 438.

Clark, T., 427.

Clarke, W. B., 394.

Clark-Kennedy, A., 441, 446.

Clark-Kennedy, A. J., 459.

Clark-Kennedy, A. W. M.,444, 459.

Clermont, Lord, 426, 454.

Clifton, Lord, 441, 444, 446, 451.

Clogg, S., 441, 446, 454, 465.

Cocks, W. P., 424, 426.

Collingwood, C., 423, 427, 430.

Conway, C., 388, 390, 392.

Cooper, J., 408.

Cooper, W., 488.

Cole, J., 378.

Corbin, G. B., 456, 461, 465.

Cordeaux, J., 434, 436, 438, 440, 442,
444, 446, 448, 451, 454, 457, 459, 461,

462.

Cordeaux, W. H., 418.

Cornish, W. F., 394.

Correspondent [T. C. Hey-
sham], 381, 382, 385, 386, 388, 390,
392, 474.

Cosens, G. W., 448.

Cotton, J.. 390, 392.

Couch, J.,383, 398, 412, 427, 451, 459,
462.

Coues, E., 457.

Coulcher, C., 412.

Coward, C., 399.

Crewe, H. H., 426, 428, 436.

Crichton, A. W., 438.

Crosthwaite, D., 379.

Crotch, W. D., 419, 476.

Crowley, P., 434.

D.

Dale, J. C., 392, 402, 424.

Davies, T. E., 448.

Delmar, C. A., 418.

Denny, H., 399, 403.

Denson, J., 385.

Devis, C. W., 436.

Dix, T., 436, 438, 446, 457.

Dixon, C., 470.

Dobree, N. F., 434.

Donovan, E., 869, 379, 380, 386, 473,
474.

Doubleday, H., 399, 403, 405, 408,
409, 462.

Douglas-Ogilby, J., 465.

Dovaston, J. F. M., 385, 386.

Drayton, —, 405.

Drosier, R., 382.

Duck, J. N., 420.

Duff, J., 413, 416, 419.

Duncan, G., 385.

Dunean, R. D., 403, 405.

Dunn, R., 394, 414, 426.

Duns, J., 428, 430.

D’Urban, W.S. M., 423, 424, 462.

Durnford, H., 454, 457, 459.

Durnford, W. A.. 465.

Dutton, J., 428, 434, 436.

E.

Editorial, 392, 399, 412, 414, 416,
451.

Edmonston, L., 377, 385.

Edmonston, T., Jr., 406.

Edmunds, A., 430.

Edson, G., 465.

Edward, T., 418, 425, 426.

Edwards, G., 366, 369, 370.

Eedle, T., 451, 465.

479

480

Elliott, A. C., 465.

Ellis, D., 385.

Ellman, J. B., 414, 416, 418, 419.
Elwes, H. J., 446.

Evans, A., 414.

Eyton, T. C., 392, 398.

F,

Fairholme, G., 394.

Farran, Dr., 422.

Farren, W., 446.

Fayrer, —, 383.

Feilden, H. W., 442, 448, 454, 457.

Fisher, W. R., 403, 406, 410, 412, 414,
416, 476.

Fleming, J., 377, 378, 380, 385, 402,
474,

Footit, W. F., 414.

Forster, E., 375.

Forster, T., 375, 376, 420.

Foster, J. W., 416.

Foster, T.W., 416, 419.

Fox, G. T., 381, 382, 475.

Fraser, L., 432.

French, D.J., 446.

Frere, H. T., 414.

PR hvente4 36:

G.

Garner, R., 406.

Garth, J.C., 416.

Gatcombe, J., 423, 425, 426, 427, 430, |
432, 438, 442, 446, 448, 451, 454, 455,
457, 459, 462, 465.

Gibb, T. H., 455.

Gibson, W., 444.

Gilbert, R. H. T., 430.

Gillah, G., 462.

Goatley, T., 400, 442.

Gordon, C., 451.

Gordon, G., 406.

Gosse, P. H., 416, 420.

Gough, T., 403, 414.

Gould, J., 383, 390, 430, 434, 446,

Graham, D., 434.

Grahame, J., 373.

Grantham, G., 423.

Graves, G., 373, 374, 375, 377.

Gray, G. R., 432.

Gray, Robert, 434, 442, 446, 451.

Gregson, C.S., 457.

Greenhow, E. H., 385.

Greenwood, H., 442.

Gripper, J. E., 465.

Groom-Napier, C. 0., 436.

Gunn, T. E., 436, 438, 442, 446, 452,
459, 462, 466.

Gurney, J. H., 402, 410, 412, 414,
416, 418, 421, 425, 434, 436, 444, 452,
455, 457, 462, 476.

Gurney, J. H., Jr., 444, 446, 452,
455, 458, 459, 462, 466, 468,

Gutch, J. U. G., 400.

GoWey cots

EE.

377.

Hadfield, H., 428, 434, 436, 439, 452,
455, 457, 459, 462, 466.

Hamel, E. D., 458, 462.

Hancock, J., 442, 459.

Hare, N., Jr., 410.

Harley, J., 404, 406, 416.

Harper, T. O., 420.

Hart, W., and Sons, 446.

Harting, J. E., 432, 434, 436, 439,
442, 455, 462.

Harvey, Dr., 406.
| Harvey, J. R., 408, 410.

444, 445, 446,

Hayes, W.., 365.

Headlam, E., 383.

Heathcote, W. P., 406.

Heddle, R, 413.

Hele, W. F., 439, 443.

Hensman, H. P., 443.

Henson, C. W., 466.

Hepburn, A., 404, 410, 414, 426.

Heppenstall, J., 404, 406.

Herbert, W. H., 458.

*“* Hesperus ”’, 425.

Hewett, W., 404.

Hewitson, W.C., 404, 408, 425, 434, |
474, 475, 476, 477.

Heysham, T.C. See ‘‘ Correspon- |
dent.”

Higgins, E. T., 416.

Hilbird, S., 436.

Hildebrand, A. H., 431.

Hill, W. H., 387, 390.

CORTON EB a3.

Hodgkinson, J. B., 459.

Hodgson, C. B., 436.

Hogg, J., 380, 408, 412.

Holm, P. A., 412, 414, 476.

Holme, F., 408, 425.

Hooppell, R. E., 451.

Hope, J., 474.

Hore, W.S., 408.

Hornby, H. P., 458.

Hoy, J. D., 383, 387, 389, 394,

Hudson, S., 434.

Hiigel, A. v., 447, 455, 460.

Hulke, J. W., 416, 418,

Hunt, J., 375, 381, 473.

Hunter, J., 445, 447.

Hurst, J. C., 383.

Hussey, A., 423.

Hussey, H., 428, 434.

Hutchinson, M., 406, 410, 412, 428, |
439, 443, 445.

q.
Irby, L. H., 420.
Js.

Jackson, C., 383.

Jamieson, T. F., 429.

J. A. H., 885.

Jardine, W., 398, 416, 419, 420.

Harvie-Brown, J. A., 439, 442, 443, |

PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

J.D. M., 381, 385, 474,
Jeffery, W., 466.

Jetfery., W., Jr., 466,
Jettrey, J. D., 443.
Jettrey, W., 439.

Jeffrey, W., jr., 432, 436.
Jennings, J., 381.

Jenyns, L., 380, 390, 391, 412.
Jerdon, A., 404, 412, 418, .
J. G[rubb], 389, 475.
Jesse, W., 389.

Johns, C. A., 431.
Johnson, F. W., 412.
Johnson, J., 414.
Johnston, G., 387.
J.T.C., 466.

J. W.., 385.

K., 404.

Kent, R., 427.

Kerr, W. J., 452, 455, 458, 460.

Kidd, W., 394.

Kinahan, G. H., 427.

Kinahan, J. R., 421, 424, 428,

King, E. L., 436.

Knapp, J. L., 421.

Knight, V., 452.

Knox, A. E., 404,
455.

418, 416, 424,

| Knox, H. B., 431.

Kriiper, T., 425.
iL.

Lakes, J., 383.

Laishley, R., 426.
Lambert, E., 371.

Lamek, A., 402.

Latham, J., 366.

Leach, W. E., 375.

Lee, R., Mrs., 420.

Lees, E., 452.

Legge, W. V., 436, 439, 443.
Leigh, C., 362, 363.

Leith, G. H., 420.

Lesson, R. P., 379, 381.
Lewins, R., 418.

Ley, C., 445.

Leyland, R., 381.

Lhwyd, E., 363.
Lingwood, R. M., 393, 400.
Lister, T., 425, 452, 458, 460.
Lloyd, J. W., 458.

Lord, T., 368.

Lord, W.., 391.

Low, G., 375.

Lubbock, R., 408, 470,
Lucas, W.., 417.

Luff, W. A., 458.

i.

McCoy, F., 408.

Macgillivray, J., 400, 401, 406.
Macgillivray, W., 377, 393, 394, 400.
Main, J., 383.

Malan, S. C., 414, 476.

x

“PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM. 481

Mansel-Pleydell, J. C., 460.

Markwick, W., 368, 371.

Marshall, J. D., 391, 393.

Marsham, H. P., 466.

Marsham, R., 366.

Martin, B., 864.

Martin, M., 362, 373, 376, 389, 471.

Mathew, G. F., 445, 452, 455, 460, |
463, 467.

Mathew, M. A., 426, 427, 443, 447,
452, 455, 460, 463, 467.

Maton, W. G., 371.

Matthews, A., 417, 419.

Matthews, H., 417.

Mawson, G., 437.

Mennell, H. T., 458.

Meerett, C., 361, 363, 471.

Meyer, H. L., 391, 402, 403, 415.

Miller, S. H., 469.

Milner, W. M. E., 412, 415, 426.

Mitchell, D. W., 399.

Monk, T. J., 443.

Montagu, G., 371, 372, 373, 375, 384,
439, 440, 475.

Montgomery, R..T., 422.

Moor, E. C., 443, 452.

Moore, E., 396.

Moray, R., 362.

More, A. G., 417, 421, 426, 427, 429,
431, 487, 477.

Morris, L. R., 389, 410, 417, 424.

Morris, F. O., 389, 391, 412, 419, 437,
477.

Mosley, O., 410, 447.

M. P., 385, 386.

Mudie, R., 401.

Mummery, 8., 401, 402, 406.

N.

Nash, J., 378.

Newman, E., 408, 415, 427, 430, 432, |
434, 443, 447, 455, 458, 463, 467, 476, |
477. See also Rusticus.

Newman, H. W., 419, 420, 426, 427,
429, 431, 482, 434, 435.

Newton, A., 406, 408, 410, 413, 415,
417, 421, 443, 4535, 468.

Newton, E., 409.

Nicholls, U., 413, 440, 467.

Nicholls, H., Jr., 435, 440.

Nicholls, J., 384.

Norgate, T. P., 437.

Norman, A. M., 421.

Norman, G., 432, 445,

°.

Ogilby, W.., 458.
Orde, J. W. P., 427.
Overend, J. G., 443.
Owen, Richard, 410.

P.

Paget, C. J., 389.
Pagot, J., 389.

Paine, T., Jr., 399, 406.

Proce. Nat. Mus. 79

Palmer, J. E., 463.

Peachey, W., 406.

Pennant, T., 364, 365, 374, 472.
Pickard-Cambridge, O., 422, 455.
Pike, W., 463.

Pilly, J. B., 463.

Pithie, —, 381.

Pitt, W., 376.

| Plot, R., 362.

Poole, J., 409.

Power, F. D., 437, 447, 458.
Power, G. E., 452.

Power, W. H., 440.
Powys, T. L., 419, 421, 422, 424.
Pratt, J., 440.

Prentice, C., 413.

Preston, T. A., 432, 437.
Prideaux, C., 420.

Prior, C. M., 467.
Pulteney, I., 872, 473.

R.

Rake, B., 430.
Rakes, T. B., 429.

Ransom, J., 433, 435, 437, 447.
Rawlinson, W. G., 435.
Reading, J. J., 433.

Reaks, H., 431.
Reeks, H., 437.

| Reece, G., 411.
Richardson, R., 363.

Rickards, M.S. C., 452, 463.
Roberts, A., 422, 421, 427, 429.
Roberts, G., 433, 437, 440, 443, 445,
447, 452.
Robinson, T., 363.
tobson, J., 422.
Rocke, J., 487, 440, 455.

Rodd, E. H., 404, 417, 419, 421, 422, |

426,427, 429, 431, 433, 435, 457, 440,

443, 445, 447, 450, 452, 456, 460, 465, |

467, 469.
Todd, F. R., 456.
Rogers, F’., 426.
Rogers, I., 437, 448, 456.
Rope, G. 'T., 458, 460.

| Rowe, J. B., 433.
| Row, W. II., 409.

Rowley, G. D., 427, 429, 430, 431,
435, 440, 450, 460, 463, 469, 470.
Rudd, T.S., 407.
Rusticus (Newman, E.], 386, 387,
415.
lutty, J., 365.

Ss.

St. John, C., 411, 413, 476.

Salmon, J. D., 382, 386, 389, 393, 396,
404,

Salvin, O., 453, 469, 470.

Saunders, H., 440, 443.

Saville, J. P., 429.

Saville, S. P., 435.

Saxby, H. L., 432, 485, 440, 447, 453, |

461.

o1

Saxby, S. H., 460, 467.

Sclater, J., 458, 461, 463, 467.

Sclater, P. L., 409, 461, 469, 470.

Seott, W. R., 409, 417.

S. D. W., 391.

Selby, P. J., 377, 379, 380, 383, 384,
387, 391, 393, 397, 398, 407, 474, 475.

Sharp, C., 375, 419.

Shepherd, C. W., 426.

Sheppard, R., 380, 382.

Shewell, J., 482.

Sibbald, R., 362, 363, 372.

Simmonds, T. W., 373.

Simpson, M., 456.

Skaite, J., 399.

Skertchley, S. B. J., 469.

Sladen, KE. H. M., 411.

Slaney, R. A., 3387, 475.

Slaney, W. H., 426.

Smee, A. I., 447, 450, 453, 456, 458,
463.

Smith, A. C., 421, 440.

Smith, Cecil, 433, 457, 440, 443, 447,
450, 453, 456, 458, 461, 463, 467.

Smith, H. E., 435, 443, 467.

Smith, James, Jtev., 413, 415, 418,
420.

Smith, J. A., 420, 424, 429, 431, 433.

Smith, R. B., 4383.

Smurthwaite, H., 426.

Southall, W., 463.

Southwell, T., 450.

Spencer, T., 453.

Spicer, J. W. G., 423.

| Stafford, W., 458.

Stanley, J., 382, 383.

Sterland, J. W., 447.

Stephenson, J. W., 421.

Stevenson, H., 424, 425, 427, 428,
429, 431, 432, 435, 437, 440, 441, 443,
444, 445, 447, 450, 453, 456, 458, 461,
464, 467, 468.

Stewart, J. V., 386.

Stowell, H. A., 432.

Strickland, A., 415.

Stubbs, C., 433. °

Stubbs, C. E., 437.

Stubbs, E. C.. 447.

Subscriber, 386, 387.

Sweet, R., 378.

Sweetapple, E., 450.

| Syme, P., 378.

T.

Tate, G., 447, 448.
Taylor, N., 444.
Templeton, Lv., 397.

| T. G[oatley]., 884, 386, 475,

T. G. (bis), 387, 475.

Thomas, F. E., 407.

Thomas, M. W. B., 423.

Thomas, W.., 461.

Thompson, T., 432, 450.

Thompson, W., 387, 389, 391, 397,
399, 400, 401, 402, 407, 409, 411, 418,
415, 417, 420, 421. _

482 PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM.

Thorncross, T., 409.

Thurn, E. F. Im, 450.

T. K(nox]., 386, 475.

Tracy, J., 418.

Trevelyan, W. C., 400.

Tuck, E. J., 425, 426.

Tuck, J. G., 450, 456, 458, 461, 464,
468.

Tuck, T. G., 453, 456.

Tunstall, M., 365, 471, 472.

Turnbull, W. P, 433, 444.

Turton, W., 373.

Tyrer, R., 438.

U.
Ussher, R. J., 428.

Vv.
Varley, J., 432.
Verner, W. W.., Jr., 448.
'Vigors, N. A., 379, 382.

Ww.
Walcott, J., 366, 367, 473.
Walker, F. A., 453.
Walker, J.S., 426.

Walker, T. C., 445.

Walker, T. E., 450.

Wallis, H. M., 468.

Wallis, J., 364.

Walton, C., 441.

Warner, R., 370.

Warren, R., 426.

Warren, R., Jr., 429.

Waterton, C., 384.

Watters, J. J., 421, 477.

Wayne, W. H., 418.

Weir, J. J., 458.

Webb, J. L., 415.

Wharton, T. H., 469.

Wheeler, R. F., 451.

Wheelwright, H. W., 420, 477.

Whitaker, J., 461, 464, 468.

Whitaker, J., Jy., 453, 456, 458.

White, G., 367, 368, 370, 372, 375,
377, 379, 382, 383, 386, 388, 389, 390,
391, 393, 394, 400, 402, 403, 404,409,
413, 420, 422, 423, 424, 427, 428, 429,
445, 451, 464, 468, 469, 470, 474, 476,
477.

Whites, W. H., 384,

Whitear, W., 380, 382.
W. H. S[laney], 411, 476.
Williamson, W. C., 393, 397, 399.
Willoughby, S., 404.
Wilson, J., 402.
Wilson, J. C., 428.
Winter, W. S. P., 458.
Wise, J. R., 433.
W.J{ardine], 382, 474.
W.-L., 397.
Wolley, J., 418, 476.
Wonfor, T. W., 448.
Wood, N., 398, 394, 397.
Wrigley, J. W., 464.
xX.
X. Y. Z. [t. e., Duncan, G.], 384,
475.
Y.
Yarrell, W., 379, 380, 381, 383, 384,
394, 397, 404, 409, 425, 453.
Young, G., 376.
Z.
Z. Z., 383.

INDEX.

Page.
Abbott, Dr. C.C...... pecan etre eee aceon ss 323
ZN) JOAN eo SS GappodeeS Soo uceBpeEBod 40
Dkecaememeemtee cles eeisicsiasilsc =a 40
pall Ver ase ettatee em erates siactomsaa iar 40
bj onkaeemececsesss cae. aces aclece 40
VALIMD Biesetsnise cisteieni='=leleininiein\eisici=ainle 40
INGRRUMGTE) dscrdcnasseccorbedHecdoCDGDEObeEee 1
PACaM el ee sep eam cieecieaele -ceacieasiea\ainiee sine 189
ENCAN DNAS Ville aAnis! esc oeancee casein 43
PAtcantholabrusiexOletus)...c0- s-s2s- m= <0 24
Acanthopsis tenia ......-- beeen seo: 41
PAC ATIBNOSULACION pee snan-ciece ese oe 264, 265, 266, 268
Holy Poniusiecseses sees = 278
PACEMIn COMM dees ese eae ae aaeacleeicc cise =.
CHUB GZOM esc eens een. oo oa 29
SVU OAT See retarstrelereeleleinteaiviem ena 29
PA CenVlaMia = ess sa. son's [2 ete nisiviee ='2 a1ai= =, <= 255
AOIUNCHLVA esses ese onic = 254, 255 |
PAG DUTUVESPIMCA EUS eee reese cinocte|-\a/alelo/e a=. so. L110) 123
FAICIPEM SCM se .a- sane sccjecinwceeanians 42, 120
BACHE 1: SC Re mete teeta lela eees- fa inies srerletciieiaee yan 120
AIRC CHM Weta peateroteteeiare[siselaia afertsiosiers 42
PUENGNUS = sa acini <elsistieieeisicevicet= i=
SHUTIOl asec sea ci-eecesce ees 42
PAvem se atestua@imali seas essa case <\eiiemoae'== 230
PACT OCLINUS ject sere oe fei = aro allele) =fa)=sa= = 256
PN CUNO ZOU Ameen R eee one Creme eee ene eecaere 255
AChOMISCUS elliptiCuss=seasse= erat eeea=eae 157, 164
PAB Say CONCHATUNN = acisysiacas aselsemels anei-leiaiei= 161
GMIAR MIN a beaters ialols ose seyalele eee era 161
SOLD ee eerie aceasta saee 161, 164, 165, 228
A cathoaloligines) 2225 =< ess ese aise =e 161, 164
ADgialitis cantiana var. Nivosa..........---- 251
PAN um Chitihys "MATIN |= 2225 a <rteins == alaiei= =i 119
PEO DAtIS MARINATE = = <1 rere ecieietsceinicieise aie 120
PAP OSSIAN Metta atic ia ccs bysis 6 ciajels 35, 38, 39, 155
Ageleus pheeniceus var. gubernator ..-.--- 249
HL COLO Re a = «aise eee cne aes eae 249 |
POTS meee cei ciniccie seas cisins cslnieeecinjaniae% 58 |
ANO POS ets etiejseiss ae wie ls ses e.cisiche -)-/2 e/a G1
PACE ONC Domai slortetatseinta stave isiete ks) \o Cishois’a.cicieiseisi= 22, 328
FAUPONO PSIG yatamatelsisisisteteieeisisieis catsia/ssinie e's a's = 28
PANS OTS +o serve shaisislelalseletstarcl= tisraiciwiawiareicisebonet 829
cCataphractusijaec asses sien cee ciee ss: 22, 328
Alaska, New genera and species of fishes
PLOMY esse Saeco eee s at cee se dseeccs 353
PAU OAR AIPESULIS teste eas eciine secs “isin os x 52, 53
PAU lawl peste ances nayreonscc sews. ost ecick 119
PAST MUR one asaters s aaieteisie ate cic Stale eon vis se winie tS
Alburnusjallborellars.se22acses<<ie-< ose c2enne 41
MUCIMUSP ssc sisies cosets cl ates n's 41
FALGYOnICIUM TAaMOSUIM -eass22scsdescces ace 232
BCU TUT ee ates ste tateterals lela le oss 188
A CYONIUMEACASSIZII 2 see. eee see assesses 203

carneum ........-.199, 200, 201, 203, 229 | Anarrhichas

42 |

29 |

Page.
Aleyonium digitatum .....--. Bele telat 199
CO CN EMIS sere semen ae 203
glomeratum .--..-.----.-------=- 200
MI OT Tepe ate eretelaiial ere ie oleate 200
MUL tAOMUM eee ieee r= eee 200
PMG CtRYOULa eanae sos sess esta mice ait ote)- eine 293
Alepocephalus) a2. ccc. cicqneccisitwasizn==\--- 55
rostratus ...--..-- Se eee 55
Bairdi, new species, descrip-
ClONO Lemar pete nese eer 55
received from Mr. Christian
LOUIS OTe tee arse ieritarela 55
taken on Grand Banks...... 55
AL OPECIIOEe sess e ee ecinice r= e's eae ern 120
Alopias vulpes ..---..-----------3-=-------- 120
PA OS ate he poets elete setele i= stele stares
Sap lCisS1M deca sete seein emits 119, 152
PAT bOLA SCH Oe Lik sya eeat stacey seater 109, 122
SCLUP tose tec eine eee iia iI-inlala 109
Amber-fish, Description of new species - --- 48
Ambloplites rupestris ...-.---------------- 14
PAim ID] VO pS acess se seen see eral 349
American fishes in British Museum, Noteson 218
in Museum d'Histoire Natu-
LEME MBaris eee sales eet 218
UArn ay (Calva secs a rsiseisla iste ane minnie ia tated arate 120
PATTI Sen eaee ete cele cia strats (slereiaiele here mite te leet = ietalate 120
/Ammithti eas oocadse choouncguencommeesecoes: 286, 502
aD dtish=e oscereae eas see elemtmetat- i a4
Due OSes secs eee ree eee 304
erebennuslssase ose oo 119
MIG oonscecesose doe 119, 287, 288
Amiurus ponderosus. New species of, from
ther Mississippi sca- cee seis i= later 286, 288
PATIMMIOCCRTCS! 2a scee ele este tale sal relate ayia tatoo 43
Ammodytid#.....-..2+---------22---------- 18
Ammodytes tau ...--..--------+--+---------= 18
tObINUS Ses sesso a= ela 18
FELCLISSIM Aes oe ele sia eiaeteloinietai= 18
Ammopleurops lacteus..-----------------+: 12
Amorcecium pellucidum. ....------.---.---- 231
SsucllabuMi sseee seer -lstel-15 = 231
constellatom\rssessaeis-e ee eae 23
NAb CLISGAi Seo orerepea steer aininet ela a iatnlntsfaiatele 349
Amphipnous cuckia.......--.-------------- 324
Amphiporus’ 2. -- <2 <)-scee-s 9 = 3-55 ane 183
DOTS pe sete ea ea eee sete 183
cruentatus ....---------------- 184
(actiOreuse see sae ele ieer 184
ul Ch eres etre eee eee trate 183
TOS GU Seca se iecete=laroie tein iate tetoltat= 183
SIMPSON soe eet een cele ae ia 184
FAN aChis av aliens see ae ease cee seco ae eo
PAN aTroOtGhaGidee seer eeee saree Reema ae 19
Bese iee nen aa aneee ies 212

484 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Anarthichas, key to the species of.....-..-...- 217 | “Ascidia inomata™.scs-scceceseeeneete ne sees 196
notes on species of the genus 213-217 MONMS. oo. Sonne n= een ose Cen eee ee 231
synonymy of the species of.... 218 | Ascidiopsis complanata .....-......---...-- 231
denticalatus.---- ---c+<ssss- 218| Asellidee _ s.c2.222cscceenscosesccecceeseeee 161
LARCIALUS) <2 - seo eee ae seers 218 | Asellodes alta -.5..- .2scc-cenenciccesenseecce 158
lepturus, new species, descrip- Aspidophoroides monopterygius..-..------- 46
AHO OR es es eae eee eer = 212°| Aspiusalburnus<.o-00s-s5 seeeseeeee eee 40
received from Alaska...--...-.-- 212' | Astacilla americana --..<2-.-205---02-=e5¢ 161
latifronss.cccscos-censaetee sa 214, 218 PTI a tae see eee 161, 164, 165
We ME) Sesnseshscssscossese 218) || Astarteundata 22.2.2 -e2—2- eee eee moe 231
JepluruS*scees sees ene 213,214 | Asterias Korbesii:j--.-.2--cs-cess-sescee ee 229
LUPUS eects eg-setleosee aac 214, 218, 219 Stelion untae s see. co eee ease oe 229
MINOT eae eee eens 218 Vulgaris: 26 id oececen coe 229
Onientalis.:. oc. -comcssoca+ -s-elo;olo | A sterioldeso— o- 5) seen Soe eee 229
pantherimMusiee sce ssee eee see 218) |) Aistrochele bymanien= oases see seen 2038
TOMEI US seen eaa eee 218 | Astrophyton’ Alcassizit- 2220-2. --seen eee eee 229 ©
(Lycichthys) latifrons.....-.--- 218 Lamarckii ......-03.0s=-5-s5 203
PAnas DOSCNAS) aon ccsece see seer eee nian 251) | Astroscopus: =2s--sessoce-cee crc os eee 58
FANCEUS AMERICANUS =-— 20066 sce-eceseeceres 162 anoplus). 63252 seceesseeens 58, 59, 60, 62
PANIGIS ULL iUcete alesis oe islatetate alate alee abate alee aa 180 Eastern United States spevies
Cy Ree tee 181 Of < ose 25ech Secs ce ee oseeee eee 57
Gapillayi See. see ee eee 181 Pane essa necesboooesAasosec 61
Ancylopsetta quadrocellata .......----.---- 126 Y-O0ee COM eee ee eset 57, 58, 59
PAM Pel -fSh) c= coco ee sats nee caress esecme 276 |. Astyris\lunata). £222 -ccasceccaestee sess oe 230
PAM Gril a; DOSCONIGRSIS eee = ase eee a= aaa 154)| Attherina Boy Grice ===. -ces-<e— ene - 30
Anguillatyrannus..-.....--------+-. eee 154 hepsetus). -. 22-6. Sc cesoscemceeaces 30
WiLL SOS eens eee neal ee 42, 120, 154 presbyter) :22225c5.-5.- 5322s oeaeee 30
PASH SON L Caos Ses ete a aeleete eee a etait 120, 154 URI SSO 1 eee eee ieee eee 30
Animal heat of fishes, Experiments onthe. 306 Velicanae-2stse.2 bocce ce orcese 342, 345
Anisotremus virginicus .........--..--.---- TPAD | ASUS 00 0 28 erate tere ratte rte 30, 116, 148, 299, 342
PAMITIGLIC eee See ARE Eee ce nison cere 165, 166 1| Aticins, CsGs sees oo pacer eere eee ene nee 67
Chmtopod ser eesese shea ene toe 228 | Atkins’s stickleback, Description of..-...... 67
PATIOTIIAN GUL OR baie = atal=lsiela wialsinl a etnlele stale 231 | Autolytus ornatus.............-.......-.--- 170
PANT PE MLNS EU OLS ee eens sae einen 109 B
Antennarius annulatus: ..----..--5.<. .2.-- 109 7
pleurophthalmus............-. 109 | Baird, Prof. S. F..51, 117, 118, 148, 151, 165, 283, 286,
PATI IASISACOL emcee cates eee ieee 28 | 326, 335, 340
BACH Gh Gl Aaa apnea te eia late atieta ee oe ate eeeatalte 199 | Bairdiella argyroleuca ...........----- 113, 131, 189
STAN GOLA cia om eae etee ae re 199 punctate. hese eee ees * 43
BACT ILO 20) Case ote eae es Se ieee eae 165, 229,198 | Baird’s Alepocephalus, description of..-.--- 55
PAM GNA HLAC HALA oerete = ininlel=lnlole'tel> soe tala 162 received from Mr.
RSID EN ot tee ete 162 Christian Johnson 55
TO Ee etal 162 taken on Grand
PATE HUIS iGO VATS (eters setalsta tate elem ore alelel tao 53 Banks -c.eescsesee 55
TICHALO eee cclosecemes cae steeteet 52, 58,54. | Bakeri@.)Bocssseeo-sbac cone cee seer 128, 133, 156
Aphododeride -...---.----------..--------- Ji4 | ‘Balanus balanoides:..--c222---=--" -a=eeeee 228
Aphododerus sayanus ......--------------- 114: | ‘Balistes|capriscus: .2--s-scsse-sccseen saree 109, 122
Aphoristia plagiusa ...--.. 2-2. -ccccewece ene 110 VOUUaS 8s i cawanenocs ase 109
ANTNNIGE 2 peso he ssSeseneobeecdeosecassosose 41" *Balistidss to ecte ttcece ce -coeeen acces 10, 109, 122, 333
Apogon rex-mullorum........-.-------.---- 29) || Barbus Bocsei 22s... cee eedaee eee 38
Apogonichthys americanus. ...-..----.----- 115 COMIZA 255.52. sscseecneeereaens 38
PATS bella ODalINat- fs ssceeae eee meee eaals antlale 228 OQUGS ©... 2 eos sane eee 38
PATACAN A cites Sctine sacs eee ccm cme 261, 264 fluviatilis’A- 3s eee ee re eee 38
Arbacia punctulata ..........--.----------- 229 Dlebejugt3 4c. 5. seco econ eee 38
SATCHBOCIAATIS some ose sine eee ae Seay 252,'260:|, Bastards’). ...c2.c¢0 sscme obec e eee eee 35
dininnil.. 2 ica. eccs.cecencste04, 200) || Vbatrachidsa:. o-eeeeae cere eee eee 110, 127, 334
Archaster tenuispinus........-.------.----- 203: "| Batrachtis:: -25.c<sccenaecasceeo eee eeee ene 334
Archosargus probatocephalus ......--..--- 1138, 133 CLYPlOCentrus| eens eee 33:
Ardea Nerodiaseas .-deces s-eemeeccc sca desiane 251 GronOyvil = -- pease eae ee eee 334
Argentina hebridica..............-...------ 33 pardus ss .seerss- coser eee ee 336
Giolaiagient: 665 ssesccoogssounesdaer 33 UAL oes ee neiateeteere 110, 127, 336, 337, 345
Argyreiosus setipinnis .................---- 26 | Bean, Tarleton H -..10, 31, 55, 57, 63, 67, 73, 121, 156,
VOM GD eeeitciennieceisisnatacineiaerate 111 205, 212, 284, 286, 302, 333, 353
FATTO DSISUOUS See een ease eae ase eee 119)154) 343) “Belone, hians occ. cecem eee eee cere 116
Artedius quadriseriatus ........--.---...... 330 JabiMmanUs sees eee ease e eee 116

INDEX. A85
Page. Page.
Belone, longirostris .....-.... werscecisss 31, 116,150 | Bugula fastigiata............ Scale cece snes 189
notata..... Ei Acee ean ieae aac cestetsec 116, 151 Alexilis= = scecesssmneestceemscessee es 189
VTC PUTS ers era eels slo cite cieeisiniseae 31 fllustroid eseceasee = seis eee eee 189
BelOMiele ee serie as oes aiseet=cicvseies ae 31, 116, 150 MUTTACANG |... neice seca -ee le eee LOO oe
Bergen Museum. .20, 24, 29, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 38, 39 plumosaseetecce ssa coacs wenecegece 189
BES G Ipy CL CD eerste ry astestale sieinieftnieyeiaieieve sie at sie inielcles = 26, 112 GUT TO Sere ya eleretein eters eteiettere/eaieisie sister 232, 189
IBeryexisPlOndens psec ac icee ances sass scicsicies 26 amb ellay cer wie Seas lasnes saiaisise terse 189
Birds, Migrations and nesting habits of, | bugulopsiscs.. 2-2 sooo secs ence seer 190
Dies Ge ORS been Sale aiao mn 2iere sieiseisisioss oie: =ia'e/< 241 | Buteo borealis var. calurus.........--..-.-- 251
IBiniiUMeni enn Messe ee assis sees. 21 = 230 ”
BIACMMIPS Sn Wircciacecciccsceece cs -ba> 299, 298, 295 Cc
Bleckor ww lerecsere cer see sections sect sk 263 ‘
Blend ieee sseeece rete eceseeeeasescsecer cs 19/110") ‘Caberea Hisit 222.5. 522ani- se ctseccieee eee 232
BLENMIUS AN TICOLMISIEEAEE ce eeeeeeee ess oes nce 19 | California, New genera and species of fishes
DASISCUS ese nceaceceece eae seca cce 1G MR ILOM | 52. e ee nomen em cece nae ene 326
Palenibaeeenettecsacine Son icisiscivsise 19) |sCallinectes Hastatuss-----e-2-2> esse ee eons 227
ocellarisnecscicscenacisasacss cessicae 19 | Callion yimid2 e faccs coda ccioses Soe 20
palmicaristecca.ce ne seea es cca esi 19) 4) Callionymus festivus: --ereecceeneecriesseee 20
tTIPIOIdES! jae se aalsamemcicaici-= s e's 19 Ayr aioe ecole aerate ne eee 20
VARUS er eeie ee lentieicics sec seaccss 19 MACULAtUSy sacra sean e sees 20
Blephanisicninitus eee aseee essen eater see 112 | Morrisonii .....--..-...--..--- 20
BliccatarcyNol GU Cw sete sae iaisi=- =\<1-/= 40m Callistaz convex. sciasicincetssasiceite ceceeee 231
by OC a eRee eee eee aaeen ceciioze- Agu @allanrusdolLomicumes-esesecsecteseeseee ee 219
Bodianus achi Pan === sae cessie ese ae = 200" Cay pberanin c0 teres calelae ate 211-1 = ais easietateeraieiete 250
Mallidtsiseeeeecenclace ce Seee ose eos 139 | Campostoma anomalum --:--2-.-.2-----+-2- 300
IBoleosomaetiul censa-eemeeee cece aee cent ces 935. || (Cancer/borealis: -ssasesase 6 aoaaseee =e eee 227
Bolocera multicomis).+----2-2--24---s--2-- 198 | ALTOVA LUIS se aim tenet maaan aces 227
BTV te arse eee te eh DOW Candarettnc. ceecmee cane wae oe arte enees 190
Bolten ays Ol tense eer ny es 231 | Campanularia flexuosa .........----------- - 230
Bonaparte Collection, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24,25, | Cantharus hneatus.-.......-----.+----+----- 26
26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 36, 37, 38,39 | Cantharus ranuda...-......---.........--.- 26
MB OPV VLG Bote rate sia ate ete ata n= heya Stel crass 157 Gapride ines -sae sleet eeeee ° 26
BopyLus/abaominalisssa..ssceessessseee sane T5Sb CAPLOS) ACL cas ne cneeeeh ea eracemeeriaeseiserts 26
MV SICUM aac sac ee scesac see eecieae 159 Caran eidse= i. <5 scceselenisine ieee 25, 111, 129, 339
Boreocottusiaxillarisssss.5s2s-s-ssceeeaece B59 Caraneoides| Ci <n oe yecere-inre alg ele atel<leretetalaiat= 112
IB pihusmhomboldessseseseseee eee ee eee 14 Caran cops fal catus ies -i sc. nails claciee= eee 112
Bouyllus|GOul Glisssseees eee ae ee ae 931 | Carangus chrysos ---.-...----..--...--...--- 112
Bo xssalpaiee scores scicce aa aee ees ae 27 hippos. ..-..-----.----.---.---- 112, 129
VIS APIS) 28 capes a ce eeecmeeseomenceaess 26 DIS(UCLUS se siere emer eeeeeee eee 339
Brachiopoda Be Sol Nae ats Saleen a es eee eee eels 232 WCaranxsdentex ..:: 28. 0h..0.2-1c-os-s eee 26
Brady, Henry Bicnaascecine sess 2 seeesn eee 291 pisquetos .....-.--.------------++-- 339
STAIN) Lee meee ooh tate secs ee ne ee ts 112 trachurus.....+..+-------------+--- 25
Branchiostoma Tebrccn Pies ee St eee j21 | Carassius gibelio........-......--.--.------ 37
lanceolatum .--.-.....-...-- 44 linmai..---+-----+-----+++-++----- 37
Brancmostomldcesenssc sess ae eease eee 44, 121 Vulgaris .--. 26.2.0. s eee 27 e= 37
Brevoortia patronus..........--.---2------ 156,151 | Carboniferous invertebrate fossils, New
CyLanNUspte teers ke eee 119 EINORES 0) Ra asepencenosocssoq socono seeeneds 252
ISTO WEr eee e ae tei veda ore ete 1 | Cardiuin 22.2 seoescecleesets 1 aoe aoe 291, 292
IBTIATO LIN see ae aac he Sale 199 | kansasense® --2--- ---=1-'< === 297
STANCIMOT MMs eeeres ese sacen sees elOO | speciosum. ..-...-+-.-------------- 291
British Museum .............- 21, 24, 26, 27, 29,32 | Carelophus Ascanii.........--..-..---..--- 19
Notes on types of American Carpodacus frontalis var. rhodocolpus. .... 247
fishes in.........- eer 1p O18) | MC Dap hTACUL = yearn eels ee ae ae ae eee 269
IBrosmMusayul carisee assesses eee eee es cecicce 17 | Cattish, A new, from the Mississippi River. 286
Bryttus punctatus eer NOS eee te oe 904) || Canlolatilus'chrysops!—--- 2-5-2. 5-0. sess e 131
Tonicuiniusperees soot ce s.P ee 224 | IACTOPE = 222-22 - 22a eceewesare 131, 156
UMN COLOR EM eee eae ae ca steeoncken o04e Colle parcliayersseeeer ra tsesee =n e een en eee 193
BUD ORIN AIMS eesenaeece cesses sacs icte<=s 250 | Celle porariay aera eereemmnieen earn sa 196
PE ICCINUMalINe DOMINNee oeeeee eee cae conic 9500 |e Cellnlariat -ooscaccaceaaseece moet seer 187, 190
Buchananwle ses es= ni oops 28 Ea ge eae a 322 1 NE Seer oonnondonssacesadeocos 190
ISM scas5os6ce ce a ee 189 Peachil 2. ccccnssosseecsesceeceses 190
AWA CULT gae ce wiclaietes ot eciece eal Sees 189 SCaDtdie seeeeaee see see eee ets 190
CUCUM Abas cote o ee cee cee 188 SCEUPOSS asses eee ae areal see eee 190
MeCorata a acicccscecscocseecceeenense 188 termatas sssecssasee ee eee ee 190, 282
flabellata, coam seis osseclcnicsaeeelse woes 189) [PC ellulanid Dos = cewisem saa ceeen so sek cleeateae 189

486 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Wentanruste2sce.cs sence ce Siesta eee a64 | Chondrostoma..................- ececcescers 220
Contrarchidss:=- 55240 he eae meer 114, 138, 284 gardonenmn.---eeeeeee eee ey OD
Centridermichthys uncinatus .--..-.....--. 23, 46 polylepis ...... stitenrecettons 40
Centriscids 22:22 .52ccscosenaee ates seeeeeeee 81 | Chromis:.--- -2.c2-c scctecosascceete eee eee 323
WentriSCUs 2 \-/1a-. nj-ae'se na else eee ates ere 31 | Chrysomitris lawrencii.......-...-/.---... ee,
Centronotus gunellus ...-. See e eee eee 18 Psaltria'\s2 =.=. --eeeeee eee 247
Centropomids) =. 32: J2as22--22 2 4eee Seer 115 tristis 22S. Secs cees eee 247
?Centropomus undecimalis ........-...-.-.- 1 5n| @Cibotion: -- see sees eee eee 263, 264, 265, 268
Centropristaatrarius.- 5-2-2 .-=0--eees == 115,145: | ‘Cicatricosus <.s1s2nc-s-e=sseee Sone eee 70
Centropristis subligarius ..-............... 1457)" Cichlarvariabilis's-ses-seee-eeeere eee 220, 221, 224
Wephalopodaierce<cc- saan ee seem eee eee 230 | Cicus cyaneus var. hudsonius ..-.......-..- 251
Gephulonterids -eesseat cone ciacee eee eee 120, 155 | Cirolana concharum......-...-......+----- 161, 164
Cepolairopescens ese. se seiaese scenes sacee 30 polita G2 222 -<2 seco eee 164
SOG 11 Ses ee ee eee 30 | Cirostoma peninsule .......-...---2.------- 116
Cepon, distortus® 2.522 oes oeeee occ eee ees 157 VASANG .2.5seecsses oe eee LG
Ceratacanthus aurantiacus ................ LGlS | 8Cirrisomus Spenrlericessese eee eee eee 109
erat Chul y Se saeene menses teen tace ee 226 testudineus)~..~ (ess -e esses LOD
amblopss-scas-eseseeneees 226, 238, 239 turPidus’s 3-2 sceeseneneeeeee 109, 122
Dien Giabiseeee see eee eee 238,239) "Cirostomi 222: 225-2 Seen eeoe eee eee 44
CMO Fle ec SoapormosocosSo0bs 226°)“ Citharichthys\soasc-es-> soc -ec eee esecseee 71, 82, 83
TUGENS! See ae coat ccs eens me teoos | MicrostOMUS) Sees-e-5e-e-e ess 123
salleet 2.2: knksesiccneserstescie - 226 SOrdidUS'.a- ce cecemeneeceee 83
BYMIN ERICA eapeee nee tania 238 | Spllopterus = -cesc=seesceeees 110, 123
Ceratocephale Loveni ...-..-..--- Sree eee 173") *@ladarhizaoran(lissesese sesso eee aeee a aeeee 204
Wiebsterii-a-.-secsseee cose ee 125 n@laric de Hse eee ee eee 335
Ceratoptera binostrisees-eeeeseeer eee eee 120,155 | Clidiophara trilineata .........-- Sop ances 230
Cerébratulus ingens. ee -cceasee eo sseeleses nen e228 UOUNIS aroentatise sees = sseiee sees ae eee = 19
Tari dus eee anee ees eres - 186 | Cliola nigrotweniata.---cosscscesscscesaseess 226
TOSGUISWeesi= sees e eee eee 229) Cliona sulphureasescere cena een nec aee ee 232
Cheenobryttus gulosus'-.--..-.-.<------5- 56 284 | Chitellionrronataees seem ane eee eee 22
Vile CS weleeenern sete erates 114 Clupea hareneus:.:5...2-252 255 j.cseecenes <i 36
Cheenopsetta melanogaster ...........- piacere mbod: pilvhardus: 2223 << no2cesmcee seis ace 36
OCeMAaris) ssceccccceecsessjen2 a. 124 Sardinga...s55o-=-<ncner- ces Seisiten ees 37
C@hretodon: vittatus,<ce.ccece-cnc-cnccesesaes 25 SPLAULUS Tee ence ee ee eee eee 37
Chetod0ntid’ <2 saeco nseos sete oe ea eeene sees ADT CO lop eld se) seen geese eters 36, 115, 119, 151, 343
C@hetoonathy, 2252 <esc.0c sem sias ses a atoeacciatele 228 | Clymenella torquata. .7- ~~ <2 eceeciemae-ea ae 228
CheturaVyauslise moat ecies se eanes S50 Cobitis tani ane eeseeee eee eee eee 41,
C@halinioculatarn. =. \asccatesere saenee cls 232 | Codoma eurystoma..-..-....--------------- 239
Chapala Lake, Mexico, Fishes from .....-.. 298 | Coffre triangulaire a quatre épines .-.-..-...-. 279
Chapink eet oeciccscmiaccsweaecisoe ster 211, 274, 275,276 | Colaptes mexicanus -.-.--..--...-..-----cs- 250
@harocodon.-:-cs2ss---enestecee serene B00) | ColletteR aaa yon o 20NoIno2, Dano saos moles:
Ghelurag sc: os ce eee ae _.--163, 232, 233, 234 36, 37
destructoree: -e.ciesese ese se eee 235 | Collins, Capt. Joseph W)s--------2-. cose cee 44
PONGCS Seaaccens a oeeeneee ee eeees 234, 235 | Columba fasciatazw.saas--s-2ee ss cea eeeeee 251
eLeULANS ee saa saens ee esses 233,204,200, || Conger mordasss--2s5-- sense: eee ee eae 154
Occurrence of, on United OCCANIGH ses e nae slemiccia ce sl pete iets 120
States coast........-... 232 Wall Av 8 Sees == seem nana eee 41
(WhiOd Iptenid Denne se see ae oa elec eee 29NI15 | Congridssress--sotereeesane cee eee 22, 41, 120
Chilomycterns geometricus ......-----109, 122, 333 | Contopus richardsonii.....-..-.--.----.---- 249
Chimera monstrosa .........--------------- Ave G@Ooopel cin Gea see aaa eee rae 64, 242, 283
Clini Gert Bee ome S so copeueotcnashocobaesr onc ADS COpe ye LOLeSSO Wee aaa tee ete aie eee 145, 225
@hinid oteaicosGaeeess nesses es se eee 159, 165 | Coreronidss 252s. o2-'5-cesee nee see soeee 33
STEEDS) Werte etele ee tee eet 159)}165 | Coregonus albula —--5 5 Soe esenneccncee cen 34
Chirostoman sae senses eeeaceesaacoceemeas 302 FELD Se eee cae cee eee tees 33
prasiliensis\- ce scec amiss < mile 299 laVaTObUS)aeeseee see eceeee te eet 33
GI ener oobecedounco scnadomsoc yA!) MANN Aas ace eee eee eee 34
humboldtianum=sse--ce-sesc—= 298, 299 merkii ..... whe Chee ona ate rete 34
TMOMIOUUM ee see eee ne eee a 298 INDISSONI Se seeeeee eee er eee 34
PONS OLO ese seme eeaR eee 148, 156 OXyrhyNeChuUs tec see aeons =a 33
MAO ANS ge cicis ayes wemers einai 148, 156 SY TOKe ses cseee see = eee ee 34
Chlarophthmus Agassizii .................. 32) | M@OLiCUSsvaLeCSCCDS e- eee see eee eee eee 24
Chloroscombrus chrysurus ..--....--------- 12 SIC orop hin ee see cease see = ae 234
Cheerojulis grandisquamis...........-.----. 111 | Corvus americanus var. caurinus .--..-.--.- 249
umeralis sos -ee see see eee 338 COMME: space eee eee aeeo eee eee eee 55
Chondestes grammica...-..........--- eonnes 247 '-Cosmocephala (?) cordiceps...-.......--.-.- 185

INDEX. A87
Page. Page.
WOthUIS ie sacee seeciesatcasinisisscaceincs ecco ecis 353,354 | Cyprina Islandica........-ccecesse-ceees- 175, 231
TO SUS eee eesti ese tetealaie cle minial=' POM OVD EEOC Lope setae aac maie ais emietert 37, 119, 154
COMGUS seeeeeee nae aaseeesniclsine== = 23) (BC yprimodonbes=-255 4. -see sesso cman ewes er 283, 300
ODIO pe eeaee ee siaa see aes iciaie clan i= 2 Calaritanus)----seseasesss=e>--aeeOe
octodecimspinosum......--.-------- 3815 Vanier atus\-seacecee-aceeeeasllng lon
DUSCIO PES se see seer iaslaciel== =! /<0=\-1- 22 | Cyprinodontidw.........--...-. 32, 117, 151, 300, 342
polyacanthocephalus ..-..---------- 353) | @yprinopsis gibelio s-2s.------.a--e--=--e== 37
QUOT COMM TAs ae eee ee olarelniaie alert (a= = I= 235s Cyprinus) CALPIO essen see eeeeneeeaeanatle 37
SCOLDIUSHeeeee me eee aecnessemierict 22, 356 | Cy PLNOLUMe eee == ee eee 37
CWowslishieen ssc esse ae onle cle wes eieisiescicini=is 279 | NECA aasaeleseeer ese eee eeet 37
Crane Onavall Can 8 eee me anyon acl eit ele = = 228 | C@yrena Dakotensise-cs-ce--ss-5--5-sseeeene 297
Crayracion triangularis....-...-.....-...- 279, 281 |
CrenilabrusieTiseus) s-=--22 cs cseccinm ~~ 24 | D.
Lenya einer terete eleerclestots siete @=<)=1- 24 i
MCLOD Shes aces ese eciineslssrcleiteis 24 | Dactylopterus volitans..........---.--. 21, 111, 127
ocellatusscses om cecmiccec isaac 24 | Dajus! MY Sidis. a... <-seienes 5 = eee eee OO OF
quinquemaculatus........----- 24a |PiD all Walia eels rer ser tejete aloe ore 64, 65, 242, 279, 353
TOISSAlIeee seer meee ac oa QA DAN aimee eceta eae alae otal ye eerie etter 358
SICCULUS Wet Ree tee Sees ae aos ce 24 | pectoralises-s-eeeesee esee soeBeoeuee 358
Crepidnla fornicate -s--2------2-ssnacis-s--0 250m Manisha cad em Vrs ee ete eee eee ae ereee 18
lan asses eae eeeriaemeeese ei 2305 |eDasybatisuhastatus=s---eeerecmemscines —sietere 344
Cretaceous invertebrate fossils from Kansas Sabin ay jassse ccna ace eeee 344
ANU DGXAS Se feels esa esieciossiias scielaas aes 292 | 52 Vile oreo te micatate eine tec areiiaeiate 344
Cribrella sanguinolenta .........-.....----- 229 | tuberculatusis--c-e so. eee eels 344
Oriocardinm essere eee scent meeiacicec ses ae 291202) sDatnioides polotayes=----cmeeeiae sss = aleceinas 28
MLO LOLON sesame ieee ieiaia == ZOE eD) aNgyen Orel OOM wetter iemielis oesiareretelelel= ratte 321
Carolingimms sesisetsecte seme sina 291 | Decapterus Jacobeus.............-......- a 26
QuMOSUMpssaeeaeecieeteesenicins = 291 Mm aACarelltisy: cece nsec eee 1iL
MMOUVOWIADUM = wos aieinisissiem sei = POOL PUNCtAtUS! Se erst an wiqolniesieleraie 111, 129
productum...-..--.---.....--- 291 | Dendreeca wstiva .....--.---------22- +222 245
BPCCLOSUM rere latatetneietaielela/afaisjaroine 292 | audubonie-e se serra sse sae 245
Crisia eburnea ...--.-..... See eee etaaeicietat 232 NISTESCenseeasecoeeseeee asses eee 246
Crossulusgibiahisisessaeeesc ces n= coal eeaae 162 townlsendi-io:scaseec tee ee nn cnee 246
Crotalopsishmond ax: Socom sce se alee niclem sail 154, 344 | Dendronotus robustus ....---.---.--------- 197
punehilersacosecie aa aeese sence 154 welifer. 2. is cee csaee oe seoeee 197, 198
Cro talaspnornm dusteesecmc se cesses seteieeteetesiate 46/1) eDenny, Henry) cael. em = 17, 18, 22, 28, 32, 33, 38
(CoS tac eee metals ate elena rete slate teietaieiala)=i=(- 2285 |eDentex Vulearis —...-es-s-es-eesseeeeeeeeee 28
Ctenolabrus iris. --..------- See 24 Diapterus argenteus (Eucinostomus argen-
MUPOSUUISeeacsc emcees saceeemaaeoe Zool teUS) is c2 csc Steeler eee see ee 340
(COOKS Aas ebenbectaccusarasnasacsosee 5 271, 279 | homomyMUs 22 2eeje- <a =e oe 340, 345
Cuckoldatish yeas seater eeeis eee eases 279 | Diastylis quadrispinosus-..-..--.---.------ 228
Culisiduraiecsecemcencee see ae al teeeiaice 270 | IDiGhOCrINUSse se esee eee eee ne ee eee 256
(CUO sence soetos hoes cenoodbecbabocudadc 22 Salen ny. Miran ke MS se) ieee eae eee ns 252
Cyanocitta californica.....-.-.-..-.----.--- EO eli OGL OMY S EXE ss atslateiste te alee lesa tee eee 109
GemalOn Daan tes A eee ee ae ews PASM cDiodontid 2.1. <ceaaereeccsneeee 109, 122, 333
amcena var. megalonyx......--. 248 IDiOp atrarse seas ae acas secant caer 171
Cyathaxonia distorta................----... 2o2nDiphasiad allaxsce-essscnamaces seme meas 230
Oy athocrimidie a= se seases-sacienise sass 258, 254,259 | Diplectrum fasciculare..-....----.......... 115
Cyathoermustessesesecescae-e cee onccec sae 258neDiplophysalabiata ese eeeeeeeeee esas eee 41
HEXUSHe Semeeeeeeesesceciseacinc 25 On Diporiliz sss: see seeese eee ee eee 191
HemispELicustaeccinesisisioncia= = 259) Diptychus: Dybowsld <--.-.ccs--s=se0ecena= 38
Gulls Gacoscencansseae QnA al eDigcOpOLa 4. seen acseseek ee eee een eee 194, 195
Cy piumrcaballagecs sens scenes eee ea =i ants appensaja2: 325 22h cee caaseecisceee 194
Marcu! whim seer se eeese sees cite aera = 111, 128 pavonella 23-222 secu aose reece e 194
Peal Opera se eeetence se ace eee ss 111 SIO Acooasoesosescbone ssc 194, 195
Cy cloptenidseasescer erat seen <a seco rlnian 20 VCTEU COSA cae alselte meee seal ela 194
G@yclopterusiumpus.-2ese- 222-5255 -- =~ 20 | Dodecaceria concharum ...-.-.-..---.-..-.- 178
@ymothoaMicnorumi= =. sssse os sonm i oi <0 161) | Doliodon\carolimusiescsss sea-ice eee 339
OM LIS eee ee ee can a back GQ A Wolomiel Asya. sceclessssosse ce eiswcs sees 219, 222
Cynoscion carolinensis .-.......-...-....-. 11251314) Dormitatorlineatusta. cre. e== socins= see 110°
NOUNUSMee see eee commas ciiectises. 112,131 | Dorosoma Cepedianum...........-..---.... 119
TOC As eee cee oleae casero ceisler 112 | Drniken=tis Neeser eee eee ees ae ae ee eee 271
THhalASSINUS en een anaemia iels asin DLE OU eS ero leases mecise nee tane 298, 300, 301, 302
Cy iene seeee eee emit eee ain <lnle 197 Fishes obtained in Mexicoby. 298
Cypricardia? texana...-..- Salsa ieteteeteteleiela me AO (an PLES AUIS Oe pteteielale staleisleimialeiniayaaaseisiaielate aoe 115

488 INDEX.
E. Page.
Page. | EscharinaTsabelliana ..... wlemiivievewiesiccee L0aiooe
Eastern Georgia fishes, notes on........--.- 284 linearis aeseecneaeen Se 193
HMCRONGICIGD 222 eerie = ae cciecn ee ce eee 116, 145 POLbusa T2cccccensceseee eae eee 193, 194
Echeneis naucrateoides .............--.---- 116, 145 POl0S4 j2-2 2s sewtiese ee eae 193, 194
MAU CLAVCS eeeies oes = eee ee 116 TOV CLSAc ceca ania e eee 193
TOMO a seeiessse roe ee 30 SanGuineascsse.svecs-s ee 194
Mchinarachnius parma -.-.22----:-s-..----- 22 SCCUNGATIA = ccosace ste neee 193
(Echinodermata 2<-ccc00: ocaseneuseetes 165, 201, 256 Vulgaris -css0.t ace ee 193
EB CHIN OU OS faa -avne eae tac ee eer ce one 229) |" scharoides:25-5.2see. es cee eee 192, 195
FMdyandsS Dry Was Huce. sees aaa eee eee 323 COCEINGA Force eheeee eee 194, 195
Miwardsia pallida.-..coscacccseeeenesances 198 | Pedchil...33.~aass5 555 eee 195
imlacate:canadus:. 22.2 -ssoseseee eel cere. 115: |. Escharopsis,...5 <3) 5-6250 eee 196
Elagatis pinnulatus...<.-......--.-.------- 130 | lobatale: 2s. sseone eee eeeeeeee 196
HMlasmobranchit.ceseceeacete sac esceies eee 42 TOSACCA yess ceric aaee ae eee 196
BED) COLLIS 3.2 =c- nace eee ee eee oe eee 127° | Esocidae 2.22, 252.23 decease eee 32, 117
SYTINUS) = enw ani eee sieneeee) 2%) | UMSOX americanus 42-9 oose=se =o eee 285
Mote elent ya Wisse eee ee ae eee ee 64 deprandus: . 52544 eeceaeee ene eee 225
MLO pS|SAUTUs ee os oes eae eee eee 119 TAS C1LAbU8 eee eee == =e eee eee 3823
Himberizaaureola ----2---22¢2 see ceeeeee eae 53 | LUCIUS) fear co7sccsee see e eee 32, 225
Empidonaces, North American.......-.---. 1 POrosuS. ..-..--..-----.------------- 323
notes on nests of..........-. - 1 phaleratuss=jyc seh reeeeee seco 17
eras Olea eeateeee 1 reticnlatus).i<- ote sac. fsceere eee 117, 323
eM PidoniKs <2se52e Seon ee [Pa ere le Rav enelit sesjs2 22 -ssees conceomeee 117
ACRDICUS2.se% sac 2-55 on sss 62D; 188.9 | Wtheostomay csc seeeseateeee seers 23:
difficilisaassessocaseoees 2, 5, 7, 8, 9,10 | fighellate’..2.-: 25-52-32 Sse eee 237
flaviventris ..........-....-.--. 4,7,8 lineolatum'’= 3 s-ceeeee. a eee 236
flaviventris var. difficilis......- 250 | Ethmocardium, Note on .................. 291, 292
hammond ssss-s see e ese see a9 | Pe UcinostOMmus aaeae ere oe 132
ANUNIMUS esses ee 1, 5, 6,7, 8,9 | ATS ENUCUS ee eo eee 113, 340
ODSGUTUSS a as ee eee 9" | harenenlis) oe eee eee 132, 156
pusillus 3 SP sly Ea eee ee 3,9 Hucratea):: 242455 ee eee 190
trailiie estas soe et ow ee 477)9) || Eulamiaomilb ertileeescencs ones eee ae ee 121
Mndothyra: baileyirs-caccsse see eee eee seer 291 | Euleptorbamphus longirostris ............. 116
OrMataycdssssecs lol ee oe ee ee 291. | (Huncaispinulosacca.- sea.) -- ae eae eee eee 169
ornata, note on .......-.--.----- 291 | upagorusibermbardusses:-o-seeeeeee eee 227
EN OTANLIGIOD soso at as Sees eae eeeee 37, 343 | PUDESCENS_ <>. - somes eeee eee ee 227
Engraulis encrasicholus.-.-............--. 37 | pollicariss.2¢ <--s22c2Ssere ease 227
hinleastesceceee see eee eee 348, 345 | Eupomotis aureus) /-.--.2....22-25.---.-.- 114, 224
TINGONSEs scone ce se ee tee cise 75, 78, 85 aureus (Pomotis vulgaris)... -..- 225
Enneacanthus gloriosus ................. z 114 | holbrooki.c:jasctescce ee seae eee 224
MUMNerianus see see asses : 114 | pallidus” ....2 2.22 Jo-eoseeee sees 139
ObEsuUS' 52 7e2o- so acerca 114 | SPOGLOSUS 5. Sac so seme eseeseer 114, 139
Ensatella Americana ....:-.-.22....------ 231 | European fishes in United States National
Hmtalis striolatal sofcce=cceonste twee naee 280:'|| Minsetim:.2 62-525. eee ee 10
onew@racilisis. 95 S55 ee aaose es ec 165,174 | Eurycope robusta.............- ee eee 159, 164
pelys montosus)s--e-sss4-s-s)-eeeeeee see 161 Musthenelaishe 2 eect es cetoeee ee sees 167
trilo busts. <soceuenee octets sere 1601655) HHusyllisducteraye-aes.eesenceee see ee eeeee 170
Epinephelus Drummond-Hayi.......-. TSF LI9PISE | VWxoccstns\sessece teen eee eee eee eee 116
MOTIO 32-5 e eee 115;199 }) Sixogyrar. i: sseoe ener coat oe cee eens 293, 294
MIG bUs cee ee cose eee eee 115, 139 | forniculatassee se see eee eee 293
Riphip pide 22 sem accion cone see serene 115, 145 hahiOtoid ea Seeccene --ea eee 295
iHrichsonia athenuatas ++. s2ecesee sees eee 160, 164 interruptas--< sete aooepee cee eeeees 295
HLONMIS eas ceee eee ee Pe 160, 164 WinChelll 3c. sec cee eee eee nee 294, 295
rim yZ0Ni GOOdel soeeeeeee ee ee eee 119 Walker: o 27 sasesesen cess gdaisaodios. 295
HPISOCIINUS se acces see eee 254, 256, 257, 258
planuss sconces see ee 252, 257, 258 F.
UY US lec cmeteiae oeleleeiclete oes 252, 258
ryontidse; Recent, ss2-=---e-eeee eee aeeeee 845) || Haleomilipess-scsccceneeeeesteeeeeceeeeeee 53
Eschara palmata ...........--2-.0.-2-+--- 191 Sparveriusice.c2oocaceeore eee eee 251
Hscharela s-2c2. ss cae 55 sess eee eee 191,192 | Fauna Borealis Americana ............-.-.- 322
JaCOlMNit) co cease oe eee 1915194, |) *“Hierasterimberbis soe2s-seeee nese seen eee 14
sanguinea gece c eee eas eee 191 3) Wierasiorids.:: 3 8.2220 Ses eee eee 14
HSOharing Wee 2S. cess see ese sane eee LOT 193 M196) | icra Conporise=--e-se sees setae sees 270
ONSRbARES cera setae eee aoe oy URED) Dotson 8h 0). Le ces cee sessassesescos: 29, 32, 38, 39
biapertacce sececcect cs sae caeeecs 193 ' Fishes, Experiments on animal heat of ....- 306

INDEX. A489
Page. Page.
Fishes, European, in United States National Gasterosteus argentatissimus.--.........---- 31
Mmseumis- essen sess -necece cece s 10 Atkinsii, new species, desecrip-
New species of, from Gulf of Mexico. 333 Clon O Leese eeeaee 67
New species of, from Mexico - . 298, 299, 300, Atkinsii, from Schoodice Lakes,
301, 302, 304 Maine: sJ2s.c55e05 67
New genera and species of, from Cal- iBlanchardig@cce--e-eecseseseas 10, 31
if OMNIA tamme risen cee eis eya aici ais, 326 OYMNUTUS seco eae see eee 31
New genera and species of, from leiurus'.- - 2c2cs- esse see eee 31
PAN AS Kerem siaccee taioet- sas octets Se 353 PUN GUIS — ose eee ee ee ioe 10, 31, 67
New species of North American.... 235 S€MIAIM AUS seen eee eee 31, 67
of the east coast of Florida, Cata- spinachia...3-2-.-seseeos=oo8 31
VOENC Ofte aasc sate aeessme este 2 108 trAChUTUS | once ele illeesieselesiae 31
of Saint John’s River, Florida, Cata- Gastropoda. 2-%).=,.-Jsme-scenceeenseteeesecee 230
lopMero fess = serie atciett sae oe creme TOSMMG Stk es Hee esas alee ere ae MOE ee DIS 52,00)
New genus and species of, from on birds of Heligoland....-.....-. 51
NOL ee ee ke seer 2 1OSm|Gelasimus pucilatorsssseees= see eee eee dT 227,
from Pensacola, Florida ............ 121 USN See ce alee ate tee eerie 227
Histulipora modulifera.---!-.<-.s-22-co-c-- 25OmlCccemellaria; loricataes-as-a2 aseseeiee sees 232
BHYUL ZITO Wi re serio seal eis ara Sere close le siete see ae a 300 | Georgia, eastern, Fishes from .............. 284
Sola yawyO1 GI See ee ee ee he ea 148"9) || New species of Hudsonius from.. 285
Florida, Catalogue of Pensacola fishes. -..-.- 121 | Gephy reassess ceseeemaasites aera 165, 182, 22
Catalogue of Saint John’s River Gerresiarcenteussassserccecinca- eee seeceee 340
HSH OS ere ee ie coche een acs WW) C@woGks Socesaapacosroessacscoooppasonoace 113, 132
Catalogue of fishes of east coast of. 108 | Gervillia ...................-....-------2--- 295
New genus and speciesof fishesfrom — 108 | MUG PCAN) cscs wie sees ee eer 295
New species of fishes from ........ 121 SubtOrtuosae ce eejacce eee eee ee 295, 296
SITISURATSO LICL ase ce aoe eee ese ane 19] COLCUOSA ese mteeys eee setae ees rs 296
iplustrellavhispida, cos .+0---.0.- odes ee 995 Galli Profit)... oes. 70, 81, 93, 218, 221, 223, 265, 282
TONIGHT) oops pes deenasbowsn Gob eoseeee 1G Tee Gane ly mostom a ee nace. sereesiineaseeesaseere 156
Oram IAN PLUM es eee eee ee eee eine seme 270 Cirmatumy essere -s-eeee ee 121, 345
Fossils, New cretaceous invertebrate. .....- 292 | Ginglymostomatide ........-----.-..-- 121, 156, 345
New species of carboniferous in- | GO DI CCDS ee aoe coe eee eee ee a eieaae 230
TOLLODLALOI ee eet ee ae OFM MG iranginustOLMOsus: sce sce eeeteteeeeeetee 119, 240
nl waricaricayses sense sec jeer eee 230 | Glandula arenicola ........----..----------- 231
Berra cla] CoS eee es: UES ae Syn) ||) Clbnoukiniteaeasdsscqucoccadeoocdsode Ee 2
Confuentuss:.-302e ose eee! sia (RG ULC ONO 6 —— eee nee ee 252
floridensisi eee ANS \eGlyphidodon:concolor,--.--22---v-scsceee sees 338
Prandishoo45 Sis skeemeee essen 151 Saxatilise: .-o~<no-ceosesseeneee 111
heteroclitusi=seeeee eee eee eee 151 SPaLOldeS. . soe encseeesee cee 25
pisculentusss--ss5> 4560 eee cae 15g eGlyptocephalus) 22. c-crccees-- >> eee aaeeee 72, 85
BeMINnolisteasees soe Ree eee ee 117 CYNOG]OSBUB\=-as--\-aso ee sor 46, 88
UTS CM els ae tore eke = ee ee eee. 185 PAClicus =< -cereceiccsseseeee 86
ZACDITUS oo. ca eee cen cece 88, 90
G. Gnathiacerina 22. .-cco-sree ao eeeeee cere 162, 164
Goat, Rocky Mountain, habits of .-......... 283
Gadid te facecniasacc sca se oeeuese es oniee emesis MGVIEGODIdS: ce ncccc ese scesec -aseee = see 20, 21, 110, 127
Gadusreclotinost=. o-oo. steer aeeeeee GMO. ODiOle2 ra = oe ocowes cs noes oe eee 226
Callaningine saseces cite ee a eee 16 cataract s2< oon ssitee eee 25
MSMaArklioacccsc acne sceee ccm ces 16 Auwdatalise == s-epes cesses er eee 38
MelAnOSCOMUS ies ce ssoseeeeenee sce 16 LUtCSCENS so Sen nnece eesti eee 38
MEVLANCUS). s\siees sce iseeisseeeeisee aoe 16 WNANOSCOPUS saeco eee se eee a ee eee eee 38
MINGUS ees eee = oscaeeencss cee 16 | Gobiosoma alepidotum ....--.-.....---.--.- 110
MIOLTNU Biss asics ase ees emisae is a/shisise oes 155313) | eGobius Carolinensis-en..socs shearers me LO
pollachiug. seas seace tec cee ties cine 16 | cruentatus: -< <.osecen= semistie a-mee 21
PONLASSONEereeeeer eee e ees acc ci 15 MICLOPS -iscm cece ae eases eee 21
Galeocerdomierimus passes seeeeas teen <= oe 121 | MAN UCUSHA = eeseacise eee sees 21
Galeorhinids) esessse cesses eo 121, 156, 344 TCC eee alee ee nee see eee eee eee 21
Gambusia arlingtonia .....--............--- 118 paganellug.. = 6322 4374s e eee eee 21
EVOL DLOO KAGE e ae actseacae eaeonin se = 118 Pictuses. ocnc sso wee arene eae 21
Clan aUSS LOCUS iE Ere een en eae anon aa 228 quadrimaculatust-ssscsseseceseeaece 21
Gardonusi(Cephalus)mesececcsacseeatecsce sc 39 TULHCNSParrite = a-se. see ese eels 21
UU See es esate sarees ee ree 38 SOPOTAbOL ecewciecn as ase aeeee ee eee ee 127
Gasterosteldiessa ccc. aaae's senice esses Sie Goniadacracilissee eee eeere eae aa eee 174
Gasterosteus aculeatus..............---..0- 31,67 Goode, G. Brown . .55, 108, 121, 133, 150, 156, 205, 209,
aculeatus var. gymnurus ..... 31 261, 313, 322, 323, 333

490 INDEX.

Page. Page.
Goodea...... 2-022 ---- 22 e--- ene coon eosse 802) | HeLONt a. oer se ec ccncdues reese eee eeae eee 193
Si PUNT Sse eee emai ese aeetats 299 | Herpetoichthys paclinens Bie eee lee seoereeete ote 155
Goordiusiesss-c- cscs ce see eris sca a se aeerte 187 || SBiessel, WRyrsseccactecanes sce eeee eee 29, 33, 34, 35,37
Gorconia TOriO asec seers se aeae enamel 200° | ‘Heterocirms ene. —eemeee eae eee eee 178
Graodus nigroteniatus. .....---...-.------- 226 fim bTIaGUS soae ec te oe eee 77
Graves Mir AG sos emrsio-icisicig sini tenlo setae eetete= 284. | “Heteropnathus::sos22-5s2--eeessseeeeeeee oe 299, 301
Gray ee eee eso amen e ae aielelel tee eee 261 |’ Heteronereis =2.5222-22a5 cent ose eee eee 172
Gryphiea pitcheri.- 26... ccecc cen ee-eeen == 294 | Hippasteria phrygiama ...........--..-..--- 229
Grystes salmoides=-.--- seemless rnin 220) 221 | Aippocumpidaa: o-osse soos eee 10, 71, 110, 123
Guanajuato, Mexico, fishes from....-------- 298 | Hippocampus abdominalis..-...-..----.---- 11
(GWAC Meee eye ieee etait aele eiete etoile 278 antiquorunte.--ses- ese 110, 123
Gauracacosrubedes sees seeesiees see ae =a a= 248 bLevILOstrish-s.seee see eee 10
melanocephalaas--s2-ceese is -=s——= 248 Comes:: +42.) 24 eee seeee oe 10
Gulf of Mexico, new species of fishes from.. 333 cuttulatuseo--seee=seseos aa 11
Gunellus vulgaris ..........-..-.----------- I3) | (Bipporlossoides:-=-52 9-2-2 --oe== eee eae 71, 73, 76
Ginther, Dr. A... 69, 70, 72, 93, 127, 144, 150, 154, 210, OLGA see ne eee eee 73
219, 221, 224, 264, 280, 281, 323, 324, 333, 338 hmandoides . a SN 13
Gyge Hippolytes...--..----+----+++--- 157, 164, 165 iinmmidnitiea ten tatnete 15
Gymnothorax ocellatus.-......----++----+- 154, 344 platessoides .2-------<) ==>- 46, 315
H Mi ppoglossusesseee see eee aerate ar 71, 72, 81, 108
5 Califormicus) sss. sec esse eee 63, 79
Hadropterus nigrofasciatus......----------- 225 Vl Purise-seeer ee 14, 63, 64, 65, 72, 73
Hesmatocry ale assasssaa seiner eeanne 322 occurrence of, in
Hematotherma .-.-.. gcocree cc ctee ee ceeeeeee 322 Alaskaneeese seen 63
‘Heemulon arcuatum .....--.------0----2---- 143)(\\ ippolyte:s-<<s-cee stsee neon een eee 75, 157, 158
Cap CUA cena ts sane see e a= oe Spina )< 2sc.sseSen i sceweseseeee ee 228
caudimacula .......--. ---+-----+- 340): | SHippothoaiascenes. os sten secee ee eee aeee 191, 193
ChEysoptermm = aoe see eee 113 é OLVariGatalsesneee: nen eee eee 193
formosum ......-.....-----------< 113 hyalinad:2: sate 2secocsee roses 192, 232
fremebundum ........--.-------- 340, 345 | firundo bicolor, var. vespertina.........--- 246
trivittatum..........------------- 340 erythrogaster var.? horreorum.... 246
Halecium halecinum ..-.................-.- 230 falvas. Soo ae eee 246
Halibut in Alaska. ........----------+-++-+- 63 thalagsina:22s.o2eett eo. eee eee 246
of the Pacific Coast of North America 63 | Histiophorus gladius.......-..--.--- ------ 111
Halieutichthys aculeatus........-..--.---- 109, 333 | Hitz, Rudolph B.........--..------2---e+--- 93
TObICHIAUUS see see aoe eee 333%) (Holland Profil c22-s22se-eeeeseos sites se 263, 264
Haliperca subligaria........-2---.+-2-.-2-- 145 | Holocanthus ciliaris..----.------------<--<- il
Halipteris Christii..-.-..--.---.------------ 1999) Seolocentrum mufom esses esos eee eeeee 112
Halocynthia echinata ....--..-....-------- AQT 231 || eolocephali: ce ses seens cent eee eee eee 42
echinata—Cynthiaechinata..-. 197 | Wolothurioidea........--------------------- 229
partite. -----5 6-6. enene ne - 197, 231 | Homarus Americanus .......-.------------ 227, 22
pulchella pyriformis --..-----197, 231 | Tudsonius ........-.-.------+----0e-eeeee ee 302
—Cynthia pyriformis -. 197 (Hybopsis, Cope) .....--------- 226
TTUSO] Cees aa ee erate 197 Altus? 2822 c ose co ee 301
Gubercolum ea. eeeesssee la 197 GULyYOpa!s4c6 22 seco ees eee 285
Hampton Indians, casts of heads of...-..--- 211 new species, from Geor-
list of names, age, tribe, ia) sone ss See ee 285
&¢., of...-.------------ 211 fluvastiliss.--2-2.e4a-eeeeeeeeee 301
Hansen, B...-. 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 25, 27, 30, 31, 35, 36 StOLeLTlaDlS:<se<csccaee te Ree 301
Harengula callolepis --.-....---.-...-. 1152,,153;/196 |panter id’ eee nece -ceeceee eens ae eee eee 322
elupeolaiees oa eee eee 152,153 | Hiyas coarctatuse-2-2ee-e==-s=>-eee esses 227
(numerals: see eee ee eerie 152 | Hydrallmania falcata....-.....------------- 230
macrophthalma ns. sos. 1-24 == LOZ) |) Gey dara yale tes seein ee aeeaeeeaetae 300
PEDSACOlLD = seoece es ee 152, 153, 156, 343 Wajalis:-.ssess ease cece Meese 118
SALI chosen sesso eee 152, 153 BiNWis Soot eee eos wee eee 151
BETS Olek OSCAT, ee ose sees ene see ieee 157 SaWaMpina cess seso-e-- eee eee 118
Harmothoc imbricata .+-ccssescee=-s0een=- 2283) | Ped roid aokeecs 120 see ee eee ne neers 229
Harporhynchus redivivus .-.-...--..------- 245 Hyperoartia tA ee ee Peers 43
a Ven eH Vi ee ee(e ane eee eee eee Tt 252 | Hyperotreti......------ daante Sa CROR eee eeEee 44
iHeliastes'cbTomisseee. esses aa eeeeereme 25 Hypoprion brevirostris....------.--------- 156, 344
Heligoland, DITAS! Oliese sees eee sea 51 longirostris Sine pono eimace cee aaa 344
PHEMIPFONIbes CLraSSuUS ~~ 5. see. -ceseeeeee= n= 252
Hemitripterus americanus ........---...--. 315 I.
Hemorhamphus unifasciatus ...-..--.------ 116 | Icelus hamatus..------------------+---++++++ 23

Henshall Dri JcAncececacas acesitesseaceccme 998) |e chthelulusescesseeusceenbiseceseasase=e eee 286

INDEX. 491

Page. Page.

chtslurus) PUNCtatus-<-..<ccecec scene wnnn 19 PADIS eee eee ete eee seesteecisine element 219
NG feninnviT CIS seeeaet sen enoneaeenomritcaemtea 246 | MA CUlALU Sieeas seem cee aaa 23
Meters) ol OG kite ses ce eeate saa claialataiee=t==1= 249 | MOODS aoe sea seem cee ele elena ete 24
Ttalramulchellaeeccisjssce ioc clal- ca Suieis=se = 198 | MIUXtUS ace Sees cose cele cee see eee 24
Kdotwa Marmorata -.... 25 soc. ccccnne Daa eer) | 16, DUANE es eRGencioenoc-docupaobeshoe 139
ATO T Ube ea seein aaa cise ee ene 160, 165, 228 salmoideswasecaeeaaacccecccemaecees 220, 223
MOMtOSdeeee case aoe Bee aah aces 161 | tordusesses-an/-ce rst sieeeee peascieee 23
TCO So sspsesereceeecosene ne 160165: | Iiactophrys.-:-.2<t.22--ssck~-- 262, 263, 264, 265, 268
Mule) cecoss beeen eennosnncae be =peE 160 | Came S peeee aaa ese eee 281
TODUSLU ene se eee ee sie oteas 160, 165, 228 | OVICEDS! 322 <cincecaeceeeseeeceese 276, 277

UO Dae ee ales ae aecicenae'= ai1 160 SCXCOMISHs eee sees ee cere eee 264

UEICUS DIO AbWe eee eens iaeeece-==-'-1='= 160 S@X-COVNUGIS eer = 1m teterel= ime rier 278
Mdotheamodulosaresccciseea wi cietoene= 2° 160 | trigonus) Jose cc ceneceseoseeee 265, 267
Tlyanassa/obsoleta.. << cc0s--sseccs=------- 230 undulatus(sossscssnese ceeeaeiees 276
Indians at Hampton, casts of heads of ..--- ZU) ||| acunawinCtanesoseseeers seee coterie ir eceas 230
: list ofnames, age, tribe, Detmatonicearmata = .s-55- 422s seer sere 168

Ec Ce ke oe 211 | fil COLI 168, 169

Invertebrata, marine, of New England, dis- WeetOPhTySy. asa ssceoo re wes asenane 263, 264, 265, 268
tributed by the Unit- Lagocephalus levigatus..-....-....---.---- 109, 122

ed States Fish Com- eacodon rhomboidesteeeecee—eseeeeeeeeeeer 113, 133

TNERHON ssopscnnasae 220 oamellibranchistasseeeeeeeersssee eee sesen ee 230

of Northeastern Mamnaicormubicacessessssse=seeae ene eee 43

PNM OTIC A ataeisnere = le LGOm | Aammni dea sens eccanee cose a eee cee eee eee 43

critical remarks on -. 165 | Lanius borealis............ ccc tees 52

new genera and spe- Oxcubitenoseense cost eee eat ae eee 52

ClesrOtatemereee nS 165 ludovicianus var. excubitoroides.-.. 247

recent additionstothe 165 MA] ORS 2 ene lw ne cis secre s ee eee 52

Invertebrate fossils, carboniferous, new Wanimus fasciavusmessaseoceereeete es eseeeae 113
SDEGICS Olea aisen ac eters sine enlalalsetctsla = == 202/73 Mlarusioccidentuliss-ceseee.-ceeeeenee ane 251
Isogomphodon maculipinnis.....-.--.------ 121G | eatesicolonorumesscanesseeeees eee eee ee 29
BHI 0 700. Street a ital ele reer pa eeisia = G2 a MliGadi frongs: Saas von ne oe aoe eee ee ee 218
of New England, notes on, by Oscar Patilidae css. ese ace eem es ten eee ones eee 131, 205

PGS 6 oemeee es setae eee LST Mla tilus yess oe de w.ofere b ace aeons eee 205
Latrunculus stuvitvil<------2--essseaeeee ee 21

J. eachia granulatay.-25.5-252--2e-se-- eee 161

ieeraral bitron se: sieccisaetteciscemeciecece cece 158, 165 gm ibericus ects Ages oka a ieee ie eal aicdaae 32
Goioba ss. S25 cavecey ce aA! 15g | Lecythiocrinus .-......-...----.-----..... 254, 256
RATT Gay Cad ok eee Es 158, 164 olliculeeformis ............. 252, 257
TAG iat ae ee Oo te ee nee 45g | Lepadorgaster biciliatus..--....--.......-.. 20
pee ne ee i 158 Oil hnl Seeneoconadeneshougsen 20
Bnindsd) 1:2: Bebra nen 158, 164 hepasfascicularis):2.2s.scs--h-eeeee sero 228
Feo eee oo sve ac sce: Se 335 | Lepidonotus squamatus ..---....-....-..--- 228
Prose cleN umes te cased. eee ea 399, | Lepidopsetta .....-.-..-.s----.--.---------- 72, 102
Jordan, Prof, D. S.. ..70, 71, 76, 218, 235, 284, 298, 302 en eae rae eae ae
OLGA ell ayer scatactes asccccecee semen nena 300 UMDTOSA... 2-222-022-2222 2 106
FT a eens ea nL eee 117, 238 | Mepidosteid 2s aac) sse eee ae oe eee eee 140, 155

inlis Greoftroviie <..0. %-.-soesde- Se eeeee 25 | Lepidosteus osseus .-.---------------------- 120
MEGITOLLANC eee ee oe eee 95 platystomus)-~ > 2asccicmse eel 20: 155
TRV OUeee = Lona Sal des SUM AL It Se 94 | Lepiopomus apiatus.-.----....-....--...-.. 114, 224
VUNCOORELONUS! essences sso oesc- esse 248 AUTILUS ++. +--2+2 +--+ 222222 ee. 114
elongatus@asasmssmenseene sees 114

Ke INCISOL: asewecicinseeeecsceeceee 114, 189

my Stacalis\s ace see eeceeceet 114

Kansas, new Cretaceous invertebrate fossils | pallidne: cs: 2eesee eek eee 139
from puget oan ge ae ncnslinegt oasis = = "> 292 | Mepomis aurivusssc..ccsenc- cece ce eeseeeee 224
Kidder, J. H., surgeon U.S. N ..--- socecee 306, 326 | pallidtiaes i, oy teees couse 229, 294, 995
on animal heat punctatia.-:.25 alee ihe oe 294

i ; Of fishes "2: 206" Wayepralia. 0 eso Aes meee 1 ee een 194
AGING LOS IANS Hees aR seme Tee co daecelcinajecs wie 189 eroricea nanan eae y Mibaienoee
Te CYASSISDIN Aaoeeew se Ae e tees 195

Heptasterias: compta- <5 2-2-4. ss sence venseo 229

MGADLACIO@ eee ses ce ores ocoeee sco sseweeuls 29) 10551455 Pe Reptocardilmann-ctras-ss-=-tee ae eae eee 44
abraxsupusy ya -cspes\- cesses see eeeaeeseose 20s Weleptocheliaiieacse sscewe cesta see eee 163
Mabrasomusmuchipinnis .:=-.2s<c+ss-+-25-5 110 aleicolasreesac- eset se eee 162, 163, 165
GAD TIAN ssac sane os ne eo eee ces 23, 111, 338 CRCA= a euteslelsinonsicans tesesiceeed 164

492 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Leptochelia Edwardsii ....-.....-...2. -.-- 162°) opholatilusy aaa. cise sstel aise tee eee -- 205, 208
EAS TTT ote te tee ate = ete 164 | Lopholatilus chameleonticeps, new genus
Mimicolaes2o-sess. oa. eee 163, 164 | and species...2-<...c:.50-oosee eee 205
WE] HDS Sop pooc see esbosssncooncC 163, 164 | Lopholatilus chamzleonticeps, from south-
Leptoclinum albidum .......-....2-....2 role goal: | ern New England coast ....-...--.5----- 205
Leptoclinus aculeatus .....--..--..---.---<- 18 | Lopholatilus chameleonticeps, taken by
Leptophidum profundorum.........--...--- 110 | Capt: WilliamoH. Karbyee.-s-- eee eee OD
Leptosynapta/Girardii. 22-2. 22.<--<-------6 229 | Lopholatilus chameleonticeps, taken by
NGOPUUTES yes cc aseda nace ccesoast ojsecetesenca, (els Capt. William Dempsey------------------ 208
Les Coffes (Ostracion L)............. Dees 269) || hophortyx: californicussese-e- sees eee 251
MUCUCISCUSDOUCATOI- aaa a2 -Jenesesloaeaeieeiee 296 |° Lophothuria Habriclics..--5---4--22 so-scere 229
erythropthalmus .............--. 39 | L’Ostracion deux aiguillons .....-....-..... 275-
Pardoneusico--eacesee. Cosette emate 225 | dromndaine acces eee eee 281
PLISIATING) sceieace chee Seeaccia ts 39 21) Geers ee eee eerie 271
TQUS S22 Fe sa seoet eacaceone se eases 39 | triangulo-tuberculé..........-. 276
PALOUL oa eacatsiseie ese ae eee 39 | Lota vulgaris .--..... siemie lejemnecle mee eee ers 17
DNOMIMUS ao eaee eee seen eee 99 || Lucania) rood ei=.22. 44: - eee ceaaeetne eee ears 240
TOCLGTIS oe = See ee ete a 39 | parva (Cyprinodon parvus)..---.-... 240
TUG Gee i ee ee eee $8) || umbrinereisshebes tec. ee se csereee eee ee 174
spinlinwalusseetneesescea eats 225 | OE ce ces co sossoses Joaaces 174
eurynnis paucidens....-..22.52.+-+-+2-0-- 326 | Lumpenus lampetreformis.-.-........-----.-- 18
Mnibinia mare iMata nam sone tosses + oer 207 || Lunatia heros teens san eens encase eens 230
Mi AM METS cose Serna tas instante senesees 276 immaculatan. of.cnscceceeeee eee 197
Limnophagous .-..... pisis eciansigeieise sso elee ea .sjs 300 | MANS [<2 ciate ciotceicis ese eae 197
AMIN OLA tere DEANS ee eo soc- = <li -.<\e iss asi G10 a0 18 eee ae eee ee 217
TeATIINOTUA eee ee 163, 233, 234 | Gutjanus Blacktordii_2s-+ s2-s----0ee2 114, 187, 156
APM OTUs sees eee 161, 165, 232, 233 CAxiS..-...-.-.--.---.22-2------- 114, 137
mVlopnarartecna ie ccese ene e eee 335 | Stearnsilees <<) feese ae seer 187, 156
MN OTIGGO I ole ee ee ee 161) | Guxilus*eoccotenis sec. os -neeseene eee eee 239
WAMOSanCINGLEB As ede keen tee eae eas 53 COrMmuUtUS .-....-..--- 2-2 -- ee eee ee 238
amine Ee Olvphemus-.cess aac s se eeaiceeces 227 | PAS WER TUT: a anerpeneeceoteesmacdcencs 20
HIMEUS COMMUNIS casceesee-aeasocec sce ceee aby |) PONS) oo noe sedesancecnsesacsomscuse: 44, 209, 326
CUDins hers ser ea ene eam nee s 186 murena .-------------------+-++---- 44
OL CUS ee sed ekee ee ees 186 paxillus, new species, description of. 44
BOCAS: seeaseaes Saisicasdsaiee Seis seer 185 obtained by U. S. Fish
VALUES ee aye cts one selec s saatiiee sere 185, 228 Commission ...-...----- 44
WGIGSLOMUS ODIQUUSIEeeee eee eeeee see eeetee 131 POLS) ee ease eee eee eee 44
philadelphicus.--.------.-- 112, 113, 131 Wallliiessso— se see ee eee eee 209, 210
KANCHUTUS cscs eco sseee sees see 112 on La Have and Grand
PPIs PAC). ec cee cn. ceale bem aatscinencesie 20 Banikse se... s-ceseco meee 209
Liparis Fabricii ......... Seas eae 46 taken by Capt. Z. Hawkins. 209
VUIGALIS of ss ccedesc.csevokeeeckiss 20 taken by Capt. William H.
barbatus. oc.s-c-=e ne scsceseceen see 20 Greenleaf ...... qaeneee 209
MoOntaouil. << ccacsce cane snes loc ctee¢ 20 Werrtthitc a2) Sa2eeoacce ee eee 44
Liparis ranula, new species, description of. - 465\| Toy codids)\\s: sttss--2ceeee st specs eae 18
obtained by U.S. ¥ish Com-
Mission! < 5-ce=2oc esac 46 M.
taken off Halifax, Nova Sco-
tia. cancseees eae eee 46 | Macoma sabulosa ...........--- a Sane eee 231
Lironeca ......-.-------2--2222--222- 222 e eee 162 | Macrodonophis mordax .......-....-------- 154
EiGborina Mstorea .. <2. s. css sess e-kee-ee 280 | Mia aimrid 60 so.ceeace eae sce eenee eee eneme 14
Palliata: possesses ece os coeeeess 230))) sMacrurus nODVeClCUs..ssemee=semeee eee 14
G0 See eee 230 | TUPCStIIS = = c/o meio tei 14
hivonees Ovalis:.. 5. oss ssaccs-cencssoe me 162,164 ||) MeWihirk, Charles <<. s.nccscsancessssese ere 284
obotes surinamensis) .-2------s225seseeeere 115: Meena Osbeckii 2-scoc--cec casa cee e essere 28
WUODO TO) Sau wcic cee eee ees eneas cee wesc Gallo VOMOVING 22 a <cfe 2 xfs ete - wie = nialelore oie aise ein 27
MOcking CONAWGyN sceere once eee aeee ee meee 69, 326 | Meenidide .........- is ueieie otcebine ese 27
on new California fishes. 326 | Maldane filifera -..............--...-.------ 179
MOL PO Peale cng-jace os ae ae ae dine eens 230 || Maldanidte 25-220. scnsccsee ce ceossereace 178
BUG GIS erate stateeeis sisi Sisivictee. soe isteloe aia oar L724) Meallotus)villosuse-eces sence eee 32
HOphid sey. scence me mec unmet er ese 124| Malthe cubiinons)-=-..22--sseseessen eee 109, 121
ophius aculeatus:.25----ss2ceeee on cece eles 3337) Mialtheide..sicceeonccics cedewaneae= sacs 109, 121, 333
hudecassdieseceececa see ee etiasaae 5 12 | Margarita helicina ...............-.------ - 230
PISCALOMUB sae eae eee eee eee 315 | Marnoch, G. W..-.-...----..--.------------ 292, 294
Lophobranchii .-.-... panesiccnseiccetee ae sect 10 | Marsipobranchii.......... pies te eisetaois eee 43

MG CrODORC! Ope teeters e aie cs ioeinieeieinie = ia'=1=1=1='= 191
IMNCTOPLECUS ee saseee a ecko \seieciisiaelacwia tela, 224
BOHM AN eset sag eieae eeleisnise == 224
GOlOMIeU Se senssc ese a ae 219, 221, 222 |
palliduspmessee seer sees sere 115, 138
EMO: 256, cpaspossseccocooAWyer-e
salmoides, var. salmoides....-. 219
VLD Lt Sere eureee ee esate tenctatce 224
PMA CTOSHOMM OC coe emcetea sas aaeentemeae etersaisieiaiei=
BMGT Trey ae NT Se aerate ees eal elevates later 186
al bid aieee seen eres eater ei 186
IMOMaAtaee = cose oa seein = 186
MalnerkceaWisee sen ee cee sor eee eeisecemace ae 322
Mimytrem allies. cecisese aise saisisescscwises= = s)= 302 |
MIs UTIMS TOSSIIS) sor - se aieceiseicieteiie etl le 41
Mississippi River, a new Amiurus from the. 286
MT GDeUs OT IAT Acia(elso eae ee ase sinctelsi= 18, 19, 31
Odo AM OCLOlUSi sess aio ciseiecieiccicelselciner!- == 231
plicatulaeees essen aes ene aaa a 231
Mola rotund aeeseee sep eeeccsece cecmcinsecisen LUD
Moleula manhattensis..-.-.-<-.55.6-..----- 231
NECOLUMO LMS ees ae ectelainieie a isteetet=)== 231
Mollinesialatipinnar sees... -ice~ sieinle 119, 342
MiollnsGaimenceeee ee eee e teas aceeneceee 165, 197, 293
MolvarabySSOLUMsseemoe esos ilas onic cons 17
LDR S Beem etetetetetaisa (= siciainicie ssieiocia/sials 17
Monacanthus filamentosus -.-------------- 10
occidentalis =sa-cssee- <2 109, 122, 333
SpPUOnOvo saree cc a-ces es -- 122
IMVOrrS my Vabll arr Geeaece ceca sclsas cain ia = 64
MiGbaCilamcluneO] descce sien siseee cee amceso == 53
MOte aren ames cise aeis a aeciniels cle “aie steiaa 17
DITCH eee epee ctenlecine elaeiaselenr= =m 17
MACULATA eee sal tateee ae a sfojninta ola ain lom 17
THRO ockceeeagdaeeeebocoss Boden Ti
GMC ln lee eee elreae ae aels eine i= a=" 17
Moxostomaloblon gum... -- <<. 25-2 secincne' 323
PMucronellapeeacces ase secae = sclonncecico sis 194, 195
NCE) Sooscaoososeessuerceece 195
jacotini V.=Escharella jacotini 195

32

493

INDEX.
Page. Page.

IMaurolicus) borealis aes. oc c1-\-mic= =< 32) Mucronella mitidaicc. sc ceirae~ wince mce(emieln< 195, 232
BIE ee pee a te toate melee ra aol eiel la alatnrat = 291, 292 nitida—Discopora nitida V ..-. 195
Meekella striatocostata ......---...-------- 252 ovata V.=D. scabra var. ovata 195
Megalops cyprinoides ........-.-..-..------ 119 TEN OMNI oapooccesacbaceno coc 195
Melampus lineatus ......-...............- 230 RTE ey cocad6 dananesssedecdasnc 196
Melanogrammus eglefinis ........--...----- 313 scabra var. labiata=Lepralia
MG lANOSHGIU Seema eras ee miaeeiiem a ain- ane 75 lav iibaeeseee ea aee se ee ea 195
eM SLES yA pPUIO eee etaletete ata lm lara anim lns<|=iel=|=)n\=1=|= = 354 scabra V. =Discopora scabra... 195
Melospizalincolnt 2-2. c8- 050 cta5<<ins-00 248 | Mudge, Prof. B. F ........- .---------292, 296, 297
Membranipora pilosa..............-------.- 2328 | MOOT Ul) aie see sesnos eisai eaten ae 116, 143
BN Tes Cae eerie =a alee a aaaieleein wintei=inim = 190 prasiliensiste ees -eaeseo eee eee 116, 148, 342
Menticirrus alburus....... Meeeaes aces ssee 132 GOI) ckenic se span deoane socaesaoKond 30

iGO MATS ere yee eee see itereeetn is! y=iai= 113, 132 Gephaluseete esse j2- cee eeer eases 30

MO DMLOSUS mee eaieeaieiscia se socio 113 CHElLOF es aeerisese seca ene cisae elses 30
Merluccius esculentuss-2---<-scsccocen=-- = 18 NAD COs eeat= cles sites <8 eeemioaiseeiserrers 30

WVU SATIS eee eecieet eicsieisici= sini 18 SAeNS eeeseeriac ese e ee aa eee eee 30
MMierm aids hte sa eseaaacesnne sa---- 276 septentrionalis) so. --o- reece ee sees 30
IMG rOSEOM Same sek eee ee ceee aay nie css aixd DOT Alen milid Dp aseeese ee neeceeee eee nee 30, 116, 148, 342
Merrill, Dr. James C ....2...........----- -283, 284 | Mullidios sce ha ee eee 26
IMG TAD ONO DS reset ee eee ese sataiac~ ceal=i= 3) Mollus'surmul etus terse elses rinses ir 26

COOPOLI sense eeee arin eiac sia OM eavigann asl aby) Chiesa caer = sinless ara 159, 164, 165
Metridium marginatum .................--- 229 Munnopsis) ty picasa --cscosna- sence a= 154, 164, 165
Mexico, Central, fishes from ...........-.. 298-305 | Murzna anguilla.......-....---.--.-------- 42
Microchirus linguatula...-....-....... .--- 12 ocellatamasescen-seeeacseeesseeeeee 154
MiICrOClONappPLOMLET mer eaeisiseisetos cs'='sinie=i - Zoom me WT cat Cee yee saieloleasioe annals seienepiee cece 154, 343
Micropogon undulatus ...--..--.-..-...---113, 132 | Murzenophis ocellatus.--..---..-----.------ 153

Museum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris. .18, 19, 20, 21,
22, 23, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30,
31, 32, 33, 35, 37, 38

Notes on types of American fishes in... 218
| Mya arenaria ......--...-.s0.se0----------- 231
Myiarchus crinitus var. cinerascens..-.-.-- 249
Myiodioctes purillus var. pileolatus..-...-. 246
IMivdio batid ae) os cee cisia cine eele = eaten alain ieleiae 120, 155
Myliobatis Fremenvillei ........-...--..---. 120

MiylOl CT CUS t= masseter oreo let setalaiait= alaleeial teeta 22
AVERY 1 Sector aie ate atta a a= lateral Cale led moe ale lolol 158
TUR DO ee ooie alot iol eleteletaielat=t=ate = tetelet iste tame 228
Mivtilusie dali specs cele oe ease eee 231
Myxine glutinosa ........-----.-----------. 44
Mryxinide. -- << ose ejeue orien amminisimnin nie 44
IW ACT KONE) eee ne sandocecpecuscHeeanpo Sea Dce 302
MacrolepidOtal. sacri eeteeemeceee 303
SLUICUIIONS losis cieterme neice setae 302

N.

Naticam anal ees seesceieninala= asec 197
INaU Crates duCtOr se cec= = ee eeeat=steeee eer 26, 112
INectonemae jee. scasecisaneaceee asec acs LO
LOTT Sessler e ye taleate totet tere ete teeleletoe ite 187
Nectonereis megalops...---.-.---.-----.--. 172
Nemertes nesoides........------ ---.------ 235
INN CL tiN a eases sere sae eet 165, 183, 187, 228
INematognathitnceas saa seree sce ecemeeee 41
Neoconger mucronatus. ......-.----.-.-.--.- 155
Neomurena nigromarginata........---.... 154, 155
Ne pith ysicosCaeemas seems seem eetaa ets 228
ANC IS ates erase a aeretelatalarate eistetereere teeta 228
Neptunea decemcostata ........--..-..----- 230
INGreISQ1ACrIS ee aoe namiaeeeeee acme = elesaeta 171
NUMER esses essen eee seer 172.
Me CAlOp Saas sarcieceme ass el= seater 172

MOBO Cale cate ate alate ele lee ol srelete ete taial oie 22
WARNS soem estes ceieicaisie sie oalcetos San ele
Nerocianmun 0 ajeeenaatne=aeee=aeeeece reece 161, 164
NerophisiequOreuseecescees se oese ace nee ll

494 INDEX.
Page. Page.
Werophisiannulatus) sasessase oon eee Z| Ostracion] -)-seeee 261, 262, 263, 264, 265, 268, 269, 281
Jnmbricitormis 2. -+esseeesee eee 12 (acanthostracion) arcus ... ....-. 282
Gye GEO doce asoecesoscseuosneTe i (acanthostracion) quadricornis ... 278
PAP ACMNUS) ee aaa eee eel il aculeatus:. <-- 22222. ssn 261
COLES: 25 actese ce tse sas eee eee 12 ATCUS a26 5c scadecen coeceeeee 267, 271, 282
New England IJsopoda, notes on, by Oscar APPS 25-0 23.5eeon sss seeee eee 263
Marcere ashe + eseeeeeacs 157 bicaudalis..-.........262, 267, 270, 274, 276
marine invertebrata distrib- DICUSPIS ee aeaaeee =e eee 266
uted by the U.S. Fish Com- concatenatus ........-.-- 263, 265, 266, 267
Mission .---.----.--------- 227 COMUtNMTs-- ices ee eee 262
Nonostoma: vinctipes) ==: 2. =~ se--- ase. 236 cornutus ..-....- 263, 266, 267, 268, 278, 282
zonale (Peecilichthys zonalis).-. 236 Cubicuse-0 see eee 261, 263, 265, 267
ENOLIN SEI PAG eats ene eee satan nie eee 158 CY aDULCUS | sacc2 ssc awe ae oe ee 265
Norwegian Government .......--.--.---.---- 17,18 diaphanus.ssass6 toes eee eee 263, 267
ENO TOMAT 2 ONUS oe aoete aaa == ae a eine leer 225 OXPANSUM .. <cesiss<e-eee oe ee 276
AMenICANUS see seas oe eee 119, 154 ornasini: -.2 cesace cose cacicee cee cOomeOn
CHTySOLGNCUS eesecceeeee ee eeee 225 PID DOSUS =. 5 Sse ease eee 263, 281, 282
gardoneus'..-.------.--------- 25 Gronoyvil so) eee eeee eee Dis oTONeSD
Nothriaiconchylegaecena cases estewenemeerise 228 PUINCONSIS.S = een ese sees 265, 278, 280
Gyn, Sos oqoesscaesossoceneessscoe 228 hexaronus:..- 22225 sq2-5= s5-seees 261
BNO GOT AS (US |e see ale inlets wie ite a= tell 181 (Leetophrys) undulatus........-.. 276
ACU UUS eames aleieteienlnieo(=ini- al OE Wistert. . ...)ssisej- sss seccsce~raesseae 278
ALITOF MIS! Ace ote Secs let ese ene 180 MACUIAthS: 225/52 eee e eee eee 278, 280
Capillonistercsse seen ecmaaee 181 NASUS 422d cc, - ce See eee Eee eee - 265, 267
SYaACHS emesis eam 180 notacanthuss=<2s5.5-- 2.5 .208 -279, 281
NM GH Lapp LO S10 esse cee sine eee sania 231 OTNALNS: = cae soem er am eee ee 267
Wiymphom birtome sccces cosa. seem aaa = 27 oviceps (=O. trigonus).--.----.-.- 263
O prior (orjalter) 22 jeeps eee 281
. punctatus: 2522. 222sssesse oe 261, 263, 267
Obeliaighovomaeseseana= ces emeeeme tines 230 polyodon inermis triqueter ...---. 271
@oniculata, 22. -ses-2ecc-- 2c ses se 229 polyodons sae ceo- ne soe aoe ees 276
DI aihetern eG Lach aeee eteete eee eee ete 27 quadricornis. ...109, 122, 262, 264, 265, 267,
OOVUTUS MElMNUTUS) esos eilaee aia a nianlaeeee 114 270, 276, 278, 279, 280, 281
Odontopyxis trispinosus........-.-.-------- 328 TREN AT GIES ee eee ese eae eee 267
idontos ys sees e as essa aa 170 ThinorhiynChus |) 4 s2 senso see ee -267
NUCL OLA ene ere ea ost ceme scans 170 EG) of Weep SeicermnunocoDae soem eceae 267
Oligoplites occidentalis............---....-. 339 SeDGa) .-.22. st acsae ose eee eee 263
Olsen, Capt. Thomas......-<..---...--.-cc0- 345 BU@UIfOT eee ieee sneer 266
Ommastrephes illecebrosa..-...-..-.------- 230 SOLOTENSIS) =~ cow ceace eee eee 267
Ommatoplea Stimpsoni .......-------------- 184 SOX-COGMUUUS erteteeteteletaeeae 278
@niscidltea-2 oto cs cs cones ceeesemaeasciae 157 | tetraronus' 22-2 pckeeciceeere eee 264, 265
(OPP G HG PEO ces Socsaobosodeoccs bo susbosese 161 (Tetrosomus) turritus........%.. 281
Ophiacantha bidentata (= O. spinulosa) . -- -- 203 tricornis L. (=O. maculatus) .---- 279
MULES PM Besse e seein ete 203 4tEICORNIS- > pees eee ee 278, 280
Ophichthys\osee = see = see ateiee nn lelseewie=icisim ae 343 tr OnUN eee eee 109, 267, 76, 277, 333
PUNUCGLOD! en cee se eee om eee ts 154 | CHIP ONUM eee cecces eae eneeeee 276
Ophidiidtes = =e eee nace beeen senna cinee 14, 110 triqueter =). <.2.--eeee Soeceeee 270
Ophidiom barbatum.....................-.- 14 triquetu ...-.-.- 261, 262, 263, 265, 267, 278
SASS Leet ee teal 15 ENIQUeCrUNtS.cs2. 262 eee eee 271
Ophiocephalus punctatus......-...--..----- 324 tuberculatusis<. << 2---seececeeee es 263
Opnocly pha; Sarvsilescsnrce-se-csseessteea= == 229 turritus ..........-..262, 264, 270, 281;,.282
PODUSUA oa soaeees sececee ae 229 FVAlOL ac ceicwt cis cee Sas eee ee aeons 264, 276
Ophionemertes agilis .........---....-...--- 1835 OSUEACIONGS eee nae \en esate ee eee 269
Ophiopholis aculeata .-..........-...--.----- 229 polyodontes\=<---s2s-ene-=ae== 269
Onblinroideny. ote soccer eee eee eeeessee 229 | Ostraciontidew............-...----- 109, 122, 269, 333
Opisthonema thrissa.........-..-...-..-.-. 119, 151 a study of, the ---<-=-25.--<.- 261
Orcynus alliteratus.........-...-....------ 111, 128 notes on the American.....-- 261
Oe ere peat ee oe ie ete ee reer 218 | Ostraciontini: <-.<si00s-esa = seeeeeeeeae ee 269
Orihacoriscid eae ses eee eee eee aca 109) | Ostracionts= <2 =< -e eee eee 263
OS Sn Gs Sh ID) so ooed anaccocceacae cosossanscae 7 | Ostracodermnl:. 5: 205:2ccccheeeeceeeee eee 268
OSMerUS/ArChiCUSs=~---2-scece n= s-eseeneciee 32"? Ostred.- =<. 2 -sscc0s sco ceseeececemacsessae 293
eperlanns). ..)..<<2<j.sccseeces soem 33 (alectryonia) blacki.......2...-...--. 293
Osphromenidi'..- 5 -cscsciss > vcaciale scene 25 bellaplicata:s 23%... ccs semen eee nee 293
Ostracid 52. aac ease eee eee eee 269 VAIPPINIANG op. coesecacrices em eee eee 231
Ostracine 5. .cdesacwieetess ste coaeuscasncer 262, 269 | Ostreide ........ oe anne auldes = see Soca tase 294

INDEX. A495
Page. Page.
Otus brachyotus var. wilsonianus ........°. 250 | Photogenis eurystomus. ...-...----------- 239, 240
Oss bo Maem tate aa ee ea == eee eee 296 leucopus .-.--~ .<2---seenwe one 239
TAGE Soop co noopnacHSoUucHeade 296 | Phoxichilidium maxillare ...........-.-----. 22)
p Phrynorhombus unimaculatus. --...--.----- 14
a Phryxusiabdominalisescesese-sseee =i 158, 164, 165
PAC iy ae setts aisieleia sass <inis. sisisie aici cteteai=ieinia« 297s Webhy Sis AMET CANUS mee seein: ents sinatra 313
COMPAChA-ssssn.sea-cescaseecee s.. 297 Olthis6 SoemPeteoucorcocnodapsapsapad 46
Seo el Speer cteiarsi<in aisle selalaie stein aici isa 134 fULCatMS sees ssena anes eeecseee sa eeie 17
ACA Meese asieaia aslo Satan s 27 medilerraneusSssesco-e eno ais=esaet 17
CENUTOD ONUUS ta sacceasewesci= a2 ile 27 | Phylloscopus trochilus << .5--. 22... ---=.- 53
SLWURTINUS es seloeic tae ainsi seins = 27 tTIShl Sy ce eee eee eee 53
MINOT sss cccra ss ss5- sess <n = 134) 156" Picusmubtallite ese seeace sees eas sesso 250
MOMMY S eee sais tees oes sie ST Picusvillosus:var. harris. -—-esss-cees sas 250
IPACTUSIATCOn bMS. acess osc elses sins ss = 113 Bimelepteridieesser ace ae et serene etait 113
WU ALIS plano sciae ito aaces cle cinccce 133,|' Pimelepterus*Boscii =2- -.-sce5 se- = eee 113
almicellariazssssscsscassstcccesesslcs-2sse 194) || Pinna (perecutaz-a-o- os ccs eeriecene ee eee 252
Randalussasasc3csc- Se scceccscoese see sce we) D8 | Pinneiventrales sees secre eine eee 270
ore alisesesseeeeaataateoececicasn cs 228 | Pipilo fuscus var: crissalis’ = --2-.-- <<< 2-2 249
Danw=s..<. sease aces cements ae cicis 332 | Piscis triangularis clusii cornibus carens... 276
IMOntACUIAE = conscemeameceecieseses 228) |) Planariaian gul ata oeccmascelsacssesanete sae 184
PB AT A OL Ia eee ene Ae ae ere 199 | WITICISS= 52h acc oss ee ene eee ee ee ese 185
arborea soe eae sataee Socteecee 203 | Plate-fishionHairs Maids sossssessce ee sseeee 271
Paralichthy sess stesso eee eee eee MIeZGu78u|Plalessabilineatalsssse-sseee5ssees a aeeeeees 103
MaACwlOSUsmeseee esses = 79, 81, 82, 85, 93 DASSCL secs sesso eee eters 13
iParanthurajbrachiatareesssescesssscsesae == 162" |) -Platichthys*=s2-0-sso- mes o- soe e ee eeceseeee 72, 91
Pama aise cee eee cee eee eee so aici 163 | Stellath se seee ee eee eee 85, 91
algicolass--2--- ees antec =e 162 | Platy.canthus2s-sccs<sccesccee cre soccer 262
Lim Colaee = see etrecesis Lene Ss 163 AUTATUS. 52 scjaacceecls cesses 262
Paratractus pisquetus..-.......-.. 112;129)130; 339, | Platyceras' nebrascensis..-...-.-.-------... 252
iParephippusmaber -cacc-eee s2ccs:clemen ee 115, 145 | Platycrinug! 2 sscteaeenecsee reeset esas 256
CQUiaLd Raitt Secon aeaestesents 115)" Blatyonichusiocellatus)-s.2e2- 2-22 a-eece 227
iparophnystesse sess besseds sesseee fom O0s02) Electopnathi mer. acs se -ceee acs eee 10, 261
habbardies essen se ase TOM100;1020|) Elesiopercasancepsicec-inetso eee eaiees seeeeee 225
VOUS a= 2 eee ace aera ese er T0100", Pleuronectes Boscit ce-s----ss-eeeseeeeoeee 13
Passereculus sandwichensis var. alaudinus.. 247 CiCAtLICOCUS sae eeeee dace eerie 70
Passerellatounsendliaes sae eescetectestarieacins 248 CdLSTAVOM US ss seceee eee ee tee 100
‘RECtEMMITAd aN Sis sea ssea cote eeeeeoe cee 231 GYDOPIOSSUS)e= satel see cetera a
tenwuicostatuses sss. ssess—— 174, 178, 188, 231 ACSUS!.25 3450830 octtessessese 13
ediculatizet sc s2.2224 Sacsecsesseciseseseee = 12 framlclinilte-ees ee see eee 70
Redophylax: dispar=sa2s02=ssee seer sai 170, 171 flacinlisseeeeeseees eee neers 70
lonricepstss ssc seen eee teens 170 hippoclossus\2--se-e-= sees 63
Pelamivs/sards -ci226 o seisaal- sees cise elec 25 limandaisseeencescce ese sees 18
iPelecusicultratusies- +2 ea seeeeeee esse. ete 41 lamandoidesivan..c---ceenes 13
Pensacola, Fla., catalogue of fishes from... 121 microceplaluswe-cesesseeesoe 13
new species of fishes from. 121 platessajja2 ae eaaaea 12
new amber-fish from....--. 48 quadrituberculatus ...-....-. 70
entachelesteeas-=< scscccne sss SE eee mene 345 | Pleuronectid@ .........--..-12, 69, 71, 72, 76, 110, 123
ANUH Takeo ce sees cele eee macias 353 review of the San Francisco. 69
BUPICUIBUUS te soecce ree eee ail 346 W.N. Lockington on the..... 69
IPentactasirond O8aleee---ncasseo acince == == 229 | Pleuronichthys ...-.--- See eae ate etter 72, 94
Peprilusialepidotuss--.-----0-24-cce-5----. 112, 130 guttulatus! 225-62 sncm- se seer 94, 96
erga iluviatilisicesess aces s<- cee cnc =- = 28 ALTESIL 25 sae2cee cece eee 96
philadelphicussessseseaes esses se see 131 CenOSas 255 scetAccie seca ces 96, 97
SCHLON Ks ssene aoe cecee oe sceccsecce ss 29 quadrituberculatus ......-. 99
Peristedion catapbractum.....-. este eecesae 22 Posctlichthysilepidusiss-ss=ec- =e eee ae 237
Perophoranimdiseeeeses esse ccecnesoesss | Zoll PUNnetwlAtUs <= - scenes ee 236, 237
PewromyzonMuviatilise-sssceners cess soc cnn 43 SLIGO US eye calt aan eae Hoa) 62380)
TH ALIN US see eae reite mic crs see AZ| Poey,erotHelipetse-sscsssceesace 147, 264, 127, 144
lan erigesssss- seacoe teres set 43) |Rogonias chromisess-=-ecece sence = =e sceer 112, 131
PEuOMy.ZONULG Bee eee tease cence smeacle= 430121) |) Pollachims'carbonariastcacncescecc eee 313
Phascolosoma czementarium....--.--------- Pps | Dib Ad ea secooncacmoe concoosEecoeestodeca ayit
Gouldiivas-s-eossennse neon a 228 Sco] ptusiaa cena seco seins essa OG
ehilosciagvittauusie-secescssecotosticccces ss 157, 165; || Polycirrus:phosphoreus..--.-<-<s.-2-----s55 181
Ehobetor ventralis) -~ <<... 2. on-cesec~ -e=-= 23 | Polydora concharum ..........--.---- ss. 174
Photogenis eurystoma ............---- Sonos Cait) gracilis ..... eee seis aero eae eee 174

496 INDEX.
Page. [ - Page.
ROM MOMI GE seme een cece nec eee nese eee 128 || Psettichthys sordidus --<-2--< <-\c.cene-nsa== 70, 83
POlYMOMUS 52: /= + wsnisiciacie © sissies oeiaeeeeeeeeiee 128 | melanostictus.-..--<--<--.. 75, 76, 102
Roly pron. Cerin 2s cscctccnse ol cee =e e ered 28° | Psettus seb -3.- 25-520 s coe oewnmeccesenene 26
POLY ZOO esis sisise- swints conical ceenceguctce 165,188) 232 | -Pseudonima 2... s2a2=- cess eee ee ee aero es 349
Pomacentrde-<---eeeeot eee ee sor eeee 25,111,338 | Pseudorhombus dentatus ..............--- 110, 123
Pomacentrus leucostictus ........--...----- 338 quadrocellatus -.-......... 110, 126
Pomaomi dee ses eee ene eae 1153145 '/| sPtetia ss. 225-08 core ee ee ee 296
IPOMAaLOMUS So seses eee eee BOae Seco eae 145 (oxytoma) salinensis................. 296
saltatrix .........-115; 309, 312, 314,322 | Pteroplatea maclura:....--.----.--..--sene- 120
omolo bus estlvalistesccccess cose ee eeeeenee 119 | Ptilanthuraenuis!s-e-eeesee eae eee 162
chrysochloris..--ssssss-a¢-2-- | Lo2h|Purpiralapillisteersscosseesa =e eee ets 230
mediocris'-.25-\3.-sccecece cee 119 + Pusillus 2: 552c5.t0seseee oe ee ee 1
POMOUIS CAtESDYA 2 ecee eee ecaeectuseee oe es 252i PV COOL ODN tere ase alee ee er eee 227
PD DOSUS es see see ee ne oeneat tas 225 | Pygasteus occidentalis .................... 10, 31
NELOS Es asissace ee cee cece ese 285
holbrookiet.252 dceaccesseoscneees 224 Q.
INGISOWe nee eee eae sone eee esas 225 | Quamajacee apé.-.--.-- 2.25... 32s. Boone Paths)
IMNICTOLO PHU ee sete sate sete aerate 224 | Querquedulacyanoptera.........--..--....- 251
. = oe |
pallidus . Raa aoe sae 224 R.
FAVENEMN ee sn oine ceeeeeiece raiser es 225
BOL See ertects ete naa a eeetss emer 220) || Maa OLIN ACOA ee sees saa e ee eee eee eee 316
SPCClOSUS 2 a= oesciewicies Seieiesis cicizsiesoe 224 | Mesmarestig s-s2ee cease see seen 120
Vill Canister a tease tee a. cocsee eee 224 Ley) CR eeropmercerase Saeeronassseaceceeas 316
Pomoxys nigromaculatus ..........---..--. 114 | Tre eA She ole le alla 42, 46
WOLAN Ae eee coe tseeee tance soa eres 2008 EP ea a ee aaa tm eo ee eer 42
SPINUIOSAr <2 -fee-is sees aacins oseee 209) SRaiid seen tases eeee yes ae e eS ee 42, 120
Porellina) 22.32 qc5° ssesasices ceieeaices ec se 191 | Ramicepitida. ---- 2 ene eee ner aneee 15
Cintas. 2-8-5 tscssseeeseeeeeece 1919 | PRaniceps ni Ser eee ee eee ee eee 15
stellata se cece. sa ecmncescemsce ac 190 | Raphiodesma lingua............--....-..... 232
oritend(SPONLES) eee a acea eee ec ecsar 165, 204, 232 | Remora brachyptera ...-...-...--...--..--. 116
OLIN ien cee Sesicire cet cee Cecio ece ssisatsjec 191, 192 | JACODRA sacs eseee eee eae eee 116
Eotamilla renirormisic--eeeescces sh aseeeriees 228) Reniceps bl VUL0 eee erte = amt eee mel 121, 344
(POUHNISCTINUS seco ea ss cote eclecarsameeee cine 250,259 1) Reteporac-.-csceseseeeece aces se ricose ee eee 196
INEMISMNELCUsPee- eee cceeeeens 258 TOSS COR aimee ete eee eats atte 196
Praniza _..--.- FERRO Me ot oe ew SNS 162))|) Retziamormonites sees eee eeee eee 252
Bratt, Liewt: Rol U.S, Ac 2208.2. acces 211 | Rhincobdella aculeata........22-22-2-2-2-+ 324
list of Hampton Rhinesomustes: see =e eeeeeeoecesce 262, 263, 264, 268
Indians; by ---. 211 PrigQUueletisaete ese eee 264, 265, 267, 271
PETAR TUE De wiatsma se sacitelaeisias pasate setae 178 triQUCtER 4 acer e eee 264, 265, 271
OMMata\ ss. .osei ocean cece lessees 179 | Rhinichthys.---..-.--...------ =~. =.=. / =o 226
Erestipomatidesien =. scene se cleeseceneae ene. 113 COUNT ACTS ele ctetee cee eee eee 226
EM ACANUHIC@ Sa. = ee eee seems eon eeeee eee 116 NasutuUs) ssc << sees ene scea see 225
Priacanthus macrophthalmus ......-....... 116 | Rhinoptera quadriloba ......-..---........ 155, 120
Eniapulus py emMeous saa oases ee ee ele 1825 Shin OSOMUS = eaece == =e ore eee eeeeetet 263, 264
PANN Od LOSCMa Ge. =- cee ca sm ee eeecses cece e0e RID CLOUS QIN AOS gee eens eee eee tea 40
Prieno tus bribOlusecc sec eon- oss eee eee cee VA, 128' |) Rhodocrinus 222 -se-5- ss ce s= ie cies eee 259
punctatus) 2... s-cecees ck eee 111, 338 vesperalis........--------202, 204, 259
VIBE ase = cose os ce he Sete wees anee 1208 Rh ombine See s5-e =e hee ee ieee eee ee eee 71
IPTISUPOMA BeENNetw. ose seaee ae see ieee 23 Rhombipora lepidoldendroides ....-.. .--. 252
fulvomaculatum ............-- 113,187 | Rhombochirus osteochir.........-......---- 116
IETS POM AiO). salsielneacamelio setae a . 28, 137, 340 | Rhomboidichthys podas.........-...--..- 14
BETIS G1 eel TE ULC) UE OCU eae ote eee eral lestelat teeta 120°) Rhomboplites!)-.-.2--- s-as2e= ase eee 49
eristiurus melanostomus: sass. soeene scenes 43 | SUTOTUDENS =] eccrine See A LST
Productusiloneispinuseoccnes] cece cenaee 252 rhombus levis. ..>.occsce asses sem sector 14
ME DIASCENSIS owe eee eee " 252 MASA MUS see ee eee eee eae 14
DUNG CAUUS eee se ease eee 252 | Rhynchobolus dibranchiatus ....--....--- 228
semireticulatus)----.22---—-.---- 202) ||| Rhy plcus nieripennis isos esee—=s-ee nee 341
IPTOSNOFSUDIS eee ene eas seatiece beeen amete 247 PlluItOSUSso-4-h oe eet eee eee 341, 345
PPROMUCTODS! SUASA sec eels eee eae ain TGs RS RRi dl ory ye ens sere eae este rete 7, 52, 241, 242
‘Promicropterus maculatus'.-----.------4--5) >) | Roccnsineatus passe =ss eters ee eee 115, 145
Proxinellus-croattCus.sasmasceneeee eae 39 | Rocky Mountain Goat, habits of the ..... 283
IPrOXINUG APH Ya canoe cet a=leneiciesisiecel sees 39
IB VIS sesso me toads cece een eee’ 39 S.
Psaltriparus: mimimus)----ass-2=sseeeeeeeee 2400) a Cac thane Coens eeeeeee eee eee eee eee eee 998
Psettichthys ........ iss chvasa e's Somemieeaice 1) St. SobnY Ove o3¢ Ssjtancieciesscaoasecios 252, 255, 291

INDEX. 497
Page. Page.
St. John’s River, Florida, Fishes of .....- LOSE SeriolashOnaviensisieceeeciqs a cececcecesaesieee 48, 129
St. Michael’s, Alaska, Harbor of ..-.-...-.-- 63 BOS Clissem i eeetiene soe ee eeeiecomace 112
aL OFAN PINUS fee seteetesta esse selene nicinaaic se 35 fASCIAGUS Ss s5sseeens <cesesessese cess 112
QUI OXeeeae erases ee ees eineciaicl= 34 S10 dS eeeeense seats eeciese eee saree 48, 49
LATO meee ne ciese ceSeciccedsese=isise 35 DInNU abuses eee wee ecees eee 13
UGH Opseee esses siete aaee esiete isc cine 35 Stearnsiie. aces ose eee eee 48, 49, 129, 156
LEGO S URIS erecta mtemomiaataetersyalelaiaisiaiaiaie 35 new species, description of. 48
OC Deen trome nar cine eeecniocincceisice 35 obtained near Pensacola,
pallid Sesen esis He eee eels <<1e\aeis)=\=)5 35 Wlorida oss eee eee 48
PUNCLAUUS jee see ae sense ese ice=i= <1 35 obtained by Mr. Silas
Sed CONC etal ares lnra alates cloie) (= = 35 Stearns) .5.:40--eeosseees 48
SST ble etceee etal oretenetere ieee ato ay 34 ZONALA em wes rielsles sete ae eee eee ai 112
Salm Oni d aapeee eee ea aie eslewislaeaisisieisiesiaicre 345/205: )|| ‘Serranidse= s+ sceeseceeeeeeeeeeeeeenoo i omtoorsen
PIG aaO AD OUlgeetee a eee elalateiceaietslaiee sialai-'=i= 282) | Serranus: cabrillarcesesere cineca cinae 28
San Francisco, Review of the Plewronec- SCLvibal seas seas ace esse se aeces 28
ERO COO lar see saeiani= slejnisi= wisisieiate/aleleleiela(= =\=12/=1 69 | Sertularella tricuspidata ...... wie deeeiclseee 230
Hard apPelamMysecaats acts css cheese ccallo sean ic'= 111 | Sertularia ALS Cnte Ren seceee naan ee eee 230
Dareus ann anise accem eee ease cee = 27 CUPLESSIN a aseenaceee Sees aee 230
fASGIAUUS eee esses see scien nea 27 | pumilasesemceaaseeeoeneee sean 230
IEOUDROO Kile eee eee eee sear 113 LALLA IM OK CAM A yer ole etelel= a alaasele =e letters eer 245
POW ANT Sas 5 Secieceee ce sicticetaas 274) (Sigalionarenicola; ss-cecmccee in seles plese cies 167
Rod eletil®. 62 so ceseee ccna seer 27 Bus kale eee acer eee eee 168
Salvianises- ccosseeascsccewaccesee= 2a SLUT soles eee ase eee eneet 41, 119, 154, 343
WLC ATISE same es cer ce cals ese ate JAP STUTUS Clans ee ence esseeee ee ecee ese sees 41
SATS GO es cee was wecescecies sae dstesiaiare 17 | Siphonostoma Rondeletii ...........--.-.-.- it
Saurus griseus....:....... eee see eens 32 PYTOMS). ose mec ewlersiesloeele eee ‘U
Saxicavalarchicapeececsisciccs sciecieicesceeac= 231 ty phlei sesscecemeane eases il
SavOMnISMloTICANS ee scs=saccc see corce see 249 Smaristalcedo:.sa-see sens cae soe nee eee 28
Scapharcatransversae- oe sces sense cee cee 231 LACTIS ee oto a eletetet oll ieterelal eter telat 28
Scaphopodarcsse cc ccjccocisc ocsceiecececese 230 INSLOIACO Lasers teeter eee 28
Schizothorax orientalis.... ......-..----- 38 M@Uril.. 22252 cece emsceeenemceceie cee 28
SSCL OIC aO Ee se sere cinlste Biatern (ee ete cial taeteatee roe 131, 112 Wil Garis sso. occ. ccesieceyajae'seiesesee aie 28
SClecnOpSOCGll ails) = se anes mesa eaelaiee eee a= MS elogmie smith derot Sal - see se eeeeneees see 157, 232, 282, 345
Sclerodermes:: .-<-<s2-ssoc- cence scase 2OSRIMSM Iba cos se aisete aie eee eieiae eeee eens 192
Scolecophagus cyanocephalus .......----- 247 | @UriCU atalepeeeee se heen eee eee eeaaes 192
Scombendekayal 2p o-- cee eee eeeeee ease 314 bellac..osehes s'sec soccer kecee ees seme 192
pneumatophorus ..-..---------- 25 Candida. 22. tososcsansescee ce nenece 192, 194
SCOUID EI eo s\lale nine ne alesse 314 candida (= Lepralia candida) ......- 192
SCOMPTUS) 90 -semaaeee a seieeeiceee 25 (]Escharella)\eaee-teeseaee eee oe 191
NCOMPECLESOCIO Mess = cee aces ena 116 clobiteraze semen eee ease ceeeeeeeercrs 192
Scombresox Saurus... -c.-------scenscee 116 globifera (= Lepralia globifera). . -.- 192
SCOPCLG wees as sane eases seme eeeeiee 32 Wands boro waleerctee retailers reser 192
PCOPCLUSHBCNOLGI 2 = —- =a senemiecemeee ais 32 OBE ee coqeaneobcdno casos cooace 192, 194
dellachiajivcqcesan=seceioe eee cits B2alF Soles luteal. ssteacseeeciae areecaecccecec rere 12
EMD Ol biliemese slersieee elaine 32 TAS CATIS Ese eine icisteine steeein eerie eteretene 12
Scopsasionvanr-smaccalli sacs secscecemecle 250 OCell ater. cciimscclienie so cincisie see neanatee 12
SCOLp Ua eer aeecces ne = cicero eemen sce 338 Vill CAnIS se ene ee eleniene = =a ee metteneee 12
DUUMNET srs ces sa cee riasiolel seine Baes | SOlLOIAG! ssacise escheat cscuecesce meee 12, 110, 123
PORCHES) Sonabecnheacosdo saccceness 23) ‘South: Walesis- -s.-s--scsceesccesssecessese 17
BORO LA tere tetas laren 2a a WS POEUN CL area alata ele elle ielet liao 26, 118, 133, 840
SCOLPBNIGB)sccccessscsces sees 23 oO Gp 281 OSM MS DU LU Sessa see ae saat eee ee eee 340
SCUUPAL Ae saceniisansessiss5s se eciioe eae 190 PIPES) ooobon ooooreeodcoDHo Saeco —a06 27
RE DEAN Sareea ees saei=eaisioainininte 190 GHGYSODSseep coe seenae eee eens 113
SCHUPOCOMALI AE css «caster niecieeias cicisesieras 190 CentrodONUUS a -ee sees ee eee 27
DCyllindeemert sas cmisc see nceececcice.e aces a 43 | Spheroma quadridentatum.........-.----- 161, 165
SCM CGMS e)-1o 3 sinensis a cialn:slat aici 430 aSphweromid Byes acc scce ae na ceseeeee 161
Scyphacella arenicola .........-....-.---- 15 62a a Sphagebranchussacssrce jee aeee eee 343
Scyphius humbriciformis -.-..-. space 12 SCULICATISieseee nee alae eaaete 343, 345
PEOMEHICA aa enene eee tseeenisle Pe SphyreenaybOrealisy | cwecste sence ceaeelesee ee 146
NEbaSves IM PeCrialis’. ssc senses seesaw 23 SUASUAN CHOP seer e ae eee eee eee 146
NrG Dies selec ne wate coerce 23 PICUGA Neon ices ccc new anesier 116, 342
TATU Sees se cele seeeclee ae eee 46 SpCheraacrisceeeieteee ata eeeaceer 30
NOLVOPICUS Bos aeescemncieesaes eases 23 Wl earise St sceacsceceeccine See 30, 146
selasphorusirurnsos- s-sascmenscsmscicecccicee 250 eS phy tend) sce cosine sone sesesneees 116, 146, 342
MOlCN Omer cet cesses = eases DSR Sphyma ZV Gena ec wcss <n cscs cisseeiceee =e 121
SOLO alee tees ears eee eee eee eee cea SOME SDUY TMG lees ace csisceeeciicseceeccictesee 121, 344

Proc. Nat. Mus. 79——3

2

498 INDEX.
Page. , Page.
Spinachia vulgaris .......-.-.-------.------ 31 | Syngnathus rubescens ........---..----...- 11
SPIN ACI 63 eer ie as eee ears larelateletner ale 43 | Synidotea nodulosa......--...-.-.-..------ 160, 164
SSP TL LER Teeter eel la aioe teal 43 DICUSPIGRica + oeeeeosSeeee eee ees 160, 164
SS LOR geist aiale ieesta siete aia ira 176 | Synodotide ..-........ abe cece Mee eee 32, 100, 342
lin COlawas cere acnencascaesecoeee eee 176 | Synodus feetens .....-....... pee coeee eee 119, 342
Spiophanes tenuis.--.........-.--.-----.- 176
sa dary ere a
Spuifer CaMeratus —— =. ae-ee-=-— eee === 252
(Maxtinia) lineatus):---5..--<s-..-. 252 | Talorchestia longicornis . ......-.-..------ 228
planoconvexus...--.--- 221 ND any iS LUT eee ever re fee sresetete ete teat 162, 164
Speriferina kentuckensis. ...-.-------.----- 252 Wittatus 35.3252 sa-aeeeeneee 162, 164, 165
Spirigera subtilita.........-.--------------- 252 | Tautogalabrus adspersus ....-.:----------- 314
Spirorbis nautiloides. ...-......------------ ISL | Peleocephali «1. 2-262 saenese es ose eee 12
SGU SO MN aa ale eel ale alent imi 1Sl |} Melestes|Saiwva em yilsses soe oe eee eee 39
OT CaS see eer leet etaleiete ale ie 228 | Terebratula millipunctata.......----------- 252
Spisula ovalis .....----.-------------------- 231 | Terebratulina septentrionalis ....-.-------- 232
BOLGISSIM As -ccecen ee aceweeeeeee Salk ||. “Tere ois es ace en ne ee 233
Spizella socialis var. arizonensis ....--.---- 248 | NnavValiguss tice eee ae a 933
SSG} Eke De eee rae re tee ea eee ae 43. Tethya gravata ..-. 62.655. 6--2en - ace ee==e= 232
Squalius cephalus. .-....-.-.------+---------- 39 | Tetrapturus albidus .....---..----.-.--.- 5 eee
dobula .-...---..----------------- 39 | AMPIUS eee aeease se see etter 111
grislagine .....-.----------------- 39 | Tetrastemma vermiculus .....------------- 184
IGUCISCWSi-s-nse eee ees eee 39 Wiktato 2 sacs cee cee 185
Squalus acanthius.....------- --------+-- 313, 315 | Tetrodon marmoratus.-...----------------- 10
Squatina -..-..----------+---+-++-++-+---++-- 216) Netrodontidemeeeceasee esdeneee teens 10, 109, 122
Stearns, Silas. .48, 121, 123, 128, 129, 133, 136, 188, 189, [eWeironomu ste eaeeeeesees 262, 263, 264, 266, 268
144, 148, 153, 156, 335 Texas, New eretaceous invertebrate fossils
New species of amber-fish ob- PeOin oe he ee 2. 292
tained by.-----.------------ 49° | Thalagsinavinidis see seeeses sass eee eee 183
Steedman, Dr. J.G. W ..-------------- Peo 286 | Thamnocnida spectabilis.....-..-<--...---- 230
Stecle, R. H......------------+----+--++++-+- 26\| ‘Thelepusicincinabus) se.sesee ss s-see ee eeee 228
Stelliferus lanceolatus...-...-----.---- Sees, 2 AS se pivecia voce otek wee eeeeee teaser are 297
Stenosoma filiformis.........-..------------ 160 | MY SIONS! eee ec =e sae aeons 297
SYST OTST 0 eae tate eee 160 | DLOWUL,.. yee ae eee coke atiaeee eee 298
Stenotomus argyrops. .------+-------------- 113 | Thryothorus bewickii........-..---.--.---- 245
Sternaspis LOSSOL sae camecccies <iieicic= eis setsiee 228 Thymallus WiULL CANIS esos ine setae tere ere ieteratatatar 33
Sternoptychide ...........----------------- 327)| MhvonesSnateus see sees eee 229
Sternoptyx mediterranea. ......------------ 32 | Thysanopoda Norvegica ....---------.----- 228
Sthenelais) Pmertoni x. 2... <2s25s2--- eee 166 | {eTMiS: Lek bee eee osc oeeeras 228
fave eaaeua. 5- eeecencadasacac 1G6) | 1snea/chrysitises.--eseeseee seer eee 40
picta .......--------------+------- 167 | Vill Cans! 62. een ee See eee aaeeeeee iets 40
Stichwida --....---.--------.-+------------ 18 | Tomopteris Smithii ........-.----------- 252 eleZ
Stichsus punctatus ..--...----.-..- --..--- 1B) ROTO ee cc en ee ee ee ee eee 278, 279
Stickleback, new species of, from Maine -. - G70)" Morpedinidiese.--sasecsecee eeede ee seeeee 42
HUD Oran CLIC A tye cisco letters cies elo aieierelaem tere 323 Torpedo Gralivianit jomce sa eens: ae ania setetgs 42
Stimpson, WaUiaM). sss-ce<c-- ea 1718, 19720) 22926) Ie N othenia enna, eee see se sees eee 231
NUON LG OLOL EE eat toretatae ata ie (aia elela aerate 26, 112,180 | Trachincephalus myops -...--------------- 119
Stromateus microchirus -.2-21--2--..----<. 26°: "Dyas olinidssscs2 2. 0 etek eae eee cee ee aoe 19
Stroneylocentrotus Dirdébachiensis ....-..-.. 229). | "Trachinus:dcaco totic cece eee see ooo 19
Strix Hammea var: americana :-----------.- 250 | Trachydermon ruber. Ooh oe ae)
Sturnella magna var. neglecta ..--.-.-..--- 249 | Trachurops crumenophthalmus ------.----- 111
DUbenites COMpaAChar sass. == eee eee 232 | Trachurus trachurus...-.------------------ 25
Swedish Centennial Commission.. 17, 18, 23, 25, 29, | ‘Trachynotus/¢arolinus |.-as-sa-==----—- _.. 129, 339
31, 33, 34, 35, 37, 39 @OTCENSIS| as=e a2 ee eee 112, 129, 339
Sy vinencoG Vane tie maes—ceeme cesta la= tre 52 OvatUS 12 ee eee 112, 339
WOM GC] Bee ee eee cree eee ia 53): | Hpailligeet 0 - -t.cce,. eee Seine siete elae ae 1
ULC CICaL Heap ate eee emerneto eterate ate D2 Das 04) |) MEPOMAS POEL IOULES ores ere ste etna esate e tapestries 201
BIN CLClLO Saree ate seal leek ee meter 53) lesb ricellarin, sect ne sees eee sae pista ee Lo
SUn pnb idee ses oetce cece eile earn 11, 119, 123, 333 | Trichiuridz....-..-.-.---..--------------- 111, 128
YL PMaeaS VOASCeN soem see a= eee alee 11 | Lrichiurus lepturus: .-....---------.------ 111, 128
AGUS Sees eet ae seco maecee 11 | Trichobranchus glacialis.....-.-.----------- 181
PASSA ore eee eee eet alae 11 | Trichopus parvipinnis ..-...--------------- 25
PUSCUSi soc et eee Se ae a aistate nictelate 110 trichopterus) --..-----2------<-—= 25
lowIsiane =~. -<.<6-mseceec< eee) py soe te Mn Cla aap Chl ge een seta eee ae eee ee 21
pelamicuses see secees-eeeseeeee 11 SUMNETCUS |: 2 eeee ceseiee)ceieelo (sie = 22
phillecon x: 52s /cs ob siselaneeielarcleists 11 hirund 0ea-es-ee eee ae eee eee eee 21

INDEX. 499
Page. Page.
Trigla lineata .......2-- e----0-------------- AG SVIOLTI Ero fc Ati tee aaeiaie= ae 157, 163, 165, 171, 233
yes etter tele ee ale fele ata = orate allele 22 | Vienna Museum. .17,21,23, 24,26, 27, 28,29, 30,32,37,38
ERT ACS eee a tae ate eine ele se ralntoiar fa) s=1=1= 22.0 a VOMELISOUIPIDDIS eaeatisiese sacle n= saeialseeenieiee 111
SS GCs Ue se ieee eraser 22 w
TTC cone eae tera ei ania) = alee eniala 21, 111, 127, 338 ;
ee nesta Wealkcor D)SEL ees ate see nx aris ae 292, 297, 298
PR TTOLO PSP Oe ee amceln meister melee elelaielalarel= 46 i KS é
- an West Coast birds, migrations and nesting
TrlODUTUS OLITULCUS 22 =< aniaae onaeere ance 115 habits of O41
MeO ee 140, 141 abitsi0f sSeccoses sesisee cesses aa aee
PRSSULEODIS oS sec2 le Webitac() 1A cee ws he viagra ale renee 252, 291, 292
ACUUILOSULIS == -2- --s--s-s555-- = 1438, 144 | : A .
es W illemoesia group of crustacea, New species
OEMS a atc elaieelate= alm elaine 115, 143, 144 of tl 945
GUIMLOTAG US eee ae cleteieaiinin = = efaicie. 142 : a PEPE Ee ae he ei ST ee
| Willemoesia leptodactyla......--.----- 349, 350, 353
f al CAS eee ieee nicl = -loinlcla 140 Winchell. Prof 295
interstitialalis ........---------- ATS6' Meee eee es EOS ins gts sare ose eae aaa
MICTOLS DIS ee ee see eens aia 141, 156 Ke
TNT OSUSAe eee eeaaiie si 21-0551 143, 144 Koma sabinis. ts. we case sees eee eee 52
Tritia trivittata -.---------+-+-++++-++---+---- 230 | Xenisma catenatum ......--.------eseces--- 234,
Troglodytes domesticus .--.-.---+++-+-+)---- 245 | Xenotis MArCMAGUS hece ae ceecseeeeee eee eee 114
Trunk-fish .-.-.---------+---+--------------- 271, 276 sanguinolentus).-----------+-5--+=56 285
Trunk-fishes, astudy of the....------------- 261": Xaphiastpladius/Jo.c4s--0 3520s osccee eee 1
notes on the American -.--.-.- 261 Xiphiide. SERS od an. ln ee 111
Trygon sabina.......---...--------------:- £205,156" | Sa Shidion saa. coc cease sceae eee ee eee 241
Pry CONIA 2 -2-=4-6- seems «arise a= ---120, 156, 344 TTI COST eee ee 241
Tubulipora Atlantica....--...-..--.-------- 2320) Gxaphidiontidcole ase eeees ce eee cee ene een ee ee 18
S€TPCNS.----------------220----- 232) Map hidivntss <:.taassess--ce-sekocesee eae 241
Tunicata .-.--..----------------------- EGO PLOG IZ 3L: | NA Histone ase coe ts sees ccc set eee eee ee 241
CETUS Gov eee seta telat =f l= eee a= l= l= ee THIICOSUS oe 241
SS eee ieee Scie oot 245. || Xylophaga dorsalis/s:2-21<t26--- 020: -2-aee 197
ustulatus.---.--+----- ei eetal 220) Xo riChthysilineatustennesseeetees eens 111
Turner, L. M ..-..-.---------------+---:- 64, 66,212 | Xystroplites gillii..........00..eceseeeeeeee 114
Dy TAU Say OL CMIS mic cemeiiae= aeieeee serena = 249 Heros eee ae 285
We longimaNuUs!s. os. cseeciea ee 114, 224
NNGT Ne Ro Ke ehip LN aerate tela alee tliat = ate ele term = 323 | VG
Wintel Ss hilcapeem erate see cee teal = emia GGis| iWarrellipees ase ac-ctemmekee ees sie c= erence eer 321, 322
Alaska, halibut of ....--.---.... 63a Svoldiaiimatullasees cere ccie sence eee 231
Wacol arinronaibaic cme = or sees see Bes S5i5s 234 thraciiormises ees---ss4--e= eee 231
Upsclonphorus guttatus...........-----.--- 61 Z
Ree re aoe ear a our ltZensedura carolinensis'..c-<.:-«-meaeeemeeeeee 251
WiranoscOPUSpece eo eesereereeaseeccmeenn == 57, 58 | Fesiaie 26
anoOplus =secete se eteesc cheese. 57,60 | — Ss et ia a baie ORE a a Pe a a
_, | Zeugopterus megastomus..........-----..- 14
ASPOll eset eeeecninaiet seiner 58 =
seaber 19. 58 punctatus ..-..---------+------ 14
[Meso Ot PRR “ie i Zeusta Deri sens sesees aebsicle cece oe eeeer 26
, Bee ny ae essay ger 55 ae | Zoarcesuvivipalusice eeeceseese esses ee eeeee 18
Uria lomyia var. californica .---...---..-..- 251 Ee: ‘:
Oe Si ul aN Puan S ee melee eine ee 315
Wropsetia californica......-..---.---..--. 79, 81, 82 | ae S
ee np | Z0ateidie .....--.--seeeseeeeneeneceeeereees 326
Ur a Paras lo ae clay ME oan AonOtrichia COLOMAtA) g-sses ===) eee eee 247
Laws oe So ee cx leucophrys var. gambeli.......- 247
Vv. ZO DHED CUM ena seers sate eee ae eee 302
DV seu earn tre Veep seers. cine ope See ere a 221 australekscs soseee sce trace 298, 300
Velie, Dr. J. W. .156,333, 334,335, 338, 340, 342,344,345 Sid eri Ume pease eee eee 300, 301
fishes obtained by, in Gulf Zygonectes chrysotus .....---.--..-+.-.-.-- 117
On Mioxi COes-ariccncowessc os 333 henshalliiyeeemet sae eects 237
Venericardia borealis/a. cee secs ac o-ecessi-<: 231 TU DLUMOn Stee ase eee eee 237, 238
VENUS IMOLCONATIA-/-cltesicts cae sicncits = =e scien 231 (Gambusia) arlingtonensis.....- 240

Ca
eters.

Late
OR

re eat
Seam

tees
Wa

Ah
he ui
ey tae

nay EL Cle
NM REE Naan

it
nt
mi

eg Sten
Be ae
Re Abe eit eate
Ie eatte

Seas Wile
vie 2
Pe

= ey arate

}
>it

ia

rani ty rue,

fir ay .

rece:
’ : Th
» 2

,
&
ry
i ee

ar

a
ee

aan

|

a
mt
ie

an ae

iva ©
7
gt tere i) ase

_ - ue

0

ci 7) fo Pr,

| ie a aa

pe ant

-

“Will